git update until 25 Mar 2011

xserver 
fontconfig
glproto
libXau
libXft
libXmu
libfontenc
libxcb
mesa
mkfontscale
pixman
randrproto
xkeyboard-config
xtrans
xwininfo

updated following packages:

xproto-7.0.21
xineramaproto-1.2.1
libXt-1.1.1
libxkbfile-1.0.7
libXpm-3.5.9
libXfont-1.4.3
libXaw-1.0.9
bdftopcf-1.0.3
encodings-1.0.4
fixesproto-5.0
font-adobe-100dpi-1.0.3
font-adobe-75dpi-1.0.3
font-adobe-utopia-100dpi-1.0.4
font-adobe-utopia-75dpi-1.0.4
font-adobe-utopia-type1-1.0.4
font-alias-1.0.3
font-arabic-misc-1.0.3
font-bh-100dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-75dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-lucidatypewriter-100dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-lucidatypewriter-75dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-ttf-1.0.3
font-bh-type1-1.0.3
font-bitstream-100dpi-1.0.3
font-bitstream-75dpi-1.0.3
font-bitstream-speedo-1.0.2
font-bitstream-type1-1.0.3
font-cronyx-cyrillic-1.0.3
font-cursor-misc-1.0.3
font-daewoo-misc-1.0.3
font-dec-misc-1.0.3
font-ibm-type1-1.0.3
font-isas-misc-1.0.3
font-jis-misc-1.0.3
font-micro-misc-1.0.3
font-misc-cyrillic-1.0.3
font-misc-ethiopic-1.0.3
font-misc-meltho-1.0.3
font-misc-misc-1.1.2
font-mutt-misc-1.0.3
font-schumacher-misc-1.1.2
font-screen-cyrillic-1.0.4
font-sony-misc-1.0.3
font-sun-misc-1.0.3
font-util-1.2.0
font-winitzki-cyrillic-1.0.3
font-xfree86-type1-1.0.4

410 files changed, 29554 insertions, 45290 deletions

diff --git a/libXt/COPYING b/libXt/COPYING
index 4e743abf6..9e121b190 100644
--- a/libXt/COPYING
+++ b/libXt/COPYING
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
 TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
 PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/ChangeLog b/libXt/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 484c7a23a..000000000
--- a/libXt/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,974 +0,0 @@
-commit e3bce11a8ea7e0175a6f08367bace9b0eb2b898a
-Author: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
-Date:   Mon Mar 15 22:59:04 2010 +0100
-
-    libXt 1.0.8
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
-
-commit a1a8df535fa5ab3748404bdeb07e61beb604b14e
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Thu Jan 14 20:07:46 2010 -0800
-
-    Update Sun license notices to current X.Org standard form
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit 6393306d1a2eb8239f108a773f342495e1cfd85c
-Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-Date:   Thu Jan 14 15:57:31 2010 -0500
-
-    COPYING: add missing copyright notices
-    
-    Refer to: ActionHook.c
-    Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation
-    Copyright 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mountain View, CA.
-    Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-    Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit b798093fc6cbcf35c095f3401586d2741adcd2cd
-Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
-Date:   Fri Dec 11 17:04:23 2009 -0800
-
-    darwin: xnu doesn't support poll on ttys on the master side.
-    
-    <rdar://problem/7360546>
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
-
-commit e0ac2ea8b211bdca848679ee59362384f0f97e36
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Mon Dec 7 22:28:53 2009 -0800
-
-    Fix make distcheck (./util/makestrs.1 left after distclean)
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit 345633dc9c79b32a1b391dfb4dfedf87ae9e291b
-Author: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
-Date:   Mon Nov 9 12:26:17 2009 +0100
-
-    Don't install makestrs on the system
-    
-    It has no known outside-libXt users. Let's not install it and its man page.
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit ed31677bb9b1dd9498715a922763968917b87e49
-Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-Date:   Fri Nov 27 20:56:04 2009 -0500
-
-    Makefile.am: add ChangeLog and INSTALL on MAINTAINERCLEANFILES
-    
-    Now that the INSTALL file is generated.
-    Allows running make maintainer-clean.
-
-commit 2d95ad4beed294a0a30fdb1d8e7798fa62455a41
-Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-Date:   Wed Oct 28 14:09:10 2009 -0400
-
-    INSTALL, NEWS, README or AUTHORS files are missing/incorrect #24206
-    
-    Add missing INSTALL file. Use standard GNU file on building tarball
-    README may have been updated
-    Remove AUTHORS file as it is empty and no content available yet.
-    Remove NEWS file as it is empty and no content available yet.
-
-commit 7cc872e9934f62bf56976d5592ce621e30b1f95a
-Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-Date:   Tue Oct 27 15:07:26 2009 -0400
-
-    Deploy the new XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS #24242
-    
-    This macro aggregate a number of existing macros that sets commmon
-    X.Org components configuration options. It shields the configuration file from
-    future changes.
-
-commit 7ba57d7789362c2c2e646cc3b896802e6cbcb039
-Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-Date:   Mon Oct 26 22:08:43 2009 -0400
-
-    Makefile.am: ChangeLog not required: EXTRA_DIST or *CLEANFILES #24432
-    
-    ChangeLog filename is known to Automake and requires no further
-    coding in the makefile.
-
-commit b4309cadb1de581d191fce924dac8fc7e55e5fb8
-Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
-Date:   Thu Oct 22 12:34:19 2009 -0400
-
-    .gitignore: use common defaults with custom section # 24239
-    
-    Using common defaults will reduce errors and maintenance.
-    Only the very small or inexistent custom section need periodic maintenance
-    when the structure of the component changes. Do not edit defaults.
-
-commit 80ff1f362eefabe4be62784b001500b49943f1a5
-Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
-Date:   Wed Oct 21 12:47:26 2009 -0700
-
-    This is not a GNU project, so declare it foreign.
-    
-    On Wed, 2009-10-21 at 13:36 +1000, Peter Hutterer wrote:
-    > On Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 08:23:55PM -0700, Jeremy Huddleston wrote:
-    > > I noticed an INSTALL file in xlsclients and libXvMC today, and it
-    > > was quite annoying to work around since 'autoreconf -fvi' replaces
-    > > it and git wants to commit it.  Should these files even be in git?
-    > > Can I nuke them for the betterment of humanity and since they get
-    > > created by autoreconf anyways?
-    >
-    > See https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24206
-    
-    As an interim measure, replace AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([dist-bzip2]) with
-    AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2]). This will prevent the generation
-    of the INSTALL file. It is also part of the 24206 solution.
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
-
-commit 5d63df924d7f66d2207c8db67e5d6cce8c7b245b
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Thu Oct 8 21:50:35 2009 -0700
-
-    libXt 1.0.7
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit f82769a1a75e17f66b67a5f71dcf889955569a57
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Thu Oct 8 21:33:27 2009 -0700
-
-    Replace AC_DEFINE_DIR with AX_DEFINE_DIR from Autoconf Archive
-
-commit 0ce97e4422409de070af7fd70da590db12c58579
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Tue Oct 6 16:12:03 2009 -0700
-
-    Migrate to xorg macros 1.3 & XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-    
-    Includes adding many $(AM_V_GEN) calls for the AM_SILENT_RULES included
-    by XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS when automake-1.11 or newer is used
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit 254e2e0a8197e47bcef3e3c0b461ef8156a1af64
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Tue Oct 6 16:29:59 2009 -0700
-
-    Use make rules instead of shell for loops to generate shadow man pages
-    
-    Allows parallel make and simpler build logs/error reporting
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit fedc095da647b6f4fda8ca5edc5644458e2b2fbf
-Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
-Date:   Tue Aug 25 18:31:49 2009 +0200
-
-    Link against libICE
-    
-    libXt uses IceConnectionNumber() and IceProcessMessages(), so make sure
-    we link against -lICE.
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
-
-commit f77482f0618f954de1d080599ada058e9a3c24ff
-Author: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
-Date:   Tue Jul 28 11:59:41 2009 +0200
-
-    Fix compilation of host tools in cross-compilation case
-    
-    At 36e9f0d351afbf7fd2595990b2d39e7c551f6420, a fix was added to use
-    the host gcc instead of the target gcc when cross-compiling
-    libXt. This fix works, but is not solve the whole problem: the CFLAGS
-    and LDFLAGS used with the host compilers are the one defined for the
-    target compiler (and the flags for both compilers might be very
-    different).
-    
-    This new fix let libXt obey to CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD and LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD
-    environment variables, and use them to compile the host tools in
-    util/.
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
-
-commit 369629611609f20c89499c1f6b5562a4f3cca983
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
-Date:   Thu Jul 2 13:28:01 2009 -0400
-
-    libXt 1.0.6
-
-commit 28677468c56888b18c44d71a62903d23e5c294cf
-Author: Jon TURNEY <jon.turney@dronecode.org.uk>
-Date:   Tue May 19 23:25:15 2009 +0100
-
-    Cygwin/X: Build fix
-    
-    Commit c59dd27ecb1751f0b097046b2f892028e5a10a3e replaces __CYGWIN__ with WIN32
-    in a preprocessor check, as the code is appropriate for both Cygwin and Mingw.
-    
-    But this isn't quite the right was to do this. Being a Win32 platform is
-    Cygwin's secret shame, and WIN32 isn't actually defined to avoid turning on
-    code specific to native-Win API ports
-    
-    (See http://www.cygwin.com/faq/faq.programming.html#faq.programming.preprocessor)
-    
-    Yes, this probably means WIN32 could bereplaced by __MINGW32__ everywhere in the
-    X sources...
-
-commit 535f8c5324205b92c15e8755008c33a2766832c8
-Author: John McKernan <john.mckernan@sun.com>
-Date:   Fri May 1 13:53:03 2009 -0700
-
-    Sun bug 4010369: Too slow to process Keycode 0 events in Xt Translation Mgr.
-    
-    Evaluation from original bug report against Solaris 2.6 in 1996:
-    
-        According to my investigation with the problem using debuggable
-        libXt and libXm, keycode 0 keypress events, which are given to
-        Xt's Translation Manager when inputting any cyrillic/greek characters,
-        are not cached in Xt's Translation Manager. At the TRANSLATE macro
-        in the Xt's source lib/Xt/TMkey.c, keycode 0 keyevents are always
-        given to XtTranslateKeycode() and it consumes a long time to parse
-        Motif's Translation Manager tables as many times as keycode 0
-        keyevent are given.
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit 061d3eebf7a0502afcd9c1831d67c8961feece8d
-Author: John McKernan <john.mckernan@sun.com>
-Date:   Fri May 1 13:41:26 2009 -0700
-
-    Sun bug #1237023:  Dtterm crashes in XtDisplayAccelerators()
-    
-    Don't try to printf if returned string is NULL
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit e500631954c8d390e8705fde7f50d1acc006406e
-Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremy@yuffie.local>
-Date:   Thu Mar 12 01:03:39 2009 -0700
-
-    darwin: Don't use poll() on versions of darwin before darwin10
-
-commit 81792a4cb402c4e5275d63465bc5d65599e34a25
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Mon Feb 2 20:34:36 2009 -0800
-
-    Add README with pointers to mailing list, bugzilla & git repos
-    
-    Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-
-commit f56a69f2cf7df1e7cdf2494c5408786e53467374
-Author: Paulo Cesar Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@mandriva.com.br>
-Date:   Fri Jan 30 18:22:10 2009 -0200
-
-    Janitor: ansification, make distcheck, compiler warnings, .gitignore.
-    
-      Most "compiler" warnings were actually sparse warnings, due to
-    assigning a integer to a pointer, or an external symbol without
-    a previous declaration.
-
-commit c1f227f94aec6f4555182965fc0d2d8f33fef01f
-Author: Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
-Date:   Mon Oct 20 18:50:37 2008 -0700
-
-    X.Org Bug 17942: libXt manpage formatting
-    
-    <http://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=17942>
-
-commit f488a6a218da6b543d1495e607ff1b31b0b48900
-Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
-Date:   Tue Sep 23 19:14:09 2008 +0300
-
-    configure.ac: Minor thinko
-
-commit 36e9f0d351afbf7fd2595990b2d39e7c551f6420
-Author: John Tapsell <johnflux@gmail.com>
-Date:   Tue Sep 23 19:00:42 2008 +0300
-
-    configure.ac: Use native compiler for build tools
-    
-    makestrs is used during the build, so use the native compiler (either
-    gcc or cc in $PATH, can be overridden as $CC_FOR_BUILD) instead of the
-    (possibly cross-) compiler.
-
-commit ace1676b0630dfe739c3bd712ed2b6e46bdb52f1
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Mon Jun 23 20:04:29 2008 -0700
-
-    Update ac_define_dir.m4 to 2008-04-12 version
-
-commit 556918e21fbb67131d979b04f29a0b59fcd87575
-Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
-Date:   Wed Apr 30 19:15:14 2008 +0100
-
-    Set a blank default search path for WIN32
-
-commit 56444103a3b2159d334aa87d782fbca987118bbc
-Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
-Date:   Tue Apr 29 22:44:54 2008 +0100
-
-    less speed, more haste
-
-commit a393450cbde80b6e7f0e1c4112363eb1313a6cdb
-Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
-Date:   Tue Apr 29 22:16:05 2008 +0100
-
-    fix logic inverted problem
-
-commit cd83cf47412b4a5979e152990c3b0870751aee07
-Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
-Date:   Tue Apr 29 19:45:50 2008 +0100
-
-    Reduce the path searches on mingw
-
-commit bb6d2a09b87560ae396085ef0981b700924333cd
-Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
-Date:   Tue Apr 29 13:45:06 2008 +0100
-
-    Xming specific configuration file settings
-
-commit 6baea764567c3327f1d85ba91375adaea6dab46d
-Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
-Date:   Tue Apr 29 10:22:35 2008 +0100
-
-    Link with winsock for WIN32 platforms
-
-commit c59dd27ecb1751f0b097046b2f892028e5a10a3e
-Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
-Date:   Tue Apr 29 10:19:55 2008 +0100
-
-    Fix some build issues for Win32 platforms
-
-commit 8e95cb765e88d36c35f868f650c86c62c31ad635
-Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
-Date:   Wed Apr 23 13:56:28 2008 +0100
-
-    Add __MINGW32__
-
-commit 4b64b821a48fe493056271216dbe29d43376954b
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Sun Mar 9 08:42:48 2008 +0100
-
-    nuke RCS Ids
-
-commit b648ed992d2c3ea8a7462a595e51a07085bf4688
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Fri Mar 7 15:52:27 2008 -0800
-
-    Solaris builds need to pass -intelabi to makestrs, even on SPARC
-    
-    For some reason, when Solaris moved to X11R6.0, the intelabi version
-    of StringDefs.c/.h was used on SPARC, so now we're stuck with 10+ years
-    of binaries built to use it.
-
-commit c044ea620446db676ee076484fed3268c4d7c695
-Author: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
-Date:   Thu Dec 6 15:51:20 2007 -0500
-
-    Add missing PHONY line for automatic ChangeLog generation
-
-commit 6b483e355de6c5ee5dc635ab9b817bf72680b016
-Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
-Date:   Sat Jun 23 15:20:09 2007 +0100
-
-    Allow C++ apps to build using libXt
-
-commit 845e51c740574db2f72a5e7c5462d8f56a3c4e22
-Author: Andreas Luik <luik@orthogon.com>
-Date:   Sun Apr 8 00:43:56 2007 +0300
-
-    Recalculate fd_set more aggressively (bug #808)
-    
-    select() can modify the fd set, so be a bit pessimistic and recalculate
-    it more often.
-
-commit 007d9e5f8b2edc3ff8ce8b2f96b8f56a417bb78d
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Mon Feb 26 18:27:43 2007 +0100
-
-    Sync XtGetErrorDatabaseText() prototype with reality.
-
-commit 4e7031510d05471e77ff48355b23fc8e4302648c
-Author: Ben Byer <bbyer@bbyer.(none)>
-Date:   Tue Feb 20 01:05:27 2007 -0800
-
-    added -flat_namespace to CFLAGS for Darwin
-
-commit 92452ca7a51fa77ea60eacd320dbd970e32653c9
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sat Jan 27 22:29:03 2007 -0800
-
-    Version bump: 1.0.5
-
-commit a5c7d56278e569257d3d64ff7681d0a484a1f817
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sat Jan 27 22:26:55 2007 -0800
-
-    Replace static ChangeLog with dist-hook to generate from git log
-
-commit 67772a3f39c5e8c4019336b0bf4d32e70726b0c0
-Author: Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-Date:   Tue Jan 2 17:49:17 2007 -0800
-
-    Bug 9514: Markup error in makestrs.1x man page
-    
-    <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=9514>
-
-commit 75f83503ba1db628137ffc9d1d9e4f2a7a2fd97a
-Merge: 2f201b1 153264a
-Author: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@glacier.reedmedia.net>
-Date:   Sat Dec 9 09:31:02 2006 -0600
-
-    Merge branch 'master' of git+ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/lib/libXt
-
-commit 2f201b177816be7112884bda180d65f5fff19155
-Author: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@glacier.reedmedia.net>
-Date:   Sat Dec 9 09:28:04 2006 -0600
-
-    Don't use "INSTALL" during the build because INSTALL may be set by
-    build environment with settings for chown and make not work with
-    permissions of the builder.  So use mkdir -p and cp instead.  This
-    is for my bug #6599.
-
-commit 153264a7f290f98e01ed2dbd7265c977ec8ba7e1
-Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
-Date:   Wed Nov 8 16:16:02 2006 +0200
-
-    bump to 1.0.4
-
-commit 0c1954765c32c1bd298111cc6bed2f090494c0cf
-Author: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
-Date:   Fri Oct 27 12:35:38 2006 -0700
-
-    Fix .pc file with new autotools by using AC_DEFINE_DIR.
-    
-    With autoconf 2.60, $datadir now expands to use $datarootdir rather than just
-    $prefix, so the .pc referenced the undefined $datarootdir.  AC_DEFINE_DIR
-    expands it all out for us.
-
-commit 3c166cc1efe86ca42180a64e14b6bbbc9744bc82
-Author: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
-Date:   Fri Oct 27 12:30:09 2006 -0700
-
-    Add more generated files to ignore.
-
-commit 8d18dfa21f8349c998675e1f9971de02ca99a1cd
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@benzedrine.nwnk.net>
-Date:   Fri Oct 13 16:32:28 2006 -0400
-
-    Bump to 1.0.3
-
-commit b54d069ea397486c6125943ffdb813482383576a
-Author: Qiu-Yuan (Kathleen) Yang <qiu-yuan.yang@sun.com>
-Date:   Fri Sep 1 18:04:26 2006 -0700
-
-    Sun bug #4962001: Close memory leaks seen in Motif apps
-    
-    The function "GetResources" will return a copy of resources to the caller
-    and the caller has the responsibility to free the returned copy.  However some
-    functions, such as "XtGetSubresources", "_XtGetResources", and
-    "XtGetApplicationResources" invoked "GetResources" without freeing the
-    returned resource copy.
-
-commit 6e48adfab0c020ab5d55b68f9b4cc63ed5d8b14c
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Fri Sep 1 17:59:42 2006 -0700
-
-    Add *~ to .gitignore to skip over emacs droppings
-
-commit 1eeeff85bf9f293de875169f6dc54577de0443f1
-Author: David Nusinow <dnusinow@debian.org>
-Date:   Wed Aug 30 16:33:10 2006 -0400
-
-    Generate the internal manpage section using __libmansuffix__
-
-commit e2f43888fe021aac27770afa6a64fb3cf3fab190
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Thu Jul 13 14:59:08 2006 -0700
-
-    renamed: .cvsignore -> .gitignore
-
-commit 3d3a1bc23f571daa7a876a21169d5a0c996ce7cc
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
-Date:   Fri May 12 16:10:27 2006 +0000
-
-    Bump to 1.0.2
-
-commit fc82234c73362d6f07acf2dcf72bcefd96850105
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Sun Apr 30 14:30:16 2006 +0000
-
-    Fix ERRORDB definition for the case where ${prefix} != /usr
-
-commit bc813392aa8f563e6cd385636b90a7496fcaa14e
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
-Date:   Thu Apr 27 00:23:17 2006 +0000
-
-    Bump to 1.0.1
-
-commit 1c55684a7411c35fce2a958d84be4c13b5349ea0
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sun Feb 12 18:19:22 2006 +0000
-
-    Bug #5628 <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5628> Shadow pages
-        not created correctly when MANDIR & MANSUFFIX don't match.
-
-commit 6851a1faf46a4d8a85e481162c8ee84f66174f89
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Thu Dec 15 00:24:34 2005 +0000
-
-    Update package version number for final X11R7 release candidate.
-
-commit b9464aa563b650faefbb881d5b399659aa8c30bb
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Sat Dec 10 16:29:07 2005 +0000
-
-    Add configure option to install makestrs and its manpage.
-    Add makestrs man page.
-
-commit 6be3ca4fb0d0f9a1361d45dfc094f0a7a85b27b4
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Wed Dec 7 16:17:08 2005 +0000
-
-    Add configure option to set the build's app-default dir, and put the result
-        in the xt.pc file for applications to use.
-
-commit 3186014010acbda9f8e3568a1e8076130212f600
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Tue Dec 6 22:48:44 2005 +0000
-
-    Change *man_SOURCES ==> *man_PRE to fix autotools warnings.
-
-commit 5801485b720e1dd3799737d9f127212afd3101c7
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Sat Dec 3 05:49:45 2005 +0000
-
-    Update package version number for X11R7 RC3 release.
-
-commit d480f9dbd3e07b4e139f2a1422f803e6e6264854
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Sat Dec 3 04:41:50 2005 +0000
-
-    Add check and cflags for malloc(0) returning NULL.
-
-commit 2a591fe7b3416d8609bd71cb068f9390105ffecf
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Mon Nov 28 22:03:06 2005 +0000
-
-    Change *mandir targets to use new *_MAN_DIR variables set by xorg-macros.m4
-        update to fix bug #5167 (Linux prefers *.1x man pages in man1 subdir)
-
-commit 7a8979367e4ab1a6412fef9a027b7d38621d87b7
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Wed Nov 23 22:33:07 2005 +0000
-
-    Bug #5003 <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5003> Patch #3763
-        <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=3763> Xorg code misuses
-        S_IF* macros
-
-commit 2533120c26185990d326fa14c92383f85239f3b7
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Sat Nov 19 07:15:43 2005 +0000
-
-    Update pkgconfig files to separate library build-time dependencies from
-        application build-time dependencies, and update package deps to work
-        with separate build roots.
-
-commit 3f332f9af360cd42f5ff1b6f16ac64f7d146ff34
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Wed Nov 9 21:19:13 2005 +0000
-
-    Update package version number for X11R7 RC2 release.
-
-commit f151f6dfa14c36cfa54ab3e55bb67f24a8a39dc6
-Author: Kean Johnson <kean@armory.com>
-Date:   Tue Nov 8 06:33:25 2005 +0000
-
-    See ChangeLog entry 2005-11-07 for details.
-
-commit 7ed0ec3136190288b0c450cdf2998000c43619df
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Tue Nov 1 15:11:51 2005 +0000
-
-    Update pkgcheck dependencies to work with separate build roots.
-
-commit 33b861860b86b53840007010287f5483a503c8e9
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Wed Oct 19 02:48:11 2005 +0000
-
-    Update package version number for RC1 release.
-
-commit d3853ab17d7203e7fbdfcd5cc8ed3505e5aa6233
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Tue Oct 18 07:24:03 2005 +0000
-
-    Use $(INSTALL) instead of $(install_sh_DATA) for creating directories.
-
-commit 831a32df90d6b3db66d6c578f6e231d4aab2b760
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
-Date:   Tue Oct 18 03:10:14 2005 +0000
-
-    Split the 'install -d' over multiple lines so certain lame versions of
-        autotools don't flip out.
-
-commit 5e37faddaac8ac50ee4ca719975f9bf526e4c980
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Tue Oct 18 01:50:02 2005 +0000
-
-    Add --with-xfile-search-path=<path> and default setting to match monolith
-        XFileSearchPathDefault in Imake (including extra directories used in
-        Debian section of linux.cf.)
-
-commit 52edad6913e3efd3fcec6c73e13d33bf8c3a5e65
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Tue Oct 18 00:00:09 2005 +0000
-
-    Use @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ instead of $(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) in macro substitutions to
-        work better with BSD make
-
-commit 1fcb9d04dd8b2f78aff2d64e6db7588c973cdb5b
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Mon Oct 17 21:13:22 2005 +0000
-
-    Rename .shadows.DONE to shadows.DONE to avoid some make's thinking it's a
-        suffix rule (reported by Matthieu Herrb)
-
-commit 4423fc41efc97ad1559f281c2ce3c835ccc88c61
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Thu Oct 13 04:27:16 2005 +0000
-
-    Add generated man pages to .cvsignore file
-
-commit 3c676e51ca509fff616495ac7354ac8b4ecde7e4
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Wed Oct 12 00:22:32 2005 +0000
-
-    configure.ac Set up cpp pre-processing of man pages Add shadow man pages
-        for man pages that document multiple functions.
-
-commit 0543cf76a5e11133b5f76fa37b39cbe2985c1c75
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sat Sep 24 00:23:32 2005 +0000
-
-    Include <X11/XlibConf.h> to get correct XTHREADS settings in non-Imake
-        builds.
-
-commit 88374bab9adfe73dc445d4202a28e4d6021a674f
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Wed Sep 21 02:35:01 2005 +0000
-
-    Add checks for poll & snprintf & define old Imake names if found Enable XKB
-        usage in Xt unless --disable-xkb is specified Set STRINGSABIOPTIONS for
-        building StringDefs files on Solaris, SCO, and SVR4 systems.
-
-commit dbd0485a6e1926e7b94fdffb3e71de27c4a29012
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
-Date:   Mon Aug 1 23:59:39 2005 +0000
-
-    Properly define BUILT_FILES
-
-commit f4043547fbb2feb87f480388a695016b90f53279
-Author: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
-Date:   Mon Aug 1 23:47:55 2005 +0000
-
-    Move building of StringDefs files to src and fix them so that parallel make
-        works right.
-
-commit 027977140e19c5622331ac90eeb5e9bb9fe72640
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Fri Jul 29 21:22:52 2005 +0000
-
-    Various changes preparing packages for RC0:
-    - Verify and update package version numbers as needed
-    - Implement versioning scheme
-    - Change bug address to point to bugzilla bug entry form
-    - Disable loadable i18n in libX11 by default (use --enable-loadable-i18n to
-        reenable it)
-    - Fix makedepend to use pkgconfig and pass distcheck
-    - Update build script to build macros first
-    - Update modular Xorg version
-
-commit 28845cf017b991f7ed2dd23c005ab36ca43b97a5
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Fri Jul 22 20:30:10 2005 +0000
-
-    Bug #3824: <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3824> Correct
-        incomplete license statement from Sun.
-
-commit 052efe144da64f96fb1201a36933894d2d4bfb3c
-Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
-Date:   Tue Jul 19 02:00:01 2005 +0000
-
-    distcheck fixes -- clean up after makestrs, don't list non-existant files.
-
-commit e1cd82cf0b4d51db42c5d71a63805b6fb9ad45b8
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Sun Jul 17 10:15:26 2005 +0000
-
-    Fix for building outside of srcdir.
-
-commit 40bf5c6a837430bf23f86b97fcde8237099511c0
-Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
-Date:   Sat Jul 16 07:37:19 2005 +0000
-
-    Set version number to 6.0.0 with -version-number.
-
-commit 265f56bafdca73f28a4937ebff86ac77a25f2d4b
-Author: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
-Date:   Sat Jul 9 06:49:50 2005 +0000
-
-    Add .cvsignore files
-
-commit 63a4f8f76f5fb9159447878a4a85a14d0fbf4bf6
-Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
-Date:   Thu Jun 30 12:23:32 2005 +0000
-
-    Add -no-undefined to linker command to build shared library on cygwin too
-
-commit 64b2b98096c6a5b2ac3af59796e07601eee4e28a
-Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
-Date:   Mon Jun 20 21:47:20 2005 +0000
-
-    - Make Xt install its internal files in /usr/include/X11, both in the
-        modular and the monolithic tree.
-    - Update XTrap to use #include <X11/internal-xt-headerI.h>
-    - Add XvMC to symlink.sh
-
-commit 6e10d9886cfe518d1407331a7a8e5bac85390249
-Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
-Date:   Fri Jun 10 12:19:31 2005 +0000
-
-    ensure $(buildir)/src and $(builddir)/include/X11 exist before installing
-        generated files there
-
-commit 1b5fb35a8db7bcf568a2318118068b6c01169c14
-Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
-Date:   Tue May 24 16:06:12 2005 +0000
-
-    separation of source and build directories
-
-commit e6db93aff3a4e92b8d13998866a787bdc08b6f35
-Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
-Date:   Tue May 24 15:58:51 2005 +0000
-
-    Make source directory for templates configurable
-
-commit 82f3473668ed08af059e094a696911d2347e5d57
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sun May 22 19:05:11 2005 +0000
-
-    Convert man pages to long file names in lib/X11, lib/Xt, & lib/Xext
-
-commit 1c6db5c90aa4b4c7c82b0676416c2a9a0baa6c67
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sun May 22 04:25:43 2005 +0000
-
-    Check for <alloca.h> and define INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H if found, since
-        <Xalloca.h> requires it.
-
-commit 2e00049e9b02e26f858c3e4510641a735c03b086
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sat May 21 20:47:26 2005 +0000
-
-    Use $(install_sh_DATA) instead of "install" for better portability. Remove
-        duplicate installation lines.
-    Add AM_CFLAGS to pass through XT_CFLAGS & X11_CFLAGS
-
-commit a175c9ea92967441a7ad33d2f6c8bf26cbe954fe
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
-Date:   Thu May 19 00:22:33 2005 +0000
-
-    revert last change, didn't do right thing at all, sorry for the noise
-
-commit 185284247a889358b2ea269424eb665a71079826
-Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
-Date:   Thu May 19 00:10:08 2005 +0000
-
-    Require automake 1.7 in AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
-
-commit c7fe09644945e3725c0b67b84cd24d8475cea184
-Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
-Date:   Wed May 18 19:34:25 2005 +0000
-
-    Also include include/X11
-
-commit 605a76dcc93e277e1b26841a0225b7e0fb851b76
-Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
-Date:   Wed May 18 15:38:31 2005 +0000
-
-    - conditionally include config.h in xc/lib/Xt sources
-    - add build system for lib/Xt
-
-commit b0a241cf7c7ab3840929da3b1aabdda7bab22517
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Tue May 17 08:10:10 2005 +0000
-
-    gcc4 allows to check if sentinels are correct (a sentinel is the
-        terminating element in a varargs list). A sentinel needs to be NULL,
-        not 0 - which doesn't make a difference on 32bit but matters on 64bit.
-        Furthermore it can be told that functions have a printf-like format
-        string and argument list so that they can verify that both match. To
-        use these features certain attributes need to be set - which are
-        compiler specific. To do this we define macros which are expanded
-        depending on the compiler version. For now we put those in
-        include/Xfuncproto.h (the XFree86 DDX layer contains a file compiler.h
-        which however is not visible outside the DDX) (Bugzilla #3268).
-
-commit 2b42b9154f9886ab05da1c3d6ce75fd95f59e04e
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Sun May 15 20:52:39 2005 +0000
-
-    Add settings to bring Solaris builds closer to the ones Sun packages in
-        Solaris. Adds "BuildLikeSun" options for areas Sun deviates from the
-        way Xorg is packaged on other platforms. See comment in sun.cf for
-        details. Also, use system-provided Expat on Solaris 10 and other
-        cleanups.
-    Set shared library versions for Solaris builds to match versions used in
-        Solaris. Add missing SharedXfixesReqs and SharedXdamageReqs.
-    Add -solarisabi option to create XtStrings code compatibile with existing
-        Solaris binaries. (Off by default, on if "BuildLikeSun" is set in
-        sun.cf)
-
-commit 149898492fe56f6a096a875375faa7323f7e96f4
-Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
-Date:   Wed Apr 20 09:35:50 2005 +0000
-
-    Bugzilla #3072 (https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3072)
-        attachment #2469 (https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=2469):
-        fix uninitialized pointer in libXt on Win32. Reported by Dave Williss
-
-commit 85eb751e4e1683af6cee3ee9dce29f74911a639d
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Mon Feb 21 21:08:27 2005 +0000
-
-    Convert lib/Xt to ANSI C (Thomas Dickey). Fixes for a few valgrind warnings
-        (Thomas Dickey).
-
-commit 94150cb72d9d641c64325cd70323d93b9a3701a5
-Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
-Date:   Wed Jan 19 19:27:34 2005 +0000
-
-    doc/man/Xt/Imakefile
-    doc/man/Xt/XtAddCbk.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtAddIn.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtAllocGC.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtAppE.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtAppEM.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtAppSTC.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtClass.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtConvSt.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtConvert.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtCreateSR.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtDisplayI.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtErr.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtErrM.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtExtEvDis.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtGEDB.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtGetANC.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtGetActK.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtGetAres.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtGetSTO.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtGetSres.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtInit.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtInitWC.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtManChild.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtOffset.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtOwnSel.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtRegDraw.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtResPA.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtSession.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtSetLangP.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtSetSP.man
-    doc/man/Xt/XtSetVal.man
-    //bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2331> Attachment #1718
-        <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=1718>
-
-commit cd85103c7298be4a13909c07c95f5d53b069966e
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Sun Jan 2 11:08:49 2005 +0000
-
-    Fix formatting.
-
-commit 054445f4238a98b7ea7910778ed110f5eff9d4f2
-Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
-Date:   Sun Oct 3 20:08:42 2004 +0000
-
-    Xt Manual pages fixes from Dmitry Bolkhovitanov (Bugzilla #1498, $1499).
-
-commit 045e3de107523f28e765da8239d6afa9f51d6ba2
-Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
-Date:   Wed Aug 11 21:14:17 2004 +0000
-
-    Apply PPC64 build patch (Bug #303, Mike A. Harris, Alan Coopersmith).
-
-commit 7a541dcaa28b6f97a647d0d8e0873f665ea372aa
-Author: Eric Anholt <anholt@freebsd.org>
-Date:   Sat Jul 31 01:21:51 2004 +0000
-
-    Rename some COMPOSITE macros and enums to avoid conflicting with the
-        COMPOSITE extension's new macro. These appear to only be used
-        internally.
-
-commit b83924fa380f9e68c0c8a9dada6094c95fc44441
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Fri Apr 23 18:43:54 2004 +0000
-
-    Merging XORG-CURRENT into trunk
-
-commit 1b4f95dee32054b4d14ed5f78e47371c544fc5ac
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Sun Mar 14 08:32:26 2004 +0000
-
-    Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_99_1 on Sun Mar 14 00:26:39 PST 2004
-
-commit 83e661ed1cec6b14c60adbd48ab8588f6b13c391
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Wed Mar 3 12:11:32 2004 +0000
-
-    Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_0 on Wed Mar 3 04:09:24 PST 2004
-
-commit 77d281253982e2ebe27430f38b993927d879a005
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Thu Feb 26 13:35:34 2004 +0000
-
-    readding XFree86's cvs IDs
-
-commit 0efb2e616125953a3773b9b6c9a530ad30ce9bc8
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Thu Feb 26 09:22:45 2004 +0000
-
-    Importing vendor version xf86-4_3_99_903 on Wed Feb 26 01:21:00 PST 2004
-
-commit 036e955dfcc31d3b6c081f84e4f0b85969ccdd12
-Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
-Date:   Thu Jan 29 08:08:07 2004 +0000
-
-    Importing vendor version xf86-012804-2330 on Thu Jan 29 00:06:33 PST 2004
-
-commit f81d7ef72c9b4f13e33efa812bed9446657ed003
-Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
-Date:   Tue Nov 25 19:28:16 2003 +0000
-
-    XFree86 4.3.99.16 Bring the tree up to date for the Cygwin folks
-
-commit bdc0667ef29e24b1a2188b11546d843a7d3e5ef6
-Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
-Date:   Fri Nov 14 16:48:49 2003 +0000
-
-    XFree86 4.3.0.1
-
-commit 6a13c9e08bb042c81ae904c44a38a50d785c824e
-Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
-Date:   Fri Nov 14 16:48:49 2003 +0000
-
-    Initial revision
-
-commit 0117b0b441d8835a11a2886f3c8aed937dcffa9d
-Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
-Date:   Fri Nov 14 15:54:39 2003 +0000
-
-    R6.6 is the Xorg base-line
diff --git a/libXt/INSTALL b/libXt/INSTALL
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b82ade08..000000000
--- a/libXt/INSTALL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-Installation Instructions
-*************************
-
-Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
-2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
-unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-
-Basic Installation
-==================
-
-   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
-configure, build, and install this package.  The following
-more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
-instructions specific to this package.
-
-   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
-various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
-those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
-It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
-definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
-you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
-file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
-debugging `configure').
-
-   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
-and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
-the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
-disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
-cache files.
-
-   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
-to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
-diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
-be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
-some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
-may remove or edit it.
-
-   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
-`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
-you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
-of `autoconf'.
-
-The simplest way to compile this package is:
-
-  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
-     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
-
-     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
-     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
-
-  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
-
-  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
-     the package.
-
-  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
-     documentation.
-
-  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
-     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
-     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
-     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
-     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
-     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
-     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
-     with the distribution.
-
-  6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
-     files again.
-
-Compilers and Options
-=====================
-
-   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
-for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
-
-   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
-by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
-is an example:
-
-     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
-
-   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
-
-Compiling For Multiple Architectures
-====================================
-
-   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
-same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
-directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
-the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
-source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
-
-   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
-architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
-installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
-reconfiguring for another architecture.
-
-   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
-executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
-"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
-compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
-this:
-
-     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
-                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
-                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
-
-   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
-may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
-using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
-
-Installation Names
-==================
-
-   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
-`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
-can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
-`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
-
-   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
-architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
-pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
-PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
-Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
-
-   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
-kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
-you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
-
-   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
-with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
-option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
-
-Optional Features
-=================
-
-   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
-`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
-They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
-is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
-`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
-package recognizes.
-
-   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
-find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
-you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
-`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
-
-Particular systems
-==================
-
-   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
-CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
-order to use an ANSI C compiler:
-
-     ./configure CC="cc -Ae"
-
-and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
-
-   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
-parse its `<wchar.h>' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
-a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
-to try
-
-     ./configure CC="cc"
-
-and if that doesn't work, try
-
-     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
-
-Specifying the System Type
-==========================
-
-   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
-automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
-will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
-_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
-a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
-`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
-
-     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
-
-where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
-
-     OS KERNEL-OS
-
-   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
-`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
-need to know the machine type.
-
-   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
-use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
-produce code for.
-
-   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
-platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
-"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
-eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
-
-Sharing Defaults
-================
-
-   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
-you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
-default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
-`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
-`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
-`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
-A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
-
-Defining Variables
-==================
-
-   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
-environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
-configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
-variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
-them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
-
-     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
-
-causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
-overridden in the site shell script).
-
-Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
-an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
-
-     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
-
-`configure' Invocation
-======================
-
-   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
-operates.
-
-`--help'
-`-h'
-     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
-
-`--help=short'
-`--help=recursive'
-     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
-     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
-     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
-     also present in any nested packages.
-
-`--version'
-`-V'
-     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
-     script, and exit.
-
-`--cache-file=FILE'
-     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
-     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
-     disable caching.
-
-`--config-cache'
-`-C'
-     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
-
-`--quiet'
-`--silent'
-`-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
-     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
-     messages will still be shown).
-
-`--srcdir=DIR'
-     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
-     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
-
-`--prefix=DIR'
-     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *Note Installation Names::
-     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
-     the installation locations.
-
-`--no-create'
-`-n'
-     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
-     files.
-
-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
-`configure --help' for more details.
-
diff --git a/libXt/Makefile.am b/libXt/Makefile.am
index 3560e28c4..e9e0316b7 100644
--- a/libXt/Makefile.am
+++ b/libXt/Makefile.am
@@ -19,13 +19,14 @@
 #  TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
 #  PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 
-SUBDIRS = util src include man
+SUBDIRS = util src include man specs
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
 
 pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
 pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc
 
 MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
-EXTRA_DIST = xt.pc.in 
 
 .PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
 
diff --git a/libXt/Makefile.in b/libXt/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index a5cc7eddf..000000000
--- a/libXt/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,840 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-# 
-#  Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
-# 
-#  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-#  documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-#  the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-#  copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-#  documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
-#  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
-#  specific, written prior permission.  Keith Packard makes no
-#  representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It
-#  is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-# 
-#  KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-#  INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-#  EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-#  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
-#  DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-#  TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-#  PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-subdir = .
-DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
-	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(srcdir)/xt.pc.in \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL compile \
-	config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh missing
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
- configure.lineno config.status.lineno
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = xt.pc
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_at_0 = @
-SOURCES =
-DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
-	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
-	install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
-	install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
-	install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
-	installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
-	ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
-am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
-am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
-    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
-    *) f=$$p;; \
-  esac;
-am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
-am__install_max = 40
-am__nobase_strip_setup = \
-  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
-am__nobase_strip = \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
-am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
-  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
-  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
-    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
-      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
-    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
-am__base_list = \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
-am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"
-DATA = $(pkgconfig_DATA)
-RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive	\
-  distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
-	$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
-	distdir dist dist-all distcheck
-ETAGS = etags
-CTAGS = ctags
-DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
-top_distdir = $(distdir)
-am__remove_distdir = \
-  { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \
-    || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
-         && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; }
-am__relativize = \
-  dir0=`pwd`; \
-  sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
-  sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
-  sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
-  sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
-  while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
-    first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
-    if test "$$first" != "."; then \
-      if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
-        dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
-        dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
-      else \
-        first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
-        if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
-          dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
-        else \
-          dir2="../$$dir2"; \
-        fi; \
-        dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
-      fi; \
-    fi; \
-    dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
-  done; \
-  reldir="$$dir2"
-DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2
-GZIP_ENV = --best
-distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
-distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
-ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
-APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
-FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
-GREP = @GREP@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
-LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
-MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
-RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
-XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
-XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-SUBDIRS = util src include man
-pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
-pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
-EXTRA_DIST = xt.pc.in 
-all: config.h
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-am--refresh:
-	@:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \
-	      $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \
-		&& exit 0; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
-	    $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
-	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-config.h: stamp-h1
-	@if test ! -f $@; then \
-	  rm -f stamp-h1; \
-	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \
-	else :; fi
-
-stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@rm -f stamp-h1
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
-$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) 
-	($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER))
-	rm -f stamp-h1
-	touch $@
-
-distclean-hdr:
-	-rm -f config.h stamp-h1
-xt.pc: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/xt.pc.in
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
-	-rm -rf .libs _libs
-
-distclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f libtool config.lt
-install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	test -z "$(pkgconfigdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"
-	@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
-	for p in $$list; do \
-	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
-	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
-	done | $(am__base_list) | \
-	while read files; do \
-	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit $$?; \
-	done
-
-uninstall-pkgconfigDATA:
-	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
-	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
-	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
-	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
-	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" && rm -f $$files
-
-# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
-	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
-	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
-	  case $$f in \
-	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
-	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	dot_seen=no; \
-	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
-	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
-	    dot_seen=yes; \
-	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
-	  else \
-	    local_target="$$target"; \
-	  fi; \
-	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
-	  || eval $$failcom; \
-	done; \
-	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
-	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
-	fi; test -z "$$fail"
-
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
-	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
-	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
-	  case $$f in \
-	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
-	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	dot_seen=no; \
-	case "$@" in \
-	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
-	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
-	esac; \
-	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
-	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
-	  fi; \
-	done; \
-	rev="$$rev ."; \
-	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
-	for subdir in $$rev; do \
-	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
-	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
-	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
-	  else \
-	    local_target="$$target"; \
-	  fi; \
-	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
-	  || eval $$failcom; \
-	done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
-	done
-ctags-recursive:
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
-	done
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	set x; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  include_option=--etags-include; \
-	  empty_fix=.; \
-	else \
-	  include_option=--include; \
-	  empty_fix=; \
-	fi; \
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
-	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
-	      set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
-	  fi; \
-	done; \
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	shift; \
-	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
-	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
-	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      "$$@" $$unique; \
-	  else \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      $$unique; \
-	  fi; \
-	fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
-	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
-	     $$unique
-
-GTAGS:
-	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
-	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
-
-distclean-tags:
-	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-	test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
-	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
-	    || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
-	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
-	    $(am__relativize); \
-	    new_distdir=$$reldir; \
-	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
-	    $(am__relativize); \
-	    new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
-	    echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
-	    echo "     am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
-	    ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
-	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
-	        top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
-	        distdir="$$new_distdir" \
-		am__remove_distdir=: \
-		am__skip_length_check=: \
-		am__skip_mode_fix=: \
-	        distdir) \
-	      || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
-	  top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
-	  dist-hook
-	-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
-	|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
-		-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
-	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
-	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
-	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
-	|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
-dist-gzip: distdir
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-dist-bzip2: distdir
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist-lzma: distdir
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist-xz: distdir
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist-tarZ: distdir
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist-shar: distdir
-	shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist-zip: distdir
-	-rm -f $(distdir).zip
-	zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist dist-all: distdir
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
-	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-
-# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
-# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
-# tarfile.
-distcheck: dist
-	case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
-	*.tar.gz*) \
-	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
-	*.tar.bz2*) \
-	  bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
-	*.tar.lzma*) \
-	  lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\
-	*.tar.xz*) \
-	  xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
-	*.tar.Z*) \
-	  uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
-	*.shar.gz*) \
-	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
-	*.zip*) \
-	  unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
-	esac
-	chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
-	mkdir $(distdir)/_build
-	mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
-	chmod a-w $(distdir)
-	test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
-	dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
-	  && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
-	  && am__cwd=`pwd` \
-	  && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \
-	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
-	    $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
-	        distuninstallcheck \
-	  && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
-	  && ({ \
-	       (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
-	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
-	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
-	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
-	            distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
-	      } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
-	  && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
-	  && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
-	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
-	  && cd "$$am__cwd" \
-	  || exit 1
-	$(am__remove_distdir)
-	@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
-	  list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
-	  sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
-distuninstallcheck:
-	@$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \
-	&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
-	   || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
-	        if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
-	          echo "  (check DESTDIR support)"; \
-	        fi ; \
-	        $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
-	        exit 1; } >&2
-distcleancheck: distclean
-	@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
-	  echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
-	  exit 1 ; \
-	fi
-	@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
-	  || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
-	       $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
-	       exit 1; } >&2
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-recursive
-all-am: Makefile $(DATA) config.h
-installdirs: installdirs-recursive
-installdirs-am:
-	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"; do \
-	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
-	done
-install: install-recursive
-install-exec: install-exec-recursive
-install-data: install-data-recursive
-uninstall: uninstall-recursive
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-recursive
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
-	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-clean: clean-recursive
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-recursive
-	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
-	distclean-libtool distclean-tags
-
-dvi: dvi-recursive
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-recursive
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-recursive
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am: install-pkgconfigDATA
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-recursive
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-recursive
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-recursive
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-	-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-recursive
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-recursive
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am: uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
-
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) all \
-	ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
-	all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
-	clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
-	dist-gzip dist-hook dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz \
-	dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
-	distclean-libtool distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \
-	distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
-	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
-	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
-	install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
-	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA install-ps \
-	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
-	installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
-	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
-	mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
-	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
-
-
-.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
-
-INSTALL:
-	$(INSTALL_CMD)
-
-ChangeLog:
-	$(CHANGELOG_CMD)
-
-dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libXt/README b/libXt/README
index 56773350f..45663cbcf 100644
--- a/libXt/README
+++ b/libXt/README
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 libXt - X Toolkit Intrinsics library
 
-Documentation for this library can be found in the included man pages,
-the libXt spec from the doc/xorg-docs module, also available at:
+Documentation for this library can be found in the included man pages;
+the libXt spec from the specs directory of the source, also available at:
 
 	http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/X11R7.0/doc/PDF/intrinsics.pdf
 
diff --git a/libXt/aclocal.m4 b/libXt/aclocal.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index c7aa28c14..000000000
--- a/libXt/aclocal.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10215 +0,0 @@
-# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
-  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
-m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.65],,
-[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.65.
-You have another version of autoconf.  It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
-If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
-To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
-
-# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
-#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl
-#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
-#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
-#
-#   This file is part of GNU Libtool.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
-# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-])
-
-# serial 56 LT_INIT
-
-
-# LT_PREREQ(VERSION)
-# ------------------
-# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION.
-m4_defun([LT_PREREQ],
-[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1,
-       [m4_default([$3],
-		   [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required],
-		             63)])],
-       [$2])])
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR
-# ------------------
-# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR],
-[case `pwd` in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;;
-esac
-])
-
-
-# LT_INIT([OPTIONS])
-# ------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl
-
-dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default:
-m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl
-m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl
-dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4
-dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro:
-AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl
-
-dnl Parse OPTIONS
-_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1])
-
-# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
-LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
-
-_LT_SETUP
-
-# Only expand once:
-m4_define([LT_INIT])
-])# LT_INIT
-
-# Old names:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
-AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC)
-# -------------------
-# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
-m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME],
-[for cc_temp in $1""; do
-  case $cc_temp in
-    compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;;
-    distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;;
-    \-*) ;;
-    *) break;;
-  esac
-done
-cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"`
-])
-
-
-# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
-# ----------------------
-# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set
-# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'.
-m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS],
-[: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
-
-
-# _LT_SETUP
-# ---------
-m4_defun([_LT_SETUP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl
-dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl
-dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
-dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
-test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
-_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl
-dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl
-_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl
-dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
-
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([
-# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
-if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-])
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
-
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
-  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-    COLLECT_NAMES=
-    export COLLECT_NAMES
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
-# double_quote_subst'ed string.
-delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
-delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
-no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
-
-# Global variables:
-ofile=libtool
-can_build_shared=yes
-
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
-# which needs '.lib').
-libext=a
-
-with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
-
-old_CC="$CC"
-old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-
-# Set sane defaults for various variables
-test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
-test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
-test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
-test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
-
-_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
-test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
-case $deplibs_check_method in
-file_magic*)
-  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
-    _LT_PATH_MAGIC
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
-LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC])
-_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
-_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
-_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-])# _LT_SETUP
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
-# ---------------
-# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status'
-# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool.  Notably,
-# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake,
-# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],
-[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'])
-ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
-
-
-
-# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional
-# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool'
-# label.
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS])
-# ----------------------------------------
-# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
-m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT],
-[m4_ifval([$1],
-          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT],
-                     [$1
-])])])
-
-# Initialize.
-m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS])
-# ------------------------------
-# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
-m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL],
-[m4_ifval([$1],
-          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS],
-                     [$1
-])])])
-
-# Initialize.
-m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS])
-# -----------------------------------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS],
-[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1])
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT])
-# -----------------------------
-# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing
-# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already.
-m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT],
-[m4_ifval([$1], [
-m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])],
-              [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.])
-)])
-
-
-
-
-
-# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?])
-# -------------------------------------------------------------------
-# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script.
-# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script.
-# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on
-# VARNAME.  Any other value will be used directly.
-m4_define([_LT_DECL],
-[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ],
-    [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name],
-	[m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])])
-    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3])
-    m4_ifval([$4],
-	[lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])])
-    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2],
-	[tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION])
-# --------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])])
-
-
-# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames],
-[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)])
-
-
-# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..])
-# ---------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_lt_decl_filter],
-[m4_case([$#],
-  [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
-  [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
-  [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)],
-  [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)],
-  [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# --------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames],
-[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)])
-
-
-# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames],
-[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)])
-
-
-# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
-[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl
-_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
-    m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]),
-    m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))])
-m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
-[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])])
-
-
-# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames],
-[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
-     m4_if([$2], [],
-	   m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames),
-	m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl
-])
-m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames],
-[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1],
-			lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME])
-# ------------------------------------
-# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its
-# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'.  VARNAME
-# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work.
-m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE],
-[$1='`$ECHO "X$][$1" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
-# ------------------------------
-# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when
-# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all
-# embedded single quotes properly.  In configure, this macro expands
-# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into:
-#
-#    <var>='`$ECHO "X$<var>" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS],
-[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames),
-    [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
-# ----------------
-# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script
-m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS],
-[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl
-available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG])
-# -----------------------------------
-# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and
-# expand to a commented shell variable setting:
-#
-#    # Some comment about what VAR is for.
-#    visible_name=$lt_internal_name
-m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE],
-[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1],
-					   [description])))[]dnl
-m4_pushdef([_libtool_name],
-    m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl
-m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])),
-    [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1],
-    [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
-    [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
-    [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl
-m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
-# -----------------------
-# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables
-# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool'
-# script.  Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG
-# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS.
-m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS],
-[m4_foreach([_lt_var],
-    m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)),
-    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG)
-# -------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS],
-[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames),
-    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])])
-
-
-# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME])
-# ------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-# -------------------
-# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS.  Thanks to the lists of
-# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls
-# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations
-# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in
-# for loops in `config.status'.  Finally, any additional code accumulated
-# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded.
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS],
-[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT],
-	dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT,
-	dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status,
-	dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it
-	dnl needs to know what name is stored there:
-        [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
-            [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])],
-    dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status,
-    dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now:
-    [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
-        [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])])
-])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-
-
-# Initialize.
-m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT],
-[
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
-delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
-_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
-LTCC='$LTCC'
-LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
-compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
-
-# Quote evaled strings.
-for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
-]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
-for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
-]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules.
-case \$lt_ECHO in
-*'\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"')dnl "
-  lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"\[$]/\[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'\`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT
-])
-
-
-# LT_OUTPUT
-# ---------
-# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before
-# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation
-# tests.
-AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT],
-[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt}
-AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT])
-cat >"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
-# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.
-
-lt_cl_silent=false
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-_LTEOF
-
-cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
-AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
-_AS_PREPARE
-
-exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1
-exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
-{
-  echo
-  AS_BOX([Running $as_me.])
-} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-
-lt_cl_help="\
-\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration,
-for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is
-generated.
-
-Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]]
-
-  -h, --help      print this help, then exit
-  -V, --version   print version number, then exit
-  -q, --quiet     do not print progress messages
-  -d, --debug     don't remove temporary files
-
-Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>."
-
-lt_cl_version="\
-m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl
-m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION])
-configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING.
-
-Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it."
-
-while test $[#] != 0
-do
-  case $[1] in
-    --version | --v* | -V )
-      echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-      echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;;
-    --debug | --d* | -d )
-      debug=: ;;
-    --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q )
-      lt_cl_silent=: ;;
-
-    -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1]
-Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
-
-    *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1]
-Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if $lt_cl_silent; then
-  exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null
-fi
-_LTEOF
-
-cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
-_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT
-_LTEOF
-
-cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
-AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])
-_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS
-AS_EXIT(0)
-_LTEOF
-chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT"
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection,
-# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept
-# open by configure.  Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing
-# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
-  lt_cl_success=:
-  test "$silent" = yes &&
-    lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet"
-  exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null
-  $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false
-  exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
-  $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1)
-fi
-])# LT_OUTPUT
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG(TAG)
-# ---------------
-# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a
-# default configuration from the untagged config vars.  Otherwise add code
-# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the
-# matching tagged config vars.
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([
-  m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl
-  m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [
-    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
-    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-    fi
-
-    cfgfile="${ofile}T"
-    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
-    $RM "$cfgfile"
-
-    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-#! $SHELL
-
-# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
-# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
-# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
-#
-_LT_COPYING
-_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
-_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
-_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS
-# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
-
-_LT_EOF
-
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-# vanish in a puff of smoke.
-if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-  COLLECT_NAMES=
-  export COLLECT_NAMES
-fi
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
-
-  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
-  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
-  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
-  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
-  sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS
-
-  sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
-    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
-  chmod +x "$ofile"
-],
-[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile"
-
-dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded
-dnl in a comment (ie after a #).
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
-_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG)
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
-_LT_EOF
-])dnl /m4_if
-],
-[m4_if([$1], [], [
-    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
-    VERSION='$VERSION'
-    TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
-    RM='$RM'
-    ofile='$ofile'], [])
-])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS
-])# _LT_CONFIG
-
-
-# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG)
-# ---------------------
-# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool
-# --tag option, using:
-#    autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1'
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], [])
-
-
-# C support is built-in for now
-m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], [])
-m4_define([_LT_TAGS], [])
-
-
-# LT_LANG(LANG)
-# -------------
-# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled.
-AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
-m4_case([$1],
-  [C],			[_LT_LANG(C)],
-  [C++],		[_LT_LANG(CXX)],
-  [Java],		[_LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-  [Fortran 77],		[_LT_LANG(F77)],
-  [Fortran],		[_LT_LANG(FC)],
-  [Windows Resource],	[_LT_LANG(RC)],
-  [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG],
-    [_LT_LANG($1)],
-    [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl
-])# LT_LANG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME)
-# ------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG],
-[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [],
-  [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl
-  m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl
-  m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl
-  _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl
-])# _LT_LANG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
-# -----------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG],
-[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
-  [LT_LANG(CXX)],
-  [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])])
-
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77],
-  [LT_LANG(F77)],
-  [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])])
-
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC],
-  [LT_LANG(FC)],
-  [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])])
-
-dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal
-dnl pulling things in needlessly.
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
-  [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-  [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-    [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ],
-      [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-      [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
-	[m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
-       m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-	[m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
-       m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ],
-	[m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])])
-
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC],
-  [LT_LANG(RC)],
-  [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])])
-])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
-
-# Obsolete macros:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [])
-
-
-# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-
-_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl
-_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl
-_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl
-_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl
-
-# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
-LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
-
-# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
-LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-compiler=$CC
-])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-# ------------------------
-# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with
-# the simple compiler test code.
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM conftest*
-])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-# ----------------------
-# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with
-# the simple link test code.
-m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM -r conftest*
-])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS
-# -------------------------
-m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[
-  case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin*)
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:])
-    _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1],
-      [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1],
-      [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1],
-      [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1],
-      [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1],
-      [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4])
-
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod],
-      [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
-      if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
-	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
-	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
-	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
-	# link flags.
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
-	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
--dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
-	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
-        _lt_result=$?
-	if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then
-	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
-	else
-	  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-	fi
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	rm -f conftest.*
-      fi])
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag],
-      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list],
-      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
-      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
-      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
-      AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
-	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes],
-	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no])
-	LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-    ])
-    case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin1.*)
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
-      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
-      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
-      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
-      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
-	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-	10.[[012]]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-	10.*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-      esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-    if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
-    fi
-    if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
-    else
-      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
-    fi
-    if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then
-      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
-    else
-      _lt_dsymutil=
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-])
-
-
-# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES
-# --------------------------
-# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin
-m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES],
-[
-  m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
-  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=''
-  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
-  case $cc_basename in
-     ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
-     *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
-  esac
-  if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then
-    output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
-    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    m4_if([$1], [CXX],
-[   if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}"
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    fi
-],[])
-  else
-  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-  fi
-])
-
-# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-# -----------------------
-# Links a minimal program and checks the executable
-# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases,
-# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used
-# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too.
-# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according
-# to the aix ld manual.
-m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[
-lt_aix_libpath_sed='
-    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
-	/^0/ {
-	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
-	    p
-	}
-    }'
-aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-fi],[])
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
-])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-
-
-# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG)
-# -------------------
-m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT],
-[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE],
-	     [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)],
-	 [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)])
-$1
-AC_DIVERT_POP
-])# _LT_SHELL_INIT
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
-# -----------------------
-# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which
-# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],
-[_LT_SHELL_INIT([
-# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-case X$lt_ECHO in
-X*--fallback-echo)
-  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
-  ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo}
-if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then
-  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-  shift
-elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
-  :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
-  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
-  :
-else
-  # Restart under the correct shell.
-  exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # used as fallback echo
-  shift
-  cat <<_LT_EOF
-[$]*
-_LT_EOF
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then
-  if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
-    # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
-    for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do
-      # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
-      if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null &&
-	 { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null
-      then
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-  fi
-
-  if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-     echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-    :
-  else
-    # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
-    # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
-    #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
-    #
-    # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
-
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
-         test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        ECHO="$dir/echo"
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-
-    if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then
-      # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
-      if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
-        ECHO='print -r'
-      elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } &&
-	   test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
-        # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
-        ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-        export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-        CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
-        export CONFIG_SHELL
-        exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
-      else
-        # Try using printf.
-        ECHO='printf %s\n'
-        if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-	   echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  # Cool, printf works
-	  :
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-	  export CONFIG_SHELL
-	  SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
-	  export SHELL
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
-        else
-	  # maybe with a smaller string...
-	  prev=:
-
-	  for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do
-	    if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null
-	    then
-	      break
-	    fi
-	    prev="$cmd"
-	  done
-
-	  if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then
-	    echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
-	    export echo_test_string
-	    exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"}
-	  else
-	    # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
-	    ECHO=echo
-	  fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-
-# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
-# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
-lt_ECHO=$ECHO
-if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then
-   lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo"
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(lt_ECHO)
-])
-_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts])
-_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1],
-    [An echo program that does not interpret backslashes])
-])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
-# ---------------
-m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
-  [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
-    [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
-test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case $host in
-ia64-*-hpux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-      *ELF-32*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
-	;;
-      *ELF-64*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
-	;;
-      esac
-    else
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	  ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
-s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-      *32-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
-	    ;;
-	  s390x-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *64-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
-	    ;;
-	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
-    [AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
-     AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
-     AC_LANG_POP])
-  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
-    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-  fi
-  ;;
-sparc*-*solaris*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-    *64-bit*)
-      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
-      yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;;
-      *)
-	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-esac
-
-need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
-])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
-# -------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE],
-[AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false)
-test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
-test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
-_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver])
-_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1])
-
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
-test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
-_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program])
-
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
-test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
-_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1],
-    [Commands used to install an old-style archive])
-
-# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
-old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
-old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
-old_postuninstall_cmds=
-
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  case $host_os in
-  openbsd*)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  esac
-  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2])
-_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands used to build an old-style archive])
-])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
-#		[OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether the given compiler option works
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
-  [$2=no
-   m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4])
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   lt_compiler_flag="$3"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       $2=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM conftest*
-])
-
-if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
-    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
-else
-    m4_if([$6], , :, [$6])
-fi
-])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
-#                  [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
-# ----------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether the given linker option works
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
-  [$2=no
-   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3"
-   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
-     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     if test -s conftest.err; then
-       # Append any errors to the config.log.
-       cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-       $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
-       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-         $2=yes
-       fi
-     else
-       $2=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM -r conftest*
-   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-])
-
-if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
-    m4_if([$4], , :, [$4])
-else
-    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
-fi
-])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [])
-
-
-# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
-#---------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-# find the maximum length of command line arguments
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments])
-AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl
-  i=0
-  teststring="ABCD"
-
-  case $build_os in
-  msdosdjgpp*)
-    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
-    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
-    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
-    # check would be larger than it should be.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
-    ;;
-
-  gnu*)
-    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
-    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
-    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
-    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
-    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
-    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
-    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
-    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
-    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
-    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
-    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
-    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
-    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
-    fi
-    # And add a safety zone
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    ;;
-
-  interix*)
-    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
-    ;;
-
-  osf*)
-    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
-    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
-    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
-    # First set a reasonable default.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
-    #
-    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
-      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
-        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-    ;;
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
-    ;;
-  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
-    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
-    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[	 ]]//'`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
-    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    else
-      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
-      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
-      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
-      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
-      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
-      # we can't tell.
-      while { test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
-	         = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-	      test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
-      do
-        i=`expr $i + 1`
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
-      teststring=
-      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
-      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
-      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-])
-if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(none)
-fi
-max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
-_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0],
-    [What is the maximum length of a command?])
-])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [])
-
-
-# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN],
-[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl
-])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
-
-
-# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE,
-#                      ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING)
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],
-[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
-if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  [$4]
-else
-  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
-  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-[#line __oline__ "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-
-#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
-#else
-#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
-#  else
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
-   find out it does not work in some platform. */
-#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
-#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
-#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
-#  else
-#    ifdef DL_LAZY
-#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
-#    else
-#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
-#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
-#      else
-#        ifdef DL_NOW
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
-#        else
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-void fnord() { int i=42;}
-int main ()
-{
-  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
-  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
-
-  if (self)
-    {
-      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
-      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
-      /* dlclose (self); */
-    }
-  else
-    puts (dlerror ());
-
-  return status;
-}]
-_LT_EOF
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
-    (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null
-    lt_status=$?
-    case x$lt_status in
-      x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;;
-      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;;
-      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;;
-    esac
-  else :
-    # compilation failed
-    $3
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr conftest*
-])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF
-
-
-# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
-# ------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF],
-[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
-if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
-  enable_dlopen=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
-else
-  lt_cv_dlopen=no
-  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  beos*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-    ;;
-
-  mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  darwin*)
-  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
-    AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
-		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-    ])
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
-	  [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"],
-      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
-	    [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"],
-	[AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen],
-	      [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"],
-	  [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
-		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],
-	    [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
-		  [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"],
-	      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
-		    [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"])
-	      ])
-	    ])
-	  ])
-	])
-      ])
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
-    enable_dlopen=yes
-  else
-    enable_dlopen=no
-  fi
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
-  dlopen)
-    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
-
-    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
-
-    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
-
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself],
-	  lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl
-	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes,
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross)
-    ])
-
-    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
-      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
-      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself],
-	  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl
-	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes,
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no,  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross)
-      ])
-    fi
-
-    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
-  esac
-fi
-_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0],
-	 [Whether dlopen is supported])
-_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0],
-	 [Whether dlopen of programs is supported])
-_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0],
-	 [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported])
-])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [])
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME])
-# ---------------------------
-# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler.
-# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O.
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext],
-  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)],
-  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no
-   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
-   mkdir conftest
-   cd conftest
-   mkdir out
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
-   then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   $RM conftest*
-   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
-   # template instantiation
-   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
-   $RM out/* && rmdir out
-   cd ..
-   $RM -r conftest
-   $RM conftest*
-])
-_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1],
-	[Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME])
-# ----------------------------------
-# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS],
-[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1])
-
-hard_links="nottested"
-if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
-  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links])
-  hard_links=yes
-  $RM conftest*
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  touch conftest.a
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links])
-  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
-    AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe])
-    need_locks=warn
-  fi
-else
-  need_locks=no
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir],
-[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .libs; then
-  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
-else
-  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
-  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
-fi
-rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null])
-objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
-_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0],
-         [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl
-m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/",
-  [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.])
-])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME])
-# --------------------------------------
-# Check hardcoding attributes.
-m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs])
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=
-if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" ||
-   test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" ||
-   test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then
-
-  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
-  if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no &&
-     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
-     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
-     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
-     ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no &&
-     test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then
-    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
-    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink
-  else
-    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
-    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate
-  fi
-else
-  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
-  # directories.
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)])
-
-if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink ||
-   test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then
-  # Fast installation is not supported
-  enable_fast_install=no
-elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
-     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
-  # Fast installation is not necessary
-  enable_fast_install=needless
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0],
-    [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable])
-])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
-striplib=
-old_striplib=
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible])
-if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
-  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
-  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-else
-# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
-  case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
-      striplib="$STRIP -x"
-      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-    else
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries])
-_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1])
-])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
-
-
-# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG])
-# -----------------------------
-# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics
-m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics])
-m4_if([$1],
-	[], [
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  case $host_os in
-    darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
-    *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
-  esac
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-  if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then
-    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
-    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
-    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
-    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-  else
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-  fi
-  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
-  # and add multilib dir if necessary.
-  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
-  lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
-  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
-    if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
-      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
-    else
-      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
-	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
-    fi
-  done
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk '
-BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
-  lt_foo="";
-  lt_count=0;
-  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
-    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
-      if ($lt_i == "..") {
-        lt_count++;
-      } else {
-        if (lt_count == 0) {
-          lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
-        } else {
-          lt_count--;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; }
-  if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
-}'`
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec`
-else
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-fi])
-library_names_spec=
-libname_spec='lib$name'
-soname_spec=
-shrext_cmds=".so"
-postinstall_cmds=
-postuninstall_cmds=
-finish_cmds=
-finish_eval=
-shlibpath_var=
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
-version_type=none
-dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
-need_lib_prefix=unknown
-hardcode_into_libs=no
-
-# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
-# flags to be left without arguments
-need_version=unknown
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-
-  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  ;;
-
-aix[[4-9]]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    # AIX 5 supports IA64
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  else
-    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
-    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
-    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
-    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
-    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*)
-      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
-	   echo ' yes '
-	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
-	:
-      else
-	can_build_shared=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
-    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
-    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
-      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
-      # typical AIX shared libraries.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    else
-      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
-      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
-      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    fi
-    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-amigaos*)
-  case $host_cpu in
-  powerpc)
-    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
-    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    ;;
-  m68k)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
-    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
-    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[[45]]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
-  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
-  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
-  ;;
-
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-  version_type=windows
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_version=no
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-
-  case $GCC,$host_os in
-  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
-    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
-    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
-      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
-      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
-      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
-      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
-      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
-        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
-      fi'
-    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
-       $RM \$dlpath'
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin*)
-      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
-      ;;
-    mingw* | cegcc*)
-      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
-      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then
-        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
-        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
-        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
-        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
-        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
-        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-      else
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-      fi
-      ;;
-    pw32*)
-      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
-  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
-  shlibpath_var=PATH
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
-  version_type=darwin
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
-m4_if([$1], [],[
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"])
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-dgux*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-freebsd1*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
-  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
-  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
-    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
-  else
-    case $host_os in
-    freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;;
-    *) objformat=elf ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  # Handle Gentoo/FreeBSD as it was Linux
-  case $host_vendor in
-    gentoo)
-      version_type=linux ;;
-    *)
-      version_type=freebsd-$objformat ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $version_type in
-    freebsd-elf*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-      need_version=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    freebsd-*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-      need_version=yes
-      ;;
-    linux)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      need_version=no
-      ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_os in
-  freebsd2*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \
-  freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
-  # link against other versions.
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.so'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
-    else
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
-    fi
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  *)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
-  ;;
-
-interix[[3-9]]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $host_os in
-    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
-    *)
-	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-		version_type=linux
-	else
-		version_type=irix
-	fi ;;
-  esac
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  case $host_os in
-  irix5* | nonstopux*)
-    libsuff= shlibsuff=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
-    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
-      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
-    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
-      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
-    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
-      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
-    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
-linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
-  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-  save_libdir=$libdir
-  eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \
-       LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\""
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
-    [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null],
-       [shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])])
-  LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
-  libdir=$save_libdir
-
-  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
-  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
-  # before this can be enabled.
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-
-  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
-  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
-    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
-  fi
-
-  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
-  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
-  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
-  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
-  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
-  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
-  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
-  else
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
-  fi
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-newsos6)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  version_type=qnx
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
-  case $host_os in
-    openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*)	need_version=yes ;;
-    *)				need_version=no  ;;
-  esac
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    case $host_os in
-      openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-	;;
-      *)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-	;;
-      esac
-  else
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-os2*)
-  libname_spec='$name'
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
-  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  version_type=osf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
-  ;;
-
-sunos4*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    need_lib_prefix=no
-  fi
-  need_version=yes
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_vendor in
-    sni)
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      ;;
-    siemens)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    motorola)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      need_version=no
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
-      ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-sysv4*MP*)
-  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-    version_type=linux
-    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  version_type=freebsd-elf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
-  else
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
-    case $host_os in
-      sco3.2v5*)
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-uts4*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-esac
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker])
-test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
-fi
-
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-fi
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-fi
-
-_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1],
-    [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
-    restored at link time])
-_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0],
-    [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?])
-_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?])
-_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type])
-_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0],  [Shared library runtime path variable])
-_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable])
-_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0],
-    [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?])
-_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix])
-_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1],
-    [[List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
-    The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]])
-_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1],
-    [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]])
-_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2],
-    [Command to use after installation of a shared archive])
-_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2],
-    [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive])
-_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory])
-_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1],
-    [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
-    not shown]])
-_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0],
-    [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries])
-_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2],
-    [Compile-time system search path for libraries])
-_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2],
-    [Run-time system search path for libraries])
-])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
-
-
-# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL)
-# --------------------------
-# find a file program which can recognize shared library
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
-[case $MAGIC_CMD in
-[[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*])
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
-dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
-dnl not every word.  This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
-  ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac])
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0],
-	 [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl
-])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [])
-
-
-# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
-# --------------
-# find a file program which can recognize a shared library
-m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC],
-[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
-if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
-  else
-    MAGIC_CMD=:
-  fi
-fi
-])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
-
-
-# LT_PATH_LD
-# ----------
-# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
-	[assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])],
-    [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes],
-    [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl
-
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
-      re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
-      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
-      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
-      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-	;;
-      *)
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-else
-  lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$lt_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-_LT_PATH_LD_GNU
-AC_SUBST([LD])
-
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [LD], [1], [The linker used to build libraries])
-])# LT_PATH_LD
-
-# Old names:
-AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD])
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], [])
-
-
-# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU
-#- --------------
-m4_defun([_LT_PATH_LD_GNU],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
-case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-  ;;
-esac])
-with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-])# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_RELOAD
-# --------------
-# find reload flag for linker
-#   -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag.
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_RELOAD],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files],
-  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag,
-  [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'])
-reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
-case $reload_flag in
-"" | " "*) ;;
-*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
-esac
-reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
-case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-      reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs'
-    else
-      reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-_LT_DECL([], [reload_flag], [1], [How to create reloadable object files])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [reload_cmds], [2])dnl
-])# _LT_CMD_RELOAD
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
-# ----------------------
-# how to check for library dependencies
-#  -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognize dependent libraries],
-lt_cv_deplibs_check_method,
-[lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
-lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
-lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
-# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
-# interlibrary dependencies.
-# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
-# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
-# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
-# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
-# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
-# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
-# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
-# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
-
-case $host_os in
-aix[[4-9]]*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[[45]]*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
-  ;;
-
-cygwin*)
-  # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  ;;
-
-mingw* | pw32*)
-  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
-  # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump',
-  # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling.
-  if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-cegcc)
-  # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    case $host_cpu in
-    i*86 )
-      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
-      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
-      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
-      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]']
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-interix[[3-9]]*)
-  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$'
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $LD in
-  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
-  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
-  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
-  *) libmagic=never-match;;
-  esac
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-newos6*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  case $host_vendor in
-  motorola)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
-    ;;
-  ncr)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  sequent)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
-    ;;
-  sni)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib"
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
-    ;;
-  siemens)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  pc)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
-test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
-
-_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1],
-    [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects])
-_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1],
-    [Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic"])
-])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
-
-
-# LT_PATH_NM
-# ----------
-# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM,
-[if test -n "$NM"; then
-  # Let the user override the test.
-  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
-else
-  lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
-    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
-  fi
-  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-      tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
-      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
-	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-	# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
-	case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
-	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
-	  break
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	  */dev/null*)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
-	    break
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
-	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  done
-  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
-fi])
-if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
-  NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
-else
-  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
-  AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, ["dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"], :)
-  AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN])
-  if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
-    NM="$DUMPBIN"
-  fi
-fi
-test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
-AC_SUBST([NM])
-_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface],
-  [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
-  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
-  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-  cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
-  fi
-  rm -f conftest*])
-])# LT_PATH_NM
-
-# Old names:
-AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], [])
-
-
-# LT_LIB_M
-# --------
-# check for math library
-AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-LIBM=
-case $host in
-*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*)
-  # These system don't have libm, or don't need it
-  ;;
-*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
-  ;;
-*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm")
-  ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST([LIBM])
-])# LT_LIB_M
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [])
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME])
-# -------------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI],
-[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
-
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
-
-  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions],
-    lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions,
-    [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [],
-    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"])
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1],
-	[Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
-# ----------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-
-# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object])
-AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe],
-[
-# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
-# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
-
-# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
-symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
-
-# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
-sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)'
-
-# Define system-specific variables.
-case $host_os in
-aix*)
-  symcode='[[BCDT]]'
-  ;;
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-  symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]'
-  ;;
-hpux*)
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]'
-  fi
-  ;;
-irix* | nonstopux*)
-  symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
-  ;;
-osf*)
-  symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]'
-  ;;
-solaris*)
-  symcode='[[BDRT]]'
-  ;;
-sco3.2v5*)
-  symcode='[[DT]]'
-  ;;
-sysv4.2uw2*)
-  symcode='[[DT]]'
-  ;;
-sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-  symcode='[[ABDT]]'
-  ;;
-sysv4)
-  symcode='[[DFNSTU]]'
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
-case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;;
-esac
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
-# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
-# so use this general approach.
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-
-# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
-opt_cr=
-case $build_os in
-mingw*)
-  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
-for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
-
-  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
-  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
-
-  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
-  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
-    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
-    # and D for any global variable.
-    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
-    # which start with @ or ?.
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\
-"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
-"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
-"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
-"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
-"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
-"     {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
-"     {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
-"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
-"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
-"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]"
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[	 ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[	 ]][[	 ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
-  fi
-
-  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
-  pipe_works=no
-
-  rm -f conftest*
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-char nm_test_var;
-void nm_test_func(void);
-void nm_test_func(void){}
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
-_LT_EOF
-
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    # Now try to grab the symbols.
-    nlist=conftest.nm
-    if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then
-      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
-      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
-	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
-      else
-	rm -f "$nlist"T
-      fi
-
-      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
-      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now generate the symbol file.
-	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
-
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
-const struct {
-  const char *name;
-  void       *address;
-}
-lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] =
-{
-  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
-_LT_EOF
-	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
-	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-  {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
-  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now try linking the two files.
-	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
-	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
-	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)"
-	  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
-	    pipe_works=yes
-	  fi
-	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
-	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
-	else
-	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-	fi
-      else
-	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-      fi
-    else
-      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-    fi
-  else
-    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
-
-  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
-  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
-    break
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
-  fi
-done
-])
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
-  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
-fi
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(failed)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
-fi
-
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1],
-    [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names])
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1],
-    [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration])
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address],
-    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1],
-    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair])
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix],
-    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1],
-    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed])
-]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME])
-# ---------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC],
-[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC])
-m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
-  # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
-  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-            # like `-m68040'.
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-    mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
-      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
-      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
-	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
-      ;;
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-    *djgpp*)
-      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-      ;;
-    interix[[3-9]]*)
-      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
-      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-    hpux*)
-      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
-      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
-      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*)
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    *qnx* | *nto*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    case $host_os in
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-	# All AIX code is PIC.
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-	fi
-	;;
-      chorus*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	cxch68*)
-	  # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	  # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      dgux*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  ec++*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    ;;
-	  ghcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-	# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
-	;;
-      hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-	    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  aCC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-	    case $host_cpu in
-	    hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	      # +Z the default
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      interix*)
-	# This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs)
-	# Anyone wants to do a port?
-	;;
-      irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-	    # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  KCC*)
-	    # KAI C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	    ;;
-	  ecpc* )
-	    # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-	    ;;
-	  icpc* )
-	    # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC.
-	    # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-	    ;;
-	  pgCC* | pgcpp*)
-	    # Portland Group C++ compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    ;;
-	  cxx*)
-	    # Compaq C++
-	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
-	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-	    ;;
-	  xlc* | xlC*)
-	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	    *Sun\ C*)
-	      # Sun C++ 5.9
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      lynxos*)
-	;;
-      m88k*)
-	;;
-      mvs*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  cxx*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      netbsd*)
-	;;
-      *qnx* | *nto*)
-        # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-        # it will coredump.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-        ;;
-      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  KCC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
-	    ;;
-	  RCC*)
-	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    ;;
-	  cxx*)
-	    # Digital/Compaq C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
-	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      psos*)
-	;;
-      solaris*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
-	    ;;
-	  gcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      sunos4*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.x
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    ;;
-	  lcc*)
-	    # Lucid
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      tandem*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  NCC*)
-	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      vxworks*)
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-],
-[
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-      aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-            # like `-m68040'.
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
-      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
-      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
-	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux*)
-      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
-      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
-      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    interix[[3-9]]*)
-      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
-      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
-      ;;
-
-    msdosdjgpp*)
-      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
-      # on systems that don't support them.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-      enable_shared=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
-	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
-	;;
-      esac
-      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      case $cc_basename in
-      # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
-      ecc*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-        ;;
-      # icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
-      # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
-      icc* | ifort*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-        ;;
-      # Lahey Fortran 8.1.
-      lf95*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static'
-	;;
-      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)
-        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
-	# which looks to be a dead project)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-        ;;
-      ccc*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-        # All Alpha code is PIC.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-        ;;
-      xl*)
-	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
-	;;
-      *)
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)
-	  # Sun C 5.9
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	  ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)
-	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=''
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    rdos*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      case $cc_basename in
-      f77* | f90* | f95*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    unicos*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-])
-case $host_os in
-  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
-  *djgpp*)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])"
-    ;;
-esac
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)])
-_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1],
-	[How to pass a linker flag through the compiler])
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
-#
-if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
-  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works],
-    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)],
-    [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [],
-    [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in
-     "" | " "*) ;;
-     *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;;
-     esac],
-    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-     _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no])
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1],
-	[Additional compiler flags for building library objects])
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
-#
-wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\"
-_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works],
-  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1),
-  $lt_tmp_static_flag,
-  [],
-  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=])
-_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1],
-	[Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME])
-# ----------------------------
-# See if the linker supports building shared libraries.
-m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
-m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
-  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  case $host_os in
-  aix[[4-9]]*)
-    # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
-    # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
-    if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-    else
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-    fi
-    ;;
-  pw32*)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds"
-  ;;
-  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[[ ]]__nm__/s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  ;;
-  *)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  ;;
-  esac
-  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
-], [
-  runpath_var=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
-  _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-  _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
-  # included in the symbol list
-  _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)=
-  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
-  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
-  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
-  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
-  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
-  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
-  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
-  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
-  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
-  # preloaded symbol tables.
-  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
-dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above.
-  extract_expsyms_cmds=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  interix*)
-    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
-    with_gnu_ld=yes
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-    wlarc='${wl}'
-
-    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
-    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
-    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-    else
-      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-    fi
-    supports_anon_versioning=no
-    case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-      *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
-      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
-      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
-      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
-      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
-    esac
-
-    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix[[3-9]]*)
-      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
-	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
-      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	else
-	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	fi~
-	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    interix[[3-9]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
-      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
-      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
-      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
-      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
-      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      ;;
-
-    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      tmp_diet=no
-      if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
-	esac
-      fi
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
-	 && test "$tmp_diet" = no
-      then
-	tmp_addflag=
-	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
-	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
-        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
-	  ;;
-	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)	# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
-	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
-	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
-	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
-	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
-	lf95*)				# Lahey Fortran 8.1
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-	  tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
-	xl[[cC]]*)			# IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
-	  tmp_addflag= ;;
-	esac
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	esac
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-
-        if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-        fi
-
-	case $cc_basename in
-	xlf*)
-	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
-	  if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-	wlarc=
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-        *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
-*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-	;;
-	*)
-	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
-	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
-	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
-	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
-	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	  else
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	  fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      wlarc=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then
-      runpath_var=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-    fi
-  else
-    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-    case $host_os in
-    aix3*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-      # are no directories specified by -L.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
-	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-	# broken collect2.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    aix[[4-9]]*)
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-	# have to do anything special.
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-	no_entry_flag=""
-      else
-	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
-	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
-	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	fi
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-
-	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-	# need to do runtime linking.
-	case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
-	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
-	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-	    break
-	  fi
-	  done
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-      fi
-
-      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
-	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
-	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-	  then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  :
-	  else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	shared_flag='-shared'
-	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
-	fi
-      else
-	# not using gcc
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
-	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
-	  shared_flag='-G'
-	else
-	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-	  else
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall'
-      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
-      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
-      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
-	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
-        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-        # empty executable.
-        _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
-      else
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-	else
-	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-	 # empty executable.
-	 _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-	 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
-	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
-	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    bsdi[[45]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-      # Microsoft Visual C++.
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-      libext=lib
-      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
-      shrext_cmds=".dll"
-      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
-      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
-      ;;
-
-    dgux*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    freebsd1*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-    # extra space).
-    freebsd2.2*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-    freebsd2*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-
-      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-      # but as the default location of the library.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux10*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	# but as the default location of the library.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    hpux11*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-
-	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	  # but as the default location of the library.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
-	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
-	# implicitly export all symbols.
-        save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
-        AC_LINK_IFELSE(int foo(void) {},
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-        )
-        LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      ;;
-
-    openbsd*)
-      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	else
-	  case $host_os in
-	   openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*)
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	   *)
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    os2*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      ;;
-
-    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-	$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs'
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	wlarc='${wl}'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-      else
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
-	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
-	  wlarc=''
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  wlarc='${wl}'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      case $host_os in
-      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
-      *)
-	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
-	# but understands `-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without `$wl',
-	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
-	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-	if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
-	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
-	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4)
-      case $host_vendor in
-	sni)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true???
-	;;
-	siemens)
-	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
-	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-        ;;
-	motorola)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-	;;
-      esac
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4.3*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-      # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
-      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
-      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
-      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
-      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
-      # as -z defs.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
-      case $host in
-      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
-test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld
-
-_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2],
-    [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive])
-
-#
-# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
-#
-case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in
-x|xyes)
-  # Assume -lc should be added
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-
-  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in
-    *'~'*)
-      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
-      ;;
-    '$CC '*)
-      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
-      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
-      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in])
-      $RM conftest*
-      echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-      if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then
-        soname=conftest
-        lib=conftest
-        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
-        deplibs=
-        wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
-	pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
-        compiler_flags=-v
-        linker_flags=-v
-        verstring=
-        output_objdir=.
-        libname=conftest
-        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-        if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1)
-        then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-        else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-        fi
-        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
-      else
-        cat conftest.err 1>&5
-      fi
-      $RM conftest*
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)])
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0],
-    [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries])
-_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes],
-    [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0],
-    [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1],
-    [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1],
-    [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1],
-    [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2],
-    [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2],
-    [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
-    a shared archive.])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1],
-    [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1],
-    [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1],
-    [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1],
-    [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking.
-    This must work even if $libdir does not exist])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld], [1],
-    [[If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary
-    during linking.  This must work even if $libdir does not exist]])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1],
-    [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-    DIR into the resulting binary])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-    DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
-    "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the
-    library is relocated])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
-    into the resulting binary])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
-    into the resulting binary])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
-    into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
-    against it])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0],
-    [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
-    to runtime path list])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0],
-    [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [fix_srcfile_path], [1],
-    [Fix the shell variable $srcfile for the compiler])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2],
-    [The commands to list exported symbols])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1],
-    [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1],
-    [Symbols that must always be exported])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1],
-    [Specify filename containing input files])
-dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented
-dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1],
-dnl    [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects])
-])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG])
-# ------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably
-# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
-# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
-
-# Source file extension for C test sources.
-ac_ext=c
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
-
-_LT_TAG_COMPILER
-# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
-# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
-compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-  _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-  LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
-  _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
-
-  # Report which library types will actually be built
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
-  test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-  # are all built from PIC.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix[[4-9]]*)
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-      test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
-  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-  test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
-
-  _LT_CONFIG($1)
-fi
-AC_LANG_POP
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_CXX
-# ------------
-# Since AC_PROG_CXX is broken, in that it returns g++ if there is no c++
-# compiler, we have our own version here.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_CXX],
-[
-pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_caught_CXX_error=yes])
-AC_PROG_CXX
-if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" &&
-    ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) ||
-    (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then
-  AC_PROG_CXXCPP
-else
-  _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes
-fi
-popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
-])# _LT_PROG_CXX
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG])
-# --------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably
-# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
-# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_CXX])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-
-AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-
-# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
-ac_ext=cpp
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
-# the CXX compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
-# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
-# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
-if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then
-  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
-  lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-  # Code to be used in simple link tests
-  lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }'
-
-  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-  lt_save_CC=$CC
-  lt_save_LD=$LD
-  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-  GCC=$GXX
-  lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
-  lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
-  if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
-    lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
-  else
-    $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-  fi
-  if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
-    lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
-  else
-    $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD
-  fi
-  test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
-  CC=${CXX-"c++"}
-  compiler=$CC
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-  if test -n "$compiler"; then
-    # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the
-    # no_builtin_flag separately
-    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
-    else
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
-    fi
-
-    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-      # Set up default GNU C++ configuration
-
-      LT_PATH_LD
-
-      # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
-      # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-
-        # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-        # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
-        #     investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
-        wlarc='${wl}'
-
-        # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-        if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" |
-	  $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-        else
-          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-        fi
-      else
-        with_gnu_ld=no
-        wlarc=
-
-        # A generic and very simple default shared library creation
-        # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
-        # linker, instead of GNU ld.  If possible, this setting should
-        # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
-        # the platform it is being used on.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
-      fi
-
-      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-      # linking a shared library.
-      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-
-    else
-      GXX=no
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-      wlarc=
-    fi
-
-    # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
-    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-    case $host_os in
-      aix3*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-          # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-          # have to do anything special.
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-          exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-          no_entry_flag=""
-        else
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-
-          # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-          # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-          # need to do runtime linking.
-          case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
-	    for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-	      case $ld_flag in
-	      *-brtl*)
-	        aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-	        break
-	        ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    ;;
-          esac
-
-          exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-          no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-        fi
-
-        # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-        # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-        # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-        # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-        # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
-
-        if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-          case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
-          # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-          # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
-	     strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-	  then
-	    # We have reworked collect2
-	    :
-	  else
-	    # We have old collect2
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
-	    # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	    # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	    # to unsupported forces relinking
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-	  fi
-          esac
-          shared_flag='-shared'
-	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	    shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
-	  fi
-        else
-          # not using gcc
-          if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
-	  # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
-	  shared_flag='-G'
-          else
-	    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	      shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-	    else
-	      shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-	    fi
-          fi
-        fi
-
-        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall'
-        # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
-        # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to
-	# export.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
-        if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-          # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
-          # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-          _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
-          # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty
-          # executable.
-          _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-          _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
-        else
-          if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-          else
-	    # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-	    # empty executable.
-	    _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-	    # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
-	    # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
-	    # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-	    # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared
-	    # libraries.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-          fi
-        fi
-        ;;
-
-      beos*)
-	if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-	  # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
-	  # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      chorus*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          *)
-	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	  ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-        # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
-        # as there is no search path for DLLs.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-        _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
-
-        if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-          # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-          # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-	    cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-          else
-	    echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	    cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-          fi~
-          $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-        else
-          _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        fi
-        ;;
-      darwin* | rhapsody*)
-        _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
-	;;
-
-      dgux*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          ec++*)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          ghcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      freebsd[[12]]*)
-        # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before
-	# switch to ELF
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      freebsd-elf*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-        # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
-        # conventions
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-
-      gnu*)
-        ;;
-
-      hpux9*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
-				             # but as the default
-				             # location of the library.
-
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-            # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-            ;;
-          aCC*)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-            # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-            # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-            # linking a shared library.
-            #
-            # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-            # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-            # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-            # dependencies.
-            output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-            ;;
-          *)
-            if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-              _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-            else
-              # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-              _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-            fi
-            ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      hpux10*|hpux11*)
-        if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-          case $host_cpu in
-            hppa*64*|ia64*)
-              ;;
-            *)
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-              ;;
-          esac
-        fi
-        case $host_cpu in
-          hppa*64*|ia64*)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-            ;;
-          *)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
-					         # but as the default
-					         # location of the library.
-            ;;
-        esac
-
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          aCC*)
-	    case $host_cpu in
-	      hppa*64*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	        ;;
-	      ia64*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	        ;;
-	      *)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	        ;;
-	    esac
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-	      if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-	        case $host_cpu in
-	          hppa*64*)
-	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	            ;;
-	          ia64*)
-	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	            ;;
-	          *)
-	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	            ;;
-	        esac
-	      fi
-	    else
-	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      interix[[3-9]]*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	# Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
-	# Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
-	# default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
-	# consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
-	# 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
-	# time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-	;;
-      irix5* | irix6*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # SGI C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler.  This is
-	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
-	    # in the archive.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-	      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	      else
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` -o $lib'
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-        _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-
-      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          KCC*)
-	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
-
-	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
-	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
-	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-	  icpc* | ecpc* )
-	    # Intel C++
-	    with_gnu_ld=yes
-	    # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols
-	    # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and
-	    # earlier do not add the objects themselves.
-	    case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
-	      *"Version 7."*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-		;;
-	      *)  # Version 8.0 or newer
-	        tmp_idyn=
-	        case $host_cpu in
-		  ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';;
-		esac
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-		;;
-	    esac
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	    ;;
-          pgCC* | pgcpp*)
-            # Portland Group C++ compiler
-	    case `$CC -V` in
-	    *pgCC\ [[1-5]]* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]]*)
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~
-		compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`"'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~
-		$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`~
-		$RANLIB $oldlib'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
-		$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
-		$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	      ;;
-	    *) # Version 6 will use weak symbols
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-            ;;
-	  cxx*)
-	    # Compaq C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname  -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
-
-	    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-	    ;;
-	  xl*)
-	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-		cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-		echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-		$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	    *Sun\ C*)
-	      # Sun C++ 5.9
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
-
-	      # Not sure whether something based on
-	      # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1
-	      # would be better.
-	      output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
-
-	      # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	      # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
-	      # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
-	      # in the archive.
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-
-      lynxos*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	;;
-
-      m88k*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	;;
-
-      mvs*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          cxx*)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-
-      netbsd*)
-        if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable  -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
-	  wlarc=
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	fi
-	# Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
-	output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
-	;;
-
-      *nto* | *qnx*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-	;;
-
-      openbsd2*)
-        # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	;;
-
-      openbsd*)
-	if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-	  fi
-	  output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          KCC*)
-	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
-
-	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
-	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
-	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # the KAI C++ compiler.
-	    case $host in
-	      osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
-	      *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-          RCC*)
-	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          cxx*)
-	    case $host in
-	      osf3*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-		;;
-	      *)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
-	          echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-	          $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp  `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~
-	          $RM $lib.exp'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-		;;
-	    esac
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	      case $host in
-	        osf3*)
-	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-		  ;;
-	        *)
-	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-		  ;;
-	      esac
-
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	      # linking a shared library.
-	      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-
-	    else
-	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      psos*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      sunos4*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.x
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          lcc*)
-	    # Lucid
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      solaris*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag}  -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	      $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	    case $host_os in
-	      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
-	      *)
-		# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
-		# but understands `-z linker_flag'.
-	        # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-		_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
-	        ;;
-	    esac
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
-	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
-	    # in the archive.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-          gcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-
-	    # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
-	      if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		  $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	        # linking a shared library.
-	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-	      else
-	        # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this
-	        # platform.
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		  $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	        # linking a shared library.
-	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-	      fi
-
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
-	      case $host_os in
-		solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
-		*)
-		  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
-		  ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      case $cc_basename in
-        CC*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-      sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-	# Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
-	# link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
-	# always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
-	# ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
-	# though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
-	# as -z defs.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
-	runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-	case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    ;;
-	esac
-      ;;
-
-      tandem*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          NCC*)
-	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      vxworks*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      *)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-    esac
-
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
-    test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-
-    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
-    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
-    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
-    ## what you are doing...
-    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-    _LT_CONFIG($1)
-  fi # test -n "$compiler"
-
-  CC=$lt_save_CC
-  LDCXX=$LD
-  LD=$lt_save_LD
-  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-  with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
-  lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
-  lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
-fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME])
-# ---------------------------------
-# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose
-# compiler output when linking a shared library.
-# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
-# objects, libraries and library flags.
-m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
-_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=
-
-dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here,
-dnl because it contains code intended for an executable,
-dnl not a library.  It's possible we should let each
-dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable,
-dnl but it's only used here...
-m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-int a;
-void foo (void) { a = 0; }
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-class Foo
-{
-public:
-  Foo (void) { a = 0; }
-private:
-  int a;
-};
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-      subroutine foo
-      implicit none
-      integer*4 a
-      a=0
-      return
-      end
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-      subroutine foo
-      implicit none
-      integer a
-      a=0
-      return
-      end
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-public class foo {
-  private int a;
-  public void bar (void) {
-    a = 0;
-  }
-};
-_LT_EOF
-])
-dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
-dnl objects, libraries and library flags.
-if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-  # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
-  # objects, libraries and library flags.
-
-  # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
-  # the conftest object file.
-  pre_test_object_deps_done=no
-
-  for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do
-    case $p in
-
-    -L* | -R* | -l*)
-       # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
-       # Remove the space.
-       if test $p = "-L" ||
-          test $p = "-R"; then
-	 prev=$p
-	 continue
-       else
-	 prev=
-       fi
-
-       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
-	 case $p in
-	 -L* | -R*)
-	   # Internal compiler library paths should come after those
-	   # provided the user.  The postdeps already come after the
-	   # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
-	   if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}"
-	   else
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
-	   fi
-	   ;;
-	 # The "-l" case would never come before the object being
-	 # linked, so don't bother handling this case.
-	 esac
-       else
-	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}"
-	 else
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
-	 fi
-       fi
-       ;;
-
-    *.$objext)
-       # This assumes that the test object file only shows up
-       # once in the compiler output.
-       if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
-	 pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
-	 continue
-       fi
-
-       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
-	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p"
-	 else
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p"
-	 fi
-       else
-	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p"
-	 else
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p"
-	 fi
-       fi
-       ;;
-
-    *) ;; # Ignore the rest.
-
-    esac
-  done
-
-  # Clean up.
-  rm -f a.out a.exe
-else
-  echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program"
-fi
-
-$RM -f confest.$objext
-
-# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken
-m4_if([$1], [CXX],
-[case $host_os in
-interix[[3-9]]*)
-  # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than
-  # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT.
-  _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)=
-  ;;
-
-linux*)
-  case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-  *Sun\ C*)
-    # Sun C++ 5.9
-
-    # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
-    # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
-    # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
-    # -library=stlport4 depends on it.
-    case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
-    *" -library=stlport4 "*)
-      solaris_use_stlport4=yes
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  case $cc_basename in
-  CC*)
-    # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
-    # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
-    # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
-    # -library=stlport4 depends on it.
-    case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
-    *" -library=stlport4 "*)
-      solaris_use_stlport4=yes
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for
-    # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old
-    # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs.
-    if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-
-case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in
-*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;;
-esac
- _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=
-if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then
- _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'`
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1],
-    [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1],
-    [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to
-    create a shared library])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1],
-    [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
-    a shared library])
-])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_F77
-# ------------
-# Since AC_PROG_F77 is broken, in that it returns the empty string
-# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_F77],
-[
-pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_F77=yes])
-AC_PROG_F77
-if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then
-  _lt_disable_F77=yes
-fi
-popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
-])# _LT_PROG_F77
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG])
-# --------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are
-# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_F77])dnl
-AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77)
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-
-# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
-ac_ext=f
-
-# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
-# the F77 compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
-# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
-# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
-if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then
-  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
-  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
-      subroutine t
-      return
-      end
-"
-
-  # Code to be used in simple link tests
-  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
-      program t
-      end
-"
-
-  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-  lt_save_CC="$CC"
-  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-  CC=${F77-"f77"}
-  compiler=$CC
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-  GCC=$G77
-  if test -n "$compiler"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
-    test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-    # are all built from PIC.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix3*)
-        test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-        fi
-        ;;
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-	if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-	  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-	fi
-        ;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
-    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
-
-    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-
-    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
-    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
-    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
-    ## what you are doing...
-    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-    _LT_CONFIG($1)
-  fi # test -n "$compiler"
-
-  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-  CC="$lt_save_CC"
-fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_FC
-# -----------
-# Since AC_PROG_FC is broken, in that it returns the empty string
-# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FC],
-[
-pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_FC=yes])
-AC_PROG_FC
-if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then
-  _lt_disable_FC=yes
-fi
-popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
-])# _LT_PROG_FC
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG])
-# -------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are
-# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_FC])dnl
-AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran)
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-
-# Source file extension for fc test sources.
-ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f}
-
-# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
-# the FC compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
-# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
-# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
-if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then
-  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
-  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
-      subroutine t
-      return
-      end
-"
-
-  # Code to be used in simple link tests
-  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
-      program t
-      end
-"
-
-  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-  lt_save_CC="$CC"
-  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-  CC=${FC-"f95"}
-  compiler=$CC
-  GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
-
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-  if test -n "$compiler"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
-    test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-    # are all built from PIC.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix3*)
-        test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-        fi
-        ;;
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-	if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-	  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-	fi
-        ;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
-    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
-
-    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-
-    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
-    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
-    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
-    ## what you are doing...
-    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-    _LT_CONFIG($1)
-  fi # test -n "$compiler"
-
-  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-  CC="$lt_save_CC"
-fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG])
-# --------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler
-# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl
-AC_LANG_SAVE
-
-# Source file extension for Java test sources.
-ac_ext=java
-
-# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }'
-
-# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-_LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-GCC=yes
-CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
-compiler=$CC
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-  _LT_CONFIG($1)
-fi
-
-AC_LANG_RESTORE
-
-GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG])
-# -------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler
-# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl
-AC_LANG_SAVE
-
-# Source file extension for RC test sources.
-ac_ext=rc
-
-# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }'
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code"
-
-# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-_LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-GCC=
-CC=${RC-"windres"}
-compiler=$CC
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-  :
-  _LT_CONFIG($1)
-fi
-
-GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-AC_LANG_RESTORE
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG
-
-
-# LT_PROG_GCJ
-# -----------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ],
-[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ],
-  [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-    [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,)
-      test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
-      AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl
-])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [])
-
-
-# LT_PROG_RC
-# ----------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC],
-[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,)
-])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [])
-
-
-# _LT_DECL_EGREP
-# --------------
-# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep
-# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
-m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl
-test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
-_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines])
-_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher])
-_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher])
-dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too
-AC_SUBST([GREP])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP
-# --------------
-# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump
-# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
-m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP],
-[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper])
-AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_DECL_SED
-# ------------
-# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates
-# as few characters as possible.  Prefer GNU sed if found.
-m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED],
-[AC_PROG_SED
-test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
-Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
-_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output])
-_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"],
-    [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n])
-])# _LT_DECL_SED
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [
-# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into   #
-#  GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED.  When it is available in   #
-#  a released version of Autoconf we should remove this    #
-#  macro and use it instead.                               #
-
-m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED,
-[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
-# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
-        lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-lt_ac_max=0
-lt_ac_count=0
-# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
-# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
-for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
-  test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue
-  cat /dev/null > conftest.in
-  lt_ac_count=0
-  echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
-  # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
-  if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
-    break
-  fi
-  while true; do
-    cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
-    mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
-    cp conftest.in conftest.nl
-    echo >>conftest.nl
-    $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
-    cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
-    # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break
-    lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
-    if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then
-      lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
-      lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
-    fi
-  done
-done
-])
-SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
-AC_SUBST([SED])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED])
-])#AC_PROG_SED
-])#m4_ifndef
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [])
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
-# ------------------------
-# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible,
-# or has some other useful features.
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs])
-# Try some XSI features
-xsi_shell=no
-( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
-  test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
-      = c,a/b,, \
-    && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
-    && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && xsi_shell=yes
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell])
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="])
-lt_shell_append=no
-( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
-    >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && lt_shell_append=yes
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append])
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'])
-
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  lt_unset=unset
-else
-  lt_unset=false
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl
-
-# test EBCDIC or ASCII
-case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
- A) # ASCII based system
-    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
-  ;;
- *) # EBCDIC based system
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
-  ;;
-esac
-_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl
-_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl
-])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS
-# ---------------------
-# Bourne and XSI compatible variants of some useful shell functions.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS],
-[case $xsi_shell in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
-#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
-  # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
-  func_stripname_result=${3}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}
-}
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*}
-  func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=}
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
-    *)    func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=${#1}
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *) # Bourne compatible functions.
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
-    func_dirname_result="${3}"
-  else
-    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
-  fi
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-dnl func_dirname_and_basename
-dnl A portable version of this function is already defined in general.m4sh
-dnl so there is no need for it here.
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-# func_strip_suffix prefix name
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  case ${2} in
-    .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
-    *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# sed scripts:
-my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[[^=]]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
-my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[[^=]]*=//'
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"`
-  func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"`
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$/.lo/'`
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=`expr "$[@]"`
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=`expr "$[1]" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-esac
-
-case $lt_shell_append in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$[1]+=\$[2]"
-}
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$[1]=\$$[1]\$[2]"
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-])
-
-# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6 ltoptions.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
-[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ---------------------------------------
-# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
-# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
-# saved as a flag.
-m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
-m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-    [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
-# ------------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
-m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
-[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
-
-
-# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
-# are set.
-m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
-[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-	    [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
-		      [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
-m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
-])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
-# ----------------------------------------
-# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
-# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
-# the unknown option and exit.
-m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
-[# Set options
-m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-    [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
-
-m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
-  dnl
-  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
-  dnl specified:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
-  ])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
-  ])
-  dnl
-  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
-  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
-  dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
-  dnl archives by default:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
-  		   [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
-  ])
-])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
-
-
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# -----------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
-[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
-# -----------------------------------------------
-m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
-])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
-
-
-# dlopen
-# ------
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
-
-
-# win32-dll
-# ---------
-# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
-[enable_win32_dll=yes
-
-case $host in
-*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-cegcc*)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-  ;;
-esac
-
-test -z "$AS" && AS=as
-_LT_DECL([], [AS],      [0], [Assembler program])dnl
-
-test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
-_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [0], [DLL creation program])dnl
-
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [0], [Object dumper program])dnl
-])# win32-dll
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and
-# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-    no) enable_shared=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_shared=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_shared=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and
-# `disable-static' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-    no) enable_static=no ;;
-    *)
-     enable_static=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_static=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build static libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------------
-# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install'
-# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_fast_install=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_fast_install=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
-
-_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
-	 [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
-])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
-# --------------------
-# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic'
-# LT_INIT options.
-# MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
-m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
-[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic],
-	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
-    [pic_mode="$withval"],
-    [pic_mode=default])
-
-test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])
-
-_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
-])# _LT_WITH_PIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
-
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])
-
-# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
-
-
-# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
-# -----------------------------
-# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
-# associated separator.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
-# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
-m4_define([lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
-       [$#], [2], [[$2]],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-m4_define([_lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-
-
-# lt_car(LIST)
-# lt_cdr(LIST)
-# ------------
-# Manipulate m4 lists.
-# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
-# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently.
-m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
-m4_define([lt_cdr],
-[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
-       [$#], 1, [],
-       [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
-m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
-
-
-# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
-# ------------------------------------------
-# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'.
-# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
-# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
-# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
-# than defined and empty).
-#
-# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
-# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
-m4_define([lt_append],
-[m4_define([$1],
-	   m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
-
-
-
-# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
-# ----------------------------------------------------------
-# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
-# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
-# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
-m4_define([lt_combine],
-[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1],
-       [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl
-[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2],
-	     [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix],
-		]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[,
-	[_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])])
-
-
-# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
-# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
-m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
-[m4_ifdef([$1],
-	  [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
-		 [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
-		 [$5])],
-	  [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
-# -----------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add],
-[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
-# --------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
-[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
-# ----------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
-[m4_ifval([$3],
-	m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
-    m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
-
-
-# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
-[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
-	[$5],
-    [$6])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
-[m4_if([$5], [], [],
-  [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
-           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
-		      [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
-])
-
-# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers			-*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# Generated from ltversion.in.
-
-# serial 3017 ltversion.m4
-# This file is part of GNU Libtool
-
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.6b])
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3017])
-
-AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
-[macro_version='2.2.6b'
-macro_revision='1.3017'
-_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
-_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
-])
-
-# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 4 lt~obsolete.m4
-
-# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
-#
-# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN)
-# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
-# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
-#
-# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
-# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
-# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
-# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
-# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
-#
-# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
-# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
-# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
-# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
-# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. 
-#
-# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
-# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
-# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
-# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],		[AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_RC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
-
-# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config.            -*- Autoconf -*-
-# 
-# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
-# ----------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
-[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
-m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$])
-AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])dnl
-if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
-	AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
-fi
-if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
-	_pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
-	if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-	else
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-		PKG_CONFIG=""
-	fi
-		
-fi[]dnl
-])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
-
-# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
-#
-# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists.  Similar
-# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
-#
-#
-# Similar to PKG_CHECK_MODULES, make sure that the first instance of
-# this or PKG_CHECK_MODULES is called, or make sure to call
-# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
-[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
-if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
-    AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
-  m4_ifval([$2], [$2], [:])
-m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
-  $3])dnl
-fi])
-
-
-# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
-# ---------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
-[if test -n "$$1"; then
-    pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
- elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
-    PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
-                     [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`],
-		     [pkg_failed=yes])
- else
-    pkg_failed=untried
-fi[]dnl
-])# _PKG_CONFIG
-
-# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
-# -----------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
-[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
-if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
-        _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
-else
-        _pkg_short_errors_supported=no
-fi[]dnl
-])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
-
-
-# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
-# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
-#
-#
-# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
-# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
-# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
-#
-#
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
-[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
-AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
-AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
-
-pkg_failed=no
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
-
-_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
-_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
-
-m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
-and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
-See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
-
-if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
-        _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
-        if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
-	        $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
-        else 
-	        $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
-        fi
-	# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
-	echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-
-	ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(dnl
-[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
-
-$$1_PKG_ERRORS
-
-Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
-installed software in a non-standard prefix.
-
-_PKG_TEXT
-])],
-		[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-                $4])
-elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
-	ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_FAILURE(dnl
-[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old.  Make sure it
-is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
-path to pkg-config.
-
-_PKG_TEXT
-
-To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])],
-		[$4])
-else
-	$1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
-	$1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-	ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-fi[]dnl
-])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES
-
-dnl xorg-macros.m4.  Generated from xorg-macros.m4.in xorgversion.m4 by configure.
-dnl
-dnl Copyright 2005-2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
-dnl 
-dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-dnl
-dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-dnl Software.
-dnl
-dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
-dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(required-version)
-# -------------------------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.1.0
-#
-# If you're using a macro added in Version 1.1 or newer, include this in
-# your configure.ac with the minimum required version, such as:
-# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.1)
-#
-# To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
-# m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
-#     [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
-#
-#
-# See the "minimum version" comment for each macro you use to see what 
-# version you require.
-m4_defun([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],[
-m4_define([vers_have], [1.6.0])
-m4_define([maj_have], m4_substr(vers_have, 0, m4_index(vers_have, [.])))
-m4_define([maj_needed], m4_substr([$1], 0, m4_index([$1], [.])))
-m4_if(m4_cmp(maj_have, maj_needed), 0,,
-    [m4_fatal([xorg-macros major version ]maj_needed[ is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
-m4_if(m4_version_compare(vers_have, [$1]), -1,
-    [m4_fatal([xorg-macros version $1 or higher is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
-m4_undefine([vers_have])
-m4_undefine([maj_have])
-m4_undefine([maj_needed])
-]) # XORG_MACROS_VERSION
-
-# XORG_PROG_RAWCPP()
-# ------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.0.0
-#
-# Find cpp program and necessary flags for use in pre-processing text files
-# such as man pages and config files
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_PROG_RAWCPP],[
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
-AC_PATH_PROGS(RAWCPP, [cpp], [${CPP}], 
-   [$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib])
-
-# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined,
-# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most
-# of the ones we need for now.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -undef])
-AC_LANG_CONFTEST([Does cpp redefine unix ?])
-if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-else
-	if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
-		RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-	# under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef
-	elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
-		RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi"
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, with -ansi])
-	else
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef.  I don't know what to do.])
-	fi
-fi
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -traditional])
-AC_LANG_CONFTEST([Does cpp preserve   "whitespace"?])
-if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve   \"'` -eq 1 ; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-else
-	if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve   \"'` -eq 1 ; then
-		RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional"
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-	else
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional.  I don't know what to do.])
-	fi
-fi
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-AC_SUBST(RAWCPPFLAGS)
-]) # XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
-
-# XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS()
-# -----------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.0.0
-#
-# Determine which sections man pages go in for the different man page types
-# on this OS - replaces *ManSuffix settings in old Imake *.cf per-os files.
-# Not sure if there's any better way than just hardcoding by OS name.
-# Override default settings by setting environment variables
-
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS],[
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-
-if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
-fi
-if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
-fi
-if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
-	*)		FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
-	*)		MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
-	*)		DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
-	*)		ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-
-AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_SUFFIX])
-AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_SUFFIX])
-AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_SUFFIX])
-AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_SUFFIX])
-AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX])
-AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX])
-AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_DIR])
-AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_DIR])
-AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_DIR])
-AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_DIR])
-AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_DIR])
-AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_DIR])
-]) # XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
-
-# XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
-# -------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.0.0
-#
-# Defines the variable MAKE_TEXT if the necessary tools and
-# files are found. $(MAKE_TEXT) blah.sgml will then produce blah.txt.
-# Whether or not the necessary tools and files are found can be checked
-# with the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_LINUXDOC"
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC],[
-if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH = x ; then
-    XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml
-fi
-HAVE_DEFS_ENT=
-
-if test x"$cross_compiling" = x"yes" ; then
-  HAVE_DEFS_ENT=no
-else
-  AC_CHECK_FILE([$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11/defs.ent], [HAVE_DEFS_ENT=yes])
-fi
-
-AC_PATH_PROG(LINUXDOC, linuxdoc)
-AC_PATH_PROG(PS2PDF, ps2pdf)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build documentation])
-
-if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$LINUXDOC != x ; then
-   BUILDDOC=yes
-else
-   BUILDDOC=no
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_LINUXDOC, [test x$BUILDDOC = xyes])
-
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDDOC])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build pdf documentation])
-
-if test x$PS2PDF != x && test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
-   BUILDPDFDOC=yes
-else
-   BUILDPDFDOC=no
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
-
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
-
-MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH GROFF_NO_SGR=y $LINUXDOC -B txt"
-MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B latex --papersize=letter --output=ps"
-MAKE_PDF="$PS2PDF"
-MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC  -B html --split=0"
-
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
-]) # XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
-
-# XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
-# -------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.0.0
-#
-# Checks for the ability to build output formats from SGML DocBook source.
-# For XXX in {TXT, PDF, PS, HTML}, the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_XXXDOC"
-# indicates whether the necessary tools and files are found and, if set,
-# $(MAKE_XXX) blah.sgml will produce blah.xxx.
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK],[
-if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH = x ; then
-    XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml
-fi
-HAVE_DEFS_ENT=
-BUILDTXTDOC=no
-BUILDPDFDOC=no
-BUILDPSDOC=no
-BUILDHTMLDOC=no
-
-AC_CHECK_FILE([$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11/defs.ent], [HAVE_DEFS_ENT=yes])
-
-AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPS, docbook2ps)
-AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPDF, docbook2pdf)
-AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKHTML, docbook2html)
-AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKTXT, docbook2txt)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build text documentation])
-if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKTXT != x &&
-   test x$BUILD_TXTDOC != xno; then
-	BUILDTXTDOC=yes
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_TXTDOC, [test x$BUILDTXTDOC = xyes])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDTXTDOC])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build PDF documentation])
-if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKPDF != x &&
-   test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
-	BUILDPDFDOC=yes
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build PostScript documentation])
-if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKPS != x &&
-   test x$BUILD_PSDOC != xno; then
-	BUILDPSDOC=yes
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PSDOC, [test x$BUILDPSDOC = xyes])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPSDOC])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build HTML documentation])
-if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKHTML != x &&
-   test x$BUILD_HTMLDOC != xno; then
-	BUILDHTMLDOC=yes
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_HTMLDOC, [test x$BUILDHTMLDOC = xyes])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDHTMLDOC])
-
-MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKTXT"
-MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPS"
-MAKE_PDF="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPDF"
-MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKHTML"
-
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
-]) # XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
-
-# XORG_WITH_XMLTO
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.5.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
-# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
-# the --with-xmlto option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
-# as whether or not to use the xmlto package.
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# HAVE_XMLTO: 	used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# XMLTO:	returns the path of the xmlto program found
-#		returns the path set by the user in the environment
-# --with-xmlto:	'yes' user instructs the module to use xmlto
-#		'no' user instructs the module not to use xmlto
-#
-# If the user sets the value of XMLTO, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XMLTO],[
-AC_ARG_VAR([XMLTO], [Path to xmlto command])
-AC_ARG_WITH(xmlto,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xmlto],
-	   [Use xmlto to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]),
-	   [use_xmlto=$withval], [use_xmlto=auto])
-
-if test "x$use_xmlto" = x"auto"; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
-   if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
-	have_xmlto=no
-   else
-        have_xmlto=yes
-   fi
-elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"yes" ; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
-   if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto=yes specified but xmlto not found in PATH])
-   fi
-   have_xmlto=yes
-elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"no" ; then
-   if test "x$XMLTO" != "x"; then
-      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XMLTO environment variable since --with-xmlto=no was specified])
-   fi
-   have_xmlto=no
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto expects 'yes' or 'no'])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO], [test "$have_xmlto" = yes])
-]) # XORG_CHECK_XMLTO
-
-# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.5.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
-# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
-# the --with-asciidoc option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
-# as whether or not to use the asciidoc package.
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# HAVE_ASCIIDOC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# ASCIIDOC:	 returns the path of the asciidoc program found
-#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
-# --with-asciidoc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use asciidoc
-#		  'no' user instructs the module not to use asciidoc
-#
-# If the user sets the value of ASCIIDOC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC],[
-AC_ARG_VAR([ASCIIDOC], [Path to asciidoc command])
-AC_ARG_WITH(asciidoc,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-asciidoc],
-	   [Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]),
-	   [use_asciidoc=$withval], [use_asciidoc=auto])
-
-if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
-   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
-	have_asciidoc=no
-   else
-        have_asciidoc=yes
-   fi
-elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
-   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH])
-   fi
-   have_asciidoc=yes
-elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then
-   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then
-      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified])
-   fi
-   have_asciidoc=no
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_ASCIIDOC], [test "$have_asciidoc" = yes])
-]) # XORG_CHECK_ASCIIDOC
-
-# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.5.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
-# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
-# the --with-doxygen option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
-# as whether or not to use the doxygen package.
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# HAVE_DOXYGEN: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# DOXYGEN:	 returns the path of the doxygen program found
-#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
-# --with-doxygen: 'yes' user instructs the module to use doxygen
-#		  'no' user instructs the module not to use doxygen
-#
-# If the user sets the value of DOXYGEN, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN],[
-AC_ARG_VAR([DOXYGEN], [Path to doxygen command])
-AC_ARG_WITH(doxygen,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-doxygen],
-	   [Use doxygen to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]),
-	   [use_doxygen=$withval], [use_doxygen=auto])
-
-if test "x$use_doxygen" = x"auto"; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
-   if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
-	have_doxygen=no
-   else
-        have_doxygen=yes
-   fi
-elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"yes" ; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
-   if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen=yes specified but doxygen not found in PATH])
-   fi
-   have_doxygen=yes
-elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"no" ; then
-   if test "x$DOXYGEN" != "x"; then
-      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring DOXYGEN environment variable since --with-doxygen=no was specified])
-   fi
-   have_doxygen=no
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen expects 'yes' or 'no'])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOXYGEN], [test "$have_doxygen" = yes])
-]) # XORG_CHECK_DOXYGEN
-
-# XORG_WITH_GROFF
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.6.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
-# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
-# the --with-groff option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
-# as whether or not to use the groff package.
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# HAVE_GROFF:	 used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# HAVE_GROFF_MM: the memorandum macros (-mm) package
-# HAVE_GROFF_MS: the -ms macros package
-# GROFF:	 returns the path of the groff program found
-#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
-# --with-groff:	 'yes' user instructs the module to use groff
-#		 'no' user instructs the module not to use groff
-#
-# If the user sets the value of GROFF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
-#
-# OS and distros often splits groff in a basic and full package, the former
-# having the groff program and the later having devices, fonts and macros
-# Checking for the groff executable is not enough.
-#
-# If macros are missing, we cannot assume that groff is useless, so we don't
-# unset HAVE_GROFF or GROFF env variables.
-# HAVE_GROFF_?? can never be true while HAVE_GROFF is false.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GROFF],[
-AC_ARG_VAR([GROFF], [Path to groff command])
-AC_ARG_WITH(groff,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-groff],
-	   [Use groff to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]),
-	   [use_groff=$withval], [use_groff=auto])
-
-if test "x$use_groff" = x"auto"; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
-   if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_WARN([groff not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
-	have_groff=no
-   else
-        have_groff=yes
-   fi
-elif test "x$use_groff" = x"yes" ; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
-   if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff=yes specified but groff not found in PATH])
-   fi
-   have_groff=yes
-elif test "x$use_groff" = x"no" ; then
-   if test "x$GROFF" != "x"; then
-      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring GROFF environment variable since --with-groff=no was specified])
-   fi
-   have_groff=no
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff expects 'yes' or 'no'])
-fi
-# We have groff, test for the presence of the macro packages
-if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -ms macros])
-    if ${GROFF} -ms -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-        groff_ms_works=yes
-    else
-        groff_ms_works=no
-    fi
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_ms_works])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -mm macros])
-    if ${GROFF} -mm -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-        groff_mm_works=yes
-    else
-        groff_mm_works=no
-    fi
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_mm_works])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF], [test "$have_groff" = yes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MS], [test "$groff_ms_works" = yes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MM], [test "$groff_mm_works" = yes])
-]) # XORG_WITH_GROFF
-
-# XORG_WITH_FOP
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.6.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
-# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
-# the --with-fop option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
-# as whether or not to use the fop package.
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# HAVE_FOP: 	used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# FOP:	 	returns the path of the fop program found
-#		returns the path set by the user in the environment
-# --with-fop: 	'yes' user instructs the module to use fop
-#		'no' user instructs the module not to use fop
-#
-# If the user sets the value of FOP, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_FOP],[
-AC_ARG_VAR([FOP], [Path to fop command])
-AC_ARG_WITH(fop,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fop],
-	   [Use fop to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]),
-	   [use_fop=$withval], [use_fop=auto])
-
-if test "x$use_fop" = x"auto"; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
-   if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_WARN([fop not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
-	have_fop=no
-   else
-        have_fop=yes
-   fi
-elif test "x$use_fop" = x"yes" ; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
-   if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop=yes specified but fop not found in PATH])
-   fi
-   have_fop=yes
-elif test "x$use_fop" = x"no" ; then
-   if test "x$FOP" != "x"; then
-      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring FOP environment variable since --with-fop=no was specified])
-   fi
-   have_fop=no
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop expects 'yes' or 'no'])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_FOP], [test "$have_fop" = yes])
-]) # XORG_WITH_FOP
-
-# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.6.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
-# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
-# the --with-ps2pdf option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
-# as whether or not to use the ps2pdf package.
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# HAVE_PS2PDF: 	used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# PS2PDF:	returns the path of the ps2pdf program found
-#		returns the path set by the user in the environment
-# --with-ps2pdf: 'yes' user instructs the module to use ps2pdf
-#		 'no' user instructs the module not to use ps2pdf
-#
-# If the user sets the value of PS2PDF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF],[
-AC_ARG_VAR([PS2PDF], [Path to ps2pdf command])
-AC_ARG_WITH(ps2pdf,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ps2pdf],
-	   [Use ps2pdf to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]),
-	   [use_ps2pdf=$withval], [use_ps2pdf=auto])
-
-if test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"auto"; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
-   if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_WARN([ps2pdf not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
-	have_ps2pdf=no
-   else
-        have_ps2pdf=yes
-   fi
-elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"yes" ; then
-   AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
-   if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf=yes specified but ps2pdf not found in PATH])
-   fi
-   have_ps2pdf=yes
-elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"no" ; then
-   if test "x$PS2PDF" != "x"; then
-      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PS2PDF environment variable since --with-ps2pdf=no was specified])
-   fi
-   have_ps2pdf=no
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf expects 'yes' or 'no'])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PS2PDF], [test "$have_ps2pdf" = yes])
-]) # XORG_WITH_PS2PDF
-
-# XORG_ENABLE_DOCS (enable_docs=yes)
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.6.0
-#
-# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
-# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a builder to skip all
-# documentation targets except traditional man pages.
-# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
-# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
-# Refer to:
-# XORG_WITH_XMLTO         --with-xmlto
-# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC      --with-asciidoc
-# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN       --with-doxygen
-# XORG_WITH_FOP           --with-fop
-# XORG_WITH_GROFF         --with-groff
-# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF        --with-ps2pdf
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# ENABLE_DOCS: 	  used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
-# --enable-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate docs
-#		 'no' user instructs the module not to generate docs
-# parm1:	specify the default value, yes or no.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DOCS],[
-default=$1
-if test "x$default" = x ; then
-  default="yes"
-fi
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(docs,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-docs],
-	   [Enable building the documentation (default: yes)]),
-	   [build_docs=$enableval], [build_docs=$default])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DOCS, [test x$build_docs = xyes])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_docs])
-]) # XORG_ENABLE_DOCS
-
-# XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS (enable_devel_docs=yes)
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.6.0
-#
-# This macro enables a builder to skip all developer documentation.
-# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
-# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
-# Refer to:
-# XORG_WITH_XMLTO         --with-xmlto
-# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC      --with-asciidoc
-# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN       --with-doxygen
-# XORG_WITH_FOP           --with-fop
-# XORG_WITH_GROFF         --with-groff
-# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF        --with-ps2pdf
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS:	used in makefiles to conditionally generate developer docs
-# --enable-devel-docs:	'yes' user instructs the module to generate developer docs
-#			'no' user instructs the module not to generate developer docs
-# parm1:		specify the default value, yes or no.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS],[
-devel_default=$1
-if test "x$devel_default" = x ; then
-  devel_default="yes"
-fi
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(devel-docs,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-devel-docs],
-	   [Enable building the developer documentation (default: yes)]),
-	   [build_devel_docs=$enableval], [build_devel_docs=$devel_default])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS, [test x$build_devel_docs = xyes])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build developer documentation])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_devel_docs])
-]) # XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
-
-# XORG_ENABLE_SPECS (enable_specs=yes)
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.6.0
-#
-# This macro enables a builder to skip all functional specification targets.
-# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
-# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
-# Refer to:
-# XORG_WITH_XMLTO         --with-xmlto
-# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC      --with-asciidoc
-# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN       --with-doxygen
-# XORG_WITH_FOP           --with-fop
-# XORG_WITH_GROFF         --with-groff
-# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF        --with-ps2pdf
-#
-# Interface to module:
-# ENABLE_SPECS:		used in makefiles to conditionally generate specs
-# --enable-specs:	'yes' user instructs the module to generate specs
-#			'no' user instructs the module not to generate specs
-# parm1:		specify the default value, yes or no.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_SPECS],[
-spec_default=$1
-if test "x$spec_default" = x ; then
-  spec_default="yes"
-fi
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(specs,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-specs],
-	   [Enable building the specs (default: yes)]),
-	   [build_specs=$enableval], [build_specs=$spec_default])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_SPECS, [test x$build_specs = xyes])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build functional specifications])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_specs])
-]) # XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
-
-# XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
-# ----------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.0.0
-#
-# Defines {MALLOC,XMALLOC,XTMALLOC}_ZERO_CFLAGS appropriately if
-# malloc(0) returns NULL.  Packages should add one of these cflags to
-# their AM_CFLAGS (or other appropriate *_CFLAGS) to use them.
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO],[
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(malloc0returnsnull,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-malloc0returnsnull],
-		       [malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto)]),
-	[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval],
-	[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether malloc(0) returns NULL])
-if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then
-	AC_RUN_IFELSE([
-char *malloc();
-char *realloc();
-char *calloc();
-main() {
-    char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p;
-    m0 = malloc(0);
-    p = malloc(10);
-    r0 = realloc(p,0);
-    c0 = calloc(0);
-    exit(m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0 ? 0 : 1);
-}],
-		[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes],
-		[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=no],
-		[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL])
-
-if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then
-	MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL"
-	XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
-	XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC"
-else
-	MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
-	XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
-	XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST([MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
-]) # XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
-
-# XORG_WITH_LINT()
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.1.0
-#
-# Sets up flags for source checkers such as lint and sparse if --with-lint
-# is specified.   (Use --with-lint=sparse for sparse.)
-# Sets $LINT to name of source checker passed with --with-lint (default: lint)
-# Sets $LINT_FLAGS to flags to pass to source checker
-# Sets LINT automake conditional if enabled (default: disabled)
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_LINT],[
-
-# Allow checking code with lint, sparse, etc.
-AC_ARG_WITH(lint, [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-lint],
-		[Use a lint-style source code checker (default: disabled)])],
-		[use_lint=$withval], [use_lint=no])
-if test "x$use_lint" = "xyes" ; then
-	LINT="lint"
-else
-	LINT="$use_lint"
-fi
-if test "x$LINT_FLAGS" = "x" -a "x$LINT" != "xno" ; then
-    case $LINT in
-	lint|*/lint)
-	    case $host_os in
-		solaris*)
-			LINT_FLAGS="-u -b -h -erroff=E_INDISTING_FROM_TRUNC2"
-			;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-    esac
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(LINT)
-AC_SUBST(LINT_FLAGS)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(LINT, [test x$LINT != xno])
-
-]) # XORG_WITH_LINT
-
-# XORG_LINT_LIBRARY(LIBNAME)
-# --------------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.1.0
-#
-# Sets up flags for building lint libraries for checking programs that call
-# functions in the library.
-# Disabled by default, enable with --enable-lint-library
-# Sets: 
-#	@LINTLIB@		- name of lint library file to make
-#	MAKE_LINT_LIB		- automake conditional
-#
-
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_LINT_LIBRARY],[
-AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_LINT])
-# Build lint "library" for more indepth checks of programs calling this library
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(lint-library, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-lint-library],
-	[Create lint library (default: disabled)])],
-	[make_lint_lib=$enableval], [make_lint_lib=no])
-if test "x$make_lint_lib" != "xno" ; then
-	if test "x$LINT" = "xno" ; then
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot make lint library without --with-lint])
-	fi
-	if test "x$make_lint_lib" = "xyes" ; then
-		LINTLIB=llib-l$1.ln
-	else
-		LINTLIB=$make_lint_lib
-	fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(LINTLIB)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_LINT_LIB, [test x$make_lint_lib != xno])
-
-]) # XORG_LINT_LIBRARY
-
-# XORG_CWARNFLAGS
-# ---------------
-# Minimum version: 1.2.0
-#
-# Defines CWARNFLAGS to enable C compiler warnings.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_CWARNFLAGS], [
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-if  test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
-    CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \
--Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \
--Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2"
-    case `$CC -dumpversion` in
-    3.4.* | 4.*)
-	CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
-	;;
-    esac
-else
-    AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
-    if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
-	CWARNFLAGS="-v"
-    fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(CWARNFLAGS)
-m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])])
-]) # XORG_CWARNFLAGS
-
-# XORG_STRICT_OPTION
-# -----------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.3.0
-#
-# Add configure option to enable strict compilation
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_STRICT_OPTION], [
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
-AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CWARNFLAGS])
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-compilation,
-			  AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-strict-compilation],
-			  [Enable all warnings from compiler and make them errors (default: disabled)]),
-			  [STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval], [STRICT_COMPILE=no])
-if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
-	AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
-	AC_CHECK_DECL([__INTEL_COMPILER], [INTELCC="yes"], [INTELCC="no"])
-	if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
-		STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror"
-	elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
-		STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn"
-    elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then
-		STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror"
-	fi
-fi
-CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"
-AC_SUBST([CWARNFLAGS])
-]) # XORG_STRICT_OPTION
-
-# XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-# --------------------
-# Minimum version: 1.3.0
-#
-# Defines default options for X.Org modules.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS], [
-XORG_CWARNFLAGS
-XORG_STRICT_OPTION
-XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
-XORG_CHANGELOG
-XORG_INSTALL
-XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
-]) # XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-
-# XORG_INSTALL()
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.4.0
-#
-# Defines the variable INSTALL_CMD as the command to copy
-# INSTALL from $prefix/share/util-macros.
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_INSTALL], [
-AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
-macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
-INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
-mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
-|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
-echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
-AC_SUBST([INSTALL_CMD])
-]) # XORG_INSTALL
-dnl Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc
-dnl
-dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-dnl documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-dnl the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-dnl documentation.
-dnl
-dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-dnl in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-dnl
-dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-dnl OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-dnl MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-dnl IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-dnl OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-dnl ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-dnl OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-dnl
-dnl Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holders shall
-dnl not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-dnl other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-dnl from the copyright holders.
-dnl
-
-# XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
-# --------------------
-# Adds --with/without-release-string and changes the PACKAGE and
-# PACKAGE_TARNAME to use "$PACKAGE{_TARNAME}-$RELEASE_VERSION".  If
-# no option is given, PACKAGE and PACKAGE_TARNAME are unchanged.  Also
-# defines PACKAGE_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,PATCHLEVEL} for modules to use.
- 
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_RELEASE_VERSION],[
-	AC_ARG_WITH(release-version,
-			AS_HELP_STRING([--with-release-version=STRING],
-				[Use release version string in package name]),
-			[RELEASE_VERSION="$withval"],
-			[RELEASE_VERSION=""])
-	if test "x$RELEASE_VERSION" != "x"; then
-		PACKAGE="$PACKAGE-$RELEASE_VERSION"
-		PACKAGE_TARNAME="$PACKAGE_TARNAME-$RELEASE_VERSION"
-		AC_MSG_NOTICE([Building with package name set to $PACKAGE])
-	fi
-	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR],
-		[`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`],
-		[Major version of this package])
-	PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
-	if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
-		PVM="0"
-	fi
-	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR],
-		[$PVM],
-		[Minor version of this package])
-	PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
-	if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
-		PVP="0"
-	fi
-	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL],
-		[$PVP],
-		[Patch version of this package])
-])
-
-# XORG_CHANGELOG()
-# ----------------
-# Minimum version: 1.2.0
-#
-# Defines the variable CHANGELOG_CMD as the command to generate
-# ChangeLog from git.
-#
-#
-AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHANGELOG], [
-CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
-mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
-|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
-echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
-AC_SUBST([CHANGELOG_CMD])
-]) # XORG_CHANGELOG
-
-# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
-# ----------------------------
-# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
-# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
-# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
-AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
-[am__api_version='1.11'
-dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
-dnl require some minimum version.  Point them to the right macro.
-m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [],
-      [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
-])
-
-# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
-# -----------------------------
-# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
-# This is a private macro too.  Using m4_define simplifies
-# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
-m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
-
-# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
-# -------------------------------
-# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
-# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
-[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl
-m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
-  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
-_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
-
-# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND                                         -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
-# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'.  In other projects, it is set to
-# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
-#
-# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
-# tool from the auxiliary directory.  The problem is that $srcdir (and
-# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
-# depending on how configure is run.  This is pretty annoying, since
-# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
-# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
-# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
-#
-# $ac_aux_dir/missing
-#    fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
-# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
-#    fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
-#    fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
-#          a relative $ac_aux_dir
-#
-# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
-# are both prefixed by $srcdir.  In an in-source build this is usually
-# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
-# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
-#
-# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
-# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir.  That would be:
-#   am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
-# and then we would define $MISSING as
-#   MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
-# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
-# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
-# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
-# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
-#
-# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
-# absolute PATH.  The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
-# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
-[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
-AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
-# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
-am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
-])
-
-# AM_CONDITIONAL                                            -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 9
-
-# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
-# -------------------------------------
-# Define a conditional.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
-[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
- ifelse([$1], [TRUE],  [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
-	[$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
-AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
-AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
-m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
-if $2; then
-  $1_TRUE=
-  $1_FALSE='#'
-else
-  $1_TRUE='#'
-  $1_FALSE=
-fi
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
-[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
-Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
-fi])])
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 10
-
-# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
-# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
-# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
-# C support machinery.  Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
-# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
-
-
-# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
-# ----------------------
-# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
-# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
-# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
-#
-# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
-# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
-# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
-# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
-
-ifelse([$1], CC,   [depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=],
-       [$1], CXX,  [depcc="$CXX"  am_compiler_list=],
-       [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
-       [$1], UPC,  [depcc="$UPC"  am_compiler_list=],
-       [$1], GCJ,  [depcc="$GCJ"  am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
-                   [depcc="$$1"   am_compiler_list=])
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
-               [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
-[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
-  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
-  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
-  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
-  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
-  # in D'.
-  mkdir conftest.dir
-  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
-  # using a relative directory.
-  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
-  cd conftest.dir
-  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
-  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
-  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
-  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
-  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
-  # directory.
-  mkdir sub
-
-  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
-     am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
-  fi
-  am__universal=false
-  m4_case([$1], [CC],
-    [case " $depcc " in #(
-     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
-     esac],
-    [CXX],
-    [case " $depcc " in #(
-     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
-     esac])
-
-  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
-    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
-    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
-    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
-    #
-    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
-    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
-    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
-    : > sub/conftest.c
-    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
-      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
-      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
-      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
-      touch sub/conftst$i.h
-    done
-    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
-
-    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
-    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
-    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
-    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
-    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
-    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
-    case $depmode in
-    gcc)
-      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
-      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
-      ;;
-    nosideeffect)
-      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
-      # only be used when explicitly requested
-      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
-	continue
-      else
-	break
-      fi
-      ;;
-    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
-      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
-      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
-      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
-      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
-      am__minus_obj=
-      ;;
-    none) break ;;
-    esac
-    if depmode=$depmode \
-       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
-       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
-       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
-         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
-       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
-      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
-      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
-      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
-      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
-      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
-      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
-      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
-          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
-        am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
-        break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-
-  cd ..
-  rm -rf conftest.dir
-else
-  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-fi
-])
-AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
-  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
-  && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
-])
-
-
-# AM_SET_DEPDIR
-# -------------
-# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
-# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
-AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
-])
-
-
-# AM_DEP_TRACK
-# ------------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
-[  --disable-dependency-tracking  speeds up one-time build
-  --enable-dependency-tracking   do not reject slow dependency extractors])
-if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
-  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
-  AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
-AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
-])
-
-# Generate code to set up dependency tracking.              -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-#serial 5
-
-# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
-# ------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
-[{
-  # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
-  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
-  # if we detect the quoting.
-  case $CONFIG_FILES in
-  *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
-  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
-  esac
-  shift
-  for mf
-  do
-    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
-    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
-    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
-    # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
-    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
-    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
-    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
-    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
-    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
-    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-      dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
-    else
-      continue
-    fi
-    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
-    # from the Makefile without running `make'.
-    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
-    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
-    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
-    test -z "am__include" && continue
-    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
-    # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
-    U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
-    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
-    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
-    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
-    # expansion.
-    for file in `sed -n "
-      s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
-	 sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
-      # Make sure the directory exists.
-      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
-      fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
-      AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
-      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
-      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
-    done
-  done
-}
-])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
-
-
-# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
-# -----------------------------
-# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
-#
-# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
-# is enabled.  FIXME.  This creates each `.P' file that we will
-# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
-[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
-     [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
-     [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
-])
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 8
-
-# AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete.  It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS.
-AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)])
-
-# Do all the work for Automake.                             -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 16
-
-# This macro actually does too much.  Some checks are only needed if
-# your package does certain things.  But this isn't really a big deal.
-
-# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
-# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
-# -----------------------------------------------
-# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
-# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out.  PACKAGE
-# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
-# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
-# We support both call styles for the transition.  After
-# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
-# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
-# release and drop the old call support.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
-dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names.  We explicitly allow
-dnl the ones we care about.
-m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
-  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
-  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
-  AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
-  # test to see if srcdir already configured
-  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
-  fi
-fi
-
-# test whether we have cygpath
-if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
-  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
-  else
-    CYGPATH_W=echo
-  fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
-
-# Define the identity of the package.
-dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
-m4_ifval([$2],
-[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
- AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
- AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
-[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
-dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
-m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
-  [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
- AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
- AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
-
-_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
-[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
-
-# Some tools Automake needs.
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
-AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
-# We need awk for the "check" target.  The system "awk" is bad on
-# some platforms.
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
-_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
-	      [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
-			     [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
-_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
-[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
-		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
-		  [define([AC_PROG_CC],
-			  defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
-		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
-		  [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
-			  defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
-		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
-		  [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
-			  defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
-])
-_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
-dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
-dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen.  This macro
-dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
-[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
-  [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
-])
-
-dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion.  Do not
-dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
-dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
-m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
-m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
-
-
-# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
-# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
-# that is generated.  The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
-
-# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
-# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
-# our stamp files there.
-AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
-[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
-_am_arg=$1
-_am_stamp_count=1
-for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
-  case $_am_header in
-    $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
-      break ;;
-    * )
-      _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
-  esac
-done
-echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
-# ------------------
-# Define $install_sh.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
-if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
-  case $am_aux_dir in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
-  *)
-    install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
-  esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 2
-
-# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
-# with a leading dot.  For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
-[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .tst; then
-  am__leading_dot=.
-else
-  am__leading_dot=_
-fi
-rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
-AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
-
-# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.         -*- Autoconf -*-
-# From Jim Meyering
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5
-
-# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE])
-# ----------------------------------
-# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles.
-# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally.
-# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well.  Anyway, the user
-# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
-[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]),
-       [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])],
-       [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])],
-       [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])
-        m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
-  dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode],
-[  --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode  am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful
-			  (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
-      [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
-      [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
-  AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
-  MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
-  AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl
-]
-)
-
-AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE])
-
-# Check to see how 'make' treats includes.	            -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 4
-
-# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
-# -----------------
-# Check to see how make treats includes.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
-[am_make=${MAKE-make}
-cat > confinc << 'END'
-am__doit:
-	@echo this is the am__doit target
-.PHONY: am__doit
-END
-# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
-am__include="#"
-am__quote=
-_am_result=none
-# First try GNU make style include.
-echo "include confinc" > confmf
-# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
-case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
-*the\ am__doit\ target*)
-  am__include=include
-  am__quote=
-  _am_result=GNU
-  ;;
-esac
-# Now try BSD make style include.
-if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
-   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
-   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
-   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
-     am__include=.include
-     am__quote="\""
-     _am_result=BSD
-     ;;
-   esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST([am__include])
-AC_SUBST([am__quote])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
-rm -f confinc confmf
-])
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6
-
-# AM_PROG_CC_C_O
-# --------------
-# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C_O])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
-# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because
-# there is no other way.
-set dummy $CC
-am_cc=`echo $[2] | sed ['s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/']`
-eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o
-if test "$am_t" != yes; then
-   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
-   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
-   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
-   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
-   # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
-   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
-fi
-dnl Make sure AC_PROG_CC is never called again, or it will override our
-dnl setting of CC.
-m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
-          [m4_fatal([AC_PROG_CC cannot be called after AM_PROG_CC_C_O])])
-])
-
-# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use.  -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6
-
-# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
-# ------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
-$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
-AC_SUBST($1)])
-
-
-# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
-# ------------------
-# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
-# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
-if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
-  case $am_aux_dir in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
-  *)
-    MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
-  esac
-fi
-# Use eval to expand $SHELL
-if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
-  am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
-else
-  am_missing_run=
-  AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
-fi
-])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
-# ---------------
-# Check for `mkdir -p'.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
-dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p.  We now use MKDIR_P,
-dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
-dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
-dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
-dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
-dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
-dnl MKDIR_P).
-AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
-case $mkdir_p in
-  [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;;
-  */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
-esac
-])
-
-# Helper functions for option handling.                     -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 4
-
-# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
-# -----------------------
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
-[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
-# ------------------------------
-# Set option NAME.  Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
-
-# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
-# ----------------------------------
-# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
-[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
-
-# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
-# -------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
-[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
-
-# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.    -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5
-
-# AM_SANITY_CHECK
-# ---------------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftest.file
-# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
-# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
-am_lf='
-'
-case `pwd` in
-  *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
-esac
-case $srcdir in
-  *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \	]]*)
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
-esac
-
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
-# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
-# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
-# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
-# directory).
-if (
-   set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
-   if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
-      # -L didn't work.
-      set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
-   fi
-   rm -f conftest.file
-   if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
-      && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
-
-      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
-      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
-      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
-      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
-      AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
-alias in your environment])
-   fi
-
-   test "$[2]" = conftest.file
-   )
-then
-   # Ok.
-   :
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
-Check your system clock])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 1
-
-# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
-# --------------------------
-# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
-# (`yes' being less verbose, `no' or empty being verbose).
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules],
-[  --enable-silent-rules          less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
-  --disable-silent-rules         verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')])
-case $enable_silent_rules in
-yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
-no)  AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
-*)   AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
-esac
-AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
-AM_BACKSLASH='\'
-AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
-])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
-# ---------------------
-# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
-# specify the program used to strip binaries.  This is especially
-# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
-# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
-# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
-# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
-# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
-# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
-# run `make install-strip'.  However `strip' might not be the right
-# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
-# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
-dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
-if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
-fi
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
-AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 2
-
-# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
-# ---------------------------
-# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
-# This macro is traced by Automake.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
-
-# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
-# ---------------------------
-# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
-
-# Check how to create a tarball.                            -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 2
-
-# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
-# --------------------
-# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
-# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
-#
-# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
-# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
-# $tardir.
-#     tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
-#
-# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
-# a tarball read from stdin.
-#     $(am__untar) < result.tar
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
-[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
-AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
-m4_if([$1], [v7],
-     [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
-     [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
-              [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
-# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
-_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
-_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
-# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
-# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
-for _am_tool in $_am_tools
-do
-  case $_am_tool in
-  gnutar)
-    for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
-    do
-      AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
-    done
-    am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
-    am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
-    am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
-    ;;
-  plaintar)
-    # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
-    # ustar tarball either.
-    (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
-    am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
-    am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
-    am__untar='tar xf -'
-    ;;
-  pax)
-    am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
-    am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
-    am__untar='pax -r'
-    ;;
-  cpio)
-    am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
-    am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
-    am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
-    ;;
-  none)
-    am__tar=false
-    am__tar_=false
-    am__untar=false
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  # If the value was cached, stop now.  We just wanted to have am__tar
-  # and am__untar set.
-  test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
-
-  # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
-  rm -rf conftest.dir
-  mkdir conftest.dir
-  echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
-  AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
-  rm -rf conftest.dir
-  if test -s conftest.tar; then
-    AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
-    grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
-  fi
-done
-rm -rf conftest.dir
-
-AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
-AC_SUBST([am__tar])
-AC_SUBST([am__untar])
-]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
-
-m4_include([acinclude.m4])
diff --git a/libXt/autogen.sh b/libXt/autogen.sh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..904cd6746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/autogen.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+srcdir=`dirname $0`
+test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
+
+ORIGDIR=`pwd`
+cd $srcdir
+
+autoreconf -v --install || exit 1
+cd $ORIGDIR || exit $?
+
+$srcdir/configure --enable-maintainer-mode "$@"
diff --git a/libXt/compile b/libXt/compile
deleted file mode 100644
index c0096a7b5..000000000
--- a/libXt/compile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
-
-scriptversion=2009-10-06.20; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009  Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
-Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
-arguments, and rename the output as expected.
-
-If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
-right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "compile $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-ofile=
-cfile=
-eat=
-
-for arg
-do
-  if test -n "$eat"; then
-    eat=
-  else
-    case $1 in
-      -o)
-	# configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
-	# So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object.
-	eat=1
-	case $2 in
-	  *.o | *.obj)
-	    ofile=$2
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
-	    shift
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *.c)
-	cfile=$1
-	set x "$@" "$1"
-	shift
-	;;
-      *)
-	set x "$@" "$1"
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  shift
-done
-
-if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
-  # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
-  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
-  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
-  # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
-  # ok.
-  exec "$@"
-fi
-
-# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
-cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
-
-# Create the lock directory.
-# Note: use `[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
-# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
-# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
-lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
-while true; do
-  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    break
-  fi
-  sleep 1
-done
-# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
-trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
-# Run the compile.
-"$@"
-ret=$?
-
-if test -f "$cofile"; then
-  test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
-elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
-  test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
-fi
-
-rmdir "$lockdir"
-exit $ret
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/libXt/config.guess b/libXt/config.guess
deleted file mode 100644
index bf4849674..000000000
--- a/libXt/config.guess
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1517 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
-#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2009-12-30'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner.  Please send patches (context
-# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog
-# entry.
-#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
-#
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]
-
-Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
-
-Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
-Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
-       exit 1 ;;
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-if test $# != 0; then
-  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
-# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
-# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
-# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
-
-# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
-# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
-
-# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
-
-set_cc_for_build='
-trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
-trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
-: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
- { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
- { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
- { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
-dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
-tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
-case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
- ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
-	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
-	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
-	  fi ;
-	done ;
-	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
-	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
-	fi
-	;;
- ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
- ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
-Linux|GNU/*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
-	#include <features.h>
-	#ifdef __UCLIBC__
-	# ifdef __UCLIBC_CONFIG_VERSION__
-	LIBC=uclibc __UCLIBC_CONFIG_VERSION__
-	# else
-	LIBC=uclibc
-	# endif
-	#else
-	# ifdef __dietlibc__
-	LIBC=dietlibc
-	# else
-	LIBC=gnu
-	# endif
-	#endif
-	EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
-	;;
-esac
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-    *:NetBSD:*:*)
-	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
-	# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
-	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
-	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
-	# object file format.  This provides both forward
-	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
-	# object file format.
-	#
-	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
-	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
-	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
-	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
-	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
-	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
-	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
-	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
-	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
-	esac
-	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
-	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-			| grep -q __ELF__
-		then
-		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
-		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
-		    os=netbsd
-		else
-		    os=netbsdelf
-		fi
-		;;
-	    *)
-	        os=netbsd
-		;;
-	esac
-	# The OS release
-	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
-	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
-	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
-	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
-	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-	    Debian*)
-		release='-gnu'
-		;;
-	    *)
-		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
-	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
-	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
-	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
-	exit ;;
-    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
-	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
-	*4.0)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
-		;;
-	*5.*)
-	        UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
-	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
-	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
-	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
-	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
-	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
-	    "EV4 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "EV5 (21164)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
-	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
-	    "EV6 (21264)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
-	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
-	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
-	    "EV7 (21364)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
-	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
-	esac
-	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
-	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
-	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
-	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
-	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-	exit ;;
-    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
-	# of the specific Alpha model?
-	echo alpha-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
-	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
-	exit ;;
-    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS/390:*:*)
-	echo i370-ibm-openedition
-	exit ;;
-    *:z/VM:*:*)
-	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS400:*:*)
-        echo powerpc-ibm-os400
-	exit ;;
-    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
-	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
-	echo arm-unknown-riscos
-	exit ;;
-    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
-	exit ;;
-    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
-	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
-	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
-	else
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
-	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
-	echo sparc-icl-nx6
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
-	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
-	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	SUN_ARCH="i386"
-	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
-	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
-	# This test works for both compilers.
-	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
-	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
-		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
-		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
-	    then
-		SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
-	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
-	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
-	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
-	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
-	    Series*|S4*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
-	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
-	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
-	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
-	case "`/bin/arch`" in
-	    sun3)
-		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	    sun4)
-		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
-    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
-    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
-    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
-    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
-    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
-    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
-    # be no problem.
-    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    m68k:machten:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    powerpc:machten:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
-	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
-	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include <stdio.h>  /* for printf() prototype */
-	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
-#else
-	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
-#endif
-	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#endif
-	  exit (-1);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
-	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
-	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
-	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
-	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
-        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
-        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
-	then
-	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
-	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
-	    then
-		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    else
-		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    fi
-	else
-	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
- 	exit ;;
-    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    M88*:*:R3*:*)
-	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
-	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *:IRIX*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
-	exit ;;
-    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
-	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
-	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
-    i*86:AIX:*:*)
-	echo i386-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:AIX:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:2:3)
-	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
-
-		main()
-			{
-			if (!__power_pc())
-				exit(1);
-			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
-			exit(0);
-			}
-EOF
-		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
-		then
-			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
-		else
-			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
-		fi
-	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
-	else
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:[456])
-	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
-	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
-	else
-		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
-	fi
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
-	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
-    *:BOSX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
-	exit ;;
-    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
-	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
-	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
-	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
-		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
-		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
-                    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
-                    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
-                      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
-                      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
-                      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
-                        case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
-                          32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
-                          64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
-			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
-                        esac ;;
-                    esac
-		fi
-		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
-		    eval $set_cc_for_build
-		    sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
-
-              #define _HPUX_SOURCE
-              #include <stdlib.h>
-              #include <unistd.h>
-
-              int main ()
-              {
-              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
-              #endif
-                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-
-                  switch (cpu)
-              	{
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
-              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-              	    switch (bits)
-              		{
-              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
-              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
-              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-              		} break;
-              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
-              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-              #endif
-              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-              	}
-                  exit (0);
-              }
-EOF
-		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
-		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
-		fi ;;
-	esac
-	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
-	then
-	    eval $set_cc_for_build
-
-	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
-	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
-	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
-	    #
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
-
-	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
-		grep -q __LP64__
-	    then
-		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
-	    else
-		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include <unistd.h>
-	int
-	main ()
-	{
-	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
-	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
-	     results, however.  */
-	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
-	    {
-	      switch (cpu)
-		{
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
-	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  exit (0);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
-	exit ;;
-    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
-	exit ;;
-    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
-	else
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
-	exit ;;
-    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-        exit ;;
-    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
-	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
-	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
-	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
-	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
-	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
-	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-        echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-        exit ;;
-    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-        echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    pc98)
-		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	    amd64)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	    *)
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    *:MINGW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:windows32*:*)
-    	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:PW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
-	exit ;;
-    *:Interix*:*)
-    	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    x86)
-		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    IA64)
-		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    8664:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo x86_64-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
-	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
-	echo i586-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    i*:UWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
-	exit ;;
-    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU:*:*)
-	# the GNU system
-	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU/*:*:*)
-	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Minix:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:Linux:*:*)
-	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
-	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
-	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
-	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
-	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
-	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-        esac
-	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
-	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    arm*:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
-	then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	else
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    cris:Linux:*:*)
-	echo cris-axis-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo crisv32-axis-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    frv:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo frv-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    m68*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
-	;;
-    or32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo or32-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    padre:Linux:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
-	# Look for CPU level
-	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
-	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
-	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
-	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    ppc:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
-	exit ;;
-    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    sh*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    vax:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
-	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
-	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
-	# sysname and nodename.
-	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
-        # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
-        # number series starting with 2...
-        # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
-	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
-        # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
-	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
-	# is probably installed.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:atheos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:syllable:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
-	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
-	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
-    	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
-	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
-	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
-	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
-	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:3.2:*)
-	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
-		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
-	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    pc:*:*:*)
-	# Left here for compatibility:
-        # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
-        # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
-	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
-	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
-	# this is a cross-build.
-	echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
-        exit ;;
-    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-mach3
-	exit ;;
-    paragon:*:*:*)
-	echo i860-intel-osf1
-	exit ;;
-    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
-	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
-	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
-	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
-	# "miniframe"
-	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
-	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
-	echo m68k-diab-dnix
-	exit ;;
-    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
-	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
-    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
-	OS_REL=''
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
-        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-          && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
-    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
-	OS_REL='.3'
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
-	else
-		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
-                      # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
-        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
-        exit ;;
-    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
-	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
-	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:*:*:FTX*)
-	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
-	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    *:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
-	echo mips-sony-newsos6
-	exit ;;
-    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
-	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-        exit ;;
-    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-be-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-apple-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-haiku
-	exit ;;
-    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Darwin:*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
-	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
-	    i386)
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
-		  if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
-		      (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
-		      grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
-		  then
-		      UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
-		  fi
-		fi ;;
-	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
-	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
-		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
-		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:QNX:*:4*)
-	echo i386-pc-qnx
-	exit ;;
-    NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
-	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
-	exit ;;
-    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
-	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Plan9:*:*)
-	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
-	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
-	# operating systems.
-	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
-	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
-	else
-	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
-	exit ;;
-    *:TENEX:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
-	exit ;;
-    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:ITS:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-its
-	exit ;;
-    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
-        echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:DragonFly:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:*VMS:*:*)
-    	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
-	echo i386-pc-xenix
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:skyos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:rdos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:AROS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
-	exit ;;
-esac
-
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
-eval $set_cc_for_build
-cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-main ()
-{
-#if defined (sony)
-#if defined (MIPSEB)
-  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
-     I don't know....  */
-  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
-  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
-#ifdef NEWSOS4
-          "4"
-#else
-	  ""
-#endif
-         ); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
-  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
-  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (NeXT)
-#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
-#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
-#endif
-  int version;
-  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
-  if (version < 4)
-    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
-  else
-    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
-  exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
-#if defined (UMAXV)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#if defined (CMU)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__386BSD__)
-  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (sequent)
-#if defined (i386)
-  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#if defined (ns32000)
-  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
-    struct utsname un;
-
-    uname(&un);
-
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (vax)
-# if !defined (ultrix)
-#  include <sys/param.h>
-#  if defined (BSD)
-#   if BSD == 43
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
-#   else
-#    if BSD == 199006
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
-#    else
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#    endif
-#   endif
-#  else
-    printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#  endif
-# else
-    printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
-  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-  exit (1);
-}
-EOF
-
-$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-
-# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
-
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
-
-# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
-
-if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
-then
-    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
-    c1*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c2*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    c34*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c38*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c4*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    esac
-fi
-
-cat >&2 <<EOF
-$0: unable to guess system type
-
-This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
-the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
-download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
-
-  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-and
-  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
-send the following data and any information you think might be
-pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
-information to handle your system.
-
-config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
-
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
-
-hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-
-UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
-UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
-UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
-EOF
-
-exit 1
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/libXt/config.h.in b/libXt/config.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cc9fa402..000000000
--- a/libXt/config.h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `ws2_32' library (-lws2_32). */
-#undef HAVE_LIBWS2_32
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h> */
-#undef INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H
-
-/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
-   */
-#undef LT_OBJDIR
-
-/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
-#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
-
-/* Name of package */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_URL
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Major version of this package */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR
-
-/* Minor version of this package */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
-
-/* Patch version of this package */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the "poll" function. */
-#undef USE_POLL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the "snprintf" function. */
-#undef USE_SNPRINTF
-
-/* Version number of package */
-#undef VERSION
-
-/* Define to 1 to use XKB for keysym resolution. */
-#undef XKB
-
-/* app default data directory */
-#undef appdefaultdir
diff --git a/libXt/config.sub b/libXt/config.sub
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c0d95941..000000000
--- a/libXt/config.sub
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1732 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
-#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2010-01-22'
-
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
-       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
-
-Canonicalize a configuration name.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
-Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
-       exit 1 ;;
-
-    *local*)
-       # First pass through any local machine types.
-       echo $1
-       exit ;;
-
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-case $# in
- 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
- 1) ;;
- *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
-  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
-  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
-  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
-    os=-$maybe_os
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
-    ;;
-  *)
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
-    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
-    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
-    else os=; fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
-	-sun*os*)
-		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
-		;;
-	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-        -bluegene*)
-	        os=-cnk
-		;;
-	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-scout)
-		;;
-	-wrs)
-		os=-vxworks
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-chorusos*)
-		os=-chorusos
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
- 	-chorusrdb)
- 		os=-chorusrdb
-		basic_machine=$1
- 		;;
-	-hiux*)
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	-sco6)
-		os=-sco5v6
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5)
-		os=-sco3.2v5
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco4)
-		os=-sco3.2v4
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5v6*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco*)
-		os=-sco3.2v2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-udk*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-isc)
-		os=-isc2.2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-clix*)
-		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
-		;;
-	-isc*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-lynx*)
-		os=-lynxos
-		;;
-	-ptx*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
-		;;
-	-windowsnt*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
-		;;
-	-psos*)
-		os=-psos
-		;;
-	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
-	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	1750a | 580 \
-	| a29k \
-	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
-	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
-	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
-	| bfin \
-	| c4x | clipper \
-	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx | dvp \
-	| fido | fr30 | frv \
-	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
-	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
-	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| lm32 \
-	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
-	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
-	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
-	| mips16 \
-	| mips64 | mips64el \
-	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
-	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
-	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
-	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
-	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
-	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
-	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
-	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
-	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
-	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
-	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
-	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
-	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
-	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
-	| moxie \
-	| mt \
-	| msp430 \
-	| nios | nios2 \
-	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| or32 \
-	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
-	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
-	| pyramid \
-	| rx \
-	| score \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
-	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
-	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
-	| spu | strongarm \
-	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
-	| ubicom32 \
-	| v850 | v850e \
-	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
-	| z8k | z80)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip)
-		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
-		;;
-	ms1)
-		basic_machine=mt-unknown
-		;;
-
-	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
-	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
-	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i*86 | x86_64)
-	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
-	  ;;
-	# Object if more than one company name word.
-	*-*-*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	580-* \
-	| a29k-* \
-	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
-	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
-	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
-	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* | avr32-* \
-	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
-	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
-	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
-	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
-	| elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
-	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
-	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
-	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
-	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| lm32-* \
-	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
-	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \
-	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
-	| mips16-* \
-	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
-	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
-	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
-	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
-	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
-	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
-	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
-	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
-	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
-	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
-	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
-	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
-	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
-	| mmix-* \
-	| mt-* \
-	| msp430-* \
-	| nios-* | nios2-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
-	| orion-* \
-	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
-	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
-	| pyramid-* \
-	| romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
-	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
-	| sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
-	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
-	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
-	| tile-* | tilegx-* \
-	| tron-* \
-	| ubicom32-* \
-	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
-	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
-	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
-	| ymp-* \
-	| z8k-* | z80-*)
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
-	xtensa*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
-	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
-	386bsd)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
-		basic_machine=m68000-att
-		;;
-	3b*)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	a29khif)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-    	abacus)
-		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
-		;;
-	adobe68k)
-		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
-		os=-scout
-		;;
-	alliant | fx80)
-		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
-		;;
-	altos | altos3068)
-		basic_machine=m68k-altos
-		;;
-	am29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-none
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	amd64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		;;
-	amd64-*)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	amdahl)
-		basic_machine=580-amdahl
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	amiga | amiga-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		;;
-	amigaos | amigados)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	amigaunix | amix)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	apollo68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	apollo68bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	aros)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	aux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		os=-aux
-		;;
-	balance)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	blackfin)
-		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	blackfin-*)
-		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	bluegene*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
-	c90)
-		basic_machine=c90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-        cegcc)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-cegcc
-		;;
-	convex-c1)
-		basic_machine=c1-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c2)
-		basic_machine=c2-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c32)
-		basic_machine=c32-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c34)
-		basic_machine=c34-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c38)
-		basic_machine=c38-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	cray | j90)
-		basic_machine=j90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	craynv)
-		basic_machine=craynv-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
-	cr16)
-		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	crds | unos)
-		basic_machine=m68k-crds
-		;;
-	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
-		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
-		;;
-	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
-		basic_machine=cris-axis
-		;;
-	crx)
-		basic_machine=crx-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	da30 | da30-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-da30
-		;;
-	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
-		basic_machine=mips-dec
-		;;
-	decsystem10* | dec10*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops10
-		;;
-	decsystem20* | dec20*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
-	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
-		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
-		;;
-	delta88)
-		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	dicos)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	djgpp)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		os=-msdosdjgpp
-		;;
-	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
-		os=-bosx
-		;;
-	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	ebmon29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-ebmon
-		;;
-	elxsi)
-		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	encore | umax | mmax)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
-		;;
-	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	fx2800)
-		basic_machine=i860-alliant
-		;;
-	genix)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
-		;;
-	gmicro)
-		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	go32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-go32
-		;;
-	h3050r* | hiux*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	h8300hms)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	h8300xray)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-xray
-		;;
-	h8500hms)
-		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	harris)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	hp300-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp300bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	hp300hpux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68000-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hppa-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	hppaosf)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	hppro)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
-	i*86v32)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv32
-		;;
-	i*86v4*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	i*86v)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	i*86sol2)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	i386mach)
-		basic_machine=i386-mach
-		os=-mach
-		;;
-	i386-vsta | vsta)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-vsta
-		;;
-	iris | iris4d)
-		basic_machine=mips-sgi
-		case $os in
-		    -irix*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-irix4
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	isi68 | isi)
-		basic_machine=m68k-isi
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	m68knommu)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m68knommu-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		basic_machine=m88k-omron
-		;;
-	magnum | m3230)
-		basic_machine=mips-mips
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	merlin)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-        microblaze)
-		basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
-		;;
-	mingw32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	mingw32ce)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-mingw32ce
-		;;
-	miniframe)
-		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
-		;;
-	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	mipsEE* | ee | ps2)
-		basic_machine=mips64r5900el-scei
-		case $os in
-		    -linux*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-elf
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	iop)
-		basic_machine=mipsel-scei
-		os=-irx
-		;;
-	dvp)
-		basic_machine=dvp-scei
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips3*-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
-		;;
-	mips3*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
-		;;
-	monitor)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	morphos)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		os=-morphos
-		;;
-	msdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-msdos
-		;;
-	ms1-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
-		;;
-	mvs)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	ncr3000)
-		basic_machine=i486-ncr
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	netbsd386)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-netbsd
-		;;
-	netwinder)
-		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news1000)
-		basic_machine=m68030-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news-3600 | risc-news)
-		basic_machine=mips-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	necv70)
-		basic_machine=v70-nec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	next | m*-next )
-		basic_machine=m68k-next
-		case $os in
-		    -nextstep* )
-			;;
-		    -ns2*)
-		      os=-nextstep2
-			;;
-		    *)
-		      os=-nextstep3
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	nh3000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nh[45]000)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nindy960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-nindy
-		;;
-	mon960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-mon960
-		;;
-	nonstopux)
-		basic_machine=mips-compaq
-		os=-nonstopux
-		;;
-	np1)
-		basic_machine=np1-gould
-		;;
-	nsr-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
-		;;
-	op50n-* | op60c-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	openrisc | openrisc-*)
-		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		;;
-	os400)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	OSE68000 | ose68000)
-		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	os68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-none
-		os=-os68k
-		;;
-	pa-hitachi)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	paragon)
-		basic_machine=i860-intel
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	parisc)
-		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	parisc-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	pbd)
-		basic_machine=sparc-tti
-		;;
-	pbb)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tti
-		;;
-	pc532 | pc532-*)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
-		;;
-	pc98)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		;;
-	pc98-*)
-		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentium4)
-		basic_machine=i786-pc
-		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
-		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium4-*)
-		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pn)
-		basic_machine=pn-gould
-		;;
-	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
-		;;
-	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
-		;;
-	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ps2)
-		basic_machine=i386-ibm
-		;;
-	pw32)
-		basic_machine=i586-unknown
-		os=-pw32
-		;;
-	rdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
-	rom68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	rm[46]00)
-		basic_machine=mips-siemens
-		;;
-	rtpc | rtpc-*)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	s390 | s390-*)
-		basic_machine=s390-ibm
-		;;
-	s390x | s390x-*)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		;;
-	sa29200)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	sb1)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
-		;;
-	sb1el)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
-		;;
-	sde)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	sei)
-		basic_machine=mips-sei
-		os=-seiux
-		;;
-	sequent)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		;;
-	sh)
-		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	sh5el)
-		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
-		;;
-	sh64)
-		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
-		;;
-	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
-		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	sps7)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv2
-		;;
-	spur)
-		basic_machine=spur-unknown
-		;;
-	st2000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
-		;;
-	stratus)
-		basic_machine=i860-stratus
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	sun2)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		;;
-	sun2os3)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun2os4)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun3os3)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun3os4)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4os3)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun4os4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4sol2)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	sun3 | sun3-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		;;
-	sun4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
-		basic_machine=i386-sun
-		;;
-	sv1)
-		basic_machine=sv1-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	symmetry)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	t3e)
-		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	t90)
-		basic_machine=t90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	tic54x | c54x*)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic55x | c55x*)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic6x | c6x*)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-        # This must be matched before tile*.
-        tilegx*)
-		basic_machine=tilegx-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
-	tile*)
-		basic_machine=tile-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
-	tx39)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
-		;;
-	tx39el)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
-		;;
-	toad1)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	tower | tower-32)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
-		;;
-	tpf)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	udi29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	ultra3)
-		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
-		os=-sym1
-		;;
-	v810 | necv810)
-		basic_machine=v810-nec
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	vaxv)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	vms)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-vms
-		;;
-	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
-		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
-		;;
-	vxworks960)
-		basic_machine=i960-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	w65*)
-		basic_machine=w65-wdc
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	w89k-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	xbox)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	xps | xps100)
-		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
-		;;
-	ymp)
-		basic_machine=ymp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	z8k-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	z80-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z80-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	none)
-		basic_machine=none-none
-		os=-none
-		;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
-	w89k)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		;;
-	op50n)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	op60c)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	romp)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	mmix)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		;;
-	rs6000)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
-		;;
-	vax)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		;;
-	pdp10)
-		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
-		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
-		;;
-	pdp11)
-		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
-		;;
-	we32k)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
-		basic_machine=sh-unknown
-		;;
-	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	cydra)
-		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
-		;;
-	orion)
-		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
-		;;
-	orion105)
-		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
-		;;
-	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		;;
-	pmac | pmac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
-		;;
-	*-unknown)
-		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
-		;;
-	*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-digital*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
-		;;
-	*-commodore*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
-		;;
-	*)
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
-        # First match some system type aliases
-        # that might get confused with valid system types.
-	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-        -auroraux)
-	        os=-auroraux
-		;;
-	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
-		;;
-	-solaris)
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	-svr4*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-unixware*)
-		os=-sysv4.2uw
-		;;
-	-gnu/linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	# First accept the basic system types.
-	# The portable systems comes first.
-	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
-	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
-	      | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \
-	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
-	      | -aos* | -aros* \
-	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
-	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
-	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
-	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
-	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
-	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
-	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
-	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
-	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
-	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
-	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
-	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* | -irx* \
-	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
-	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
-	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
-	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
-		;;
-	-qnx*)
-		case $basic_machine in
-		    x86-* | i*86-*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-nto$os
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	-nto-qnx*)
-		;;
-	-nto*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
-		;;
-	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
-	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
-		;;
-	-mac*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
-		;;
-	-linux-dietlibc)
-		os=-linux-dietlibc
-		;;
-	-linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos5*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos6*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
-		;;
-	-opened*)
-		os=-openedition
-		;;
-        -os400*)
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	-wince*)
-		os=-wince
-		;;
-	-osfrose*)
-		os=-osfrose
-		;;
-	-osf*)
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	-utek*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-dynix*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-acis*)
-		os=-aos
-		;;
-	-atheos*)
-		os=-atheos
-		;;
-	-syllable*)
-		os=-syllable
-		;;
-	-386bsd)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-ctix* | -uts*)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	-nova*)
-		os=-rtmk-nova
-		;;
-	-ns2 )
-		os=-nextstep2
-		;;
-	-nsk*)
-		os=-nsk
-		;;
-	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-	-sinix5.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-		;;
-	-sinix*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-        -tpf*)
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	-triton*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-oss*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-svr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-svr3)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-sysvr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	# This must come after -sysvr4.
-	-sysv*)
-		;;
-	-ose*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-es1800*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-xenix)
-		os=-xenix
-		;;
-	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	-aros*)
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	-kaos*)
-		os=-kaos
-		;;
-	-zvmoe)
-		os=-zvmoe
-		;;
-	-dicos*)
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-        -nacl*)
-	        ;;
-	-none)
-		;;
-	*)
-		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
-		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
-        score-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-        spu-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	*-acorn)
-		os=-riscix1.2
-		;;
-	arm*-rebel)
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	arm*-semi)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-        	os=-coff
-		;;
-	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
-	pdp10-*)
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	pdp11-*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	*-dec | vax-*)
-		os=-ultrix4.2
-		;;
-	m68*-apollo)
-		os=-domain
-		;;
-	i386-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.0.2
-		;;
-	m68000-sun)
-		os=-sunos3
-		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
-		# default.
-		# os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	m68*-cisco)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-        mep-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-cisco)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	or32-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	sparc-* | *-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.1.1
-		;;
-	*-be)
-		os=-beos
-		;;
-	*-haiku)
-		os=-haiku
-		;;
-	*-ibm)
-		os=-aix
-		;;
-    	*-knuth)
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
-	*-wec)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-winbond)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-oki)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-hp)
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	*-hitachi)
-		os=-hiux
-		;;
-	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-cbm)
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	*-dg)
-		os=-dgux
-		;;
-	*-dolphin)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	m68k-ccur)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		os=-luna
-		;;
-	*-next )
-		os=-nextstep
-		;;
-	*-sequent)
-		os=-ptx
-		;;
-	*-crds)
-		os=-unos
-		;;
-	*-ns)
-		os=-genix
-		;;
-	i370-*)
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	*-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	*-gould)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-highlevel)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-encore)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-sgi)
-		os=-irix
-		;;
-	*-siemens)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	*-masscomp)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
-		os=-uxpv
-		;;
-	*-rom68k)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-*bug)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-apple)
-		os=-macos
-		;;
-	*-atari*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-unknown)
-		case $os in
-			-riscix*)
-				vendor=acorn
-				;;
-			-sunos*)
-				vendor=sun
-				;;
-			-cnk*|-aix*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-beos*)
-				vendor=be
-				;;
-			-hpux*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-mpeix*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-hiux*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-unos*)
-				vendor=crds
-				;;
-			-dgux*)
-				vendor=dg
-				;;
-			-luna*)
-				vendor=omron
-				;;
-			-genix*)
-				vendor=ns
-				;;
-			-mvs* | -opened*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-os400*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-ptx*)
-				vendor=sequent
-				;;
-			-tpf*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
-				vendor=wrs
-				;;
-			-aux*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-hms*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-mpw* | -macos*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-				vendor=atari
-				;;
-			-vos*)
-				vendor=stratus
-				;;
-		esac
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
-		;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/libXt/configure b/libXt/configure
deleted file mode 100644
index 07b3cbd1f..000000000
--- a/libXt/configure
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14624 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 for libXt 1.0.8.
-#
-# Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>.
-#
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-#
-#
-# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-## -------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization. ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-# Be more Bourne compatible
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
-  *posix*) :
-    set -o posix ;; #(
-  *) :
-     ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-
-as_nl='
-'
-export as_nl
-# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
-as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
-# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
-if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
-    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_echo='print -r --'
-  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
-elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_echo='printf %s\n'
-  as_echo_n='printf %s'
-else
-  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
-    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
-    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
-  else
-    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
-    as_echo_n_body='eval
-      arg=$1;
-      case $arg in #(
-      *"$as_nl"*)
-	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
-	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
-      esac;
-      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
-    '
-    export as_echo_n_body
-    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
-  fi
-  export as_echo_body
-  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
-fi
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
-    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  }
-fi
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
-# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
-# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
-# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
-IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
-
-# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
-case $0 in #((
-  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-     ;;
-esac
-# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-  as_myself=$0
-fi
-if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
-# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
-# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
-# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
-for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
-  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
-done
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LANGUAGE=C
-export LANGUAGE
-
-# CDPATH.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
-  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
-  *posix*) :
-    set -o posix ;; #(
-  *) :
-     ;;
-esac
-fi
-"
-  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
-as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
-as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
-as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
-as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
-
-exitcode=0
-as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
-as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
-as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
-as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
-if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
-
-else
-  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
-fi
-test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1"
-  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
-  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
-  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
-test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
-  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
-  as_have_required=yes
-else
-  as_have_required=no
-fi
-  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
-
-else
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-as_found=false
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  as_found=:
-  case $as_dir in #(
-	 /*)
-	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
-	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
-	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
-	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
-		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
-  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
-		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
-  break 2
-fi
-fi
-	   done;;
-       esac
-  as_found=false
-done
-$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
-	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
-  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
-fi; }
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-
-      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
-  # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
-	# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
-	# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
-	BASH_ENV=/dev/null
-	ENV=/dev/null
-	(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
-	export CONFIG_SHELL
-	exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
-  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
-  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
-  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
-    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
-    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
-  else
-    $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and
-$0: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg
-$0: about your system, including any error possibly output
-$0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or
-$0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do
-$0: have one."
-  fi
-  exit 1
-fi
-fi
-fi
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-export SHELL
-# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
-CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
-unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
-
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
-## --------------------- ##
-# as_fn_unset VAR
-# ---------------
-# Portably unset VAR.
-as_fn_unset ()
-{
-  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
-}
-as_unset=as_fn_unset
-
-# as_fn_set_status STATUS
-# -----------------------
-# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
-as_fn_set_status ()
-{
-  return $1
-} # as_fn_set_status
-
-# as_fn_exit STATUS
-# -----------------
-# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
-as_fn_exit ()
-{
-  set +e
-  as_fn_set_status $1
-  exit $1
-} # as_fn_exit
-
-# as_fn_mkdir_p
-# -------------
-# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
-as_fn_mkdir_p ()
-{
-
-  case $as_dir in #(
-  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
-  esac
-  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
-    as_dirs=
-    while :; do
-      case $as_dir in #(
-      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
-      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
-      esac
-      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
-      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-      test -d "$as_dir" && break
-    done
-    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
-  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir"
-
-
-} # as_fn_mkdir_p
-# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
-# ----------------------
-# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
-# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
-# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
-# implementations.
-if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
-  eval 'as_fn_append ()
-  {
-    eval $1+=\$2
-  }'
-else
-  as_fn_append ()
-  {
-    eval $1=\$$1\$2
-  }
-fi # as_fn_append
-
-# as_fn_arith ARG...
-# ------------------
-# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
-# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
-# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
-if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
-  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
-  {
-    as_val=$(( $* ))
-  }'
-else
-  as_fn_arith ()
-  {
-    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
-  }
-fi # as_fn_arith
-
-
-# as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
-# ---------------------------------
-# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
-# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
-# script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0.
-as_fn_error ()
-{
-  as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
-  if test "$3"; then
-    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3
-  fi
-  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2
-  as_fn_exit $as_status
-} # as_fn_error
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_dirname=dirname
-else
-  as_dirname=false
-fi
-
-as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
-  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
-  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
-  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed -n '
-    p
-    /[$]LINENO/=
-  ' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
-      t lineno
-      b
-      :lineno
-      N
-      :loop
-      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
-      t loop
-      s/-\n.*//
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
-    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
-  . "./$as_me.lineno"
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
-case `echo -n x` in #(((((
--n*)
-  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
-  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
-  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
-  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
-       ECHO_T='	';;
-  esac;;
-*)
-  ECHO_N='-n';;
-esac
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-if test -d conf$$.dir; then
-  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
-else
-  rm -f conf$$.dir
-  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-fi
-if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
-  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-    # ... but there are two gotchas:
-    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
-    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
-    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
-    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
-      as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s=ln
-  else
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  fi
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
-rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
-else
-  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_test_x='test -x'
-else
-  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    as_ls_L_option=L
-  else
-    as_ls_L_option=
-  fi
-  as_test_x='
-    eval sh -c '\''
-      if test -d "$1"; then
-	test -d "$1/.";
-      else
-	case $1 in #(
-	-*)set "./$1";;
-	esac;
-	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
-	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
-    '\'' sh
-  '
-fi
-as_executable_p=$as_test_x
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-
-# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-case X$lt_ECHO in
-X*--fallback-echo)
-  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
-  ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo}
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
-  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-  shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
-  :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
-  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
-  :
-else
-  # Restart under the correct shell.
-  exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # used as fallback echo
-  shift
-  cat <<_LT_EOF
-$*
-_LT_EOF
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then
-  if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
-    # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
-    for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do
-      # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
-      if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null &&
-	 { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null
-      then
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-  fi
-
-  if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-     echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-    :
-  else
-    # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
-    # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
-    #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
-    #
-    # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
-
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
-         test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        ECHO="$dir/echo"
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-
-    if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then
-      # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
-      if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
-        ECHO='print -r'
-      elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } &&
-	   test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
-        # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
-        ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-        export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-        CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
-        export CONFIG_SHELL
-        exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-      else
-        # Try using printf.
-        ECHO='printf %s\n'
-        if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-	   echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  # Cool, printf works
-	  :
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-	  export CONFIG_SHELL
-	  SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
-	  export SHELL
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
-        else
-	  # maybe with a smaller string...
-	  prev=:
-
-	  for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do
-	    if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null
-	    then
-	      break
-	    fi
-	    prev="$cmd"
-	  done
-
-	  if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then
-	    echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
-	    export echo_test_string
-	    exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"}
-	  else
-	    # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
-	    ECHO=echo
-	  fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-
-# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
-# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
-lt_ECHO=$ECHO
-if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
-   lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null
-exec 6>&1
-
-# Name of the host.
-# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
-# so uname gets run too.
-ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-
-#
-# Initializations.
-#
-ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
-ac_clean_files=
-ac_config_libobj_dir=.
-LIBOBJS=
-cross_compiling=no
-subdirs=
-MFLAGS=
-MAKEFLAGS=
-
-# Identity of this package.
-PACKAGE_NAME='libXt'
-PACKAGE_TARNAME='libXt'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='1.0.8'
-PACKAGE_STRING='libXt 1.0.8'
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg'
-PACKAGE_URL=''
-
-# Factoring default headers for most tests.
-ac_includes_default="\
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
-#  include <memory.h>
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-# include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif"
-
-ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE
-am__EXEEXT_TRUE
-LTLIBOBJS
-LIBOBJS
-XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
-XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
-MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
-RAWCPPFLAGS
-RAWCPP
-STRINGSABIOPTIONS
-appdefaultdir
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT
-XT_LIBS
-XT_CFLAGS
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD
-CC_FOR_BUILD
-OTOOL64
-OTOOL
-LIPO
-NMEDIT
-DSYMUTIL
-lt_ECHO
-RANLIB
-AR
-OBJDUMP
-LN_S
-NM
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN
-DUMPBIN
-LD
-FGREP
-SED
-LIBTOOL
-ADMIN_MAN_DIR
-DRIVER_MAN_DIR
-MISC_MAN_DIR
-FILE_MAN_DIR
-LIB_MAN_DIR
-APP_MAN_DIR
-ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX
-DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX
-MISC_MAN_SUFFIX
-FILE_MAN_SUFFIX
-LIB_MAN_SUFFIX
-APP_MAN_SUFFIX
-host_os
-host_vendor
-host_cpu
-host
-build_os
-build_vendor
-build_cpu
-build
-INSTALL_CMD
-PKG_CONFIG
-CHANGELOG_CMD
-AM_BACKSLASH
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
-CWARNFLAGS
-EGREP
-GREP
-CPP
-am__fastdepCC_FALSE
-am__fastdepCC_TRUE
-CCDEPMODE
-AMDEPBACKSLASH
-AMDEP_FALSE
-AMDEP_TRUE
-am__quote
-am__include
-DEPDIR
-OBJEXT
-EXEEXT
-ac_ct_CC
-CPPFLAGS
-LDFLAGS
-CFLAGS
-CC
-MAINT
-MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE
-MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
-am__untar
-am__tar
-AMTAR
-am__leading_dot
-SET_MAKE
-AWK
-mkdir_p
-MKDIR_P
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM
-STRIP
-install_sh
-MAKEINFO
-AUTOHEADER
-AUTOMAKE
-AUTOCONF
-ACLOCAL
-VERSION
-PACKAGE
-CYGPATH_W
-am__isrc
-INSTALL_DATA
-INSTALL_SCRIPT
-INSTALL_PROGRAM
-target_alias
-host_alias
-build_alias
-LIBS
-ECHO_T
-ECHO_N
-ECHO_C
-DEFS
-mandir
-localedir
-libdir
-psdir
-pdfdir
-dvidir
-htmldir
-infodir
-docdir
-oldincludedir
-includedir
-localstatedir
-sharedstatedir
-sysconfdir
-datadir
-datarootdir
-libexecdir
-sbindir
-bindir
-program_transform_name
-prefix
-exec_prefix
-PACKAGE_URL
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-PACKAGE_STRING
-PACKAGE_VERSION
-PACKAGE_TARNAME
-PACKAGE_NAME
-PATH_SEPARATOR
-SHELL'
-ac_subst_files=''
-ac_user_opts='
-enable_option_checking
-enable_maintainer_mode
-enable_dependency_tracking
-enable_silent_rules
-enable_strict_compilation
-with_release_version
-enable_shared
-enable_static
-with_pic
-enable_fast_install
-with_gnu_ld
-enable_libtool_lock
-enable_xkb
-with_xfile_search_path
-with_appdefaultdir
-enable_malloc0returnsnull
-'
-      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
-host_alias
-target_alias
-CC
-CFLAGS
-LDFLAGS
-LIBS
-CPPFLAGS
-CPP
-PKG_CONFIG
-XT_CFLAGS
-XT_LIBS'
-
-
-# Initialize some variables set by options.
-ac_init_help=
-ac_init_version=false
-ac_unrecognized_opts=
-ac_unrecognized_sep=
-# The variables have the same names as the options, with
-# dashes changed to underlines.
-cache_file=/dev/null
-exec_prefix=NONE
-no_create=
-no_recursion=
-prefix=NONE
-program_prefix=NONE
-program_suffix=NONE
-program_transform_name=s,x,x,
-silent=
-site=
-srcdir=
-verbose=
-x_includes=NONE
-x_libraries=NONE
-
-# Installation directory options.
-# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
-# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
-# by default will actually change.
-# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
-# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
-bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
-sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
-libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
-datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
-datadir='${datarootdir}'
-sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
-sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
-localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
-includedir='${prefix}/include'
-oldincludedir='/usr/include'
-docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
-infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
-htmldir='${docdir}'
-dvidir='${docdir}'
-pdfdir='${docdir}'
-psdir='${docdir}'
-libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
-localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
-mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
-
-ac_prev=
-ac_dashdash=
-for ac_option
-do
-  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
-  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
-    ac_prev=
-    continue
-  fi
-
-  case $ac_option in
-  *=*)	ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
-  *)	ac_optarg=yes ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
-
-  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
-  --)
-    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
-
-  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
-    ac_prev=bindir ;;
-  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
-    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
-    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
-  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
-    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
-  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
-    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
-  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
-    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  --config-cache | -C)
-    cache_file=config.cache ;;
-
-  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
-    ac_prev=datadir ;;
-  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
-    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
-  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
-    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
-  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
-  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
-    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -disable-* | --disable-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"enable_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-
-  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
-    ac_prev=docdir ;;
-  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
-    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
-    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
-  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
-    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -enable-* | --enable-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"enable_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
-  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
-  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
-    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
-  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
-  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
-    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
-    with_gas=yes ;;
-
-  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
-    ac_init_help=long ;;
-  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
-    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
-  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
-    ac_init_help=short ;;
-
-  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
-    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
-    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
-    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
-  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
-  | --ht=*)
-    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
-  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
-    ac_prev=includedir ;;
-  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
-  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
-    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
-    ac_prev=infodir ;;
-  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
-    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
-    ac_prev=libdir ;;
-  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
-    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
-  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
-    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
-  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
-    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
-    ac_prev=localedir ;;
-  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
-    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
-  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
-    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
-  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
-    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
-    ac_prev=mandir ;;
-  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
-    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
-    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
-    with_fp=no ;;
-
-  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
-  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
-    no_create=yes ;;
-
-  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
-  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
-    no_recursion=yes ;;
-
-  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
-  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
-  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
-    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
-  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
-  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
-    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
-    ac_prev=prefix ;;
-  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
-    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
-  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
-    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
-  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
-    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
-  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
-    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
-  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
-    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
-  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
-  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
-  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
-  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
-  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
-  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
-    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
-  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
-  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
-  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
-  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
-  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
-  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
-    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
-    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
-  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
-    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
-    ac_prev=psdir ;;
-  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
-    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-    silent=yes ;;
-
-  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
-    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
-  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
-    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
-  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
-  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
-  | --sha | --sh)
-    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
-  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
-  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
-  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
-    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -site | --site | --sit)
-    ac_prev=site ;;
-  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
-    site=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
-    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
-    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
-  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
-    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
-  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
-    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
-    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
-  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
-    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
-    verbose=yes ;;
-
-  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
-    ac_init_version=: ;;
-
-  -with-* | --with-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"with_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -without-* | --without-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"with_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-
-  --x)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
-    with_x=yes ;;
-
-  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
-  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
-    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
-  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
-    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
-  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
-    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
-  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
-    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information."
-    ;;
-
-  *=*)
-    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    case $ac_envvar in #(
-      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
-      as_fn_error "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
-    esac
-    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
-    export $ac_envvar ;;
-
-  *)
-    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
-    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
-    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
-    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
-    ;;
-
-  esac
-done
-
-if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
-  as_fn_error "missing argument to $ac_option"
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
-  case $enable_option_checking in
-    no) ;;
-    fatal) as_fn_error "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
-    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
-for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
-		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
-		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
-		libdir localedir mandir
-do
-  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-  # Remove trailing slashes.
-  case $ac_val in
-    */ )
-      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
-      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
-  esac
-  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
-  case $ac_val in
-    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
-    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
-  esac
-  as_fn_error "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
-done
-
-# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
-# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-build=$build_alias
-host=$host_alias
-target=$target_alias
-
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
-  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
-    cross_compiling=maybe
-    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
-    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
-  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
-    cross_compiling=yes
-  fi
-fi
-
-ac_tool_prefix=
-test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
-
-test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
-
-
-ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
-ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
-ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
-  as_fn_error "working directory cannot be determined"
-test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
-  as_fn_error "pwd does not report name of working directory"
-
-
-# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
-if test -z "$srcdir"; then
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
-  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
-  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  srcdir=$ac_confdir
-  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
-    srcdir=..
-  fi
-else
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
-fi
-if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
-  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
-  as_fn_error "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
-fi
-ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
-ac_abs_confdir=`(
-	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error "$ac_msg"
-	pwd)`
-# When building in place, set srcdir=.
-if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
-  srcdir=.
-fi
-# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
-# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
-# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
-case $srcdir in
-*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
-esac
-for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
-  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
-  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
-  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
-  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
-done
-
-#
-# Report the --help message.
-#
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
-  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
-  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
-  cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures libXt 1.0.8 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
-
-To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
-VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
-
-Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
-
-Configuration:
-  -h, --help              display this help and exit
-      --help=short        display options specific to this package
-      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
-  -V, --version           display version information and exit
-  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
-      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
-      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
-
-Installation directories:
-  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-                          [$ac_default_prefix]
-  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-                          [PREFIX]
-
-By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
-\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
-an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
-for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
-
-For better control, use the options below.
-
-Fine tuning of the installation directories:
-  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
-  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
-  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
-  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
-  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
-  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
-  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
-  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
-  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
-  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
-  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
-  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
-  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
-  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
-  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/libXt]
-  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
-  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
-  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
-  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Program names:
-  --program-prefix=PREFIX            prepend PREFIX to installed program names
-  --program-suffix=SUFFIX            append SUFFIX to installed program names
-  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM   run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
-
-System types:
-  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
-  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
-  case $ac_init_help in
-     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of libXt 1.0.8:";;
-   esac
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Optional Features:
-  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
-  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
-  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
-  --enable-maintainer-mode  enable make rules and dependencies not useful
-			  (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
-  --disable-dependency-tracking  speeds up one-time build
-  --enable-dependency-tracking   do not reject slow dependency extractors
-  --enable-silent-rules          less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
-  --disable-silent-rules         verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')
-  --enable-strict-compilation
-                          Enable all warnings from compiler and make them
-                          errors (default: disabled)
-  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=yes]
-  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=yes]
-  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]
-                          optimize for fast installation [default=yes]
-  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)
-  --disable-xkb           Disable XKB support
-  --enable-malloc0returnsnull
-                          malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto)
-
-Optional Packages:
-  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
-  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
-  --with-release-version=STRING
-                          Use release version string in package name
-  --with-pic              try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use
-                          both]
-  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]
-  --with-xfile-search-path=<path>
-                          Set path to search for app-defaults and other files
-  --with-appdefaultdir=<path>
-                          Set app-default directory (default:
-                          ${datadir}/X11/app-defaults)
-
-Some influential environment variables:
-  CC          C compiler command
-  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
-  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
-              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
-  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
-  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
-              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
-  CPP         C preprocessor
-  PKG_CONFIG  path to pkg-config utility
-  XT_CFLAGS   C compiler flags for XT, overriding pkg-config
-  XT_LIBS     linker flags for XT, overriding pkg-config
-
-Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
-it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
-
-Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>.
-_ACEOF
-ac_status=$?
-fi
-
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
-  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
-  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
-    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
-      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
-      continue
-    ac_builddir=.
-
-case "$ac_dir" in
-.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-*)
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
-  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
-  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
-  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
-  esac ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
-ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
-# for backward compatibility:
-ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative name.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-
-    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
-    # Check for guested configure.
-    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
-      echo &&
-      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
-    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
-      echo &&
-      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
-    else
-      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
-    fi || ac_status=$?
-    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
-  done
-fi
-
-test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
-if $ac_init_version; then
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-libXt configure 1.0.8
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65
-
-Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-_ACEOF
-  exit
-fi
-
-## ------------------------ ##
-## Autoconf initialization. ##
-## ------------------------ ##
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
-# --------------------------
-# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
-ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
-  ac_status=$?
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
-    cat conftest.er1 >&5
-    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
-  fi
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
-  ac_retval=0
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_retval=1
-fi
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
-
-# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR
-# ------------------------------------
-# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared, setting cache variable VAR accordingly.
-ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $2 is declared" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $2 is declared... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$4
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef $2
-  (void) $2;
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  eval "$3=yes"
-else
-  eval "$3=no"
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-
-} # ac_fn_c_check_decl
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
-# ----------------------
-# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
-ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
-  ac_status=$?
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
-    cat conftest.er1 >&5
-    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
-  fi
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then :
-  ac_retval=0
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-    ac_retval=1
-fi
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
-# ----------------------
-# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
-# that executables *can* be run.
-ac_fn_c_try_run ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
-  ac_retval=0
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-       ac_retval=$ac_status
-fi
-  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_run
-
-# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
-# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
-ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$4
-#include <$2>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  eval "$3=yes"
-else
-  eval "$3=no"
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-
-} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
-
-# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
-# -----------------------
-# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
-ac_fn_c_try_link ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
-  ac_status=$?
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
-    cat conftest.er1 >&5
-    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
-  fi
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then :
-  ac_retval=0
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_retval=1
-fi
-  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
-  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
-  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
-  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
-  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
-
-} # ac_fn_c_try_link
-
-# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR
-# ----------------------------------
-# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly
-ac_fn_c_check_func ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2.
-   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
-#define $2 innocuous_$2
-
-/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
-    which can conflict with char $2 (); below.
-    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
-    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef $2
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char $2 ();
-/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
-    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
-    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
-#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2
-choke me
-#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return $2 ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  eval "$3=yes"
-else
-  eval "$3=no"
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-
-} # ac_fn_c_check_func
-
-# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
-# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
-# accordingly.
-ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
-{
-  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-  if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-else
-  # Is the header compilable?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$4
-#include <$2>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_header_compiler=yes
-else
-  ac_header_compiler=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
-
-# Is the header present?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <$2>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_header_preproc=yes
-else
-  ac_header_preproc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
-
-# So?  What about this header?
-case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
-  yes:no: )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
-    ;;
-  no:yes:* )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
-( cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ##
-## Report this to https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg ##
-## ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
-    ;;
-esac
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
-fi
-eval ac_res=\$$3
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-fi
-  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
-
-} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
-cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-
-It was created by libXt $as_me 1.0.8, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65.  Invocation command line was
-
-  $ $0 $@
-
-_ACEOF
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-cat <<_ASUNAME
-## --------- ##
-## Platform. ##
-## --------- ##
-
-hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
-
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
-/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
-
-_ASUNAME
-
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-} >&5
-
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Core tests. ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Keep a trace of the command line.
-# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
-# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
-# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
-# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
-ac_configure_args=
-ac_configure_args0=
-ac_configure_args1=
-ac_must_keep_next=false
-for ac_pass in 1 2
-do
-  for ac_arg
-  do
-    case $ac_arg in
-    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-      continue ;;
-    *\'*)
-      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    case $ac_pass in
-    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    2)
-      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
-      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
-	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
-      else
-	case $ac_arg in
-	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
-	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
-	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
-	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
-	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
-	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-done
-{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
-{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
-
-# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
-# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
-# would cause problems or look ugly.
-# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
-# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
-trap 'exit_status=$?
-  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
-  {
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------- ##
-## Cache variables. ##
-## ---------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-(
-  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
-    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-    case $ac_val in #(
-    *${as_nl}*)
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
-      esac
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
-      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
-      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
-      esac ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
-    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
-      sed -n \
-	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
-	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
-      ;; #(
-    *)
-      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
-      ;;
-    esac |
-    sort
-)
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------------- ##
-## Output variables. ##
-## ----------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
-    do
-      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-      case $ac_val in
-      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
-      esac
-      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
-    done | sort
-    echo
-
-    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ------------------- ##
-## File substitutions. ##
-## ------------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
-      do
-	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-	case $ac_val in
-	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
-	esac
-	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
-      done | sort
-      echo
-    fi
-
-    if test -s confdefs.h; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------- ##
-## confdefs.h. ##
-## ----------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      cat confdefs.h
-      echo
-    fi
-    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
-      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
-    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
-  } >&5
-  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
-    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
-    exit $exit_status
-' 0
-for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
-  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
-done
-ac_signal=0
-
-# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
-rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
-
-$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
-
-# Predefined preprocessor variables.
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
-# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
-ac_site_file1=NONE
-ac_site_file2=NONE
-if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
-  ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE
-elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
-  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
-  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
-else
-  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
-  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
-fi
-for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
-do
-  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
-  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
-    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
-    . "$ac_site_file"
-  fi
-done
-
-if test -r "$cache_file"; then
-  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
-  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
-  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-    case $cache_file in
-      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
-      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
-    esac
-  fi
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-  >$cache_file
-fi
-
-# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
-# value.
-ac_cache_corrupted=false
-for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
-  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
-  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
-  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
-    set,)
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,set)
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,);;
-    *)
-      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
-	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
-	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
-	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
-	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
-	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
-	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
-	else
-	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
-	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
-	fi
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
-      fi;;
-  esac
-  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
-  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
-    case $ac_new_val in
-    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
-    esac
-    case " $ac_configure_args " in
-      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
-      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-done
-if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
-  as_fn_error "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-## -------------------- ##
-## Main body of script. ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-am__api_version='1.11'
-
-ac_aux_dir=
-for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
-  for ac_t in install-sh install.sh shtool; do
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_t"; then
-      ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
-      ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/$ac_t -c"
-      break 2
-    fi
-  done
-done
-if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-  as_fn_error "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-
-# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
-# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
-# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
-# whose full name contains unusual characters.
-ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
-ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
-ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
-
-
-# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
-# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
-# incompatible versions:
-# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
-# SunOS /usr/etc/install
-# IRIX /sbin/install
-# AIX /bin/install
-# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
-# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
-# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
-# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
-# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
-# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
-# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
-if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
-if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
-case $as_dir/ in #((
-  ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \
-  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
-  ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \
-  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
-  *)
-    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
-    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
-    # by default.
-    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
-      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
-	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
-	    :
-	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
-	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
-	    :
-	  else
-	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
-	    echo one > conftest.one
-	    echo two > conftest.two
-	    mkdir conftest.dir
-	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
-	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
-	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
-	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
-	    then
-	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
-	      break 3
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-      done
-    done
-    ;;
-esac
-
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
-
-fi
-  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
-    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
-  else
-    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
-    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
-    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
-    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
-    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5
-$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
-
-# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
-# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
-test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
-
-test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
-
-test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; }
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftest.file
-# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
-# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
-am_lf='
-'
-case `pwd` in
-  *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*)
-    as_fn_error "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;;
-esac
-case $srcdir in
-  *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \	]*)
-    as_fn_error "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;;
-esac
-
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
-# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
-# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
-# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
-# directory).
-if (
-   set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
-   if test "$*" = "X"; then
-      # -L didn't work.
-      set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
-   fi
-   rm -f conftest.file
-   if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
-      && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
-
-      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
-      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
-      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
-      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
-      as_fn_error "ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
-alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5
-   fi
-
-   test "$2" = conftest.file
-   )
-then
-   # Ok.
-   :
-else
-   as_fn_error "newly created file is older than distributed files!
-Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
-  program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name"
-# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
-test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
-  program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name"
-# Double any \ or $.
-# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
-ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//'
-program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"`
-
-# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
-am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
-
-if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
-  case $am_aux_dir in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
-  *)
-    MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
-  esac
-fi
-# Use eval to expand $SHELL
-if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
-  am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
-else
-  am_missing_run=
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
-fi
-
-if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
-  case $am_aux_dir in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
-  *)
-    install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
-# run `make install-strip'.  However `strip' might not be the right
-# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
-# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
-if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
-if test -n "$STRIP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5
-$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
-  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
-  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
-if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
-    STRIP=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
-  fi
-else
-  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
-fi
-
-fi
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; }
-if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then
-  if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do
-	 for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-	   { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue
-	   case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #(
-	     'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \
-	     'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \
-	     'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*)
-	       ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext
-	       break 3;;
-	   esac
-	 done
-       done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-
-  test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
-  if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then
-    MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p"
-  else
-    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
-    # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will
-    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
-    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
-    MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d"
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5
-$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; }
-
-mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P"
-case $mkdir_p in
-  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
-  */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
-esac
-
-for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$AWK"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
-if test -n "$AWK"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5
-$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$AWK" && break
-done
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
-set x ${MAKE-make}
-ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
-if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-all:
-	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
-_ACEOF
-# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
-case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
-  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
-    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
-  *)
-    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
-esac
-rm -f conftest.make
-fi
-if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-  SET_MAKE=
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
-fi
-
-rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .tst; then
-  am__leading_dot=.
-else
-  am__leading_dot=_
-fi
-rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
-
-if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
-  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
-  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
-  am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)'
-  # test to see if srcdir already configured
-  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
-    as_fn_error "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5
-  fi
-fi
-
-# test whether we have cygpath
-if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
-  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
-  else
-    CYGPATH_W=echo
-  fi
-fi
-
-
-# Define the identity of the package.
- PACKAGE='libXt'
- VERSION='1.0.8'
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define VERSION "$VERSION"
-_ACEOF
-
-# Some tools Automake needs.
-
-ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
-
-
-AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
-
-
-AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
-
-
-AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
-
-
-MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
-
-# We need awk for the "check" target.  The system "awk" is bad on
-# some platforms.
-# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
-
-AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"}
-
-am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; }
-    # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given.
-if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval
-else
-  USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no
-fi
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5
-$as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; }
-   if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
-  MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE=
-  MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#'
-else
-  MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#'
-  MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE=
-fi
-
-  MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
-
-
-
-# Require xorg-macros: XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
-
-ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
-
-
-am_make=${MAKE-make}
-cat > confinc << 'END'
-am__doit:
-	@echo this is the am__doit target
-.PHONY: am__doit
-END
-# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; }
-am__include="#"
-am__quote=
-_am_result=none
-# First try GNU make style include.
-echo "include confinc" > confmf
-# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
-case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
-*the\ am__doit\ target*)
-  am__include=include
-  am__quote=
-  _am_result=GNU
-  ;;
-esac
-# Now try BSD make style include.
-if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
-   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
-   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
-   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
-     am__include=.include
-     am__quote="\""
-     _am_result=BSD
-     ;;
-   esac
-fi
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5
-$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; }
-rm -f confinc confmf
-
-# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given.
-if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking;
-fi
-
-if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
-  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
-  AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
-fi
- if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
-  AMDEP_TRUE=
-  AMDEP_FALSE='#'
-else
-  AMDEP_TRUE='#'
-  AMDEP_FALSE=
-fi
-
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
-    CC=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    CC=$ac_ct_CC
-  fi
-else
-  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  fi
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-  ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
-       ac_prog_rejected=yes
-       continue
-     fi
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
-  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
-  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
-  shift
-  if test $# != 0; then
-    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
-    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
-    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
-    shift
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
-  fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  for ac_prog in cl.exe
-  do
-    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-    test -n "$CC" && break
-  done
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  for ac_prog in cl.exe
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
-done
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
-    CC=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    CC=$ac_ct_CC
-  fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-
-# Provide some information about the compiler.
-$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
-set X $ac_compile
-ac_compiler=$2
-for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
-  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
-  ac_status=$?
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    sed '10a\
-... rest of stderr output deleted ...
-         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
-    cat conftest.er1 >&5
-  fi
-  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }
-done
-
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
-# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
-# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
-# of exeext.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
-ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
-
-# The possible output files:
-ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
-
-ac_rmfiles=
-for ac_file in $ac_files
-do
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
-    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
-  esac
-done
-rm -f $ac_rmfiles
-
-if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
-  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
-# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
-# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
-# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
-# Autoconf.
-for ac_file in $ac_files ''
-do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
-	;;
-    [ab].out )
-	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
-	# certainly right.
-	break;;
-    *.* )
-	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
-	then :; else
-	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
-	fi
-	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
-	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
-	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
-	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
-	# actually working.
-	break;;
-    * )
-	break;;
-  esac
-done
-test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
-
-else
-  ac_file=''
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-{ as_fn_set_status 77
-as_fn_error "C compiler cannot create executables
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
-ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
-
-rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
-if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
-  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
-# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
-# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
-# `rm'.
-for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
-    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
-	  break;;
-    * ) break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-fi
-rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
-ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdio.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
- return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
-# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
-# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
-if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
-  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }
-  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
-  { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
-    cross_compiling=no
-  else
-    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
-	cross_compiling=yes
-    else
-	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "cannot run C compiled programs.
-If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
-$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
-if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
-  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
-    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
-       break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-fi
-rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
-OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
-ac_objext=$OBJEXT
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-       choke me
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
-else
-  ac_compiler_gnu=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
-if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
-  GCC=yes
-else
-  GCC=
-fi
-ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
-   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
-   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
-   CFLAGS="-g"
-   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
-  CFLAGS=""
-      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
-  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-	 CFLAGS="-g"
-	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
-if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
-  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
-elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS="-g"
-  fi
-else
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS=
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
-     char **p;
-     int i;
-{
-  return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
-  char *s;
-  va_list v;
-  va_start (v,p);
-  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
-  va_end (v);
-  return s;
-}
-
-/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
-   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
-   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
-   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
-   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
-   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
-   that's true only with -std.  */
-int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
-
-/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
-   inside strings and character constants.  */
-#define FOO(x) 'x'
-int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
-
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-int
-main ()
-{
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
-	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
-  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-# AC_CACHE_VAL
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
-  x)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
-$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
-  xno)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
-$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
-  *)
-    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
-esac
-if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
-
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
-if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
-  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
-  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
-  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
-  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
-  # in D'.
-  mkdir conftest.dir
-  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
-  # using a relative directory.
-  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
-  cd conftest.dir
-  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
-  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
-  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
-  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
-  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
-  # directory.
-  mkdir sub
-
-  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
-     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
-  fi
-  am__universal=false
-  case " $depcc " in #(
-     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
-     esac
-
-  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
-    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
-    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
-    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
-    #
-    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
-    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
-    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
-    : > sub/conftest.c
-    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
-      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
-      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
-      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
-      touch sub/conftst$i.h
-    done
-    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
-
-    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
-    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
-    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
-    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
-    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
-    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
-    case $depmode in
-    gcc)
-      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
-      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
-      ;;
-    nosideeffect)
-      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
-      # only be used when explicitly requested
-      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
-	continue
-      else
-	break
-      fi
-      ;;
-    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
-      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
-      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
-      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
-      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
-      am__minus_obj=
-      ;;
-    none) break ;;
-    esac
-    if depmode=$depmode \
-       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
-       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
-       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
-         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
-       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
-      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
-      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
-      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
-      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
-      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
-      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
-      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
-          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
-        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
-        break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-
-  cd ..
-  rm -rf conftest.dir
-else
-  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
-$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
-CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
-
- if
-  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
-  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
-  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
-  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
-else
-  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
-  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
-fi
-
-
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
-# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
-if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
-  CPP=
-fi
-if test -z "$CPP"; then
-  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
-    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
-    do
-      ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
-  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
-  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
-  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
-  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
-		     Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
-  # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
-  # can be detected and how.
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-  # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
-  # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
-  break
-fi
-
-    done
-    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-
-fi
-  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
-$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
-ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
-  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
-  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
-  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
-  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
-		     Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
-  # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
-  # can be detected and how.
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
-  # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
-  # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
-
-else
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -z "$GREP"; then
-  ac_path_GREP_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
-case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
-      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
-    as_fn_error "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
- GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
-   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
-   else
-     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
-  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_prog in egrep; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
-case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
-      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
-    as_fn_error "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
-fi
-
-   fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
- EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <float.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <string.h>
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  :
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
-# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
-#else
-# define ISLOWER(c) \
-		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
-		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
-		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
-#endif
-
-#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
-int
-main ()
-{
-  int i;
-  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
-	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
-      return 2;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
-  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-
-$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
-for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
-		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
-do :
-  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
-"
-eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header
-   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <wchar.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// Check varargs macros.  These examples are taken from C99 6.10.3.5.
-#define debug(...) fprintf (stderr, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define showlist(...) puts (#__VA_ARGS__)
-#define report(test,...) ((test) ? puts (#test) : printf (__VA_ARGS__))
-static void
-test_varargs_macros (void)
-{
-  int x = 1234;
-  int y = 5678;
-  debug ("Flag");
-  debug ("X = %d\n", x);
-  showlist (The first, second, and third items.);
-  report (x>y, "x is %d but y is %d", x, y);
-}
-
-// Check long long types.
-#define BIG64 18446744073709551615ull
-#define BIG32 4294967295ul
-#define BIG_OK (BIG64 / BIG32 == 4294967297ull && BIG64 % BIG32 == 0)
-#if !BIG_OK
-  your preprocessor is broken;
-#endif
-#if BIG_OK
-#else
-  your preprocessor is broken;
-#endif
-static long long int bignum = -9223372036854775807LL;
-static unsigned long long int ubignum = BIG64;
-
-struct incomplete_array
-{
-  int datasize;
-  double data[];
-};
-
-struct named_init {
-  int number;
-  const wchar_t *name;
-  double average;
-};
-
-typedef const char *ccp;
-
-static inline int
-test_restrict (ccp restrict text)
-{
-  // See if C++-style comments work.
-  // Iterate through items via the restricted pointer.
-  // Also check for declarations in for loops.
-  for (unsigned int i = 0; *(text+i) != '\0'; ++i)
-    continue;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-// Check varargs and va_copy.
-static void
-test_varargs (const char *format, ...)
-{
-  va_list args;
-  va_start (args, format);
-  va_list args_copy;
-  va_copy (args_copy, args);
-
-  const char *str;
-  int number;
-  float fnumber;
-
-  while (*format)
-    {
-      switch (*format++)
-	{
-	case 's': // string
-	  str = va_arg (args_copy, const char *);
-	  break;
-	case 'd': // int
-	  number = va_arg (args_copy, int);
-	  break;
-	case 'f': // float
-	  fnumber = va_arg (args_copy, double);
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-  va_end (args_copy);
-  va_end (args);
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  // Check bool.
-  _Bool success = false;
-
-  // Check restrict.
-  if (test_restrict ("String literal") == 0)
-    success = true;
-  char *restrict newvar = "Another string";
-
-  // Check varargs.
-  test_varargs ("s, d' f .", "string", 65, 34.234);
-  test_varargs_macros ();
-
-  // Check flexible array members.
-  struct incomplete_array *ia =
-    malloc (sizeof (struct incomplete_array) + (sizeof (double) * 10));
-  ia->datasize = 10;
-  for (int i = 0; i < ia->datasize; ++i)
-    ia->data[i] = i * 1.234;
-
-  // Check named initializers.
-  struct named_init ni = {
-    .number = 34,
-    .name = L"Test wide string",
-    .average = 543.34343,
-  };
-
-  ni.number = 58;
-
-  int dynamic_array[ni.number];
-  dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] = 543;
-
-  // work around unused variable warnings
-  return (!success || bignum == 0LL || ubignum == 0uLL || newvar[0] == 'x'
-	  || dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] != 543);
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-for ac_arg in '' -std=gnu99 -std=c99 -c99 -AC99 -xc99=all -qlanglvl=extc99
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=$ac_arg
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
-  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != "xno" && break
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-# AC_CACHE_VAL
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" in
-  x)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
-$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
-  xno)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
-$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
-  *)
-    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99"
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&6; } ;;
-esac
-if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then :
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
-	if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $PKG_CONFIG in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
-  ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG
-if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5
-$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then
-  ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
-  # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
-  ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
-if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then
-    PKG_CONFIG=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
-  fi
-else
-  PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
-	_pkg_min_version=0.9.0
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; }
-	if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
-		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-	else
-		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-		PKG_CONFIG=""
-	fi
-
-fi
-# Make sure we can run config.sub.
-$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-  as_fn_error "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_build_alias=$build_alias
-test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
-  ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"`
-test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
-  as_fn_error "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5
-ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` ||
-  as_fn_error "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; }
-case $ac_cv_build in
-*-*-*) ;;
-*) as_fn_error "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;;
-esac
-build=$ac_cv_build
-ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
-set x $ac_cv_build
-shift
-build_cpu=$1
-build_vendor=$2
-shift; shift
-# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
-# except with old shells:
-build_os=$*
-IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test "x$host_alias" = x; then
-  ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build
-else
-  ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` ||
-    as_fn_error "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; }
-case $ac_cv_host in
-*-*-*) ;;
-*) as_fn_error "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;;
-esac
-host=$ac_cv_host
-ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
-set x $ac_cv_host
-shift
-host_cpu=$1
-host_vendor=$2
-shift; shift
-# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
-# except with old shells:
-host_os=$*
-IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
-
-
-
-
-
-if  test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
-    CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \
--Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \
--Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2"
-    case `$CC -dumpversion` in
-    3.4.* | 4.*)
-	CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
-	;;
-    esac
-else
-    ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__SUNPRO_C" "ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" "$ac_includes_default"
-if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" = x""yes; then :
-  SUNCC="yes"
-else
-  SUNCC="no"
-fi
-
-    if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
-	CWARNFLAGS="-v"
-    fi
-fi
-
-# Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given.
-if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_silent_rules;
-fi
-
-case $enable_silent_rules in
-yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
-no)  AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
-*)   AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
-esac
-AM_BACKSLASH='\'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --enable-strict-compilation was given.
-if test "${enable_strict_compilation+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_strict_compilation; STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval
-else
-  STRICT_COMPILE=no
-fi
-
-if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
-	ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__SUNPRO_C" "ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" "$ac_includes_default"
-if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" = x""yes; then :
-  SUNCC="yes"
-else
-  SUNCC="no"
-fi
-
-	ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__INTEL_COMPILER" "ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" "$ac_includes_default"
-if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" = x""yes; then :
-  INTELCC="yes"
-else
-  INTELCC="no"
-fi
-
-	if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
-		STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror"
-	elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
-		STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn"
-    elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then
-		STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror"
-	fi
-fi
-CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --with-release-version was given.
-if test "${with_release_version+set}" = set; then :
-  withval=$with_release_version; RELEASE_VERSION="$withval"
-else
-  RELEASE_VERSION=""
-fi
-
-	if test "x$RELEASE_VERSION" != "x"; then
-		PACKAGE="$PACKAGE-$RELEASE_VERSION"
-		PACKAGE_TARNAME="$PACKAGE_TARNAME-$RELEASE_VERSION"
-		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Building with package name set to $PACKAGE" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: Building with package name set to $PACKAGE" >&6;}
-	fi
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR `echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`
-_ACEOF
-
-	PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
-	if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
-		PVM="0"
-	fi
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR $PVM
-_ACEOF
-
-	PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
-	if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
-		PVP="0"
-	fi
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL $PVP
-_ACEOF
-
-
-
-CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
-mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
-|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
-echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
-
-
-
-
-macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
-INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
-mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
-|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
-echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
-
-
-
-
-
-if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
-fi
-if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
-fi
-if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
-	*)		FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
-	*)		MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
-	*)		DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
-    case $host_os in
-	solaris*)	ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
-	*)		ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8  ;;
-    esac
-fi
-if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
-    ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h"
-
-
-# Check for progs
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
-    CC=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    CC=$ac_ct_CC
-  fi
-else
-  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  fi
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-  ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
-       ac_prog_rejected=yes
-       continue
-     fi
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
-  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
-  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
-  shift
-  if test $# != 0; then
-    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
-    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
-    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
-    shift
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
-  fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  for ac_prog in cl.exe
-  do
-    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-    test -n "$CC" && break
-  done
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  for ac_prog in cl.exe
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
-done
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
-    CC=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    CC=$ac_ct_CC
-  fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-
-# Provide some information about the compiler.
-$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
-set X $ac_compile
-ac_compiler=$2
-for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
-  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
-  ac_status=$?
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    sed '10a\
-... rest of stderr output deleted ...
-         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
-    cat conftest.er1 >&5
-  fi
-  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }
-done
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-       choke me
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
-else
-  ac_compiler_gnu=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
-if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
-  GCC=yes
-else
-  GCC=
-fi
-ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
-   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
-   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
-   CFLAGS="-g"
-   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
-  CFLAGS=""
-      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-
-else
-  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-	 CFLAGS="-g"
-	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
-if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
-  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
-elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS="-g"
-  fi
-else
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS=
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
-     char **p;
-     int i;
-{
-  return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
-  char *s;
-  va_list v;
-  va_start (v,p);
-  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
-  va_end (v);
-  return s;
-}
-
-/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
-   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
-   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
-   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
-   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
-   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
-   that's true only with -std.  */
-int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
-
-/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
-   inside strings and character constants.  */
-#define FOO(x) 'x'
-int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
-
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-int
-main ()
-{
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
-	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
-  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-# AC_CACHE_VAL
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
-  x)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
-$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
-  xno)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
-$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
-  *)
-    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
-esac
-if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
-
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
-if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
-  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
-  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
-  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
-  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
-  # in D'.
-  mkdir conftest.dir
-  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
-  # using a relative directory.
-  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
-  cd conftest.dir
-  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
-  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
-  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
-  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
-  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
-  # directory.
-  mkdir sub
-
-  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
-     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
-  fi
-  am__universal=false
-  case " $depcc " in #(
-     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
-     esac
-
-  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
-    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
-    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
-    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
-    #
-    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
-    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
-    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
-    : > sub/conftest.c
-    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
-      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
-      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
-      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
-      touch sub/conftst$i.h
-    done
-    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
-
-    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
-    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
-    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
-    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
-    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
-    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
-    case $depmode in
-    gcc)
-      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
-      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
-      ;;
-    nosideeffect)
-      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
-      # only be used when explicitly requested
-      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
-	continue
-      else
-	break
-      fi
-      ;;
-    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
-      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
-      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
-      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
-      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
-      am__minus_obj=
-      ;;
-    none) break ;;
-    esac
-    if depmode=$depmode \
-       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
-       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
-       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
-         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
-       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
-      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
-      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
-      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
-      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
-      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
-      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
-      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
-          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
-        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
-        break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-
-  cd ..
-  rm -rf conftest.dir
-else
-  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
-$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
-CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
-
- if
-  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
-  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
-  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
-  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
-else
-  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
-  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
-fi
-
-
-case `pwd` in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-macro_version='2.2.6b'
-macro_revision='1.3017'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-            ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
-     for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
-       ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script"
-     done
-     echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
-     { ac_script=; unset ac_script;}
-     if test -z "$SED"; then
-  ac_path_SED_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
-case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED"
-      ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_SED_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then
-    as_fn_error "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_SED=$SED
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; }
- SED="$ac_cv_path_SED"
-  rm -f conftest.sed
-
-test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
-Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for fgrep" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1
-   then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F"
-   else
-     if test -z "$FGREP"; then
-  ac_path_FGREP_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_prog in fgrep; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP
-case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP"
-      ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then
-    as_fn_error "no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP
-fi
-
-   fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; }
- FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP"
-
-
-test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given.
-if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then :
-  withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  with_gnu_ld=no
-fi
-
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; }
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
-      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
-      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
-      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; }
-fi
-if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -z "$LD"; then
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
-      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-	;;
-      *)
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-else
-  lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi
-fi
-
-LD="$lt_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5
-$as_echo "$LD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
-case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; }
-with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$NM"; then
-  # Let the user override the test.
-  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
-else
-  lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
-    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
-  fi
-  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-      tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
-      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
-	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-	# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
-	case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
-	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
-	  break
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	  */dev/null*)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
-	    break
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
-	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  done
-  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
-fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; }
-if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
-  NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
-else
-  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"
-  do
-    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN
-if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5
-$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-    test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break
-  done
-fi
-if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then
-  ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN
-  for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN
-if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break
-done
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then
-    DUMPBIN=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN
-  fi
-fi
-
-
-  if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
-    NM="$DUMPBIN"
-  fi
-fi
-test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
-  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6040: $ac_compile\"" >&5)
-  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6043: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5)
-  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6046: output\"" >&5)
-  cat conftest.out >&5
-  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
-  fi
-  rm -f conftest*
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; }
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; }
-LN_S=$as_ln_s
-if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5
-$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; }
-fi
-
-# find the maximum length of command line arguments
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-    i=0
-  teststring="ABCD"
-
-  case $build_os in
-  msdosdjgpp*)
-    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
-    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
-    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
-    # check would be larger than it should be.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
-    ;;
-
-  gnu*)
-    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
-    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
-    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
-    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
-    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
-    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
-    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
-    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
-    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
-    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
-    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
-    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
-    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
-    fi
-    # And add a safety zone
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    ;;
-
-  interix*)
-    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
-    ;;
-
-  osf*)
-    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
-    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
-    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
-    # First set a reasonable default.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
-    #
-    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
-      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
-        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-    ;;
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
-    ;;
-  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
-    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
-    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[	 ]//'`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
-    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    else
-      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
-      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
-      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
-      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
-      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
-      # we can't tell.
-      while { test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
-	         = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-	      test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
-      do
-        i=`expr $i + 1`
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
-      teststring=
-      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
-      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
-      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-fi
-
-if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5
-$as_echo "none" >&6; }
-fi
-max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
-
-
-
-
-
-
-: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; }
-# Try some XSI features
-xsi_shell=no
-( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
-  test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
-      = c,a/b,, \
-    && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
-    && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && xsi_shell=yes
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $xsi_shell" >&5
-$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; }
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; }
-lt_shell_append=no
-( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
-    >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && lt_shell_append=yes
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; }
-
-
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  lt_unset=unset
-else
-  lt_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-# test EBCDIC or ASCII
-case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
- A) # ASCII based system
-    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
-  ;;
- *) # EBCDIC based system
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
-  ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; }
-reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
-case $reload_flag in
-"" | " "*) ;;
-*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
-esac
-reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
-case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-      reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs'
-    else
-      reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP
-if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5
-$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then
-  ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
-  # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP
-if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then
-    OBJDUMP="false"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP
-  fi
-else
-  OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"
-fi
-
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
-lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
-lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
-# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
-# interlibrary dependencies.
-# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
-# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
-# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
-# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
-# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
-# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
-# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
-# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
-
-case $host_os in
-aix[4-9]*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[45]*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
-  ;;
-
-cygwin*)
-  # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  ;;
-
-mingw* | pw32*)
-  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
-  # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump',
-  # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling.
-  if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-cegcc)
-  # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    case $host_cpu in
-    i*86 )
-      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
-      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
-      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
-      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-interix[3-9]*)
-  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$'
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $LD in
-  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
-  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
-  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
-  *) libmagic=never-match;;
-  esac
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-newos6*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  case $host_vendor in
-  motorola)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
-    ;;
-  ncr)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  sequent)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
-    ;;
-  sni)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib"
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
-    ;;
-  siemens)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  pc)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-esac
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; }
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
-test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$AR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
-if test -n "$AR"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5
-$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
-  ac_ct_AR=$AR
-  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
-if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
-    AR="false"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    AR=$ac_ct_AR
-  fi
-else
-  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
-fi
-
-test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
-test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
-if test -n "$STRIP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5
-$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
-  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
-  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
-if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
-    STRIP=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
-  fi
-else
-  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
-fi
-
-test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
-  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
-  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
-    RANLIB=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
-  fi
-else
-  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
-fi
-
-test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
-old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
-old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
-old_postuninstall_cmds=
-
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  case $host_os in
-  openbsd*)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  esac
-  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
-LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
-
-# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
-LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-compiler=$CC
-
-
-# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
-# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
-
-# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
-symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
-
-# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
-sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)'
-
-# Define system-specific variables.
-case $host_os in
-aix*)
-  symcode='[BCDT]'
-  ;;
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-  symcode='[ABCDGISTW]'
-  ;;
-hpux*)
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    symcode='[ABCDEGRST]'
-  fi
-  ;;
-irix* | nonstopux*)
-  symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
-  ;;
-osf*)
-  symcode='[BCDEGQRST]'
-  ;;
-solaris*)
-  symcode='[BDRT]'
-  ;;
-sco3.2v5*)
-  symcode='[DT]'
-  ;;
-sysv4.2uw2*)
-  symcode='[DT]'
-  ;;
-sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-  symcode='[ABDT]'
-  ;;
-sysv4)
-  symcode='[DFNSTU]'
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
-case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;;
-esac
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
-# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
-# so use this general approach.
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-
-# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
-opt_cr=
-case $build_os in
-mingw*)
-  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
-for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
-
-  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
-  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
-
-  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
-  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
-    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
-    # and D for any global variable.
-    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
-    # which start with @ or ?.
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\
-"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
-"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
-"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
-"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
-"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
-"     {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
-"     {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
-"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
-"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
-"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx"
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[	 ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[	 ][	 ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
-  fi
-
-  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
-  pipe_works=no
-
-  rm -f conftest*
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-char nm_test_var;
-void nm_test_func(void);
-void nm_test_func(void){}
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
-_LT_EOF
-
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-    # Now try to grab the symbols.
-    nlist=conftest.nm
-    if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\""; } >&5
-  (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then
-      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
-      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
-	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
-      else
-	rm -f "$nlist"T
-      fi
-
-      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
-      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now generate the symbol file.
-	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
-
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
-const struct {
-  const char *name;
-  void       *address;
-}
-lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{
-  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
-_LT_EOF
-	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
-	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-  {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
-  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now try linking the two files.
-	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
-	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
-	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag"
-	  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
-	    pipe_works=yes
-	  fi
-	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
-	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
-	else
-	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5
-	fi
-      else
-	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5
-      fi
-    else
-      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5
-    fi
-  else
-    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5
-    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
-
-  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
-  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
-    break
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
-  fi
-done
-
-fi
-
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
-  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
-fi
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5
-$as_echo "failed" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given.
-if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_libtool_lock;
-fi
-
-test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case $host in
-ia64-*-hpux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-      *ELF-32*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
-	;;
-      *ELF-64*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '#line 7251 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
-	;;
-      esac
-    else
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	  ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
-s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-      *32-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
-	    ;;
-	  s390x-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *64-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
-	    ;;
-	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-     cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes
-else
-  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-     ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; }
-  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
-    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-  fi
-  ;;
-sparc*-*solaris*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-    *64-bit*)
-      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
-      yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;;
-      *)
-	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-esac
-
-need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
-
-
-  case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin*)
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL
-if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5
-$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then
-  ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL
-  # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
-if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then
-    DSYMUTIL=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
-  fi
-else
-  DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT
-if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5
-$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then
-  ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT
-  # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT
-if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then
-    NMEDIT=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT
-  fi
-else
-  NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$LIPO"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO
-if test -n "$LIPO"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIPO" >&5
-$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then
-  ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO
-  # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO
-if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then
-    LIPO=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO
-  fi
-else
-  LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL
-if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL" >&5
-$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then
-  ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL
-  # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy otool; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL
-if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then
-    OTOOL=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL
-  fi
-else
-  OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64
-if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL64" >&5
-$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then
-  ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64
-  # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64
-if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then
-    OTOOL64=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64
-  fi
-else
-  OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
-      if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
-	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
-	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
-	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
-	# link flags.
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
-	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
--dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5
-	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
-	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
-        _lt_result=$?
-	if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then
-	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
-	else
-	  cat conftest.err >&5
-	fi
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	rm -f conftest.*
-      fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; }
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
-      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
-      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
-      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes
-else
-  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-	LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; }
-    case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin1.*)
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
-      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
-      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
-      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
-      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
-	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-	10.[012]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-	10.*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-      esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-    if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
-    fi
-    if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
-    else
-      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
-    fi
-    if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then
-      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
-    else
-      _lt_dsymutil=
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-for ac_header in dlfcn.h
-do :
-  ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default
-"
-if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = x""yes; then :
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-
-# Set options
-
-
-
-        enable_dlopen=no
-
-
-  enable_win32_dll=no
-
-
-            # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
-if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-    no) enable_shared=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_shared=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_shared=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac
-else
-  enable_shared=yes
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  # Check whether --enable-static was given.
-if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-    no) enable_static=no ;;
-    *)
-     enable_static=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_static=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac
-else
-  enable_static=yes
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --with-pic was given.
-if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then :
-  withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval"
-else
-  pic_mode=default
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given.
-if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_fast_install=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_fast_install=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac
-else
-  enable_fast_install=yes
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
-LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .libs; then
-  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
-else
-  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
-  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
-fi
-rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; }
-objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
-
-
-
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
-  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-    COLLECT_NAMES=
-    export COLLECT_NAMES
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
-# double_quote_subst'ed string.
-delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
-delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
-no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
-
-# Global variables:
-ofile=libtool
-can_build_shared=yes
-
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
-# which needs '.lib').
-libext=a
-
-with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
-
-old_CC="$CC"
-old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-
-# Set sane defaults for various variables
-test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
-test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
-test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
-test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
-
-for cc_temp in $compiler""; do
-  case $cc_temp in
-    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
-    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
-    \-*) ;;
-    *) break;;
-  esac
-done
-cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"`
-
-
-# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
-test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
-case $deplibs_check_method in
-file_magic*)
-  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $MAGIC_CMD in
-[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
-$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $MAGIC_CMD in
-[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/file; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
-$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  else
-    MAGIC_CMD=:
-  fi
-fi
-
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
-
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-# Source file extension for C test sources.
-ac_ext=c
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
-objext=o
-objext=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
-LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
-
-# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
-LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-compiler=$CC
-
-# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
-# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
-compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM conftest*
-
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM -r conftest*
-
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-
-lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=
-
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin'
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no
-   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8509: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:8513: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; }
-
-if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then
-    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
-else
-    :
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  lt_prog_compiler_wl=
-lt_prog_compiler_pic=
-lt_prog_compiler_static=
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; }
-
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-    lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-      aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-            # like `-m68040'.
-            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
-      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux*)
-      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
-      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
-      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    interix[3-9]*)
-      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
-      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
-      ;;
-
-    msdosdjgpp*)
-      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
-      # on systems that don't support them.
-      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-      enable_shared=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      else
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z'
-	;;
-      esac
-      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      case $cc_basename in
-      # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
-      ecc*)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
-        ;;
-      # icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
-      # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
-      icc* | ifort*)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
-        ;;
-      # Lahey Fortran 8.1.
-      lf95*)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='--static'
-	;;
-      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)
-        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
-	# which looks to be a dead project)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-        ;;
-      ccc*)
-        lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-        # All Alpha code is PIC.
-        lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-        ;;
-      xl*)
-	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink'
-	;;
-      *)
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)
-	  # Sun C 5.9
-	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	  ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)
-	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
-	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_wl=''
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    rdos*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      case $cc_basename in
-      f77* | f90* | f95*)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';;
-      *)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld '
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    unicos*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-
-case $host_os in
-  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
-  *djgpp*)
-    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
-    ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
-#
-if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no
-   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8848: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:8852: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; }
-
-if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then
-    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in
-     "" | " "*) ;;
-     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;;
-     esac
-else
-    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
-     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
-#
-wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no
-   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag"
-   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
-     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     if test -s conftest.err; then
-       # Append any errors to the config.log.
-       cat conftest.err 1>&5
-       $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
-       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-         lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
-       fi
-     else
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM -r conftest*
-   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; }
-
-if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then
-    :
-else
-    lt_prog_compiler_static=
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
-   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
-   mkdir conftest
-   cd conftest
-   mkdir out
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8953: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat out/conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:8957: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
-   then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   chmod u+w . 2>&5
-   $RM conftest*
-   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
-   # template instantiation
-   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
-   $RM out/* && rmdir out
-   cd ..
-   $RM -r conftest
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
-   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
-   mkdir conftest
-   cd conftest
-   mkdir out
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9008: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat out/conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:9012: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
-   then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   chmod u+w . 2>&5
-   $RM conftest*
-   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
-   # template instantiation
-   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
-   $RM out/* && rmdir out
-   cd ..
-   $RM -r conftest
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-hard_links="nottested"
-if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
-  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; }
-  hard_links=yes
-  $RM conftest*
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  touch conftest.a
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5
-$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; }
-  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
-    need_locks=warn
-  fi
-else
-  need_locks=no
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
-
-  runpath_var=
-  allow_undefined_flag=
-  always_export_symbols=no
-  archive_cmds=
-  archive_expsym_cmds=
-  compiler_needs_object=no
-  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no
-  export_dynamic_flag_spec=
-  export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  hardcode_automatic=no
-  hardcode_direct=no
-  hardcode_direct_absolute=no
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=
-  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-  hardcode_minus_L=no
-  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
-  inherit_rpath=no
-  link_all_deplibs=unknown
-  module_cmds=
-  module_expsym_cmds=
-  old_archive_from_new_cmds=
-  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=
-  thread_safe_flag_spec=
-  whole_archive_flag_spec=
-  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
-  # included in the symbol list
-  include_expsyms=
-  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
-  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
-  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
-  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
-  exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'
-  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
-  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
-  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
-  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
-  # preloaded symbol tables.
-  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
-  extract_expsyms_cmds=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  interix*)
-    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
-    with_gnu_ld=yes
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  ld_shlibs=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-    wlarc='${wl}'
-
-    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
-    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
-    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-      whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-    else
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-    fi
-    supports_anon_versioning=no
-    case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-      *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
-      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
-      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
-      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
-      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
-    esac
-
-    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix[3-9]*)
-      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-	ld_shlibs=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            archive_expsym_cmds=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
-	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-	archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless,
-      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      always_export_symbols=no
-      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
-      export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-        archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
-	archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	else
-	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	fi~
-	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    interix[3-9]*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
-      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
-      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
-      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
-      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
-      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      ;;
-
-    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      tmp_diet=no
-      if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
-	esac
-      fi
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
-	 && test "$tmp_diet" = no
-      then
-	tmp_addflag=
-	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
-	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
-        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
-	  ;;
-	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)	# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
-	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
-	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
-	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
-	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
-	lf95*)				# Lahey Fortran 8.1
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec=
-	  tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
-	xl[cC]*)			# IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
-	  tmp_addflag= ;;
-	esac
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  compiler_needs_object=yes
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	esac
-	archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-
-        if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-          archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-        fi
-
-	case $cc_basename in
-	xlf*)
-	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir'
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
-	  if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-	    archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-	wlarc=
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-	ld_shlibs=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
-	ld_shlibs=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
-*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-	;;
-	*)
-	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
-	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
-	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
-	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
-	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	  else
-	    ld_shlibs=no
-	  fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      wlarc=
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
-      runpath_var=
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec=
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-    fi
-  else
-    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-    case $host_os in
-    aix3*)
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      always_export_symbols=yes
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-      # are no directories specified by -L.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
-	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-	# broken collect2.
-	hardcode_direct=unsupported
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    aix[4-9]*)
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-	# have to do anything special.
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-	no_entry_flag=""
-      else
-	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
-	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
-	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	else
-	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	fi
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-
-	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-	# need to do runtime linking.
-	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
-	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
-	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-	    break
-	  fi
-	  done
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-      fi
-
-      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-
-      archive_cmds=''
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      file_list_spec='${wl}-f,'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
-	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-	  then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  :
-	  else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	shared_flag='-shared'
-	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
-	fi
-      else
-	# not using gcc
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
-	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
-	  shared_flag='-G'
-	else
-	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-	  else
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall'
-      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
-      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
-      always_export_symbols=yes
-      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
-	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	allow_undefined_flag='-berok'
-        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-        # empty executable.
-        cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-
-lt_aix_libpath_sed='
-    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
-	/^0/ {
-	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
-	    p
-	}
-    }'
-aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-fi
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
-
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-        archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
-      else
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-	  allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
-	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-	else
-	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-	 # empty executable.
-	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-
-lt_aix_libpath_sed='
-    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
-	/^0/ {
-	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
-	    p
-	}
-    }'
-aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-fi
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
-
-	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
-	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	  no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok'
-	  allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience'
-	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
-	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
-	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            archive_expsym_cmds=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    bsdi[45]*)
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-      # Microsoft Visual C++.
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-      libext=lib
-      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
-      shrext_cmds=".dll"
-      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-      archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-      old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
-      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-      old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-
-
-  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-  hardcode_direct=no
-  hardcode_automatic=yes
-  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
-  whole_archive_flag_spec=''
-  link_all_deplibs=yes
-  allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
-  case $cc_basename in
-     ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
-     *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
-  esac
-  if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then
-    output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
-    archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-
-  else
-  ld_shlibs=no
-  fi
-
-      ;;
-
-    dgux*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    freebsd1*)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-    # extra space).
-    freebsd2.2*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-    freebsd2*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-
-      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-      # but as the default location of the library.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux10*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir'
-	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-	hardcode_direct=yes
-	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	# but as the default location of the library.
-	hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    hpux11*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	  hardcode_direct=no
-	  hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  hardcode_direct=yes
-	  hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-
-	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	  # but as the default location of the library.
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
-	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
-	# implicitly export all symbols.
-        save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
-        cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-int foo(void) {}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-        LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      inherit_rpath=yes
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      ;;
-
-    openbsd*)
-      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-	hardcode_direct=yes
-	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-	else
-	  case $host_os in
-	   openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
-	     archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	     hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	   *)
-	     archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	     hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    os2*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      else
-	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      fi
-      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-
-    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      else
-	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-	$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
-      fi
-      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      no_undefined_flag=' -z defs'
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	wlarc='${wl}'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-      else
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
-	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
-	  wlarc=''
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  wlarc='${wl}'
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      case $host_os in
-      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
-      *)
-	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
-	# but understands `-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without `$wl',
-	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
-	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-	if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
-	else
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
-	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
-	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
-	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4)
-      case $host_vendor in
-	sni)
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
-	;;
-	siemens)
-	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
-	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
-	  hardcode_direct=no
-        ;;
-	motorola)
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-	;;
-      esac
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4.3*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-	ld_shlibs=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
-      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text'
-      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-      # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
-      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
-      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
-      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
-      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
-      # as -z defs.
-      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text'
-      allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs'
-      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport'
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
-      case $host in
-      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5
-$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; }
-test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#
-# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
-#
-case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in
-x|xyes)
-  # Assume -lc should be added
-  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
-
-  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    case $archive_cmds in
-    *'~'*)
-      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
-      ;;
-    '$CC '*)
-      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
-      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
-      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; }
-      $RM conftest*
-      echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-      if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then
-        soname=conftest
-        lib=conftest
-        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
-        deplibs=
-        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl
-	pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic
-        compiler_flags=-v
-        linker_flags=-v
-        verstring=
-        output_objdir=.
-        libname=conftest
-        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag
-        allow_undefined_flag=
-        if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5
-  (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }
-        then
-	  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-        else
-	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
-        fi
-        allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
-      else
-        cat conftest.err 1>&5
-      fi
-      $RM conftest*
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5
-$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; }
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; }
-
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  case $host_os in
-    darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
-    *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
-  esac
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-  if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then
-    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
-    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
-    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
-    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-  else
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-  fi
-  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
-  # and add multilib dir if necessary.
-  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
-  lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
-  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
-    if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
-      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
-    else
-      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
-	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
-    fi
-  done
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk '
-BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
-  lt_foo="";
-  lt_count=0;
-  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
-    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
-      if ($lt_i == "..") {
-        lt_count++;
-      } else {
-        if (lt_count == 0) {
-          lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
-        } else {
-          lt_count--;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; }
-  if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
-}'`
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec`
-else
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-fi
-library_names_spec=
-libname_spec='lib$name'
-soname_spec=
-shrext_cmds=".so"
-postinstall_cmds=
-postuninstall_cmds=
-finish_cmds=
-finish_eval=
-shlibpath_var=
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
-version_type=none
-dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
-need_lib_prefix=unknown
-hardcode_into_libs=no
-
-# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
-# flags to be left without arguments
-need_version=unknown
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-
-  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  ;;
-
-aix[4-9]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    # AIX 5 supports IA64
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  else
-    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
-    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
-    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
-    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
-    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
-      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
-	   echo ' yes '
-	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
-	:
-      else
-	can_build_shared=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
-    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
-    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
-      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
-      # typical AIX shared libraries.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    else
-      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
-      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
-      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    fi
-    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-amigaos*)
-  case $host_cpu in
-  powerpc)
-    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
-    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    ;;
-  m68k)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
-    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
-    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[45]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
-  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
-  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
-  ;;
-
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-  version_type=windows
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_version=no
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-
-  case $GCC,$host_os in
-  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
-    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
-    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
-      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
-      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
-      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
-      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
-      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
-        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
-      fi'
-    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
-       $RM \$dlpath'
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin*)
-      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
-      ;;
-    mingw* | cegcc*)
-      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
-      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
-        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
-        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
-        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
-        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
-        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
-        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-      else
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-      fi
-      ;;
-    pw32*)
-      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
-  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
-  shlibpath_var=PATH
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
-  version_type=darwin
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
-
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-dgux*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-freebsd1*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
-  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
-  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
-    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
-  else
-    case $host_os in
-    freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;;
-    *) objformat=elf ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  # Handle Gentoo/FreeBSD as it was Linux
-  case $host_vendor in
-    gentoo)
-      version_type=linux ;;
-    *)
-      version_type=freebsd-$objformat ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $version_type in
-    freebsd-elf*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-      need_version=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    freebsd-*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-      need_version=yes
-      ;;
-    linux)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      need_version=no
-      ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_os in
-  freebsd2*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \
-  freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
-  # link against other versions.
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.so'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
-    else
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
-    fi
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  *)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
-  ;;
-
-interix[3-9]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $host_os in
-    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
-    *)
-	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-		version_type=linux
-	else
-		version_type=irix
-	fi ;;
-  esac
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  case $host_os in
-  irix5* | nonstopux*)
-    libsuff= shlibsuff=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
-    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
-      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
-    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
-      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
-    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
-      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
-    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
-linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
-  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-  save_libdir=$libdir
-  eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \
-       LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  if  ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then :
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-fi
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-  LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
-  libdir=$save_libdir
-
-  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
-  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
-  # before this can be enabled.
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-
-  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
-  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
-    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
-  fi
-
-  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
-  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
-  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
-  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
-  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
-  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
-  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
-  else
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
-  fi
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-newsos6)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  version_type=qnx
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
-  case $host_os in
-    openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*)	need_version=yes ;;
-    *)				need_version=no  ;;
-  esac
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    case $host_os in
-      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-	;;
-      *)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-	;;
-      esac
-  else
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-os2*)
-  libname_spec='$name'
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
-  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  version_type=osf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
-  ;;
-
-sunos4*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    need_lib_prefix=no
-  fi
-  need_version=yes
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_vendor in
-    sni)
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      ;;
-    siemens)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    motorola)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      need_version=no
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
-      ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-sysv4*MP*)
-  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-    version_type=linux
-    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  version_type=freebsd-elf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
-  else
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
-    case $host_os in
-      sco3.2v5*)
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-uts4*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
-$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; }
-test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
-fi
-
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-fi
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; }
-hardcode_action=
-if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" ||
-   test -n "$runpath_var" ||
-   test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then
-
-  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
-  if test "$hardcode_direct" != no &&
-     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
-     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
-     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
-     ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no &&
-     test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
-    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
-    hardcode_action=relink
-  else
-    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
-    hardcode_action=immediate
-  fi
-else
-  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
-  # directories.
-  hardcode_action=unsupported
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5
-$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; }
-
-if test "$hardcode_action" = relink ||
-   test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then
-  # Fast installation is not supported
-  enable_fast_install=no
-elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
-     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
-  # Fast installation is not necessary
-  enable_fast_install=needless
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
-  enable_dlopen=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
-else
-  lt_cv_dlopen=no
-  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  beos*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-    ;;
-
-  mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  darwin*)
-  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
-else
-
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-
-fi
-
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char shl_load ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return shl_load ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"
-else
-  ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dld_link ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dld_link ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = x""yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
-    enable_dlopen=yes
-  else
-    enable_dlopen=no
-  fi
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
-  dlopen)
-    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
-
-    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
-
-    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
-
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
-else
-  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
-  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#line 11388 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-
-#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
-#else
-#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
-#  else
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
-   find out it does not work in some platform. */
-#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
-#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
-#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
-#  else
-#    ifdef DL_LAZY
-#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
-#    else
-#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
-#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
-#      else
-#        ifdef DL_NOW
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
-#        else
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-void fnord() { int i=42;}
-int main ()
-{
-  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
-  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
-
-  if (self)
-    {
-      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
-      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
-      /* dlclose (self); */
-    }
-  else
-    puts (dlerror ());
-
-  return status;
-}
-_LT_EOF
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
-    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
-    lt_status=$?
-    case x$lt_status in
-      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
-    esac
-  else :
-    # compilation failed
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr conftest*
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; }
-
-    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
-      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
-else
-  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
-  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#line 11484 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-
-#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
-#else
-#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
-#  else
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
-   find out it does not work in some platform. */
-#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
-#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
-#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
-#  else
-#    ifdef DL_LAZY
-#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
-#    else
-#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
-#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
-#      else
-#        ifdef DL_NOW
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
-#        else
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-void fnord() { int i=42;}
-int main ()
-{
-  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
-  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
-
-  if (self)
-    {
-      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
-      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
-      /* dlclose (self); */
-    }
-  else
-    puts (dlerror ());
-
-  return status;
-}
-_LT_EOF
-  if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
-    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
-    lt_status=$?
-    case x$lt_status in
-      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
-    esac
-  else :
-    # compilation failed
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr conftest*
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; }
-    fi
-
-    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-striplib=
-old_striplib=
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; }
-if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
-  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
-  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-else
-# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
-  case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
-      striplib="$STRIP -x"
-      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-    else
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  # Report which library types will actually be built
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5
-$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; }
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; }
-  test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-  # are all built from PIC.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix[4-9]*)
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-      test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5
-$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; }
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; }
-  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-  test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5
-$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-fi
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-        ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool"
-
-
-
-
-# Only expand once:
-
-
-if test "x$CC" != xcc; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together... " >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether cc understands -c and -o together" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether cc understands -c and -o together... " >&6; }
-fi
-set dummy $CC; ac_cc=`$as_echo "$2" |
-		      sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'`
-if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-# Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
-# We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an
-# existing .o file with -o, though they will create one.
-ac_try='$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5'
-rm -f conftest2.*
-if { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } &&
-   test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; };
-then
-  eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=yes
-  if test "x$CC" != xcc; then
-    # Test first that cc exists at all.
-    if { ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-  { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
-      ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5'
-      rm -f conftest2.*
-      if { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; } &&
-	 test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { { case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; };
-      then
-	# cc works too.
-	:
-      else
-	# cc exists but doesn't like -o.
-	eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-else
-  eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest*
-
-fi
-if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o = yes; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-
-$as_echo "#define NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because
-# there is no other way.
-set dummy $CC
-am_cc=`echo $2 | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'`
-eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o
-if test "$am_t" != yes; then
-   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
-   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
-   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
-   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
-   # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
-   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
-fi
-
-
-
-if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
-	if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
-		for ac_prog in gcc cc
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC_FOR_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC_FOR_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD
-if test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC_FOR_BUILD" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC_FOR_BUILD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" && break
-done
-
-	else
-	        CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"
-	fi
-fi
-
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${CFLAGS}}
-
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${LDFLAGS}}
-
-
-
-pkg_failed=no
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XT" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for XT... " >&6; }
-
-if test -n "$XT_CFLAGS"; then
-    pkg_cv_XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS"
- elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
-    if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"sm ice x11 xproto kbproto\""; } >&5
-  ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-  pkg_cv_XT_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>/dev/null`
-else
-  pkg_failed=yes
-fi
- else
-    pkg_failed=untried
-fi
-if test -n "$XT_LIBS"; then
-    pkg_cv_XT_LIBS="$XT_LIBS"
- elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
-    if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"sm ice x11 xproto kbproto\""; } >&5
-  ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  test $ac_status = 0; }; then
-  pkg_cv_XT_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>/dev/null`
-else
-  pkg_failed=yes
-fi
- else
-    pkg_failed=untried
-fi
-
-
-
-if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
-
-if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
-        _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
-else
-        _pkg_short_errors_supported=no
-fi
-        if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
-	        XT_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>&1`
-        else
-	        XT_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>&1`
-        fi
-	# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
-	echo "$XT_PKG_ERRORS" >&5
-
-	as_fn_error "Package requirements (sm ice x11 xproto kbproto) were not met:
-
-$XT_PKG_ERRORS
-
-Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
-installed software in a non-standard prefix.
-
-Alternatively, you may set the environment variables XT_CFLAGS
-and XT_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
-See the pkg-config man page for more details.
-" "$LINENO" 5
-elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
-	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
-as_fn_error "The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old.  Make sure it
-is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
-path to pkg-config.
-
-Alternatively, you may set the environment variables XT_CFLAGS
-and XT_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
-See the pkg-config man page for more details.
-
-To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.
-See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
-else
-	XT_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_XT_CFLAGS
-	XT_LIBS=$pkg_cv_XT_LIBS
-        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-	:
-fi
-
-# Needed for including Xalloca.h
-ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "alloca.h" "ac_cv_header_alloca_h" "$ac_includes_default"
-if test "x$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" = x""yes; then :
-
-$as_echo "#define INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-
-
-# Map function checks to old Imake #defines
-case $host_os in
-	# darwin has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices (atleast through SnowLeopard)
-	darwin*) ;;
-	*)
-		ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "poll" "ac_cv_func_poll"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_poll" = x""yes; then :
-
-$as_echo "#define USE_POLL 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-	;;
-esac
-ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "snprintf" "ac_cv_func_snprintf"
-if test "x$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = x""yes; then :
-
-$as_echo "#define USE_SNPRINTF 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -lws2_32" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for main in -lws2_32... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lws2_32  $LIBS"
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return main ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
-  ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main=no
-fi
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main" >&6; }
-if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main" = x""yes; then :
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_LIBWS2_32 1
-_ACEOF
-
-  LIBS="-lws2_32 $LIBS"
-
-fi
-ac_cv_lib_ws2_32=ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main
-
-
-# Options
-# Check whether --enable-xkb was given.
-if test "${enable_xkb+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_xkb; XKB="$enableval"
-else
-  XKB="yes"
-fi
-
-if test "x$XKB" = "xyes" ; then
-
-$as_echo "#define XKB 1" >>confdefs.h
-
-fi
-
-# Replaces XFileSearchPathDefault from Imake configs
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT='$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%S'
-
-
-# Check whether --with-xfile-search-path was given.
-if test "${with_xfile_search_path+set}" = set; then :
-  withval=$with_xfile_search_path; XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT="$withval"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --with-appdefaultdir was given.
-if test "${with_appdefaultdir+set}" = set; then :
-  withval=$with_appdefaultdir; appdefaultdir="$withval"
-else
-  appdefaultdir=${datadir}/X11/app-defaults
-fi
-
-
-  prefix_NONE=
-  exec_prefix_NONE=
-  test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix_NONE=yes && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
-  test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix_NONE=yes && exec_prefix=$prefix
-  eval ax_define_dir="\"$appdefaultdir\""
-  eval ax_define_dir="\"$ax_define_dir\""
-  appdefaultdir="$ax_define_dir"
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define appdefaultdir "$ax_define_dir"
-_ACEOF
-
-  test "$prefix_NONE" && prefix=NONE
-  test "$exec_prefix_NONE" && exec_prefix=NONE
-
-
-# Replacement for Imake ToolkitStringsABIOptions, controls string tables
-# generated by util/string.list in StringDefs.h & Shell.h
-case $host_os in
-	solaris*)
-		# Solaris uses -intelabi even on SPARC
-  		STRINGSABIOPTIONS="-intelabi -solarisabinames"
-		;;
-	sco* | svr4*)
-		case $host_cpu in
-		    i*86) STRINGSABIOPTIONS="-intelabi" ;;
-		       *) STRINGSABIOPTIONS="" ;;
-		esac
-		;;
-esac
-
-
-case $host_os in
-    darwin*)
-        OS_CFLAGS="-Wl,-flat_namespace"
-	;;
-    *)
-        OS_CFLAGS=
-        ;;
-esac
-
-XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS $OS_CFLAGS"
-
-# Man page processing requirements
-
-
-for ac_prog in cpp
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_RAWCPP+set}" = set; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $RAWCPP in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
-  ac_cv_path_RAWCPP="$RAWCPP" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-as_dummy="$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib"
-for as_dir in $as_dummy
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_path_RAWCPP="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-RAWCPP=$ac_cv_path_RAWCPP
-if test -n "$RAWCPP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RAWCPP" >&5
-$as_echo "$RAWCPP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$RAWCPP" && break
-done
-test -n "$RAWCPP" || RAWCPP="${CPP}"
-
-
-# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined,
-# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most
-# of the ones we need for now.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $RAWCPP requires -undef" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $RAWCPP requires -undef... " >&6; }
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-Does cpp redefine unix ?
-_ACEOF
-if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-else
-	if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
-		RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef
-		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-	# under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef
-	elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
-		RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi"
-		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes, with -ansi" >&5
-$as_echo "yes, with -ansi" >&6; }
-	else
-		as_fn_error "${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef.  I don't know what to do." "$LINENO" 5
-	fi
-fi
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $RAWCPP requires -traditional" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $RAWCPP requires -traditional... " >&6; }
-cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-Does cpp preserve   "whitespace"?
-_ACEOF
-if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve   \"'` -eq 1 ; then
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-else
-	if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve   \"'` -eq 1 ; then
-		RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional"
-		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-	else
-		as_fn_error "${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional.  I don't know what to do." "$LINENO" 5
-	fi
-fi
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --enable-malloc0returnsnull was given.
-if test "${enable_malloc0returnsnull+set}" = set; then :
-  enableval=$enable_malloc0returnsnull; MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval
-else
-  MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto
-fi
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether malloc(0) returns NULL" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether malloc(0) returns NULL... " >&6; }
-if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then
-	if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-char *malloc();
-char *realloc();
-char *calloc();
-main() {
-    char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p;
-    m0 = malloc(0);
-    p = malloc(10);
-    r0 = realloc(p,0);
-    c0 = calloc(0);
-    exit(m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0 ? 0 : 1);
-}
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
-  MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes
-else
-  MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=no
-fi
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
-  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" >&5
-$as_echo "$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" >&6; }
-
-if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then
-	MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL"
-	XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
-	XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC"
-else
-	MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
-	XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
-	XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile src/Makefile util/Makefile include/Makefile man/Makefile xt.pc"
-
-cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
-# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
-# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
-# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
-# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
-# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-#
-# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
-# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
-#
-# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
-# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
-# following values.
-
-_ACEOF
-
-# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
-# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
-# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
-# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
-(
-  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
-    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-    case $ac_val in #(
-    *${as_nl}*)
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
-      esac
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
-      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
-      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
-      esac ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
-    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
-      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
-      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
-      sed -n \
-	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
-	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
-      ;; #(
-    *)
-      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
-      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
-      ;;
-    esac |
-    sort
-) |
-  sed '
-     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
-     t clear
-     :clear
-     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
-     t end
-     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
-     :end' >>confcache
-if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
-  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
-    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-    cat confcache >$cache_file
-  else
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-  fi
-fi
-rm -f confcache
-
-test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
-# Let make expand exec_prefix.
-test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-
-DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
-
-ac_libobjs=
-ac_ltlibobjs=
-for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
-  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
-  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
-  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
-  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
-  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
-  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
-  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
-done
-LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
-
-LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
-
-
- if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then
-  am__EXEEXT_TRUE=
-  am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#'
-else
-  am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#'
-  am__EXEEXT_FALSE=
-fi
-
-if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then
-  as_fn_error "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined.
-Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then
-  as_fn_error "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined.
-Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
-  as_fn_error "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
-Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
-  as_fn_error "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
-Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
-fi
-
-: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
-ac_write_fail=0
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
-as_write_fail=0
-cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
-# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
-# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
-# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
-
-debug=false
-ac_cs_recheck=false
-ac_cs_silent=false
-
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-export SHELL
-_ASEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
-## -------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization. ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-# Be more Bourne compatible
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
-  *posix*) :
-    set -o posix ;; #(
-  *) :
-     ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-
-as_nl='
-'
-export as_nl
-# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
-as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
-# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
-if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
-    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_echo='print -r --'
-  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
-elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_echo='printf %s\n'
-  as_echo_n='printf %s'
-else
-  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
-    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
-    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
-  else
-    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
-    as_echo_n_body='eval
-      arg=$1;
-      case $arg in #(
-      *"$as_nl"*)
-	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
-	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
-      esac;
-      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
-    '
-    export as_echo_n_body
-    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
-  fi
-  export as_echo_body
-  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
-fi
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
-    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  }
-fi
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
-# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
-# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
-# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
-IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
-
-# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
-case $0 in #((
-  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-  done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-     ;;
-esac
-# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-  as_myself=$0
-fi
-if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
-# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
-# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
-# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
-for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
-  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
-done
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LANGUAGE=C
-export LANGUAGE
-
-# CDPATH.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-
-# as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
-# ---------------------------------
-# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
-# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
-# script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0.
-as_fn_error ()
-{
-  as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
-  if test "$3"; then
-    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
-    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3
-  fi
-  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2
-  as_fn_exit $as_status
-} # as_fn_error
-
-
-# as_fn_set_status STATUS
-# -----------------------
-# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
-as_fn_set_status ()
-{
-  return $1
-} # as_fn_set_status
-
-# as_fn_exit STATUS
-# -----------------
-# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
-as_fn_exit ()
-{
-  set +e
-  as_fn_set_status $1
-  exit $1
-} # as_fn_exit
-
-# as_fn_unset VAR
-# ---------------
-# Portably unset VAR.
-as_fn_unset ()
-{
-  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
-}
-as_unset=as_fn_unset
-# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
-# ----------------------
-# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
-# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
-# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
-# implementations.
-if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
-  eval 'as_fn_append ()
-  {
-    eval $1+=\$2
-  }'
-else
-  as_fn_append ()
-  {
-    eval $1=\$$1\$2
-  }
-fi # as_fn_append
-
-# as_fn_arith ARG...
-# ------------------
-# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
-# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
-# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
-if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
-  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
-  {
-    as_val=$(( $* ))
-  }'
-else
-  as_fn_arith ()
-  {
-    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
-  }
-fi # as_fn_arith
-
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_dirname=dirname
-else
-  as_dirname=false
-fi
-
-as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
-case `echo -n x` in #(((((
--n*)
-  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
-  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
-  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
-  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
-       ECHO_T='	';;
-  esac;;
-*)
-  ECHO_N='-n';;
-esac
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-if test -d conf$$.dir; then
-  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
-else
-  rm -f conf$$.dir
-  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-fi
-if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
-  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-    # ... but there are two gotchas:
-    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
-    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
-    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
-    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
-      as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s=ln
-  else
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  fi
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
-rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-
-
-# as_fn_mkdir_p
-# -------------
-# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
-as_fn_mkdir_p ()
-{
-
-  case $as_dir in #(
-  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
-  esac
-  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
-    as_dirs=
-    while :; do
-      case $as_dir in #(
-      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
-      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
-      esac
-      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
-      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-      test -d "$as_dir" && break
-    done
-    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
-  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir"
-
-
-} # as_fn_mkdir_p
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
-else
-  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_test_x='test -x'
-else
-  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    as_ls_L_option=L
-  else
-    as_ls_L_option=
-  fi
-  as_test_x='
-    eval sh -c '\''
-      if test -d "$1"; then
-	test -d "$1/.";
-      else
-	case $1 in #(
-	-*)set "./$1";;
-	esac;
-	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
-	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
-    '\'' sh
-  '
-fi
-as_executable_p=$as_test_x
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-exec 6>&1
-## ----------------------------------- ##
-## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
-## ----------------------------------- ##
-_ASEOF
-test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
-# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
-# values after options handling.
-ac_log="
-This file was extended by libXt $as_me 1.0.8, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65.  Invocation command line was
-
-  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
-  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
-  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
-  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
-  $ $0 $@
-
-on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-"
-
-_ACEOF
-
-case $ac_config_files in *"
-"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
-esac
-
-case $ac_config_headers in *"
-"*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;;
-esac
-
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# Files that config.status was made for.
-config_files="$ac_config_files"
-config_headers="$ac_config_headers"
-config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_cs_usage="\
-\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
-from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
-and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
-
-  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
-  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
-      --config     print configuration, then exit
-  -q, --quiet, --silent
-                   do not print progress messages
-  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
-      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
-      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
-                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
-      --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
-                   instantiate the configuration header FILE
-
-Configuration files:
-$config_files
-
-Configuration headers:
-$config_headers
-
-Configuration commands:
-$config_commands
-
-Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>."
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
-ac_cs_version="\\
-libXt config.status 1.0.8
-configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65,
-  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
-
-Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
-
-ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
-srcdir='$srcdir'
-INSTALL='$INSTALL'
-MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P'
-AWK='$AWK'
-test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
-ac_need_defaults=:
-while test $# != 0
-do
-  case $1 in
-  --*=*)
-    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
-    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
-    ac_shift=:
-    ;;
-  *)
-    ac_option=$1
-    ac_optarg=$2
-    ac_shift=shift
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $ac_option in
-  # Handling of the options.
-  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
-    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
-  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
-    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
-  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
-    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
-  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
-    debug=: ;;
-  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
-    $ac_shift
-    case $ac_optarg in
-    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
-    $ac_shift
-    case $ac_optarg in
-    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  --he | --h)
-    # Conflict between --help and --header
-    as_fn_error "ambiguous option: \`$1'
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";;
-  --help | --hel | -h )
-    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
-    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
-
-  # This is an error.
-  -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$1'
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
-
-  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
-     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
-
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-ac_configure_extra_args=
-
-if $ac_cs_silent; then
-  exec 6>/dev/null
-  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
-  set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
-  shift
-  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
-  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
-  export CONFIG_SHELL
-  exec "\$@"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-  echo
-  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
-## Running $as_me. ##
-_ASBOX
-  $as_echo "$ac_log"
-} >&5
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-#
-# INIT-COMMANDS
-#
-AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"
-
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
-delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
-macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-
-LTCC='$LTCC'
-LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
-compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
-
-# Quote evaled strings.
-for var in SED \
-GREP \
-EGREP \
-FGREP \
-LD \
-NM \
-LN_S \
-lt_SP2NL \
-lt_NL2SP \
-reload_flag \
-OBJDUMP \
-deplibs_check_method \
-file_magic_cmd \
-AR \
-AR_FLAGS \
-STRIP \
-RANLIB \
-CC \
-CFLAGS \
-compiler \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \
-SHELL \
-ECHO \
-lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \
-lt_prog_compiler_wl \
-lt_prog_compiler_pic \
-lt_prog_compiler_static \
-lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \
-need_locks \
-DSYMUTIL \
-NMEDIT \
-LIPO \
-OTOOL \
-OTOOL64 \
-shrext_cmds \
-export_dynamic_flag_spec \
-whole_archive_flag_spec \
-compiler_needs_object \
-with_gnu_ld \
-allow_undefined_flag \
-no_undefined_flag \
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \
-hardcode_libdir_separator \
-fix_srcfile_path \
-exclude_expsyms \
-include_expsyms \
-file_list_spec \
-variables_saved_for_relink \
-libname_spec \
-library_names_spec \
-soname_spec \
-finish_eval \
-old_striplib \
-striplib; do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
-for var in reload_cmds \
-old_postinstall_cmds \
-old_postuninstall_cmds \
-old_archive_cmds \
-extract_expsyms_cmds \
-old_archive_from_new_cmds \
-old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \
-archive_cmds \
-archive_expsym_cmds \
-module_cmds \
-module_expsym_cmds \
-export_symbols_cmds \
-prelink_cmds \
-postinstall_cmds \
-postuninstall_cmds \
-finish_cmds \
-sys_lib_search_path_spec \
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules.
-case \$lt_ECHO in
-*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"')  lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'
-xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'
-lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'
-
-# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
-if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-
-    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
-    VERSION='$VERSION'
-    TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
-    RM='$RM'
-    ofile='$ofile'
-
-
-
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-
-# Handling of arguments.
-for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
-do
-  case $ac_config_target in
-    "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;;
-    "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;;
-    "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;;
-    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
-    "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;;
-    "util/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES util/Makefile" ;;
-    "include/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES include/Makefile" ;;
-    "man/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES man/Makefile" ;;
-    "xt.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES xt.pc" ;;
-
-  *) as_fn_error "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
-  esac
-done
-
-
-# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
-# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
-# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
-# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
-if $ac_need_defaults; then
-  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
-  test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
-  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
-fi
-
-# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
-# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
-# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
-# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
-# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
-# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
-$debug ||
-{
-  tmp=
-  trap 'exit_status=$?
-  { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
-' 0
-  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
-}
-# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
-
-{
-  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
-  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
-}  ||
-{
-  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
-  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
-} || as_fn_error "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
-
-# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
-# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
-# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
-if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
-
-
-ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
-# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
-# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
-# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
-if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
-  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
-fi
-ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
-if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
-  ac_cs_awk_cr='\r'
-else
-  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
-fi
-
-echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" &&
-_ACEOF
-
-
-{
-  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
-  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
-  echo "_ACEOF"
-} >conf$$subs.sh ||
-  as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'`
-ac_delim='%!_!# '
-for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
-  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
-    as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-
-  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
-  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
-    break
-  elif $ac_last_try; then
-    as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-  else
-    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
-  fi
-done
-rm -f conf$$subs.sh
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
-_ACEOF
-sed -n '
-h
-s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
-p
-g
-s/^[^!]*!//
-:repl
-t repl
-s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
-t delim
-:nl
-h
-s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
-t more1
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
-p
-n
-b repl
-:more1
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
-p
-g
-s/.\{148\}//
-t nl
-:delim
-h
-s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
-t more2
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
-p
-b
-:more2
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
-p
-g
-s/.\{148\}//
-t delim
-' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
-/^[^""]/{
-  N
-  s/\n//
-}
-' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-rm -f conf$$subs.awk
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-_ACAWK
-cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
-  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
-  FS = ""
-
-}
-{
-  line = $ 0
-  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
-  substed = 0
-  len = length(field[1])
-  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
-    key = field[i]
-    keylen = length(key)
-    if (S_is_set[key]) {
-      value = S[key]
-      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
-      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
-      substed = 1
-    } else
-      len += 1 + keylen
-  }
-
-  print line
-}
-
-_ACAWK
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
-else
-  cat
-fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \
-  || as_fn_error "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
-_ACEOF
-
-# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
-# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
-# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
-# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
-if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
-  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
-s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/
-s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/
-s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/
-s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/
-s/:*$//
-s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
-}'
-fi
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
-
-# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section.
-# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS.
-# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'.
-if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then
-cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK ||
-BEGIN {
-_ACEOF
-
-# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as
-# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into
-# config.h.in to produce config.h.
-
-# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease
-# handling of long lines.
-ac_delim='%!_!# '
-for ac_last_try in false false :; do
-  ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h`
-  if test -z "$ac_t"; then
-    break
-  elif $ac_last_try; then
-    as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5
-  else
-    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
-  fi
-done
-
-# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name,
-# likewise P contains macro parameters if any.  Preserve backslash
-# newline sequences.
-
-ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]*
-sed -n '
-s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
-t rset
-:rset
-s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*/ /
-t def
-d
-:def
-s/\\$//
-t bsnl
-s/["\\]/\\&/g
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
-D["\1"]=" \3"/p
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p
-d
-:bsnl
-s/["\\]/\\&/g
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
-D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p
-t cont
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p
-t cont
-d
-:cont
-n
-s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
-t clear
-:clear
-s/\\$//
-t bsnlc
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p
-d
-:bsnlc
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p
-b cont
-' <confdefs.h | sed '
-s/'"$ac_delim"'/"\\\
-"/g' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-  for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1
-  FS = ""
-}
-/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ {
-  line = \$ 0
-  split(line, arg, " ")
-  if (arg[1] == "#") {
-    defundef = arg[2]
-    mac1 = arg[3]
-  } else {
-    defundef = substr(arg[1], 2)
-    mac1 = arg[2]
-  }
-  split(mac1, mac2, "(") #)
-  macro = mac2[1]
-  prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1)
-  if (D_is_set[macro]) {
-    # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#".
-    print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro]
-    next
-  } else {
-    # Replace #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for example,
-    # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
-    # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
-    if (defundef == "undef") {
-      print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/"
-      next
-    }
-  }
-}
-{ print }
-_ACAWK
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-  as_fn_error "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"
-
-
-eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES  :H $CONFIG_HEADERS    :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
-shift
-for ac_tag
-do
-  case $ac_tag in
-  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
-  :[FHL]*:*);;
-  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
-  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
-  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
-  esac
-  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
-  IFS=:
-  set x $ac_tag
-  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-  shift
-  ac_file=$1
-  shift
-
-  case $ac_mode in
-  :L) ac_source=$1;;
-  :[FH])
-    ac_file_inputs=
-    for ac_f
-    do
-      case $ac_f in
-      -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";;
-      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
-	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
-	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
-	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
-	   case $ac_f in
-	   [\\/$]*) false;;
-	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
-	   esac ||
-	   as_fn_error "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
-      esac
-      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
-      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
-    done
-
-    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
-    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
-    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
-    configure_input='Generated from '`
-	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
-	`' by configure.'
-    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
-    fi
-    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
-    case $configure_input in #(
-    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
-       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
-       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
-    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
-    esac
-
-    case $ac_tag in
-    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \
-      || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
-$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
-  ac_builddir=.
-
-case "$ac_dir" in
-.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-*)
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
-  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
-  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
-  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
-  esac ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
-ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
-# for backward compatibility:
-ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative name.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-
-
-  case $ac_mode in
-  :F)
-  #
-  # CONFIG_FILE
-  #
-
-  case $INSTALL in
-  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
-  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
-  esac
-  ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P
-  case $MKDIR_P in
-  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
-  */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;;
-  esac
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
-# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
-ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
-ac_sed_dataroot='
-/datarootdir/ {
-  p
-  q
-}
-/@datadir@/p
-/@docdir@/p
-/@infodir@/p
-/@localedir@/p
-/@mandir@/p'
-case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
-*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
-*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-  ac_datarootdir_hack='
-  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
-  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
-  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
-  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
-  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
-  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
-esac
-_ACEOF
-
-# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
-# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
-# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
-$extrasub
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-:t
-/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
-s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
-s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
-s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
-s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
-s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
-s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
-s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
-s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
-s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
-s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
-s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
-s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t
-$ac_datarootdir_hack
-"
-eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \
-  || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
-
-test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
-  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
-  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
-which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
-which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&2;}
-
-  rm -f "$tmp/stdin"
-  case $ac_file in
-  -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";;
-  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
-  esac \
-  || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
- ;;
-  :H)
-  #
-  # CONFIG_HEADER
-  #
-  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-    {
-      $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
-      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs"
-    } >"$tmp/config.h" \
-      || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
-    if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
-    else
-      rm -f "$ac_file"
-      mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \
-	|| as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
-    fi
-  else
-    $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
-      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \
-      || as_fn_error "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5
-  fi
-# Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers.
-_am_arg="$ac_file"
-_am_stamp_count=1
-for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
-  case $_am_header in
-    $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
-      break ;;
-    * )
-      _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
-  esac
-done
-echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" ||
-$as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$_am_arg" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count
- ;;
-
-  :C)  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
- ;;
-  esac
-
-
-  case $ac_file$ac_mode in
-    "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || {
-  # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
-  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
-  # if we detect the quoting.
-  case $CONFIG_FILES in
-  *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
-  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
-  esac
-  shift
-  for mf
-  do
-    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
-    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
-    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
-    # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
-    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
-    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
-    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
-    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
-    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
-    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-      dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" ||
-$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$mf" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-    else
-      continue
-    fi
-    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
-    # from the Makefile without running `make'.
-    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
-    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
-    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
-    test -z "am__include" && continue
-    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
-    # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
-    U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
-    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
-    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
-    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
-    # expansion.
-    for file in `sed -n "
-      s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
-	 sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
-      # Make sure the directory exists.
-      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
-      fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" ||
-$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$file" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-      as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p
-      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
-      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
-    done
-  done
-}
- ;;
-    "libtool":C)
-
-    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
-    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-    fi
-
-    cfgfile="${ofile}T"
-    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
-    $RM "$cfgfile"
-
-    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-#! $SHELL
-
-# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
-# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
-# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
-#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
-#
-#   This file is part of GNU Libtool.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
-# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-
-# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script.
-available_tags=""
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
-
-# Which release of libtool.m4 was used?
-macro_version=$macro_version
-macro_revision=$macro_revision
-
-# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
-build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
-
-# Whether or not to build static libraries.
-build_old_libs=$enable_static
-
-# What type of objects to build.
-pic_mode=$pic_mode
-
-# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
-fast_install=$enable_fast_install
-
-# The host system.
-host_alias=$host_alias
-host=$host
-host_os=$host_os
-
-# The build system.
-build_alias=$build_alias
-build=$build
-build_os=$build_os
-
-# A sed program that does not truncate output.
-SED=$lt_SED
-
-# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n.
-Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//"
-
-# A grep program that handles long lines.
-GREP=$lt_GREP
-
-# An ERE matcher.
-EGREP=$lt_EGREP
-
-# A literal string matcher.
-FGREP=$lt_FGREP
-
-# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister.
-NM=$lt_NM
-
-# Whether we need soft or hard links.
-LN_S=$lt_LN_S
-
-# What is the maximum length of a command?
-max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len
-
-# Object file suffix (normally "o").
-objext=$ac_objext
-
-# Executable file suffix (normally "").
-exeext=$exeext
-
-# whether the shell understands "unset".
-lt_unset=$lt_unset
-
-# turn spaces into newlines.
-SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL
-
-# turn newlines into spaces.
-NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP
-
-# How to create reloadable object files.
-reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
-reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
-
-# An object symbol dumper.
-OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP
-
-# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
-
-# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic".
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
-
-# The archiver.
-AR=$lt_AR
-AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
-
-# A symbol stripping program.
-STRIP=$lt_STRIP
-
-# Commands used to install an old-style archive.
-RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
-old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
-old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
-
-# A C compiler.
-LTCC=$lt_CC
-
-# LTCC compiler flags.
-LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS
-
-# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
-global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
-
-# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration.
-global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
-
-# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair.
-global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
-
-# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed.
-global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix
-
-# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
-objdir=$objdir
-
-# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
-SHELL=$lt_SHELL
-
-# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
-ECHO=$lt_ECHO
-
-# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file".
-MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
-
-# Must we lock files when doing compilation?
-need_locks=$lt_need_locks
-
-# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X.
-DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL
-
-# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X.
-NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT
-
-# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X.
-LIPO=$lt_LIPO
-
-# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X.
-OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL
-
-# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4.
-OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64
-
-# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
-libext=$libext
-
-# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
-shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds
-
-# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
-extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
-
-# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
-# restored at link time.
-variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink
-
-# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?
-need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
-
-# Do we need a version for libraries?
-need_version=$need_version
-
-# Library versioning type.
-version_type=$version_type
-
-# Shared library runtime path variable.
-runpath_var=$runpath_var
-
-# Shared library path variable.
-shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
-
-# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
-
-# Format of library name prefix.
-libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
-
-# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
-# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME
-library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
-
-# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
-soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
-
-# Command to use after installation of a shared archive.
-postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
-
-# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive.
-postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
-
-# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
-finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
-
-# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
-# not shown.
-finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
-
-# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
-hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
-
-# Compile-time system search path for libraries.
-sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
-
-# Run-time system search path for libraries.
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
-
-# Whether dlopen is supported.
-dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
-
-# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
-dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
-
-# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
-dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
-
-# Commands to strip libraries.
-old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
-striplib=$lt_striplib
-
-
-# The linker used to build libraries.
-LD=$lt_LD
-
-# Commands used to build an old-style archive.
-old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds
-
-# A language specific compiler.
-CC=$lt_compiler
-
-# Is the compiler the GNU compiler?
-with_gcc=$GCC
-
-# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
-no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag
-
-# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
-wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl
-
-# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
-pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic
-
-# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
-link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static
-
-# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
-compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o
-
-# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
-build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc
-
-# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static.
-allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes
-
-# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
-export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec
-
-# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
-whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec
-
-# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly.
-compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object
-
-# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
-old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds
-
-# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
-old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
-
-# Commands used to build a shared archive.
-archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds
-archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds
-
-# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
-# a shared archive.
-module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds
-module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds
-
-# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not.
-with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld
-
-# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
-allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag
-
-# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols.
-no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag
-
-# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
-# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
-
-# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary
-# during linking.  This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld
-
-# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument.
-hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator
-
-# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-# DIR into the resulting binary.
-hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct
-
-# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
-# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the
-# library is relocated.
-hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute
-
-# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
-# into the resulting binary.
-hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L
-
-# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
-# into the resulting binary.
-hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var
-
-# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
-# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
-# against it.
-hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic
-
-# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
-# to runtime path list.
-inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath
-
-# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
-link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs
-
-# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
-fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path
-
-# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required.
-always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols
-
-# The commands to list exported symbols.
-export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds
-
-# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
-exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms
-
-# Symbols that must always be exported.
-include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms
-
-# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates.
-prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds
-
-# Specify filename containing input files.
-file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec
-
-# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
-hardcode_action=$hardcode_action
-
-# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
-
-_LT_EOF
-
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-# vanish in a puff of smoke.
-if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-  COLLECT_NAMES=
-  export COLLECT_NAMES
-fi
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-
-ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-
-
-  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
-  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
-  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
-  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
-  sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  case $xsi_shell in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
-#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
-  # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
-  func_stripname_result=${3}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}
-}
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*}
-  func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=}
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
-    *)    func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=${#1}
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *) # Bourne compatible functions.
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
-    func_dirname_result="${3}"
-  else
-    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
-  fi
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-# func_strip_suffix prefix name
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  case ${2} in
-    .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
-    *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# sed scripts:
-my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
-my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//'
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"`
-  func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"`
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'`
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-esac
-
-case $lt_shell_append in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$1+=\$2"
-}
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-
-  sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
-    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
-  chmod +x "$ofile"
-
- ;;
-
-  esac
-done # for ac_tag
-
-
-as_fn_exit 0
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-
-test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
-  as_fn_error "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
-
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
-# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
-# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
-# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
-# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
-# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
-# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
-# need to make the FD available again.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
-  ac_cs_success=:
-  ac_config_status_args=
-  test "$silent" = yes &&
-    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
-  exec 5>/dev/null
-  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
-  exec 5>>config.log
-  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
-  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
-  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit $?
-fi
-if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
-fi
-
diff --git a/libXt/configure.ac b/libXt/configure.ac
index ebda9f654..96f0ccb17 100644
--- a/libXt/configure.ac
+++ b/libXt/configure.ac
@@ -1,46 +1,54 @@
-dnl 
-dnl  Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
-dnl 
-dnl  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-dnl  documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-dnl  the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-dnl  copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-dnl  documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
-dnl  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
-dnl  specific, written prior permission.  Keith Packard makes no
-dnl  representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It
-dnl  is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-dnl 
-dnl  KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-dnl  INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
-dnl  EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
-dnl  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
-dnl  DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-dnl  TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-dnl  PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-dnl
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to create configure.
-
-AC_PREREQ([2.57])
-
-dnl
-dnl
-AC_INIT(libXt, 1.0.8, [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], libXt)
+#
+#  Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
+#
+#  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+#  documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+#  the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+#  copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+#  documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+#  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+#  specific, written prior permission.  Keith Packard makes no
+#  representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It
+#  is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+#
+#  KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+#  INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+#  EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+#  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+#  DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+#  TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+#  PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+#
+
+# Initialize Autoconf
+AC_PREREQ([2.60])
+AC_INIT([libXt], [1.1.1],
+        [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], [libXt])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+
+# Initialize Automake
 AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
 AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
 
-# Require xorg-macros: XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+# Initialize libtool
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+
+# Require X.Org macros 1.8 or later for MAN_SUBSTS set by XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
 m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
-          [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.3 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
-XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.3)
+          [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.8 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.8)
 XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
 
-# Check for progs
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+# Checks for header files.
+AC_CHECK_HEADER([alloca.h], AC_DEFINE(INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H, 1, [Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h>]))
+
+# Obtain compiler/linker options for depedencies
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XT, sm ice x11 xproto kbproto)
 
+# Set-up variables to use build machine compiler when cross-compiling
 if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
 	if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
 		AC_CHECK_PROGS(CC_FOR_BUILD, gcc cc)
@@ -54,27 +62,34 @@ AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
 LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${LDFLAGS}}
 AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
 
-PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XT, sm ice x11 xproto kbproto)
-
-# Needed for including Xalloca.h
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([alloca.h], AC_DEFINE(INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H, 1, [Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h>]))
-
 # Map function checks to old Imake #defines
 case $host_os in
-	# darwin has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices (atleast through SnowLeopard)
-	darwin*) ;;
+	# darwin through Snow Leopard has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices.
+	darwin@<:@789@:>@*|darwin10*) ;;
+	darwin*)
+		_ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=""
+		if echo $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS | grep -q mmacosx-version-min ; then
+			_ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=`echo $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS | sed 's/^.*-mmacosx-version-min=\(@<:@^ @:>@*\).*$/\1/'`
+		else
+			_ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=$MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
+		fi
+		case $_ac_xorg_macosx_version_min in
+			10.@<:@0123456@:>@|10.@<:@0123456@:>@.*) ;;
+			*)
+				AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], )
+			;;
+		esac
+		unset _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min
+		;;
 	*)
-		AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL,1,
-	        	[Define to 1 if you have the "poll" function.]))
+		AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], )
 	;;
 esac
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(snprintf, AC_DEFINE(USE_SNPRINTF,1,
-        [Define to 1 if you have the "snprintf" function.]))
 
 AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(ws2_32)
 
 # Options
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb], [Disable XKB support]),
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb], [Disable XKB support]),
 	XKB="$enableval", XKB="yes")
 if test "x$XKB" = "xyes" ; then
 	AC_DEFINE(XKB, 1, [Define to 1 to use XKB for keysym resolution.])
@@ -84,13 +99,13 @@ fi
 XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT='$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%S'
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(xfile-search-path,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-xfile-search-path=<path>],
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xfile-search-path=<path>],
 		       [Set path to search for app-defaults and other files]),
 	[XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT="$withval"], [])
 AC_SUBST([XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT])
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(appdefaultdir,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-appdefaultdir=<path>],
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-appdefaultdir=<path>],
 		       [Set app-default directory (default: ${datadir}/X11/app-defaults)]),
 	[appdefaultdir="$withval"],
 	[appdefaultdir=${datadir}/X11/app-defaults])
@@ -123,14 +138,11 @@ esac
 
 XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS $OS_CFLAGS"
 
-# Man page processing requirements
-XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
-
-XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
-
-AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
-	   src/Makefile
-	   util/Makefile
-	   include/Makefile
-	   man/Makefile
-           xt.pc])
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
+		src/Makefile
+		util/Makefile
+		include/Makefile
+		man/Makefile
+		specs/Makefile
+		xt.pc])
+AC_OUTPUT
diff --git a/libXt/depcomp b/libXt/depcomp
deleted file mode 100644
index df8eea7e4..000000000
--- a/libXt/depcomp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
-# Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-   # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
-   depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-	       s/^ *//
-	       s/ \\*$//
-	       s/$/:/
-	       p
-	     }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/libXt/include/Makefile.in b/libXt/include/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index f95b465ba..000000000
--- a/libXt/include/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,552 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-subdir = include
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
-	$(xtinclude_HEADERS)
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_at_0 = @
-SOURCES =
-DIST_SOURCES =
-am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
-am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
-    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
-    *) f=$$p;; \
-  esac;
-am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
-am__install_max = 40
-am__nobase_strip_setup = \
-  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
-am__nobase_strip = \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
-am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
-  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
-  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
-    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
-      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
-    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
-am__base_list = \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
-am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" \
-	"$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"
-HEADERS = $(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS) $(xtinclude_HEADERS)
-ETAGS = etags
-CTAGS = ctags
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
-ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
-APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
-FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
-GREP = @GREP@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
-LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
-MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
-RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
-XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
-XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-xtincludedir = ${includedir}/X11
-xtinclude_HEADERS = \
-	X11/Composite.h \
-	X11/CompositeP.h \
-	X11/ConstrainP.h \
-	X11/Constraint.h \
-	X11/Core.h \
-	X11/CoreP.h \
-	X11/Intrinsic.h \
-	X11/IntrinsicP.h \
-	X11/Object.h \
-	X11/ObjectP.h \
-	X11/RectObj.h \
-	X11/RectObjP.h \
-	X11/ResConfigP.h \
-	X11/ShellP.h \
-	X11/Vendor.h \
-	X11/VendorP.h	\
-			\
-	X11/CallbackI.h \
-	X11/ConvertI.h \
-	X11/CreateI.h \
-	X11/EventI.h \
-	X11/HookObjI.h \
-	X11/InitialI.h \
-	X11/IntrinsicI.h \
-	X11/PassivGraI.h \
-	X11/ResourceI.h \
-	X11/SelectionI.h \
-	X11/ShellI.h \
-	X11/ThreadsI.h \
-	X11/TranslateI.h \
-	X11/VarargsI.h	\
-	X11/Xtos.h	
-
-nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS = \
-	X11/StringDefs.h \
-	X11/Shell.h
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = \
-	X11/StringDefs.h \
-	X11/Shell.h
-
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
-	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
-	-rm -rf .libs _libs
-install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS: $(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	test -z "$(xtincludedir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"
-	@list='$(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
-	for p in $$list; do \
-	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
-	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
-	done | $(am__base_list) | \
-	while read files; do \
-	  echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \
-	  $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit $$?; \
-	done
-
-uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS:
-	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	@list='$(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
-	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
-	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
-	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
-	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" && rm -f $$files
-install-xtincludeHEADERS: $(xtinclude_HEADERS)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	test -z "$(xtincludedir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"
-	@list='$(xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
-	for p in $$list; do \
-	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
-	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
-	done | $(am__base_list) | \
-	while read files; do \
-	  echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \
-	  $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit $$?; \
-	done
-
-uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS:
-	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	@list='$(xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
-	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
-	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
-	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
-	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" && rm -f $$files
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	set x; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	shift; \
-	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
-	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
-	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      "$$@" $$unique; \
-	  else \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      $$unique; \
-	  fi; \
-	fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
-	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
-	     $$unique
-
-GTAGS:
-	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
-	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
-
-distclean-tags:
-	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
-installdirs:
-	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"; do \
-	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
-	done
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
-	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-	-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am: install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \
-	install-xtincludeHEADERS
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am: uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \
-	uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
-	clean-libtool ctags distclean distclean-generic \
-	distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
-	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
-	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
-	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
-	install-info-am install-man install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \
-	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
-	install-strip install-xtincludeHEADERS installcheck \
-	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
-	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
-	mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \
-	uninstall-am uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \
-	uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS
-
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h b/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h
index 64e815256..5adb54eb6 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: CallbackI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -45,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86$ */
 
 /****************************************************************
  *
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h b/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h
index c3c982868..e845fead2 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Composite.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86$ */
 
 #ifndef _XtComposite_h
 #define _XtComposite_h
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h b/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h
index e93275ace..b51dcd3c3 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: CompositeP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h
index 7030a3411..53c01c160 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ConstrainP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $oHeader: ConstrainP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:15 asente Exp $ */
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h b/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h
index 977e7eeac..f04155c58 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Constraint.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $oHeader: Constraint.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:18 asente Exp $ */
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h
index f3f7fb0ba..b66b3c0a5 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ConvertI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ConvertI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:09 dawes Exp $ */
 
 _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
 
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Core.h b/libXt/include/X11/Core.h
index 5127b501a..4303aff57 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Core.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Core.h
@@ -1,8 +1,3 @@
-/*
-* $Xorg: Core.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $
-* $oHeader: Core.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:32 asente Exp $
-*/
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h b/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h
index 57836e615..989ba16e2 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h
@@ -1,8 +1,3 @@
-/*
-* $Xorg: CoreP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $
-* $oHeader: CoreP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:37 asente Exp $
-*/
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h b/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h
index e0ca9a3a6..e00ba6550 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $XFree86$ */
-
 #ifndef _XtcreateI_h
 #define _XtcreateI_h
 
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h b/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h
index d2d1d0f43..0b95b070e 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: EventI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $oHeader: EventI.h,v 1.3 88/08/24 09:21:11 asente Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -47,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/EventI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:12 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /* 
  * Event.h - exported types and functions for toolkit event handler
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h b/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h
index c0858c2b5..94c0cbbf8 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: HookObjI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright 1994, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h b/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h
index 2ae9b743c..28b34d706 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: InitialI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/InitialI.h,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _XtinitialI_h
 #define _XtinitialI_h
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h b/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h
index 0461b842f..d09acad54 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Intrinsic.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
 
@@ -48,7 +46,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Intrinsic.h,v 3.8 2001/12/14 19:56:22 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _XtIntrinsic_h
 #define _XtIntrinsic_h
@@ -1858,6 +1855,15 @@ extern void XtFree(
     char*		/* ptr */
 );
 
+#ifndef _X_RESTRICT_KYWD
+# define _X_RESTRICT_KYWD
+#endif
+extern Cardinal XtAsprintf(
+    String *new_string,
+    _Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format,
+    ...
+) _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,3);
+
 #ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
 
 extern char *_XtMalloc( /* implementation-private */
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h
index d88166fc3..845ab483a 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: IntrinsicI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/IntrinsicI.h,v 3.8 2001/12/14 19:56:25 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _XtintrinsicI_h
 #define _XtintrinsicI_h
@@ -111,37 +108,6 @@ SOFTWARE.
 #define _XBCOPYFUNC _XtBcopy
 #include <X11/Xfuncs.h>
 
-/* If the alignment characteristics of your machine are right, these may be
-   faster */
-
-#ifdef UNALIGNED
-
-#define XtMemmove(dst, src, size)			    \
-    if ((char *)(dst) != (char *)(src)) {		    \
-	if (size == sizeof(int))			    \
-	    *((int *) (dst)) = *((int *) (src));	    \
-	else if (size == sizeof(char))			    \
-	    *((char *) (dst)) = *((char *) (src));	    \
-	else if (size == sizeof(short))			    \
-	    *((short *) (dst)) = *((short *) (src));	    \
-	else						    \
-	    (void) memcpy((char *) (dst), (char *) (src), (int) (size)); \
-    }
-
-#define XtBZero(dst, size)				    \
-    if (size == sizeof(int))				    \
-	*((int *) (dst)) = 0;				    \
-    else						    \
-	bzero((char *) (dst), (int) (size))
-
-#define XtMemcmp(b1, b2, size)				    \
-    (size == sizeof(int) ?				    \
-	*((int *) (b1)) != *((int *) (b2))		    \
-    :   memcmp((char *) (b1), (char *) (b2), (int) (size))  \
-    )
-
-#else
-
 #define XtMemmove(dst, src, size)	\
     if ((char *)(dst) != (char *)(src)) {		    \
 	(void) memcpy((char *) (dst), (char *) (src), (int) (size)); \
@@ -153,8 +119,6 @@ SOFTWARE.
 #define XtMemcmp(b1, b2, size) 		\
 	memcmp((char *) (b1), (char *) (b2), (int) (size))
 
-#endif
-
 
 /****************************************************************
  *
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h
index 517c55d2b..bb6570bbf 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: IntrinsicP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86$ */
 
 #ifndef _XtintrinsicP_h
 #define _XtintrinsicP_h
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Object.h b/libXt/include/X11/Object.h
index 5ef65de3c..584fe3deb 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Object.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Object.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Object.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $oHeader: Object.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:55:32 asente Exp $ */
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h
index 0f484d2fd..d71d22f1d 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ObjectP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h b/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h
index 10591ac4d..353732f30 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h
@@ -1,7 +1,3 @@
-/*
-* $Xorg: PassivGraI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $
-*/
-
 /********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
@@ -51,7 +47,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/PassivGraI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:27 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _PDI_h_
 #define _PDI_h_
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h b/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h
index 81e43a5e2..e582112f6 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: RectObj.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $oHeader: RectObj.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 17:39:17 asente Exp $ */
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h b/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h
index d6ffb7823..1fc06f22e 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: RectObjP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $oHeader: RectObjP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:55:52 asente Exp $ */
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h
index a06cda715..0c94577bb 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ResConfigP.h,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -52,7 +51,6 @@ dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM
 Corporation.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ResConfigP.h,v 3.7 2001/12/20 19:40:59 tsi Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _RESCONFIGP_H
 #define _RESCONFIGP_H
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h
index 3db97f83e..4533f0642 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ResourceI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ResourceI.h,v 1.5 2001/12/14 19:56:28 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /****************************************************************
  *
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h b/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h
index e589aece5..7f39b8799 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: SelectionI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h
index 6a093d791..c1ee0b159 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $XFree86$ */
-
 #ifndef _XtShellInternal_h
 #define _XtShellInternal_h
 
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h
index 7297d3321..07d96669b 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ShellP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h
index b1c51e73f..ff6dee3da 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: ThreadsI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /************************************************************
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h b/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h
index 6cc3099cf..9ff59e946 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: TranslateI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TranslateI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:32 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /* 
  * TranslateI.h - Header file private to translation management
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h b/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h
index 76ce9bc7e..b3e6827ee 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: VarargsI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/VarargsI.h,v 3.6 2001/12/14 19:56:32 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _VarargsI_h_ 
 #define _VarargsI_h_ 
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h b/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h
index 633d17aa1..f7a6639a9 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h
@@ -1,8 +1,3 @@
-/*
-* $Xorg: Vendor.h,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $
-* $oHeader: Vendor.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:56:44 asente Exp $
-*/
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h b/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h
index e60857d9e..2815e579b 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h
@@ -1,8 +1,3 @@
-/*
-* $Xorg: VendorP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $
-* $oHeader: VendorP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:56:48 asente Exp $
-*/
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h b/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h
index 013b2416c..707932190 100644
--- a/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h
+++ b/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h
@@ -1,7 +1,3 @@
-/*
-* $Xorg: Xtos.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $
-*/
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -48,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Xtos.h,v 3.12tsi Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _Xtos_h
 #define _Xtos_h
diff --git a/libXt/install-sh b/libXt/install-sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 6781b987b..000000000
--- a/libXt/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names starting with `-'.
-  case $src in
-    -*) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    dst=$dst_arg
-    # Protect names starting with `-'.
-    case $dst in
-      -*) dst=./$dst;;
-    esac
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	-*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test -z "$d" && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/libXt/ltmain.sh b/libXt/ltmain.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index a72f2fd78..000000000
--- a/libXt/ltmain.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8406 +0,0 @@
-# Generated from ltmain.m4sh.
-
-# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b
-# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html,
-# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
-#
-# Provide generalized library-building support services.
-#
-#     --config             show all configuration variables
-#     --debug              enable verbose shell tracing
-# -n, --dry-run            display commands without modifying any files
-#     --features           display basic configuration information and exit
-#     --mode=MODE          use operation mode MODE
-#     --preserve-dup-deps  don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
-#     --quiet, --silent    don't print informational messages
-#     --tag=TAG            use configuration variables from tag TAG
-# -v, --verbose            print informational messages (default)
-#     --version            print version information
-# -h, --help               print short or long help message
-#
-# MODE must be one of the following:
-#
-#       clean              remove files from the build directory
-#       compile            compile a source file into a libtool object
-#       execute            automatically set library path, then run a program
-#       finish             complete the installation of libtool libraries
-#       install            install libraries or executables
-#       link               create a library or an executable
-#       uninstall          remove libraries from an installed directory
-#
-# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.
-# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
-#
-# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
-# include the following information:
-#
-#       host-triplet:	$host
-#       shell:		$SHELL
-#       compiler:		$LTCC
-#       compiler flags:		$LTCFLAGS
-#       linker:		$LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
-#       $progname:		(GNU libtool) 2.2.6b
-#       automake:		$automake_version
-#       autoconf:		$autoconf_version
-#
-# Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>.
-
-PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
-PACKAGE=libtool
-VERSION=2.2.6b
-TIMESTAMP=""
-package_revision=1.3017
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
-fi
-BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
-# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
-# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
-# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
-lt_user_locale=
-lt_safe_locale=
-for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
-do
-  eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
-          save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var
-          $lt_var=C
-	  export $lt_var
-	  lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\"
-	  lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\"
-	fi"
-done
-
-$lt_unset CDPATH
-
-
-
-
-
-: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${ECHO="echo"}
-: ${EGREP="/bin/grep -E"}
-: ${FGREP="/bin/grep -F"}
-: ${GREP="/bin/grep"}
-: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
-: ${MAKE="make"}
-: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-: ${SED="/bin/sed"}
-: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
-: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"}
-
-# Global variables:
-EXIT_SUCCESS=0
-EXIT_FAILURE=1
-EXIT_MISMATCH=63  # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
-EXIT_SKIP=77	  # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
-
-exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
-
-# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
-lt_nl='
-'
-IFS=" 	$lt_nl"
-
-dirname="s,/[^/]*$,,"
-basename="s,^.*/,,"
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
-#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
-  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
-    func_dirname_result="${3}"
-  else
-    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
-  fi
-  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-# Generated shell functions inserted here.
-
-# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
-# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
-# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
-# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
-# function.
-progpath="$0"
-
-# The name of this program:
-# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with
-# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case:
-func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath"
-progname=$func_basename_result
-case $progname in
-  -*) progname=./$progname ;;
-esac
-
-# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution:
-case $progpath in
-  [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
-  *[\\/]*)
-     progdir=$func_dirname_result
-     progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
-     progpath="$progdir/$progname"
-     ;;
-  *)
-     save_IFS="$IFS"
-     IFS=:
-     for progdir in $PATH; do
-       IFS="$save_IFS"
-       test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
-     done
-     IFS="$save_IFS"
-     test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
-     progpath="$progdir/$progname"
-     ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were
-# `\'-ed in input to the same.  If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$'
-# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion.
-# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of
-# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'.  `\' that '$'.
-bs='\\'
-bs2='\\\\'
-bs4='\\\\\\\\'
-dollar='\$'
-sed_double_backslash="\
-  s/$bs4/&\\
-/g
-  s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/
-  s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g
-  s/\n//g"
-
-# Standard options:
-opt_dry_run=false
-opt_help=false
-opt_quiet=false
-opt_verbose=false
-opt_warning=:
-
-# func_echo arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode
-# name if it has been set yet.
-func_echo ()
-{
-    $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*"
-}
-
-# func_verbose arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
-func_verbose ()
-{
-    $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"}
-
-    # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
-    # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
-    # work around that:
-    :
-}
-
-# func_error arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
-func_error ()
-{
-    $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
-}
-
-# func_warning arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
-func_warning ()
-{
-    $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
-
-    # bash bug again:
-    :
-}
-
-# func_fatal_error arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
-func_fatal_error ()
-{
-    func_error ${1+"$@"}
-    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-}
-
-# func_fatal_help arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
-# a help hint, and exit.
-func_fatal_help ()
-{
-    func_error ${1+"$@"}
-    func_fatal_error "$help"
-}
-help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information."  ## default
-
-
-# func_grep expression filename
-# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
-func_grep ()
-{
-    $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-
-# func_mkdir_p directory-path
-# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
-func_mkdir_p ()
-{
-    my_directory_path="$1"
-    my_dir_list=
-
-    if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then
-
-      # Protect directory names starting with `-'
-      case $my_directory_path in
-        -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;;
-      esac
-
-      # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
-      while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do
-        # ...make a list in topmost first order.  Use a colon delimited
-	# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
-        my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list"
-
-        # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
-        case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
-
-        # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
-        my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-      done
-      my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'`
-
-      save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':'
-      for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do
-	IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
-        # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes
-        # try to create one of the directories concurrently.  Don't
-        # stop in that case!
-        $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
-      done
-      IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
-
-      # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
-      test -d "$my_directory_path" || \
-        func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'"
-    fi
-}
-
-
-# func_mktempdir [string]
-# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
-# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible.  If
-# given, STRING is the basename for that directory.
-func_mktempdir ()
-{
-    my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}"
-
-    if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then
-      # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
-      my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$"
-    else
-
-      # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
-      my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
-
-      if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then
-        # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
-        my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$"
-
-        save_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
-        umask 0077
-        $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir"
-        umask $save_mktempdir_umask
-      fi
-
-      # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
-      test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \
-        func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'"
-    fi
-
-    $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed
-}
-
-
-# func_quote_for_eval arg
-# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later.
-# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT
-# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas
-# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters
-# which are still active within double quotes backslashified.
-func_quote_for_eval ()
-{
-    case $1 in
-      *[\\\`\"\$]*)
-	func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
-      *)
-        func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;;
-    esac
-
-    case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in
-      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
-      # word splitting, command substitution and and variable
-      # expansion for a subsequent eval.
-      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
-      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
-      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
-        func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\""
-        ;;
-      *)
-        func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"
-    esac
-}
-
-
-# func_quote_for_expand arg
-# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
-# but do not quote variable references.
-func_quote_for_expand ()
-{
-    case $1 in
-      *[\\\`\"]*)
-	my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \
-	    -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
-      *)
-        my_arg="$1" ;;
-    esac
-
-    case $my_arg in
-      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
-      # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
-      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
-      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
-      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
-        my_arg="\"$my_arg\""
-        ;;
-    esac
-
-    func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg"
-}
-
-
-# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp]
-# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
-# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
-# is given, then evaluate it.
-func_show_eval ()
-{
-    my_cmd="$1"
-    my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
-
-    ${opt_silent-false} || {
-      func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
-      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-    }
-
-    if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
-      eval "$my_cmd"
-      my_status=$?
-      if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
-	eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
-      fi
-    fi
-}
-
-
-# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp]
-# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
-# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
-# is given, then evaluate it.  Use the saved locale for evaluation.
-func_show_eval_locale ()
-{
-    my_cmd="$1"
-    my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
-
-    ${opt_silent-false} || {
-      func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
-      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-    }
-
-    if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
-      eval "$lt_user_locale
-	    $my_cmd"
-      my_status=$?
-      eval "$lt_safe_locale"
-      if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
-	eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
-      fi
-    fi
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-# func_version
-# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
-func_version ()
-{
-    $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / {
-        s/^# //
-	s/^# *$//
-        s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/
-        p
-     }' < "$progpath"
-     exit $?
-}
-
-# func_usage
-# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
-func_usage ()
-{
-    $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ {
-        s/^# //
-	s/^# *$//
-	s/\$progname/'$progname'/
-	p
-    }' < "$progpath"
-    $ECHO
-    $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage"
-    exit $?
-}
-
-# func_help
-# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
-func_help ()
-{
-    $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ {
-        s/^# //
-	s/^# *$//
-	s*\$progname*'$progname'*
-	s*\$host*'"$host"'*
-	s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'*
-	s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'*
-	s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'*
-	s*\$LD*'"$LD"'*
-	s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/
-	s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
-	s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
-	p
-     }' < "$progpath"
-    exit $?
-}
-
-# func_missing_arg argname
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
-# exit_cmd.
-func_missing_arg ()
-{
-    func_error "missing argument for $1"
-    exit_cmd=exit
-}
-
-exit_cmd=:
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check that we have a working $ECHO.
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
-  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-  shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
-  :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
-  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
-  :
-else
-  # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work.
-  exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # used as fallback echo
-  shift
-  cat <<EOF
-$*
-EOF
-  exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-fi
-
-magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
-magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%"
-
-# Global variables.
-# $mode is unset
-nonopt=
-execute_dlfiles=
-preserve_args=
-lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
-o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
-extracted_archives=
-extracted_serial=0
-
-opt_dry_run=false
-opt_duplicate_deps=false
-opt_silent=false
-opt_debug=:
-
-# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
-# will be execed at the end.  This prevents here-documents from being
-# left over by shells.
-exec_cmd=
-
-# func_fatal_configuration arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
-# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
-func_fatal_configuration ()
-{
-    func_error ${1+"$@"}
-    func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information."
-    func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error."
-}
-
-
-# func_config
-# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
-func_config ()
-{
-    re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
-    re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
-
-    # Default configuration.
-    $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
-
-    # Now print the configurations for the tags.
-    for tagname in $taglist; do
-      $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
-    done
-
-    exit $?
-}
-
-# func_features
-# Display the features supported by this script.
-func_features ()
-{
-    $ECHO "host: $host"
-    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-      $ECHO "enable shared libraries"
-    else
-      $ECHO "disable shared libraries"
-    fi
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      $ECHO "enable static libraries"
-    else
-      $ECHO "disable static libraries"
-    fi
-
-    exit $?
-}
-
-# func_enable_tag tagname
-# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
-# enable the TAGNAME tag.  We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
-# variable here.
-func_enable_tag ()
-{
-  # Global variable:
-  tagname="$1"
-
-  re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
-  re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
-  sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p"
-
-  # Validate tagname.
-  case $tagname in
-    *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
-      func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
-      ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
-  # there but not specially marked.
-  case $tagname in
-    CC) ;;
-    *)
-      if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	taglist="$taglist $tagname"
-
-	# Evaluate the configuration.  Be careful to quote the path
-	# and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
-	# also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
-	# quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
-	extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
-	eval "$extractedcf"
-      else
-	func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# Parse options once, thoroughly.  This comes as soon as possible in
-# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly.
-{
-
-  # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
-  case $1 in
-  clean|clea|cle|cl)
-    shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
-    shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
-    shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
-    shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
-    shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  link|lin|li|l)
-    shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
-    shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Parse non-mode specific arguments:
-  while test "$#" -gt 0; do
-    opt="$1"
-    shift
-
-    case $opt in
-      --config)		func_config					;;
-
-      --debug)		preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
-			func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
-			opt_debug='set -x'
-			$opt_debug
-			;;
-
-      -dlopen)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
-			execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1"
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      --dry-run | -n)	opt_dry_run=:					;;
-      --features)       func_features					;;
-      --finish)		mode="finish"					;;
-
-      --mode)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
-			case $1 in
-			  # Valid mode arguments:
-			  clean)	;;
-			  compile)	;;
-			  execute)	;;
-			  finish)	;;
-			  install)	;;
-			  link)		;;
-			  relink)	;;
-			  uninstall)	;;
-
-			  # Catch anything else as an error
-			  *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt"
-			     exit_cmd=exit
-			     break
-			     ;;
-		        esac
-
-			mode="$1"
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      --preserve-dup-deps)
-			opt_duplicate_deps=:				;;
-
-      --quiet|--silent)	preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
-			opt_silent=:
-			;;
-
-      --verbose| -v)	preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
-			opt_silent=false
-			;;
-
-      --tag)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
-			preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1"
-			func_enable_tag "$1"	# tagname is set here
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      # Separate optargs to long options:
-      -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*)
-			func_opt_split "$opt"
-			set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"}
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      -\?|-h)		func_usage					;;
-      --help)		opt_help=:					;;
-      --version)	func_version					;;
-
-      -*)		func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'"	;;
-
-      *)		nonopt="$opt"
-			break
-			;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-
-  case $host in
-    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*)
-      # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
-      opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
-      ;;
-    *)
-      opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps
-      ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if
-  # anything was wrong.
-  $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
-}
-
-# func_check_version_match
-# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
-# release of libtool.
-func_check_version_match ()
-{
-  if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
-    if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
-      if test -z "$macro_version"; then
-        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
-$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
-$progname: and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
-      else
-        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
-$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
-$progname: and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
-      fi
-    else
-      cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
-$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
-$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
-    fi
-
-    exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
-  fi
-}
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-##    Main.    ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-$opt_help || {
-  # Sanity checks first:
-  func_check_version_match
-
-  if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
-    func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
-  fi
-
-  test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE."
-
-
-  # Darwin sucks
-  eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-
-
-  # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
-  if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
-    func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'"
-    $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
-    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-  fi
-
-  # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
-  generic_help="$help"
-  help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
-}
-
-
-# func_lalib_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_lalib_p ()
-{
-    test -f "$1" &&
-      $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \
-        | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
-# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
-# resorting to external programs.  To this end, it redirects stdin and
-# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
-# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
-# fatal anyway.  Works if `file' does not exist.
-func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
-{
-    lalib_p=no
-    if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
-	for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
-	do
-	    read lalib_p_line
-	    case "$lalib_p_line" in
-		\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
-	    esac
-	done
-	exec 0<&5 5<&-
-    fi
-    test "$lalib_p" = yes
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
-{
-    func_lalib_p "$1"
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
-{
-    func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
-    case $1 in
-    *.exe) ;;
-    *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
-    esac
-    $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
-# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
-# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
-# temporary ltwrapper_script.
-func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
-{
-    func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=""
-    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then
-	func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
-	func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
-	func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper"
-    fi
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_p ()
-{
-    func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
-}
-
-
-# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
-# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
-# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
-# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
-func_execute_cmds ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
-    for cmd in $1; do
-      IFS=$save_ifs
-      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
-      func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
-    done
-    IFS=$save_ifs
-}
-
-
-# func_source file
-# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
-# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
-# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
-# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)!  Also, sourcing
-# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
-func_source ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    case $1 in
-    */* | *\\*)	. "$1" ;;
-    *)		. "./$1" ;;
-    esac
-}
-
-
-# func_infer_tag arg
-# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
-# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
-# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
-# command doesn't match the default compiler.
-# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
-func_infer_tag ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
-      CC_quoted=
-      for arg in $CC; do
-        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-      done
-      case $@ in
-      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
-      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
-      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;;
-      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
-      # if we don't check for them as well.
-      *)
-	for z in $available_tags; do
-	  if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
-	    # Evaluate the configuration.
-	    eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
-	    CC_quoted=
-	    for arg in $CC; do
-	      # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
-	      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	      CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	    done
-	    case "$@ " in
-	      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*)
-	      # The compiler in the base compile command matches
-	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
-	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
-	      tagname=$z
-	      break
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-	done
-	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
-	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
-	# line option must be used.
-	if test -z "$tagname"; then
-	  func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
-	  func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'"
-#	else
-#	  func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-}
-
-
-
-# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
-# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
-# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
-func_write_libtool_object ()
-{
-    write_libobj=${1}
-    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-      write_lobj=\'${2}\'
-    else
-      write_lobj=none
-    fi
-
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      write_oldobj=\'${3}\'
-    else
-      write_oldobj=none
-    fi
-
-    $opt_dry_run || {
-      cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF
-# $write_libobj - a libtool object file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
-
-# Name of the PIC object.
-pic_object=$write_lobj
-
-# Name of the non-PIC object
-non_pic_object=$write_oldobj
-
-EOF
-      $MV "${write_libobj}T" "${write_libobj}"
-    }
-}
-
-# func_mode_compile arg...
-func_mode_compile ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    # Get the compilation command and the source file.
-    base_compile=
-    srcfile="$nonopt"  #  always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
-    suppress_opt=yes
-    suppress_output=
-    arg_mode=normal
-    libobj=
-    later=
-    pie_flag=
-
-    for arg
-    do
-      case $arg_mode in
-      arg  )
-	# do not "continue".  Instead, add this to base_compile
-	lastarg="$arg"
-	arg_mode=normal
-	;;
-
-      target )
-	libobj="$arg"
-	arg_mode=normal
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      normal )
-	# Accept any command-line options.
-	case $arg in
-	-o)
-	  test -n "$libobj" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once"
-	  arg_mode=target
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-
-	-pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
-          pie_flag="$pie_flag $arg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-
-	-shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
-	  later="$later $arg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-
-	-no-suppress)
-	  suppress_opt=no
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-
-	-Xcompiler)
-	  arg_mode=arg  #  the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
-	  continue      #  The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
-	  ;;            #  replaced later.  I would guess that would be a bug.
-
-	-Wc,*)
-	  func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
-	  args=$func_stripname_result
-	  lastarg=
-	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
-	  for arg in $args; do
-	    IFS="$save_ifs"
-	    func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	    lastarg="$lastarg $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  done
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-	  func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
-	  lastarg=$func_stripname_result
-
-	  # Add the arguments to base_compile.
-	  base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-
-	*)
-	  # Accept the current argument as the source file.
-	  # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
-	  #
-	  lastarg="$srcfile"
-	  srcfile="$arg"
-	  ;;
-	esac  #  case $arg
-	;;
-      esac    #  case $arg_mode
-
-      # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
-      func_quote_for_eval "$lastarg"
-      base_compile="$base_compile $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-    done # for arg
-
-    case $arg_mode in
-    arg)
-      func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
-      ;;
-    target)
-      func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      # Get the name of the library object.
-      test -z "$libobj" && {
-	func_basename "$srcfile"
-	libobj="$func_basename_result"
-      }
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # Recognize several different file suffixes.
-    # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
-    case $libobj in
-    *.[cCFSifmso] | \
-    *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
-    *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
-    *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.obj | *.sx)
-      func_xform "$libobj"
-      libobj=$func_xform_result
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    case $libobj in
-    *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
-    *)
-      func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'"
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    func_infer_tag $base_compile
-
-    for arg in $later; do
-      case $arg in
-      -shared)
-	test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
-	  func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
-	build_old_libs=no
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -static)
-	build_libtool_libs=no
-	build_old_libs=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -prefer-pic)
-	pic_mode=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -prefer-non-pic)
-	pic_mode=no
-	continue
-	;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    func_quote_for_eval "$libobj"
-    test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \
-      && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"'	 &()|`$[]' \
-      && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
-    func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
-    objname="$func_basename_result"
-    xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-    lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
-
-    test -z "$base_compile" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
-
-    # Delete any leftover library objects.
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
-    else
-      removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
-    fi
-
-    # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
-      pic_mode=default
-      ;;
-    esac
-    if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
-      # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
-      pic_mode=default
-    fi
-
-    # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
-    # not support -o with -c
-    if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
-      output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
-      lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
-    else
-      output_obj=
-      need_locks=no
-      lockfile=
-    fi
-
-    # Lock this critical section if it is needed
-    # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
-    if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
-      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
-	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
-	sleep 2
-      done
-    elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
-      if test -f "$lockfile"; then
-	$ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-      fi
-      removelist="$removelist $output_obj"
-      $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
-    fi
-
-    $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-    removelist="$removelist $lockfile"
-    trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
-
-    if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
-      eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
-    fi
-    func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
-    qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
-
-    # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
-    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-      # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
-      fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
-
-      if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
-      else
-	# Don't build PIC code
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
-      fi
-
-      func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
-
-      if test -z "$output_obj"; then
-	# Place PIC objects in $objdir
-	command="$command -o $lobj"
-      fi
-
-      func_show_eval_locale "$command"	\
-          'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
-
-      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
-	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
-	$ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-      fi
-
-      # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
-      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
-	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
-	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
-      fi
-
-      # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
-      if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
-	suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
-	# Don't build PIC code
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
-      else
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
-      fi
-      if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
-	command="$command -o $obj"
-      fi
-
-      # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
-      command="$command$suppress_output"
-      func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
-        '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
-
-      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
-	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
-	$ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-      fi
-
-      # Just move the object if needed
-      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
-	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
-	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    $opt_dry_run || {
-      func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
-
-      # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
-      if test "$need_locks" != no; then
-	removelist=$lockfile
-        $RM "$lockfile"
-      fi
-    }
-
-    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-$opt_help || {
-test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
-}
-
-func_mode_help ()
-{
-    # We need to display help for each of the modes.
-    case $mode in
-      "")
-        # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
-        # at the start of this file.
-        func_help
-        ;;
-
-      clean)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove files from the build directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
-with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
-        ;;
-
-      compile)
-      $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
-
-Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
-  -o OUTPUT-FILE    set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
-  -no-suppress      do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
-  -prefer-pic       try to building PIC objects only
-  -prefer-non-pic   try to building non-PIC objects only
-  -shared           do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-  -static           only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-
-COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
-from the given SOURCEFILE.
-
-The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
-SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
-library object suffix, \`.lo'."
-        ;;
-
-      execute)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
-
-Automatically set library path, then run a program.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
-  -dlopen FILE      add the directory containing FILE to the library path
-
-This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
-flags.
-
-If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
-into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
-directories are added to the library path.
-
-Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
-        ;;
-
-      finish)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
-
-Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
-
-Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
-
-The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges.  Use
-the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
-        ;;
-
-      install)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
-
-Install executables or libraries.
-
-INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command.  The first component should be
-either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
-
-The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
-  -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR  Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
-
-The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
-BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
-        ;;
-
-      link)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
-
-Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
-create an executable program.
-
-LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
-a program from several object files.
-
-The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
-  -all-static       do not do any dynamic linking at all
-  -avoid-version    do not add a version suffix if possible
-  -dlopen FILE      \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
-  -dlpreopen FILE   link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
-  -export-dynamic   allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
-  -export-symbols SYMFILE
-                    try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
-  -export-symbols-regex REGEX
-                    try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
-  -LLIBDIR          search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
-  -lNAME            OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
-  -module           build a library that can dlopened
-  -no-fast-install  disable the fast-install mode
-  -no-install       link a not-installable executable
-  -no-undefined     declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
-  -o OUTPUT-FILE    create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
-  -objectlist FILE  Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
-  -precious-files-regex REGEX
-                    don't remove output files matching REGEX
-  -release RELEASE  specify package release information
-  -rpath LIBDIR     the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
-  -R[ ]LIBDIR       add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
-  -shared           only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-  -shrext SUFFIX    override the standard shared library file extension
-  -static           do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
-  -static-libtool-libs
-                    do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-  -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
-                    specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
-  -weak LIBNAME     declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
-
-All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
-
-Every other argument is treated as a filename.  Files ending in \`.la' are
-treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
-object files.
-
-If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
-only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
-required, except when creating a convenience library.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
-using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
-is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
-        ;;
-
-      uninstall)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove libraries from an installation directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
-Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
-        ;;
-
-      *)
-        func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
-        ;;
-    esac
-
-    $ECHO
-    $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
-
-    exit $?
-}
-
-  # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
-  $opt_help && func_mode_help
-
-
-# func_mode_execute arg...
-func_mode_execute ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    # The first argument is the command name.
-    cmd="$nonopt"
-    test -z "$cmd" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
-
-    # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
-    for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
-      test -f "$file" \
-	|| func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file"
-
-      dir=
-      case $file in
-      *.la)
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
-	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
-	  || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
-	# Read the libtool library.
-	dlname=
-	library_names=
-	func_source "$file"
-
-	# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
-	if test -z "$dlname"; then
-	  # Warn if it was a shared library.
-	  test -n "$library_names" && \
-	    func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
-	  continue
-	fi
-
-	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
-	dir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
-	  dir="$dir/$objdir"
-	else
-	  if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
-	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
-	dir="$func_dirname_result"
-	;;
-
-      *)
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
-	continue
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      # Get the absolute pathname.
-      absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
-      test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
-
-      # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
-      if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
-	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
-      else
-	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
-      fi
-    done
-
-    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
-    # rather than running their programs.
-    libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
-
-    # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
-    args=
-    for file
-    do
-      case $file in
-      -*) ;;
-      *)
-	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
-	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
-	  func_source "$file"
-	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
-	  file="$progdir/$program"
-	elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
-	  func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
-	  func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
-	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
-	  file="$progdir/$program"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
-      func_quote_for_eval "$file"
-      args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-    done
-
-    if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then
-      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-	# Export the shlibpath_var.
-	eval "export $shlibpath_var"
-      fi
-
-      # Restore saved environment variables
-      for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
-      do
-	eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
-                $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
-	      else
-		$lt_unset $lt_var
-	      fi"
-      done
-
-      # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
-      exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
-    else
-      # Display what would be done.
-      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-	eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
-	$ECHO "export $shlibpath_var"
-      fi
-      $ECHO "$cmd$args"
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-    fi
-}
-
-test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_finish arg...
-func_mode_finish ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    libdirs="$nonopt"
-    admincmds=
-
-    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
-      for dir
-      do
-	libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
-      done
-
-      for libdir in $libdirs; do
-	if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
-	  # Do each command in the finish commands.
-	  func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
-'"$cmd"'"'
-	fi
-	if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
-	  # Do the single finish_eval.
-	  eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
-       $cmds"
-	fi
-      done
-    fi
-
-    # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
-    $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-
-    $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
-    $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:"
-    for libdir in $libdirs; do
-      $ECHO "   $libdir"
-    done
-    $ECHO
-    $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
-    $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
-    $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
-    $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
-    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-      $ECHO "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
-      $ECHO "     during execution"
-    fi
-    if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-      $ECHO "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
-      $ECHO "     during linking"
-    fi
-    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-      libdir=LIBDIR
-      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-
-      $ECHO "   - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
-    fi
-    if test -n "$admincmds"; then
-      $ECHO "   - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
-    fi
-    if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
-      $ECHO "   - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
-    fi
-    $ECHO
-
-    $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
-    case $host in
-      solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
-        $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
-	$ECHO "pages."
-	;;
-      *)
-        $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
-        ;;
-    esac
-    $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
-    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_install arg...
-func_mode_install ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
-    # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
-    if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
-       # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
-       $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then
-      # Aesthetically quote it.
-      func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
-      install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
-      arg=$1
-      shift
-    else
-      install_prog=
-      arg=$nonopt
-    fi
-
-    # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
-    # Aesthetically quote it.
-    func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-    install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-
-    # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
-    dest=
-    files=
-    opts=
-    prev=
-    install_type=
-    isdir=no
-    stripme=
-    for arg
-    do
-      if test -n "$dest"; then
-	files="$files $dest"
-	dest=$arg
-	continue
-      fi
-
-      case $arg in
-      -d) isdir=yes ;;
-      -f)
-	case " $install_prog " in
-	*[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;;
-	*) prev=$arg ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      -g | -m | -o)
-	prev=$arg
-	;;
-      -s)
-	stripme=" -s"
-	continue
-	;;
-      -*)
-	;;
-      *)
-	# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
-	if test -n "$prev"; then
-	  prev=
-	else
-	  dest=$arg
-	  continue
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      # Aesthetically quote the argument.
-      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-      install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-    done
-
-    test -z "$install_prog" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
-
-    test -n "$prev" && \
-      func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument"
-
-    if test -z "$files"; then
-      if test -z "$dest"; then
-	func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
-      else
-	func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
-    func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
-    dest=$func_stripname_result
-
-    # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
-    test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
-    if test "$isdir" = yes; then
-      destdir="$dest"
-      destname=
-    else
-      func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
-      destdir="$func_dirname_result"
-      destname="$func_basename_result"
-
-      # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
-      set dummy $files; shift
-      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
-	func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory"
-    fi
-    case $destdir in
-    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-    *)
-      for file in $files; do
-	case $file in
-	*.lo) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
-    # than running their programs.
-    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
-    staticlibs=
-    future_libdirs=
-    current_libdirs=
-    for file in $files; do
-
-      # Do each installation.
-      case $file in
-      *.$libext)
-	# Do the static libraries later.
-	staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
-	;;
-
-      *.la)
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
-	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
-	  || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
-	library_names=
-	old_library=
-	relink_command=
-	func_source "$file"
-
-	# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
-	if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
-	  case "$current_libdirs " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	else
-	  # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
-	  case "$future_libdirs " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-
-	func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
-	dir="$func_dirname_result"
-	dir="$dir$objdir"
-
-	if test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	  # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
-	  inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
-
-	  # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
-	  # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
-	  # are installed to the same prefix.
-	  # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
-	  # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
-	  # but it's something to keep an eye on.
-	  test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
-
-	  if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
-	    # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
-	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
-	  else
-	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
-	  fi
-
-	  func_warning "relinking \`$file'"
-	  func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
-	    'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
-	fi
-
-	# See the names of the shared library.
-	set dummy $library_names; shift
-	if test -n "$1"; then
-	  realname="$1"
-	  shift
-
-	  srcname="$realname"
-	  test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
-
-	  # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
-	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
-	      'exit $?'
-	  tstripme="$stripme"
-	  case $host_os in
-	  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
-	    case $realname in
-	    *.dll.a)
-	      tstripme=""
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
-	    func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
-	  fi
-
-	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
-	    # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
-	    # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on
-	    # the symlink we replace!  Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
-	    # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
-	    for linkname
-	    do
-	      test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
-		&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
-	    done
-	  fi
-
-	  # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
-	  lib="$destdir/$realname"
-	  func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
-	fi
-
-	# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
-	func_basename "$file"
-	name="$func_basename_result"
-	instname="$dir/$name"i
-	func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
-
-	# Maybe install the static library, too.
-	test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
-
-	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
-	if test -n "$destname"; then
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
-	else
-	  func_basename "$file"
-	  destfile="$func_basename_result"
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
-	fi
-
-	# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
-	case $destfile in
-	*.lo)
-	  func_lo2o "$destfile"
-	  staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
-	  ;;
-	*.$objext)
-	  staticdest="$destfile"
-	  destfile=
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Install the libtool object if requested.
-	test -n "$destfile" && \
-	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
-
-	# Install the old object if enabled.
-	if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
-	  func_lo2o "$file"
-	  staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
-	  func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
-	fi
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-	;;
-
-      *)
-	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
-	if test -n "$destname"; then
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
-	else
-	  func_basename "$file"
-	  destfile="$func_basename_result"
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
-	fi
-
-	# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
-	# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
-	# install
-	stripped_ext=""
-	case $file in
-	  *.exe)
-	    if test ! -f "$file"; then
-	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
-	      file=$func_stripname_result
-	      stripped_ext=".exe"
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
-	case $host in
-	*cygwin* | *mingw*)
-	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
-	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
-	      wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	    else
-	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
-	      wrapper=$func_stripname_result
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	*)
-	    wrapper=$file
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
-	  notinst_deplibs=
-	  relink_command=
-
-	  func_source "$wrapper"
-
-	  # Check the variables that should have been set.
-	  test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'"
-
-	  finalize=yes
-	  for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
-	    # Check to see that each library is installed.
-	    libdir=
-	    if test -f "$lib"; then
-	      func_source "$lib"
-	    fi
-	    libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
-	    if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
-	      func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'"
-	      finalize=no
-	    fi
-	  done
-
-	  relink_command=
-	  func_source "$wrapper"
-
-	  outputname=
-	  if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      if test "$finalize" = yes; then
-	        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
-		func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
-		file="$func_basename_result"
-	        outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
-	        # Replace the output file specification.
-	        relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
-
-	        $opt_silent || {
-	          func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
-		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-	        }
-	        if eval "$relink_command"; then :
-	          else
-		  func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it"
-		  $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
-		  continue
-	        fi
-	        file="$outputname"
-	      else
-	        func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'"
-	      fi
-	    }
-	  else
-	    # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
-	    file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
-	# one anyway
-	case $install_prog,$host in
-	*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
-	  case $file:$destfile in
-	  *.exe:*.exe)
-	    # this is ok
-	    ;;
-	  *.exe:*)
-	    destfile=$destfile.exe
-	    ;;
-	  *:*.exe)
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
-	    destfile=$func_stripname_result
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
-	$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
-	  ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    for file in $staticlibs; do
-      func_basename "$file"
-      name="$func_basename_result"
-
-      # Set up the ranlib parameters.
-      oldlib="$destdir/$name"
-
-      func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
-
-      if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
-	func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?'
-      fi
-
-      # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
-      func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
-    done
-
-    test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
-      func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
-
-    if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
-      # Maybe just do a dry run.
-      $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
-      exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
-    else
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-    fi
-}
-
-test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
-# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
-# a dlpreopen symbol table.
-func_generate_dlsyms ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    my_outputname="$1"
-    my_originator="$2"
-    my_pic_p="${3-no}"
-    my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
-    my_dlsyms=
-
-    if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
-      if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
-	my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c"
-      else
-	func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
-      case $my_dlsyms in
-      "") ;;
-      *.c)
-	# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
-	nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm"
-
-	func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
-
-	# Parse the name list into a source file.
-	func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
-/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern \"C\" {
-#endif
-
-/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
-"
-
-	if test "$dlself" = yes; then
-	  func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
-
-	  $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
-
-	  # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
-	  progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-	  for progfile in $progfiles; do
-	    func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'"
-	    $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
-	  done
-
-	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
-	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
-	    }
-	  fi
-
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
-	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
-	    }
-	  fi
-
-	  # Prepare the list of exported symbols
-	  if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
-	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      $RM $export_symbols
-	      eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
-	      case $host in
-	      *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
-                eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-                eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-	        ;;
-	      esac
-	    }
-	  else
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
-	      eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
-	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
-	      case $host in
-	        *cygwin | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
-	          eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-	          eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-	          ;;
-	      esac
-	    }
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
-	  func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'"
-	  func_basename "$dlprefile"
-	  name="$func_basename_result"
-	  $opt_dry_run || {
-	    eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
-	    eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
-	  }
-	done
-
-	$opt_dry_run || {
-	  # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
-	  test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
-
-	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
-	    $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
-	    $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
-	  if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
-	      if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		sort -k 3
-	      else
-		sort +2
-	      fi |
-	      uniq > "$nlist"S; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
-	  fi
-
-	  if test -f "$nlist"S; then
-	    eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
-	  else
-	    $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-	  fi
-
-	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
-typedef struct {
-  const char *name;
-  void *address;
-} lt_dlsymlist;
-"
-	  case $host in
-	  *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
-	    $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because
-   runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation
-   on pseudo-relocs.  */"
-	    lt_dlsym_const= ;;
-	  *osf5*)
-	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */"
-	    lt_dlsym_const= ;;
-	  *)
-	    lt_dlsym_const=const ;;
-	  esac
-
-	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
-lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];
-$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
-lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{\
-  { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 },"
-
-	  case $need_lib_prefix in
-	  no)
-	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-  {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
-  return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif\
-"
-	} # !$opt_dry_run
-
-	pic_flag_for_symtable=
-	case "$compile_command " in
-	*" -static "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  case $host in
-	  # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
-	  # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
-	  # linked before any other PIC object.  But we must not use
-	  # pic_flag when linking with -static.  The problem exists in
-	  # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
-	  *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
-	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
-	  *-*-hpux*)
-	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"  ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then
-	      pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	symtab_cflags=
-	for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
-	  case $arg in
-	  -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
-	  *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-
-	# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
-	func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
-
-	# Clean up the generated files.
-	func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"'
-
-	# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
-	symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext"
-	case $host in
-	*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
-	  if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
-	    compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
-	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
-	  else
-	    compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	  finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *)
-	func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'"
-	;;
-      esac
-    else
-      # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
-      # lt_preloaded_symbols.  The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
-      # really was required.
-
-      # Nullify the symbol file.
-      compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
-      finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
-    fi
-}
-
-# func_win32_libid arg
-# return the library type of file 'arg'
-#
-# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
-# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
-# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
-func_win32_libid ()
-{
-  $opt_debug
-  win32_libid_type="unknown"
-  win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
-  case $win32_fileres in
-  *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
-    win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
-    ;;
-  *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
-    if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
-       $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then
-      win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 |
-	$SED -n -e '
-	    1,100{
-		/ I /{
-		    s,.*,import,
-		    p
-		    q
-		}
-	    }'`
-      case $win32_nmres in
-      import*)  win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
-      *)        win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
-      esac
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *DLL*)
-    win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
-    ;;
-  *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
-    case $win32_fileres in
-    *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
-      win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
-      ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-  $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
-}
-
-
-
-# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
-func_extract_an_archive ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift
-    f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1"
-    func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?'
-    if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
-     :
-    else
-      func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
-    fi
-}
-
-
-# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
-func_extract_archives ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    my_gentop="$1"; shift
-    my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
-    my_oldobjs=""
-    my_xlib=""
-    my_xabs=""
-    my_xdir=""
-
-    for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
-      # Extract the objects.
-      case $my_xlib in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;;
-	*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
-      esac
-      func_basename "$my_xlib"
-      my_xlib="$func_basename_result"
-      my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
-      while :; do
-        case " $extracted_archives " in
-	*" $my_xlib_u "*)
-	  func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
-	  extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
-	  my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
-	*) break ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
-      my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u"
-
-      func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
-
-      case $host in
-      *-darwin*)
-	func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
-	# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
-	$opt_dry_run || {
-	  darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
-	  cd $my_xdir || exit $?
-	  darwin_archive=$my_xabs
-	  darwin_curdir=`pwd`
-	  darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"`
-	  darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
-	  if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
-	    darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
-	    darwin_arch=
-	    func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
-	    for darwin_arch in  $darwin_arches ; do
-	      func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
-	      $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}"
-	      cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
-	      func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}"
-	      cd "$darwin_curdir"
-	      $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}"
-	    done # $darwin_arches
-            ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
-	    darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u`
-	    darwin_file=
-	    darwin_files=
-	    for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
-	      darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP`
-	      $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
-	    done # $darwin_filelist
-	    $RM -rf unfat-$$
-	    cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
-	  else
-	    cd $darwin_orig_dir
-	    func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
-	  fi # $darwin_arches
-	} # !$opt_dry_run
-	;;
-      *)
-        func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
-	;;
-      esac
-      my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
-    done
-
-    func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs"
-}
-
-
-
-# func_emit_wrapper_part1 [arg=no]
-#
-# Emit the first part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
-# For more information, see the description associated with
-# func_emit_wrapper(), below.
-func_emit_wrapper_part1 ()
-{
-	func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=no
-	if test -n "$1" ; then
-	  func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=$1
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-#! $SHELL
-
-# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
-# libraries that it depends on are installed.
-#
-# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
-# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
-fi
-BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
-
-# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
-if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
-  # install mode needs the following variables:
-  generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
-  notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
-else
-  # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
-  if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
-    ECHO=\"$qecho\"
-    file=\"\$0\"
-    # Make sure echo works.
-    if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
-      # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-      shift
-    elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
-      # Yippee, \$ECHO works!
-      :
-    else
-      # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work.
-      exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
-    fi
-  fi\
-"
-	$ECHO "\
-
-  # Find the directory that this script lives in.
-  thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
-  test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
-
-  # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
-  file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
-  while test -n \"\$file\"; do
-    destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
-
-    # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
-    if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
-      case \"\$destdir\" in
-      [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
-      *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-
-    file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
-    file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
-  done
-"
-}
-# end: func_emit_wrapper_part1
-
-# func_emit_wrapper_part2 [arg=no]
-#
-# Emit the second part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
-# For more information, see the description associated with
-# func_emit_wrapper(), below.
-func_emit_wrapper_part2 ()
-{
-	func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=no
-	if test -n "$1" ; then
-	  func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=$1
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-
-  # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
-  # the cwrapper.
-  WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1
-  if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
-    # special case for '.'
-    if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
-      thisdir=\`pwd\`
-    fi
-    # remove .libs from thisdir
-    case \"\$thisdir\" in
-    *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
-    $objdir )   thisdir=. ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-
-  # Try to get the absolute directory name.
-  absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
-  test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
-"
-
-	if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
-	  $ECHO "\
-  program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
-  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-
-  if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
-     { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
-       test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
-
-    file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
-
-    if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
-      $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
-    else
-      $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
-    fi"
-
-	  $ECHO "\
-
-    # relink executable if necessary
-    if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
-      if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
-      else
-	$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
-	$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
-	exit 1
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
-    { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
-      $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
-    $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
-  fi"
-	else
-	  $ECHO "\
-  program='$outputname'
-  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-"
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-
-  if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
-
-	# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
-	if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
-	  $ECHO "\
-    # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
-    $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
-
-    # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
-    # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
-    $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
-
-    export $shlibpath_var
-"
-	fi
-
-	# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
-	if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
-	  $ECHO "\
-    # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
-    PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
-"
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-    if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
-      # Run the actual program with our arguments.
-"
-	case $host in
-	# Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
-	*-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
-	  $ECHO "\
-      exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
-	  ;;
-
-	*)
-	  $ECHO "\
-      exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	$ECHO "\
-      \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-  else
-    # The program doesn't exist.
-    \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
-    \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
-    $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-fi\
-"
-}
-# end: func_emit_wrapper_part2
-
-
-# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
-#
-# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
-# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
-# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
-# wrapper executable.  Must ONLY be called from within
-# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
-# set therein.
-#
-# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
-# variable will take.  If 'yes', then the emitted script
-# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is
-# the $objdir directory.  This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
-# behavior.
-func_emit_wrapper ()
-{
-	func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no
-	if test -n "$1" ; then
-	  func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1
-	fi
-
-	# split this up so that func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-	# can call each part independently.
-	func_emit_wrapper_part1 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}"
-	func_emit_wrapper_part2 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}"
-}
-
-
-# func_to_host_path arg
-#
-# Convert paths to host format when used with build tools.
-# Intended for use with "native" mingw (where libtool itself
-# is running under the msys shell), or in the following cross-
-# build environments:
-#    $build          $host
-#    mingw (msys)    mingw  [e.g. native]
-#    cygwin          mingw
-#    *nix + wine     mingw
-# where wine is equipped with the `winepath' executable.
-# In the native mingw case, the (msys) shell automatically
-# converts paths for any non-msys applications it launches,
-# but that facility isn't available from inside the cwrapper.
-# Similar accommodations are necessary for $host mingw and
-# $build cygwin.  Calling this function does no harm for other
-# $host/$build combinations not listed above.
-#
-# ARG is the path (on $build) that should be converted to
-# the proper representation for $host. The result is stored
-# in $func_to_host_path_result.
-func_to_host_path ()
-{
-  func_to_host_path_result="$1"
-  if test -n "$1" ; then
-    case $host in
-      *mingw* )
-        lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
-        case $build in
-          *mingw* ) # actually, msys
-            # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
-            lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//"
-            func_to_host_path_tmp1=`( cmd //c echo "$1" |\
-              $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""`
-            func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
-              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
-            ;;
-          *cygwin* )
-            func_to_host_path_tmp1=`cygpath -w "$1"`
-            func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
-              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
-            ;;
-          * )
-            # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero
-            # error code, so we are forced to check the contents of
-            # stdout. On the other hand, if the command is not
-            # found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
-            # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both
-            # error code of zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains
-            # the odd construction:
-            func_to_host_path_tmp1=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
-            if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_to_host_path_tmp1}"; then
-              func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
-                $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
-            else
-              # Allow warning below.
-              func_to_host_path_result=""
-            fi
-            ;;
-        esac
-        if test -z "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then
-          func_error "Could not determine host path corresponding to"
-          func_error "  '$1'"
-          func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
-          # Fallback:
-          func_to_host_path_result="$1"
-        fi
-        ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-}
-# end: func_to_host_path
-
-# func_to_host_pathlist arg
-#
-# Convert pathlists to host format when used with build tools.
-# See func_to_host_path(), above. This function supports the
-# following $build/$host combinations (but does no harm for
-# combinations not listed here):
-#    $build          $host
-#    mingw (msys)    mingw  [e.g. native]
-#    cygwin          mingw
-#    *nix + wine     mingw
-#
-# Path separators are also converted from $build format to
-# $host format. If ARG begins or ends with a path separator
-# character, it is preserved (but converted to $host format)
-# on output.
-#
-# ARG is a pathlist (on $build) that should be converted to
-# the proper representation on $host. The result is stored
-# in $func_to_host_pathlist_result.
-func_to_host_pathlist ()
-{
-  func_to_host_pathlist_result="$1"
-  if test -n "$1" ; then
-    case $host in
-      *mingw* )
-        lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
-        # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
-        # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
-        # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
-        func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2="$1"
-        # Once set for this call, this variable should not be
-        # reassigned. It is used in tha fallback case.
-        func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
-          $SED -e 's|^:*||' -e 's|:*$||'`
-        case $build in
-          *mingw* ) # Actually, msys.
-            # Awkward: cmd appends spaces to result.
-            lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//"
-            func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`( cmd //c echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\
-              $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""`
-            func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
-              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
-            ;;
-          *cygwin* )
-            func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`cygpath -w -p "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1"`
-            func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
-              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
-            ;;
-          * )
-            # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert pathlists
-            func_to_host_pathlist_result=""
-            func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS=$IFS
-            IFS=:
-            for func_to_host_pathlist_f in $func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1 ; do
-              IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS
-              if test -n "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" ; then
-                func_to_host_path "$func_to_host_pathlist_f"
-                if test -n "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then
-                  if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then
-                    func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_path_result"
-                  else
-                    func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;$func_to_host_path_result"
-                  fi
-                fi
-              fi
-              IFS=:
-            done
-            IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS
-            ;;
-        esac
-        if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then
-          func_error "Could not determine the host path(s) corresponding to"
-          func_error "  '$1'"
-          func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
-          # Fallback. This may break if $1 contains DOS-style drive
-          # specifications. The fix is not to complicate the expression
-          # below, but for the user to provide a working wine installation
-          # with winepath so that path translation in the cross-to-mingw
-          # case works properly.
-          lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos="s|:|;|g"
-          func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\
-            $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos"`
-        fi
-        # Now, add the leading and trailing path separators back
-        case "$1" in
-          :* ) func_to_host_pathlist_result=";$func_to_host_pathlist_result"
-            ;;
-        esac
-        case "$1" in
-          *: ) func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;"
-            ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-}
-# end: func_to_host_pathlist
-
-# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
-# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
-# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
-func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
-{
-	cat <<EOF
-
-/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
-   Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-
-   The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
-   libraries that it depends on are installed.
-
-   This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
-   If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
-   Currently, it simply execs the wrapper *script* "$SHELL $output",
-   but could eventually absorb all of the scripts functionality and
-   exec $objdir/$outputname directly.
-*/
-EOF
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# include <direct.h>
-# include <process.h>
-# include <io.h>
-# define setmode _setmode
-#else
-# include <unistd.h>
-# include <stdint.h>
-# ifdef __CYGWIN__
-#  include <io.h>
-#  define HAVE_SETENV
-#  ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
-char *realpath (const char *, char *);
-int putenv (char *);
-int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-#include <malloc.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#if defined(PATH_MAX)
-# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
-#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
-#endif
-
-#ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
-# define stat _stat
-# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#  define intptr_t int
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
-# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
-  defined (__OS2__)
-# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
-# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
-# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
-#  define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
-# endif
-# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
-#  define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
-# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
-#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
-# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
-	(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
-#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
-
-#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
-# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
-#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
-# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
-#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FOPEN_WB
-# define FOPEN_WB "w"
-#endif
-#ifndef _O_BINARY
-# define _O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-#define XMALLOC(type, num)      ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
-#define XFREE(stale) do { \
-  if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
-} while (0)
-
-#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF
-#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER
-# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args
-static void
-ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start (args, fmt);
-    (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
-    va_end (args);
-}
-#else
-# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args)
-#endif
-
-const char *program_name = NULL;
-
-void *xmalloc (size_t num);
-char *xstrdup (const char *string);
-const char *base_name (const char *name);
-char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
-char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
-int make_executable (const char *path);
-int check_executable (const char *path);
-char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
-void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...);
-void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
-char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
-void lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg);
-void lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg);
-void lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg);
-int lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value);
-void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
-void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
-
-static const char *script_text_part1 =
-EOF
-
-	    func_emit_wrapper_part1 yes |
-	        $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \
-	             -e 's/^/  "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/'
-	    echo ";"
-	    cat <<EOF
-
-static const char *script_text_part2 =
-EOF
-	    func_emit_wrapper_part2 yes |
-	        $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \
-	             -e 's/^/  "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/'
-	    echo ";"
-
-	    cat <<EOF
-const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe";
-const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var";
-EOF
-
-	    if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
-              func_to_host_pathlist "$temp_rpath"
-	      cat <<EOF
-const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE   = "$func_to_host_pathlist_result";
-EOF
-	    else
-	      cat <<"EOF"
-const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE   = "";
-EOF
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
-              func_to_host_pathlist "$dllsearchpath:"
-	      cat <<EOF
-const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH";
-const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE   = "$func_to_host_pathlist_result";
-EOF
-	    else
-	      cat <<"EOF"
-const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "";
-const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE   = "";
-EOF
-	    fi
-
-	    if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
-	      cat <<EOF
-const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
-EOF
-	    else
-	      cat <<EOF
-const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
-EOF
-	    fi
-
-
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-
-#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX         "--lt-"
-#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH  5
-
-static const size_t opt_prefix_len         = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH;
-static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX;
-
-static const char *dumpscript_opt       = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script";
-
-static const size_t env_set_opt_len     = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 7;
-static const char *env_set_opt          = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-set";
-  /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", value of foo is set to bar */
-
-static const size_t env_prepend_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 11;
-static const char *env_prepend_opt      = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-prepend";
-  /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", new value of foo is bar${foo} */
-
-static const size_t env_append_opt_len  = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 10;
-static const char *env_append_opt       = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-append";
-  /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", new value of foo is ${foo}bar */
-
-int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-  char **newargz;
-  int  newargc;
-  char *tmp_pathspec;
-  char *actual_cwrapper_path;
-  char *actual_cwrapper_name;
-  char *target_name;
-  char *lt_argv_zero;
-  intptr_t rval = 127;
-
-  int i;
-
-  program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0]));
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) argv[0]      : %s\n", argv[0]));
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) program_name : %s\n", program_name));
-
-  /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt */
-  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
-    {
-      if (strcmp (argv[i], dumpscript_opt) == 0)
-	{
-EOF
-	    case "$host" in
-	      *mingw* | *cygwin* )
-		# make stdout use "unix" line endings
-		echo "          setmode(1,_O_BINARY);"
-		;;
-	      esac
-
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-	  printf ("%s", script_text_part1);
-	  printf ("%s", script_text_part2);
-	  return 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-  newargz = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
-  tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]);
-  if (tmp_pathspec == NULL)
-    lt_fatal ("Couldn't find %s", argv[0]);
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at : %s\n",
-			  tmp_pathspec));
-
-  actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec);
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at : %s\n",
-			  actual_cwrapper_path));
-  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
-
-  actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup( base_name (actual_cwrapper_path));
-  strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name);
-
-  /* wrapper name transforms */
-  strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe");
-  tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1);
-  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
-  actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec;
-  tmp_pathspec = 0;
-
-  /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */
-  target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME));
-  strendzap (target_name, ".exe");
-  tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1);
-  XFREE (target_name);
-  target_name = tmp_pathspec;
-  tmp_pathspec = 0;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) libtool target name: %s\n",
-			  target_name));
-EOF
-
-	    cat <<EOF
-  newargz[0] =
-    XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) +
-		    strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1));
-  strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path);
-  strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir");
-  strcat (newargz[0], "/");
-EOF
-
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-  /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */
-  tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]);
-
-  /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */
-  strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name);
-
-  /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */
-  lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1);
-  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
-  tmp_pathspec = NULL;
-EOF
-
-	    case $host_os in
-	      mingw*)
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-  {
-    char* p;
-    while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL)
-      {
-	*p = '/';
-      }
-    while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL)
-      {
-	*p = '/';
-      }
-  }
-EOF
-	    ;;
-	    esac
-
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-  XFREE (target_name);
-  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path);
-  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
-
-  lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */
-  lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1");  /* for MSK sh */
-  lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE);
-  lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE);
-
-  newargc=0;
-  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
-    {
-      if (strncmp (argv[i], env_set_opt, env_set_opt_len) == 0)
-        {
-          if (argv[i][env_set_opt_len] == '=')
-            {
-              const char *p = argv[i] + env_set_opt_len + 1;
-              lt_opt_process_env_set (p);
-            }
-          else if (argv[i][env_set_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc)
-            {
-              lt_opt_process_env_set (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */
-            }
-          else
-            lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_set_opt);
-          continue;
-        }
-      if (strncmp (argv[i], env_prepend_opt, env_prepend_opt_len) == 0)
-        {
-          if (argv[i][env_prepend_opt_len] == '=')
-            {
-              const char *p = argv[i] + env_prepend_opt_len + 1;
-              lt_opt_process_env_prepend (p);
-            }
-          else if (argv[i][env_prepend_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc)
-            {
-              lt_opt_process_env_prepend (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */
-            }
-          else
-            lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_prepend_opt);
-          continue;
-        }
-      if (strncmp (argv[i], env_append_opt, env_append_opt_len) == 0)
-        {
-          if (argv[i][env_append_opt_len] == '=')
-            {
-              const char *p = argv[i] + env_append_opt_len + 1;
-              lt_opt_process_env_append (p);
-            }
-          else if (argv[i][env_append_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc)
-            {
-              lt_opt_process_env_append (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */
-            }
-          else
-            lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_append_opt);
-          continue;
-        }
-      if (strncmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix, opt_prefix_len) == 0)
-        {
-          /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
-             namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and
-             have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then
-             report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe
-             they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
-             namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll
-             need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option
-             or a configure.ac-settable value.
-           */
-          lt_fatal ("Unrecognized option in %s namespace: '%s'",
-                    ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]);
-        }
-      /* otherwise ... */
-      newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]);
-    }
-  newargz[++newargc] = NULL;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF     (("(main) lt_argv_zero : %s\n", (lt_argv_zero ? lt_argv_zero : "<NULL>")));
-  for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
-    {
-      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) newargz[%d]   : %s\n", i, (newargz[i] ? newargz[i] : "<NULL>")));
-    }
-
-EOF
-
-	    case $host_os in
-	      mingw*)
-		cat <<"EOF"
-  /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
-  rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
-  if (rval == -1)
-    {
-      /* failed to start process */
-      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": errno = %d\n", lt_argv_zero, errno));
-      return 127;
-    }
-  return rval;
-EOF
-		;;
-	      *)
-		cat <<"EOF"
-  execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
-  return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
-EOF
-		;;
-	    esac
-
-	    cat <<"EOF"
-}
-
-void *
-xmalloc (size_t num)
-{
-  void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
-  if (!p)
-    lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted");
-
-  return p;
-}
-
-char *
-xstrdup (const char *string)
-{
-  return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
-			  string) : NULL;
-}
-
-const char *
-base_name (const char *name)
-{
-  const char *base;
-
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
-  /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
-  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
-    name += 2;
-#endif
-
-  for (base = name; *name; name++)
-    if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
-      base = name + 1;
-  return base;
-}
-
-int
-check_executable (const char *path)
-{
-  struct stat st;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(check_executable)  : %s\n",
-			  path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
-  if ((!path) || (!*path))
-    return 0;
-
-  if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
-      && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
-    return 1;
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-make_executable (const char *path)
-{
-  int rval = 0;
-  struct stat st;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable)   : %s\n",
-			  path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
-  if ((!path) || (!*path))
-    return 0;
-
-  if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
-    {
-      rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
-    }
-  return rval;
-}
-
-/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper.  Returns
-   newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
-   Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
-*/
-char *
-find_executable (const char *wrapper)
-{
-  int has_slash = 0;
-  const char *p;
-  const char *p_next;
-  /* static buffer for getcwd */
-  char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
-  int tmp_len;
-  char *concat_name;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable)   : %s\n",
-			  wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
-
-  if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Absolute path? */
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
-  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
-    {
-      concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
-      if (check_executable (concat_name))
-	return concat_name;
-      XFREE (concat_name);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-#endif
-      if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
-	{
-	  concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
-	  if (check_executable (concat_name))
-	    return concat_name;
-	  XFREE (concat_name);
-	}
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
-    }
-#endif
-
-  for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
-    if (*p == '/')
-      {
-	has_slash = 1;
-	break;
-      }
-  if (!has_slash)
-    {
-      /* no slashes; search PATH */
-      const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
-      if (path != NULL)
-	{
-	  for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
-	    {
-	      const char *q;
-	      size_t p_len;
-	      for (q = p; *q; q++)
-		if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
-		  break;
-	      p_len = q - p;
-	      p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
-	      if (p_len == 0)
-		{
-		  /* empty path: current directory */
-		  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
-		    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
-		  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
-		  concat_name =
-		    XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
-		  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
-		  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
-		  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  concat_name =
-		    XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
-		  memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
-		  concat_name[p_len] = '/';
-		  strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
-		}
-	      if (check_executable (concat_name))
-		return concat_name;
-	      XFREE (concat_name);
-	    }
-	}
-      /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
-    }
-  /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
-  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
-    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
-  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
-  concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
-  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
-  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
-  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
-
-  if (check_executable (concat_name))
-    return concat_name;
-  XFREE (concat_name);
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
-{
-#ifndef S_ISLNK
-  return xstrdup (pathspec);
-#else
-  char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
-  struct stat s;
-  char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
-  char *p;
-  int has_symlinks = 0;
-  while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
-    {
-      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
-			      tmp_pathspec));
-      if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
-	{
-	  if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
-	    {
-	      has_symlinks = 1;
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
-	  p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
-	  while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
-	    p--;
-	  if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
-	    {
-	      /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  *p = '\0';
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  char *errstr = strerror (errno);
-	  lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr);
-	}
-    }
-  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
-
-  if (!has_symlinks)
-    {
-      return xstrdup (pathspec);
-    }
-
-  tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
-  if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
-    {
-      lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
-    }
-  return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
-#endif
-}
-
-char *
-strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
-{
-  size_t len, patlen;
-
-  assert (str != NULL);
-  assert (pat != NULL);
-
-  len = strlen (str);
-  patlen = strlen (pat);
-
-  if (patlen <= len)
-    {
-      str += len - patlen;
-      if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0)
-	*str = '\0';
-    }
-  return str;
-}
-
-static void
-lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode,
-	       const char *message, va_list ap)
-{
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode);
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
-  fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
-
-  if (exit_status >= 0)
-    exit (exit_status);
-}
-
-void
-lt_fatal (const char *message, ...)
-{
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start (ap, message);
-  lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap);
-  va_end (ap);
-}
-
-void
-lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
-{
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
-                          (name ? name : "<NULL>"),
-                          (value ? value : "<NULL>")));
-  {
-#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
-    /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
-    char *str = xstrdup (value);
-    setenv (name, str, 1);
-#else
-    int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
-    char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
-    sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
-    if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
-      {
-        XFREE (str);
-      }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-char *
-lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
-{
-  char *new_value;
-  if (orig_value && *orig_value)
-    {
-      int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
-      int add_len = strlen (add);
-      new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
-      if (to_end)
-        {
-          strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
-          strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
-        }
-      else
-        {
-          strcpy (new_value, add);
-          strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
-        }
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      new_value = xstrdup (add);
-    }
-  return new_value;
-}
-
-int
-lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value)
-{
-  const char *p;
-  int len;
-  if (!arg || !*arg)
-    return 1;
-
-  p = strchr (arg, (int)'=');
-
-  if (!p)
-    return 1;
-
-  *value = xstrdup (++p);
-
-  len = strlen (arg) - strlen (*value);
-  *name = XMALLOC (char, len);
-  strncpy (*name, arg, len-1);
-  (*name)[len - 1] = '\0';
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-void
-lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg)
-{
-  char *name = NULL;
-  char *value = NULL;
-
-  if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
-    {
-      XFREE (name);
-      XFREE (value);
-      lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_set_opt, arg);
-    }
-
-  lt_setenv (name, value);
-  XFREE (name);
-  XFREE (value);
-}
-
-void
-lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg)
-{
-  char *name = NULL;
-  char *value = NULL;
-  char *new_value = NULL;
-
-  if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
-    {
-      XFREE (name);
-      XFREE (value);
-      lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_prepend_opt, arg);
-    }
-
-  new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
-  lt_setenv (name, new_value);
-  XFREE (new_value);
-  XFREE (name);
-  XFREE (value);
-}
-
-void
-lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg)
-{
-  char *name = NULL;
-  char *value = NULL;
-  char *new_value = NULL;
-
-  if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
-    {
-      XFREE (name);
-      XFREE (value);
-      lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_append_opt, arg);
-    }
-
-  new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 1);
-  lt_setenv (name, new_value);
-  XFREE (new_value);
-  XFREE (name);
-  XFREE (value);
-}
-
-void
-lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
-{
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
-                          (name ? name : "<NULL>"),
-                          (value ? value : "<NULL>")));
-
-  if (name && *name && value && *value)
-    {
-      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
-      /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
-      int len = strlen (new_value);
-      while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
-        {
-          new_value[len-1] = '\0';
-        }
-      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
-      XFREE (new_value);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
-{
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
-                          (name ? name : "<NULL>"),
-                          (value ? value : "<NULL>")));
-
-  if (name && *name && value && *value)
-    {
-      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
-      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
-      XFREE (new_value);
-    }
-}
-
-
-EOF
-}
-# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-
-# func_mode_link arg...
-func_mode_link ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    case $host in
-    *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
-      # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
-      # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
-      # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
-      # flag for every libtool invocation.
-      # allow_undefined=no
-
-      # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
-      # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
-      # even a static library is built.  For now, we need to specify
-      # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
-      # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
-      allow_undefined=yes
-      ;;
-    *)
-      allow_undefined=yes
-      ;;
-    esac
-    libtool_args=$nonopt
-    base_compile="$nonopt $@"
-    compile_command=$nonopt
-    finalize_command=$nonopt
-
-    compile_rpath=
-    finalize_rpath=
-    compile_shlibpath=
-    finalize_shlibpath=
-    convenience=
-    old_convenience=
-    deplibs=
-    old_deplibs=
-    compiler_flags=
-    linker_flags=
-    dllsearchpath=
-    lib_search_path=`pwd`
-    inst_prefix_dir=
-    new_inherited_linker_flags=
-
-    avoid_version=no
-    dlfiles=
-    dlprefiles=
-    dlself=no
-    export_dynamic=no
-    export_symbols=
-    export_symbols_regex=
-    generated=
-    libobjs=
-    ltlibs=
-    module=no
-    no_install=no
-    objs=
-    non_pic_objects=
-    precious_files_regex=
-    prefer_static_libs=no
-    preload=no
-    prev=
-    prevarg=
-    release=
-    rpath=
-    xrpath=
-    perm_rpath=
-    temp_rpath=
-    thread_safe=no
-    vinfo=
-    vinfo_number=no
-    weak_libs=
-    single_module="${wl}-single_module"
-    func_infer_tag $base_compile
-
-    # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
-    for arg
-    do
-      case $arg in
-      -shared)
-	test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
-	  func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
-	build_old_libs=no
-	break
-	;;
-      -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
-	case $arg in
-	-all-static)
-	  if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
-	  fi
-	  if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
-	  fi
-	  prefer_static_libs=yes
-	  ;;
-	-static)
-	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
-	  fi
-	  prefer_static_libs=built
-	  ;;
-	-static-libtool-libs)
-	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
-	  fi
-	  prefer_static_libs=yes
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	build_libtool_libs=no
-	build_old_libs=yes
-	break
-	;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
-    test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
-
-    # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
-    while test "$#" -gt 0; do
-      arg="$1"
-      shift
-      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-      qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
-      func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-
-      # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
-      if test -n "$prev"; then
-	case $prev in
-	output)
-	  func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
-	  func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	case $prev in
-	dlfiles|dlprefiles)
-	  if test "$preload" = no; then
-	    # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
-	    func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
-	    func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
-	    preload=yes
-	  fi
-	  case $arg in
-	  *.la | *.lo) ;;  # We handle these cases below.
-	  force)
-	    if test "$dlself" = no; then
-	      dlself=needless
-	      export_dynamic=yes
-	    fi
-	    prev=
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  self)
-	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-	      dlself=yes
-	    elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
-	      dlself=yes
-	    else
-	      dlself=needless
-	      export_dynamic=yes
-	    fi
-	    prev=
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-	      dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
-	    else
-	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
-	    fi
-	    prev=
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	expsyms)
-	  export_symbols="$arg"
-	  test -f "$arg" \
-	    || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	expsyms_regex)
-	  export_symbols_regex="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	framework)
-	  case $host in
-	    *-*-darwin*)
-	      case "$deplibs " in
-		*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
-		*) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
-		   ;;
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	  esac
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	inst_prefix)
-	  inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	objectlist)
-	  if test -f "$arg"; then
-	    save_arg=$arg
-	    moreargs=
-	    for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
-	    do
-#	      moreargs="$moreargs $fil"
-	      arg=$fil
-	      # A libtool-controlled object.
-
-	      # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
-	      if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
-		pic_object=
-		non_pic_object=
-
-		# Read the .lo file
-		func_source "$arg"
-
-		if test -z "$pic_object" ||
-		   test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
-		   test "$pic_object" = none &&
-		   test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
-		  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
-		fi
-
-		# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-		func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-		xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-		if test "$pic_object" != none; then
-		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-		  pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
-
-		  if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-		    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
-		      dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
-		      prev=
-		      continue
-		    else
-		      # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
-		      prev=dlprefiles
-		    fi
-		  fi
-
-		  # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
-		  if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-		    # Preload the old-style object.
-		    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
-		    prev=
-		  fi
-
-		  # A PIC object.
-		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-		  arg="$pic_object"
-		fi
-
-		# Non-PIC object.
-		if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
-		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-		  non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
-
-		  # A standard non-PIC object
-		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-		  if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
-		    arg="$non_pic_object"
-		  fi
-		else
-		  # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
-		  # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
-		  non_pic_object="$pic_object"
-		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-		fi
-	      else
-		# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
-		if $opt_dry_run; then
-		  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-		  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-		  xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-		  func_lo2o "$arg"
-		  pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
-		  non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
-		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	        else
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
-		fi
-	      fi
-	    done
-	  else
-	    func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist"
-	  fi
-	  arg=$save_arg
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	precious_regex)
-	  precious_files_regex="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	release)
-	  release="-$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	rpath | xrpath)
-	  # We need an absolute path.
-	  case $arg in
-	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-	  *)
-	    func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  if test "$prev" = rpath; then
-	    case "$rpath " in
-	    *" $arg "*) ;;
-	    *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
-	    esac
-	  else
-	    case "$xrpath " in
-	    *" $arg "*) ;;
-	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	shrext)
-	  shrext_cmds="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	weak)
-	  weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	xcclinker)
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
-	  prev=
-	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	xcompiler)
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
-	  prev=
-	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	xlinker)
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
-	  prev=
-	  func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi # test -n "$prev"
-
-      prevarg="$arg"
-
-      case $arg in
-      -all-static)
-	if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	  # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
-	  func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
-	fi
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -allow-undefined)
-	# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
-	func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
-	;;
-
-      -avoid-version)
-	avoid_version=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -dlopen)
-	prev=dlfiles
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -dlpreopen)
-	prev=dlprefiles
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -export-dynamic)
-	export_dynamic=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
-	if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	  func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
-	fi
-	if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
-	  prev=expsyms
-	else
-	  prev=expsyms_regex
-	fi
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -framework)
-	prev=framework
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -inst-prefix-dir)
-	prev=inst_prefix
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
-      # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
-      -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
-	case $with_gcc/$host in
-	no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
-	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -L*)
-	func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg"
-	dir=$func_stripname_result
-	if test -z "$dir"; then
-	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
-	    func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'"
-	  else
-	    func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	# We need an absolute path.
-	case $dir in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-	*)
-	  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
-	  test -z "$absdir" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
-	  dir="$absdir"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	case "$deplibs " in
-	*" -L$dir "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
-	  lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	case $host in
-	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
-	  testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$dir:"*) ;;
-	  ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
-	  esac
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
-	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -l*)
-	if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
-	  case $host in
-	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*)
-	    # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-os2*)
-	    # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
-	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	    # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
-	    deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
-	    # Causes problems with __ctype
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
-	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
-	 case $host in
-	 *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
-	   # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
-	   continue
-	   ;;
-	 esac
-	fi
-	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -module)
-	module=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
-      # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
-      # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
-      -model|-arch|-isysroot)
-	compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
-	func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-	prev=xcompiler
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
-	compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
-	func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-	case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-	    *" $arg "*) ;;
-	    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -multi_module)
-	single_module="${wl}-multi_module"
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -no-fast-install)
-	fast_install=no
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -no-install)
-	case $host in
-	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
-	  # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
-	  # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
-	  func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host"
-	  func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead"
-	  fast_install=no
-	  ;;
-	*) no_install=yes ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -no-undefined)
-	allow_undefined=no
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -objectlist)
-	prev=objectlist
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -o) prev=output ;;
-
-      -precious-files-regex)
-	prev=precious_regex
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -release)
-	prev=release
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -rpath)
-	prev=rpath
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -R)
-	prev=xrpath
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -R*)
-	func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
-	dir=$func_stripname_result
-	# We need an absolute path.
-	case $dir in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	case "$xrpath " in
-	*" $dir "*) ;;
-	*) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -shared)
-	# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -shrext)
-	prev=shrext
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -static | -static-libtool-libs)
-	# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
-	# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
-	# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
-	# would be equivalent was wrong.  It would break on at least
-	# Digital Unix and AIX.
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -thread-safe)
-	thread_safe=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -version-info)
-	prev=vinfo
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -version-number)
-	prev=vinfo
-	vinfo_number=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -weak)
-        prev=weak
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -Wc,*)
-	func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
-	args=$func_stripname_result
-	arg=
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
-	for flag in $args; do
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
-	  arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	done
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
-	arg=$func_stripname_result
-	;;
-
-      -Wl,*)
-	func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
-	args=$func_stripname_result
-	arg=
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
-	for flag in $args; do
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
-	  arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	done
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
-	arg=$func_stripname_result
-	;;
-
-      -Xcompiler)
-	prev=xcompiler
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -Xlinker)
-	prev=xlinker
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -XCClinker)
-	prev=xcclinker
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # -msg_* for osf cc
-      -msg_*)
-	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	;;
-
-      # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler
-      # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler
-      # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler
-      # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler
-      # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler
-      # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific
-      # compiler args for GCC
-      # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
-      # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC
-      # @file GCC response files
-      -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
-      -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*)
-        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-        func_append compile_command " $arg"
-        func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-        compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
-        continue
-        ;;
-
-      # Some other compiler flag.
-      -* | +*)
-        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	;;
-
-      *.$objext)
-	# A standard object.
-	objs="$objs $arg"
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# A libtool-controlled object.
-
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
-	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
-	  pic_object=
-	  non_pic_object=
-
-	  # Read the .lo file
-	  func_source "$arg"
-
-	  if test -z "$pic_object" ||
-	     test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
-	     test "$pic_object" = none &&
-	     test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-	  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-	  xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	  if test "$pic_object" != none; then
-	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-	    pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
-
-	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-	      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
-		dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
-		prev=
-		continue
-	      else
-		# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
-		prev=dlprefiles
-	      fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
-	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-	      # Preload the old-style object.
-	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
-	      prev=
-	    fi
-
-	    # A PIC object.
-	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-	    arg="$pic_object"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Non-PIC object.
-	  if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
-	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-	    non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
-
-	    # A standard non-PIC object
-	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	    if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
-	      arg="$non_pic_object"
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
-	    # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
-	    non_pic_object="$pic_object"
-	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	  fi
-	else
-	  # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
-	  if $opt_dry_run; then
-	    # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-	    func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-	    xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	    func_lo2o "$arg"
-	    pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
-	    non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
-	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	  else
-	    func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *.$libext)
-	# An archive.
-	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
-	old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      *.la)
-	# A libtool-controlled library.
-
-	if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-	  # This library was specified with -dlopen.
-	  dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
-	  prev=
-	elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-	  # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
-	  dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
-	  prev=
-	else
-	  deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
-	fi
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # Some other compiler argument.
-      *)
-	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
-	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
-	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	;;
-      esac # arg
-
-      # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
-      if test -n "$arg"; then
-	func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-      fi
-    done # argument parsing loop
-
-    test -n "$prev" && \
-      func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument"
-
-    if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
-      eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
-      func_append compile_command " $arg"
-      func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-    fi
-
-    oldlibs=
-    # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
-    func_basename "$output"
-    outputname="$func_basename_result"
-    libobjs_save="$libobjs"
-
-    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-      # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
-      eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
-    else
-      shlib_search_path=
-    fi
-    eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
-    eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
-
-    func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
-    output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir"
-    # Create the object directory.
-    func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
-
-    # Determine the type of output
-    case $output in
-    "")
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
-      ;;
-    *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
-    *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
-    *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
-    *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
-    esac
-
-    specialdeplibs=
-
-    libs=
-    # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
-    # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
-    for deplib in $deplibs; do
-      if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	case "$libs " in
-	*" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      libs="$libs $deplib"
-    done
-
-    if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-      libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
-
-      # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
-      # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
-      # not to be eliminated).
-      pre_post_deps=
-      if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
-	for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
-	  case "$pre_post_deps " in
-	  *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;;
-	  esac
-	  pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep"
-	done
-      fi
-      pre_post_deps=
-    fi
-
-    deplibs=
-    newdependency_libs=
-    newlib_search_path=
-    need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
-    notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
-    notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
-
-    case $linkmode in
-    lib)
-	passes="conv dlpreopen link"
-	for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
-	  case $file in
-	  *.la) ;;
-	  *)
-	    func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	;;
-    prog)
-	compile_deplibs=
-	finalize_deplibs=
-	alldeplibs=no
-	newdlfiles=
-	newdlprefiles=
-	passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
-	;;
-    *)  passes="conv"
-	;;
-    esac
-
-    for pass in $passes; do
-      # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
-      # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
-      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then
-	## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
-	##        order, and fix it there properly
-        tmp_deplibs=
-	for deplib in $deplibs; do
-	  tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
-	done
-	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
-      fi
-
-      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
-	 test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
-	libs="$deplibs"
-	deplibs=
-      fi
-      if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	case $pass in
-	dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
-	dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
-	link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then
-	# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
-	for lib in $dlprefiles; do
-	  # Ignore non-libtool-libs
-	  dependency_libs=
-	  case $lib in
-	  *.la)	func_source "$lib" ;;
-	  esac
-
-	  # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
-	  # has declared as weak libs
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-            deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-	    case " $weak_libs " in
-	    *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
-	    *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	done
-	libs="$dlprefiles"
-      fi
-      if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
-	# Collect dlpreopened libraries
-	save_deplibs="$deplibs"
-	deplibs=
-      fi
-
-      for deplib in $libs; do
-	lib=
-	found=no
-	case $deplib in
-	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
-	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib"
-	    if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
-		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
-		    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
-		esac
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	-l*)
-	  if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
-	    func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
-	    continue
-	  fi
-	  func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
-	  name=$func_stripname_result
-	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
-	  else
-	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
-	  fi
-	  for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
-	    for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
-	      # Search the libtool library
-	      lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
-	      if test -f "$lib"; then
-		if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
-		  found=yes
-		else
-		  found=no
-		fi
-		break 2
-	      fi
-	    done
-	  done
-	  if test "$found" != yes; then
-	    # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
-	    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    fi
-	    continue
-	  else # deplib is a libtool library
-	    # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
-	    # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
-	    if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-	      case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-	      *" $deplib "*)
-		if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
-		  library_names=
-		  old_library=
-		  func_source "$lib"
-		  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
-		    ll="$l"
-		  done
-		  if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
-		    found=no
-		    func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
-		    ladir="$func_dirname_result"
-		    lib=$ladir/$old_library
-		    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-		      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-		      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-		    else
-		      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-		      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-		    fi
-		    continue
-		  fi
-		fi
-		;;
-	      *) ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  ;; # -l
-	*.ltframework)
-	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
-		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
-		    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
-		esac
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	-L*)
-	  case $linkmode in
-	  lib)
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    test "$pass" = conv && continue
-	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
-	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
-	    ;;
-	  prog)
-	    if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	      continue
-	    fi
-	    if test "$pass" = scan; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    else
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    fi
-	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
-	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
-	    ;;
-	  esac # linkmode
-	  continue
-	  ;; # -L
-	-R*)
-	  if test "$pass" = link; then
-	    func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
-	    dir=$func_stripname_result
-	    # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
-	    case "$xrpath " in
-	    *" $dir "*) ;;
-	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	*.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
-	*.$libext)
-	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    continue
-	  fi
-	  case $linkmode in
-	  lib)
-	    # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
-	    # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
-	    case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
-	    *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      valid_a_lib=no
-	      case $deplibs_check_method in
-		match_pattern*)
-		  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
-		  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
-		  if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \
-		    | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
-		    valid_a_lib=yes
-		  fi
-		;;
-		pass_all)
-		  valid_a_lib=yes
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
-		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		$ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
-		$ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
-	      else
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
-		$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
-		deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  prog)
-	    if test "$pass" != link; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    else
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    fi
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  esac # linkmode
-	  ;; # *.$libext
-	*.lo | *.$objext)
-	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	  elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	    if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
-	      # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
-	      # we need to preload.
-	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	%DEPLIBS%)
-	  alldeplibs=yes
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	esac # case $deplib
-
-	if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
-	else
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'"
-	fi
-
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
-	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
-	  || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
-	func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
-	ladir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	dlname=
-	dlopen=
-	dlpreopen=
-	libdir=
-	library_names=
-	old_library=
-	inherited_linker_flags=
-	# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
-	# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
-	installed=yes
-	shouldnotlink=no
-	avoidtemprpath=
-
-
-	# Read the .la file
-	func_source "$lib"
-
-	# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
-	if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
-	  tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
-	  for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
-	    case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-	      *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
-	      *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	fi
-	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
-	   test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
-	   { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
-	  test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
-	  test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
-	fi
-
-	if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	  # Only check for convenience libraries
-	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
-	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
-	    if test -z "$old_library"; then
-	      func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
-	    fi
-	    # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
-	    convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
-	    old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
-	  elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
-	    func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library"
-	  fi
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	      case "$tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
-	  done
-	  continue
-	fi # $pass = conv
-
-
-	# Get the name of the library we link against.
-	linklib=
-	for l in $old_library $library_names; do
-	  linklib="$l"
-	done
-	if test -z "$linklib"; then
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
-	fi
-
-	# This library was specified with -dlopen.
-	if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
-	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
-	  fi
-	  if test -z "$dlname" ||
-	     test "$dlopen_support" != yes ||
-	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
-	    # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
-	    # statically, we need to preload.  We also need to preload any
-	    # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
-	    # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
-	    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs"
-	  else
-	    newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	fi # $pass = dlopen
-
-	# We need an absolute path.
-	case $ladir in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
-	*)
-	  abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
-	  if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
-	    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'"
-	    func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
-	    abs_ladir="$ladir"
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	func_basename "$lib"
-	laname="$func_basename_result"
-
-	# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
-	if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
-	  if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
-	    func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved."
-	    dir="$ladir"
-	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
-	    libdir="$abs_ladir"
-	  else
-	    dir="$libdir"
-	    absdir="$libdir"
-	  fi
-	  test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes
-	else
-	  if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
-	    dir="$ladir"
-	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
-	    # Remove this search path later
-	    notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
-	  else
-	    dir="$ladir/$objdir"
-	    absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
-	    # Remove this search path later
-	    notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
-	  fi
-	fi # $installed = yes
-	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
-	name=$func_stripname_result
-
-	# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
-	if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
-	  if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	    func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
-	  fi
-	  # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
-	  # are required to link).
-	  if test -n "$old_library"; then
-	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
-	    # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
-	    # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
-	    test -z "$libdir" && \
-		dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library"
-	  # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
-	  elif test -n "$dlname"; then
-	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
-	  else
-	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
-	  fi
-	fi # $pass = dlpreopen
-
-	if test -z "$libdir"; then
-	  # Link the convenience library
-	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
-	  elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	fi
-
-
-	if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
-	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
-	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
-
-	  linkalldeplibs=no
-	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
-	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
-	    linkalldeplibs=yes
-	  fi
-
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	    case $deplib in
-	    -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
-	         newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
-		 ;;
-	    esac
-	    # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
-	    if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    else
-	      # Need to hardcode shared library paths
-	      # or/and link against static libraries
-	      newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    fi
-	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	      case "$tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
-	  done # for deplib
-	  continue
-	fi # $linkmode = prog...
-
-	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	  if test -n "$library_names" &&
-	     { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no ||
-	         test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } ||
-	       test -z "$old_library"; }; then
-	    # We need to hardcode the library path
-	    if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then
-	      # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
-	      case "$temp_rpath:" in
-	      *"$absdir:"*) ;;
-	      *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-
-	    # Hardcode the library path.
-	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
-	    # search path.
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$compile_rpath " in
-	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
-
-	  if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
-	     { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
-	       { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
-		 test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
-	    # We only need to search for static libraries
-	    continue
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
-	use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
-	if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then
-	  use_static_libs=no
-	fi
-	if test -n "$library_names" &&
-	   { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
-	  case $host in
-	  *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*)
-	      # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
-	      notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
-	      need_relink=no
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "$installed" = no; then
-	      notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
-	      need_relink=yes
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  # This is a shared library
-
-	  # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
-	  # systems (darwin).  Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
-	  dlopenmodule=""
-	  for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
-	    if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
-	      dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest"
-	      break
-	    fi
-	  done
-	  if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then
-	    $ECHO
-	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
-	    else
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
-	    fi
-	    $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
-	  fi
-	  if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
-	     test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
-	    # Hardcode the library path.
-	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
-	    # search path.
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$compile_rpath " in
-	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-
-	  if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
-	    # figure out the soname
-	    set dummy $library_names
-	    shift
-	    realname="$1"
-	    shift
-	    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-	    # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
-	    if test -n "$dlname"; then
-	      soname="$dlname"
-	    elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
-	      # bleh windows
-	      case $host in
-	      *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*)
-	        func_arith $current - $age
-		major=$func_arith_result
-		versuffix="-$major"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
-	    else
-	      soname="$realname"
-	    fi
-
-	    # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
-	    soroot="$soname"
-	    func_basename "$soroot"
-	    soname="$func_basename_result"
-	    func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
-	    newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
-
-	    # If the library has no export list, then create one now
-	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
-	    else
-	      func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
-	      func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
-	    fi
-
-	    # Create $newlib
-	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
-	      func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'"
-	      func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
-	    fi
-	    # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
-	    dir=$output_objdir
-	    linklib=$newlib
-	  fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
-
-	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
-	    add_shlibpath=
-	    add_dir=
-	    add=
-	    lib_linked=yes
-	    case $hardcode_action in
-	    immediate | unsupported)
-	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
-		add="$dir/$linklib"
-		case $host in
-		  *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
-		  *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
-		  *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
-		    *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
-		  *-*-darwin* )
-		    # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not
-		    # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
-		    if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
-			 $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then
-		      if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
-			$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
-			if test -z "$old_library" ; then
-			  $ECHO
-			  $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
-			  $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
-			else
-			  add="$dir/$old_library"
-			fi
-		      elif test -n "$old_library"; then
-			add="$dir/$old_library"
-		      fi
-		    fi
-		esac
-	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-		case $host in
-		*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
-		esac
-		add_dir="-L$dir"
-		add="-l$name"
-	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
-		add_shlibpath="$dir"
-		add="-l$name"
-	      else
-		lib_linked=no
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    relink)
-	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
-	         test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
-		add="$dir/$linklib"
-	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
-		add_dir="-L$dir"
-		# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
-		if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
-		  case $libdir in
-		    [\\/]*)
-		      add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
-		      ;;
-		  esac
-		fi
-		add="-l$name"
-	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
-		add_shlibpath="$dir"
-		add="-l$name"
-	      else
-		lib_linked=no
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    *) lib_linked=no ;;
-	    esac
-
-	    if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
-	      func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
-	      case :$compile_shlibpath: in
-	      *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
-	      *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
-	      if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes &&
-		 test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes &&
-		 test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
-		case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
-		*":$libdir:"*) ;;
-		*) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
-	    add_shlibpath=
-	    add_dir=
-	    add=
-	    # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
-	    if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
-	       test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
-	      add="$libdir/$linklib"
-	    elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
-	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
-	      add="-l$name"
-	    elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
-	      case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
-	      *":$libdir:"*) ;;
-	      *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
-	      esac
-	      add="-l$name"
-	    elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
-	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
-		 test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
-		add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
-	      else
-		add="$libdir/$linklib"
-	      fi
-	    else
-	      # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
-	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
-	      # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
-	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
-		case $libdir in
-		  [\\/]*)
-		    add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
-		    ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	      add="-l$name"
-	    fi
-
-	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	  # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
-	  # is not unsupported.  This is valid on all known static and
-	  # shared platforms.
-	  if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
-	    test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
-	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
-	  fi
-	elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Not a shared library
-	  if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
-	    # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
-	    # but the system doesn't support it.
-
-	    # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
-	    # that the program can be linked against the static library.
-	    $ECHO
-	    $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
-	    $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-	    $ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-	    $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
-	    if test "$module" = yes; then
-	      $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
-	      $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
-	      $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
-	      if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
-		$ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
-		$ECHO "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
-		$ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
-	      fi
-	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
-		build_libtool_libs=module
-		build_old_libs=yes
-	      else
-		build_libtool_libs=no
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
-	    link_static=yes
-	  fi
-	fi # link shared/static library?
-
-	if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-	  if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
-	     { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes ||
-	       test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
-	       test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
-	    # Extract -R from dependency_libs
-	    temp_deplibs=
-	    for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
-	      case $libdir in
-	      -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
-	           temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
-		   case " $xrpath " in
-		   *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
-		   *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
-		   esac;;
-	      *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
-	  fi
-
-	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
-	  # Link against this library
-	  test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
-	  # ... and its dependency_libs
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	      case "$tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
-	  done
-
-	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
-	    # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
-	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	      case $deplib in
-	      -L*) path="$deplib" ;;
-	      *.la)
-	        func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
-		dir="$func_dirname_result"
-		# We need an absolute path.
-		case $dir in
-		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
-		*)
-		  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
-		  if test -z "$absdir"; then
-		    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
-		    absdir="$dir"
-		  fi
-		  ;;
-		esac
-		if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
-		case $host in
-		*-*-darwin*)
-		  depdepl=
-		  eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
-		  if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
-		    for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
-		      depdepl=$tmp
-		    done
-		    if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then
-		      depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"
-		      darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
-                      if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
-                          darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl  | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
-                      fi
-		      compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
-		      linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
-		      path=
-		    fi
-		  fi
-		  ;;
-		*)
-		  path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
-		  ;;
-		esac
-		else
-		  eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
-		  test -z "$libdir" && \
-		    func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		  test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
-		    func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved"
-
-		  path="-L$absdir"
-		fi
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      case " $deplibs " in
-	      *" $path "*) ;;
-	      *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	  fi # link_all_deplibs != no
-	fi # linkmode = lib
-      done # for deplib in $libs
-      if test "$pass" = link; then
-	if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then
-	  compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
-	  finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
-	else
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	fi
-      fi
-      dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
-      if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
-	# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
-	for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
-	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	done
-      fi
-      if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
-	if test "$pass" != conv; then
-	  # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
-	  lib_search_path=
-	  for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
-	    case "$lib_search_path " in
-	    *" $dir "*) ;;
-	    *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	  newlib_search_path=
-	fi
-
-	if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
-	  vars="deplibs"
-	else
-	  vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
-	fi
-	for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
-	  # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
-	  eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
-	  new_libs=
-	  for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
-	    # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
-	    #        that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
-	    #        broken:
-	    #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
-	    # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
-	    # practice:
-	    case $deplib in
-	    -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-	    -R*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
-	      # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
-	      # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
-	      # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
-	      # occurrences thereof are not removed.  Compare this
-	      # with having the same library being listed as a
-	      # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
-	      # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
-	      # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
-	      # last copy.  This is not always right, but it is rare
-	      # enough that we require users that really mean to play
-	      # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
-	      # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
-	      # for duplicate removal.
-	      case " $specialdeplibs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-	      *)
-		case " $new_libs " in
-		*" $deplib "*) ;;
-		*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $new_libs; do
-	    case $deplib in
-	    -L*)
-	      case " $tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	      *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	  eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
-	done # for var
-      fi
-      # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
-      # (they stay in deplibs)
-      tmp_libs=
-      for i in $dependency_libs ; do
-	case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
-	*" $i "*)
-	  i=""
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	if test -n "$i" ; then
-	  tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i"
-	fi
-      done
-      dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
-    done # for pass
-    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-      dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
-    fi
-    if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-      dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
-    fi
-
-    case $linkmode in
-    oldlib)
-      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
-      fi
-
-      case " $deplibs" in
-      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
-	func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
-      esac
-
-      test -n "$rpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$xrpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$release" && \
-	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
-	func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
-
-      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
-      build_libtool_libs=no
-      oldlibs="$output"
-      objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
-      ;;
-
-    lib)
-      # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
-      case $outputname in
-      lib*)
-	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
-	name=$func_stripname_result
-	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-	eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
-	;;
-      *)
-	test "$module" = no && \
-	  func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'"
-
-	if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
-	  # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
-	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
-	  name=$func_stripname_result
-	  eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-	  eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
-	else
-	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
-	  libname=$func_stripname_result
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      if test -n "$objs"; then
-	if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
-	else
-	  $ECHO
-	  $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
-	  $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
-	  libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      test "$dlself" != no && \
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
-
-      set dummy $rpath
-      shift
-      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
-	func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library"
-
-      install_libdir="$1"
-
-      oldlibs=
-      if test -z "$rpath"; then
-	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Building a libtool convenience library.
-	  # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
-	  # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
-	  # archive normally would.
-	  oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
-	  build_libtool_libs=convenience
-	  build_old_libs=yes
-	fi
-
-	test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	  func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
-
-	test -n "$release" && \
-	  func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
-      else
-
-	# Parse the version information argument.
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
-	set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
-	shift
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-
-	test -n "$7" && \
-	  func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'"
-
-	# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
-	# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
-	# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
-
-	case $vinfo_number in
-	yes)
-	  number_major="$1"
-	  number_minor="$2"
-	  number_revision="$3"
-	  #
-	  # There are really only two kinds -- those that
-	  # use the current revision as the major version
-	  # and those that subtract age and use age as
-	  # a minor version.  But, then there is irix
-	  # which has an extra 1 added just for fun
-	  #
-	  case $version_type in
-	  darwin|linux|osf|windows|none)
-	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
-	    current=$func_arith_result
-	    age="$number_minor"
-	    revision="$number_revision"
-	    ;;
-	  freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos)
-	    current="$number_major"
-	    revision="$number_minor"
-	    age="0"
-	    ;;
-	  irix|nonstopux)
-	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
-	    current=$func_arith_result
-	    age="$number_minor"
-	    revision="$number_minor"
-	    lt_irix_increment=no
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	no)
-	  current="$1"
-	  revision="$2"
-	  age="$3"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
-	case $current in
-	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	case $revision in
-	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	case $age in
-	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
-	  func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	fi
-
-	# Calculate the version variables.
-	major=
-	versuffix=
-	verstring=
-	case $version_type in
-	none) ;;
-
-	darwin)
-	  # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
-	  # verstring for coding it into the library header
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=.$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
-	  # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
-	  func_arith $current + 1
-	  minor_current=$func_arith_result
-	  xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision"
-	  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	freebsd-aout)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current.$revision";
-	  ;;
-
-	freebsd-elf)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current"
-	  ;;
-
-	irix | nonstopux)
-	  if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then
-	    func_arith $current - $age
-	  else
-	    func_arith $current - $age + 1
-	  fi
-	  major=$func_arith_result
-
-	  case $version_type in
-	    nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
-	    *)         verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
-	  esac
-	  verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
-
-	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
-	  loop=$revision
-	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
-	    func_arith $revision - $loop
-	    iface=$func_arith_result
-	    func_arith $loop - 1
-	    loop=$func_arith_result
-	    verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
-	  done
-
-	  # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
-	  major=.$major
-	  versuffix="$major.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	linux)
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=.$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	osf)
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=.$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
-	  verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
-
-	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
-	  loop=$age
-	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
-	    func_arith $current - $loop
-	    iface=$func_arith_result
-	    func_arith $loop - 1
-	    loop=$func_arith_result
-	    verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
-	  done
-
-	  # Make executables depend on our current version.
-	  verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
-	  ;;
-
-	qnx)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current"
-	  ;;
-
-	sunos)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	windows)
-	  # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
-	  # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix="-$major"
-	  ;;
-
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
-	if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
-	  major=
-	  case $version_type in
-	  darwin)
-	    # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
-	    # problems, so we reset it completely
-	    verstring=
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    verstring="0.0"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  if test "$need_version" = no; then
-	    versuffix=
-	  else
-	    versuffix=".0.0"
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
-	if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
-	  major=
-	  versuffix=
-	  verstring=""
-	fi
-
-	# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
-	if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
-	  if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
-	    func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries"
-	    build_libtool_libs=no
-	    build_old_libs=yes
-	  fi
-	else
-	  # Don't allow undefined symbols.
-	  allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
-	fi
-
-      fi
-
-      func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes"
-      libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj"
-      test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-
-      if test "$mode" != relink; then
-	# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
-	# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
-	removelist=
-	tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
-	for p in $tempremovelist; do
-	  case $p in
-	    *.$objext | *.gcno)
-	       ;;
-	    $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
-	       if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then
-		 if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
-		 then
-		   continue
-		 fi
-	       fi
-	       removelist="$removelist $p"
-	       ;;
-	    *) ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	test -n "$removelist" && \
-	  func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
-      fi
-
-      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
-      if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
-	oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-
-	# Transform .lo files to .o files.
-	oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-      fi
-
-      # Eliminate all temporary directories.
-      #for path in $notinst_path; do
-      #	lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"`
-      #	deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
-      #	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
-      #done
-
-      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
-	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
-	temp_xrpath=
-	for libdir in $xrpath; do
-	  temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
-	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-	  dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
-      old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
-      dlfiles=
-      for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
-	case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
-	*" $lib "*) ;;
-	*) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-
-      # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
-      old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
-      dlprefiles=
-      for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
-	case "$dlprefiles " in
-	*" $lib "*) ;;
-	*) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	if test -n "$rpath"; then
-	  case $host in
-	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*)
-	    # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	    # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
-	    deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-netbsd*)
-	    # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
-	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
-	    # Causes problems with __ctype
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
-	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
-	    if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
-	      deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-
-	# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
-	name_save=$name
-	libname_save=$libname
-	release_save=$release
-	versuffix_save=$versuffix
-	major_save=$major
-	# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly.  I think
-	# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
-	# add it in twice.  Is that correct?
-	release=""
-	versuffix=""
-	major=""
-	newdeplibs=
-	droppeddeps=no
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	pass_all)
-	  # Don't check for shared/static.  Everything works.
-	  # This might be a little naive.  We might want to check
-	  # whether the library exists or not.  But this is on
-	  # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
-	  # implementing what was already the behavior.
-	  newdeplibs=$deplibs
-	  ;;
-	test_compile)
-	  # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
-	  # limits. Maybe even breaks it.  We compile a program, linking it
-	  # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library.  Then we can check
-	  # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
-	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
-	  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
-	  int main() { return 0; }
-EOF
-	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
-	  if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then
-	    ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
-	    for i in $deplibs; do
-	      case $i in
-	      -l*)
-		func_stripname -l '' "$i"
-		name=$func_stripname_result
-		if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-		  case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-		  *" $i "*)
-		    newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
-		    i=""
-		    ;;
-		  esac
-		fi
-		if test -n "$i" ; then
-		  libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-		  deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
-		  set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
-		  deplib_match=$1
-		  if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
-		    newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
-		  else
-		    droppeddeps=yes
-		    $ECHO
-		    $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
-		    $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		    $ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		    $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
-		    $ECHO "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
-		    $ECHO "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
-		  fi
-		fi
-		;;
-	      *)
-		newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	  else
-	    # Error occurred in the first compile.  Let's try to salvage
-	    # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
-	    for i in $deplibs; do
-	      case $i in
-	      -l*)
-		func_stripname -l '' "$i"
-		name=$func_stripname_result
-		$opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
-		if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then
-		  ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
-		  if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-		    case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-		    *" $i "*)
-		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
-		      i=""
-		      ;;
-		    esac
-		  fi
-		  if test -n "$i" ; then
-		    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-		    deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
-		    set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
-		    deplib_match=$1
-		    if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
-		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
-		    else
-		      droppeddeps=yes
-		      $ECHO
-		      $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
-		      $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		      $ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		      $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		      $ECHO "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
-		      $ECHO "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
-		    fi
-		  fi
-		else
-		  droppeddeps=yes
-		  $ECHO
-		  $ECHO "*** Warning!  Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
-		  $ECHO "*** make it link in!  You will probably need to install it or some"
-		  $ECHO "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
-		  $ECHO "*** functional.  Installing it before continuing would be even better."
-		fi
-		;;
-	      *)
-		newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	file_magic*)
-	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
-	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
-	    case $a_deplib in
-	    -l*)
-	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
-	      name=$func_stripname_result
-	      if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-		*" $a_deplib "*)
-		  newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-		  a_deplib=""
-		  ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
-		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
-		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
-		      # Follow soft links.
-		      if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
-			 $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
-			continue
-		      fi
-		      # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
-		      # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
-		      # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
-		      # loop can be closed while we follow links,
-		      # but so what?
-		      potlib="$potent_lib"
-		      while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
-			potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
-			case $potliblink in
-			[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
-			*) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
-			esac
-		      done
-		      if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
-			 $SED -e 10q |
-			 $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-			newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-			a_deplib=""
-			break 2
-		      fi
-		  done
-		done
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		droppeddeps=yes
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
-		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		$ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
-		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
-		else
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
-		  $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
-		fi
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      # Add a -L argument.
-	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
-	  ;;
-	match_pattern*)
-	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
-	  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
-	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
-	    case $a_deplib in
-	    -l*)
-	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
-	      name=$func_stripname_result
-	      if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-		*" $a_deplib "*)
-		  newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-		  a_deplib=""
-		  ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
-		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
-		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
-		    potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
-		    if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \
-		       $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
-		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-		      a_deplib=""
-		      break 2
-		    fi
-		  done
-		done
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		droppeddeps=yes
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
-		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		$ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
-		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
-		else
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
-		  $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
-		fi
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      # Add a -L argument.
-	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
-	  ;;
-	none | unknown | *)
-	  newdeplibs=""
-	  tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \
-	      -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
-	  if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-	    for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
-	      # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
-	      tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"`
-	    done
-	  fi
-	  if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[	 ]//g' |
-	     $GREP . >/dev/null; then
-	    $ECHO
-	    if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
-	    else
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
-	    fi
-	    $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
-	    droppeddeps=yes
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	versuffix=$versuffix_save
-	major=$major_save
-	release=$release_save
-	libname=$libname_save
-	name=$name_save
-
-	case $host in
-	*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	  # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
-	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
-	  if test "$module" = yes; then
-	    $ECHO
-	    $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
-	    $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname.  Therefore, libtool will create"
-	    $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
-	    $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
-	    if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
-	      $ECHO
-	      $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
-	      $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
-	      $ECHO "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
-	      $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
-	    fi
-	    if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
-	      oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-	      build_libtool_libs=module
-	      build_old_libs=yes
-	    else
-	      build_libtool_libs=no
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
-	    $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
-	    $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
-
-	    if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
-	      $ECHO
-	      $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
-	      $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
-	      $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
-	      $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
-	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
-		oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-		build_libtool_libs=module
-		build_old_libs=yes
-	      else
-		build_libtool_libs=no
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-	# Done checking deplibs!
-	deplibs=$newdeplibs
-      fi
-      # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
-      case $host in
-	*-*-darwin*)
-	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	  new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	  deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	  ;;
-      esac
-
-      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
-      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
-      new_libs=
-      for path in $notinst_path; do
-	case " $new_libs " in
-	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  case " $deplibs " in
-	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
-	    new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      for deplib in $deplibs; do
-	case $deplib in
-	-L*)
-	  case " $new_libs " in
-	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	  *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	*) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      deplibs="$new_libs"
-
-      # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
-      library_names=
-      old_library=
-      dlname=
-
-      # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Hardcode the library paths
-	  hardcode_libdirs=
-	  dep_rpath=
-	  rpath="$finalize_rpath"
-	  test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
-	  for libdir in $rpath; do
-	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-	      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-		if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-		  hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
-		else
-		  # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
-		  case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
-		  *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
-		    ;;
-		  *)
-		    hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
-		    ;;
-		  esac
-		fi
-	      else
-		eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-		dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
-	      fi
-	    elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	      case "$perm_rpath " in
-	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	      *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  done
-	  # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
-	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
-	     test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	    libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
-	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then
-	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\"
-	    else
-	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
-	    # We should set the runpath_var.
-	    rpath=
-	    for dir in $perm_rpath; do
-	      rpath="$rpath$dir:"
-	    done
-	    eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
-	  fi
-	  test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
-	fi
-
-	shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
-	test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
-	if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
-	  eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
-	fi
-
-	# Get the real and link names of the library.
-	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-	eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
-	set dummy $library_names
-	shift
-	realname="$1"
-	shift
-
-	if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
-	  eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
-	else
-	  soname="$realname"
-	fi
-	if test -z "$dlname"; then
-	  dlname=$soname
-	fi
-
-	lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
-	linknames=
-	for link
-	do
-	  linknames="$linknames $link"
-	done
-
-	# Use standard objects if they are pic
-	test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-	test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-
-	delfiles=
-	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
-	  $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
-	  export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
-	  delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols"
-	fi
-
-	orig_export_symbols=
-	case $host_os in
-	cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	    # exporting using user supplied symfile
-	    if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then
-	      # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
-	      # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
-	      # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
-	      # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
-	      # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
-	      # include_expsyms logic still works.
-	      orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
-	      export_symbols=
-	      always_export_symbols=yes
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Prepare the list of exported symbols
-	if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
-	  if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	    func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
-	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
-	    $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
-	    cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
-	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
-	    for cmd in $cmds; do
-	      IFS="$save_ifs"
-	      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
-	      func_len " $cmd"
-	      len=$func_len_result
-	      if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
-		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
-		skipped_export=false
-	      else
-		# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
-		func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
-		skipped_export=:
-		# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
-		# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
-		break
-	      fi
-	    done
-	    IFS="$save_ifs"
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then
-	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
-	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
-	  tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
-	  test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
-	fi
-
-	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
-	  # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
-	  func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
-	  # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
-	  # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
-	  # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
-	  # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
-	  # isn't a blessed tool.
-	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
-	  delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
-	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
-	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
-	fi
-
-	tmp_deplibs=
-	for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
-	  case " $convenience " in
-	  *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
-
-	if test -n "$convenience"; then
-	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
-	    test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes &&
-	    test -z "$libobjs"; then
-	    # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
-	    # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
-	    whole_archive_flag_spec=
-	  fi
-	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
-	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
-	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	  else
-	    gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	    generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	    func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
-	    libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
-	  eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
-	fi
-
-	# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
-	if test "$mode" = relink; then
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
-	fi
-
-	# Do each of the archive commands.
-	if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
-	  else
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$module_cmds
-	  fi
-	else
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
-	  else
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$archive_cmds
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" &&
-	   func_len " $test_cmds" &&
-	   len=$func_len_result &&
-	   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
-	  :
-	else
-	  # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
-	  # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
-	  # script.
-
-	  # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
-	  # use them later.  If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
-	  # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
-	  # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
-	  # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
-	  # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
-	  # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
-	  # the spec.
-	  if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
-	  fi
-	  save_output=$output
-	  output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-
-	  # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
-	  # initialize k to one.
-	  test_cmds=
-	  concat_cmds=
-	  objlist=
-	  last_robj=
-	  k=1
-
-	  if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-	    output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript
-	    func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
-	    $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output
-	    for obj in $save_libobjs
-	    do
-	      $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
-	    done
-	    $ECHO ')' >> $output
-	    delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-	  elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then
-	    output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk
-	    func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
-	    : > $output
-	    set x $save_libobjs
-	    shift
-	    firstobj=
-	    if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then
-	      firstobj="$1 "
-	      shift
-	    fi
-	    for obj
-	    do
-	      $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
-	    done
-	    delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-	    output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\"
-	  else
-	    if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
-	      func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
-	      output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
-	      eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
-	      func_len " $test_cmds"
-	      len0=$func_len_result
-	      len=$len0
-
-	      # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
-	      for obj in $save_libobjs
-	      do
-		func_len " $obj"
-		func_arith $len + $func_len_result
-		len=$func_arith_result
-		if test "X$objlist" = X ||
-		   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
-		  func_append objlist " $obj"
-		else
-		  # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
-		  # command to the queue.
-		  if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
-		    # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
-		    eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
-		  else
-		    # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
-		    # the last one created.
-		    eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\"
-		  fi
-		  last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
-		  func_arith $k + 1
-		  k=$func_arith_result
-		  output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
-		  objlist=$obj
-		  func_len " $last_robj"
-		  func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
-		  len=$func_arith_result
-		fi
-	      done
-	      # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
-	      # reloadable object file.  All subsequent reloadable object
-	      # files will link in the last one created.
-	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
-	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
-	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
-	        eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\"
-	      fi
-	      delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-
-	    else
-	      output=
-	    fi
-
-	    if ${skipped_export-false}; then
-	      func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
-	      export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
-	      $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
-	      libobjs=$output
-	      # Append the command to create the export file.
-	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
-	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
-	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
-		eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
-	      fi
-	    fi
-
-	    test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
-	      func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
-
-	    # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
-	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
-	    for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
-	      IFS="$save_ifs"
-	      $opt_silent || {
-		  func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
-		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-	      }
-	      $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
-		lt_exit=$?
-
-		# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
-		if test "$mode" = relink; then
-		  ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
-		    $RM "${realname}T" && \
-		    $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
-		fi
-
-		exit $lt_exit
-	      }
-	    done
-	    IFS="$save_ifs"
-
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
-	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
-	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-          if ${skipped_export-false}; then
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
-	      tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
-	      test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
-	      $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
-	      # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
-	      func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
-	      # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
-	      # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
-	      # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
-	      # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
-	      # isn't a blessed tool.
-	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
-	      delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
-	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
-	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-	  libobjs=$output
-	  # Restore the value of output.
-	  output=$save_output
-
-	  if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
-	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	  fi
-	  # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
-	  # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
-
-	  # Do each of the archive commands.
-	  if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
-	      cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
-	    else
-	      cmds=$module_cmds
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
-	      cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
-	    else
-	      cmds=$archive_cmds
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test -n "$delfiles"; then
-	  # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
-	  eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
-	fi
-
-	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
-	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
-	  libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	  test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	fi
-
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
-	for cmd in $cmds; do
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
-	  $opt_silent || {
-	    func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
-	    eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-	  }
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
-	    lt_exit=$?
-
-	    # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
-	    if test "$mode" = relink; then
-	      ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
-	        $RM "${realname}T" && \
-		$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
-	    fi
-
-	    exit $lt_exit
-	  }
-	done
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-
-	# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
-	if test "$mode" = relink; then
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
-
-	  if test -n "$convenience"; then
-	    if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	      func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-	  exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-	fi
-
-	# Create links to the real library.
-	for linkname in $linknames; do
-	  if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
-	    func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
-	  fi
-	done
-
-	# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
-	if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
-	  # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
-	  dlname="$soname"
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    obj)
-      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
-      fi
-
-      case " $deplibs" in
-      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
-	func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
-      esac
-
-      test -n "$rpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects"
-
-      test -n "$xrpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects"
-
-      test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects"
-
-      test -n "$release" && \
-	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects"
-
-      case $output in
-      *.lo)
-	test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects"
-
-	libobj=$output
-	func_lo2o "$libobj"
-	obj=$func_lo2o_result
-	;;
-      *)
-	libobj=
-	obj="$output"
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      # Delete the old objects.
-      $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
-
-      # Objects from convenience libraries.  This assumes
-      # single-version convenience libraries.  Whenever we create
-      # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
-      # the extraction.
-      reload_conv_objs=
-      gentop=
-      # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
-      # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with
-      # turning comma into space..
-      wl=
-
-      if test -n "$convenience"; then
-	if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	  eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
-	  reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'`
-	else
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	  func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
-	  reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # Create the old-style object.
-      reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
-
-      output="$obj"
-      func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
-
-      # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
-      if test -z "$libobj"; then
-	if test -n "$gentop"; then
-	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-	fi
-
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      fi
-
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
-	if test -n "$gentop"; then
-	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-	fi
-
-	# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
-	# accidentally link it into a program.
-	# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
-	# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
-	# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
-	reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
-	output="$libobj"
-	func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$gentop"; then
-	func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-      fi
-
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      ;;
-
-    prog)
-      case $host in
-	*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
-	          output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
-      esac
-      test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs"
-
-      test -n "$release" && \
-	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs"
-
-      test "$preload" = yes \
-        && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \
-	&& test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \
-	&& test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \
-	  func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
-
-      case $host in
-      *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
-	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
-	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      case $host in
-      *-*-darwin*)
-	# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
-	# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
-	if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
-	  case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
-	    10.[0123])
-	      compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
-	      finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-	# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
-	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	;;
-      esac
-
-
-      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
-      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
-      new_libs=
-      for path in $notinst_path; do
-	case " $new_libs " in
-	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  case " $compile_deplibs " in
-	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
-	    new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
-	case $deplib in
-	-L*)
-	  case " $new_libs " in
-	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	  *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	*) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      compile_deplibs="$new_libs"
-
-
-      compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
-      finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
-
-      if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
-	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
-	for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
-	  # This is the magic to use -rpath.
-	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-      fi
-
-      # Now hardcode the library paths
-      rpath=
-      hardcode_libdirs=
-      for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
-	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
-	    else
-	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
-	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
-	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
-		;;
-	      *)
-		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
-	  fi
-	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	  case "$perm_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-	case $host in
-	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
-	  testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$libdir:"*) ;;
-	  ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
-	  esac
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
-	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
-      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
-	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
-	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      fi
-      compile_rpath="$rpath"
-
-      rpath=
-      hardcode_libdirs=
-      for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
-	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
-	    else
-	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
-	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
-	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
-		;;
-	      *)
-		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
-	  fi
-	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	  case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-      done
-      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
-      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
-	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
-	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      fi
-      finalize_rpath="$rpath"
-
-      if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-	# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
-	compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-	finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-      fi
-
-      func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no"
-
-      # template prelinking step
-      if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
-	func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
-      fi
-
-      wrappers_required=yes
-      case $host in
-      *cygwin* | *mingw* )
-        if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
-          wrappers_required=no
-        fi
-        ;;
-      *cegcc)
-        # Disable wrappers for cegcc, we are cross compiling anyway.
-        wrappers_required=no
-        ;;
-      *)
-        if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
-          wrappers_required=no
-        fi
-        ;;
-      esac
-      if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then
-	# Replace the output file specification.
-	compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
-	link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-
-	# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
-	exit_status=0
-	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
-
-	# Delete the generated files.
-	if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then
-	  func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"'
-	fi
-
-	exit $exit_status
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
-	compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
-      fi
-      if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
-	finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
-      fi
-
-      compile_var=
-      finalize_var=
-      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
-	  # We should set the runpath_var.
-	  rpath=
-	  for dir in $perm_rpath; do
-	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
-	  done
-	  compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
-	fi
-	if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
-	  # We should set the runpath_var.
-	  rpath=
-	  for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
-	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
-	  done
-	  finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$no_install" = yes; then
-	# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
-	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-	# Replace the output file specification.
-	link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
-	# Delete the old output file.
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
-	# Link the executable and exit
-	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      fi
-
-      if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
-	# Fast installation is not supported
-	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-	relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
-
-	func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
-	func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation"
-      else
-	if test "$fast_install" != no; then
-	  link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
-	  if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
-	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
-	  else
-	    # fast_install is set to needless
-	    relink_command=
-	  fi
-	else
-	  link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-	  relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # Replace the output file specification.
-      link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
-
-      # Delete the old output files.
-      $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
-
-      func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
-
-      # Now create the wrapper script.
-      func_verbose "creating $output"
-
-      # Quote the relink command for shipping.
-      if test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
-	for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
-	  if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
-	    relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
-	  elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
-	    relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
-	  else
-	    func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
-	    relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
-	  fi
-	done
-	relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
-	relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      fi
-
-      # Quote $ECHO for shipping.
-      if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then
-	case $progpath in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";;
-	*) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";;
-	esac
-	qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      else
-	qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      fi
-
-      # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
-      $opt_dry_run || {
-	# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
-	# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
-	case $output in
-	  *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
-	         output=$func_stripname_result ;;
-	esac
-	# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
-	case $host in
-	  *cygwin*)
-	    exeext=.exe
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
-	    outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
-	  *) exeext= ;;
-	esac
-	case $host in
-	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
-	    func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
-	    output_name=$func_basename_result
-	    output_path=$func_dirname_result
-	    cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c"
-	    cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe"
-	    $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
-	    trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-
-	    func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
-
-	    # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
-	    # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
-	    # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
-	    # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
-	      $STRIP $cwrapper
-	    }
-
-	    # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
-	    func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
-	    $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	    trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
-	      if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then
-		$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	      else
-		func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	      fi
-	    }
-	  ;;
-	  * )
-	    $RM $output
-	    trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-
-	    func_emit_wrapper no > $output
-	    chmod +x $output
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      }
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
-    for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
-
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
-	oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
-	addlibs="$convenience"
-	build_libtool_libs=no
-      else
-	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
-	  oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
-	  build_libtool_libs=no
-	else
-	  oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
-	  if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then
-	    oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	addlibs="$old_convenience"
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$addlibs"; then
-	gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
-	oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-      fi
-
-      # Do each command in the archive commands.
-      if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
-      else
-
-	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
-	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
-	  oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	fi
-
-	# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives.  We have
-	# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
-	# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
-	# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
-	# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
-	# not supported by libtool).
-	if (for obj in $oldobjs
-	    do
-	      func_basename "$obj"
-	      $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
-	    done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
-	  :
-	else
-	  $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-	  func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
-	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
-	  oldobjs=
-	  counter=1
-	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
-	  do
-	    func_basename "$obj"
-	    objbase="$func_basename_result"
-	    case " $oldobjs " in
-	    " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
-	    *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
-	      while :; do
-		# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
-		# overlaps.
-		newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
-		func_arith $counter + 1
-		counter=$func_arith_result
-		case " $oldobjs " in
-		*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
-		*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
-		esac
-	      done
-	      func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
-	      oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj"
-	      ;;
-	    *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	fi
-	eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
-
-	func_len " $cmds"
-	len=$func_len_result
-	if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
-	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
-	else
-	  # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
-	  func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
-	  save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
-	  RANLIB=:
-	  objlist=
-	  concat_cmds=
-	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
-	  oldobjs=
-	  # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
-	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
-	  do
-	    last_oldobj=$obj
-	  done
-	  eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
-	  func_len " $test_cmds"
-	  len0=$func_len_result
-	  len=$len0
-	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
-	  do
-	    func_len " $obj"
-	    func_arith $len + $func_len_result
-	    len=$func_arith_result
-	    func_append objlist " $obj"
-	    if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
-	      :
-	    else
-	      # the above command should be used before it gets too long
-	      oldobjs=$objlist
-	      if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
-		RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
-	      fi
-	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
-	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
-	      objlist=
-	      len=$len0
-	    fi
-	  done
-	  RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
-	  oldobjs=$objlist
-	  if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
-	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
-	  else
-	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-      func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
-    done
-
-    test -n "$generated" && \
-      func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
-
-    # Now create the libtool archive.
-    case $output in
-    *.la)
-      old_library=
-      test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
-      func_verbose "creating $output"
-
-      # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
-      for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
-	if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
-	  relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
-	elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
-	  relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
-	else
-	  func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
-	  relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
-	fi
-      done
-      # Quote the link command for shipping.
-      relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
-      relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
-	relink_command=
-      fi
-
-      # Only create the output if not a dry run.
-      $opt_dry_run || {
-	for installed in no yes; do
-	  if test "$installed" = yes; then
-	    if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
-	      break
-	    fi
-	    output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
-	    # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
-	    newdependency_libs=
-	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	      case $deplib in
-	      *.la)
-		func_basename "$deplib"
-		name="$func_basename_result"
-		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
-		test -z "$libdir" && \
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
-		;;
-	      *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
-	    newdlfiles=
-
-	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-	      *.la)
-	        func_basename "$lib"
-		name="$func_basename_result"
-		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
-		test -z "$libdir" && \
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
-		;;
-	      *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
-	    newdlprefiles=
-	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-	      *.la)
-		# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
-		# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
-		# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
-		# the library:
-		func_basename "$lib"
-		name="$func_basename_result"
-		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
-		test -z "$libdir" && \
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
-	  else
-	    newdlfiles=
-	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
-		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
-	      esac
-	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs"
-	    done
-	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
-	    newdlprefiles=
-	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
-		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
-	      esac
-	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs"
-	    done
-	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
-	  fi
-	  $RM $output
-	  # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
-	  tdlname=$dlname
-	  case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
-	    *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
-	  esac
-	  $ECHO > $output "\
-# $outputname - a libtool library file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
-
-# The name that we can dlopen(3).
-dlname='$tdlname'
-
-# Names of this library.
-library_names='$library_names'
-
-# The name of the static archive.
-old_library='$old_library'
-
-# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs.
-inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
-
-# Libraries that this one depends upon.
-dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
-
-# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
-weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
-
-# Version information for $libname.
-current=$current
-age=$age
-revision=$revision
-
-# Is this an already installed library?
-installed=$installed
-
-# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
-shouldnotlink=$module
-
-# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
-dlopen='$dlfiles'
-dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
-
-# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
-libdir='$install_libdir'"
-	  if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
-	    $ECHO >> $output "\
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
-	  fi
-	done
-      }
-
-      # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
-      # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
-      func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
-      ;;
-    esac
-    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } &&
-    func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_uninstall arg...
-func_mode_uninstall ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    RM="$nonopt"
-    files=
-    rmforce=
-    exit_status=0
-
-    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
-    # than running their programs.
-    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
-    for arg
-    do
-      case $arg in
-      -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
-      -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;;
-      *) files="$files $arg" ;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    test -z "$RM" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
-
-    rmdirs=
-
-    origobjdir="$objdir"
-    for file in $files; do
-      func_dirname "$file" "" "."
-      dir="$func_dirname_result"
-      if test "X$dir" = X.; then
-	objdir="$origobjdir"
-      else
-	objdir="$dir/$origobjdir"
-      fi
-      func_basename "$file"
-      name="$func_basename_result"
-      test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
-
-      # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
-      if test "$mode" = clean; then
-	case " $rmdirs " in
-	  *" $objdir "*) ;;
-	  *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-
-      # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
-      if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-	 { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-	 test -f "$file"; then
-	:
-      elif test -d "$file"; then
-	exit_status=1
-	continue
-      elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
-	continue
-      fi
-
-      rmfiles="$file"
-
-      case $name in
-      *.la)
-	# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
-	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
-	  func_source $dir/$name
-
-	  # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
-	  for n in $library_names; do
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
-	  done
-	  test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
-
-	  case "$mode" in
-	  clean)
-	    case "  $library_names " in
-	    # "  " in the beginning catches empty $dlname
-	    *" $dlname "*) ;;
-	    *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;;
-	    esac
-	    test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
-	    ;;
-	  uninstall)
-	    if test -n "$library_names"; then
-	      # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
-	      func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$old_library"; then
-	      # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
-	      func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
-	    fi
-	    # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
-	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
-
-	  # Read the .lo file
-	  func_source $dir/$name
-
-	  # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
-	  if test -n "$pic_object" &&
-	     test "$pic_object" != none; then
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
-	  if test -n "$non_pic_object" &&
-	     test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *)
-	if test "$mode" = clean ; then
-	  noexename=$name
-	  case $file in
-	  *.exe)
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
-	    file=$func_stripname_result
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
-	    noexename=$func_stripname_result
-	    # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
-	    # add $file without .exe
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $file"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
-	  if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
-	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
-	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
-	      relink_command=
-	      func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
-	    else
-	      relink_command=
-	      func_source $dir/$noexename
-	    fi
-
-	    # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
-	    # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
-	    if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
-	    fi
-	    if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
-	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
-    done
-    objdir="$origobjdir"
-
-    # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
-    for dir in $rmdirs; do
-      if test -d "$dir"; then
-	func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
-      fi
-    done
-
-    exit $exit_status
-}
-
-{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } &&
-    func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
-
-test -z "$mode" && {
-  help="$generic_help"
-  func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
-}
-
-test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
-  func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
-
-if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
-  eval exec "$exec_cmd"
-  exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-fi
-
-exit $exit_status
-
-
-# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
-# in which we disable both kinds of libraries.  Given conflicting
-# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
-# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
-# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
-# them.  This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
-# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
-# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
-# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
-# configuration.  But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-build_libtool_libs=no
-build_old_libs=yes
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
-build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode:shell-script
-# sh-indentation:2
-# End:
-# vi:sw=2
-
diff --git a/libXt/acinclude.m4 b/libXt/m4/ax_define_dir.m4
index b7501e8dd..b74d155fd 100644
--- a/libXt/acinclude.m4
+++ b/libXt/m4/ax_define_dir.m4
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # ===========================================================================
-#          http://www.nongnu.org/autoconf-archive/ax_define_dir.html
+#       http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_define_dir.html
 # ===========================================================================
 #
 # SYNOPSIS
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 #
 #   Example:
 #
-#      AX_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.])
+#     AX_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.])
 #
 # LICENSE
 #
@@ -27,7 +27,10 @@
 #
 #   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
 #   permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice
-#   and this notice are preserved.
+#   and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any
+#   warranty.
+
+#serial 6
 
 AU_ALIAS([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [AX_DEFINE_DIR])
 AC_DEFUN([AX_DEFINE_DIR], [
diff --git a/libXt/man/Makefile.am b/libXt/man/Makefile.am
index 140648e75..305598dde 100644
--- a/libXt/man/Makefile.am
+++ b/libXt/man/Makefile.am
@@ -1,811 +1,492 @@
 libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)
 
-LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX = $(LIB_MAN_DIR:@mandir@/man%=%)
-
-libman_PRE = \
-	XtAddActions.man \
-	XtAddCallback.man \
-	XtAddEventHandler.man \
-	XtAddExposureToRegion.man \
-	XtAddGrab.man \
-	XtAddInput.man \
-	XtAllocateGC.man \
-	XtAppAddActionHook.man \
-	XtAppAddActions.man \
-	XtAppAddBlockHook.man \
-	XtAppAddConverter.man \
-	XtAppAddInput.man \
-	XtAppAddSignal.man \
-	XtAppAddTimeOut.man \
-	XtAppAddWorkProc.man \
-	XtAppCreateShell.man \
-	XtAppError.man \
-	XtAppErrorMsg.man \
-	XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \
-	XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \
-	XtAppInitialize.man \
-	XtAppLock.man \
-	XtAppNextEvent.man \
-	XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \
-	XtAppSetExitFlag.man \
-	XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \
-	XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \
-	XtBuildEventMask.man \
-	XtCallAcceptFocus.man \
-	XtCallActionProc.man \
-	XtCallCallbacks.man \
-	XtClass.man \
-	XtConfigureWidget.man \
-	XtConvert.man \
-	XtConvertAndStore.man \
-	XtCreateApplicationContext.man \
-	XtCreateApplicationShell.man \
-	XtCreatePopupShell.man \
-	XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \
-	XtCreateWidget.man \
-	XtCreateWindow.man \
-	XtDisplay.man \
-	XtDisplayInitialize.man \
-	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \
-	XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \
-	XtError.man \
-	XtErrorMsg.man \
-	XtFindFile.man \
-	XtGetActionKeysym.man \
-	XtGetActionList.man \
-	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \
-	XtGetApplicationResources.man \
-	XtGetClassExtension.man \
-	XtGetDisplays.man \
-	XtGetErrorDatabase.man \
-	XtGetGC.man \
-	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \
-	XtGetKeysymTable.man \
-	XtGetResourceList.man \
-	XtGetSelectionParameters.man \
-	XtGetSelectionRequest.man \
-	XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \
-	XtGetSelectionValue.man \
-	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \
-	XtGetSubresources.man \
-	XtGrabKey.man \
-	XtHooksOfDisplay.man \
-	XtInitialize.man \
-	XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \
-	XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \
-	XtLastEventProcessed.man \
-	XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \
-	XtMalloc.man \
-	XtManageChildren.man \
-	XtMapWidget.man \
-	XtName.man \
-	XtNameToWidget.man \
-	XtNextEvent.man \
-	XtOffset.man \
-	XtOpenApplication.man \
-	XtOwnSelection.man \
-	XtParent.man \
-	XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \
-	XtParseTranslationTable.man \
-	XtPopdown.man \
-	XtPopup.man \
-	XtProcessLock.man \
-	XtQueryGeometry.man \
-	XtRealizeWidget.man \
-	XtRegisterDrawable.man \
-	XtRegisterGrabAction.man \
-	XtReservePropertyAtom.man \
-	XtResolvePathname.man \
-	XtSessionGetToken.man \
-	XtSetArg.man \
-	XtSetKeyTranslator.man \
-	XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \
-	XtSetLanguageProc.man \
-	XtSetMultiClickTime.man \
-	XtSetSelectionParameters.man \
-	XtSetSensitive.man \
-	XtSetValues.man \
-	XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \
-	XtStringConversionWarning.man \
-	XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \
-	XtTranslateCoords.man \
+libman_PRE =					\
+	$(all_shadows:=.man)			\
+	XtAddActions.man			\
+	XtAddCallback.man			\
+	XtAddEventHandler.man			\
+	XtAddExposureToRegion.man		\
+	XtAddGrab.man				\
+	XtAddInput.man				\
+	XtAllocateGC.man			\
+	XtAppAddActionHook.man			\
+	XtAppAddActions.man			\
+	XtAppAddBlockHook.man			\
+	XtAppAddConverter.man			\
+	XtAppAddInput.man			\
+	XtAppAddSignal.man			\
+	XtAppAddTimeOut.man			\
+	XtAppAddWorkProc.man			\
+	XtAppCreateShell.man			\
+	XtAppError.man				\
+	XtAppErrorMsg.man			\
+	XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man		\
+	XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man		\
+	XtAppInitialize.man			\
+	XtAppLock.man				\
+	XtAppNextEvent.man			\
+	XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man		\
+	XtAppSetExitFlag.man			\
+	XtAppSetFallbackResources.man		\
+	XtAppSetTypeConverter.man		\
+	XtBuildEventMask.man			\
+	XtCallAcceptFocus.man			\
+	XtCallActionProc.man			\
+	XtCallCallbacks.man			\
+	XtClass.man				\
+	XtConfigureWidget.man			\
+	XtConvert.man				\
+	XtConvertAndStore.man			\
+	XtCreateApplicationContext.man		\
+	XtCreateApplicationShell.man		\
+	XtCreatePopupShell.man			\
+	XtCreateSelectionRequest.man		\
+	XtCreateWidget.man			\
+	XtCreateWindow.man			\
+	XtDisplay.man				\
+	XtDisplayInitialize.man			\
+	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man	\
+	XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man	\
+	XtError.man				\
+	XtErrorMsg.man				\
+	XtFindFile.man				\
+	XtGetActionKeysym.man			\
+	XtGetActionList.man			\
+	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man	\
+	XtGetApplicationResources.man		\
+	XtGetClassExtension.man			\
+	XtGetDisplays.man			\
+	XtGetErrorDatabase.man			\
+	XtGetGC.man				\
+	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man		\
+	XtGetKeysymTable.man			\
+	XtGetResourceList.man			\
+	XtGetSelectionParameters.man		\
+	XtGetSelectionRequest.man		\
+	XtGetSelectionTimeout.man		\
+	XtGetSelectionValue.man			\
+	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man	\
+	XtGetSubresources.man			\
+	XtGrabKey.man				\
+	XtHooksOfDisplay.man			\
+	XtInitialize.man			\
+	XtInitializeWidgetClass.man		\
+	XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man		\
+	XtLastEventProcessed.man		\
+	XtMakeGeometryRequest.man		\
+	XtMalloc.man				\
+	XtManageChildren.man			\
+	XtMapWidget.man				\
+	XtName.man				\
+	XtNameToWidget.man			\
+	XtNextEvent.man				\
+	XtOffset.man				\
+	XtOpenApplication.man			\
+	XtOwnSelection.man			\
+	XtParent.man				\
+	XtParseAcceleratorTable.man		\
+	XtParseTranslationTable.man		\
+	XtPopdown.man				\
+	XtPopup.man				\
+	XtProcessLock.man			\
+	XtQueryGeometry.man			\
+	XtRealizeWidget.man			\
+	XtRegisterDrawable.man			\
+	XtRegisterGrabAction.man		\
+	XtReservePropertyAtom.man		\
+	XtResolvePathname.man			\
+	XtSessionGetToken.man			\
+	XtSetArg.man				\
+	XtSetKeyTranslator.man			\
+	XtSetKeyboardFocus.man			\
+	XtSetLanguageProc.man			\
+	XtSetMultiClickTime.man			\
+	XtSetSelectionParameters.man		\
+	XtSetSensitive.man			\
+	XtSetValues.man				\
+	XtSetWMColormapWindows.man		\
+	XtStringConversionWarning.man		\
+	XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man		\
+	XtTranslateCoords.man			\
 	XtVaCreateArgsList.man
 
-libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) \
-	      $(all_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
+libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
 
 EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE)
-
 CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA)
 
-# Rules for generating files using the C pre-processor
-# (Replaces CppFileTarget from Imake)
-
-SED = sed
-
 SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
 
-# Translate XCOMM into pound sign with sed, rather than passing -DXCOMM=XCOMM
-# to cpp, because that trick does not work on all ANSI C preprocessors.
-# Delete line numbers from the cpp output (-P is not portable, I guess).
-# Allow XCOMM to be preceded by whitespace and provide a means of generating
-# output lines with trailing backslashes.
-# Allow XHASH to always be substituted, even in cases where XCOMM isn't.
-
-CPP_SED_MAGIC = $(SED) -e '/^\#  *[0-9][0-9]*  *.*$$/d' \
-                       -e '/^\#line  *[0-9][0-9]*  *.*$$/d' \
-                       -e '/^[         ]*XCOMM$$/s/XCOMM/\#/' \
-                       -e '/^[         ]*XCOMM[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/s/XCOMM/\#/' \
-                       -e '/^[         ]*XHASH/s/XHASH/\#/' \
-                       -e '/\@\@$$/s/\@\@$$/\\/'
-
-# Strings to replace in man pages
-XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-  XORGMANNAME = X Version 11
-  XSERVERNAME = Xorg
-
-MANDEFS = \
-        -D__vendorversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \
-        -D__xorgversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \
-	-D__appmansuffix__=$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__filemansuffix__=$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__libmansuffix__=$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__miscmansuffix__=$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__drivermansuffix__=$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__adminmansuffix__=$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__projectroot__=$(prefix)
-
-.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX):
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(RAWCPP) $(RAWCPPFLAGS) $(MANDEFS) $(EXTRAMANDEFS) < $< | $(CPP_SED_MAGIC) > $@
-
-
-# Generate man page shadow files (Replaces InstallManPageAliases from Imake)
-
-all_shadows =                                \
-    $(XtAddCallback_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows)             \
-    $(XtAddGrab_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows)             \
-    $(XtAppAddInput_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows)               \
-    $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppError_shadows)                    \
-    $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows)         \
-    $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows)      \
-    $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows)                \
-    $(XtNextEvent_shadows)                   \
-    $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows)               \
-    $(XtClass_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows)             \
-    $(XtConvert_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows)             \
-    $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows)    \
-    $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows)            \
-    $(XtCreateWidget_shadows)                \
-    $(XtDisplay_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows)           \
-    $(XtGetGC_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtGetResourceList_shadows)             \
-    $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows)           \
-    $(XtGetSubresources_shadows)             \
-    $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows)     \
-    $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows)         \
-    $(XtMalloc_shadows)                      \
-    $(XtManageChildren_shadows)              \
-    $(XtMapWidget_shadows)                   \
-    $(XtNameToWidget_shadows)                \
-    $(XtOffset_shadows)                      \
-    $(XtOwnSelection_shadows)                \
-    $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows)       \
-    $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows)       \
-    $(XtPopdown_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtPopup_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows)               \
-    $(XtSetArg_shadows)                      \
-    $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows)            \
-    $(XtSetSensitive_shadows)                \
-    $(XtSetValues_shadows)                   \
-    $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows)         \
-    $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows)            \
-    $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows)           \
-    $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows)      \
-    $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows)          \
-    $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows)                \
-    $(XtAddInput_shadows)                    \
-    $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows)             \
-    $(XtAppInitialize_shadows)               \
-    $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows)             \
-    $(XtErrorMsg_shadows)                    \
-    $(XtError_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows)            \
-    $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \
-    $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows)         \
-    $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows)      \
-    $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows)         \
-    $(XtGrabKey_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows)            \
-    $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppLock_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtProcessLock_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtOpenApplication_shadows)
-
-
-
-XtAddCallback_shadows =                     \
-    XtAddCallbacks                          \
-    XtRemoveCallback                        \
-    XtRemoveCallbacks                       \
-    XtRemoveAllCallbacks
-
-XtAddEventHandler_shadows =                 \
-    XtAddRawEventHandler                    \
-    XtRemoveEventHandler                    \
-    XtRemoveRawEventHandler                 \
-    XtInsertEventHandler                    \
-    XtInsertRawEventHandler
-
-XtAddGrab_shadows =                         \
-    XtRemoveGrab
-
-XtAppAddConverter_shadows =                 \
-    XtAddConverter
-
-XtAppAddInput_shadows =                     \
-    XtRemoveInput
-
-XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows =                   \
-    XtRemoveTimeOut
-
-XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows =                  \
-    XtRemoveWorkProc
-
-XtAppCreateShell_shadows =                  \
-    XtVaAppCreateShell
-
-XtAppError_shadows =                        \
-    XtAppSetErrorHandler                    \
-    XtAppSetWarningHandler                  \
-    XtAppWarning
-
-XtAppErrorMsg_shadows =                     \
-    XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler                 \
-    XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler               \
-    XtAppWarningMsg
-
-XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows =             \
-    XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
-
-XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows =          \
-    XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
-
-XtAppNextEvent_shadows =                    \
-    XtAppPending                            \
-    XtAppPeekEvent                          \
-    XtAppProcessEvent                       \
-    XtDispatchEvent                         \
-    XtAppMainLoop
-
-XtNextEvent_shadows =                       \
-    XtPending                               \
-    XtPeekEvent                             \
-    XtProcessEvent                          \
-    XtMainLoop
-
-XtCallCallbacks_shadows =                   \
-    XtCallCallbackList                      \
-    XtHasCallbacks
-
-XtClass_shadows =                           \
-    XtSuperclass                            \
-    XtIsSubclass                            \
-    XtCheckSubclass                         \
-    XtIsObject                              \
-    XtIsRectObj                             \
-    XtIsWidget                              \
-    XtIsComposite                           \
-    XtIsConstraint                          \
-    XtIsShell                               \
-    XtIsOverrideShell                       \
-    XtIsWMShell                             \
-    XtIsVendorShell                         \
-    XtIsTransientShell                      \
-    XtIsTopLevelShell                       \
-    XtIsApplicationShell                    \
-    XtIsSessionShell
-
-XtConfigureWidget_shadows =                 \
-    XtMoveWidget                            \
-    XtResizeWidget
-
-XtConvert_shadows =                         \
-    XtDirectConvert
-
-XtConvertAndStore_shadows =                 \
-    XtCallConverter
-
-XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows =        \
-    XtDestroyApplicationContext             \
-    XtWidgetToApplicationContext            \
-    XtToolkitInitialize
-
-XtCreatePopupShell_shadows =                \
-    XtVaCreatePopupShell
-
-XtCreateWidget_shadows =                    \
-    XtVaCreateWidget                        \
-    XtCreateManagedWidget                   \
-    XtVaCreateManagedWidget                 \
-    XtDestroyWidget
-
-XtDisplay_shadows =                         \
-                                            \
-    XtDisplayOfObject                       \
-    XtScreen                                \
-    XtScreenOfObject                        \
-    XtWindow                                \
-    XtWindowOfObject
-
-XtDisplayInitialize_shadows =               \
-    XtOpenDisplay                           \
-    XtCloseDisplay                          \
-    XtDatabase                              \
-    XtScreenDatabase
-
-XtGetGC_shadows =                           \
-    XtReleaseGC
-
-XtGetResourceList_shadows =                 \
-    XtGetConstraintResourceList
-
-XtGetSelectionValue_shadows =               \
-    XtGetSelectionValues
-
-XtGetSubresources_shadows =                 \
-    XtVaGetSubresources
-
-XtGetApplicationResources_shadows =         \
-    XtVaGetApplicationResources
-
-XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows =             \
-    XtMakeResizeRequest
-
-XtMalloc_shadows =                          \
-    XtCalloc                                \
-    XtRealloc                               \
-    XtFree                                  \
-    XtNew                                   \
-    XtNewString
-
-XtManageChildren_shadows =                  \
-    XtManageChild                           \
-    XtUnmanageChildren                      \
-    XtUnmanageChild                         \
-    XtIsManaged                             \
-    XtChangeManagedSet
-
-XtMapWidget_shadows =                       \
-    XtSetMappedWhenManaged                  \
-    XtUnmapWidget
-
-XtNameToWidget_shadows =                    \
-    XtWindowToWidget
-
-XtOffset_shadows =                          \
-    XtOffsetOf                              \
-    XtNumber
-
-XtOwnSelection_shadows =                    \
-    XtOwnSelectionIncremental               \
-    XtDisownSelection
-
-XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows =           \
-    XtInstallAccelerators                   \
-    XtInstallAllAccelerators
-
-XtParseTranslationTable_shadows =           \
-    XtAugmentTranslations                   \
-    XtOverrideTranslations                  \
-    XtUninstallTranslations
-
-XtPopdown_shadows =                         \
-    XtCallbackPopdown                       \
-    MenuPopdown
-
-XtPopup_shadows =                           \
-    XtPopupSpringLoaded                     \
-    XtCallbackNone                          \
-    XtCallbackNonexclusive                  \
-    XtCallbackExclusive                     \
-    MenuPopup
-
-XtRealizeWidget_shadows =                   \
-    XtIsRealized                            \
-    XtUnrealizeWidget
-
-XtSetArg_shadows =                          \
-    XtMergeArgLists
-
-XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows =                \
-    XtTranslateKeycode                      \
-    XtRegisterCaseConverter                 \
-    XtConvertCase
-
-XtSetSensitive_shadows =                    \
-    XtIsSensitive
-
-XtSetValues_shadows =                       \
-    XtVaSetValues                           \
-    XtSetSubvalues                          \
-    XtGetValues                             \
-    XtVaGetValues                           \
-    XtGetSubvalues                          \
-    XtVaGetSubvalues                        \
-    XtVaSetSubvalues
-
-XtGetKeysymTable_shadows =                  \
-    XtKeysymToKeycodeList
-
-XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows =             \
-    XtSetTypeConverter
-
-XtAppAddActionHook_shadows =                \
-    XtRemoveActionHook
-
-XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows =               \
-    XtGetMultiClickTime
-
-XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows =          \
-    XtRemoveEventTypeHandler                \
-    XtRegisterExtensionSelector             \
-    XtSetEventDispatcher                    \
-    XtDispatchEventToWidget
-
-XtLastEventProcessed_shadows =              \
-    XtLastTimestampProcessed
-
-XtAppAddSignal_shadows =                    \
-    XtNoticeSignal                          \
-    XtRemoveSignal
-
-XtAddInput_shadows =                        \
-    XtAddTimeOut                            \
-    XtAddWorkProc
-
-XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows =                 \
-    XtRemoveBlockHook
-
-XtAppInitialize_shadows =                   \
-    XtVaAppInitialize
-
-XtSessionGetToken_shadows =                 \
-    XtSessionReturnToken
-
-XtErrorMsg_shadows =                        \
-    XtSetErrorMsgHandler                    \
-    XtSetWarningMsgHandler                  \
-    XtWarningMsg
-
-XtError_shadows =                           \
-    XtSetErrorHandler                       \
-    XtSetWarningHandler                     \
-    XtWarning
-
-XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows =                \
-    XtGetErrorDatabaseText
-
-XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows =    \
-    XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
-
-XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows =             \
-    XtSetSelectionTimeout
-
-XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows =          \
-    XtSendSelectionRequest                  \
-    XtCancelSelectionRequest
-
-XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows =             \
-    XtReleasePropertyAtom
-
-XtGrabKey_shadows =                         \
-    XtUngrabKey                             \
-    XtGrabKeyboard                          \
-    XtUngrabKeyboard                        \
-    XtGrabButton                            \
-    XtUngrabButton                          \
-    XtGrabPointer                           \
-    XtUngrabPointer
-
-XtRegisterDrawable_shadows =                \
-    XtUnregisterDrawable
-
-XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows =                  \
-    XtAppGetExitFlag
-
-XtAppLock_shadows =                         \
-    XtAppUnlock
-
-XtProcessLock_shadows =                     \
-    XtProcessUnlock
-
-XtOpenApplication_shadows =                 \
-    XtVaOpenApplication
-
-XtAddCallback_shadowmen = $(XtAddCallback_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAddCallback_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddCallback.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen = $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddEventHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAddGrab_shadowmen = $(XtAddGrab_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAddGrab_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddGrab.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddInput_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddTimeOut.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddWorkProc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen = $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppCreateShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppError_shadowmen = $(XtAppError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppError_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+all_shadows =					\
+	$(XtAddCallback_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAddEventHandler_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAddGrab_shadows)			\
+	$(XtAppAddConverter_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppAddInput_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppCreateShell_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppError_shadows)			\
+	$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows)	\
+	$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows)	\
+	$(XtAppNextEvent_shadows)		\
+	$(XtNextEvent_shadows)			\
+	$(XtCallCallbacks_shadows)		\
+	$(XtClass_shadows)			\
+	$(XtConfigureWidget_shadows)		\
+	$(XtConvert_shadows)			\
+	$(XtConvertAndStore_shadows)		\
+	$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows)	\
+	$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows)		\
+	$(XtCreateWidget_shadows)		\
+	$(XtDisplay_shadows)			\
+	$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows)		\
+	$(XtGetGC_shadows)			\
+	$(XtGetResourceList_shadows)		\
+	$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows)		\
+	$(XtGetSubresources_shadows)		\
+	$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows)	\
+	$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows)	\
+	$(XtMalloc_shadows)			\
+	$(XtManageChildren_shadows)		\
+	$(XtMapWidget_shadows)			\
+	$(XtNameToWidget_shadows)		\
+	$(XtOffset_shadows)			\
+	$(XtOwnSelection_shadows)		\
+	$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows)	\
+	$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows)	\
+	$(XtPopdown_shadows)			\
+	$(XtPopup_shadows)			\
+	$(XtRealizeWidget_shadows)		\
+	$(XtSetArg_shadows)			\
+	$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows)		\
+	$(XtSetSensitive_shadows)		\
+	$(XtSetValues_shadows)			\
+	$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows)	\
+	$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows)		\
+	$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows)		\
+	$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows)	\
+	$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppAddSignal_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAddInput_shadows)			\
+	$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppInitialize_shadows)		\
+	$(XtSessionGetToken_shadows)		\
+	$(XtErrorMsg_shadows)			\
+	$(XtError_shadows)			\
+	$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows)		\
+	$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \
+	$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows)	\
+	$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows)	\
+	$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows)	\
+	$(XtGrabKey_shadows)			\
+	$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows)		\
+	$(XtAppLock_shadows)			\
+	$(XtProcessLock_shadows)		\
+	$(XtOpenApplication_shadows)
+
+XtAddCallback_shadows =				\
+	XtAddCallbacks				\
+	XtRemoveCallback			\
+	XtRemoveCallbacks			\
+	XtRemoveAllCallbacks
+
+XtAddEventHandler_shadows =			\
+	XtAddRawEventHandler			\
+	XtRemoveEventHandler			\
+	XtRemoveRawEventHandler			\
+	XtInsertEventHandler			\
+	XtInsertRawEventHandler
+
+XtAddGrab_shadows =				\
+	XtRemoveGrab
+
+XtAppAddConverter_shadows =			\
+	XtAddConverter
+
+XtAppAddInput_shadows =				\
+	XtRemoveInput
+
+XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows =			\
+	XtRemoveTimeOut
+
+XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows =			\
+	XtRemoveWorkProc
+
+XtAppCreateShell_shadows =			\
+	XtVaAppCreateShell
+
+XtAppError_shadows =				\
+	XtAppSetErrorHandler			\
+	XtAppSetWarningHandler			\
+	XtAppWarning
+
+XtAppErrorMsg_shadows =				\
+	XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler			\
+	XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler		\
+	XtAppWarningMsg
+
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows =			\
+	XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
+
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows =		\
+	XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
+
+XtAppNextEvent_shadows =			\
+	XtAppPending				\
+	XtAppPeekEvent				\
+	XtAppProcessEvent			\
+	XtDispatchEvent				\
+	XtAppMainLoop
+
+XtNextEvent_shadows =				\
+	XtPending				\
+	XtPeekEvent				\
+	XtProcessEvent				\
+	XtMainLoop
+
+XtCallCallbacks_shadows =			\
+	XtCallCallbackList			\
+	XtHasCallbacks
+
+XtClass_shadows =				\
+	XtSuperclass				\
+	XtIsSubclass				\
+	XtCheckSubclass				\
+	XtIsObject				\
+	XtIsRectObj				\
+	XtIsWidget				\
+	XtIsComposite				\
+	XtIsConstraint				\
+	XtIsShell				\
+	XtIsOverrideShell			\
+	XtIsWMShell				\
+	XtIsVendorShell				\
+	XtIsTransientShell			\
+	XtIsTopLevelShell			\
+	XtIsApplicationShell			\
+	XtIsSessionShell
+
+XtConfigureWidget_shadows =			\
+	XtMoveWidget				\
+	XtResizeWidget
+
+XtConvert_shadows =				\
+	XtDirectConvert
+
+XtConvertAndStore_shadows =			\
+	XtCallConverter
+
+XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows =		\
+	XtDestroyApplicationContext		\
+	XtWidgetToApplicationContext		\
+	XtToolkitInitialize
+
+XtCreatePopupShell_shadows =			\
+	XtVaCreatePopupShell
+
+XtCreateWidget_shadows =			\
+	XtVaCreateWidget			\
+	XtCreateManagedWidget			\
+	XtVaCreateManagedWidget			\
+	XtDestroyWidget
+
+XtDisplay_shadows =				\
+	XtDisplayOfObject			\
+	XtScreen				\
+	XtScreenOfObject			\
+	XtWindow				\
+	XtWindowOfObject
+
+XtDisplayInitialize_shadows =			\
+	XtOpenDisplay				\
+	XtCloseDisplay				\
+	XtDatabase				\
+	XtScreenDatabase
+
+XtGetGC_shadows =				\
+	XtReleaseGC
+
+XtGetResourceList_shadows =			\
+	XtGetConstraintResourceList
+
+XtGetSelectionValue_shadows =			\
+	XtGetSelectionValues
+
+XtGetSubresources_shadows =			\
+	XtVaGetSubresources
+
+XtGetApplicationResources_shadows =		\
+	XtVaGetApplicationResources
+
+XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows =			\
+	XtMakeResizeRequest
+
+XtMalloc_shadows =				\
+	XtCalloc				\
+	XtRealloc				\
+	XtFree					\
+	XtNew					\
+	XtNewString				\
+	XtAsprintf
+
+XtManageChildren_shadows =			\
+	XtManageChild				\
+	XtUnmanageChildren			\
+	XtUnmanageChild				\
+	XtIsManaged				\
+	XtChangeManagedSet
+
+XtMapWidget_shadows =				\
+	XtSetMappedWhenManaged			\
+	XtUnmapWidget
+
+XtNameToWidget_shadows =			\
+	XtWindowToWidget
+
+XtOffset_shadows =				\
+	XtOffsetOf				\
+	XtNumber
+
+XtOwnSelection_shadows =			\
+	XtOwnSelectionIncremental		\
+	XtDisownSelection
+
+XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows =		\
+	XtInstallAccelerators			\
+	XtInstallAllAccelerators
+
+XtParseTranslationTable_shadows =		\
+	XtAugmentTranslations			\
+	XtOverrideTranslations			\
+	XtUninstallTranslations
+
+XtPopdown_shadows =				\
+	XtCallbackPopdown			\
+	MenuPopdown
+
+XtPopup_shadows =				\
+	XtPopupSpringLoaded			\
+	XtCallbackNone				\
+	XtCallbackNonexclusive			\
+	XtCallbackExclusive			\
+	MenuPopup
+
+XtRealizeWidget_shadows =			\
+	XtIsRealized				\
+	XtUnrealizeWidget
+
+XtSetArg_shadows =				\
+	XtMergeArgLists
+
+XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows =			\
+	XtTranslateKeycode			\
+	XtRegisterCaseConverter			\
+	XtConvertCase
+
+XtSetSensitive_shadows =			\
+	XtIsSensitive
+
+XtSetValues_shadows =				\
+	XtVaSetValues				\
+	XtSetSubvalues				\
+	XtGetValues				\
+	XtVaGetValues				\
+	XtGetSubvalues				\
+	XtVaGetSubvalues			\
+	XtVaSetSubvalues
 
-XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtGetKeysymTable_shadows =			\
+	XtKeysymToKeycodeList
 
-XtNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtNextEvent_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows =			\
+	XtSetTypeConverter
 
-XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen = $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCallCallbacks.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtAppAddActionHook_shadows =			\
+	XtRemoveActionHook
 
-XtClass_shadowmen = $(XtClass_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtClass_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtClass.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows =			\
+	XtGetMultiClickTime
 
-XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen = $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConfigureWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows =		\
+	XtRemoveEventTypeHandler		\
+	XtRegisterExtensionSelector		\
+	XtSetEventDispatcher			\
+	XtDispatchEventToWidget
+
+XtLastEventProcessed_shadows =			\
+	XtLastTimestampProcessed
+
+XtAppAddSignal_shadows =			\
+	XtNoticeSignal				\
+	XtRemoveSignal
+
+XtAddInput_shadows =				\
+	XtAddTimeOut				\
+	XtAddWorkProc
+
+XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows =			\
+	XtRemoveBlockHook
 
-XtConvert_shadowmen = $(XtConvert_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtConvert_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvert.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtAppInitialize_shadows =			\
+	XtVaAppInitialize
 
-XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen = $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvertAndStore.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtSessionGetToken_shadows =			\
+	XtSessionReturnToken
 
-XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen = $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateApplicationContext.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtErrorMsg_shadows =				\
+	XtSetErrorMsgHandler			\
+	XtSetWarningMsgHandler			\
+	XtWarningMsg
 
-XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen = $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreatePopupShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtError_shadows =				\
+	XtSetErrorHandler			\
+	XtSetWarningHandler			\
+	XtWarning
 
-XtCreateWidget_shadowmen = $(XtCreateWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtCreateWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows =			\
+	XtGetErrorDatabaseText
 
-XtDisplay_shadowmen = $(XtDisplay_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtDisplay_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplay.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows =	\
+	XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
 
-XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplayInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows =			\
+	XtSetSelectionTimeout
 
-XtGetGC_shadowmen = $(XtGetGC_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetGC_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetGC.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows =		\
+	XtSendSelectionRequest			\
+	XtCancelSelectionRequest
 
-XtGetResourceList_shadowmen = $(XtGetResourceList_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetResourceList_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetResourceList.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows =			\
+	XtReleasePropertyAtom
 
-XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValue.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtGrabKey_shadows =				\
+	XtUngrabKey				\
+	XtGrabKeyboard				\
+	XtUngrabKeyboard			\
+	XtGrabButton				\
+	XtUngrabButton				\
+	XtGrabPointer				\
+	XtUngrabPointer
 
-XtGetSubresources_shadowmen = $(XtGetSubresources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetSubresources_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSubresources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtRegisterDrawable_shadows =			\
+	XtUnregisterDrawable
 
-XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen = $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetApplicationResources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows =			\
+	XtAppGetExitFlag
 
-XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen = $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMakeGeometryRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtAppLock_shadows =				\
+	XtAppUnlock
 
-XtMalloc_shadowmen = $(XtMalloc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtMalloc_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMalloc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtProcessLock_shadows =				\
+	XtProcessUnlock
 
-XtManageChildren_shadowmen = $(XtManageChildren_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtManageChildren_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtManageChildren.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtMapWidget_shadowmen = $(XtMapWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtMapWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMapWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtNameToWidget_shadowmen = $(XtNameToWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtNameToWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNameToWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtOffset_shadowmen = $(XtOffset_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtOffset_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOffset.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtOwnSelection_shadowmen = $(XtOwnSelection_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtOwnSelection_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOwnSelection.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseAcceleratorTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseTranslationTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtPopdown_shadowmen = $(XtPopdown_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtPopdown_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopdown.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtPopup_shadowmen = $(XtPopup_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtPopup_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopup.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen = $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRealizeWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtSetArg_shadowmen = $(XtSetArg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtSetArg_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetArg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen = $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetKeyTranslator.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtSetSensitive_shadowmen = $(XtSetSensitive_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtSetSensitive_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetSensitive.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtSetValues_shadowmen = $(XtSetValues_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtSetValues_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetValues.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen = $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetKeysymTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetTypeConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddActionHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen = $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetMultiClickTime.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen = $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen = $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtLastEventProcessed.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddSignal.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAddInput_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddBlockHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtAppInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppInitialize_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen = $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSessionGetToken.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtErrorMsg_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtError_shadowmen = $(XtError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtError_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen = $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateSelectionRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen = $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtReservePropertyAtom.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtGrabKey_shadowmen = $(XtGrabKey_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtGrabKey_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGrabKey.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen = $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRegisterDrawable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetExitFlag.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtAppLock_shadowmen = $(XtAppLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtAppLock_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtProcessLock_shadowmen = $(XtProcessLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtProcessLock_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtProcessLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-XtOpenApplication_shadowmen = $(XtOpenApplication_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-$(XtOpenApplication_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOpenApplication.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
+XtOpenApplication_shadows =			\
+	XtVaOpenApplication
 
+# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
+.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX):
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
diff --git a/libXt/man/Makefile.in b/libXt/man/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 27dafc324..000000000
--- a/libXt/man/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1167 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-subdir = man
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_at_0 = @
-SOURCES =
-DIST_SOURCES =
-am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
-am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
-    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
-    *) f=$$p;; \
-  esac;
-am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
-am__install_max = 40
-am__nobase_strip_setup = \
-  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
-am__nobase_strip = \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
-am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
-  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
-  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
-    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
-      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
-    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
-am__base_list = \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
-am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)"
-DATA = $(libman_DATA)
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
-ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
-APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
-FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
-GREP = @GREP@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
-LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
-MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
-RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
-
-# Rules for generating files using the C pre-processor
-# (Replaces CppFileTarget from Imake)
-SED = sed
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
-XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
-XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)
-LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX = $(LIB_MAN_DIR:@mandir@/man%=%)
-libman_PRE = \
-	XtAddActions.man \
-	XtAddCallback.man \
-	XtAddEventHandler.man \
-	XtAddExposureToRegion.man \
-	XtAddGrab.man \
-	XtAddInput.man \
-	XtAllocateGC.man \
-	XtAppAddActionHook.man \
-	XtAppAddActions.man \
-	XtAppAddBlockHook.man \
-	XtAppAddConverter.man \
-	XtAppAddInput.man \
-	XtAppAddSignal.man \
-	XtAppAddTimeOut.man \
-	XtAppAddWorkProc.man \
-	XtAppCreateShell.man \
-	XtAppError.man \
-	XtAppErrorMsg.man \
-	XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \
-	XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \
-	XtAppInitialize.man \
-	XtAppLock.man \
-	XtAppNextEvent.man \
-	XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \
-	XtAppSetExitFlag.man \
-	XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \
-	XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \
-	XtBuildEventMask.man \
-	XtCallAcceptFocus.man \
-	XtCallActionProc.man \
-	XtCallCallbacks.man \
-	XtClass.man \
-	XtConfigureWidget.man \
-	XtConvert.man \
-	XtConvertAndStore.man \
-	XtCreateApplicationContext.man \
-	XtCreateApplicationShell.man \
-	XtCreatePopupShell.man \
-	XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \
-	XtCreateWidget.man \
-	XtCreateWindow.man \
-	XtDisplay.man \
-	XtDisplayInitialize.man \
-	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \
-	XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \
-	XtError.man \
-	XtErrorMsg.man \
-	XtFindFile.man \
-	XtGetActionKeysym.man \
-	XtGetActionList.man \
-	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \
-	XtGetApplicationResources.man \
-	XtGetClassExtension.man \
-	XtGetDisplays.man \
-	XtGetErrorDatabase.man \
-	XtGetGC.man \
-	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \
-	XtGetKeysymTable.man \
-	XtGetResourceList.man \
-	XtGetSelectionParameters.man \
-	XtGetSelectionRequest.man \
-	XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \
-	XtGetSelectionValue.man \
-	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \
-	XtGetSubresources.man \
-	XtGrabKey.man \
-	XtHooksOfDisplay.man \
-	XtInitialize.man \
-	XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \
-	XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \
-	XtLastEventProcessed.man \
-	XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \
-	XtMalloc.man \
-	XtManageChildren.man \
-	XtMapWidget.man \
-	XtName.man \
-	XtNameToWidget.man \
-	XtNextEvent.man \
-	XtOffset.man \
-	XtOpenApplication.man \
-	XtOwnSelection.man \
-	XtParent.man \
-	XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \
-	XtParseTranslationTable.man \
-	XtPopdown.man \
-	XtPopup.man \
-	XtProcessLock.man \
-	XtQueryGeometry.man \
-	XtRealizeWidget.man \
-	XtRegisterDrawable.man \
-	XtRegisterGrabAction.man \
-	XtReservePropertyAtom.man \
-	XtResolvePathname.man \
-	XtSessionGetToken.man \
-	XtSetArg.man \
-	XtSetKeyTranslator.man \
-	XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \
-	XtSetLanguageProc.man \
-	XtSetMultiClickTime.man \
-	XtSetSelectionParameters.man \
-	XtSetSensitive.man \
-	XtSetValues.man \
-	XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \
-	XtStringConversionWarning.man \
-	XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \
-	XtTranslateCoords.man \
-	XtVaCreateArgsList.man
-
-libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) \
-	      $(all_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE)
-CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA)
-SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
-
-# Translate XCOMM into pound sign with sed, rather than passing -DXCOMM=XCOMM
-# to cpp, because that trick does not work on all ANSI C preprocessors.
-# Delete line numbers from the cpp output (-P is not portable, I guess).
-# Allow XCOMM to be preceded by whitespace and provide a means of generating
-# output lines with trailing backslashes.
-# Allow XHASH to always be substituted, even in cases where XCOMM isn't.
-CPP_SED_MAGIC = $(SED) -e '/^\#  *[0-9][0-9]*  *.*$$/d' \
-                       -e '/^\#line  *[0-9][0-9]*  *.*$$/d' \
-                       -e '/^[         ]*XCOMM$$/s/XCOMM/\#/' \
-                       -e '/^[         ]*XCOMM[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/s/XCOMM/\#/' \
-                       -e '/^[         ]*XHASH/s/XHASH/\#/' \
-                       -e '/\@\@$$/s/\@\@$$/\\/'
-
-
-# Strings to replace in man pages
-XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-XORGMANNAME = X Version 11
-XSERVERNAME = Xorg
-MANDEFS = \
-        -D__vendorversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \
-        -D__xorgversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \
-	-D__appmansuffix__=$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__filemansuffix__=$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__libmansuffix__=$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__miscmansuffix__=$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__drivermansuffix__=$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__adminmansuffix__=$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX) \
-	-D__projectroot__=$(prefix)
-
-
-# Generate man page shadow files (Replaces InstallManPageAliases from Imake)
-all_shadows = \
-    $(XtAddCallback_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows)             \
-    $(XtAddGrab_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows)             \
-    $(XtAppAddInput_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows)               \
-    $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppError_shadows)                    \
-    $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows)         \
-    $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows)      \
-    $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows)                \
-    $(XtNextEvent_shadows)                   \
-    $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows)               \
-    $(XtClass_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows)             \
-    $(XtConvert_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows)             \
-    $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows)    \
-    $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows)            \
-    $(XtCreateWidget_shadows)                \
-    $(XtDisplay_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows)           \
-    $(XtGetGC_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtGetResourceList_shadows)             \
-    $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows)           \
-    $(XtGetSubresources_shadows)             \
-    $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows)     \
-    $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows)         \
-    $(XtMalloc_shadows)                      \
-    $(XtManageChildren_shadows)              \
-    $(XtMapWidget_shadows)                   \
-    $(XtNameToWidget_shadows)                \
-    $(XtOffset_shadows)                      \
-    $(XtOwnSelection_shadows)                \
-    $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows)       \
-    $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows)       \
-    $(XtPopdown_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtPopup_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows)               \
-    $(XtSetArg_shadows)                      \
-    $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows)            \
-    $(XtSetSensitive_shadows)                \
-    $(XtSetValues_shadows)                   \
-    $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows)         \
-    $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows)            \
-    $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows)           \
-    $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows)      \
-    $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows)          \
-    $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows)                \
-    $(XtAddInput_shadows)                    \
-    $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows)             \
-    $(XtAppInitialize_shadows)               \
-    $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows)             \
-    $(XtErrorMsg_shadows)                    \
-    $(XtError_shadows)                       \
-    $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows)            \
-    $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \
-    $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows)         \
-    $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows)      \
-    $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows)         \
-    $(XtGrabKey_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows)            \
-    $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows)              \
-    $(XtAppLock_shadows)                     \
-    $(XtProcessLock_shadows)                 \
-    $(XtOpenApplication_shadows)
-
-XtAddCallback_shadows = \
-    XtAddCallbacks                          \
-    XtRemoveCallback                        \
-    XtRemoveCallbacks                       \
-    XtRemoveAllCallbacks
-
-XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \
-    XtAddRawEventHandler                    \
-    XtRemoveEventHandler                    \
-    XtRemoveRawEventHandler                 \
-    XtInsertEventHandler                    \
-    XtInsertRawEventHandler
-
-XtAddGrab_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveGrab
-
-XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \
-    XtAddConverter
-
-XtAppAddInput_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveInput
-
-XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveTimeOut
-
-XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveWorkProc
-
-XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \
-    XtVaAppCreateShell
-
-XtAppError_shadows = \
-    XtAppSetErrorHandler                    \
-    XtAppSetWarningHandler                  \
-    XtAppWarning
-
-XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \
-    XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler                 \
-    XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler               \
-    XtAppWarningMsg
-
-XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
-    XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
-
-XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
-    XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
-
-XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \
-    XtAppPending                            \
-    XtAppPeekEvent                          \
-    XtAppProcessEvent                       \
-    XtDispatchEvent                         \
-    XtAppMainLoop
-
-XtNextEvent_shadows = \
-    XtPending                               \
-    XtPeekEvent                             \
-    XtProcessEvent                          \
-    XtMainLoop
-
-XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \
-    XtCallCallbackList                      \
-    XtHasCallbacks
-
-XtClass_shadows = \
-    XtSuperclass                            \
-    XtIsSubclass                            \
-    XtCheckSubclass                         \
-    XtIsObject                              \
-    XtIsRectObj                             \
-    XtIsWidget                              \
-    XtIsComposite                           \
-    XtIsConstraint                          \
-    XtIsShell                               \
-    XtIsOverrideShell                       \
-    XtIsWMShell                             \
-    XtIsVendorShell                         \
-    XtIsTransientShell                      \
-    XtIsTopLevelShell                       \
-    XtIsApplicationShell                    \
-    XtIsSessionShell
-
-XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \
-    XtMoveWidget                            \
-    XtResizeWidget
-
-XtConvert_shadows = \
-    XtDirectConvert
-
-XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \
-    XtCallConverter
-
-XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \
-    XtDestroyApplicationContext             \
-    XtWidgetToApplicationContext            \
-    XtToolkitInitialize
-
-XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \
-    XtVaCreatePopupShell
-
-XtCreateWidget_shadows = \
-    XtVaCreateWidget                        \
-    XtCreateManagedWidget                   \
-    XtVaCreateManagedWidget                 \
-    XtDestroyWidget
-
-XtDisplay_shadows = \
-                                            \
-    XtDisplayOfObject                       \
-    XtScreen                                \
-    XtScreenOfObject                        \
-    XtWindow                                \
-    XtWindowOfObject
-
-XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \
-    XtOpenDisplay                           \
-    XtCloseDisplay                          \
-    XtDatabase                              \
-    XtScreenDatabase
-
-XtGetGC_shadows = \
-    XtReleaseGC
-
-XtGetResourceList_shadows = \
-    XtGetConstraintResourceList
-
-XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \
-    XtGetSelectionValues
-
-XtGetSubresources_shadows = \
-    XtVaGetSubresources
-
-XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \
-    XtVaGetApplicationResources
-
-XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \
-    XtMakeResizeRequest
-
-XtMalloc_shadows = \
-    XtCalloc                                \
-    XtRealloc                               \
-    XtFree                                  \
-    XtNew                                   \
-    XtNewString
-
-XtManageChildren_shadows = \
-    XtManageChild                           \
-    XtUnmanageChildren                      \
-    XtUnmanageChild                         \
-    XtIsManaged                             \
-    XtChangeManagedSet
-
-XtMapWidget_shadows = \
-    XtSetMappedWhenManaged                  \
-    XtUnmapWidget
-
-XtNameToWidget_shadows = \
-    XtWindowToWidget
-
-XtOffset_shadows = \
-    XtOffsetOf                              \
-    XtNumber
-
-XtOwnSelection_shadows = \
-    XtOwnSelectionIncremental               \
-    XtDisownSelection
-
-XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \
-    XtInstallAccelerators                   \
-    XtInstallAllAccelerators
-
-XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \
-    XtAugmentTranslations                   \
-    XtOverrideTranslations                  \
-    XtUninstallTranslations
-
-XtPopdown_shadows = \
-    XtCallbackPopdown                       \
-    MenuPopdown
-
-XtPopup_shadows = \
-    XtPopupSpringLoaded                     \
-    XtCallbackNone                          \
-    XtCallbackNonexclusive                  \
-    XtCallbackExclusive                     \
-    MenuPopup
-
-XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \
-    XtIsRealized                            \
-    XtUnrealizeWidget
-
-XtSetArg_shadows = \
-    XtMergeArgLists
-
-XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \
-    XtTranslateKeycode                      \
-    XtRegisterCaseConverter                 \
-    XtConvertCase
-
-XtSetSensitive_shadows = \
-    XtIsSensitive
-
-XtSetValues_shadows = \
-    XtVaSetValues                           \
-    XtSetSubvalues                          \
-    XtGetValues                             \
-    XtVaGetValues                           \
-    XtGetSubvalues                          \
-    XtVaGetSubvalues                        \
-    XtVaSetSubvalues
-
-XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \
-    XtKeysymToKeycodeList
-
-XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \
-    XtSetTypeConverter
-
-XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveActionHook
-
-XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \
-    XtGetMultiClickTime
-
-XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveEventTypeHandler                \
-    XtRegisterExtensionSelector             \
-    XtSetEventDispatcher                    \
-    XtDispatchEventToWidget
-
-XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \
-    XtLastTimestampProcessed
-
-XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \
-    XtNoticeSignal                          \
-    XtRemoveSignal
-
-XtAddInput_shadows = \
-    XtAddTimeOut                            \
-    XtAddWorkProc
-
-XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \
-    XtRemoveBlockHook
-
-XtAppInitialize_shadows = \
-    XtVaAppInitialize
-
-XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \
-    XtSessionReturnToken
-
-XtErrorMsg_shadows = \
-    XtSetErrorMsgHandler                    \
-    XtSetWarningMsgHandler                  \
-    XtWarningMsg
-
-XtError_shadows = \
-    XtSetErrorHandler                       \
-    XtSetWarningHandler                     \
-    XtWarning
-
-XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
-    XtGetErrorDatabaseText
-
-XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \
-    XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
-
-XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
-    XtSetSelectionTimeout
-
-XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \
-    XtSendSelectionRequest                  \
-    XtCancelSelectionRequest
-
-XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \
-    XtReleasePropertyAtom
-
-XtGrabKey_shadows = \
-    XtUngrabKey                             \
-    XtGrabKeyboard                          \
-    XtUngrabKeyboard                        \
-    XtGrabButton                            \
-    XtUngrabButton                          \
-    XtGrabPointer                           \
-    XtUngrabPointer
-
-XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \
-    XtUnregisterDrawable
-
-XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \
-    XtAppGetExitFlag
-
-XtAppLock_shadows = \
-    XtAppUnlock
-
-XtProcessLock_shadows = \
-    XtProcessUnlock
-
-XtOpenApplication_shadows = \
-    XtVaOpenApplication
-
-XtAddCallback_shadowmen = $(XtAddCallback_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen = $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAddGrab_shadowmen = $(XtAddGrab_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen = $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppError_shadowmen = $(XtAppError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen = $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtClass_shadowmen = $(XtClass_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen = $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtConvert_shadowmen = $(XtConvert_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen = $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen = $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen = $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtCreateWidget_shadowmen = $(XtCreateWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtDisplay_shadowmen = $(XtDisplay_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetGC_shadowmen = $(XtGetGC_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetResourceList_shadowmen = $(XtGetResourceList_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetSubresources_shadowmen = $(XtGetSubresources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen = $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen = $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtMalloc_shadowmen = $(XtMalloc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtManageChildren_shadowmen = $(XtManageChildren_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtMapWidget_shadowmen = $(XtMapWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtNameToWidget_shadowmen = $(XtNameToWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtOffset_shadowmen = $(XtOffset_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtOwnSelection_shadowmen = $(XtOwnSelection_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtPopdown_shadowmen = $(XtPopdown_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtPopup_shadowmen = $(XtPopup_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen = $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtSetArg_shadowmen = $(XtSetArg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen = $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtSetSensitive_shadowmen = $(XtSetSensitive_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtSetValues_shadowmen = $(XtSetValues_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen = $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen = $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen = $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen = $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtAppInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen = $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtError_shadowmen = $(XtError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen = $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen = $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtGrabKey_shadowmen = $(XtGrabKey_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen = $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtAppLock_shadowmen = $(XtAppLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtProcessLock_shadowmen = $(XtProcessLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-XtOpenApplication_shadowmen = $(XtOpenApplication_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
-	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
-	-rm -rf .libs _libs
-install-libmanDATA: $(libman_DATA)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	test -z "$(libmandir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)"
-	@list='$(libman_DATA)'; test -n "$(libmandir)" || list=; \
-	for p in $$list; do \
-	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
-	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
-	done | $(am__base_list) | \
-	while read files; do \
-	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)'"; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" || exit $$?; \
-	done
-
-uninstall-libmanDATA:
-	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	@list='$(libman_DATA)'; test -n "$(libmandir)" || list=; \
-	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
-	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
-	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
-	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" && rm -f $$files
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
-
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
-
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
-installdirs:
-	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)"; do \
-	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
-	done
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
-	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am: install-libmanDATA
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am: uninstall-libmanDATA
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
-	distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \
-	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
-	install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
-	install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
-	install-info install-info-am install-libmanDATA install-man \
-	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
-	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
-	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
-	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
-	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libmanDATA
-
-
-.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX):
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(RAWCPP) $(RAWCPPFLAGS) $(MANDEFS) $(EXTRAMANDEFS) < $< | $(CPP_SED_MAGIC) > $@
-$(XtAddCallback_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddCallback.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddEventHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAddGrab_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddGrab.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddInput_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddTimeOut.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddWorkProc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppCreateShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppError_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtNextEvent_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCallCallbacks.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtClass_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtClass.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConfigureWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtConvert_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvert.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvertAndStore.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateApplicationContext.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreatePopupShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtCreateWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtDisplay_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplay.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplayInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetGC_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetGC.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetResourceList_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetResourceList.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValue.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetSubresources_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSubresources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetApplicationResources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMakeGeometryRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtMalloc_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMalloc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtManageChildren_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtManageChildren.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtMapWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMapWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtNameToWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNameToWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtOffset_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOffset.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtOwnSelection_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOwnSelection.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseAcceleratorTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseTranslationTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtPopdown_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopdown.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtPopup_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopup.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRealizeWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtSetArg_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetArg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetKeyTranslator.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtSetSensitive_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetSensitive.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtSetValues_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetValues.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetKeysymTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetTypeConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddActionHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetMultiClickTime.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtLastEventProcessed.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddSignal.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAddInput_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddBlockHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppInitialize_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSessionGetToken.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtErrorMsg_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtError_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateSelectionRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtReservePropertyAtom.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtGrabKey_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGrabKey.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRegisterDrawable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetExitFlag.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtAppLock_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtProcessLock_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtProcessLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-$(XtOpenApplication_shadowmen):
-	 $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOpenApplication.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libXt/man/MenuPopdown.man b/libXt/man/MenuPopdown.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e40b612eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/MenuPopdown.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/MenuPopup.man b/libXt/man/MenuPopup.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0267c01e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/MenuPopup.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man b/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man
index 19208eb1d..c2944703f 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAddAct.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddAct.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -143,7 +139,7 @@ Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
 has been replaced by
 .ZN XtAppAddActions .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddActions(3Xt)
+XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man b/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man
index 167f58673..b400a1d1c 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAddCbk.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddCbk.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -187,7 +182,7 @@ The
 function removes all the callback procedures from the specified
 widget's callback list.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtCallCallbacks(3Xt)
+XtCallCallbacks(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtAddCallbacks.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dbea456f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddCallbacks.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtAddConverter.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fe07cf84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddConverter.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddConverter.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man
index 83179d331..ce8c6ae4c 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAddEHand.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddEHand.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -234,8 +230,8 @@ for the specified events. If the procedure is already registered with the
 same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the existing
 mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppNextEvent(3Xt),
-XtBuildEventMask(3Xt)
+XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__),
+XtBuildEventMask(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man b/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man
index 3d2964b87..df102628f 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAddETReg.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddETReg.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man b/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man
index 597a683fe..652210a54 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAddGrab.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddGrab.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man b/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man
index 37170c5b1..98f2b1d52 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAddIn.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddIn.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -166,7 +161,7 @@ has been replaced by
 has been replaced by
 .ZN XtAppAddWorkProc .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddInput(3Xt), XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt), XtAppAddWorkProc(3Xt)
+XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab49e9e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddTimeOut.man b/libXt/man/XtAddTimeOut.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd5858404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddTimeOut.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddWorkProc.man b/libXt/man/XtAddWorkProc.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd5858404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAddWorkProc.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man b/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man
index a5010d8c6..1305f7dfd 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAllocGC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAllocGC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man
index 1e52b0f8d..fe4bf6c20 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtActHook.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtActHook.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man
index 632a14e39..f473df4a0 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppAAct.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAAct.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -147,7 +143,7 @@ The
 function adds the specified action table and registers it with the
 translation manager.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtParseTranslationTable(3Xt)
+XtParseTranslationTable(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man
index 752f7ad90..3fe151f78 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtBlockH.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtBlockH.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man
index aec7bc2e7..40afe04dd 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppAC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -169,8 +165,8 @@ with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
 for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
 .ZN XtSetTypeConverter .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtConvert(3Xt),
-XtStringConversionWarning(3Xt)
+XtConvert(__libmansuffix__),
+XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man
index 1eb34d820..235e55f9a 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppAI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -25,7 +23,7 @@
 .\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAI.man,v 1.5 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
+.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -180,7 +178,7 @@ The
 function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for input
 from the input source.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt),XtAppAddSignal(3Xt)
+XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man
index 59d7520f8..846823217 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppASig.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppASig.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -191,7 +187,7 @@ function is called to remove the specified Intrinsics signal handler. The
 client should disable the source of the signal before calling
 .ZN XtRemoveSignal .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt),XtAppAddInput(3Xt),XtAppAddWorkProc(3Xt)
+XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man
index 69beb53df..658f76dab 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppATO.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppATO.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -163,7 +159,7 @@ The
 function removes the timeout.
 Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddInput(3Xt),XtAppAddSignal(3Xt)
+XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man
index 0967fe50e..4a7cd753b 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppAWP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAWP.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -158,7 +154,7 @@ The
 .ZN XtRemoveWorkProc
 function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppNextEvent(3Xt)
+XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man b/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man
index 9c1d1da2e..4e6f42fb8 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppCSh.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppCSh.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -175,7 +171,7 @@ Note that the widget returned by
 has the \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1
 property set for session managers (see Chapter 4).
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtCreateWidget(3Xt)
+XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppError.man b/libXt/man/XtAppError.man
index 76d82de34..605f2ad04 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppError.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppError.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppE.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppE.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -174,8 +169,8 @@ The
 function calls the installed nonfatal error procedure and passes the
 specified message.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppGetErrorDatabase(3Xt),
-XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt)
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man
index 1d06929e5..68137c93d 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppEM.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppEM.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -187,8 +182,8 @@ The
 function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified
 information.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppGetErrorDatabase(3Xt),
-XtAppError(3Xt)
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppError(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man
index 6f8f0c049..a28189eda 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppGEDB.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppGEDB.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -172,8 +168,8 @@ returns the appropriate message from the error database
 or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
 error database.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppError(3Xt),
-XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt)
+XtAppError(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9bf5b482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0601c62c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetExitFlag.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man
index e04d25e8d..bb20331c7 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppGSTO.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppGSTO.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -159,7 +155,7 @@ The
 function sets the \*(xI's selection timeout mechanism.
 Note that most applications should not set the selection timeout.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtOwnSelection(3Xt)
+XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man
index c048be681..8f7d8e466 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppInit.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppInit.man,v 1.5 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -202,7 +198,7 @@ and
 .ZN XtVaOpenApplication
 respectively.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtOpenApplication(3Xt), XtVaOpenApplication(3Xt)
+XtOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__), XtVaOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man b/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man
index 1838c2315..199e1db7c 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppLock.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppLock.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppMainLoop.man b/libXt/man/XtAppMainLoop.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89b2e7b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppMainLoop.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man
index 1c2e804a2..e7278a5f3 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppNEv.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@
 .\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppNEv.man,v 1.5 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
 .\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89b2e7b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppPending.man b/libXt/man/XtAppPending.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89b2e7b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppPending.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89b2e7b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man b/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man
index d55c39f37..202343a90 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppRCR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppRCR.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8162df20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eebf6de40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man
index e416f5339..ebba4288c 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppSEF.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppSEF.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man
index d957db59c..8818cbb43 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppSetFR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\" 
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppSetFR.man,v 1.6 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c0083a40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man
index a5bc2264e..6363542de 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtAppSTC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppSTC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8162df20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eebf6de40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppUnlock.man b/libXt/man/XtAppUnlock.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e541c75b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppUnlock.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppLock.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtAppWarning.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8162df20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppWarning.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eebf6de40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAsprintf.man b/libXt/man/XtAsprintf.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50eaf7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAsprintf.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man b/libXt/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f4cdde78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man b/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man
index d6415ac55..2068fe084 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtBEMask.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtBEMask.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -151,7 +147,7 @@ structure by
 and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or
 removed on the realized widget.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAddEventHandler(3Xt)
+XtAddEventHandler(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man b/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man
index 72f9603aa..310610b6e 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCallAFoc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCallAFoc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -149,7 +145,7 @@ If accept_focus is NULL,
 returns
 .ZN False .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtSetKeyboardFocus(3Xt)
+XtSetKeyboardFocus(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man b/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man
index 2a30cff87..4141281c0 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCallActP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCallActP.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallCallbackList.man b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbackList.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c254850b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbackList.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man
index ee3fd0977..7642e0056 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCallCbks.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCallCbks.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -181,7 +177,7 @@ If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered,
 it returns
 .ZN XtCallbackHasSome .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAddCallback(3Xt)
+XtAddCallback(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtCallConverter.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab31ca4f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallConverter.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvertAndStore.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0267c01e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackNone.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNone.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0267c01e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNone.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0267c01e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e40b612eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCalloc.man b/libXt/man/XtCalloc.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50eaf7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCalloc.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6df724f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man b/libXt/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98b4bb699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCheckSubclass.man b/libXt/man/XtCheckSubclass.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCheckSubclass.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtClass.man b/libXt/man/XtClass.man
index d7e1e5890..ac5f17c6a 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtClass.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtClass.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtClass.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtClass.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -237,8 +232,8 @@ and
 .LP
 The
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt),
-XtDisplay(3Xt)
+XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__),
+XtDisplay(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCloseDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtCloseDisplay.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a0994caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCloseDisplay.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man
index 73242c6f5..c2027dc87 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtConfWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtConfWid.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -216,8 +212,8 @@ There are very few times to use
 instead, you should use
 .ZN XtResizeWidget .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtMakeGeometryRequest(3Xt),
-XtQueryGeometry(3Xt)
+XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__),
+XtQueryGeometry(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConvert.man b/libXt/man/XtConvert.man
index 7828bbd11..892443a77 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtConvert.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtConvert.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtConvert.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtConvert.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -184,10 +179,10 @@ the client should check to_return.address for non-NULL.
 has been replaced by
 .ZN XtCallConverter .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddConverter(3Xt),
-XtStringConversionWarning(3Xt),
-XtConvertAndStore(3Xt),
-XtCallConverter(3Xt)
+XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__),
+XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__),
+XtConvertAndStore(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCallConverter(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man b/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man
index e0d4a666e..a3fc66261 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtConvSt.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtConvSt.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -219,7 +214,7 @@ in order to decrement the reference count when the converted value
 is no longer required. The \fIcache_ref_return\fP argument should be
 NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the value.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(3Xt)
+XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConvertCase.man b/libXt/man/XtConvertCase.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db8383720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtConvertCase.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man
index bfd85bfb1..4ca5a4383 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCreACon.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreACon.man,v 1.3 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -172,7 +168,7 @@ If
 was previously called it returns immediately.
 .LP
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtDisplayInitialize(3Xt)
+XtDisplayInitialize(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man
index b2b9bb110..c6118ca5f 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCreASh.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreASh.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -153,7 +149,7 @@ and the default application context created by
 This routine has been replaced by
 .ZN XtAppCreateShell .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppCreateShell(3Xt)
+XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3e83b412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man b/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man
index aaf6f4eaf..a32a11924 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCrePSh.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCrePSh.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -172,9 +168,9 @@ an unspecified number of pop-ups.
 You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not
 currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtCreateWidget(3Xt),
-XtPopdown(3Xt),
-XtPopup(3Xt)
+XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man
index 8df427083..1b0eef1db 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCreateSR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreateSR.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man
index 36b1f63f9..32d33eda7 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCreWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreWid.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -304,8 +300,8 @@ records, callback lists and, if the widget is a subclass of
 .ZN compositeWidgetClass , 
 children.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppCreateShell(3Xt),
-XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt)
+XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man
index f4c96e9b1..7ba7cdf90 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtCreWin.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreWin.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtDatabase.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a0994caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDatabase.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae5d5b5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDestroyWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtDestroyWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3e83b412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDestroyWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDirectConvert.man b/libXt/man/XtDirectConvert.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..517ae3ed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDirectConvert.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvert.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisownSelection.man b/libXt/man/XtDisownSelection.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bda68eb07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDisownSelection.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDispatchEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEvent.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89b2e7b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEvent.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a421f7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man
index 4a542c582..7b474dbb7 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtDisplay.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDisplay.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man
index 5d559e185..a36c1cc9e 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtDisplayI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDisplayI.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -264,8 +259,8 @@ initialized by
 .ZN XtDisplayInitialize ,
 the results are undefined.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppCreateShell(3Xt),
-XtCreateApplicationContext(3Xt)
+XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCreateApplicationContext(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9e795c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man
index e0b0ec435..b9d61f45e 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtDStrCW.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDStrCW.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man
index c80279dd9..4ac8ebc8e 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtDisACon.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDisACon.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtError.man b/libXt/man/XtError.man
index 65d3e9259..ca1f616c1 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtError.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtError.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtErr.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtErr.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -170,7 +165,7 @@ The
 function has been superceded by
 .ZN XtAppWarning .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR XtAppError (3Xt)
+.BR XtAppError (__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man
index ab18c6581..c66ed6276 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtErrM.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtErrM.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -180,7 +175,7 @@ The
 function has been superceded by
 .ZN XtAppWarningMsg
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR XtAppErrorMsg (3Xt)
+.BR XtAppErrorMsg (__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man b/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man
index 80c27f19a..8eaa35ce4 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtFindF.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtFindF.man,v 1.4 2002/10/12 16:06:41 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtFree.man b/libXt/man/XtFree.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50eaf7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtFree.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man b/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man
index 28e1d7891..6627c356e 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetActK.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetActK.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man b/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man
index 88f8b15d6..7c0e610de 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetActL.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetActL.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man
index 2b50b04f7..a3ddd1760 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetANC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetANC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -151,7 +146,7 @@ has been closed, the result is undefined. The returned strings are
 owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified or freed by the
 caller.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR XtDisplayInitialize (3Xt)
+.BR XtDisplayInitialize (__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man
index 609b33eac..251ee64eb 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetAres.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetAres.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man b/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man
index d71e4cbce..c190124e0 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetClExt.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetClExt.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man b/libXt/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5e4aebe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetResourceList.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man b/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man
index 21f1ba7bb..2f9ec7050 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetDisp.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetDisp.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man
index a72f0de8a..d859646cc 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGEDB.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGEDB.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -164,8 +160,8 @@ The
 function has been superceded by
 .ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabase (3Xt)
-.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (3Xt)
+.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabase (__libmansuffix__)
+.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35025af24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man b/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man
index 235dfc0fc..feee1b2d4 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetGC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetGC.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man
index ab63c6660..e56348761 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetKFoc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetKFoc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -141,9 +137,9 @@ Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
 function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard
 event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtInsertEventTypeHandler(3Xt), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(3Xt),
-XtRegisterExtensionSelector(3Xt), XtSetEventDispatcher(3Xt),
-XtDispatchEventToWidget(3Xt)
+XtInsertEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__),
+XtRegisterExtensionSelector(__libmansuffix__), XtSetEventDispatcher(__libmansuffix__),
+XtDispatchEventToWidget(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man b/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man
index 0166f2016..bd10d5006 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtKeysym.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtKeysym.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man b/libXt/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9cef71e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetMultiClickTime.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man b/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man
index 5599a558d..4ca88a514 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetRList.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetRList.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -183,8 +179,8 @@ should be freed using
 .ZN XtFree
 when it is no longer needed.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtGetSubresources(3Xt),
-XtOffset(3Xt)
+XtGetSubresources(__libmansuffix__),
+XtOffset(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man
index 8ae16839f..9536290f2 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetSP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSP.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:19 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -164,7 +160,7 @@ or from within the last call to an
 .ZN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc
 with a new request_id.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtSetSelectionParameters(3Xt)
+XtSetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man
index e8cd0b8ef..7643e2897 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetSR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSR.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man
index f6923d162..288d704f8 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetSTO.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSTO.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -149,7 +144,7 @@ The
 function has been superceded by
 .ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR XtAppGetSelectionTimeout (3Xt)
+.BR XtAppGetSelectionTimeout (__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man
index 37e51562f..9ee8a66e5 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetSVal.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSVal.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -192,8 +188,8 @@ as would be when calling
 .ZN XtGetSelectionValue
 repeatedly.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(3Xt),
-XtOwnSelection(3Xt)
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__),
+XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man
index 02c3fb834..f2360a7b5 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetSValI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSValI.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:19 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34d5174ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValue.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d794f093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man
index 0a31c703f..b0df4d7e0 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGetSres.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSres.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSubvalues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSubvalues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtGetValues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGetValues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabButton.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabButton.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabButton.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man
index 97b15ed43..51193cac7 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtGrabKey.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGrabKey.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabPointer.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabPointer.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabPointer.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtHasCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtHasCallbacks.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c254850b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtHasCallbacks.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man
index d17351c8a..b29c7cfcf 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtHookOD.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtHookOD.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man
index 729597553..50d57c23d 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtInit.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtInit.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -170,7 +165,7 @@ created shell. The semantics of calling
 more than once are undefined. This routine has been replaced by
 .ZN XtAppInitialize .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR XtAppInitialize (3Xt)
+.BR XtAppInitialize (__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man b/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man
index 8fac28060..8a56f4318 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtInitWC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtInitWC.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab49e9e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man
index 75aeedc35..04ab0fe1f 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtExtEvDis.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtExtEvDis.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -287,7 +282,7 @@ if any event handler was called and
 otherwise.
 .LP
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(3Xt)
+XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab49e9e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man b/libXt/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa38d2688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man b/libXt/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa38d2688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsComposite.man b/libXt/man/XtIsComposite.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsComposite.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsConstraint.man b/libXt/man/XtIsConstraint.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsConstraint.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsManaged.man b/libXt/man/XtIsManaged.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98b4bb699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsManaged.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsObject.man b/libXt/man/XtIsObject.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsObject.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsRealized.man b/libXt/man/XtIsRealized.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad4af05da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsRealized.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsRectObj.man b/libXt/man/XtIsRectObj.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsRectObj.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsSensitive.man b/libXt/man/XtIsSensitive.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7bd86fd36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsSensitive.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetSensitive.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsSessionShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsSessionShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsSessionShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsSubclass.man b/libXt/man/XtIsSubclass.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsSubclass.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsTransientShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsTransientShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsTransientShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsVendorShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsVendorShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsVendorShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsWMShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsWMShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsWMShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtIsWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtIsWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man b/libXt/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7720a2fa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetKeysymTable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man b/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man
index a47f661ea..757194a0f 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtLastProc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtLastProc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man b/libXt/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4aac3cc18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtLastEventProcessed.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMainLoop.man b/libXt/man/XtMainLoop.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f049c5b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMainLoop.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man
index 4bb0343d4..346670b1d 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtMakGReq.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtMakGReq.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -233,8 +229,8 @@ If the widget is not interested in
 replies, 
 it can pass NULL for width_return and height_return.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtConfigureWidget(3Xt),
-XtQueryGeometery(3Xt)
+XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtQueryGeometery(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..864fc524e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMakeGeometryRequest.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man b/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man
index 69761958f..70183ece6 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtMalloc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtMalloc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -143,6 +139,8 @@ void XtFree(char *\fIptr\fP);
 \fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP); 
 .HP
 String XtNewString(String \fIstring\fP); 
+.HP
+Cardinal XtAsprintf(String *\fInew_string\fP, const char *\fIformat\fP, ...);
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .IP \fInum\fP 1i
 Specifies the number of bytes or array elements.
@@ -156,6 +154,10 @@ desired.
 Specifies a previously declared string.
 .IP \fItype\fP 1i
 Specifies a previously declared data type.
+.IP \fInew_string\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to write a newly allocated string to.
+.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
+Specifies a formatting string as defined by sprintf(3c)
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The
 .ZN XtMalloc
@@ -230,6 +232,18 @@ with the following arguments specified:
 .ta .5i
 (strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned) strlen(str) + 1), str))
 .De
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAsprintf
+function allocates space for a string large enough to hold the string
+specified by the sprintf(3c) format pattern when used with the remaining
+arguments, and fills it with the formatted results.
+The address of the allocated string is placed into the pointer passed as ret.
+The length of the string (not including the terminating null byte) is returned.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtAsprintf
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtManageChild.man b/libXt/man/XtManageChild.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98b4bb699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtManageChild.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man b/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man
index 3182bc5f7..4e96da355 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtManChild.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtManChild.man,v 1.4 2004/05/08 12:05:07 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -346,8 +341,8 @@ is managed, or
 .ZN False
 otherwise.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtMapWidget(3Xt),
-XtRealizeWidget(3Xt)
+XtMapWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtRealizeWidget(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man
index 9c4edf8d7..0c63c2c8d 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtMapWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtMapWid.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ and
 .ZN XtUnmapWidget
 explicitly.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtManageChildren(3Xt)
+XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMergeArgLists.man b/libXt/man/XtMergeArgLists.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a9296aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMergeArgLists.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetArg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMoveWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtMoveWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..172b53b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtMoveWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtName.man b/libXt/man/XtName.man
index d79f79124..d271c9dd9 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtName.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtName.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtName.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtName.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man
index d95d4cd86..042e54005 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtNameTWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtNameTWid.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNew.man b/libXt/man/XtNew.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50eaf7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtNew.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNewString.man b/libXt/man/XtNewString.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50eaf7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtNewString.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man
index 5c742dcdf..3aed18dd5 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtNextEv.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtNextEv.man,v 1.4 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -179,8 +175,8 @@ has been replaced by
 has been replaced by
 .ZN XtAppMainLoop .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppNextEvent(3xt), XtAppPending(3Xt), XtAppPeekEvent(3Xt), 
-XtAppProcessEvent(3Xt), XtAppMainLoop(3Xt)
+XtAppNextEvent(3xt), XtAppPending(__libmansuffix__), XtAppPeekEvent(__libmansuffix__), 
+XtAppProcessEvent(__libmansuffix__), XtAppMainLoop(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNoticeSignal.man b/libXt/man/XtNoticeSignal.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b06beefa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtNoticeSignal.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNumber.man b/libXt/man/XtNumber.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e725f3f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtNumber.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOffset.man b/libXt/man/XtOffset.man
index 90252c784..f8d1c08b2 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtOffset.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOffset.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtOffset.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtOffset.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -167,8 +162,8 @@ The
 macro returns the number of elements in the specified argument lists, 
 resources lists, and other counted arrays.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtGetResourceList(3Xt),
-XtSetArg(3Xt)
+XtGetResourceList(__libmansuffix__),
+XtSetArg(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOffsetOf.man b/libXt/man/XtOffsetOf.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e725f3f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOffsetOf.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man b/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man
index 96993454a..be3de19fe 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtOpenApp.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtOpenApp.man,v 1.5 2001/03/07 15:13:09 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -204,7 +200,7 @@ and
 .ZN XtVaOpenApplication
 respectively.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppInitialize(3Xt), XtVaAppInitialize(3Xt)
+XtAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__), XtVaAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOpenDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtOpenDisplay.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a0994caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOpenDisplay.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man b/libXt/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f4cdde78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man
index cdf35641c..2d77f77fe 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtOwnSel.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtOwnSel.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -223,8 +218,8 @@ before the call to
 finishes after the call to
 .ZN XtDisownSelection .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(3Xt),
-XtGetSelectionValue(3Xt)
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__),
+XtGetSelectionValue(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bda68eb07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtParent.man b/libXt/man/XtParent.man
index 07b318207..f45a6f464 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtParent.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtParent.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtParent.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtParent.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man b/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man
index a8cf9501e..e54e16db8 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtParATab.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtParATab.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man b/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man
index bd9c9007a..43a2e5cbe 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtParTTab.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtParTTab.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -184,10 +180,10 @@ The
 .ZN XtUninstallTranslations
 function causes the entire translation table for widget to be removed.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddActions(3Xt),
-XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt),
-XtParseAcceleratorTable(3Xt),
-XtPopup(3Xt)
+XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtParseAcceleratorTable(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPeekEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtPeekEvent.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f049c5b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtPeekEvent.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPending.man b/libXt/man/XtPending.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f049c5b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtPending.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man b/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man
index 4ae647d64..af4519700 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtPopdown.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtPopdown.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -227,8 +223,8 @@ gets to the application top-level shell widget
 and cannot find a matching shell, 
 it generates an error.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt),
-XtPopup(3Xt)
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPopup.man b/libXt/man/XtPopup.man
index 6e50b85c2..23830db16 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtPopup.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtPopup.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtPopup.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtPopup.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -320,8 +316,8 @@ If
 gets to the application widget and cannot find a matching shell,
 it generates an error.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt),
-XtPopdown(3Xt)
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man b/libXt/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0267c01e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtProcessEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtProcessEvent.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f049c5b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtProcessEvent.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man b/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man
index 19790ef2f..af2565465 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtProcLock.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtProcLock.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtProcessUnlock.man b/libXt/man/XtProcessUnlock.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81d6a157a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtProcessUnlock.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtProcessLock.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man b/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man
index eb3cdd42e..735a6a48b 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtQueryGeo.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtQueryGeo.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -163,8 +159,8 @@ replaces it with a pointer to an
 .ZN XtWidgetGeometry
 structure with request_mode=0 before calling query_geometry.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtConfigureWidget(3Xt),
-XtMakeGeometryRequest(3Xt)
+XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man
index ecc11f37c..5846de7ba 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtRealize.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtRealize.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -208,7 +204,7 @@ again.
 If the widget was managed, 
 it will be unmanaged automatically before its window is freed.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtManageChildren(3Xt)
+XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRealloc.man b/libXt/man/XtRealloc.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50eaf7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRealloc.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db8383720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man
index 30724a307..2e9a00be3 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtRegDraw.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtRegDraw.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a421f7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man
index 4e1fbfb3c..62cdff4cd 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtRegGA.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtRegGA.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtReleaseGC.man b/libXt/man/XtReleaseGC.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30a347bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtReleaseGC.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetGC.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man b/libXt/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec9e585dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtReservePropertyAtom.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55f3b9d71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddActionHook.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dbea456f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9de4ebb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddBlockHook.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallback.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallback.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dbea456f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallback.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dbea456f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab49e9e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a421f7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveGrab.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveGrab.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a78d77ac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveGrab.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddGrab.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveInput.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveInput.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e1415db6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveInput.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddInput.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab49e9e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveSignal.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveSignal.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b06beefa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveSignal.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab83b910e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddTimeOut.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dc035b38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddWorkProc.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man b/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man
index 358cb7c54..1f1e9d7fd 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtResPA.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtResPA.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtResizeWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtResizeWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..172b53b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtResizeWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man b/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man
index d1bed4173..1fd3e5fad 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtResPath.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtResPath.man,v 1.4 2002/10/12 16:06:41 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtScreen.man b/libXt/man/XtScreen.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9e795c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtScreen.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtScreenDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtScreenDatabase.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a0994caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtScreenDatabase.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtScreenOfObject.man b/libXt/man/XtScreenOfObject.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9e795c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtScreenOfObject.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6df724f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man b/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man
index 0f46f009e..0c78c7769 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSession.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSession.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man b/libXt/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa369370b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSessionGetToken.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man b/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man
index fa8d60798..83eb2018a 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetArg.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetArg.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -203,7 +199,7 @@ When it is no longer needed,
 free the returned storage by using
 .ZN XtFree .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtOffset(3Xt)
+XtOffset(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e65c3f157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb7e3870c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man b/libXt/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a421f7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man
index 88e4b0687..275aa3f55 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetKTr.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetKTr.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man
index d58da9eac..ae09e3391 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetKFoc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetKFoc.man,v 1.3 2002/10/12 16:06:41 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -185,7 +181,7 @@ event is generated for descendant if
 .ZN FocusNotify
 events have been selected by the descendant.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtCallAcceptFocus(3Xt)
+XtCallAcceptFocus(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man b/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man
index 1c33a6fd4..193fe258c 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetLangP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -27,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetLangP.man,v 1.4 2003/05/29 21:48:05 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man b/libXt/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73caf7da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man b/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man
index eebc6baf8..0a2ba501f 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtClickT.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtClickT.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man
index 74b016452..b9795e1b3 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetSP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetSP.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:21 herrb Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -185,7 +180,7 @@ and
 .ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
 cannot be used  to make selection requests with parameterized targets.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtGetSelectionParameters(3Xt)
+XtGetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41e58206b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man
index 207790a32..e9f9bc4e5 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetSens.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetSens.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSubvalues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSubvalues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df22e6811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetTypeConverter.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man
index fe9751822..a07e9b698 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetVal.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetVal.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man b/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man
index ffc4e953f..20c63be67 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtSetWMC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\" $XdotOrg: $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -26,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetWMC.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e65c3f157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb7e3870c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man
index a2a47ab94..ddbdd7dee 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtStrCW.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtStrCW.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
@@ -149,10 +145,10 @@ type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string
 has been replaced by
 .ZN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning .
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-XtAppAddConverter(3Xt),
+XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__),
 XtAppErrorMsg(3t),
-XtConvert(3Xt),
-XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(3Xt)
+XtConvert(__libmansuffix__),
+XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__)
 .br
 \fI\*(xT\fP
 .br
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSuperclass.man b/libXt/man/XtSuperclass.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99800c983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtSuperclass.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae5d5b5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man
index 7df914522..005c7dcf7 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtThreadI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994  X Consortium
 .\" 
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
@@ -25,8 +23,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the 
 .\" X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtThreadI.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man b/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man
index f0b41db78..6da57a543 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtTransC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtTransC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man b/libXt/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db8383720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabButton.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabButton.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabButton.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabKey.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKey.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKey.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabPointer.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabPointer.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabPointer.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man b/libXt/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f4cdde78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChild.man b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChild.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98b4bb699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChild.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98b4bb699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnmapWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtUnmapWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73caf7da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUnmapWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad4af05da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man b/libXt/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..612b3acf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRegisterDrawable.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man b/libXt/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c4fa8bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppCreateShell.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..803169a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppInitialize.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man
index f9b053df9..99bcc952b 100644
--- a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: XtVaCrArgL.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:04 cpqbld Exp $
-.\"
 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
 .\"
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@
 .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
 .\" from the X Consortium.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtVaCrArgL.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .ds tk X Toolkit
 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
 .ds xI Intrinsics
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3e83b412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5872aa54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreatePopupShell.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3e83b412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2492206a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetApplicationResources.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a787a72dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSubresources.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetValues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetValues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man b/libXt/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4bf6c070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOpenApplication.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaSetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaSetValues.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7e954eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtVaSetValues.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtWarning.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e65c3f157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtWarning.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWarningMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtWarningMsg.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb7e3870c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtWarningMsg.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae5d5b5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWindow.man b/libXt/man/XtWindow.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9e795c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtWindow.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWindowOfObject.man b/libXt/man/XtWindowOfObject.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9e795c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtWindowOfObject.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWindowToWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtWindowToWidget.man
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..777c44f5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/man/XtWindowToWidget.man
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNameToWidget.__libmansuffix__
diff --git a/libXt/missing b/libXt/missing
deleted file mode 100644
index 28055d2ae..000000000
--- a/libXt/missing
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-# 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
-  configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
-  configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case $1 in
---run)
-  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
-  run=
-  shift
-  "$@" && exit 0
-  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
-  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
-  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
-  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
-  # if --run hadn't been passed.
-  if test $? = 63; then
-    run=:
-    msg="probably too old"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
-  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
-  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
-  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
-  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
-  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  help2man     touch the output file
-  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  makeinfo     touch the output file
-  tar          try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
-\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# normalize program name to check for.
-program=`echo "$1" | sed '
-  s/^gnu-//; t
-  s/^gnu//; t
-  s/^g//; t'`
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).  This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
-# $program.
-case $1 in
-  lex*|yacc*)
-    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
-    ;;
-
-  tar*)
-    if test -n "$run"; then
-       echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
-       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
-       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case $program in
-  aclocal*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
-         any GNU archive site."
-    touch aclocal.m4
-    ;;
-
-  autoconf*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
-         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
-         archive site."
-    touch configure
-    ;;
-
-  autoheader*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
-         from any GNU archive site."
-    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
-    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
-    touch_files=
-    for f in $files; do
-      case $f in
-      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
-				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
-      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
-      esac
-    done
-    touch $touch_files
-    ;;
-
-  automake*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
-         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
-         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
-    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
-	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
-	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
-    ;;
-
-  autom4te*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
-         archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo "#! /bin/sh"
-	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
-	echo "#  $ $@"
-	echo "exit 0"
-	chmod +x $file
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  bison*|yacc*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.y)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
-	    fi
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
-	echo >y.tab.h
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  lex*|flex*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.l)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  help2man*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
-	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
-	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
-	exit $?
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  makeinfo*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
-         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
-         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
-         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
-         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
-      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '
-	/^@setfilename/{
-	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
-	  p
-	  q
-	}' $infile`
-      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
-      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
-    fi
-    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
-    # let's fail without touching anything.
-    test -f $file || exit 1
-    touch $file
-    ;;
-
-  tar*)
-    shift
-
-    # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
-    # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
-    # messages.
-    if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
-       gnutar "$@" && exit 0
-    fi
-    if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
-       gtar "$@" && exit 0
-    fi
-    firstarg="$1"
-    if shift; then
-	case $firstarg in
-	*o*)
-	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
-	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	case $firstarg in
-	*h*)
-	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
-	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
-	    ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
-         You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
-         command line arguments."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
-         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
-         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH01 b/libXt/specs/CH01
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78f128bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH01
@@ -0,0 +1,2471 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH01,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:42 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 1\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBIntrinsics and Widgets\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.if \n(GS .nr nh*hl 1
+.nr H1 1
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBChapter 1 \(em Intrinsics and Widgets\fP
+.XE
+The \*(xI are a programming library tailored to the special requirements
+of user interface construction within a network window system,
+specifically the X Window System.
+The \*(xI and a widget set make up an \*(tk.
+
+.NH 2
+Intrinsics
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Intrinsics\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide the base mechanism necessary to build 
+a wide variety of interoperating widget sets and application environments.
+The Intrinsics are a layer on top of Xlib, the
+C Library X Interface.  They extend the
+fundamental abstractions provided by the X Window System while still
+remaining independent of any particular user interface policy or
+style.
+.LP
+The Intrinsics use object-oriented programming techniques to supply a
+consistent architecture for constructing and composing user interface
+components, known as widgets.  This
+allows programmers to extend a widget set in new ways, either by
+deriving new widgets from existing ones (subclassing) or by writing
+entirely new widgets following the established conventions.
+.LP
+When the \*(xI were first conceived, the root of the object
+hierarchy was a widget class named
+Core.
+.IN "Core"
+In Release 4 of the
+\*(xI, three nonwidget superclasses were added above Core.
+These superclasses are described in Chapter 12.  The name of the class
+now at the root of the Intrinsics class hierarchy is
+Object.
+.IN "Object"
+The remainder of this
+specification refers uniformly to \fIwidgets\fP and \fICore\fP
+as if they were the
+base class for all \*(xI operations.  The argument descriptions
+for each Intrinsics procedure and Chapter 12 describe which operations
+are defined for the nonwidget superclasses of Core.  The reader may
+determine by context whether a specific reference to \fIwidget\fP
+actually means ``widget'' or ``object.''
+
+.NH 2
+Languages
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Languages\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The Intrinsics are intended to be used for two programming purposes.
+Programmers writing widgets will be using most of the facilities
+provided by the
+Intrinsics to construct user interface components from the simple, such
+as buttons and scrollbars, to the complex, such as control panels and
+property sheets.  Application programmers will use a much smaller subset of
+the Intrinsics procedures in combination with one or more sets of widgets to
+construct and present complete user interfaces on an X display.  The
+Intrinsics
+programming interfaces primarily
+intended for application use are designed to be callable from most
+procedural programming languages.  Therefore, most arguments are passed by
+reference rather than by value.  The interfaces primarily
+intended for widget programmers are expected to be used principally
+from the C language.  In these cases, the usual C programming
+conventions apply.  In this specification, the term \fIclient\fP refers to
+any module, widget, or application that calls an Intrinsics procedure.
+.LP
+Applications that use the \*(xI mechanisms
+must include the header files
+.Pn < X11/Intrinsic.h >
+and
+.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >,
+or their equivalent,
+and they may also include
+.Pn < X11/Xatoms.h >
+and
+.Pn < X11/Shell.h >.
+In addition, widget implementations should include
+.Pn < X11/IntrinsicP.h >
+instead of
+.Pn < X11/Intrinsic.h >.
+.LP
+The applications must also include the additional header files for
+each widget class that they are to use (for example,
+.Pn < X11/Xaw/Label.h >
+or
+.Pn < X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h >).
+On a POSIX-based system, 
+the \*(xI object library file is named
+.PN libXt.a
+and is usually referenced as \-lXt when linking the application.
+
+.NH 2
+Procedures and Macros
+.LP
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Procedures and Macros\fP
+.XE
+All functions defined in this specification except those specified below
+may be implemented as C macros with arguments.  C applications may use
+``#undef'' to remove a macro definition and ensure that the actual function
+is referenced.  Any such macro will expand to a single expression that
+has the same precedence as a function call and that evaluates each
+of its arguments exactly once, fully protected by parentheses, so that
+arbitrary expressions may be used as arguments.
+.LP
+The following symbols are macros that do not have function
+equivalents and that may expand their arguments in a manner other
+than that described above:
+.PN XtCheckSubclass ,
+.PN XtNew ,
+.PN XtNumber ,
+.PN XtOffsetOf ,
+.PN XtOffset ,
+and
+.PN XtSetArg .
+
+.NH 2
+Widgets
+.LP
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Widgets\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The fundamental abstraction and data type of the \*(tk is the widget,
+which is a combination of an X window and its associated
+input and display semantics
+and which is dynamically allocated and contains state information.
+Some widgets display information (for example, text or graphics),
+and others are merely containers for other widgets (for example, a menu box).
+Some widgets are output-only and do not react to pointer or keyboard input,
+and others change their display in response to input
+and can invoke functions that an application has attached to them.
+.LP
+Every widget belongs to exactly one widget class, which is statically
+allocated and initialized and which contains the operations allowable on
+widgets of that class.
+Logically, a widget class is the procedures and data associated
+with all widgets belonging to that class.
+These procedures and data can be inherited by
+subclasses.
+Physically, a widget class is a pointer to a structure.
+The contents of this structure are constant for all widgets of the widget
+class but will vary from class to class.
+(Here, ``constant'' means the class structure is initialized at compile time
+and never changed, except for a one-time class initialization
+and in-place compilation of resource lists,
+which takes place when the first widget of the class or subclass is created.)
+For further information,
+see Section 2.5.
+.LP
+The distribution of the declarations and code for a new widget class
+among a public .h file for application programmer use, a private .h file
+for widget programmer use,
+and the implementation .c file is described in Section 1.6.
+The predefined widget classes adhere to these conventions.
+.LP
+A widget instance is composed of two parts:
+.IP \(bu 5
+A data structure which contains instance-specific values.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A class structure which contains information that is applicable to
+all widgets of that class.
+.LP
+Much of the input/output of a widget (for example, fonts, colors, sizes, 
+or border widths) is customizable by users.
+.LP
+This chapter discusses the base widget classes,
+Core, Composite, and Constraint, and
+ends with a discussion of widget classing.
+
+.NH 3
+Core Widgets
+.XS
+\*(SN Core Widgets
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Core" "" "@DEF@"
+The 
+Core 
+widget class contains the definitions of fields common to all widgets.
+All widgets classes are subclasses of the
+Core class,
+which is defined by the 
+.PN CoreClassPart
+and 
+.PN CorePart 
+structures.
+
+.NH 4
+CoreClassPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN CoreClassPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+All widget classes contain the fields defined in the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+structure.
+.LP
+.IN "CoreClassPart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3.5i
+.ta .5i 3.5i
+typedef struct {
+	WidgetClass superclass;	See Section 1.6
+	String class_name;	See Chapter 9
+	Cardinal widget_size;	See Section 1.6
+	XtProc class_initialize;	See Section 1.6
+	XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;	See Section 1.6
+	XtEnum class_inited;	See Section 1.6
+	XtInitProc initialize;	See Section 2.5
+	XtArgsProc initialize_hook;	See Section 2.5
+	XtRealizeProc realize;	See Section 2.6
+	XtActionList actions;	See Chapter 10
+	Cardinal num_actions;	See Chapter 10
+	XtResourceList resources;	See Chapter 9
+	Cardinal num_resources;	See Chapter 9
+	XrmClass xrm_class;	Private to resource manager
+	Boolean compress_motion;	See Section 7.9
+	XtEnum compress_exposure;	See Section 7.9
+	Boolean compress_enterleave;	See Section 7.9
+	Boolean visible_interest;	See Section 7.10
+	XtWidgetProc destroy;	See Section 2.8
+	XtWidgetProc resize;	See Chapter 6
+	XtExposeProc expose;	See Section 7.10
+	XtSetValuesFunc set_values;	See Section 9.7
+	XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;	See Section 9.7
+	XtAlmostProc set_values_almost;	See Section 9.7
+	XtArgsProc get_values_hook;	See Section 9.7
+	XtAcceptFocusProc accept_focus;	See Section 7.3
+	XtVersionType version;	See Section 1.6
+	XtPointer callback_private;	Private to callbacks
+	String tm_table;		See Chapter 10
+	XtGeometryHandler query_geometry;	See Chapter 6
+	XtStringProc display_accelerator;	See Chapter 10
+	XtPointer extension;	See Section 1.6
+} CoreClassPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+All widget classes have the Core class fields as their first component.
+The prototypical
+.PN WidgetClass
+and
+.PN CoreWidgetClass
+are defined with only this set of fields.
+.LP
+.IN "Core"
+.IN "WidgetClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "CoreWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	CoreClassPart core_class;
+} WidgetClassRec, *WidgetClass, CoreClassRec, *CoreWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+Various routines can cast widget class pointers, as needed,
+to specific widget class types.
+.LP
+The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for
+creating instances of Core are
+.LP
+In
+.PN IntrinsicP.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec;
+#define coreClassRec widgetClassRec
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern WidgetClass widgetClass, coreWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The opaque types
+.PN Widget
+and
+.PN WidgetClass
+and the opaque variable
+.PN widgetClass
+are defined for generic actions on widgets.
+In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler
+does not allow applications to access private data, the \*(xI use
+incomplete structure definitions in
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *WidgetClass, *CoreWidgetClass;
+.De
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+CorePart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN CorePart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+All widget instances contain the fields defined in the
+.PN CorePart
+structure.
+.LP
+.IN "CorePart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _CorePart {
+	Widget self;	Described below
+	WidgetClass widget_class;	See Section 1.6
+	Widget parent;	See Section 2.5
+	Boolean being_destroyed;	See Section 2.8
+	XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;	See Section 2.8
+	XtPointer constraints;	See Section 3.6
+	Position x;	See Chapter 6
+	Position y;	See Chapter 6
+	Dimension width;	See Chapter 6
+	Dimension height;	See Chapter 6
+	Dimension border_width;	See Chapter 6
+	Boolean managed;	See Chapter 3
+	Boolean sensitive;	See Section 7.7
+	Boolean ancestor_sensitive;	See Section 7.7
+	XtTranslations accelerators;	See Chapter 10
+	Pixel border_pixel;	See Section 2.6
+	Pixmap border_pixmap;	See Section 2.6
+	WidgetList popup_list;	See Chapter 5
+	Cardinal num_popups;	See Chapter 5
+	String name;	See Chapter 9
+	Screen *screen;	See Section 2.6
+	Colormap colormap;	See Section 2.6
+	Window window;	See Section 2.6
+	Cardinal depth;	See Section 2.6
+	Pixel background_pixel;	See Section 2.6
+	Pixmap background_pixmap;	See Section 2.6
+	Boolean visible;	See Section 7.10
+	Boolean mapped_when_managed;	See Chapter 3
+} CorePart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+All widget instances have the Core fields as their first component.
+The prototypical type
+.PN Widget
+is defined with only this set of fields.
+.LP
+.IN "Widget" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "CoreWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart core;
+} WidgetRec, *Widget, CoreRec, *CoreWidget;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+Various routines can cast widget pointers, as needed,
+to specific widget types.
+.LP
+In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler
+does not allow applications to access private data, the \*(xI use
+incomplete structure definitions in
+.PN Intrinsic.h .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _WidgetRec *Widget, *CoreWidget;
+.De
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+Core Resources
+.LP
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Core Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "CoreWidget" "Resources"
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the
+.PN coreClassRec
+resource list are
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNaccelerators	XtCAccelerators	XtRAcceleratorTable
+XtNbackground	XtCBackground	XtRPixel
+XtNbackgroundPixmap	XtCPixmap	XtRPixmap
+XtNborderColor	XtCBorderColor	XtRPixel
+XtNborderPixmap	XtCPixmap	XtRPixmap
+XtNcolormap	XtCColormap	XtRColormap
+XtNdepth	XtCDepth	XtRInt
+XtNmappedWhenManaged	XtCMappedWhenManaged	XtRBoolean
+XtNscreen	XtCScreen	XtRScreen
+XtNtranslations	XtCTranslations	XtRTranslationTable
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+Additional resources are defined for all widgets via the
+.PN objectClassRec
+and
+.PN rectObjClassRec
+resource lists; see Sections 12.2 and 12.3 for details.
+
+.NH 4
+CorePart Default Values
+.XS
+\*(SN CorePart Default Values
+.XE
+.LP
+The default values for the Core fields, which are filled in by the \*(xI,
+from the resource lists, and by the initialize procedures, are
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(4.25i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+self	Address of the widget structure (may not be changed).
+T{
+widget_class
+T}	T{
+\fIwidget_class\fP argument to
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+(may not be changed).
+T}
+T{
+parent
+T}	T{
+\fIparent\fP argument to
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+(may not be changed).
+T}
+being_destroyed	Parent's \fIbeing_destroyed\fP value.
+destroy_callbacks	NULL
+constraints	NULL
+x	0
+y	0
+width	0
+height	0
+border_width	1
+T{
+managed
+T}	T{
+.PN False
+T}
+T{
+sensitive
+T}	T{
+.PN True
+T}
+ancestor_sensitive	T{
+logical AND of parent's \fIsensitive\fP and
+\fIancestor_sensitive\fP values.
+T}
+accelerators	NULL
+T{
+border_pixel	
+T}	T{
+.PN XtDefaultForeground
+T}
+border_pixmap	T{
+.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap
+T}
+popup_list	NULL
+num_popups	0
+T{
+name
+T}	T{
+\fIname\fP argument to
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+(may not be changed).
+T}
+T{
+screen
+T}	T{
+Parent's \fIscreen\fP; top-level widget gets screen from display specifier
+.br
+(may not be changed).
+T}
+colormap	Parent's \fIcolormap\fP value.
+window	NULL
+depth	Parent's \fIdepth\fP; top-level widget gets root window depth.
+T{
+background_pixel
+T}	T{
+.PN XtDefaultBackground
+T}
+background_pixmap	T{
+.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap
+T}
+T{
+visible
+T}	T{
+.PN True
+T}
+T{
+mapped_when_managed
+T}	T{
+.PN True
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+.IN XtUnspecifiedPixmap "" "@DEF@"
+.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap
+is a symbolic constant guaranteed to be unequal to
+any valid Pixmap id,
+.PN None ,
+and
+.PN ParentRelative .
+
+.NH 3
+Composite Widgets
+.XS
+\*(SN Composite Widgets
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Composite" "" "@DEF@"
+The Composite 
+widget class is a subclass of the 
+Core 
+widget class (see Chapter 3).
+Composite widgets are intended to be containers for other widgets.
+The additional data used by composite widgets are defined by the
+.PN CompositeClassPart
+and 
+.PN CompositePart
+structures.
+
+.NH 4
+CompositeClassPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN CompositeClassPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+In addition to the 
+Core 
+class fields,
+widgets of the Composite class have the following class fields.
+.LP
+.IN "CompositeClassPart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3.5i
+.ta .5i 3.5i
+typedef struct {
+	XtGeometryHandler geometry_manager;	See Chapter 6
+	XtWidgetProc change_managed;	See Chapter 3
+	XtWidgetProc insert_child;	See Chapter 3
+	XtWidgetProc delete_child;	See Chapter 3
+	XtPointer extension;	See Section 1.6
+} CompositeClassPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The extension record defined for
+.PN CompositeClassPart
+with \fIrecord_type\fP
+equal to
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+is
+.PN CompositeClassExtensionRec .
+.LP
+.IN "CompositeClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "CompositeClassExtension" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3.5i
+.ta .5i 3.5i
+typedef struct {
+	XtPointer next_extension;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XrmQuark record_type;	See Section 1.6.12
+	long version;	See Section 1.6.12
+	Cardinal record_size;	See Section 1.6.12
+	Boolean accepts_objects;	See Section 2.5.2
+	Boolean allows_change_managed_set;	See Section 3.4.3
+} CompositeClassExtensionRec, *CompositeClassExtension;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+Composite 
+classes have the Composite class fields immediately following the
+Core class fields.
+.LP
+.IN "CompositeWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	CoreClassPart core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+} CompositeClassRec, *CompositeWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating
+instances of Composite are
+.LP
+In
+.PN IntrinsicP.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The opaque types
+.PN CompositeWidget
+and
+.PN CompositeWidgetClass
+and the opaque variable
+.PN compositeWidgetClass
+are defined for generic operations on widgets whose class
+is Composite or a subclass of Composite.
+The symbolic constant for the
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+version identifier is
+.PN XtCompositeExtensionVersion
+(see Section 1.6.12).
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+uses an incomplete structure
+definition to ensure that the compiler catches attempts to access
+private data.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _CompositeClassRec *CompositeWidgetClass;
+.De
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+CompositePart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN CompositePart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+In addition to the
+Core instance
+fields,
+widgets of the Composite class have the following
+instance fields defined in the
+.PN CompositePart
+structure.
+.LP
+.IN "CompositePart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	WidgetList children;	See Chapter 3
+	Cardinal num_children;	See Chapter 3
+	Cardinal num_slots;	See Chapter 3
+	XtOrderProc insert_position;	See Section 3.2
+} CompositePart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+Composite 
+widgets have the Composite instance fields immediately following the Core
+instance fields.
+.LP
+.IN "CompositeWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart core;
+	CompositePart composite;
+} CompositeRec, *CompositeWidget;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _CompositeRec *CompositeWidget;
+.De
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+Composite Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Composite Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "CompositeWidget" "Resources"
+The resource names, classes, and representation types
+that are specified in
+the
+.PN compositeClassRec
+resource list are
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNchildren	XtCReadOnly	XtRWidgetList
+XtNinsertPosition	XtCInsertPosition	XtRFunction
+XtNnumChildren	XtCReadOnly	XtRCardinal
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.NH 4
+CompositePart Default Values
+.XS
+\*(SN CompositePart Default Values
+.XE
+.LP
+The default values for the Composite fields,
+which are filled in from the 
+Composite 
+resource list and by the
+Composite
+initialize procedure, are
+.LP
+.TS
+l l .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+children	NULL
+num_children	0
+num_slots	0
+insert_position	Internal function to insert at end
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The \fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP,
+and \fIinsert_position\fP fields are declared
+as resources;
+.IN XtNinsertPosition
+XtNinsertPosition
+is a settable resource,
+.IN XtNchildren
+XtNchildren
+and
+.IN XtNnumChildren
+XtNnumChildren
+may be read by any client but should only be modified by the composite
+widget class procedures.
+
+.NH 3
+Constraint Widgets
+.XS
+\*(SN Constraint Widgets
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Constraint" "" "@DEF@"
+The Constraint 
+widget class is a subclass of the 
+Composite
+widget class (see Section 3.6).  Constraint
+widgets maintain additional state
+data for each child; for example, client-defined constraints on the child's
+geometry.
+The additional data used by constraint widgets are defined by the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+and
+.PN ConstraintPart
+structures.
+
+.NH 4
+ConstraintClassPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN ConstraintClassPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+In addition to the
+Core
+and
+Composite 
+class fields,
+widgets of the Constraint class
+have the following class fields.
+.LP
+.IN "ConstraintClassPart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	XtResourceList resources;	See Chapter 9
+	Cardinal num_resources;	See Chapter 9
+	Cardinal constraint_size;	See Section 3.6
+	XtInitProc initialize;	See Section 3.6
+	XtWidgetProc destroy;	See Section 3.6
+	XtSetValuesFunc set_values;	See Section 9.7.2
+	XtPointer extension;	See Section 1.6
+} ConstraintClassPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The extension record defined for
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+with \fIrecord_type\fP equal to
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+is
+.PN ConstraintClassExtensionRec .
+.LP
+.IN "ConstraintClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "ConstraintClassExtension" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	XtPointer next_extension;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XrmQuark record_type;	See Section 1.6.12
+	long version;	See Section 1.6.12
+	Cardinal record_size;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XtArgsProc get_values_hook;	See Section 9.7.1
+} ConstraintClassExtensionRec, *ConstraintClassExtension;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+Constraint 
+classes have the Constraint class fields immediately following the
+Composite class fields.
+.LP
+.IN "ConstraintWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+	ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
+} ConstraintClassRec, *ConstraintWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating
+instances of Constraint are
+.LP
+In
+.PN IntrinsicP.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The opaque types
+.PN ConstraintWidget
+and
+.PN ConstraintWidgetClass
+and the opaque variable
+.PN constraintWidgetClass
+are defined for generic operations on widgets
+whose class is Constraint or a subclass
+of Constraint.
+The symbolic constant for the
+.PN ConstraintClassExtension
+version identifier is
+.PN XtConstraintExtensionVersion
+(see Section 1.6.12).
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass;
+.De
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+ConstraintPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN ConstraintPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+In addition to the
+Core
+and
+Composite instance
+fields,
+widgets of the Constraint class have the following unused
+instance fields defined in the
+.PN ConstraintPart
+structure
+.LP
+.IN "ConstraintPart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+        int empty;
+} ConstraintPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+Constraint 
+widgets have the Constraint instance fields immediately following the
+Composite instance fields.
+.LP
+.IN "ConstraintWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart core;
+	CompositePart composite;
+	ConstraintPart constraint;
+} ConstraintRec, *ConstraintWidget;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _ConstraintRec *ConstraintWidget;
+.De
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+Constraint Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Constraint Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The
+.PN constraintClassRec
+\fIcore_class\fP and \fIconstraint_class resources\fP fields are NULL,
+and the \fInum_resources\fP fields are zero;
+no additional resources beyond those declared by
+the superclasses
+are defined for
+Constraint.
+
+.NH 2
+Implementation-Specific Types
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Implementation-Specific Types\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To increase the portability of widget and application source code
+between different system environments, the \*(xI define several
+types whose precise representation is explicitly dependent upon,
+and chosen by, each individual implementation of the \*(xI.
+.LP
+These implementation-defined types are
+.IN "Boolean" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBBoolean\fP 11
+A datum that contains a zero or nonzero value.
+Unless explicitly stated, clients should not assume
+that the nonzero value is equal to the symbolic
+value
+.PN True .
+.IN "Cardinal" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBCardinal\fP 11
+An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1].
+.IN "Dimension" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBDimension\fP 11
+An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1].
+.IN "Position" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBPosition\fP 11
+A signed integer datum with a minimum range of [-2^15..2^15-1].
+.IN "XtPointer" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBXtPointer\fP 11
+A datum large enough to contain the largest of a char*, int*, function
+pointer, structure pointer, or long value.  A pointer
+to any type or function, or a long value may be converted
+to an
+.PN XtPointer
+and back again and the result will
+compare equal to the original value.  In ANSI C
+environments it is expected that
+.PN XtPointer
+will be
+defined as void*.
+.IN "XtArgVal" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBXtArgVal\fP 11
+A datum large enough to contain an
+.PN XtPointer ,
+.PN Cardinal ,
+.PN Dimension ,
+or
+.PN Position
+value.
+.IN "XtEnum" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBXtEnum\fP 11
+An integer datum large enough to encode at least 128 distinct
+values, two of which are the symbolic values
+.PN True
+and
+.PN False .
+The symbolic values
+.PN \s-1TRUE\s+1
+and
+.PN \s-1FALSE\s+1
+are
+also defined to be equal to
+.PN True
+and
+.PN False ,
+respectively.
+.LP
+In addition to these specific types, the precise order of the
+fields within the structure declarations for any of the instance
+part records
+.PN ObjectPart ,
+.PN RectObjPart ,
+.PN CorePart ,
+.PN CompositePart ,
+.PN ShellPart ,
+.PN WMShellPart ,
+.PN TopLevelShellPart ,
+and
+.PN ApplicationShellPart
+is implementation-defined.  These
+structures may also have additional private
+fields internal to the implementation.
+The
+.PN ObjectPart ,
+.PN RectObjPart ,
+and
+.PN CorePart
+structures must be defined so that any member with the same name
+appears at the same offset in
+.PN ObjectRec ,
+.PN RectObjRec ,
+and
+.PN CoreRec
+.Pn ( WidgetRec ).
+No other relations between the offsets of any two
+fields may be assumed.
+
+.NH 2
+Widget Classing
+.LP
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Widget Classing\fP
+.XE
+.IN "widget_class" "" "@DEF@"
+The \fIwidget_class\fP field of a widget points to its widget class structure,
+which contains information that is constant across all widgets of that class.
+As a consequence, 
+widgets usually do not implement directly callable procedures;
+rather, they implement procedures, called methods, that are available through
+their widget class structure.
+These methods are invoked by generic procedures that envelop common actions 
+around the methods implemented by the widget class.
+Such procedures are applicable to all widgets
+of that class and also to widgets whose classes are subclasses of that class.
+.LP
+All widget classes are a subclass of 
+Core 
+and can be subclassed further.
+Subclassing reduces the amount of code and declarations
+necessary to make a
+new widget class that is similar to an existing class.
+For example, you do not have to describe every resource your widget uses in an
+.PN XtResourceList .
+Instead, you describe only the resources your widget has
+that its superclass does not.
+Subclasses usually inherit many of their superclasses' procedures
+(for example, the expose procedure or geometry handler).
+.LP
+Subclassing, however, can be taken too far.
+If you create a subclass that inherits none of the procedures of its
+superclass,
+you should consider whether you have chosen the most
+appropriate superclass.
+.LP
+To make good use of subclassing, 
+widget declarations and naming conventions are highly stylized.
+A widget consists of three files:
+.IP \(bu 5
+A public .h file, used by client widgets or applications.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A private .h file, used by widgets whose classes
+are subclasses of the widget class.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A .c file, which implements the widget.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Naming Conventions
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Widget Naming Conventions\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide a vehicle by which programmers can create
+new widgets and organize a collection of widgets into an application.
+To ensure that applications need not deal with as many styles of capitalization
+and spelling as the number of widget classes it uses,
+the following guidelines should be followed when writing new widgets:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Use the X library naming conventions that are applicable.
+For example, a record component name is all lowercase
+and uses underscores (_) for compound words (for example, background_pixmap).
+Type and procedure names start with uppercase and use capitalization for
+compound words (for example,
+.PN ArgList
+or
+.PN XtSetValues ).
+.IP \(bu 5
+A resource name is spelled identically to the field name
+except that compound names use capitalization rather than underscore.
+To let the compiler catch spelling errors,
+each resource name should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
+``XtN''.
+For example,
+the \fIbackground_pixmap\fP field has the corresponding identifier
+XtNbackgroundPixmap,
+which is defined as the string ``backgroundPixmap''.
+Many predefined names are listed in 
+.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >.
+Before you invent a new name,
+you should make sure there is not already a name that you can use.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A resource class string starts with a capital letter 
+and uses capitalization for compound names (for example,``BorderWidth'').
+Each resource class string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
+``XtC''
+(for example, XtCBorderWidth).
+Many predefined classes are listed in
+.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A resource representation string is spelled identically to the type name
+(for example, ``TranslationTable'').
+Each representation string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
+``XtR''
+(for example, XtRTranslationTable).
+Many predefined representation types are listed in
+.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >.
+.IP \(bu 5
+New widget classes start with a capital and use uppercase for compound
+words.
+Given a new class name AbcXyz, you should derive several names:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Additional widget instance structure part name AbcXyzPart.
+.IP \- 5
+Complete widget instance structure names AbcXyzRec and _AbcXyzRec.
+.IP \- 5
+Widget instance structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidget.
+.IP \- 5
+Additional class structure part name AbcXyzClassPart.
+.IP \- 5
+Complete class structure names AbcXyzClassRec and _AbcXyzClassRec.
+.IP \- 5
+Class structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidgetClass.
+.IP \- 5
+Class structure variable abcXyzClassRec.
+.IP \- 5
+Class structure pointer variable abcXyzWidgetClass.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 5
+Action procedures available to translation specifications should follow the
+same naming conventions as procedures.
+That is,
+they start with a capital letter, and compound names use uppercase
+(for example, ``Highlight'' and ``NotifyClient'').
+.LP
+The symbolic identifiers XtN..., XtC..., and XtR...
+may be implemented
+as macros, as global symbols, or as a mixture of the two.  The
+(implicit) type of the identifier is
+.PN String .
+The pointer value itself
+is not significant; clients must not assume that inequality of two
+identifiers implies inequality of the resource name, class, or
+representation string.  Clients should also note that although global
+symbols permit savings in literal storage in some environments, they
+also introduce the possibility of multiple definition conflicts when
+applications attempt to use independently developed widgets
+simultaneously.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Subclassing in Public .h Files
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subclassing in Public .h Files
+.XE
+.LP
+The public .h file for a widget class is imported by clients
+and contains
+.IP \(bu 5
+A reference to the public .h file for the superclass.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Symbolic identifiers for
+the names and classes of the new resources that this widget adds
+to its superclass.
+The definitions should
+have a single space between the definition name and the value and no
+trailing space or comment in order to reduce the possibility of
+compiler warnings from similar declarations in multiple classes.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Type declarations for any new resource data types defined by the class.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The class record pointer variable used to create widget instances.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The C type that corresponds to widget instances of this class.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Entry points for new class methods.
+.LP
+For example, the following is the public .h file for a possible
+implementation of a Label widget:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 1.75i
+.ta .5i 1.75i
+#ifndef LABEL_H
+#define LABEL_H
+
+/* New resources */
+#define XtNjustify "justify"
+#define XtNforeground "foreground"
+#define XtNlabel "label"
+#define XtNfont "font"
+#define XtNinternalWidth "internalWidth"
+#define XtNinternalHeight "internalHeight"
+
+/* Class record pointer */
+extern WidgetClass labelWidgetClass;
+
+/* C Widget type definition */
+typedef struct _LabelRec      *LabelWidget;
+
+/* New class method entry points */
+extern void LabelSetText();
+	/* Widget w */
+	/* String text */
+
+extern String LabelGetText();
+	/* Widget w */
+
+#endif LABEL_H
+.De
+.LP
+The conditional inclusion of the text allows the application
+to include header files for different widgets without being concerned
+that they already may be included as a superclass of another widget.
+.LP
+To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions,
+the name of the public .h file is the first ten characters of the
+widget class.
+For example,
+the public .h file for the 
+Constraint 
+widget class is 
+.PN Constraint.h .
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Subclassing in Private .h Files
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subclassing in Private .h Files
+.XE
+.LP
+The private .h file for a widget is imported by widget classes that are
+subclasses of the widget and contains
+.IP \(bu 5
+A reference to the public .h file for the class.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A reference to the private .h file for the superclass.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Symbolic identifiers for any new resource representation types defined
+by the class.  The definitions should have a single space between the
+definition name and the value and no trailing space or comment.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A structure part definition for
+the new fields that the widget instance adds to its superclass's
+widget structure.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The complete widget instance structure definition for this widget.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A structure part definition for
+the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's
+constraint
+structure if the widget class is a subclass of
+Constraint.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The complete
+constraint
+structure definition if the widget class is a subclass of
+Constraint.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Type definitions for any new procedure types used by class methods
+declared in the widget class part.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A structure part definition for
+the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's widget class
+structure.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The complete widget class structure definition for this widget.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The complete widget class extension structure definition
+for this widget, if any.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The symbolic constant identifying the class extension version, if any.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The name of the global class structure variable containing the generic
+class structure for this class.
+.IP \(bu 5
+An inherit constant for each new procedure in the widget class part structure.
+.LP
+For example, the following is the private .h file for a possible Label widget:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+#ifndef LABELP_H
+#define LABELP_H
+
+#include <X11/Label.h>
+
+/* New representation types used by the Label widget */
+#define XtRJustify "Justify"
+
+/* New fields for the Label widget record */
+typedef struct {
+/* Settable resources */
+	Pixel foreground;
+	XFontStruct *font;
+	String label;	/* text to display */
+	XtJustify justify;
+	Dimension internal_width;	/* # pixels horizontal border */
+	Dimension internal_height;	/* # pixels vertical border */
+
+/* Data derived from resources */
+	GC normal_GC;
+	GC gray_GC;
+	Pixmap gray_pixmap;
+	Position label_x;
+	Position label_y;
+	Dimension label_width;
+	Dimension label_height;
+	Cardinal label_len;
+	Boolean display_sensitive;
+} LabelPart;
+.De
+.sp
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+/* Full instance record declaration */
+typedef struct _LabelRec {
+	CorePart core;
+	LabelPart label;
+} LabelRec;
+
+/* Types for Label class methods */
+typedef void (*LabelSetTextProc)();
+	/* Widget w */
+	/* String text */
+
+typedef String (*LabelGetTextProc)();
+	/* Widget w */
+
+/* New fields for the Label widget class record */
+typedef struct {
+	LabelSetTextProc set_text;
+	LabelGetTextProc get_text;
+	XtPointer extension;
+} LabelClassPart;
+
+/* Full class record declaration */
+typedef struct _LabelClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart core_class;
+	LabelClassPart label_class;
+} LabelClassRec;
+
+/* Class record variable */
+extern LabelClassRec labelClassRec;
+
+#define LabelInheritSetText((LabelSetTextProc)_XtInherit)
+#define LabelInheritGetText((LabelGetTextProc)_XtInherit)
+#endif LABELP_H
+.De
+.LP
+To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions,
+the name of the private .h file is the first nine characters of the
+widget class followed by a capital P.
+For example,
+the private .h file for the 
+Constraint 
+widget class is 
+.PN ConstrainP.h .
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Subclassing in .c Files
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subclassing in .c Files
+.XE
+.LP
+The .c file for a widget contains the structure initializer
+for the class record variable,
+which contains the following parts:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Class information (for example, \fIsuperclass\fP, \fIclass_name\fP,
+\fIwidget_size\fP,
+\fIclass_initialize\fP, and \fIclass_inited\fP).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Data constants (for example, \fIresources\fP and \fInum_resources\fP, 
+\fIactions\fP and \fInum_actions\fP, \fIvisible_interest\fP,
+\fIcompress_motion\fP, 
+\fIcompress_exposure\fP, and \fIversion\fP).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Widget operations (for example, \fIinitialize\fP, \fIrealize\fP, \fIdestroy\fP,
+\fIresize\fP, \fIexpose\fP, \fIset_values\fP, \fIaccept_focus\fP,
+and any new operations specific to
+the widget).
+.LP
+.IN "superclass" "" "@DEF@"
+The \fIsuperclass\fP field points to the superclass
+global class
+record, declared in the superclass private .h file.
+For direct subclasses of the generic core widget,
+\fIsuperclass\fP should be initialized to the address of the
+.PN widgetClassRec
+structure.
+The superclass is used for class chaining operations and for
+inheriting or enveloping a superclass's operations
+(see Sections 1.6.7, 1.6.9, and 1.6.10).
+.LP
+.IN "class_name" "" "@DEF@"
+The \fIclass_name\fP field contains the text name for this class,
+which is used by
+the resource manager.
+For example, the Label widget has the string ``Label''.
+More than one widget class can share the same text class name.
+This string must be permanently allocated prior to or during the
+execution of the class initialization procedure and must not be
+subsequently deallocated.
+
+.LP
+.IN "widget_size" "" "@DEF@"
+The \fIwidget_size\fP field is the size of the corresponding widget
+instance structure
+(not the size of the class structure).
+.LP
+.IN "version" "" "@DEF@"
+The \fIversion\fP field indicates the toolkit
+implementation version number and is used for
+runtime consistency checking of the \*(tk and widgets in an application.
+Widget writers must set it to the
+implementation-defined symbolic value
+.PN XtVersion
+in the widget class structure initialization.
+Those widget writers who believe that their widget binaries are compatible 
+with other implementations of the \*(xI can put the special value
+.PN XtVersionDontCheck
+in the \fIversion\fP field to disable version checking for those widgets.
+If a widget needs to compile alternative code for different
+revisions of the \*(xI interface definition, it may use the symbol
+.PN XtSpecificationRelease ,
+as described in Chapter 13.
+Use of
+.PN XtVersion
+allows the \*(xI implementation to recognize widget binaries
+that were compiled with older implementations.
+.LP
+The \fIextension\fP field is for future upward compatibility.
+If the widget programmer adds fields to class parts, 
+all subclass structure layouts change,
+requiring complete recompilation. 
+To allow clients to avoid recompilation, 
+an extension field at the end of each class part can point to a record 
+that contains any additional class information required.
+.LP
+All other fields are described in their respective sections.
+.LP
+The .c file also contains the declaration of the global class
+structure pointer variable used to create instances of the class.
+The following is an abbreviated version of the .c file
+for a Label widget.
+The resources table is described in Chapter 9.
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 1.5i 3i
+.ta .5i 1.5i 3i
+
+/* Resources specific to Label */
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+	{XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
+	   XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.foreground), XtRString,
+	   XtDefaultForeground},
+	{XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct *),
+	   XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.font),XtRString,
+	   XtDefaultFont},
+	{XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+	   XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.label), XtRString, NULL},
+		.
+		.
+		.
+}
+
+/* Forward declarations of procedures */
+static void ClassInitialize();
+static void Initialize();
+static void Realize();
+static void SetText();
+static void GetText();
+	.
+	.
+	.
+.De
+.sp
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 2i 3i
+.ta .5i 2i 3i
+/* Class record constant */
+LabelClassRec labelClassRec = {
+  {
+    /* core_class fields */
+	/* superclass	*/	(WidgetClass)&coreClassRec,
+	/* class_name	*/	"Label",
+	/* widget_size	*/	sizeof(LabelRec),
+	/* class_initialize	*/	ClassInitialize,
+	/* class_part_initialize	*/	NULL,
+	/* class_inited	*/	False,
+	/* initialize	*/	Initialize,
+	/* initialize_hook	*/	NULL,
+	/* realize	*/	Realize,
+	/* actions	*/	NULL,
+	/* num_actions	*/	0,
+	/* resources	*/	resources,
+	/* num_resources	*/	XtNumber(resources),
+	/* xrm_class	*/	NULLQUARK,
+	/* compress_motion	*/	True,
+	/* compress_exposure	*/	True,
+	/* compress_enterleave	*/	True,
+	/* visible_interest	*/	False,
+	/* destroy	*/	NULL,
+	/* resize	*/	Resize,
+	/* expose	*/	Redisplay,
+	/* set_values	*/	SetValues,
+	/* set_values_hook	*/	NULL,
+	/* set_values_almost	*/	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+	/* get_values_hook	*/	NULL,
+	/* accept_focus	*/	NULL,
+	/* version	*/	XtVersion,
+	/* callback_offsets	*/	NULL,
+	/* tm_table	*/	NULL,
+	/* query_geometry	*/	XtInheritQueryGeometry,
+	/* display_accelerator	*/	NULL,
+	/* extension	*/	NULL
+  },
+  {
+    /* Label_class fields	*/
+	/* get_text	*/	GetText,
+	/* set_text	*/	SetText,
+	/* extension	*/	NULL
+  }
+};
+
+/* Class record pointer */
+WidgetClass labelWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &labelClassRec;
+
+/* New method access routines */
+void LabelSetText(w, text)
+	Widget w;
+	String text;
+{
+	LabelWidgetClass lwc = (Label WidgetClass)XtClass(w);
+	XtCheckSubclass(w, labelWidgetClass, NULL);
+	*(lwc->label_class.set_text)(w, text)
+}
+/* Private procedures */
+	.
+	.
+	.
+.De
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Class and Superclass Look Up
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Class and Superclass Look Up
+.XE
+.LP
+To obtain the class of a widget, use
+.PN XtClass .
+.IN "XtClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+WidgetClass XtClass(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget. \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtClass
+function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure.
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain the superclass of a widget, use
+.PN XtSuperclass .
+.IN "XtSuperclass" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+WidgetClass XtSuperclass(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget. \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtSuperclass
+function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Subclass Verification
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subclass Verification
+.XE
+.LP
+To check the subclass to which a widget belongs, use
+.PN XtIsSubclass .
+.IN "XtIsSubclass" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtIsSubclass(\fIw\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class for which to test. \*(oC
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtIsSubclass
+function returns 
+.PN True 
+if the class of the specified widget is equal to
+or is a subclass of the specified class.
+The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain
+and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class.
+Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items they
+contain can use
+.PN XtIsSubclass
+to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects.
+.sp
+.LP
+To test if a given widget belongs to a subclass of an \*(xI-defined
+class, the \*(xI define macros or functions equivalent to
+.PN XtIsSubclass
+for each of the built-in classes.  These procedures are
+.PN XtIsObject ,
+.PN XtIsRectObj ,
+.PN XtIsWidget ,
+.PN XtIsComposite ,
+.PN XtIsConstraint ,
+.PN XtIsShell ,
+.PN XtIsOverrideShell ,
+.PN XtIsWMShell ,
+.PN XtIsVendorShell ,
+.PN XtIsTransientShell ,
+.PN XtIsTopLevelShell ,
+.PN XtIsApplicationShell ,
+and
+.PN XtIsSessionShell .
+.IN "XtIsObject" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsRectObj" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsComposite" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsConstraint" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsOverrideShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsWMShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsVendorShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsTransientShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsTopLevelShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsApplicationShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtIsSessionShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+All these macros and functions have the same argument description.
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtIs\fI<class>\fP (\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+These procedures may be faster than calling
+.PN XtIsSubclass
+directly for the built-in classes.
+.sp
+.LP
+To check a widget's class
+and to generate a debugging error message, use
+.PN XtCheckSubclass ,
+defined in
+.Pn < X11/IntrinsicP.h >:
+.IN "XtCheckSubclass" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCheckSubclass(\fIw\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fImessage\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      String \fImessage\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget or object whose class is to be checked.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class for which to test.  \*(oC
+.ds Me used
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the message to be used.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to
+or is a subclass of the specified class.
+The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain
+and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class.
+If the specified widget's class is not a subclass,
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+constructs an error message from the supplied message,
+the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure 
+that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation.
+.LP
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+is only executed when the module has been compiled with the compiler symbol
+DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string 
+and generates no code.
+
+.NH 3
+Superclass Chaining
+.XS
+\*(SN Superclass Chaining
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Chaining" "superclass"
+.IN "Chaining" "Subclass"
+.IN "Superclass Chaining" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Subclass Chaining" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Inheritance"
+While most fields in a widget class structure are self-contained,
+some fields are linked to their corresponding fields in their superclass
+structures.
+With a linked field,
+the \*(xI access the field's value only after accessing its corresponding
+superclass value (called downward superclass chaining) or 
+before accessing its corresponding superclass value (called upward superclass
+chaining).  The self-contained fields are
+.sp
+.ta 2i
+In all widget classes:	\fIclass_name\fP
+.br
+	\fIclass_initialize\fP
+.br
+	\fIwidget_size\fP
+.br
+	\fIrealize\fP
+.br
+	\fIvisible_interest\fP
+.br
+	\fIresize\fP
+.br
+	\fIexpose\fP
+.br
+	\fIaccept_focus\fP
+.br
+	\fIcompress_motion\fP
+.br
+	\fIcompress_exposure\fP
+.br
+	\fIcompress_enterleave\fP
+.br
+	\fIset_values_almost\fP
+.br
+	\fItm_table\fP
+.br
+	\fIversion\fP
+.br
+	\fIallocate\fP
+.br
+	\fIdeallocate\fP
+.sp
+In Composite widget classes:	\fIgeometry_manager\fP
+.br
+	\fIchange_managed\fP
+.br
+	\fIinsert_child\fP
+.br
+	\fIdelete_child\fP
+.br
+	\fIaccepts_objects\fP
+.br
+	\fIallows_change_managed_set\fP
+.sp
+In Constraint widget classes:	\fIconstraint_size\fP
+.sp
+In Shell widget classes:	\fIroot_geometry_manager\fP
+.sp
+.LP
+With downward superclass chaining,
+the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the
+Object,
+RectObj,
+and
+Core 
+class structures, then from the subclass structure, and so on down the class chain to
+that widget's class structure.  These superclass-to-subclass fields are
+.sp
+.ta 1i
+.br
+	\fIclass_part_initialize\fP
+.br
+	\fIget_values_hook\fP
+.br
+	\fIinitialize\fP
+.br
+	\fIinitialize_hook\fP
+.br
+	\fIset_values\fP
+.br
+	\fIset_values_hook\fP
+.br
+	\fIresources\fP
+.sp
+.LP
+In addition, for subclasses of
+Constraint,
+the following fields of the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+and
+.PN ConstraintClassExtensionRec
+structures are chained from the
+Constraint
+class down to the subclass:
+.ta 1i
+.br
+	\fIresources\fP
+.br
+	\fIinitialize\fP
+.br
+	\fIset_values\fP
+.br
+	\fIget_values_hook\fP
+.sp
+.LP
+With upward superclass chaining,
+the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the widget 
+class structure, then from the superclass structure,
+and so on up the class chain to the 
+Core,
+RectObj,
+and
+Object
+class structures.
+The subclass-to-superclass fields are
+.sp
+.ta 1i
+.br
+	\fIdestroy\fP
+.br
+	\fIactions\fP
+.sp
+.LP
+For subclasses of
+Constraint,
+the following field of
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+is chained from the subclass up to the
+Constraint class:
+.sp
+.ta 1i
+.br
+	\fIdestroy\fP
+
+.NH 3
+Class Initialization: class_initialize and class_part_initialize Procedures
+.XS
+\*(SN Class Initialization: class_initialize and class_part_initialize Procedures
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Class Initialization"
+.IN "Initialization"
+Many class records can be initialized completely at compile or link time.
+In some cases, however,
+a class may need to register type converters or perform other sorts of
+once-only runtime initialization.
+.LP
+Because the C language does not have initialization procedures
+that are invoked automatically when a program starts up,
+a widget class can declare a class_initialize procedure
+that will be automatically called exactly once by the \*(xI.
+A class initialization procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtProc :
+.IN "class_initialize procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtProc)(void);
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+A widget class indicates that it has no class initialization procedure by
+specifying NULL in the \fIclass_initialize\fP field.
+.LP
+In addition to the class initialization that is done exactly once,
+some classes perform initialization for fields in their parts
+of the class record.
+These are performed not just for the particular class,
+but for subclasses as well, and are
+done in the class's class part initialization procedure,
+a pointer to which is stored in the \fIclass_part_initialize\fP field.
+The class_part_initialize procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtWidgetClassProc .
+.IN "XtWidgetClassProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtWidgetClassProc)(WidgetClass);
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Points to the class structure for the class being initialized.
+.LP
+.eM
+During class initialization,
+the class part initialization procedures for the class and all its superclasses
+are called in superclass-to-subclass order on the class record.
+These procedures have the responsibility of doing any dynamic initializations
+necessary to their class's part of the record.
+The most common is the resolution of any inherited methods defined in the
+class.
+For example,
+if a widget class C has superclasses 
+Core, 
+Composite, 
+A, and B, the class record for C first is passed to 
+Core 's 
+class_part_initialize procedure.
+This resolves any inherited Core methods and compiles the textual
+representations of the resource list and action table that are defined in the
+class record.
+Next, Composite's 
+class_part_initialize procedure is called to initialize the
+composite part of C's class record.
+Finally, the class_part_initialize procedures for A, B, and C, in that order,
+are called.
+For further information,
+see Section 1.6.9.
+Classes that do not define any new class fields
+or that need no extra processing for them can specify NULL
+in the \fIclass_part_initialize\fP field.
+.LP
+All widget classes, whether they have a class initialization procedure or not,
+must start with their \fIclass_inited\fP field 
+.PN False .
+.LP
+The first time a widget of a class is created,
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+ensures that the widget class and all superclasses are initialized, in
+superclass-to-subclass order, by checking each \fIclass_inited\fP field and,
+if it is 
+.PN False , 
+by calling the class_initialize and the class_part_initialize procedures 
+for the class and all its superclasses.
+The \*(xI then set the \fIclass_inited\fP field to a nonzero value.
+After the one-time initialization,
+a class structure is constant.
+.LP
+The following example provides the class initialization procedure for a Label class.
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 2i
+.ta .5i 2i
+static void ClassInitialize()
+{
+	XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRJustify, CvtStringToJustify,
+		NULL, 0, XtCacheNone, NULL);
+}
+.De
+
+.NH 3
+Initializing a Widget Class
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Initializing a Widget Class\fP
+.XE
+.IN "Widget" "class initialization"
+.LP
+A class is initialized when the first widget of that class or any
+subclass is created.
+To initialize a widget class without creating any widgets, use
+.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass .
+.IN "XtInitializeWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtInitializeWidgetClass(\fIobject_class\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP;
+.br
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the object class to initialize.  May be
+.PN objectClass
+or any subclass thereof.
+.LP
+.eM
+If the specified widget class is already initialized,
+.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass
+returns immediately.
+.LP
+If the class initialization procedure registers type converters, 
+these type converters are not available until the first object
+of the class or subclass is created or
+.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass
+is called
+(see Section 9.6).
+
+.NH 3
+Inheritance of Superclass Operations
+.XS
+\*(SN Inheritance of Superclass Operations
+.XE
+.LP
+A widget class is free to use any of its superclass's self-contained
+operations rather than implementing its own code.
+The most frequently inherited operations are
+.IP
+expose
+.IP
+realize
+.IP
+insert_child
+.IP
+delete_child
+.IP
+geometry_manager
+.IP
+set_values_almost
+.LP
+To inherit an operation \fIxyz\fP,
+specify the constant
+.PN XtInherit \fIXyz\fP
+in your class record.
+.LP
+Every class that declares a new procedure in its widget class part must
+provide for inheriting the procedure in its class_part_initialize
+procedure.
+The chained operations declared in Core
+and Constraint
+records are never inherited.
+Widget classes that do nothing beyond what their superclass does
+specify NULL for chained procedures
+in their class records.
+.LP
+Inheriting works by comparing the value of the field with a known, special
+value and by copying in the superclass's value for that field if a match
+occurs.
+This special value, called the inheritance constant,
+is usually the \*(xI internal value
+.PN _XtInherit
+cast to the appropriate type.
+.PN _XtInherit
+is a procedure that issues an error message if it is actually called.
+.LP
+For example,
+.PN CompositeP.h
+contains these definitions:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .25i 1.5i 3i
+.ta .25i 1.5i 3i
+#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritChangeManaged ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtArgsProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+.De
+.LP
+Composite's class_part_initialize procedure begins as follows:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .2i 1.5i 3i
+.ta .2i 1.5i 3i
+static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(widgetClass)
+	WidgetClass widgetClass;
+{
+	CompositeWidgetClass wc = (CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass;
+	CompositeWidgetClass super = (CompositeWidgetClass)wc->core_class.superclass;
+
+	if (wc->composite_class.geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) {
+	    wc->composite_class.geometry_manager = super->composite_class.geometry_manager;
+	}
+
+	if (wc->composite_class.change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) {
+	    wc->composite_class.change_managed = super->composite_class.change_managed;
+	}
+	.
+	.
+	.
+.De
+.LP
+Nonprocedure fields may be inherited in the same manner as procedure
+fields.  The class may declare any reserved value it wishes for
+the inheritance constant for its new fields.  The following inheritance
+constants are defined:
+.LP
+For Object:
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritAllocate
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritDeallocate
+.LP
+For Core:
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritRealize
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritResize
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritExpose
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritSetValuesAlmost
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritAcceptFocus
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritQueryGeometry
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritTranslations
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritDisplayAccelerator
+.LP
+For Composite:
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritGeometryManager
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritChangeManaged
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritInsertChild
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritDeleteChild
+.LP
+For Shell:
+.IP
+.PN XtInheritRootGeometryManager
+
+.NH 3
+Invocation of Superclass Operations
+.XS
+\*(SN Invocation of Superclass Operations
+.XE
+.LP
+A widget sometimes needs to call a superclass operation
+that is not chained.
+For example,
+a widget's expose procedure might call its superclass's \fIexpose\fP
+and then perform a little more work on its own.
+For example, a Composite 
+class with predefined managed children can implement insert_child
+by first calling its superclass's \fIinsert_child\fP
+.IN "insert_child procedure"
+and then calling
+.PN XtManageChild
+to add the child to the managed set.
+.LP
+.NT
+A class method should not use
+.PN XtSuperclass
+but should instead call the class method of its own specific superclass
+directly through the superclass record.
+That is, it should use its own class pointers only,
+not the widget's class pointers,
+as the widget's class may be a subclass of the
+class whose implementation is being referenced.
+.NE
+This technique is referred to as \fIenveloping\fP the superclass's operation.
+
+.NH 3
+Class Extension Records
+.XS
+\*(SN Class Extension Records
+.XE
+.IN "Widget" "class extension records"
+.LP
+It may be necessary at times to add new fields to already existing
+widget class structures.  To permit this to be done without requiring
+recompilation of all subclasses, the last field in a class part structure
+should be an extension pointer.  If no extension fields for a class
+have yet been defined, subclasses should initialize the value of the
+extension pointer to NULL.
+.LP
+If extension fields exist, as is the case with the
+Composite,
+Constraint,
+and
+Shell
+classes, subclasses can provide values for these fields by setting the
+\fIextension\fP pointer for the appropriate part in their class structure to
+point to a statically declared extension record containing the
+additional fields.
+Setting the \fIextension\fP field is never mandatory; code that uses fields
+in the extension record must always check the \fIextension\fP field and take
+some appropriate default action if it is NULL.
+.LP
+In order to permit multiple subclasses and libraries to chain extension
+records from a single \fIextension\fP field, extension records should be
+declared as a linked list, and each extension record definition should
+contain the following four fields at the beginning of the structure
+declaration:
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+struct {
+	XtPointer next_extension;
+	XrmQuark record_type;
+	long version;
+	Cardinal record_size;
+};
+.De
+.IP \fInext_extension\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the next record in the list, or NULL.
+.IP \fIrecord_type\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the particular structure declaration to which
+each extension record instance conforms.
+.IP \fIversion\fP 1.25i
+Specifies a version id symbolic constant supplied by
+the definer of the structure.
+.IP \fIrecord_size\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the total number of bytes allocated for the
+extension record.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIrecord_type\fP field identifies the contents of the extension record
+and is used by the definer of the record to locate its particular
+extension record in the list.  The
+\fIrecord_type\fP field is normally assigned the
+result of
+.PN XrmStringToQuark
+for a registered string constant.  The
+\*(xI reserve all record type strings beginning with the two
+characters ``XT'' for future standard uses.  The value
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+may also be used
+by the class part owner in extension records attached to its own class
+part extension field to identify the extension record unique to that
+particular class.
+.LP
+The \fIversion\fP field is an owner-defined constant that may be used to
+identify binary files that have been compiled with alternate
+definitions of the remainder of the extension record data structure.  The private
+header file for a widget class should provide a symbolic constant for
+subclasses to use to initialize this field.
+The \fIrecord_size\fP field value includes the four common header fields and
+should normally be initialized with
+.PN sizeof ().
+.LP
+Any value stored in the class part extension fields of
+.PN CompositeClassPart ,
+.PN ConstraintClassPart ,
+or
+.PN ShellClassPart
+must point to an extension record conforming to this definition.
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide a utility function for widget writers to locate a
+particular class extension record in a linked list, given a widget class
+and the offset of the \fIextension\fP field in the class record.
+.LP
+To locate a class extension record, use
+.PN XtGetClassExtension .
+.IN "XtGetClassExtension" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(\fIobject_class\fP, \fIbyte_offset\fP, \
+\fItype\fP, \fIversion\fP, \fIrecord_size\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fIbyte_offset\fP;
+.br
+      XrmQuark \fItype\fP;
+.br
+      long \fIversion\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fIrecord_size\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the object class containing the extension list to be searched.
+.IP \fIbyte_offset\fP 1i
+Specifies the offset in bytes from the base of the
+class record of the extension field to be searched.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the record_type of the class extension to be located.
+.IP \fIversion\fP 1i
+Specifies the minimum acceptable version of the class
+extension required for a match.
+.IP \fIrecord_size\fP 1i
+Specifies the minimum acceptable length of the class
+extension record required for a match, or 0.
+.LP
+.eM
+The list of extension records at the specified offset in the specified
+object class will be searched for a match on the specified type,
+a version greater than or equal to the specified version, and a record
+size greater than or equal the specified record_size if it is nonzero.
+.PN XtGetClassExtension
+returns a pointer to a matching extension record or NULL if no match
+is found.  The returned extension record must not be modified or
+freed by the caller if the caller is not the extension owner.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH02 b/libXt/specs/CH02
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbb4bb8a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH02
@@ -0,0 +1,3165 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH02,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:42 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 2\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBWidget Instantiation\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 2
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 2 \(em Widget Instantiation
+.XE
+A hierarchy of widget instances constitutes a widget tree.
+The shell widget returned by
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+is the root of the widget tree instance.
+The widgets with one or more children are the intermediate nodes of that tree,
+and the widgets with no children of any kind are the leaves of the widget tree.
+With the exception of pop-up children (see Chapter 5),
+this widget tree instance defines the associated X Window tree.
+.LP
+Widgets can be either composite or primitive.
+Both kinds of widgets can contain children,
+but the \*(xI provide a set of management mechanisms for constructing
+and interfacing between composite widgets, their children, and
+other clients.
+.LP
+Composite widgets, that is, members of the class
+.PN compositeWidgetClass ,
+are containers for an arbitrary, 
+but widget implementation-defined, collection of children,
+which may be instantiated by the composite widget itself, 
+by other clients, or by a combination of the two.
+Composite widgets also contain methods for managing the geometry (layout) 
+of any child widget.
+Under unusual circumstances,
+a composite widget may have zero children, 
+but it usually has at least one.
+By contrast, 
+primitive widgets that contain children typically instantiate 
+specific children of known classes themselves and do not expect external 
+clients to do so.
+Primitive widgets also do not have general geometry management methods.
+.LP
+In addition,
+the \*(xI recursively perform many operations 
+(for example, realization and destruction)
+on composite widgets and all their children.
+Primitive widgets that have children must be prepared 
+to perform the recursive operations themselves on behalf of their children. 
+.LP
+A widget tree is manipulated by several \*(xI functions.
+For example,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+traverses the tree downward and recursively realizes all 
+pop-up widgets and children of composite widgets.
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+traverses the tree downward and destroys all pop-up widgets 
+and children of composite widgets.
+The functions that fetch and modify resources traverse the tree upward
+and determine the inheritance of resources from a widget's ancestors.
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+traverses the tree up one level and calls the geometry manager 
+that is responsible for a widget child's geometry.
+.LP
+To facilitate upward traversal of the widget tree,
+each widget has a pointer to its parent widget.
+The
+Shell 
+widget that
+.PN XtAppCreateShell 
+returns has a \fIparent\fP pointer of NULL.
+.LP
+To facilitate downward traversal of the widget tree,
+the \fIchildren\fP field of
+each composite widget is a pointer to an array of child widgets,
+which includes all normal children created,
+not just the subset of children that are managed by the composite widget's
+geometry manager.
+Primitive widgets
+that instantiate children are entirely responsible for all operations
+that require downward traversal below themselves.
+In addition,
+every widget has a pointer to an array of pop-up children.
+
+.NH 2
+Initializing the \*(tk
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Initializing the \*(tk\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Before an application can call any \*(xI function
+other than
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc 
+and 
+.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize ,
+it must initialize the \*(xI by using
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize ,
+which initializes the \*(xI internals
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
+which initializes the per-application state
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+or
+.PN XtOpenDisplay ,
+which initializes the per-display state
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtAppCreateShell ,
+which creates the root of a widget tree
+.LP
+Or an application can call the convenience procedure
+.PN XtOpenApplication ,
+which combines the functions of the preceding procedures.
+An application wishing to use the ANSI C locale mechanism should call
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc
+prior to calling
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+.PN XtOpenDisplay ,
+.PN XtOpenApplication ,
+or 
+.PN XtAppInitialize .
+.LP
+Multiple instances of \*(tk applications may be implemented 
+in a single address space.
+Each instance needs to be able to read
+input and dispatch events independently of any other instance.
+Further, an application instance may need multiple display connections 
+to have widgets on multiple displays.
+From the application's point of view, multiple display connections
+usually are treated together as a single unit
+for purposes of event dispatching.
+.IN "application context" "" "@DEF@"
+To accommodate both requirements, 
+the \*(xI define application contexts,
+each of which provides the information needed to distinguish one application
+instance from another.
+The major component of an application context is a list of one or more X
+.PN Display
+pointers for that application.
+The \*(xI handle all display connections within a single application
+context simultaneously, handling input in a round-robin fashion.
+The application context type
+.PN XtAppContext
+.IN "XtAppContext" "" "@DEF@"
+is opaque to clients.
+.sp
+.LP
+To initialize the \*(xI internals, use
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize .
+.LP
+.IN "XtToolkitInitialize" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtToolkitInitialize()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+If
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize
+was previously called, it returns immediately.
+When
+.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize
+is called before
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize ,
+the latter is protected against
+simultaneous activation by multiple threads.
+.sp
+.LP
+To create an application context, use
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreateApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext
+function returns an application context,
+which is an opaque type.
+Every application must have at least one application context.
+.sp
+.LP
+To destroy an application context and close any
+remaining display connections in it, use
+.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDestroyApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtDestroyApplicationContext(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+function destroys the specified application context.
+If called from within an event dispatch (for example, in a callback procedure),
+.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete.
+.sp
+.LP
+To get the application context in which a given widget was created, use
+.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext .
+.LP
+.IN "XtWidgetToApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which you want the application context.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext
+function returns the application context for the specified widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+To initialize a display and add it to an application context, use
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDisplayInitialize" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtDisplayInitialize(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \
+\fIapplication_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP,
+.br
+                       \fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIapplication_name\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+      XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIargc\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIargv\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.4i
+Specifies a previously opened display connection.  Note that a single
+display connection can be in at most one application context.
+.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the name of the application instance.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the class name of this application,
+which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.4i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The \fIoptions\fP argument is passed as a parameter to
+.PN XrmParseCommand .
+For further information,
+see Section 15.9 in \fI\*(xL\fP and Section 2.4 of this specification.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIargc\fP 1.4i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the list of command line parameters.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+function retrieves the language string to be
+used for the specified display (see Section 11.11),
+calls the language procedure (if set) with that language string,
+builds the resource database for the default screen, calls the Xlib
+.PN XrmParseCommand
+function to parse the command line, 
+and performs other per-display initialization.
+After 
+.PN XrmParseCommand 
+has been called,
+\fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP contain only those parameters that
+were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the
+\fIoptions\fP argument.
+If the modified \fIargc\fP is not zero,
+most applications simply print out the modified \fIargv\fP along with a message
+listing the allowable options.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+the application name is usually the final component of \fIargv\fP[0].
+If the synchronous resource is
+.PN True ,
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+calls the Xlib
+.PN XSynchronize
+function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection
+and any others currently open in the application context.
+See Sections 2.3 and 2.4 for details on the \fIapplication_name\fP,
+\fIapplication_class\fP, \fIoptions\fP, and \fInum_options\fP arguments.
+.LP
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+calls
+.PN XrmSetDatabase
+to associate the resource database of the default screen with the
+display before returning.
+
+.KS
+.LP
+To open a display, initialize it, and then
+add it to an application context, use 
+.PN XtOpenDisplay .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOpenDisplay" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Display *XtOpenDisplay(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdisplay_string\fP, \
+\fIapplication_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, 
+.br
+                       \fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP)
+.br
+       XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+       String \fIdisplay_string\fP;
+.br
+       String \fIapplication_name\fP;
+.br
+       String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+       XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP;
+.br
+       Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+       int *\fIargc\fP;
+.br
+       String *\fIargv\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIdisplay_string\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the display string, or NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the name of the application instance, or NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the class name of this application,
+which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.4i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The options argument is passed as a parameter to
+.PN XrmParseCommand .
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIargc\fP 1.4i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv\fP 1.4i
+Specifies the list of command line parameters.
+.KE
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+function calls
+.PN XOpenDisplay 
+with the specified \fIdisplay_string\fP.
+If \fIdisplay_string\fP is NULL,
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+uses the current value of the \-display option specified in \fIargv\fP.
+If no display is specified in \fIargv\fP,
+the user's default display is retrieved from the environment.
+On POSIX-based systems, 
+this is the value of the
+.PN \s-1DISPLAY\s+1
+environment variable.
+.LP
+If this succeeds,
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+then calls
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+and passes it the opened display and
+the value of the \-name option specified in \fIargv\fP as the application name.
+If no \-name option is specified
+and \fIapplication_name\fP is
+non-NULL, \fIapplication_name\fP is passed to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+If \fIapplication_name\fP is NULL and if the environment variable
+.PN \s-1RESOURCE_NAME\s+1
+is set, the value of
+.PN \s-1RESOURCE_NAME\s+1
+is used.  Otherwise, the application
+name is the name used to invoke the program.  On implementations that
+conform to ANSI C Hosted Environment support, the application name will
+be \fIargv\fP[0] less any directory and file type components, that is, the
+final component of \fIargv\fP[0], if specified.  If \fIargv\fP[0] does not exist or
+is the empty string, the application name is ``main''.
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed.
+.LP
+See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+in multiple threads.
+.sp
+.LP
+To close a display and remove it from an application context, use
+.PN XtCloseDisplay .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCloseDisplay" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCloseDisplay(\fIdisplay\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCloseDisplay
+function calls
+.PN XCloseDisplay
+with the specified \fIdisplay\fP as soon as it is safe to do so.
+If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
+.PN XtCloseDisplay
+does not close the display until the dispatch is complete.
+Note that applications need only call
+.PN XtCloseDisplay
+if they are to continue executing after closing the display; 
+otherwise, they should call
+.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext .
+.LP
+See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of 
+.PN XtCloseDisplay
+in multiple threads.
+
+.NH 2
+Establishing the Locale
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Establishing the Locale\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Resource databases are specified to be created in the current process
+locale.  During display initialization prior to creating the
+per-screen resource database, the \*(xI will call out to a specified
+application procedure to set the locale according to options found on
+the command line or in the per-display resource specifications.
+.LP
+The callout procedure provided by the application is of type
+.PN XtLanguageProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtLanguageProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef String (*XtLanguageProc)(Display*, String, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIlanguage\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Passes the display.
+.IP \fIlanguage\fP
+Passes the initial language value obtained from the command line
+or server per-display resource specifications.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP
+Passes the additional client data specified in the call to
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc .
+.LP
+.eM
+The language procedure allows an application to set the locale to
+the value of the language resource determined by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+The function returns a new language string that
+will be subsequently used by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+to establish the path for loading resource files.  The returned
+string  will be copied by the \*(xI into new memory.
+.LP
+Initially, no language procedure is set by the \*(xI.
+To set the language procedure for use by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+use
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc .
+.LP
+.IN XtSetLanguageProc "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "language procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtLanguageProc XtSetLanguageProc(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtLanguageProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context in which the language procedure is
+to be used, or NULL.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the language procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional client data to be passed to the language
+procedure when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc
+sets the language procedure that will be called from
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+for all subsequent Displays initialized in the specified application
+context.   If \fIapp_context\fP is NULL, the specified language
+procedure is registered in all application contexts created by the
+calling process, including any future application contexts that may
+be created.   If \fIproc\fP is NULL, a default language procedure is
+registered.
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc
+returns the previously registered language procedure.
+If a language procedure has not yet been registered, the return value
+is unspecified, but if this return value is used in a subsequent call to
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc ,
+it will cause the default language procedure to be registered.
+.LP
+The default language procedure does the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets the locale according to the environment.  On ANSI C-based
+systems this is done by calling
+.PN setlocale (
+.PN LC_ALL ,
+\fIlanguage\fP ).
+If an error is encountered, a warning message is issued with
+.PN XtWarning .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XSupportsLocale
+to verify that the current locale is supported.
+If the locale is not supported, a warning message is issued with
+.PN XtWarning
+and the locale is set to ``C''.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XSetLocaleModifiers
+specifying the empty string.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns the value of the current locale.  On ANSI C-based systems this
+is the return value from a final call to
+.PN setlocale (
+.PN LC_ALL ,
+NULL ).
+.LP
+A client wishing to use this mechanism to establish locale can do so
+by calling
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc
+prior to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+as in the following example.
+.LP
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i
+	Widget top;
+	XtSetLanguageProc(NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	top = XtOpenApplication(...);
+	...
+.De
+
+.NH 2
+Loading the Resource Database
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Loading the Resource Database\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+function first determines the language
+string to be used for the specified display.  It then
+creates a resource database for the default screen of the display by
+combining the following sources in order, with the entries in the
+first named source having highest precedence:
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+Application command line (\fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Per-host user environment resource file on the local host.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Per-screen resource specifications from the server.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Per-display resource specifications from the server or from
+.br
+the user preference file on the local host.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Application-specific user resource file on the local host.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Application-specific class resource file on the local host.
+
+.LP
+When the resource database for a particular screen on the display
+is needed (either internally, or when
+.PN XtScreenDatabase
+is called),
+it is created in the following manner using the sources listed
+above in the same order:
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+A temporary database, the ``server resource database'', is
+created from the string returned by
+.PN XResourceManagerString
+or, if
+.PN XResourceManagerString
+returns NULL, the contents of a resource file in the user's home
+directory.  On POSIX-based systems, the usual name for this user
+preference resource file is $HOME/\fB.Xdefaults\fP.
+.IN ".Xdefaults" "" "@DEF@"
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a language procedure has been set,
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+first searches the command line for the option ``-xnlLanguage'', or
+for a -xrm option that specifies the xnlLanguage/XnlLanguage resource,
+as specified by Section 2.4.
+If such a resource is found, the value is assumed to be
+entirely in XPCS, the X Portable Character Set.  If neither option is
+specified on the command line,
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+queries the server resource database (which is assumed to be entirely
+in XPCS) for the resource
+\fIname\fP\fB.xnlLanguage\fP, class \fIClass\fP\fB.XnlLanguage\fP
+where \fIname\fP
+.IN "xnlLanguage" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Resources" "xnlLanguage"
+and \fIClass\fP are the \fIapplication_name\fP and
+\fIapplication_class\fP specified to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+The language procedure is then invoked with
+the resource value if found, else the empty string.  The
+string returned from the language procedure is saved for all future
+references in the \*(xI that require the per-display language string.
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+The screen resource database is initialized by parsing the command
+line in the manner specified by Section 2.4.
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a language procedure has not been set,
+the initial database is then queried for the resource
+\fIname\fP\fB.xnlLanguage\fP, class \fIClass\fP\fB.XnlLanguage\fP
+as specified above.
+If this database query fails, the server resource database is
+queried; if this query also fails, the language is determined from
+the environment; on POSIX-based systems, this is done by retrieving the
+value of the
+.PN \s-1LANG\s+1
+environment variable.  If no language string is
+found, the empty string is used.
+This language string is saved for all future references in the \*(xI
+that require the per-display language string.
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+After determining the language string, the user's environment resource
+file is then merged into the initial resource database if the file exists.
+This file is user-, host-, and process-specific and is expected to
+contain user preferences that are to override those specifications in
+the per-display and per-screen resources.
+On POSIX-based systems, the user's environment resource file name is
+specified by the value of the
+.PN \s-1XENVIRONMENT\s+1
+environment variable.
+If this environment variable does not exist, the user's home directory
+is searched for a file named
+.PN \&.Xdefaults-\fIhost\fP ,
+where \fIhost\fP is the host name of the machine on which the
+application is running.
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+The per-screen resource specifications are then merged into the screen
+resource database, if they exist.  These specifications are the string
+returned by
+.PN XScreenResourceString
+for the respective screen and are owned entirely by the user.
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+Next, the server resource database created earlier is merged into the
+screen resource database.  The server property, and corresponding user
+preference file, are owned and constructed entirely by the user.
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+The application-specific user resource file from the local host is
+then merged into the screen resource database.
+This file contains user customizations and is stored
+in a directory owned by the user.
+Either the user or the application or both can store resource specifications
+in the file.  Each should be prepared to find and respect entries made
+by the other.
+The file name is found by calling
+.PN XrmSetDatabase
+with the current screen resource database, after preserving the
+original display-associated database, then calling
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+with the parameters
+(\fIdisplay\fP, NULL, NULL, NULL, \fIpath\fP, NULL, 0, NULL),
+where \fIpath\fP is defined in an operating-system-specific way.
+On POSIX-based systems, \fIpath\fP is defined to be the value
+of the environment variable
+.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+if this is defined.  If
+.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+is not defined, an implementation-dependent default value is used.
+This default value is constrained in the following manner:
+
+.RS
+.IP \- 3
+If the environment variable
+.PN \s-1XAPPLRESDIR\s+1
+is not defined, the default
+.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+must contain at least six entries.  These entries must contain
+.IN "XUSERFILESEARCHPATH" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XAPPLRESDIR" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "$HOME"
+$HOME as the directory prefix, plus the following substitutions:
+
+.nf
+.ta .3i 1.5i 2i
+1.	%C, %N, %L	or	%C, %N, %l, %t, %c
+2.	%C, %N, %l
+3.	%C, %N
+4.	%N, %L	or	%N, %l, %t, %c
+5.	%N, %l
+6.	%N
+.fi
+
+The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are
+implementation-dependent.
+
+.IP \- 3
+If
+.PN \s-1XAPPLRESDIR\s+1
+is defined, the default
+.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+must contain at least seven entries.  These entries must contain the
+following directory prefixes and substitutions:
+
+.ne 1.1
+.nf
+.ta .3i 1.6i 2.2i 3.3i 3.7i
+1.	$XAPPLRESDIR	with	%C, %N, %L	or	%C, %N, %l, %t, %c
+2.	$XAPPLRESDIR	with	%C, %N, %l
+3.	$XAPPLRESDIR	with	%C, %N
+4.	$XAPPLRESDIR	with	%N, %L	or	%N, %l, %t, %c
+5.	$XAPPLRESDIR	with	%N, %l
+6.	$XAPPLRESDIR	with	%N
+7.	$HOME	with	%N
+.fi
+
+The order of these seven entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are
+implementation-dependent.
+.RE
+
+.IP \(bu 5
+Last, the application-specific class resource file from the local
+host is merged into the screen resource database.
+This file is owned by the application and is usually installed in
+a system directory when the application is installed.
+It may contain sitewide customizations specified by the system manager.
+The name of the application class resource file is found by calling
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+with the parameters
+(\fIdisplay\fP, ``app-defaults'', NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL).
+This file is expected to be provided by the developer of the application
+and may be required for the application to function properly.
+A simple application that wants to be assured of having a minimal
+set of resources in the absence of its class resource file can declare
+fallback resource specifications with
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources .
+Note that the customization substitution string is retrieved
+dynamically by
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+so that the resolved file name of the application class resource file
+can be affected by any of the earlier sources for the screen resource
+database, even though the contents of the class resource file have
+lowest precedence.  After calling
+.PN XtResolvePathname ,
+the original display-associated database is restored.
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain the resource database for a particular screen, use
+.PN XtScreenDatabase .
+.LP
+.IN "XtScreenDatabase" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(\fIscreen\fP)
+.br
+      Screen *\fIscreen\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIscreen\fP 1i
+Specifies the screen whose resource database is to be returned.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtScreenDatabase
+function returns the fully merged resource database as specified above,
+associated with the specified screen.  If the specified \fIscreen\fP
+does not belong to a
+.PN Display
+initialized by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+the results are undefined.
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain the default resource database associated with a particular display, use
+.PN XtDatabase .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDatabase" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XrmDatabase XtDatabase(\fIdisplay\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDatabase
+function is equivalent to
+.PN XrmGetDatabase .
+It returns the database associated with the specified display, or
+NULL if a database has not been set.
+.sp
+.LP
+To specify a default set of resource values that will be used to
+initialize the resource database if no application-specific class
+resource file is found (the last of the six sources listed above),
+use
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetFallbackResources" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppSetFallbackResources(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIspecification_list\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIspecification_list\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the application context in which
+the fallback specifications will be used.
+.IP \fIspecification_list\fP 1.25i
+Specifies a NULL-terminated list of
+resource specifications to preload
+the database, or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+Each entry in \fIspecification_list\fP points to a string in the format of
+.PN XrmPutLineResource .
+Following a call to
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources ,
+when a resource database is being created for a particular screen and
+the \*(xI are not able
+to find or read an application-specific class resource file according to the
+rules given above and if \fIspecification_list\fP is not NULL, the
+resource specifications in \fIspecification_list\fP will be merged
+into the screen resource database in place of the application-specific
+class resource file.
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is not
+required to copy \fIspecification_list\fP; the caller must ensure that the
+contents of the list and of the strings addressed by the list remain
+valid until all displays are initialized or until
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is called again.  The value NULL for
+\fIspecification_list\fP removes any previous fallback resource specification
+for the application context.  The intended use for fallback resources
+is to provide a minimal
+number of resources that will make the application usable (or at
+least terminate with helpful diagnostic messages) when some problem
+exists in finding and loading the application defaults file.
+
+.NH 2
+Parsing the Command Line
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Parsing the Command Line\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+function first parses the command line for the following options:
+.IP \-display 1i
+Specifies the display name for
+.PN XOpenDisplay .
+.IP \-name 1i
+Sets the resource name prefix, 
+which overrides the application name passed to
+.PN XtOpenDisplay .
+.IP \-xnllanguage 1i
+Specifies the initial language string for establishing locale
+and for finding application class resource files.
+.LP
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+has a table of standard command line options that are passed to
+.PN XrmParseCommand
+for adding resources to the resource database, 
+and it takes as a parameter additional
+application-specific resource abbreviations.
+.IN "XrmOptionDescRec" "" "@DEF@"
+The format of this table is described in Section 15.9 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.75i
+.ta .5i 2.75i
+typedef enum {
+	XrmoptionNoArg,	/* Value is specified in OptionDescRec.value */
+	XrmoptionIsArg,	/* Value is the option string itself */
+	XrmoptionStickyArg,	/* Value is characters immediately following option */
+	XrmoptionSepArg,	/* Value is next argument in argv */
+	XrmoptionResArg,	/* Use the next argument as input to XrmPutLineResource*/
+	XrmoptionSkipArg,	/* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */
+	XrmoptionSkipNArgs,	/* Ignore this option and the next */
+		/* OptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */
+	XrmoptionSkipLine	/* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */
+} XrmOptionKind;
+
+typedef struct {
+	char *option;	/* Option name in argv */
+	char *specifier;	/* Resource name (without application name) */
+	XrmOptionKind argKind;	/* Location of the resource value */
+	XPointer value;	/* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg */
+} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;
+
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The standard table contains the following entries:
+.TS H
+l l l l .
+_
+.sp 6p
+.TH
+Option String	Resource Name	Argument Kind	Resource Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+\-background	*background	SepArg	next argument
+\-bd	*borderColor	SepArg	next argument
+\-bg	*background	SepArg	next argument
+\-borderwidth	.borderWidth	SepArg	next argument
+\-bordercolor	*borderColor	SepArg	next argument
+\-bw	.borderWidth	SepArg	next argument
+\-display	.display	SepArg	next argument
+\-fg	*foreground	SepArg	next argument
+\-fn	*font	SepArg	next argument
+\-font	*font	SepArg	next argument
+\-foreground	*foreground	SepArg	next argument
+\-geometry	.geometry	SepArg	next argument
+\-iconic	.iconic	NoArg	``true''
+\-name	.name	SepArg	next argument
+\-reverse	.reverseVideo	NoArg	``on''
+\-rv	.reverseVideo	NoArg	``on''
++rv	.reverseVideo	NoArg	``off''
+\-selectionTimeout	.selectionTimeout	SepArg	next argument
+\-synchronous	.synchronous	NoArg	``on''
++synchronous	.synchronous	NoArg	``off''
+\-title	.title	SepArg	next argument
+\-xnllanguage	.xnlLanguage	SepArg	next argument
+\-xrm	next argument	ResArg	next argument
+\-xtsessionID	.sessionID	SepArg	next argument
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+Note that any unique abbreviation for an option name in the standard table
+or in the application table is accepted.
+.LP
+If reverseVideo is
+.PN True ,
+the values of
+.PN XtDefaultForeground
+and
+.PN XtDefaultBackground
+are exchanged for all screens on the Display.
+.LP
+.IN "synchronous" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Resources" "synchronous"
+The value of the synchronous resource specifies whether or not
+Xlib is put into synchronous mode.  If a value is found in the resource
+database during display initialization,
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+makes a call to
+.PN XSynchronize
+for all display
+connections currently open in the application context.  Therefore,
+when multiple displays are initialized in the same application
+context, the most recent value specified for the synchronous resource
+is used for all displays in the application context.
+.LP
+.IN "selectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Resources" "selectionTimeout"
+The value of the selectionTimeout resource applies to all displays
+opened in the same application context.  When multiple displays are
+initialized in the same application context, the most recent value
+specified is used for all displays in the application context.
+.LP
+The \-xrm option provides a method of setting any resource in an application.
+The next argument should be a quoted string identical in format to a line in
+the user resource file.
+For example,
+to give a red background to all command buttons in an application named
+.PN xmh ,
+you can start it up as
+.LP
+.Ds
+xmh \-xrm 'xmh*Command.background: red'
+.DE
+.LP
+When it parses the command line,
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+merges the application option table with the standard option table
+before calling the Xlib
+.PN XrmParseCommand
+function.
+An entry in the application table with the same name as an entry
+in the standard table overrides the standard table entry.
+If an option name is a prefix of another option name,
+both names are kept in the merged table.
+The \*(xI reserve all option names
+beginning with the characters ``-xt'' for future standard uses.
+
+.NH 2
+Creating Widgets
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Creating Widgets\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The creation of widget instances is a three-phase process:
+.IP 1. 5
+The widgets are allocated and initialized with resources
+and are optionally added to the managed subset of their parent.
+.IP 2. 5
+All composite widgets are notified of their managed children
+in a bottom-up traversal of the widget tree.
+.IP 3. 5
+The widgets create X windows, which then are mapped.
+.LP
+.EQ
+delim $$
+.EN
+To start the first phase, 
+the application calls
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+for all its widgets and adds some (usually, most or all) of its widgets
+to their respective parents' managed set by calling
+.PN XtManageChild .
+To avoid an $O( n sup 2 )$ creation process where each composite widget 
+lays itself out each time a widget is created and managed,
+parent widgets are not notified of changes in their managed set
+during this phase.
+.EQ
+delim off
+.EN
+.LP
+After all widgets have been created,
+the application calls
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+with the top-level widget to execute the second and third phases.
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+first recursively traverses the widget tree in a postorder (bottom-up)
+traversal and then notifies each composite widget with one
+or more managed children by means of its change_managed procedure.
+.LP
+Notifying a parent about its managed set involves geometry layout and
+possibly geometry negotiation.
+A parent deals with constraints on its size imposed from above
+(for example, when a user specifies the application window size)
+and suggestions made from below (for example, 
+when a primitive child computes its preferred size).
+One difference between the two can cause geometry changes to ripple
+in both directions through the widget tree.
+The parent may force some of its children to change size and position
+and may issue geometry requests to its own parent in order to better
+accommodate all its children.
+You cannot predict where anything will go on the screen
+until this process finishes.
+.LP
+Consequently, in the first and second phases,
+no X windows are actually created, because it is likely
+that they will get moved around after creation.
+This avoids unnecessary requests to the X server.
+.LP
+Finally,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+starts the third phase by making a preorder (top-down) traversal 
+of the widget tree, allocates an X window to each widget by means of 
+its realize procedure, and finally maps the widgets that are managed.
+
+.NH 3
+Creating and Merging Argument Lists
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Creating and Merging Argument Lists\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Many \*(xI functions may be passed pairs of resource names and
+values.
+These are passed as an arglist, a pointer to an array of
+.PN Arg
+structures, which contains
+.IN "ArgList" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Arg" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String name;
+	XtArgVal value;
+} Arg, *ArgList;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+where
+.PN XtArgVal
+is as defined in Section 1.5.
+.LP
+If the size of the resource is less than or equal to the size of an
+.PN XtArgVal ,
+the resource value is stored directly in \fIvalue\fP;
+otherwise, a pointer to it is stored in \fIvalue\fP.
+.LP
+To set values in an
+.PN ArgList ,
+use
+.PN XtSetArg .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetArg" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetArg(\fIarg\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIvalue\fP)
+.br
+      Arg \fIarg\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      XtArgVal \fIvalue\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIarg\fP 1i
+Specifies the \fIname/value\fP pair to set.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the resource.
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an
+.PN XtArgVal ,
+else the address.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtSetArg
+function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to
+minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+Arg args[20];
+int n;
+
+n = 0;
+XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100);	n++;
+XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200);	n++;
+XtSetValues(widget, args, n);
+.De
+.LP
+Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list
+and use
+.PN XtNumber :
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+static Args args[] = {
+	{XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100},
+	{XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200},
+};
+XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args));
+.De
+.LP
+Note that you should not use expressions with side effects such as
+auto-increment or auto-decrement
+within the first argument to
+.PN XtSetArg .
+.PN XtSetArg
+can be implemented as a macro that evaluates the first argument twice.
+.sp
+.LP
+To merge two
+arglist arrays, use
+.PN XtMergeArgLists .
+.LP
+.IN "XtMergeArgLists" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+ArgList XtMergeArgLists(\fIargs1\fP, \fInum_args1\fP, \fIargs2\fP, \
+\fInum_args2\fP)
+.br
+     ArgList \fIargs1\fP;
+.br
+     Cardinal \fInum_args1\fP;
+.br
+     ArgList \fIargs2\fP;
+.br
+     Cardinal \fInum_args2\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIargs1\fP 1i
+Specifies the first argument list.
+.IP \fInum_args1\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the first argument list.
+.IP \fIargs2\fP 1i
+Specifies the second argument list.
+.IP \fInum_args2\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the second argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtMergeArgLists
+function allocates enough storage to hold the combined
+arglist arrays and copies them into it.
+Note that it does not check for duplicate entries.
+The length of the returned list is the sum of the lengths of the
+specified lists.
+When it is no longer needed,
+free the returned storage by using
+.PN XtFree .
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "varargs" "" "@DEF@"
+All \*(xI interfaces that require
+.PN ArgList
+arguments have analogs
+conforming to the ANSI C variable argument list
+(traditionally called ``varargs'')
+calling convention.  The name of the analog is formed by prefixing
+``Va'' to the name of the corresponding
+.PN ArgList
+procedure; e.g.,
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget .
+Each procedure named \fBXtVa\fP\fIsomething\fP takes as its
+last arguments, in place of the corresponding
+.PN ArgList /
+.PN Cardinal
+parameters, a variable parameter list of resource name and
+value pairs where each name is of type
+.PN String
+and each value is of type
+.PN XtArgVal .
+The end of the list is identified by a \fIname\fP entry
+containing NULL.  Developers writing in the C language wishing to pass
+resource name and value pairs to any of these interfaces may use the
+.PN ArgList
+and varargs forms interchangeably.
+.LP
+Two special names are defined for use only in varargs lists:
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+and
+.PN XtVaNestedList .
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaTypedArg" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+#define XtVaTypedArg "XtVaTypedArg"
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+If the name
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is specified in place of a resource
+name, then the following four arguments are interpreted as a
+\fIname/type/value/size\fP tuple \fIwhere\fP name is of type
+.PN String ,
+\fItype\fP is of type
+.PN String ,
+\fIvalue\fP is of type
+.PN XtArgVal ,
+and \fIsize\fP is of type int.  When a varargs list containing
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is processed, a resource type
+conversion (see Section 9.6) is performed if necessary to convert the
+value into the format required by the associated resource.  If \fItype\fP is
+XtRString, then \fIvalue\fP contains a pointer to the string and \fIsize\fP
+contains the number of bytes allocated, including the trailing null
+byte.  If \fItype\fP is not XtRString, then \fIif\fP size is
+less than or equal to
+\fBsizeof\fP(\fBXtArgVal\fP), the value should be the data cast to the type
+.PN XtArgVal ,
+otherwise \fIvalue\fP is a pointer to the data.  If the type
+conversion fails for any reason, a warning message is issued and the
+list entry is skipped.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaNestedList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+#define XtVaNestedList  "XtVaNestedList"
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+If the name
+.PN XtVaNestedList
+is specified in place of a resource name,
+then the following argument is interpreted as an
+.PN XtVarArgsList
+value, which specifies another
+varargs list that is logically inserted into the original list at the
+point of declaration.  The end of the nested list is identified with a
+name entry containing NULL.  Varargs lists may nest to any depth.
+.sp
+.LP
+To dynamically allocate a varargs list for use with
+.PN XtVaNestedList
+in multiple calls, use
+.PN XtVaCreateArgsList .
+.IN "XtVaCreateArgsList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sp
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef XtPointer XtVarArgsList;
+.De
+.LP
+.FD 0
+XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList(\fIunused\fP, ...)
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIunused\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIunused\fP 1i
+This argument is not currently used and must be specified as NULL.
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies a variable parameter list of resource
+name and value pairs.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtVaCreateArgsList
+function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a
+single list pointer, which may be used with
+.PN XtVaNestedList .
+The end of
+both lists is identified by a \fIname\fP entry containing NULL.  Any entries
+of type
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+are copied as specified without applying
+conversions.  Data passed by reference (including Strings) are not
+copied, only the pointers themselves; the caller must ensure that the
+data remain valid for the lifetime of the created varargs list.  The
+list should be freed using
+.PN XtFree
+when no longer needed.
+.LP
+Use of resource files and of the resource database is generally
+encouraged over lengthy arglist or varargs lists whenever possible in
+order to permit modification without recompilation.
+
+.NH 3
+Creating a Widget Instance
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Creating a Widget Instance\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To create an instance of a widget, use
+.PN XtCreateWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreateWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIobject_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \
+\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIparent\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget,
+which is used for retrieving resources
+and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget
+that is a child of the same parent.
+.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object.  \*(oC
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+function performs all the boilerplate operations of widget
+creation, doing the following in order:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class
+and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a
+superclass-to-subclass order.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the specified class is not
+.PN coreWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof,
+and the parent's class is a subclass of
+.PN compositeWidgetClass
+and either no extension record in
+the parent's composite class part extension field exists with the
+\fIrecord_type\fP
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+or the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in the extension
+record is
+.PN False ,
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+issues a fatal error; see Section 3.1 and Chapter 12.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the specified class contains an extension record in the object class
+part \fIextension\fP field with \fIrecord_type\fP
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+and the \fIallocate\fP field is not NULL,
+the procedure is invoked to allocate memory
+for the widget instance.  If the parent is a member of the class
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+the procedure also allocates memory for the
+parent's constraints and stores the address of this memory into the
+\fIconstraints\fP field.  If no allocate procedure is found, the \*(xI
+allocate memory for the widget and, when applicable, the constraints,
+and initializes the \fIconstraints\fP field.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Initializes the Core nonresource data fields
+\fIself\fP, \fIparent\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIbeing_destroyed\fP,
+\fIname\fP, \fImanaged\fP, \fIwindow\fP, \fIvisible\fP,
+\fIpopup_list\fP, and \fInum_popups\fP. 
+.IP \(bu 5
+Initializes the resource fields (for example, \fIbackground_pixel\fP)
+by using the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a member of the class
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+initializes the resource fields of the constraints record
+by using the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+resource lists specified for the parent's class
+and all superclasses up to
+.PN constraintWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the initialize procedures for the widget starting at the 
+Object
+initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a member of the class
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+calls the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+initialize procedures,
+starting at
+.PN constraintWidgetClass
+on down to the parent's
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+initialize procedure.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a member of the class
+.PN compositeWidgetClass ,
+puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's
+insert_child procedure.
+For further information,
+see Section 3.1.
+.sp
+.LP
+To create an instance of a widget using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaCreateWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtVaCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIobject_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, ...)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIparent\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource name for the created widget.
+.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object.  \*(oC
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.  \*(oI
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget
+procedure is identical in function to
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list,
+as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 3
+Creating an Application Shell Instance
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Creating an Application Shell Instance\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+An application can have multiple top-level widgets, each of which
+specifies a unique widget tree
+that can potentially be on different screens or displays.
+An application uses 
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+to create independent widget trees.
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppCreateShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtAppCreateShell(\fIname\fP, \
+\fIapplication_class\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \
+\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the instance name of the shell widget.
+If \fIname\fP is NULL,
+the application name passed to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+is used.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the resource class string to be used in
+place of the widget \fIclass_name\fP string when
+\fIwidget_class\fP is
+.PN applicationShellWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget (e.g.,
+.PN applicationShellWidgetClass ).
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the display for the default screen
+and for the resource database used to retrieve
+the shell widget resources.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+function
+creates a new shell widget instance as the root of a widget tree.
+The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning
+\fIargs\fP for the XtNscreen argument.  If no XtNscreen argument is
+found, the resource database associated with the default screen of
+the specified display is queried for the resource \fIname\fP.screen,
+class \fIClass\fP.Screen where \fIClass\fP is the specified
+\fIapplication_class\fP if \fIwidget_class\fP is
+.PN applicationShellWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof.  If \fIwidget_class\fP is not
+.PN application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class
+or a subclass, \fIClass\fP is the \fIclass_name\fP
+field from the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+of the specified \fIwidget_class\fP.
+If this query fails, the default
+screen of the specified display is used.  Once the screen is determined,
+the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve
+all remaining resources for the shell widget not specified in
+\fIargs\fP.  The widget name and \fIClass\fP as determined above are
+used as the leftmost (i.e., root) components in all fully qualified
+resource names for objects within this widget tree.
+
+.LP
+If the specified widget class is a subclass of WMShell, the name and
+\fIClass\fP as determined above will be stored into the
+.PN \s-1WM_CLASS\s+1
+property on the widget's window when it becomes realized.
+If the specified \fIwidget_class\fP is
+.PN applicationShellWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof, the
+.PN \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1
+property will also be set from the values of the XtNargv and
+XtNargc resources.
+
+.LP
+To create multiple top-level shells within a single (logical)
+application, 
+you can use one of two methods:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Designate one shell as the real top-level shell and
+create the others as pop-up children of it by using 
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Have all shells as pop-up children of an unrealized top-level shell. 
+.LP
+The first method, 
+which is best used when there is a clear choice for what is the main window, 
+leads to resource specifications like the following:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA 2i
+.ta 2i
+xmail.geometry:...	(the main window)
+xmail.read.geometry:...	(the read window)
+xmail.compose.geometry:...	(the compose window)
+.De
+.LP
+The second method, 
+which is best if there is no main window,
+leads to resource specifications like the following:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA 2i
+.ta 2i
+xmail.headers.geometry:...	(the headers window)
+xmail.read.geometry:...	(the read window)
+xmail.compose.geometry:...	(the compose window)
+.De
+.sp
+.LP
+To create a top-level widget that is the root of a widget tree using
+varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaAppCreateShell .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaAppCreateShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtVaAppCreateShell(\fIname\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \
+\fIwidget_class\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, ...)
+.br
+    String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+    WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+    Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the instance name of the shell widget.
+If \fIname\fP is NULL,
+the application name passed to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+is used.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the resource class string to be used in
+place of the widget \fIclass_name\fP string when
+\fIwidget_class\fP is
+.PN applicationShellWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget.
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the display for the default screen
+and for the resource database used to retrieve
+the shell widget resources.
+.IP ... 1.5i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtVaAppCreateShell
+procedure is identical in function to
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 3
+Convenience Procedure to Initialize an Application
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Convenience Procedure to Initialize an Application\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To initialize the \*(xI internals, create an application context,
+open and initialize a display, and create the initial root shell
+instance, an application may use
+.PN XtOpenApplication
+or
+.PN XtVaOpenApplication .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOpenApplication" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtOpenApplication(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \
+\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP,
+.br
+                       \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \
+\fIfallback_resources\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+      XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIargc_in_out\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIargv_in_out\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIfallback_resources\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the command line options table.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP.
+.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments.
+.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
+file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the class of the widget to be created.  Must be shellWidgetClass
+or a subclass.
+.br
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the argument list to override any
+other resource specifications for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOpenApplication
+function calls
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize
+followed by
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
+then calls
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and
+\fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and finally calls
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIname\fP NULL, the specified \fIwidget_class\fP,
+an argument list and count,
+and returns the created shell.
+The recommended \fIwidget_class\fP is 
+.PN sessionShellWidgetClass .
+The argument list and count are created by merging
+the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP with a list 
+containing the specified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP.
+The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP.  If
+\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context is
+also returned.  If the display specified by the command line cannot be
+opened, an error message is issued and
+.PN XtOpenApplication
+terminates the application.  If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL,
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is called with the value prior to calling
+.PN XtOpenDisplay .
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaOpenApplication" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtVaOpenApplication(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \
+\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP,
+.br
+                         \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \
+\fIfallback_resources\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, ...)
+.br
+    XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+    XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP;
+.br
+    Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+    int *\fIargc_in_out\fP;
+.br
+    String *\fIargv_in_out\fP;
+.br
+    String *\fIfallback_resources\fP;
+.br
+    WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the command line options table.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP.
+.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the command line arguments array.
+.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class
+resource file cannot be opened, or NULL.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the class of the widget to be created.  Must be shellWidgetClass
+or a subclass.
+.IP ... 1.5i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications for the created shell.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtVaOpenApplication
+procedure is identical in function to
+.PN XtOpenApplication
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list,
+as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Instance Allocation: The allocate Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Instance Allocation: The allocate Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "Widget Allocation"
+.LP
+A widget class may optionally provide an instance allocation procedure
+in the
+.PN ObjectClassExtension
+record.
+.LP
+When the call to create a widget includes a varargs list containing
+.PN XtVaTypedArg ,
+these arguments will be passed to the allocation procedure in an
+.PN XtTypedArgList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtTypedArgList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String name;
+	String type;
+	XtArgVal value;
+	int size;
+} XtTypedArg, *XtTypedArgList;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.IN "allocate procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+The allocate procedure pointer in the
+.PN ObjectClassExtension
+record is of type
+.PN XtAllocateProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAllocateProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtAllocateProc)(WidgetClass, Cardinal*, Cardinal*, ArgList, \
+Cardinal*,
+                                            XtTypedArgList, Cardinal*, \
+Widget*, XtPointer*);
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal* \fIconstraint_size\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal* \fImore_bytes\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal* \fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XtTypedArgList \fItyped_args\fP,
+.br
+      Cardinal* \fInum_typed_args\fP;
+.br
+      Widget* \fInew_return\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer* \fImore_bytes_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the widget class of the instance to allocate.
+.IP \fIconstraint_size\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the size of the constraint record to allocate, or 0.
+.IP \fImore_bytes\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of auxiliary bytes of memory to allocate.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the argument list as given in the call to create the widget.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of arguments.
+.IP \fItyped_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the list of typed arguments given in the call to create the widget.
+.IP \fInum_typed_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of typed arguments.
+.IP \fInew_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns a pointer to the newly allocated instance, or NULL in case of error.
+.IP \fImore_bytes_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the auxiliary memory if it was requested, or NULL
+if requested and an error occurred; otherwise, unchanged.
+.LP
+.eM
+At widget allocation time, if an extension record with \fIrecord_type\fP
+equal to 
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+is located through the object class part \fIextension\fP field
+and the \fIallocate\fP field is not NULL, the 
+.PN XtAllocateProc
+will be invoked to allocate memory for the widget.  If no ObjectClassPart
+extension record is declared with \fIrecord_type equal\fP to
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 ,
+then
+.PN XtInheritAllocate
+and 
+.PN XtInheritDeallocate
+are assumed.
+If no
+.PN XtAllocateProc
+is found, the \*(xI will allocate memory for the widget.
+.LP
+An 
+.PN XtAllocateProc
+must perform the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Allocate memory for the widget instance and return it in \fInew_return\fP.
+The memory must be at least \fIwc->core_class.widget_size\fP bytes in length,
+double-word aligned.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Initialize the \fIcore.constraints\fP field in the instance record to NULL
+or to point to a constraint record.  If \fIconstraint_size\fP
+is not 0, the procedure must allocate memory for the constraint record.
+The memory must be double-word aligned.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If \fImore_bytes\fP is not 0, then the address of a block of memory
+at least \fImore_bytes\fP in size, double-word aligned, must be
+returned in the \fImore_bytes_return\fP parameter,
+or NULL to indicate an error.
+.LP
+A class allocation procedure that envelops the allocation procedure of a
+superclass must rely on the enveloped procedure to perform the instance
+and constraint allocation.
+Allocation procedures should refrain from initializing fields in the
+widget record except to store pointers to newly allocated additional memory.
+Under no circumstances should an allocation procedure that envelopes
+its superclass allocation procedure modify fields in the
+instance part of any superclass.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Instance Initialization: The initialize Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Instance Initialization: The initialize Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "Initialization"
+.IN "Chaining"
+.IN "Superclass Chaining"
+.IN "Inheritance"
+.LP
+The initialize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+.PN XtInitProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInitProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "initialize procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtInitProc)(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIrequest\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fInew\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i
+Specifies a copy of the widget with resource values as requested by the
+argument list, the resource database, and the widget defaults.
+.IP \fInew\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget with the new values, both resource and nonresource,
+that are actually allowed.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list passed by the client, for
+computing derived resource values.
+If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources
+specified via
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed
+into the
+.PN ArgList
+format.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+An initialization procedure performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Allocates space for and copies any resources referenced by address
+that the client is allowed to free or modify
+after the widget has been created.
+For example,
+if a widget has a field that is a 
+.PN String ,
+it may choose not to
+depend on the characters at that address remaining constant 
+but dynamically allocate space for the string and copy it to the new space.
+Widgets that do not copy one or more resources referenced
+by address should clearly so state in their user documentation.
+.NT
+It is not necessary to allocate space for or to copy callback lists.
+.NE
+.IP \(bu 5
+Computes values for unspecified resource fields.
+For example, if \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP are zero,
+the widget should compute an appropriate width and height 
+based on its other resources.
+.NT
+A widget may directly assign only
+its own \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP within the initialize, initialize_hook,
+set_values, and
+set_values_hook procedures; see Chapter 6.
+.NE
+.IP \(bu 5
+Computes values for uninitialized nonresource fields that are derived from
+resource fields.
+For example, graphics contexts (GCs) that the widget uses are derived from
+resources like background, foreground, and font.
+.LP
+An initialization procedure also can check certain fields for
+internal consistency.
+For example, it makes no sense to specify a colormap for a depth
+that does not support that colormap.
+.LP
+Initialization procedures are called in superclass-to-subclass order
+after all fields specified in the resource lists have been
+initialized.  The initialize procedure does not need to examine
+\fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP
+if all public resources are declared in the resource list.
+Most of the initialization code for a specific widget class deals with fields
+defined in that class and not with fields defined in its superclasses.
+.LP
+If a subclass does not need an initialization procedure
+because it does not need to perform any of the above operations,
+it can specify NULL for the \fIinitialize\fP field in the class record.
+.LP
+Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its
+superclass.
+In particular, size calculations of a superclass often are
+incorrect for a subclass, and in this case,
+the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared
+and computed by its superclass.
+.LP
+As an example,
+a subclass can visually surround its superclass display.
+In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass initialize
+procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround.
+The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the
+superclass or was specified explicitly.
+All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given,
+but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested.
+.LP
+The \fIrequest\fP and \fInew\fP arguments provide the necessary information for
+a subclass to determine the difference between an explicitly specified field
+and a field computed by a superclass.
+The \fIrequest\fP widget is a copy of the widget as initialized by the
+arglist and resource database.
+The \fInew\fP widget starts with the values in the request,
+but it has been updated by all superclass initialization procedures called
+so far.
+A subclass initialize procedure can compare these two to resolve
+any potential conflicts.
+.LP
+In the above example,
+the subclass with the visual surround can see
+if the \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP in the \fIrequest\fP widget are zero.
+If so,
+it adds its surround size to the \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP
+fields in the \fInew\fP widget.
+If not, it must make do with the size originally specified.
+.LP
+The \fInew\fP widget will become the actual widget instance record.
+Therefore,
+the initialization procedure should do all its work on the \fInew\fP widget;
+the \fIrequest\fP widget should never be modified.
+If the initialize procedure
+needs to call any routines that operate on a widget,
+it should specify \fInew\fP as the widget instance.
+
+.NH 3
+Constraint Instance Initialization: The ConstraintClassPart initialize Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Constraint Instance Initialization: The ConstraintClassPart initialize Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "Initialization"
+.IN "XtInitProc"
+.IN "initialize procedure"
+.IN "Chaining"
+.IN "Superclass Chaining"
+.IN "Inheritance"
+.LP
+The constraint initialization procedure pointer, found in the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+\fIinitialize\fP field of the widget class record, is of type
+.PN XtInitProc .
+The values passed to the parent constraint initialization procedures
+are the same as those passed to the child's class widget initialization
+procedures.
+.LP
+The \fIconstraints\fP field of the \fIrequest\fP widget points to a copy of the
+constraints record as initialized by the arglist and resource database.
+.LP
+The constraint initialization procedure should compute any constraint fields
+derived from constraint resources.
+It can make further changes to the \fInew\fP widget to make the widget
+and any other constraint fields
+conform to the specified constraints, for example, 
+changing the widget's size or position.
+.LP
+If a constraint class does not need a constraint initialization procedure,
+it can specify NULL for the \fIinitialize\fP field of the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+in the class record.
+
+.NH 3
+Nonwidget Data Initialization: The initialize_hook Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Nonwidget Data Initialization: The initialize_hook Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "Initialization"
+.LP
+.NT
+The initialize_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information
+is now available to the initialize procedure.  The procedure has been
+retained for those widgets that used it in previous releases.
+.NE
+.LP
+The initialize_hook procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtArgsProc :
+.LP
+.IN "initialize_hook procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtArgsProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtArgsProc)(Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list passed by the client.
+If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources
+specified via
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed
+into the
+.PN ArgList
+format.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+If this procedure is not NULL,
+it is called immediately after the corresponding initialize
+procedure or in its place if the \fIinitialize\fP field is NULL.
+.LP
+The initialize_hook procedure allows a widget instance to initialize
+nonresource data using information from the specified argument list
+as if it were a resource.
+
+.NH 2
+Realizing Widgets
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Realizing Widgets\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To realize a widget instance, use
+.PN XtRealizeWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRealizeWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRealizeWidget(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.eM
+.LP
+If the widget is already realized,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+simply returns. 
+Otherwise it performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Binds all action names in the widget's
+translation table to procedures (see Section 10.1.2).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Makes a postorder traversal of the widget tree rooted
+at the specified widget and calls each non-NULL change_managed procedure
+of all composite widgets that have one or more managed children.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Constructs an
+.PN XSetWindowAttributes
+structure filled in with information derived from the 
+Core 
+widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget,
+which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget is
+not a subclass of 
+.PN compositeWidgetClass ,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+returns; otherwise it continues and performs the following:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Descends recursively to each of the widget's
+managed children and calls the realize procedures.
+Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing
+those children themselves.
+.IP \- 5
+Maps all of the managed children windows that have \fImapped_when_managed\fP 
+.PN True .
+If a widget is managed but \fImapped_when_managed\fP is 
+.PN False , 
+the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed.
+.RE
+.LP
+If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and
+\fImapped_when_managed\fP is 
+.PN True , 
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+maps the widget window.
+.LP
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget ,
+.PN XtManageChildren ,
+.PN XtUnmanage\%Children ,
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget ,
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged ,
+and
+.PN XtDestroy\%Widget
+maintain the following invariants:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children are realized.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children that have
+\fImapped_when_managed\fP
+.PN True
+are mapped.
+.LP
+All \*(xI functions and all widget routines should accept
+either realized or unrealized widgets.
+When calling the realize or change_managed
+procedures for children of a composite
+widget,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+calls the procedures in reverse order of
+appearance in the
+.PN CompositePart
+\fIchildren\fP list.  By default, this
+ordering of the realize procedures will
+result in the stacking order of any newly created subwindows being
+top-to-bottom in the order of appearance on the list, and the most
+recently created child will be at the bottom.
+.sp
+.LP
+To check whether or not a widget has been realized, use
+.PN XtIsRealized .
+.LP
+.IN "XtIsRealized" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtIsRealized(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtIsRealized
+function returns 
+.PN True 
+if the widget has been realized,
+that is, if the widget has a nonzero window ID.
+If the specified object is not a widget, the state of the nearest
+widget ancestor is returned.
+.LP
+Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to
+operate differently
+after the widget has been realized.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Instance Window Creation: The realize Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Instance Window Creation: The realize Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+The realize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+.PN XtRealizeProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRealizeProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtRealizeProc)(Widget, XtValueMask*, XSetWindowAttributes*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtValueMask *\fIvalue_mask\fP;
+.br
+      XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies which fields in the \fIattributes\fP structure are used.
+.IP \fIattributes\fP 1i
+Specifies the window attributes to use in the
+.PN XCreateWindow
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+The realize procedure must create the widget's window.
+.LP
+Before calling the class realize procedure, the generic
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+function fills in a mask and a corresponding
+.PN XSetWindowAttributes
+structure.
+It sets the following fields in \fIattributes\fP and
+corresponding bits in \fIvalue_mask\fP
+based on information in the widget
+core
+structure:
+.IP \(bu 5
+The \fIbackground_pixmap\fP (or \fIbackground_pixel\fP if \fIbackground_pixmap\fP is
+.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap )
+is filled in from the corresponding field.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The \fIborder_pixmap\fP (or \fIborder_pixel\fP if \fIborder_pixmap\fP is
+.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap )
+is filled in from the corresponding field.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The \fIcolormap\fP is filled in from the corresponding field.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The \fIevent_mask\fP is filled in based on the event handlers registered,
+the event translations specified, whether the \fIexpose\fP field is non-NULL,
+and whether \fIvisible_interest\fP is 
+.PN True .
+.IP \(bu 5
+The \fIbit_gravity\fP is set to
+.PN NorthWestGravity
+if the \fIexpose\fP field is NULL.
+.LP
+These or any other fields in attributes and the corresponding bits in
+\fIvalue_mask\fP can be set by the realize procedure.
+.LP
+Note that because realize is not a chained operation,
+the widget class realize procedure must update the
+.PN XSetWindowAttributes
+structure with all the appropriate fields from 
+non-Core
+superclasses.
+.LP
+.IN "Inheritance"
+A widget class can inherit its realize procedure from its superclass
+during class initialization.
+The realize procedure defined for
+.PN coreWidgetClass 
+calls
+.PN XtCreateWindow
+with the passed \fIvalue_mask\fP and \fIattributes\fP
+and with \fIwindow_class\fP and \fIvisual\fP set to
+.PN CopyFromParent .
+Both
+.PN compositeWidgetClass
+and
+.PN constraintWidgetClass
+inherit this realize procedure, and most new widget subclasses
+can do the same (see Section 1.6.10).
+.LP
+The most common noninherited realize procedures set \fIbit_gravity\fP in the mask
+and attributes to the appropriate value and then create the window.
+For example, depending on its justification, Label might set \fIbit_gravity\fP to
+.PN WestGravity ,
+.PN CenterGravity ,
+or
+.PN EastGravity .
+Consequently, shrinking it would just move the bits appropriately,
+and no
+exposure
+event is needed for repainting.
+.LP
+If a composite widget's children should be realized in an order other
+than that specified
+(to control the stacking order, for example),
+it should call
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+on its children itself in the appropriate order from within its own
+realize procedure.
+.LP
+Widgets that have children and whose class is not a subclass of
+.PN compositeWidgetClass
+are responsible for calling
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+on their children, usually from within the realize procedure.
+.LP
+Realize procedures cannot manage or unmanage their descendants.
+
+.NH 3
+Window Creation Convenience Routine
+.XS
+\*(SN Window Creation Convenience Routine
+.XE
+.LP
+Rather than call the Xlib
+.PN XCreateWindow
+.IN "realize procedure"
+function explicitly, a realize procedure should normally call the \*(xI analog
+.PN XtCreateWindow ,
+which simplifies the creation of windows for widgets.
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreateWindow" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCreateWindow(\fIw\fP, \fIwindow_class\fP, \fIvisual\fP, \
+\fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIattributes\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned int \fIwindow_class\fP;
+.br
+      Visual *\fIvisual\fP;
+.br
+      XtValueMask \fIvalue_mask\fP;
+.br
+      XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that defines the additional window attributed.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIwindow_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the Xlib window class (for example,
+.PN InputOutput ,
+.PN InputOnly ,
+or
+.PN CopyFromParent ).
+.IP \fIvisual\fP 1i
+Specifies the visual type (usually
+.PN CopyFromParent ).
+.ds Vm attribute fields to use
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies which fields in the \fIattributes\fP structure are used.
+.IP \fIattributes\fP 1i
+Specifies the window attributes to use in the
+.PN XCreateWindow
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCreateWindow
+function calls the Xlib
+.PN XCreateWindow
+function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters.
+Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's \fIwindow\fP field.
+.LP
+.PN XtCreateWindow
+evaluates the following fields of the widget core
+structure: \fIdepth\fP, \fIscreen\fP, \fIparent->core.window\fP, \fIx\fP,
+\fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and
+\fIborder_width\fP.
+
+.NH 2
+Obtaining Window Information from a Widget
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Obtaining Window Information from a Widget\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The 
+Core
+widget class definition contains the screen and window ids.
+The \fIwindow\fP field may be NULL for a while
+(see Sections 2.5 and 2.6).
+.LP
+The display pointer, the parent widget, screen pointer,
+and window of a widget are available to the widget writer by means of macros 
+and to the application writer by means of functions.
+.LP
+.IN "XtDisplay" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Display *XtDisplay(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtDisplay
+returns the display pointer for the specified widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtParent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtParent(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+     Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtParent
+returns the parent object for the specified widget. The returned object
+will be of class Object or a subclass.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtScreen" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Screen *XtScreen(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtScreen
+returns the screen pointer for the specified widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtWindow" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Window XtWindow(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtWindow
+returns the window of the specified widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+The display pointer, screen pointer, and window of a widget or
+of the closest widget ancestor of a nonwidget object are available
+by means of
+.PN XtDisplayOfObject ,
+.PN XtScreenOfObject ,
+and
+.PN XtWindowOfObject .
+.IN "XtDisplayOfObject" "" "@DEF@"
+.sp
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Display *XtDisplayOfObject(\fIobject\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtDisplayOfObject
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtDisplay
+if the object is a widget; otherwise
+.PN XtDisplayOfObject
+returns the display
+pointer for the nearest ancestor of \fIobject\fP that is of class
+Widget or a subclass thereof.
+.LP
+.IN "XtScreenOfObject" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Screen *XtScreenOfObject(\fIobject\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtScreenOfObject
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtScreen
+if the object is a widget; otherwise
+.PN XtScreenOfObject
+returns the screen pointer
+for the nearest ancestor of \fIobject\fP that is of class
+Widget or a subclass thereof.
+.LP
+.IN "XtWindowOfObject" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Window XtWindowOfObject(\fIobject\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtWindowOfObject
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtWindow
+if the object is a widget; otherwise
+.PN XtWindowOfObject
+returns the window for the nearest ancestor of \fIobject\fP that is of class
+Widget or a subclass thereof.
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve the instance name of an object, use
+.PN XtName .
+.LP
+.IN "XtName" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+String XtName(\fIobject\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object whose name is desired.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtName
+returns a pointer to the instance name of the specified object.
+The storage is owned by the \*(xI and must not be modified.  The
+name is not qualified by the names of any of the object's ancestors.
+.LP
+Several window attributes are locally cached in the widget instance.
+Thus, they can be set by the resource manager and
+.PN XtSetValues 
+as well as used by routines that derive structures from these values
+(for example, \fIdepth\fP for deriving pixmaps,
+\fIbackground_pixel\fP for deriving GCs, and so on) or in the
+.PN XtCreateWindow
+call.
+.LP
+The \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and \fIborder_width\fP
+window attributes are available to
+geometry managers.
+These fields are maintained synchronously inside the \*(xI.
+When an
+.PN XConfigureWindow
+is issued by the \*(xI on the widget's window (on request of its parent),
+these values are updated immediately rather than some time later
+when the server generates a
+.PN ConfigureNotify
+event.
+(In fact, most widgets do not select
+.PN SubstructureNotify
+events.)
+This ensures that all geometry calculations are based on the internally
+consistent toolkit world rather than on either
+an inconsistent world updated by asynchronous
+.PN ConfigureNotify
+events or a consistent, but slow, world in which geometry managers
+ask the server
+for window sizes whenever they need to lay out their managed children
+(see Chapter 6).
+
+.NH 3
+Unrealizing Widgets
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Unrealizing Widgets\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To destroy the windows associated with a widget and its
+non-pop-up descendants, use
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUnrealizeWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUnrealizeWidget(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+If the widget is currently unrealized,
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget
+simply returns.  Otherwise it performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Unmanages the widget if the widget is managed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Makes a postorder (child-to-parent) traversal of the widget tree
+rooted at the specified widget and, for each widget that has
+declared a callback list resource named ``unrealizeCallback'', executes the
+procedures on the
+.IN XtNunrealizeCallback
+XtNunrealizeCallback
+list.
+.IN "unrealizeCallback" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \(bu 5
+Destroys the widget's window and any subwindows by calling
+.PN XDestroyWindow
+with the specified widget's \fIwindow\fP field.
+.LP
+Any events in the queue or which arrive following a call to
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget
+will be dispatched as if the window(s) of the
+unrealized widget(s) had never existed.
+
+.NH 2
+Destroying Widgets
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Destroying Widgets\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide support
+.IP \(bu 5
+To destroy all the pop-up children of the widget being destroyed
+and destroy all children of composite widgets.
+.IP \(bu 5
+To remove (and unmap) the widget from its parent.
+.IP \(bu 5
+To call the callback procedures that have been registered to trigger 
+when the widget is destroyed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+To minimize the number of things a widget has to deallocate when destroyed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+To minimize the number of
+.PN XDestroyWindow
+calls when destroying a widget tree.
+.sp
+.LP
+To destroy a widget instance, use
+.PN XtDestroyWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDestroyWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtDestroyWidget(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+function provides the only method of destroying a widget,
+including widgets that need to destroy themselves.
+It can be called at any time,
+including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed.
+This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling
+references to destroyed widgets.
+.LP
+In phase 1,
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the \fIbeing_destroyed\fP field of the widget is 
+.PN True ,
+it returns immediately.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Recursively descends the widget tree and
+sets the \fIbeing_destroyed\fP field to 
+.PN True 
+for the widget and all normal and pop-up children.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be
+destroyed when it is safe to do so.
+.LP
+Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that
+if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list, then w2 is not a descendent,
+either normal or pop-up, of w1.
+.LP
+Phase 2 occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of
+the current event have been called, including all procedures registered with
+the event and translation managers,
+that is, when the current invocation of
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+is about to return, or immediately if not in
+.PN XtDispatchEvent .
+.LP
+In phase 2,
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+performs the following on each entry in the destroy list in the order
+specified:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of 
+.PN composite\%WidgetClass ,
+and if the parent is not being destroyed, 
+it calls 
+.PN XtUnmanageChild 
+on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure
+(see Section 3.3).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget 
+and all normal and pop-up descendants in postorder (it calls child
+callbacks before parent callbacks).
+.LP
+The 
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+function then makes second traversal of the widget and all normal
+and pop-up descendants to perform the following three items on each
+widget in postorder:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of
+.PN constraint\%WidgetClass ,
+it calls the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+destroy procedure for the parent,
+then for the parent's superclass,
+until finally it calls the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+destroy procedure for
+.PN constraintWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+destroy procedure declared in the widget class,
+then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass,
+until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Object
+class record.  Callback lists are deallocated.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget class object class part contains an 
+.PN ObjectClassExtension
+record with the record_type
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+and the \fIdeallocate\fP field is not NULL,
+calls the deallocate procedure to deallocate the instance and if one
+exists, the constraint record.  Otherwise, the \*(xI will deallocate
+the widget instance record and if one exists, the constraint record.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XDestroyWindow
+if the specified widget is realized (that is, has an X window).
+The server recursively destroys all normal descendant windows.
+(Windows of realized pop-up Shell children, and their
+descendants, are destroyed by a shell class destroy procedure.)
+
+.NH 3
+Adding and Removing Destroy Callbacks
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Destroy Callbacks\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When an application needs to perform additional processing during the
+destruction of a widget,
+it should register a destroy callback procedure for the widget.
+The destroy callback procedures use the mechanism described in Chapter 8.
+.IN "Destroy Callbacks"
+The destroy callback list is identified by the resource name
+XtNdestroyCallback.
+.LP
+For example, the following adds an application-supplied destroy callback 
+procedure \fIClientDestroy\fP with client data to a widget by calling
+.PN XtAddCallback .
+.IN "XtAddCallback"
+.Ds
+XtAddCallback(\fIw\fP, XtNdestroyCallback, \fIClientDestroy\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.De
+.LP
+Similarly, the following removes the application-supplied destroy callback
+procedure \fIClientDestroy\fP by calling
+.PN XtRemoveCallback .
+.IN "XtRemoveCallback"
+.Ds
+XtRemoveCallback(\fIw\fP, XtNdestroyCallback, \fIClientDestroy\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.De
+.LP
+The \fIClientDestroy\fP argument is of type
+.PN XtCallbackProc ;
+see Section 8.1.
+
+.NH 3
+Dynamic Data Deallocation: The destroy Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Dynamic Data Deallocation: The destroy Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "destroy procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+The destroy procedure pointers in the
+.PN ObjectClassPart ,
+.PN RectObjClassPart ,
+and
+.PN CoreClassPart
+structures are of type
+.PN XtWidgetProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtWidgetProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(Widget);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget being destroyed.
+.LP
+.eM
+The destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order.
+Therefore, a widget's destroy procedure should deallocate only storage
+that is specific to the subclass and should ignore the storage
+allocated by any of its superclasses.
+The destroy procedure should deallocate only resources that have been
+explicitly created by the subclass.
+Any resource that was obtained from the resource database 
+or passed in an argument list was not created by the widget
+and therefore should not be destroyed by it.
+If a widget does not need to deallocate any storage,
+the destroy procedure entry in its class record can be NULL.
+.LP
+Deallocating storage includes, but is not limited to,
+the following steps:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XtFree
+on dynamic storage allocated with
+.PN XtMalloc ,
+.PN XtCalloc ,
+and so on.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XFreePixmap
+on pixmaps created with direct X calls.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XtReleaseGC
+on GCs allocated with
+.PN XtGetGC .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XFreeGC
+on GCs allocated with direct X calls.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler
+on event handlers added to other widgets.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XtRemoveTimeOut
+on timers created with
+.PN XtAppAddTimeOut .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calling
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+for each child if the widget has children
+and is not a subclass of 
+.PN compositeWidgetClass .
+.LP
+During destroy phase 2 for each widget, the \*(xI remove the widget
+from the modal cascade, unregister all event handlers, remove all key,
+keyboard, button, and pointer grabs and remove all callback procedures
+registered on the widget.  Any outstanding selection transfers will time out.
+
+.NH 3
+Dynamic Constraint Data Deallocation: The ConstraintClassPart destroy Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Dynamic Constraint Data Deallocation: The ConstraintClassPart destroy Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+The constraint destroy procedure identified in the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+structure is called for a widget whose parent is a subclass of
+.PN constraintWidgetClass .
+This constraint destroy procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtWidgetProc .
+The constraint destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order,
+starting at the class of the widget's parent and ending at
+.PN constraint\%WidgetClass .
+Therefore, a parent's constraint destroy procedure should deallocate only
+storage that is specific to the constraint subclass
+and not storage allocated by any of its superclasses.
+.LP
+If a parent does not need to deallocate any constraint storage,
+the constraint destroy procedure entry
+in its class record can be NULL.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Instance Deallocation: The deallocate Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Instance Deallocation: The deallocate Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "deallocate procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+The deallocate procedure pointer in the
+.PN ObjectClassExtension
+record is of type
+.PN XtDeallocateProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDeallocateProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtDeallocateProc)(Widget, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fImore_bytes\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget being destroyed.
+.IP \fImore_bytes\fP 1i
+Specifies the auxiliary memory received from the corresponding allocator
+along with the widget, or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+When a widget is destroyed, if an
+.PN ObjectClassExtension
+record exists in the object class part \fIextension\fP field
+with \fIrecord_type\fP
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+and the \fIdeallocate\fP field is not NULL, the
+.PN XtDeallocateProc
+will be called.
+If no ObjectClassPart extension record is declared with \fIrecord_type\fP
+equal to 
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 ,
+then 
+.PN XtInheritAllocate
+and 
+.PN XtInheritDeallocate
+are assumed.
+The responsibilities of the deallocate procedure are to deallocate the
+memory specified by \fImore_bytes\fP if it is not NULL,
+to deallocate the constraints record as specified by the
+widget's \fIcore.constraints\fP field if it is
+not NULL, and to deallocate the widget instance itself.
+.LP
+If no
+.PN XtDeallocateProc
+is found, it is assumed that the \*(xI
+originally allocated the memory and is responsible for freeing it.
+
+.NH 2
+Exiting from an Application
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Exiting from an Application\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All \*(tk applications should terminate
+by calling
+.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+and then exiting
+using the
+standard method for their operating system (typically, by calling
+.PN exit
+for POSIX-based systems).
+The quickest way to make the windows disappear while exiting is to call
+.PN XtUnmapWidget
+on each top-level shell widget.
+The \*(xI have no resources beyond those in the program image,
+and the X server will free its resources when its connection
+to the application is broken.
+.LP
+Depending upon the widget set in use, it may be necessary to explicitly
+destroy individual widgets or widget trees with
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+before calling
+.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+in order to ensure that any
+required widget cleanup is properly executed.  The application developer
+must refer to the widget documentation to learn if a widget needs to
+perform cleanup beyond that performed automatically by the
+operating system.  If the client is a session participant
+(see Section 4.2), then the client may wish to resign from the session
+before exiting.  See Section 4.2.4 for details.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH03 b/libXt/specs/CH03
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f96a79781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH03
@@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH03,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:44 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 3\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBComposite Widgets and Their Children\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 3
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 3 \(em Composite Widgets and Their Children
+.XE
+.IN "Composite widgets"
+Composite widgets (widgets whose class is a subclass of 
+.PN compositeWidgetClass )
+can have an arbitrary number of children.
+Consequently, they are responsible for much more than primitive widgets.
+Their responsibilities (either implemented directly by the widget class
+or indirectly by \*(xI functions) include:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Overall management of children from creation to destruction.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Destruction of descendants when the composite widget is destroyed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Physical arrangement (geometry management) of a displayable subset of
+children (that is, the managed children).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Mapping and unmapping of a subset of the managed children.
+.LP
+Overall management is handled by the generic procedures
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+and
+.PN XtDestroyWidget .
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+adds children to their parent by calling the parent's insert_child
+procedure.
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+removes children from their parent by calling the parent's delete_child
+procedure and ensures that all children of a destroyed composite widget
+also get destroyed.
+.LP
+Only a subset of the total number of children is actually managed by
+the geometry manager and hence possibly visible.
+For example, a composite editor widget
+supporting multiple editing buffers might allocate one child
+widget for each file buffer,
+but it might display only a small number of the existing buffers.
+Widgets that are in this displayable subset are called managed widgets
+and enter into geometry manager calculations.
+The other children are called unmanaged widgets
+and, by definition, are not mapped by the \*(xI.
+.LP
+Children are added to and removed from their parent's managed set by using
+.PN XtManageChild ,
+.PN XtManageChildren ,
+.PN XtUnmanageChild ,
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren ,
+and
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet ,
+which notify the parent to recalculate the physical layout of its children
+by calling the parent's change_managed procedure.
+The 
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget
+convenience function calls
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+and
+.PN XtManageChild
+on the result.
+.LP
+Most managed children are mapped,
+but some widgets can be in a state where they take up physical space
+but do not show anything.
+Managed widgets are not mapped automatically
+if their \fImap_when_managed\fP field is 
+.PN False .
+The default is 
+.PN True 
+and is changed by using
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged .
+.LP
+Each composite widget class declares a geometry manager,
+which is responsible for figuring out where the managed children
+should appear within the composite widget's window.
+Geometry management techniques fall into four classes:
+.IP "Fixed boxes" 1.6i
+Fixed boxes have a fixed number of children created by the parent.
+All these children are managed,
+and none ever makes geometry manager requests.
+.IP "Homogeneous boxes" 1.6i
+Homogeneous boxes treat all children equally and apply the same geometry
+constraints to each child.
+Many clients insert and delete widgets freely.
+.IP "Heterogeneous boxes" 1.6i
+Heterogeneous boxes have a specific location where each child is placed.
+This location usually is not specified in pixels,
+because the window may be resized, but is expressed rather
+in terms of the relationship between a child
+and the parent or between the child and other specific children.
+The class of heterogeneous boxes is usually a subclass of
+Constraint.
+.IP "Shell boxes" 1.6i
+Shell boxes typically have only one child,
+and the child's size is usually
+exactly the size of the shell.
+The geometry manager must communicate with the window manager, if it exists,
+and the box must also accept
+.PN ConfigureNotify
+events when the window size is changed by the window manager.
+
+.NH 2
+Addition of Children to a Composite Widget: The insert_child Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Addition of Children to a Composite Widget: The insert_child Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "insert_child procedure"
+To add a child to
+the parent's list of children, the
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+function calls the parent's class routine insert_child.
+The insert_child procedure pointer in a composite widget is of type
+.PN XtWidgetProc .
+.LP
+.IN "insert_child procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(Widget);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Passes the newly created child.
+.LP
+.eM
+Most composite widgets inherit their superclass's operation.
+The insert_child routine in
+.PN CompositeWidgetClass calls the insert_position procedure
+and inserts the child at the specified position
+in the \fIchildren\fP list, expanding it if necessary.
+.LP
+Some composite widgets define their own insert_child routine
+so that they can order their children in some convenient way,
+create companion controller widgets for a new widget,
+or limit the number or class of their child widgets.
+A composite widget class that wishes
+to allow nonwidget children (see Chapter 12) must specify a
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+extension record as described
+in Section 1.4.2.1 and set the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in this record to
+.PN True .
+If the
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+record is not specified or the
+\fIaccepts_objects\fP field is
+.PN False ,
+the composite widget can assume that all its children are of a subclass of Core
+without an explicit subclass test in the insert_child procedure.
+.LP
+If there is not enough room to insert a new child in the \fIchildren\fP array
+(that is, \fInum_children\fP is equal to \fInum_slots\fP),
+the insert_child procedure must first reallocate the array
+and update \fInum_slots\fP.
+The insert_child procedure then places the child at the appropriate position
+in the array and increments the \fInum_children\fP field.
+
+.NH 2
+Insertion Order of Children: The insert_position Procedure
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Insertion Order of Children: The insert_position Procedure\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Instances of composite widgets sometimes need to specify more about the order in which
+their children are kept.
+For example,
+an application may want a set of command buttons in some logical order
+grouped by function,
+and it may want buttons that represent file names to be kept
+in alphabetical order without constraining the order in which the
+buttons are created.
+.LP
+An application controls the presentation order of a set of children by
+supplying an
+.IN XtNinsertPosition
+XtNinsertPosition
+resource.
+The insert_position procedure pointer in a composite widget instance is of type
+.PN XtOrderProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOrderProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc)(Widget);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Passes the newly created widget.
+.LP
+.eM
+Composite widgets that allow clients to order their children (usually
+homogeneous boxes) can call their widget instance's insert_position
+procedure from the class's insert_child procedure to determine where a new
+child should go in its \fIchildren\fP array.
+Thus, a client using a composite class can apply different sorting criteria
+to widget instances of the class, passing in a different insert_position
+procedure resource when it creates each composite widget instance.
+.LP
+The return value of the insert_position procedure
+indicates how many children should go before the widget.
+Returning zero indicates that the widget should go before all other children,
+and returning \fInum_children\fP indicates that it should go after all other children.
+The default insert_position function returns \fInum_children\fP
+and can be overridden by a specific composite widget's resource list
+or by the argument list provided when the composite widget is created.
+
+.NH 2
+Deletion of Children: The delete_child Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Deletion of Children: The delete_child Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "delete_child procedure"
+.LP
+To remove the child from the parent's \fIchildren\fP list, the
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+function eventually causes a call to the Composite parent's class delete_child
+procedure.
+The delete_child procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtWidgetProc .
+.LP
+.IN "delete_child procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(Widget);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP
+Passes the child being deleted.
+.LP
+.eM
+Most widgets inherit the delete_child procedure from their superclass.
+Composite widgets that create companion widgets define their own
+delete_child procedure to remove these companion widgets.
+
+.NH 2
+Adding and Removing Children from the Managed Set
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Children from the Managed Set\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide a set of generic routines to permit the addition of
+widgets to or the removal of widgets from a composite widget's managed set.
+.IN "change_managed procedure"
+These generic routines eventually call the composite widget's change_managed
+procedure if the procedure pointer is non-NULL.
+The change_managed procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtWidgetProc .
+The widget argument specifies the composite widget whose managed child
+set has been modified.
+
+.NH 3
+Managing Children
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Managing Children\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To add a list of widgets to the geometry-managed (and hence displayable)
+subset of their Composite parent, use
+.PN XtManageChildren .
+.LP
+.IN "XtManageChildren" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Widget *WidgetList;
+.sp
+void XtManageChildren(\fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetList \fIchildren\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_children\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIchildren\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of child widgets.  Each child must be of class
+RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fInum_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of children in the list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtManageChildren
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or
+if the parent's class is not a subclass of 
+.PN compositeWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
+otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
+.PN XtManageChildren
+ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed,
+and marks it if not.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
+it makes some of the newly managed children viewable:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
+.IP \- 5
+Calls
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
+.IP \- 5
+Maps each previously unmanaged child that has \fImap_when_managed\fP 
+.PN True .
+.RE
+.LP
+Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and
+independent of creating and deleting children.
+The layout routine of the parent
+should consider children whose \fImanaged\fP field is
+.PN True 
+and should ignore all other children.
+Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call
+.PN XtManageChild
+from their insert_child procedure.
+.LP
+If the parent widget is realized,
+its change_managed procedure is called to notify it
+that its set of managed children has changed.
+The parent can reposition and resize any of its children.
+It moves each child as needed by calling 
+.PN XtMoveWidget ,
+which first updates the \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP fields and which then calls
+.PN XMoveWindow .
+.LP
+If the composite widget wishes to change the size or border width of any of
+its children, it calls 
+.PN XtResizeWidget ,
+which first updates the
+\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and \fIborder_width\fP
+fields and then calls
+.PN XConfigureWindow .
+Simultaneous repositioning and resizing may be done with
+.PN XtConfigureWidget ;
+see Section 6.6.
+.sp
+.LP
+To add a single child to its parent widget's set of managed children, use
+.PN XtManageChild .
+.LP
+.IN "XtManageChild" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtManageChild(\fIchild\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIchild\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIchild\fP 1i
+Specifies the child.  \*(rI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtManageChild
+function constructs a
+.PN WidgetList
+of length 1 and calls
+.PN XtManageChildren .
+.sp
+.LP
+To create and manage a child widget in a single procedure, use
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget
+or
+.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreateManagedWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \
+\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIparent\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget.  \*(rC
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.  Must be of class Composite or any
+subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget
+function is a convenience routine that calls
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+and
+.PN XtManageChild .
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaCreateManagedWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, ...)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIparent\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget.  \*(rC
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.  Must be of class Composite or any
+subclass thereof.
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced
+by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 3
+Unmanaging Children
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Unmanaging Children\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To remove a list of children from a parent widget's managed list, use
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUnmanageChildren" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUnmanageChildren(\fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetList \fIchildren\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_children\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIchildren\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of child widgets.  Each child must be of class
+RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fInum_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of children.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent
+or if the parent is not a subclass of 
+.PN compositeWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+For each unique child on the list, 
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+ignores the child if it is unmanaged; otherwise it performs the following:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Marks the child as unmanaged.
+.IP \- 5
+If the child is realized and the \fImap_when_managed\fP field is
+.PN True ,
+it is unmapped.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is realized and if any children have become unmanaged,
+calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
+.LP
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+does not destroy the child widgets.
+Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment,
+and some time later the client may manage the children again.
+To destroy widgets entirely,
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+should be called instead;
+see Section 2.9.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove a single child from its parent widget's managed set, use
+.PN XtUnmanageChild .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUnmanageChild" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUnmanageChild(\fIchild\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIchild\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIchild\fP 1i
+Specifies the child.  \*(rI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtUnmanageChild
+function constructs a widget list
+of length 1 and calls
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren .
+.LP
+These functions are low-level routines that are used by generic
+composite widget building routines.
+In addition, composite widgets can provide widget-specific,
+high-level convenience procedures.
+
+.NH 3
+Bundling Changes to the Managed Set
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Bundling Changes to the Managed Set\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+A client may simultaneously unmanage and manage children
+with a single call to the \*(xI.  In this same call the
+client may provide a callback procedure that can modify the
+geometries of one or more children.  The composite widget class
+defines whether this single client call results in separate invocations
+of the change_managed method, one to unmanage and the other to
+manage, or in just a single invocation.
+.\" .LP
+.\" The composite widget class specifies how its change_managed method
+.\" should be invoked by declaring a
+.\" .PN CompositeClassExtension
+.\" structure as described in section 1.4.2.1.  If the
+.\" \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field in the
+.\" .PN CompositeClassExtension
+.\" record is
+.\" .PN False ,
+.\" the change_managed method will be invoked twice; once before any
+.\" geometry changes are requested by the client callback and once
+.\" after.  If the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field is
+.\" .PN True ,
+.\" the change_managed method will be invoked just once after the
+.\" specified children have been marked as unmanaged or managed and
+.\" the client's callback has been invoked.
+.\" If no
+.\" .PN CompositeClassExtension
+.\" record is found in the extension field of the
+.\" composite class part with record type
+.\" .PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+.\" and version greater
+.\" than 1 and if
+.\" .PN XtInheritChangeManaged
+.\" was specified in the class record during class initialization, the
+.\" value of the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP
+.\" field will be inherited from the superclass.
+.LP
+To simultaneously remove from and add to the geometry-managed
+set of children of a composite parent, use
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet .
+.LP
+.IN "XtChangeManagedSet" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtChangeManagedSet(\fIunmanage_children\fP, \fInum_unmanage_children\fP,
+                                              \fIdo_change_proc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP,
+                                              \fImanage_children\fP, \fInum_manage_children\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetList \fIunmanage_children\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_unmanage_children\fP;
+.br
+      XtDoChangeProc \fIdo_change_proc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetList \fImanage_children\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_manage_children\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIunmanage_children\fP 1.8i
+Specifies the list of widget children to initially remove from the managed set.
+.IP \fInum_unmanage_children\fP 1.8i
+Specifies the number of entries in the \fIunmanage_children\fP list.
+.IP \fIdo_change_proc\fP 1.8i
+Specifies a procedure to invoke between unmanaging
+and managing the children, or NULL.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.8i
+Specifies client data to be passed to the do_change_proc.
+.IP \fImanage_children\fP 1.8i
+Specifies the list of widget children to finally add to the managed set.
+.IP \fInum_manage_children\fP 1.8i
+Specifies the number of entries in the \fImanage_children\fP list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if \fInum_unmanage_children\fP and
+\fInum_manage_children\fP are both 0.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Issues a warning and returns if the widgets specified in the
+\fImanage_children\fP and
+the \fIunmanage_children\fP lists do not all have the same parent or if
+that parent is not a subclass of
+.PN compositeWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If \fIdo_change_proc\fP is not NULL and the parent's
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+\fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field is
+.PN False ,
+then
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet
+performs the following:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Calls
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+(\fIunmanage_children\fP, \fInum_unmanage_children\fP).
+.IP \- 5
+Calls the \fIdo_change_proc\fP.
+.IP \- 5
+Calls
+.PN XtManageChildren
+(\fImanage_children\fP, \fInum_manage_children\fP).
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 5
+Otherwise, the following is performed:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+For each child on the \fIunmanage_children\fP list; if the child is
+already unmanaged it is ignored, otherwise it is marked as unmanaged,
+and if it is realized and its \fImap_when_managed\fP field is
+.PN True ,
+it is unmapped.
+.IP \- 5
+If \fIdo_change_proc\fP is non-NULL, the procedure is invoked.
+.IP \- 5
+For each child on the \fImanage_children\fP list; if the child is already
+managed or is being destroyed, it is ignored; otherwise it is 
+marked as managed.
+.IP \- 5
+If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
+the change_managed method of the parent is invoked, and subsequently 
+some of the newly managed children are made viewable by calling
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized and
+mapping each previously unmanaged child that has \fImap_when_managed\fP
+.PN True .
+.RE
+.LP
+If no
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+record is found in the parent's composite class part \fIextension\fP field
+with record type
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+and version greater than 1, and if
+.PN XtInheritChangeManaged
+was specified in the parent's class record during class initialization,
+the value of the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP
+field is inherited from the superclass.  The value inherited from
+.PN compositeWidgetClass
+for the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field is
+.PN False .
+.LP
+It is not an error to include a child in both the \fIunmanage_children\fP
+and the \fImanage_children\fP lists.  The effect of such a call is that
+the child remains managed following the call, but the \fIdo_change_proc\fP is
+able to affect the child while it is in an unmanaged state.
+.sp
+.LP
+The \fIdo_change_proc\fP is of type
+.PN XtDoChangeProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDoChangeProc" "" "@DEF"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtDoChangeProc)(Widget, WidgetList, Cardinal*, WidgetList, Cardinal*, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIcomposite_parent\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetList \fIunmange_children\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_unmanage_children\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetList \fImanage_children\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_manage_children\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIcomposite_parent\fP 1.8i
+Passes the composite parent whose managed set is being altered.
+.IP \fIunmanage_children\fP 1.8i
+Passes the list of children just removed from the managed set.
+.IP \fInum_unmanage_children\fP 1.8i
+Passes the number of entries in the \fIunmanage_children\fP list.
+.IP \fImanage_children\fP 1.8i
+Passes the list of children about to be added to the managed set.
+.IP \fInum_manage_children\fP 1.8i
+Passes the number of entries in the \fImanage_children\fP list.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.8i
+Passes the client data passed to
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet .
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure is used by the caller of
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet
+to make changes to one or more children at the point when the
+managed set contains the fewest entries.  These changes may
+involve geometry requests, and in this case the caller of
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet
+may take advantage of the fact that the \*(xI internally grant
+geometry requests made by unmanaged children without invoking
+the parent's geometry manager.  To achieve this advantage, if
+the \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure
+changes the geometry of a child or of a descendant of a child, then
+that child should be included in the \fIunmanage_children\fP and
+\fImanage_children\fP lists.
+
+.NH 3
+Determining if a Widget Is Managed
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Determining if a Widget Is Managed\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To determine the managed state of a given child widget, use
+.PN XtIsManaged .
+.LP
+.IN "XtIsManaged" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtIsManaged(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+       Widget \fIw\fP\^;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtIsManaged
+function returns
+.PN True
+if the specified widget is of class RectObj or any subclass thereof
+and is managed, or
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+
+.NH 2
+Controlling When Widgets Get Mapped
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Controlling When Widgets Get Mapped\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+A widget is normally mapped if it is managed.
+However,
+this behavior can be overridden by setting the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource
+for the widget when it is created
+or by setting the \fImap_when_managed\fP field to 
+.PN False .
+.sp
+.LP
+To change the value of a given widget's \fImap_when_managed\fP field, use
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetMappedWhenManaged" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(\fIw\fP, \fImap_when_managed\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fImap_when_managed\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.IP \fImap_when_managed\fP 1i
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value
+that is stored into the widget's \fImap_when_managed\fP 
+field.
+.LP
+.eM
+If the widget is realized and managed,
+and if \fImap_when_managed\fP is 
+.PN True ,
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+maps the window.
+If the widget is realized and managed,
+and if \fImap_when_managed\fP is 
+.PN False ,
+it unmaps the window.
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than)
+calling
+.PN XtSetValues
+and setting the new value for the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource
+then mapping the widget as appropriate.
+As an alternative to using
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+to control mapping,
+a client may set \fImapped_when_managed\fP to
+.PN False
+and use
+.PN XtMapWidget
+and
+.PN XtUnmapWidget
+explicitly.
+.sp
+.LP
+To map a widget explicitly, use
+.PN XtMapWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtMapWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtMapWidget(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+     Widget \fIw\fP\^;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+To unmap a widget explicitly, use
+.PN XtUnmapWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUnmapWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtUnmapWidget(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+     Widget \fIw\fP\^;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+
+.NH 2
+Constrained Composite Widgets
+.XS
+\*(SN Constrained Composite Widgets
+.XE
+.LP
+The Constraint 
+widget class is a subclass of
+.PN compositeWidgetClass .
+The name is derived from the fact that constraint widgets
+may manage the geometry 
+of their children based on constraints associated with each child.
+These constraints can be as simple as the maximum width and height 
+the parent will allow the child to occupy or can be as complicated as
+how other children should change if this child is moved or resized.
+Constraint
+widgets let a parent define constraints as resources that are supplied for their children.
+For example, if the
+Constraint
+parent defines the maximum sizes for its children,
+these new size resources are retrieved for each child as if they were
+resources that were defined by the child widget's class.
+Accordingly,
+constraint resources may be included in the argument list or resource file just
+like any other resource for the child.
+.LP
+Constraint 
+widgets have all the responsibilities of normal composite widgets
+and, in addition, must process and act upon the constraint information
+associated with each of their children.
+.LP
+To make it easy for widgets and the \*(xI to keep track of the
+constraints associated with a child, 
+every widget has a \fIconstraints\fP field,
+which is the address of a parent-specific structure that contains
+constraint information about the child.
+If a child's parent does not belong to a subclass of
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+then the child's \fIconstraints\fP field is NULL.
+.LP
+Subclasses of
+Constraint 
+can add constraint data to the constraint record defined by their superclass.
+To allow this, widget writers should define the constraint
+records in their private .h file by using the same conventions as used for
+widget records.
+For example, a widget class that needs to maintain a maximum
+width and height for each child might define its constraint record as
+follows:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	Dimension max_width, max_height;
+} MaxConstraintPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+	MaxConstraintPart max;
+} MaxConstraintRecord, *MaxConstraint;
+.De
+.LP
+A subclass of this widget class that also needs to maintain a minimum size would
+define its constraint record as follows:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	Dimension min_width, min_height;
+} MinConstraintPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+	MaxConstraintPart max;
+	MinConstraintPart min;
+} MaxMinConstraintRecord, *MaxMinConstraint;
+.De
+.LP
+Constraints are allocated, initialized, deallocated, and otherwise maintained
+insofar as possible by the \*(xI.
+The Constraint class record part has several entries that facilitate this.
+All entries in
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+are fields and procedures that are defined and implemented by the parent,
+but they are called whenever actions are performed on the parent's children.
+.LP
+The
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+function uses the \fIconstraint_size\fP field in the parent's class record
+to allocate a constraint record when a child is created.
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+also uses the constraint resources to fill in resource fields in the
+constraint record associated with a child.
+It then calls the constraint initialize procedure so that the parent
+can compute constraint fields that are derived from constraint resources
+and can possibly move or resize the child to conform to the given constraints.
+.LP
+When the
+.PN XtGetValues
+and
+.PN XtSetValues
+functions are executed
+on a child, they use the constraint resources to get the values or
+set the values of constraints associated with that child.
+.PN XtSetValues
+then calls the constraint set_values procedures so that the parent can
+recompute derived constraint fields and move or resize the child
+as appropriate.
+If a
+Constraint
+widget class or any of its superclasses have declared a
+.PN ConstraintClassExtension
+record in the
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+\fIextension\fP
+fields with a record type of
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+and the \fIget_values_hook\fP field in
+.IN "get_values_hook procedure"
+.IN "Constraint" "get_values_hook"
+the extension record is non-NULL,
+.PN XtGetValues
+calls the get_values_hook
+procedure(s) to allow the parent to return derived constraint fields.
+.LP
+The
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+function calls the constraint destroy procedure to deallocate any
+dynamic storage associated with a constraint record.
+The constraint record itself must not be deallocated by the constraint
+destroy procedure;
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+does this automatically.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH04 b/libXt/specs/CH04
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0291aa333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH04
@@ -0,0 +1,1998 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH04,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:44 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 4\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBShell Widgets\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 4
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 4 \(em Shell Widgets
+.XE
+.IN "Shell" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+Shell widgets hold an application's top-level widgets to allow them to
+communicate with the window manager and session manager.
+Shells have been designed to be as nearly invisible as possible.
+Clients have to create them,
+but they should never have to worry about their sizes.
+.LP
+If a shell widget is resized from the outside (typically by a window manager),
+the shell widget also resizes its managed child widget automatically.
+Similarly, if the shell's child widget needs to change size,
+it can make a geometry request to the shell,
+and the shell negotiates the size change with the outer environment.
+Clients should never attempt to change the size of their shells directly.
+.LP
+The five types of public shells are:
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(4.25i).
+T{
+.PN OverrideShell
+T}	T{
+Used for shell windows that completely bypass the window manager
+(for example, pop-up menu shells).
+T}
+.sp
+T{
+.PN TransientShell
+T}	T{
+Used for shell windows that have the
+.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1
+property set. The effect of this property is dependent upon the
+window manager being used.
+T}
+.sp
+T{
+.PN TopLevelShell
+T}	T{
+Used for normal top-level windows
+(for example, any additional top-level widgets an application needs).
+T}
+.sp
+T{
+.PN ApplicationShell
+T}	T{
+Formerly used for the single main top-level window that
+the window manager identifies as an application instance and
+made obsolete by SessionShell.
+T}
+.IN "ApplicationShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.sp
+T{
+.PN SessionShell
+T}	T{
+Used for the single main top-level window that
+the window manager identifies as an application instance and
+that interacts with the session manager.
+T}
+.IN "SessionShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.TE
+
+.NH 2
+Shell Widget Definitions
+.XS
+\*(SN Shell Widget Definitions
+.XE
+.LP
+Widgets negotiate their size and position with their parent widget, 
+that is, the widget that directly contains them.
+Widgets at the top of the hierarchy do not have parent widgets. 
+Instead, they must deal with the outside world.
+To provide for this, 
+each top-level widget is encapsulated in a special widget, called a
+shell widget.
+.LP
+Shell
+widgets, whose class is a subclass of the 
+Composite class,
+encapsulate other widgets and can allow a widget to avoid the
+geometry clipping imposed by the parent-child window relationship.
+They also can provide a layer of communication with the window manager.
+.LP
+The eight different types of shells are:
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(4.5i).
+T{
+.PN Shell
+T}	T{
+The base class for shell widgets; provides the
+fields needed for all types of shells.
+Shell
+is a direct subclass of
+.PN compositeWidgetClass .
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN OverrideShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of Shell; used for shell windows that completely
+bypass the window manager.
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN WMShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of Shell; contains fields needed by the
+common window manager protocol.
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN VendorShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of WMShell; contains fields used by
+vendor-specific window managers.
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN TransientShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of VendorShell; used for shell windows that
+desire the
+.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1
+property.
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN TopLevelShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of VendorShell; used for normal top-level windows.
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN ApplicationShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of TopLevelShell; may be used for an application's additional
+root windows.
+T}
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN SessionShell
+T}	T{
+A subclass of ApplicationShell; used for an application's
+main root window.
+T}
+.TE
+.LP
+Note that the classes
+Shell,
+WMShell,
+and
+VendorShell
+are internal and should not be instantiated or subclassed.
+Only
+OverrrideShell,
+TransientShell,
+TopLevelShell,
+ApplicationShell,
+and 
+SessionShell
+are intended for public use.
+
+.NH 3
+ShellClassPart Definitions
+.XS
+\*(SN ShellClassPart Definitions
+.XE
+.LP
+Only the
+Shell
+class has additional class fields, which are all contained in the
+.PN ShellClassExtensionRec .
+None of the other Shell classes have any additional class fields:
+.LP
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+        XtPointer extension;
+} ShellClassPart, OverrideShellClassPart,
+WMShellClassPart, VendorShellClassPart, TransientShellClassPart,
+TopLevelShellClassPart, ApplicationShellClassPart, SessionShellClassPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+The full Shell class record definitions are:
+.IN "ShellClassExtension" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "ShellClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _ShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+} ShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	XtPointer	next_extension;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XrmQuark	record_type;	See Section 1.6.12
+	long	version;	See Section 1.6.12
+	Cardinal	record_size;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XtGeometryHandler	root_geometry_manager;	See below
+} ShellClassExtensionRec, *ShellClassExtension;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	OverrideShellClassPart	override_shell_class;
+} OverrideShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _WMShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	WMShellClassPart	wm_shell_class;
+} WMShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	WMShellClassPart	wm_shell_class;
+	VendorShellClassPart	vendor_shell_class;
+} VendorShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	WMShellClassPart	wm_shell_class;
+	VendorShellClassPart	vendor_shell_class;
+	TransientShellClassPart	transient_shell_class;
+} TransientShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	WMShellClassPart	wm_shell_class;
+	VendorShellClassPart	vendor_shell_class;
+	TopLevelShellClassPart	top_level_shell_class;
+} TopLevelShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	WMShellClassPart	wm_shell_class;
+	VendorShellClassPart	vendor_shell_class;
+	TopLevelShellClassPart	top_level_shell_class;
+	ApplicationShellClassPart	application_shell_class;
+} ApplicationShellClassRec;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec {
+	CoreClassPart	core_class;
+	CompositeClassPart	composite_class;
+	ShellClassPart	shell_class;
+	WMShellClassPart	wm_shell_class;
+	VendorShellClassPart	vendor_shell_class;
+	TopLevelShellClassPart	top_level_shell_class;
+	ApplicationShellClassPart	application_shell_class;
+	SessionShellClassPart	session_shell_class;
+} SessionShellClassRec;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+.KS
+The single occurrences of the class records and pointers for creating
+instances of shells are:
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+extern ShellClassRec shellClassRec;
+extern OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec;
+extern WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec;
+extern VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec;
+extern TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec;
+extern TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec;
+extern ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec;
+extern SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec;
+.sp
+extern WidgetClass shellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+.KS
+The following opaque types and opaque variables are defined
+for generic operations on widgets whose class is a subclass of
+Shell.
+.TS
+lw(2.75i) lw(2.75i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Types	Variables
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN ShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN shellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN OverrideShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN overrideShellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN WMShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN wmShellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN VendorShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN vendorShellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN TransientShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN transientShellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN TopLevelShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN topLevelShellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN ApplicationShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN applicationShellWidgetClass
+T}
+T{
+.PN SessionShellWidget
+T}	T{
+.PN sessionShellWidgetClass
+T}
+.PN ShellWidgetClass
+.PN OverrideShellWidgetClass
+.PN WMShellWidgetClass
+.PN VendorShellWidgetClass
+.PN TransientShellWidgetClass
+.PN TopLevelShellWidgetClass
+.PN ApplicationShellWidgetClass
+.PN SessionShellWidgetClass
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.KE
+.LP
+The declarations for all Intrinsics-defined shells except
+VendorShell appear in
+.PN Shell.h
+and
+.PN ShellP.h .
+VendorShell has separate public and private .h files which are included by
+.PN Shell.h
+and
+.PN ShellP.h .
+.LP
+.PN Shell.h
+uses incomplete structure definitions to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data in any of the Shell
+instance or class data structures.
+.LP
+The symbolic constant for the
+.PN ShellClassExtension
+version identifier is
+.PN XtShellExtensionVersion
+(see Section 1.6.12).
+.IN "XtShellExtensionVersion" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.IN "Shell" "root_geometry_manager"
+.IN "root_geometry_manager procedure"
+The root_geometry_manager procedure acts as
+the parent geometry manager for geometry requests made by shell
+widgets.  When a shell widget calls either
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+or
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest ,
+the root_geometry_manager procedure is invoked to
+negotiate the new geometry with the window manager.  If the window
+manager permits the new geometry, the root_geometry_manager
+procedure should
+return
+.PN XtGeometryYes ;
+if the window manager denies the geometry
+request or does not change the window geometry within some timeout
+interval (equal to \fIwm_timeout\fP in the case of WMShells), the
+.IN "Shell" "wm_timeout" "@DEF@"
+.IN "wm_timeout" "" "@DEF@"
+root_geometry_manager procedure should return
+.PN XtGeometryNo .
+If the window manager makes some alternative geometry change, the
+root_geometry_manager procedure may return either
+.PN XtGeometryNo
+and handle the new geometry as a resize or
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+in anticipation that the shell will accept the compromise.  If the
+compromise is not accepted, the new size must then be handled as a
+resize.  Subclasses of
+Shell
+that wish to provide their own
+root_geometry_manager procedures are strongly encouraged to use enveloping to
+invoke their superclass's root_geometry_manager procedure under most
+situations, as the window manager interaction may be very complex.
+.LP
+If no
+.PN ShellClassPart
+extension record is declared with \fIrecord_type\fP
+equal to
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 ,
+then
+.PN XtInheritRootGeometryManager
+is assumed.
+
+.NH 3
+ShellPart Definition
+.XS
+\*(SN ShellPart Definition
+.XE
+.LP
+The various shell widgets have the following additional instance
+fields defined in
+their widget records:
+.LP
+.IN "ShellPart" "" "@DEF@"
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	String	geometry;
+	XtCreatePopupChildProc	create_popup_child_proc;
+	XtGrabKind	grab_kind;
+	Boolean	spring_loaded;
+	Boolean	popped_up;
+	Boolean	allow_shell_resize;
+	Boolean	client_specified;
+	Boolean	save_under;
+	Boolean	override_redirect;
+	XtCallbackList	popup_callback;
+	XtCallbackList	popdown_callback;
+	Visual *	visual;
+} ShellPart;
+.De
+.KE
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	int	empty;
+} OverrideShellPart;
+.De
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 1i 1.5i 2.5i
+.ta .5i 1i 1.5i 2.5i
+typedef struct {
+	String			title;
+	int			wm_timeout;
+	Boolean			wait_for_wm;
+	Boolean			transient;
+	Boolean			urgency;
+	Widget			client_leader;
+	String			window_role;
+	struct _OldXSizeHints {
+		long		flags;
+		int		 x, y;
+		int		width, height;
+		int		min_width, min_height;
+		int		max_width, max_height;
+		int		width_inc, height_inc;
+		struct {
+			int	x;
+			int	y;
+		} min_aspect, max_aspect;
+	} size_hints;
+	XWMHints			wm_hints;
+	int			base_width, base_height, win_gravity;
+	Atom			title_encoding;
+} WMShellPart;
+.De
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	int	vendor_specific;
+} VendorShellPart;
+.De
+.KE
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	Widget	transient_for;
+} TransientShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+	String	icon_name;
+	Boolean	iconic;
+	Atom	icon_name_encoding;
+} TopLevelShellPart;
+.De
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	char *	class;
+	XrmClass	xrm_class;
+	int	argc;
+	char **	argv;
+} ApplicationShellPart;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	SmcConn	connection;
+	String	session_id;
+	String *	restart_command;
+	String *	clone_command;
+	String *	discard_command;
+	String *	resign_command;
+	String *	shutdown_command;
+	String *	environment;
+	String	current_dir;
+	String	program_path;
+	unsigned char	restart_style;
+	Boolean	join_session;
+	XtCallbackList	save_callbacks;
+	XtCallbackList	interact_callbacks;
+	XtCallbackList	cancel_callbacks;
+	XtCallbackList	save_complete_callbacks;
+	XtCallbackList	die_callbacks;
+	XtCallbackList	error_callbacks;
+} SessionShellPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+.KS
+The full shell widget instance record definitions are:
+.LP
+.IN "ShellWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+} ShellRec, *ShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	OverrideShellPart	override;
+} OverrideShellRec, *OverrideShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	WMShellPart	wm;
+} WMShellRec, *WMShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	WMShellPart	wm;
+	VendorShellPart	vendor;
+} VendorShellRec, *VendorShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	WMShellPart	wm;
+	VendorShellPart	vendor;
+	TransientShellPart	transient;
+} TransientShellRec, *TransientShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	WMShellPart	wm;
+	VendorShellPart	vendor;
+	TopLevelShellPart	topLevel;
+} TopLevelShellRec, *TopLevelShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.IN "ApplicationShellWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+typedef  struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	WMShellPart	wm;
+	VendorShellPart	vendor;
+	TopLevelShellPart	topLevel;
+	ApplicationShellPart	application;
+} ApplicationShellRec, *ApplicationShellWidget;
+.De
+.KE
+.KS
+.IN "SessionShellWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i
+typedef  struct {
+	CorePart	core;
+	CompositePart	composite;
+	ShellPart	shell;
+	WMShellPart	wm;
+	VendorShellPart	vendor;
+	TopLevelShellPart	topLevel;
+	ApplicationShellPart	application;
+	SessionShellPart	session;
+} SessionShellRec, *SessionShellWidget;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+
+.NH 3
+Shell Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Shell Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "ShellWidget" "Resources"
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in
+the
+.PN shellClassRec
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNallowShellResize	XtCAllowShellResize	XtRBoolean
+XtNcreatePopupChildProc	XtCCreatePopupChildProc	XtRFunction
+XtNgeometry	XtCGeometry	XtRString
+XtNoverrideRedirect	XtCOverrideRedirect	XtRBoolean
+XtNpopdownCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNpopupCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNsaveUnder	XtCSaveUnder	XtRBoolean
+XtNvisual	XtCVisual	XtRVisual
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+OverrideShell
+declares no additional resources beyond those defined by
+Shell.
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in
+the
+.PN wmShellClassRec
+.IN "WMShell" "resources"
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(2.1i) lw(2.1i) lw(1.2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNbaseHeight	XtCBaseHeight	XtRInt
+XtNbaseWidth	XtCBaseWidth	XtRInt
+XtNclientLeader	XtCClientLeader	XtRWidget
+XtNheightInc	XtCHeightInc	XtRInt
+XtNiconMask	XtCIconMask	XtRBitmap
+XtNiconPixmap	XtCIconPixmap	XtRBitmap
+XtNiconWindow	XtCIconWindow	XtRWindow
+XtNiconX	XtCIconX	XtRInt
+XtNiconY	XtCIconY	XtRInt
+XtNinitialState	XtCInitialState	XtRInitialState
+XtNinput	XtCInput	XtRBool
+XtNmaxAspectX	XtCMaxAspectX	XtRInt
+XtNmaxAspectY	XtCMaxAspectY	XtRInt
+XtNmaxHeight	XtCMaxHeight	XtRInt
+XtNmaxWidth	XtCMaxWidth	XtRInt
+XtNminAspectX	XtCMinAspectX	XtRInt
+XtNminAspectY	XtCMinAspectY	XtRInt
+XtNminHeight	XtCMinHeight	XtRInt
+XtNminWidth	XtCMinWidth	XtRInt
+XtNtitle	XtCTitle	XtRString
+XtNtitleEncoding	XtCTitleEncoding	XtRAtom
+XtNtransient	XtCTransient	XtRBoolean
+XtNwaitforwm, XtNwaitForWm	XtCWaitforwm, XtCWaitForWm	XtRBoolean
+XtNwidthInc	XtCWidthInc	XtRInt
+XtNwindowRole	XtCWindowRole	XtRString
+XtNwinGravity	XtCWinGravity	XtRGravity
+XtNwindowGroup	XtCWindowGroup	XtRWindow
+XtNwmTimeout	XtCWmTimeout	XtRInt
+XtNurgency	XtCUrgency	XtRBoolean
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The class resource list for
+VendorShell
+is implementation-defined.
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+.PN transient\%ShellClassRec
+.IN "TransientShell" "resources"
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNtransientFor	XtCTransientFor	XtRWidget
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+.PN topLevelShellClassRec
+.IN "TopLevelShell" "resources"
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNiconName	XtCIconName	XtRString
+XtNiconNameEncoding	XtCIconNameEncoding	XtRAtom
+XtNiconic	XtCIconic	XtRBoolean
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+.PN application\%ShellClassRec
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNargc	XtCArgc	XtRInt
+XtNargv	XtCArgv	XtRStringArray
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+.KS
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified
+in the
+.PN sessionShellClassRec
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+XtNcancelCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNcloneCommand	XtCCloneCommand	XtRCommandArgArray
+XtNconnection	XtCConnection	XtRSmcConn
+XtNcurrentDirectory	XtCCurrentDirectory	XtRDirectoryString
+XtNdieCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNdiscardCommand	XtCDiscardCommand	XtRCommandArgArray
+XtNenvironment	XtCEnvironment	XtREnvironmentArray
+XtNerrorCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNinteractCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNjoinSession	XtCJoinSession	XtRBoolean
+XtNprogramPath	XtCProgramPath	XtRString
+XtNresignCommand	XtCResignCommand	XtRCommandArgArray
+XtNrestartCommand	XtCRestartCommand	XtRCommandArgArray
+XtNrestartStyle	XtCRestartStyle	XtRRestartStyle
+XtNsaveCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNsaveCompleteCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNsessionID	XtCSessionID	XtRString
+XtNshutdownCommand	XtCShutdownCommand	XtRCommandArgArray
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.KE
+.NH 3
+ShellPart Default Values
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN ShellPart Default Values\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The default values for fields common to all classes of public shells
+(filled in by the 
+Shell
+resource lists and the 
+Shell 
+initialize procedures) are:
+.TS
+lw(1.75i) lw(3i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+geometry	NULL
+create_popup_child_proc	NULL
+grab_kind	(none)
+spring_loaded	(none)
+popped_up	T{
+.PN False
+T}
+allow_shell_resize	T{
+.PN False
+T}
+client_specified	(internal)
+save_under	T{
+.PN True 
+for
+OverrideShell 
+and
+TransientShell,
+.PN False 
+otherwise
+T}
+override_redirect	T{
+.PN True 
+for
+OverrideShell,
+.PN False 
+otherwise
+T}
+popup_callback	NULL
+popdown_callback	NULL
+visual	T{
+.PN CopyFromParent
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The \fIgeometry\fP field specifies the size and position
+and is usually given only on a command line or in a defaults file.
+If the \fIgeometry\fP field is non-NULL when
+a widget of class WMShell
+is realized, the geometry specification is parsed using
+.PN XWMGeometry
+with a default geometry
+string constructed from the values of \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP,
+\fIheight\fP, \fIwidth_inc\fP,
+and \fIheight_inc\fP and the size and position flags in the window manager
+size hints are set.  If the geometry specifies an x or y position,
+then
+.PN USPosition
+is set.  If the geometry specifies a width or height, then
+.PN USSize
+is set.  Any fields in the geometry specification
+override the corresponding values in the
+Core \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP fields.
+If \fIgeometry\fP is NULL or contains only a partial specification, then the
+Core \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP fields are used and
+.PN PPosition
+and
+.PN PSize
+are set as appropriate.
+The geometry string is not copied by any of the \*(xI
+Shell classes; a client specifying the string in an arglist
+or varargs list must ensure
+that the value remains valid until the shell widget is realized.
+For further information on the geometry string, see Section 16.4
+in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+The \fIcreate_popup_child_proc\fP procedure is called by the
+.PN XtPopup
+procedure and may remain NULL.
+The \fIgrab_kind\fP, \fIspring_loaded\fP,
+and \fIpopped_up\fP fields maintain widget
+state information as described under
+.PN XtPopup ,
+.PN XtMenuPopup ,
+.PN XtPopdown ,
+and
+.PN XtMenuPopdown .
+.IN "allowShellResize" "" "@DEF@"
+The \fIallow_shell_resize\fP field controls whether the widget contained
+by the shell is allowed to try to resize itself.
+If allow_shell_resize is 
+.PN False , 
+any geometry requests made by the child will always return
+.PN XtGeometryNo
+without interacting with the window manager.
+Setting \fIsave_under\fP
+.PN True
+instructs the server to attempt
+to save the contents of windows obscured by the shell when it is mapped
+and to restore those contents automatically when the shell is unmapped.
+It is useful for pop-up menus.
+Setting \fIoverride_redirect\fP
+.PN True
+determines
+whether the window manager can intercede when the shell window
+is mapped.
+For further information on override_redirect,
+see Section 3.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP and Sections 4.1.10 and 4.2.2 in the
+\fI\*(xC\fP.
+The pop-up and pop-down callbacks are called during
+.PN XtPopup
+and
+.PN XtPopdown .
+The default value of the \fIvisual\fP resource is the symbolic value
+.PN CopyFromParent .
+The \*(xI do not need to query the parent's visual type when the
+default value is used; if a client using
+.PN XtGetValues
+to examine the visual type receives the value
+.PN CopyFromParent ,
+it must then use
+.PN XGetWindowAttributes
+if it needs the actual visual type.
+
+.LP
+The default values for Shell fields in
+WMShell
+and its subclasses are:
+.LP
+.IN "XtUnspecifiedShellInt" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtUnspecifiedWindow"
+.TS
+lw(1i) lw(4i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+title	T{
+Icon name, if specified, otherwise the application's name
+T}
+wm_timeout	Five seconds, in units of milliseconds
+wait_for_wm	T{
+.PN True
+T}
+transient	T{
+.PN True 
+for
+TransientShell,
+.PN False 
+otherwise
+T}
+urgency	T{
+.PN False
+T}
+client_leader	NULL
+window_role	NULL
+min_width	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+min_height	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+max_width	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+max_height	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+width_inc	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+height_inc	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+min_aspect_x	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+min_aspect_y	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+max_aspect_x	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+max_aspect_y	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+input	T{
+.PN False
+T}
+initial_state	Normal
+icon_pixmap	None
+icon_window	None
+icon_x	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+icon_y	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+icon_mask	None
+window_group	\fBXtUnspecifiedWindow\fP
+base_width	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+base_height	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+win_gravity	\fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP
+title_encoding	See text
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The \fItitle\fP and
+\fItitle_encoding\fP fields are stored in the
+.PN \s-1WM_NAME\s+1
+property on the shell's window by the WMShell realize procedure.
+If the \fItitle_encoding\fP field is
+.PN None ,
+the \fItitle\fP string is assumed to be in the encoding of the current
+locale and the encoding of the
+.PN \s-1WM_NAME\s+1
+property is set to
+.PN XStdICCTextStyle .
+If a language procedure has not been set
+the default value of \fItitle_encoding\fP is
+\fB\s-1XA_STRING\s+1\fP, otherwise the default value is
+.PN None .
+The \fIwm_timeout\fP field specifies, in milliseconds,
+the amount of time a shell is to wait for
+confirmation of a geometry request to the window manager.
+If none comes back within that time,
+the shell assumes the window manager is not functioning properly
+and sets \fIwait_for_wm\fP to
+.PN False 
+(later events may reset this value).
+When \fIwait_for_wm\fP is 
+.PN False ,
+the shell does not wait for a response, but relies on asynchronous 
+notification.
+If \fItransient\fP is
+.PN True ,
+the
+.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1
+property
+will be stored on the shell window with a value as specified below.
+The interpretation of this property is specific to the window manager
+under which the application is run; see the \fI\*(xC\fP for more details.
+.LP
+The realize and set_values procedures of WMShell store the 
+.PN \s-1WM_CLIENT_LEADER\s+1
+property on the shell window.
+When \fIclient_leader\fP is not NULL and the client leader widget is
+realized, the property will be created with the value of the window of the
+client leader widget.
+When \fIclient_leader\fP is NULL and the shell widget has a NULL parent,
+the widget's window is used as the value of the
+property.
+When \fIclient_leader\fP is NULL and the shell widget has a non-NULL parent,
+a search is made for the closest shell ancestor
+with a non-NULL \fIclient_leader\fP,
+and if none is found the shell ancestor with a NULL parent is the result.
+If the resulting widget is realized, the property is created 
+with the value of the widget's window.
+.LP
+When the value of \fIwindow_role\fP is not NULL, the
+realize and set_values procedures store the
+.PN \s-1WM_WINDOW_ROLE\s+1
+property on the shell's window with the value of the resource.
+.LP
+All other resources specify fields in the window manager hints
+and the window manager size hints.
+The realize and set_values procedures of
+WMShell
+set the corresponding flag bits in the
+hints if any of the fields contain nondefault values.  In addition, if
+a flag bit is set that refers to a field with the value
+.PN XtUnspecifiedShellInt ,
+the value of the field is modified as follows:
+.br
+.sp
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(3i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Replacement
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+base_width, base_height	0
+width_inc, height_inc	1
+max_width, max_height	32767
+min_width, min_height	1
+min_aspect_x, min_aspect_y	-1
+max_aspect_x, max_aspect_y	-1
+icon_x, icon_y	-1
+win_gravity	T{
+Value returned by
+.PN XWMGeometry
+if called,
+else \fBNorthWestGravity\fP
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.IN "XWMGeometry"
+.LP
+If the shell widget has a non-NULL parent, then the
+realize and set_values procedures replace the value
+.PN XtUnspecifiedWindow
+.IN "XtUnspecifiedWindow" "" "@DEF@"
+in the \fIwindow_group\fP field with the window id of the root widget
+of the widget tree if the
+root widget is realized. The symbolic constant
+.PN XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup
+.IN "XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup" "" "@DEF@"
+may be used to indicate that the \fIwindow_group\fP hint flag bit is not
+to be set.  If \fItransient\fP is
+.PN True ,
+the shell's class is not a subclass of
+TransientShell,
+and \fIwindow_group\fP is not
+.PN XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup ,
+the WMShell realize and set_values procedures then store the
+.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1
+property with the value of \fIwindow_group\fP.
+.LP
+.KS
+Transient
+shells have the following additional resource:
+.TS
+l l.
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+transient_for	NULL
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.KE
+.LP
+The realize and set_values procedures of
+TransientShell
+store the
+.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1
+property on the shell window if \fItransient\fP is
+.PN True .
+If \fItransient_for\fP is non-NULL and the widget specified by
+\fItransient_for\fP is realized, then its window is used as the value of the
+.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1
+property; otherwise, the value of \fIwindow_group\fP is used.
+.LP
+.PN TopLevel
+shells have the the following additional resources:
+.TS
+l l.
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+icon_name	Shell widget's name
+iconic	T{
+.PN False
+T}
+icon_name_encoding	See text
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The \fIicon_name\fP
+and \fIicon_name_encoding\fP fields are stored in the
+.PN \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1
+property on the shell's window by the TopLevelShell realize
+procedure.
+If the \fIicon_name_encoding\fP field is
+.PN None ,
+the \fIicon_name\fP string is assumed to be in the encoding of the
+current locale and the encoding of the
+.PN \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1
+property is set to
+.PN XStdICCTextStyle .
+If a language procedure has not been set,
+the default value of \fIicon_name_encoding\fP is
+\fB\s-1XA_STRING\s+1\fP, otherwise the default value is
+.PN None .
+The \fIiconic\fP field may be used by a client to request
+that the window manager iconify or deiconify the shell; the
+TopLevelShell
+set_values procedure will send the appropriate
+.PN \s-1WM_CHANGE_STATE\s+1
+message (as specified by the \fI\*(xC\fP)
+if this resource is changed from
+.PN False
+to
+.PN True
+and will call
+.PN XtPopup
+specifying \fIgrab_kind\fP as
+.PN XtGrabNone
+if \fIiconic\fP is changed from
+.PN True
+to
+.PN False .
+The XtNiconic resource is also an alternative way to set
+the XtNinitialState resource
+to indicate that a shell should be initially displayed as an icon; the
+TopLevelShell
+initialize procedure will set \fIinitial_state\fP to
+.PN IconicState
+if \fIiconic\fP is
+.PN True .
+.LP
+Application
+shells have the following additional resources:
+.br
+.ne 4
+.TS
+l l.
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+argc	0
+argv	NULL
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP fields are used to initialize
+the standard property
+.PN \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 .
+See the \fI\*(xC\fP for more information.
+.LP
+The default values for the SessionShell instance fields,
+which are filled in from the resource lists and by the
+initialize procedure, are
+.TS
+l l.
+_
+.sp 6p
+Field	Default Value
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+cancel_callbacks	NULL
+clone_command	See text
+connection	NULL
+current_dir	NULL
+die_callbacks	NULL
+discard_command	NULL
+environment	NULL
+error_callbacks	NULL
+interact_callbacks	NULL
+join_session	T{
+.PN True
+T}
+program_path	See text
+resign_command	NULL
+restart_command	See text
+restart_style	T{
+.PN SmRestartIfRunning
+T}
+save_callbacks	NULL
+save_complete_callbacks	NULL
+session_id	NULL
+shutdown_command	NULL
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+The \fIconnection\fP field contains the session connection object or NULL
+if a session connection is not being managed by this widget.
+.LP
+The \fIsession_id\fP is an identification assigned to the session
+participant by the session manager.
+The \fIsession_id\fP will be passed to the session
+manager as the client identifier of the previous session.
+When a connection is established with the session manager, 
+the client id assigned by the session manager is stored
+in the \fIsession_id\fP field.
+When not NULL, the \fIsession_id\fP of the Session shell widget that
+is at the root of the widget tree of the client leader widget will be
+used to create the
+.PN \s-1SM_CLIENT_ID\s+1
+property on the client leader's window.
+.LP
+If \fIjoin_session\fP is
+.PN False ,
+the widget will not attempt to establish a
+connection to the session manager at shell creation time.
+See Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.4
+for more information on the functionality of this resource.
+.LP
+The \fIrestart_command\fP, \fIclone_command\fP, \fIdiscard_command\fP,
+\fIresign_command\fP, \fIshutdown_command\fP, \fIenvironment\fP,
+\fIcurrent_dir\fP, \fIprogram_path\fP, and
+\fIrestart_style\fP fields contain standard session properties.
+.LP
+When a session connection is established or newly managed by the shell,
+the shell initialize and set_values methods check the values of the
+\fIrestart_command\fP, \fIclone_command\fP, and \fIprogram_path\fP
+resources.  At that time, if \fIrestart_command\fP is NULL, the value
+of the \fIargv\fP resource will be copied to \fIrestart_command\fP.  
+Whether or not \fIrestart_command\fP was NULL,
+if \*Q\fR-xtsessionID\fP\*U \*Q\fR<session id>\*U does not
+already appear in the \fIrestart_command\fP, it will be added by the
+initialize and set_values methods at the beginning of the command arguments;
+if the \*Q\fR-xtsessionID\fP\*U argument already appears with an incorrect
+\fRsession id\fP in the following argument, that argument
+will be replaced with the current \fRsession id\fP.
+.LP
+After this, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the
+\fIclone_command\fP.  If \fIclone_command\fP is NULL, 
+\fIrestart_command\fP will be copied to \fIclone_command\fP,
+except the \*Q\fR-xtsessionID\fP\*U and following argument will not be copied.
+.LP
+Finally, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the
+\fIprogram_path\fP.  If \fIprogram_path\fP is NULL, the 
+first element of \fIrestart_command\fP is copied to \fIprogram_path\fP.
+.LP
+The possible values of \fIrestart_style\fP are
+.PN SmRestartIfRunning ,
+.PN SmRestartAnyway ,
+.PN SmRestartImmediately ,
+and
+.PN SmRestartNever .
+A resource converter is registered for this resource; 
+for the strings that it recognizes,
+see Section 9.6.1.
+.LP
+The resource type EnvironmentArray is a NULL-terminated array of
+pointers to strings;
+each string has the format "name=value".
+The `=' character may not appear in the name,
+and the string is terminated by a null character.
+
+.NH 2
+Session Participation
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Session Participation\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Applications can participate in a user's session, exchanging messages
+with the session manager as described in the \fIX Session Management
+Protocol\fP and the \fIX Session Management Library\fP.
+.LP
+When a widget of
+.PN sessionShellWidgetClass
+or a subclass is created, the widget provides support for the application
+as a session participant and continues to provide support until the
+widget is destroyed.
+
+.NH 3
+Joining a Session
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Joining a Session\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When a Session shell is created, 
+if \fIconnection\fP is NULL,
+and if \fIjoin_session\fP is
+.PN True ,
+and if \fIargv\fP or \fIrestart_command\fP is not NULL,
+and if in POSIX environments the 
+.PN \s-1SESSION_MANAGER\s+1
+environment variable is defined,
+the shell will attempt to establish a new connection with the session manager.
+.LP
+To transfer management of an existing session connection from an
+application to the shell at widget creation time, pass the existing
+session connection ID as the \fIconnection\fP resource value
+when creating the Session shell,
+and if the other creation-time conditions on session participation are met,
+the widget will maintain the connection with the session manager.
+The application must ensure that only one
+Session shell manages the connection.
+.LP
+In the Session shell set_values procedure,
+if \fIjoin_session\fP changes from 
+.PN False 
+to 
+.PN True
+and \fIconnection\fP is NULL and when in POSIX environments the
+.PN \s-1SESSION_MANAGER\s+1
+environment variable is defined, 
+the shell will attempt to open a connection to the session manager.
+If \fIconnection\fP changes from NULL to non-NULL, the
+Session shell
+will take over management of that session connection and will set
+\fIjoin_session\fP to
+.PN True .
+If \fIjoin_session\fP changes from
+.PN False
+to
+.PN True
+and \fIconnection\fP is not NULL, the
+Session shell will take over management of the session connection.
+.LP
+When a successful connection has been established, \fIconnection\fP
+contains the session connection ID for the session participant.
+When the shell begins to manage the connection, it will call
+.PN XtAppAddInput
+to register the handler which watches for protocol messages
+from the session manager.
+When the attempt to connect fails, a warning message is issued
+and \fIconnection\fP is set to NULL.
+.LP
+While the connection is being managed, if a 
+.PN SaveYourself ,
+.PN SaveYourselfPhase2 ,
+.PN Interact ,
+.PN ShutdownCancelled ,
+.PN SaveComplete ,
+or
+.PN Die
+message is received from the session manager, the Session shell will
+call out to application callback procedures registered
+on the respective callback list of the Session shell and will
+send 
+.PN SaveYourselfPhase2Request ,
+.PN InteractRequest ,
+.PN InteractDone ,
+.PN SaveYourselfDone ,
+and
+.PN ConnectionClosed
+messages as appropriate.
+Initially, all of the client's session properties are undefined.
+When any of the session property resource values are defined or change,
+the Session shell initialize and set_values procedures
+will update the client's session property value by a 
+.PN SetProperties
+or a
+.PN DeleteProperties
+message, as appropriate.
+The session ProcessID and UserID properties are always set by the shell
+when it is possible to determine the value of these properties.
+
+.NH 3
+Saving Application State
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Saving Application State\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The session manager instigates an application checkpoint by sending a
+.PN SaveYourself
+request.  
+Applications are responsible for saving their state in response to the
+request.
+.LP
+When the
+.PN SaveYourself
+request arrives, the procedures registered on the
+Session shell's save callback list are called.
+If the application does not register any save callback procedures on
+the save callback list, the shell will report to the session manager
+that the application failed to save its state.
+Each procedure on the save callback list receives a token
+in the \fIcall_data\fP parameter.
+.sp
+.LP
+.KS
+The checkpoint token in the \fIcall_data\fP parameter is of type
+.PN XtCheckpointToken .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCheckpointToken" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtCheckpointTokenRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2i 4i
+.ta .5i 2i 4i
+typedef struct {
+	int	save_type;
+	int	interact_style;
+	Boolean	shutdown;
+	Boolean	fast;
+	Boolean	cancel_shutdown
+	int	phase;
+	int	interact_dialog_type;	/* return */
+	Boolean	request_cancel;	/* return */
+	Boolean	request_next_phase;	/* return */
+	Boolean	save_success;	/* return */
+} XtCheckpointTokenRec, *XtCheckpointToken;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+The \fIsave_type\fP, \fIinteract_style\fP, \fIshutdown\fP, and \fIfast\fP
+fields of the token contain the parameters of the
+.PN SaveYourself
+message.
+The possible values of \fIsave_type\fP are
+.PN SmSaveLocal ,
+.PN SmSaveGlobal ,
+and 
+.PN SmSaveBoth ;
+these indicate the type of information to be saved.
+The possible values of \fIinteract_style\fP are
+.PN SmInteractStyleNone ,
+.PN SmInteractStyleErrors ,
+and
+.PN SmInteractStyleAny ;
+these indicate whether user interaction would be permitted
+and, if so, what kind of interaction.
+If \fIshutdown\fP is
+.PN True ,
+the checkpoint is being performed in preparation for the end of the session.
+If \fIfast\fP is
+.PN True ,
+the client should perform the checkpoint as quickly as possible.
+If \fIcancel_shutdown\fP is 
+.PN True ,
+a 
+.PN ShutdownCancelled
+message has been received for the current save operation.  (See Section 4.4.4.)
+The \fIphase\fP is used by manager clients, such as a window manager,
+to distinguish between the first and second phase of a save operation.
+The \fIphase\fP will be either 1 or 2.
+The remaining fields in the checkpoint token structure are provided for
+the application to communicate with the shell.
+.LP
+Upon entry to the first application save callback procedure, the return
+fields in the token have the following initial values:
+\fIinteract_dialog_type\fP is 
+.PN SmDialogNormal ;
+\fIrequest_cancel\fP is
+.PN False ;
+\fIrequest_next_phase\fP is
+.PN False ;
+and \fIsave_success\fP is
+.PN True .
+When a token is returned with any of the four return fields containing
+a noninitial value, and when the field is applicable, subsequent tokens
+passed to the application during the current save operation
+will always contain the noninitial value.
+.LP
+The purpose of the token's \fIsave_success\fP field is to 
+indicate the outcome of the entire operation to the
+session manager and ultimately, to the user.
+Returning 
+.PN False
+indicates some portion of the application state 
+could not be successfully saved.  If any token is returned
+to the shell with \fIsave_success\fP 
+.PN False ,
+tokens subsequently received
+by the application for the current save operation will show 
+\fIsave_success\fP as 
+.PN False .
+When the shell sends the final status of the checkpoint to the
+session manager, it will indicate failure to save application state
+if any token was returned with \fIsave_success\fP 
+.PN False .
+.LP
+Session participants that manage and save the state of other clients
+should structure their save or interact callbacks to
+set \fIrequest_next_phase\fP to 
+.PN True
+when phase is 1, which will cause the shell to send the 
+.PN SaveYourselfPhase2Request
+when the first phase is complete.  When the 
+.PN SaveYourselfPhase2 
+message is received, the shell will invoke the save callbacks a
+second time with \fIphase\fP equal to 2.
+Manager clients should save the state of other clients
+when the callbacks are invoked the second time and \fIphase\fP equal to 2.
+.LP
+The application may request additional tokens while a checkpoint is under way,
+and these additional tokens must be returned by an explicit call.
+.sp
+.LP
+.KS
+To request an additional token for a save callback response that has a
+deferred outcome, use
+.PN XtSessionGetToken .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSessionGetToken" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(\fIwidget\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the Session shell widget which manages session participation.
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtSessionGetToken
+function will return NULL if no checkpoint operation is currently under way.
+.KE
+.sp
+.LP
+.KS
+To indicate the completion of checkpoint processing including user 
+interaction, the application must signal the Session shell
+by returning all tokens.
+(See Sections 4.2.2.2 and 4.2.2.4).
+To return a token, use
+.PN  XtSessionReturnToken .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSessionReturnToken" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSessionReturnToken(\fItoken\fP)
+.br
+      XtCheckpointToken \fItoken\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fItoken\fP 1i
+Specifies a token that was received as the \fIcall_data\fP by a procedure
+on the interact callback list or a token that was received by a call to
+.PN XtSessionGetToken .
+.LP
+.eM
+.KE
+.LP
+Tokens passed as \fIcall_data\fP to save callbacks are implicitly
+returned when the save callback procedure returns.
+A save callback procedure should not call 
+.PN XtSessionReturnToken 
+on the token passed in its \fIcall_data\fP.
+
+.NH 4
+Requesting Interaction
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Requesting Interaction\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When the token \fIinteract_style\fP allows user interaction,
+the application may
+interact with the user during the checkpoint, but must wait for permission
+to interact.
+Applications request permission to interact with the user during the
+checkpointing operation by registering a procedure on the Session
+shell's interact callback list.  When all save callback procedures have
+returned, and each time a token that was granted by a call to 
+.PN XtSessionGetToken
+is returned, the Session shell examines the interact callback list.
+If interaction is permitted and the interact callback list is not empty,
+the shell will send an
+.PN InteractRequest
+to the session manager when an interact request is not already outstanding
+for the application.
+.LP
+The type of interaction dialog that will be requested is specified by
+the \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP field in the checkpoint token.
+The possible values for \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP are
+.PN SmDialogError
+and
+.PN SmDialogNormal .
+If a token is returned with \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP containing
+.PN SmDialogError ,
+the interact request and any subsequent interact requests will be for
+an error dialog; otherwise, the request will be for a normal dialog with
+the user.  
+.LP
+When a token is returned with \fIsave_success\fP
+.PN False
+or \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP
+.PN SmDialogError ,
+tokens subsequently passed to callbacks during the same active
+.PN SaveYourself
+response will reflect these changed values, indicating that
+an error condition has occurred during the checkpoint.
+.LP
+The \fIrequest_cancel\fP field is a return value for interact callbacks only.
+Upon return from a procedure on the save callback list, the value
+of the token's \fIrequest_cancel\fP field is not examined by the shell.
+This is also true of tokens received through a call to 
+.PN XtSessionGetToken .
+
+.NH 4
+Interacting with the User during a Checkpoint
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Interacting with the User during a Checkpoint\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When the session manager grants the application's request for user interaction,
+the Session shell receives an
+.PN Interact
+message.
+The procedures registered on the interact callback list are executed,
+but not as if executing a typical callback list.
+These procedures are individually executed in
+sequence, with a checkpoint token functioning as the sequencing mechanism.
+Each step in the sequence begins by removing a procedure
+from the interact callback list
+and executing it with a token passed in the \fIcall_data\fP.
+The interact callback will typically pop up a dialog box and return.
+When the user interaction and associated application checkpointing has
+completed, the application must return the token by calling
+.PN XtSessionReturnToken .
+Returning the token completes the current step and triggers the next step
+in the sequence.
+.LP
+During interaction the client may request cancellation of a shutdown.
+When a token passed as \fIcall_data\fP to an interact procedure is returned,
+if \fIshutdown\fP is 
+.PN True
+and \fIcancel_shutdown\fP is
+.PN False ,
+\fIrequest_cancel\fP indicates whether the 
+application requests that the pending shutdown be cancelled.
+If \fIrequest_cancel\fP is
+.PN True ,
+the field will also be
+.PN True
+in any tokens subsequently granted during the checkpoint operation.
+When a token is returned requesting cancellation of
+the session shutdown, pending interact procedures will still be
+called by the Session shell.
+When all interact procedures have been removed from the interact callback
+list, executed, and the final interact token returned to the shell, an
+.PN InteractDone
+message is sent to the session manager, indicating whether
+a pending session shutdown is requested to be cancelled.
+
+.NH 4
+Responding to a Shutdown Cancellation
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Responding to a Shutdown Cancellation\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Callbacks registered on the cancel callback list are invoked when the
+Session shell processes a
+.PN ShutdownCancelled
+message from the session manager.  This may occur during the
+processing of save callbacks, while waiting for interact permission,
+during user interaction, or after the save operation is complete and
+the application is expecting a
+.PN SaveComplete
+or a
+.PN Die
+message.
+The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL.
+.LP
+When the shell notices that a pending shutdown has been cancelled,
+the token \fIcancel_shutdown\fP field will be 
+.PN True
+in tokens subsequently given to the application.
+.LP
+Receiving notice of a shutdown cancellation does not cancel the 
+pending execution of save callbacks or interact callbacks.
+After the cancel callbacks execute, if \fIinteract_style\fP is not
+.PN SmInteractStyleNone
+and the interact list is not empty,
+the procedures on the interact callback list will be executed
+and passed a token with \fIinteract_style\fP 
+.PN SmInteractStyleNone .
+The application should not interact with the user, and the Session shell
+will not send an 
+.PN InteractDone
+message.
+
+.NH 4
+Completing a Save
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Completing a Save\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When there is no user interaction, the shell regards the application
+as having finished saving state when all callback procedures
+on the save callback list have returned, and any additional tokens
+passed out by
+.PN XtSessionGetToken
+have been returned by corresponding calls to
+.PN XtSessionReturnToken .
+If the save operation involved user interaction,
+the above completion conditions apply, and in addition, all requests for
+interaction have been granted or cancelled,
+and all tokens passed to interact callbacks have been returned
+through calls to
+.PN XtSessionReturnToken .
+If the save operation involved a manager client that requested the
+second phase, the above conditions apply to both the first and second
+phase of the save operation.
+.br
+.LP
+When the application has finished saving state,
+the Session shell will report the result to the session manager by
+sending the
+.PN SaveYourselfDone
+message.
+If the session is continuing, the shell will receive the
+.PN SaveComplete
+message when all applications have completed saving state.
+This message indicates that applications may again allow changes
+to their state.  The shell will execute the save_complete callbacks.
+The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL.
+
+.NH 3
+Responding to a Shutdown
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Responding to a Shutdown\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Callbacks registered on the die callback list are invoked when the
+session manager sends a
+.PN Die
+message.
+The callbacks on this list should do whatever is appropriate to quit
+the application.
+Before executing procedures on the die callback list,
+the Session shell will close the connection to the session manager
+and will remove the handler that watches for protocol messages.
+The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL.
+
+.NH 3
+Resigning from a Session
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Resigning from a Session\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When the Session shell widget is destroyed, the destroy method will
+close the connection to the session manager by sending a
+.PN ConnectionClosed 
+protocol message and will remove the input callback
+that was watching for session protocol messages.
+.LP
+When
+.PN XtSetValues
+is used to set \fIjoin_session\fP to
+.PN False ,
+the set_values method of the Session shell will close the
+connection to the session manager if one exists by sending a
+.PN ConnectionClosed 
+message, and \fIconnection\fP will be set to NULL.
+.LP
+Applications that exit in response to user actions and that do not
+wait for phase 2 destroy to complete on
+the Session shell should set \fIjoin_session\fP to
+.PN False
+before exiting.
+.LP
+When
+.PN XtSetValues 
+is used to set \fIconnection\fP to NULL,
+the Session shell will stop managing the connection, if one exists.
+However, that session connection will not be closed.
+.LP
+Applications that wish to ensure continuation of a session connection
+beyond the destruction of the shell should first retrieve the 
+\fIconnection\fP resource value,
+then set the \fIconnection\fP resource to NULL, 
+and then they may safely destroy the widget without losing control
+of the session connection.
+.LP
+The error callback list will be called if an unrecoverable
+communications error occurs while the shell is managing the connection.
+The shell will close the connection, set \fIconnection\fP to NULL,
+remove the input callback, and 
+call the procedures registered on the error callback list.
+The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH05 b/libXt/specs/CH05
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f15beab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH05
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH05,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:44 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 5\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBPop-Up Widgets\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 5
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 5 \(em Pop-Up Widgets
+.XE
+Pop-up widgets are used to create windows outside of the
+window hierarchy defined by the widget tree.
+Each pop-up child has a window that is a descendant of the root window,
+so that the pop-up window is not clipped by the pop-up widget's parent window.
+.\"One thing that all pop-ups in common is that they break 
+.\"the widget/window hierarchy.
+.\"Pop-ups windows are not geometry constrained by their parent widget.
+.\"Instead, they are window children of the root.
+Therefore, pop-ups are created and attached differently to their widget parent 
+than normal widget children.
+.LP
+A parent of a pop-up widget does not actively manage its pop-up children;
+in fact, it usually does not operate upon them in any way.
+The \fIpopup_list\fP field in the
+.PN CorePart
+structure contains the list of its pop-up children.
+This pop-up list exists mainly to provide the proper place in the widget
+hierarchy for the pop-up to get resources and to provide a place for
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+to look for all extant children.
+.LP
+A 
+composite 
+widget can have both normal and pop-up children.
+A pop-up can be popped up from almost anywhere, not just by its parent.
+The term \fIchild\fP always refers to a normal, geometry-managed widget
+on the composite widget's list of children, and the term
+\fIpop-up child\fP always refers to a
+widget on the pop-up list.
+.IN "pop-up" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "pop-up" "list"
+.IN "pop-up" "child"
+
+.NH 2
+Pop-Up Widget Types
+.LP
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Pop-Up Widget Types\fP
+.XE
+There are three kinds of pop-up widgets:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Modeless pop-ups
+.IP
+A modeless pop-up (for example, a dialog box that does not prevent
+continued interaction with the rest of the application)
+can usually be manipulated by the window manager
+and looks like any other application window from the
+user's point of view.
+The application main window itself is a special case of a modeless pop-up.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Modal pop-ups
+.IP
+A modal pop-up (for example, a dialog box that requires user input to
+continue)
+can sometimes be manipulated by the window manager,
+and except for events that occur in the dialog box,
+it disables user-event distribution to the rest of the application.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Spring-loaded pop-ups
+.IP
+A spring-loaded pop-up (for example, a menu)
+can seldom be manipulated by the window manager,
+and except for events that occur in the pop-up or its descendants,
+it disables user-event distribution to all other applications.
+.LP
+Modal pop-ups and spring-loaded pop-ups are very similar and should be coded as
+if they were the same.
+In fact, the same widget (for example, a ButtonBox or Menu widget) can be used both
+as a modal pop-up and as a spring-loaded pop-up within the same application.
+The main difference is that spring-loaded pop-ups are brought up
+with the pointer and, because of the grab that the pointer button causes,
+require different processing by the \*(xI.
+Furthermore, all user input remap events occurring outside the spring-loaded
+pop-up (e.g., in a descendant) are also delivered to the spring-loaded
+pop-up after they have been dispatched to the appropriate descendant, so
+that, for example, button-up can take down a spring-loaded pop-up no
+matter where the
+button-up occurs.
+.LP
+Any kind of pop-up, in turn, can pop up other widgets.
+Modal and spring-loaded pop-ups can constrain user events to
+the most recent such pop-up or allow user events to be dispatched
+to any of the modal or spring-loaded pop-ups
+currently mapped.
+.LP
+Regardless of their type,
+all pop-up widget classes are responsible for communicating with the
+X window manager and therefore are subclasses of
+one of the
+Shell
+widget classes.
+
+.NH 2
+Creating a Pop-Up Shell
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Creating a Pop-Up Shell\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "pop-up" "shell"
+.IN "pop-up" "child"
+For a widget to be popped up,
+it must be the child of a pop-up shell widget.
+None of the \*(xI-supplied shells will
+simultaneously manage more than one child.
+Both the shell and child taken together are referred to as the pop-up.
+When you need to use a pop-up,
+you always refer to the pop-up by the pop-up shell,
+not the child.
+.sp
+.LP
+To create a pop-up shell, use
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreatePopupShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtCreatePopupShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \
+\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIparent\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell
+function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of
+Shell
+and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's
+.IN "insert_child procedure"
+\fIchildren\fP list,
+attaches the shell to the parent's \fIpopup_list\fP directly.
+.LP
+The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning
+\fIargs\fP for the XtNscreen argument.  If no XtNscreen argument is
+found, the resource database associated with the parent's screen
+is queried for the resource \fIname\fP.screen, class
+\fIClass\fP.Screen where \fIClass\fP is the \fIclass_name\fP
+field from the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+of the specified \fIwidget_class\fP.
+If this query fails, the parent's screen is used.
+Once the screen is determined,
+the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve
+all remaining resources for the widget not specified in
+\fIargs\fP.
+
+.LP
+A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table via
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+must already exist
+at the time that the translation is invoked, 
+so the translation manager can find the shell by name.
+Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created when
+the pop-up actually is needed.
+This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up
+an unspecified number of pop-ups.
+You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not
+currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed.
+.sp
+.LP
+To create a pop-up shell using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaCreatePopupShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtVaCreatePopupShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, ...)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIparent\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.  \*(cI
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell
+with \fIthe\fP args and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 2
+Creating Pop-Up Children
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Creating Pop-Up Children\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Once a pop-up shell is created,
+the single child of the pop-up shell can be created
+either statically or dynamically.
+.LP
+At startup,
+an application can create the child of the pop-up shell,
+which is appropriate for pop-up children composed of a fixed set
+of widgets. 
+The application can change the state of the subparts of
+the pop-up child as the application state changes.
+For example, if an application creates a static menu,
+it can call
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+(or, in general,
+.PN XtSetValues )
+on any of the buttons that make up the menu.
+Creating the pop-up child early means that pop-up time is minimized,
+especially if the application calls
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+on the pop-up shell at startup.
+When the menu is needed,
+all the widgets that make up the menu already exist and need only be mapped.
+The menu should pop up as quickly as the X server can respond.
+.LP
+Alternatively,
+an application can postpone the creation of the child until it is needed,
+which minimizes application startup time and allows the pop-up child to
+reconfigure itself each time it is popped up.
+In this case,
+the pop-up child creation routine might poll the application
+to find out if it should change the sensitivity of any of its subparts.
+.LP
+Pop-up child creation does not map the pop-up,
+even if you create the child and call
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+on the pop-up shell.
+.LP
+All shells have pop-up and pop-down callbacks,
+which provide the opportunity either to make last-minute changes to a
+pop-up child before it is popped up or to change it after it is popped down.
+Note that excessive use of pop-up callbacks can make
+popping up occur more slowly.
+
+.NH 2
+Mapping a Pop-Up Widget
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Mapping a Pop-Up Widget\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Pop-ups can be popped up through several mechanisms:
+.IP \(bu 5
+A call to
+.PN XtPopup
+or
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded .
+.IP \(bu 5
+One of the supplied callback procedures
+.PN XtCallbackNone ,
+.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+or
+.PN XtCallbackExclusive .
+.IP \(bu 5
+The standard translation action
+.PN XtMenuPopup .
+.LP
+Some of these routines take an argument of type
+.PN XtGrabKind ,
+which is defined as
+.sp
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef enum {XtGrabNone, XtGrabNonexclusive, XtGrabExclusive} XtGrabKind;
+.De
+.sp
+.eM
+.LP
+The create_popup_child_proc procedure pointer
+in the shell widget instance record is of type
+.PN XtCreatePopupChildProc .
+.LP
+.IN "create_popup_child_proc"
+.IN "Shell" "create_popup_child_proc"
+.IN "XtCreatePopupChildProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtCreatePopupChildProc)(Widget);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the shell widget being popped up.
+.LP
+.eM
+To map a pop-up from within an application, use
+.PN XtPopup .
+.LP
+.IN "XtPopup" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtPopup(\fIpopup_shell\fP, \fIgrab_kind\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP;
+.br
+      XtGrabKind \fIgrab_kind\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
+Specifies the shell widget.
+.IP \fIgrab_kind\fP 1i
+Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtPopup
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+to ensure \fIpopup_shell\fP's class is a subclass of
+.PN shellWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Raises the window and returns if the shell's \fIpopped_up\fP field is already 
+.PN True .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's \fIpopup_callback\fP list,
+specifying a pointer to the value of \fIgrab_kind\fP as the \fIcall_data\fP
+argument.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets the shell \fIpopped_up\fP field to 
+.PN True ,
+the shell \fIspring_loaded\fP field to 
+.PN False ,
+and the shell \fIgrab_kind\fP field from \fIgrab_kind\fP.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the shell's \fIcreate_popup_child_proc\fP field is non-NULL,
+.PN XtPopup
+calls it with \fIpopup_shell\fP as the parameter.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If \fIgrab_kind\fP is either
+.PN XtGrabNonexclusive
+or
+.PN XtGrabExclusive ,
+it calls
+.LP
+.Ds
+XtAddGrab(\fIpopup_shell\fP, (\fIgrab_kind\fP == XtGrabExclusive), False)
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XtRealizeWidget 
+with \fIpopup_shell\fP specified.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XMapRaised
+with the window of \fIpopup_shell\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+To map a spring-loaded pop-up from within an application, use
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded .
+.LP
+.IN "XtPopupSpringLoaded" "" @DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtPopupSpringLoaded(\fIpopup_shell\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
+Specifies the shell widget to be popped up.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded
+function performs exactly as
+.PN XtPopup
+except that it sets the shell \fIspring_loaded\fP field to
+.PN True
+and always calls
+.PN XtAddGrab
+with \fIexclusive\fP
+.PN True
+and \fIspring-loaded\fP
+.PN True .
+.sp
+.LP
+To map a pop-up from a given widget's callback list,
+you also can register one of the
+.PN XtCallbackNone ,
+.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+or
+.PN XtCallbackExclusive
+convenience routines as callbacks, using the pop-up shell widget as the
+client data.
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackNone" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallbackNone(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackNonexclusive" "" "@DEF@"
+.FD 0
+void XtCallbackNonexclusive(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackExclusive" "" "@DEF@"
+.FD 0
+void XtCallbackExclusive(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCallbackNone ,
+.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+and
+.PN XtCallbackExclusive
+functions call
+.PN XtPopup
+with the shell specified by the \fIclient_data\fP argument
+and \fIgrab_kind\fP set as the name specifies.
+.PN XtCallbackNone ,
+.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+and
+.PN XtCallbackExclusive
+specify
+.PN XtGrabNone ,
+.PN XtGrabNonexclusive ,
+and
+.PN XtGrabExclusive ,
+respectively.
+Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list 
+to be insensitive by calling
+.PN XtSetSensitive .
+Using these functions in callbacks is not required.
+In particular,
+an application must provide customized code for
+callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than
+desensitizing the button.
+.sp
+.LP
+Within a translation table,
+to pop up a menu when a key or pointer button is pressed or when the pointer
+is moved into a widget, use
+.PN XtMenuPopup ,
+or its synonym,
+.PN MenuPopup .
+From a translation writer's point of view,
+the definition for this translation action is
+.LP
+.IN "MenuPopup" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtMenuPopup" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtMenuPopup(\fIshell_name\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIshell_name\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop up.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+is known to the translation manager,
+which registers the corresponding built-in action procedure
+.PN XtMenuPopupAction
+using
+.PN XtRegisterGrabAction
+specifying \fIowner_events\fP
+.PN True ,
+\fIevent_mask\fP
+.PN ButtonPressMask
+\fB|\fP
+.PN ButtonReleaseMask ,
+and \fIpointer_mode\fP and \fIkeyboard_mode\fP
+.PN GrabModeAsync .
+.LP
+If
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+is invoked on
+.PN ButtonPress ,
+it calls
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded
+on the specified shell widget.
+If
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+is invoked on
+.PN KeyPress
+or
+.PN EnterWindow ,
+it calls
+.PN XtPopup
+on the specified shell widget with \fIgrab_kind\fP set to
+.PN XtGrabNonexclusive .
+Otherwise, the translation manager generates a
+warning message and ignores the action.
+.LP
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at
+the widget in which it is invoked.
+If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of
+that widget, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters.
+Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the
+specified name.
+If
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+gets to the application top-level shell widget and has not
+found a matching shell, it generates a warning and returns immediately.
+
+.NH 2
+Unmapping a Pop-Up Widget
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Unmapping a Pop-Up Widget\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Pop-ups can be popped down through several mechanisms:
+.IP \(bu 5
+A call to
+.PN XtPopdown 
+.IP \(bu 5
+The supplied callback procedure
+.PN XtCallbackPopdown 
+.IP \(bu 5
+The standard translation action
+.PN XtMenuPopdown 
+.sp
+.LP
+To unmap a pop-up from within an application, use
+.PN XtPopdown .
+.LP
+.IN "XtPopdown" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtPopdown(\fIpopup_shell\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
+Specifies the shell widget to pop down.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtPopdown
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+.\".PN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
+to ensure \fIpopup_shell\fP's class is a subclass of
+.PN shellWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Checks that the \fIpopped_up\fP field of \fIpopup_shell\fP is
+.PN True ;
+otherwise, it returns immediately.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Unmaps \fIpopup_shell\fP's window and, if \fIoverride_redirect\fP is
+.PN False ,
+sends a synthetic
+.PN UnmapNotify
+event as specified by the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If \fIpopup_shell\fP's \fIgrab_kind\fP is either
+.PN XtGrabNonexclusive
+or
+.PN XtGrabExclusive ,
+it calls
+.PN XtRemoveGrab .
+.\".PN XtRemoveGrab(popup_shell)
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets \fIpopup_shell\fP's \fIpopped_up\fP field to 
+.PN False .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's \fIpopdown_callback\fP list,
+specifying a pointer to the value of the shell's \fIgrab_kind\fP field
+as the \fIcall_data\fP argument.
+.sp
+.LP
+To pop down a pop-up from a callback list, you may use the callback 
+.PN XtCallbackPopdown .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackPopdown" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallbackPopdown(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the
+.PN XtPopdownID
+structure.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCallbackPopdown
+function casts the \fIclient_data\fP parameter to a pointer of type
+.PN XtPopdownID .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	Widget shell_widget;
+	Widget enable_widget;
+} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIshell_widget\fP is the pop-up shell to pop down,
+and the \fIenable_widget\fP is usually the widget that was used to pop it up
+in one of the pop-up callback convenience procedures.
+.LP
+.PN XtCallbackPopdown
+calls
+.PN XtPopdown
+with the specified \fIshell_widget\fP 
+and then calls
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+to resensitize \fIenable_widget\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+Within a translation table,
+to pop down a spring-loaded menu when a key or pointer button is
+released or when the
+pointer is moved into a widget, use
+.PN XtMenuPopdown
+or its synonym,
+.PN MenuPopdown .
+From a translation writer's point of view,
+the definition for this translation action is
+.LP
+.IN "XtMenuPopdown" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "MenuPopdown" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtMenuPopdown(\fIshell_name\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIshell_name\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop down.
+.LP
+.eM
+If a shell name is not given,
+.PN XtMenuPopdown
+calls
+.PN XtPopdown
+with the widget for which the translation is specified.
+If \fIshell_name\fP is specified in the translation table,
+.PN XtMenuPopdown
+tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the
+widget in which it is invoked.
+If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children 
+of that widget, it pops down the shell;
+otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the
+specified name.
+If 
+.PN XtMenuPopdown 
+gets to the application top-level shell widget 
+and cannot find a matching shell, 
+it generates a warning and returns immediately.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH06 b/libXt/specs/CH06
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34c2861b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH06
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH06,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:45 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 6\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBGeometry Management\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 6
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 6 \(em Geometry Management 
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "geometry_manager procedure"
+.IN "Geometry Management"
+.IN "Configure Window"
+A widget does not directly control its size and location;
+rather, its parent is responsible for controlling them.
+Although the position of children is usually left up to their parent,
+the widgets themselves often have the best idea of their optimal sizes
+and, possibly, preferred locations.
+.LP
+To resolve physical layout conflicts between sibling widgets and between
+a widget and its parent, the \*(xI provide the geometry management mechanism.
+Almost all 
+composite
+widgets have a geometry manager specified in the \fIgeometry_manager\fP field
+in the widget class record that is responsible for the size, position, and
+stacking order of the widget's children.
+The only exception is fixed boxes,
+which create their children themselves and can ensure that
+their children will never make a geometry request.
+
+.NH 2
+Initiating Geometry Changes
+.LP
+.XS
+\*(SN Initiating Geometry Changes
+.XE
+Parents, children, and clients each initiate geometry changes differently.
+Because a parent has absolute control of its children's geometry,
+it changes the geometry directly by calling
+.PN XtMove\%Widget ,
+.PN XtResizeWidget ,
+or
+.PN XtConfigureWidget .
+A child must ask its parent for a geometry change by calling
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+or
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest .
+An application or other client code initiates a geometry change by calling
+.PN XtSetValues
+on the appropriate geometry fields,
+thereby giving the widget the opportunity to modify or reject the client
+request before it gets propagated to the parent and the opportunity 
+to respond appropriately to the parent's reply.
+.LP
+When a widget that needs to change its size, position, border width, 
+or stacking depth asks its parent's geometry manager to make the desired 
+changes,
+the geometry manager can allow the request, disallow the request, or
+suggest a compromise.
+.LP
+When the geometry manager is asked to change the geometry of a child,
+the geometry manager may also rearrange and resize any or all
+of the other children that it controls.
+The geometry manager can move children around freely using
+.PN XtMoveWidget .
+When it resizes a child (that is, changes the width, height, or
+border width) other than the one making the request,
+it should do so by calling
+.PN XtResizeWidget .
+The requesting child may be given special treatment; see Section 6.5.
+It can simultaneously move and resize a child with a single call to
+.PN XtConfigureWidget .
+.LP
+Often, geometry managers find that they can satisfy a request only if
+they can reconfigure a widget that they are not in control of; in particular,
+the 
+composite 
+widget may want to change its own size.
+In this case,
+the geometry manager makes a request to its parent's geometry manager.
+Geometry requests can cascade this way to arbitrary depth.
+.LP
+Because such cascaded arbitration of widget geometry can involve extended
+negotiation,
+windows are not actually allocated to widgets at application
+startup until all widgets are satisfied with their geometry;
+see Sections 2.5 and 2.6.
+.NT Notes
+.IP 1. 5
+The \*(xI treatment of stacking requests is deficient in several areas.
+Stacking requests for unrealized widgets are granted but will have no effect.
+In addition, there is no way to do an
+.PN XtSetValues
+that will generate a stacking geometry request.
+.IP 2. 5
+After a successful geometry request (one that returned
+.PN XtGeometryYes ),
+a widget does not know whether its resize procedure has been called.
+Widgets should have resize procedures that can be called more than once
+without ill effects.
+.NE
+
+.NH 2
+General Geometry Manager Requests
+.XS
+\*(SN General Geometry Manager Requests
+.XE
+.LP
+When making a geometry request, the child specifies an
+.PN XtWidgetGeometry
+structure.
+.LP
+.IN "XtGeometryMask"
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef unsigned long XtGeometryMask;
+
+typedef struct {
+	XtGeometryMask request_mode;
+	Position x, y;
+	Dimension width, height;
+	Dimension border_width;
+	Widget sibling;
+	int stack_mode;
+} XtWidgetGeometry;
+.De
+.eM
+.KE
+.LP
+To make a general geometry manager request from a widget, use
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest .
+.LP
+.IN "XtMakeGeometryRequest" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIrequest\fP, \
+\fIreply_return\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i
+Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width,
+and stacking order).
+.IP \fIreply_return\fP 1i
+Returns the allowed widget size, or may be NULL
+if the requesting widget is not interested in handling
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost .
+.LP
+.eM
+Depending on the condition,
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized,
+it makes the changes and returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes .
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent's class is not a subclass of
+.PN compositeWidgetClass 
+or the parent's \fIgeometry_manager\fP field is NULL,
+it issues an error.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget's \fIbeing_destroyed\fP field is 
+.PN True ,
+it returns
+.PN XtGeometryNo .
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and
+\fIborder_width\fP fields are
+all equal to the requested values,
+it returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes ;
+otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure 
+with the given parameters.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent's geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes
+and if
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+is not set in \fIrequest->request_mode\fP
+and if the widget is realized,
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+calls the 
+.PN XConfigureWindow
+Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location, 
+and stacking order as appropriate).
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryDone ,
+the change has been approved and actually has been done.
+In this case,
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+does no configuring and returns 
+.PN XtGeometryYes .
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+never returns
+.PN XtGeometryDone .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Otherwise,
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+just returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager.
+.LP
+Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; therefore,
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+always returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes
+when called by a child of a primitive widget.
+.LP
+The return codes from geometry managers are
+.IN "XtGeometryResult"
+.LP
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 1.75i
+.ta .5i 1.75i
+typedef enum {
+	XtGeometryYes,
+	XtGeometryNo,
+	XtGeometryAlmost,
+	XtGeometryDone
+} XtGeometryResult;
+.De
+.eM
+.KE
+.LP
+The \fIrequest_mode\fP definitions are from
+.Pn < X11/X.h >.
+.LP
+.sM
+.TS
+lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i).
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWX
+T}	T{
+(1<<0)
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWY
+T}	T{
+(1<<1)
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWWidth
+T}	T{
+(1<<2)
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWHeight
+T}	T{
+(1<<3)
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWBorderWidth
+T}	T{
+(1<<4)
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWSibling
+T}	T{
+(1<<5)
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN CWStackMode
+T}	T{
+(1<<6)
+T}
+.TE
+.LP
+.eM
+The \*(xI also support the following value.
+.LP
+.sM
+.TS
+lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i).
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+T}	T{
+(1<<7)
+T}
+.TE
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+indicates that the corresponding geometry request is only a query
+as to what would happen if this geometry request were made
+and that no widgets should actually be changed.
+.LP
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest ,
+like the 
+.PN XConfigureWindow 
+Xlib function, uses \fIrequest_mode\fP to determine which fields in the
+.PN XtWidgetGeometry
+structure the caller wants to specify.
+.LP
+The \fIstack_mode\fP definitions are from
+.Pn < X11/X.h >:
+.LP
+.sM
+.TS
+lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i).
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN Above
+T}	T{
+0
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN Below
+T}	T{
+1
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN TopIf
+T}	T{
+2
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN BottomIf
+T}	T{
+3
+T}
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN Opposite
+T}	T{
+4
+T}
+.TE
+.LP
+.eM
+The \*(xI also support the following value.
+.LP
+.sM
+.TS
+lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i).
+T{
+#define
+T}	T{
+.PN XtSMDontChange
+T}	T{
+5
+T}
+.TE
+.LP
+.eM
+For definition and behavior of
+.PN Above ,
+.PN Below ,
+.PN TopIf ,
+.PN BottomIf ,
+and
+.PN Opposite ,
+see Section 3.7 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.PN XtSMDontChange
+indicates that the widget wants its current stacking order preserved.
+
+.NH 2
+Resize Requests
+.XS
+\*(SN Resize Requests
+.XE
+.LP
+To make a simple resize request from a widget, you can use
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest 
+as an alternative to
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest .
+.LP
+.IN "XtMakeResizeRequest" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \
+\fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i
+Specify the desired widget width and height.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIheight\fP 1i
+.IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i
+Return the allowed widget width and height.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest
+function, a simple interface to
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest ,
+creates an
+.PN XtWidgetGeometry
+structure and specifies that width and height should change
+by setting \fIrequest_mode\fP to
+.PN CWWidth
+\fB|\fP
+.PN CWHeight .
+The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes
+(position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request.
+If the return value is
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+\fIwidth_return\fP and \fIheight_return\fP contain a compromise width and height.
+If these are acceptable,
+the widget should immediately call
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest
+again and request that the compromise width and height be applied.
+If the widget is not interested in
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+replies, 
+it can pass NULL for \fIwidth_return\fP and \fIheight_return\fP.
+
+.NH 2
+Potential Geometry Changes
+.XS
+\*(SN Potential Geometry Changes
+.XE
+.LP
+Sometimes a geometry manager cannot respond to
+a geometry request from a child without first making a geometry request
+to the widget's own parent (the original requestor's grandparent).
+If the request to the grandparent would allow the parent to satisfy the
+original request, 
+the geometry manager can make the intermediate geometry request 
+as if it were the originator.
+On the other hand,
+if the geometry manager already has determined that the original request
+cannot be completely satisfied (for example, if it always denies
+position changes),
+it needs to tell the grandparent to respond to the intermediate request 
+without actually changing the geometry
+because it does not know if the child will accept the compromise.
+To accomplish this, the geometry manager uses 
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+in the intermediate request.
+.LP
+When
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+is used, the geometry manager needs to cache
+enough information to exactly reconstruct the intermediate request.
+If the grandparent's response to the intermediate query was
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+the geometry manager needs to cache the entire
+reply geometry in the event the child accepts the parent's compromise.
+.LP
+If the grandparent's response was
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+it may also be necessary to cache the entire reply geometry from
+the grandparent when
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+is not used.
+If the geometry manager is still able to satisfy the original request,
+it may immediately accept the grandparent's compromise 
+and then act on the child's request.
+If the grandparent's compromise geometry is insufficient to allow 
+the child's request and if the geometry manager is willing to offer
+a different compromise to the child, 
+the grandparent's compromise should not be accepted until the child 
+has accepted the new compromise.
+.LP
+Note that a compromise geometry returned with
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+is guaranteed only for the next call to the same widget; 
+therefore, a cache of size 1 is sufficient.
+
+.NH 2
+Child Geometry Management: The geometry_manager Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Child Geometry Management: The geometry_manager Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+The geometry_manager procedure pointer in a composite widget class is of type
+.PN XtGeometryHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGeometryHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry*, \
+XtWidgetGeometry*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIgeometry_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1.2i
+Passes the widget making the request.
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1.2i
+Passes the new geometry the child desires.
+.IP \fIgeometry_return\fP 1.2i
+Passes a geometry structure in which the geometry manager may store a
+compromise.
+.LP
+.eM
+A class can inherit its superclass's geometry manager during class
+initialization.
+.LP
+A bit set to zero in the request's \fIrequest_mode\fP
+field means that the child widget
+does not care about the value of the corresponding field,
+so the geometry manager can change this field as it wishes.
+A bit set to 1 means that the child wants that geometry element set
+to the value in the corresponding field.
+.LP
+If the geometry manager can satisfy all changes requested 
+and if 
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly 
+is not specified,
+it updates the widget's \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP,
+and \fIborder_width\fP fields
+appropriately.
+Then, it returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes ,
+and the values pointed to by the \fIgeometry_return\fP argument are undefined.
+The widget's window is moved and resized automatically by
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest .
+.LP
+Homogeneous composite widgets often find it convenient to treat the widget
+making the request the same as any other widget, including reconfiguring
+it using
+.PN XtConfigureWidget
+or
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+as part of its layout process, unless 
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+is specified.
+If it does this,
+it should return
+.PN XtGeometryDone
+to inform
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+that it does not need to do the configuration itself.
+.NT
+To remain
+compatible with layout techniques used in older widgets (before
+.PN XtGeometryDone
+was added to the \*(xI), a geometry manager should avoid using
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+or
+.PN XtConfigureWidget
+on the child making
+the request because the layout process of the child may be in an
+intermediate state in which it is not prepared to handle a call to its
+resize procedure.  A self-contained widget set may choose this
+alternative geometry management scheme, however, provided that it
+clearly warns widget developers of the compatibility consequences.
+.NE
+.LP
+Although
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+resizes the widget's window
+(if the geometry
+manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes ),
+it does not call the widget class's resize procedure.
+The requesting widget must perform whatever
+resizing calculations are needed explicitly.
+.LP
+If the geometry manager disallows the request,
+the widget cannot change its geometry.
+The values pointed to by \fIgeometry_return\fP are undefined,
+and the geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryNo .
+.LP
+Sometimes the geometry manager cannot satisfy the request exactly
+but may be able to satisfy a similar request.
+That is,
+it could satisfy only a subset of the requests (for example,
+size but not position) or a lesser request
+(for example, it cannot make the child as big as the
+request but it can make the child bigger than its current size).
+In such cases,
+the geometry manager fills in the structure pointed to by
+\fIgeometry_return\fP with the actual changes
+it is willing to make, including an appropriate \fIrequest_mode\fP mask, and returns
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost .
+If a bit in \fIgeometry_return->request_mode\fP is zero,
+the geometry manager agrees not to change the corresponding value
+if \fIgeometry_return\fP is used immediately
+in a new request.
+If a bit is 1,
+the geometry manager does change that element to the corresponding
+value in \fIgeometry_return\fP.
+More bits may be set in \fIgeometry_return->request_mode\fP
+than in the original request if
+the geometry manager intends to change other fields should the
+child accept the compromise.
+.LP
+When
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+is returned,
+the widget must decide if the compromise suggested in \fIgeometry_return\fP
+is acceptable.
+If it is, the widget must not change its geometry directly;
+rather, it must make another call to
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest .
+.LP
+If the next geometry request from this child uses the
+\fIgeometry_return\fP values filled in by the geometry manager with an
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+return and if there have been no intervening geometry requests on
+either its parent or any of its other children,
+the geometry manager must grant the request, if possible.
+That is, if the child asks immediately with the returned geometry,
+it should get an answer of
+.PN XtGeometryYes .
+However,
+dynamic behavior in
+the user's window manager may affect the final outcome.
+.LP
+To return
+.PN XtGeometryYes ,
+the geometry manager frequently rearranges the position of other managed 
+children by calling
+.PN XtMoveWidget .
+However, a few geometry managers may sometimes change the
+size of other managed children by calling
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+or
+.PN XtConfigureWidget .
+If
+.PN XtCWQueryOnly
+is specified,
+the geometry manager must return data describing
+how it would react to this geometry
+request without actually moving or resizing any widgets.
+.LP
+Geometry managers must not assume that the \fIrequest\fP
+and \fIgeometry_return\fP arguments point to independent storage.
+The caller is permitted to use the same field for both,
+and the geometry manager must allocate its own temporary storage,
+if necessary.
+
+.NH 2
+Widget Placement and Sizing
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Placement and Sizing
+.XE
+.LP
+To move a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
+the parent uses
+.PN XtMoveWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtMoveWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtMoveWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Position \fIx\fP;
+.br
+      Position \fIy\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIx\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIy\fP 1i
+Specify the new widget x and y coordinates.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtMoveWidget
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values.
+Otherwise,
+.PN XtMoveWidget
+writes the new \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP values into the object
+and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an Xlib
+.PN XMoveWindow
+call on the widget's window.
+.sp
+.LP
+To resize a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
+the parent uses
+.PN XtResizeWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtResizeWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtResizeWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder_width\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIwidth\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIheight\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIborder_width\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIheight\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i
+Specify the new widget size.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values. 
+Otherwise,
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+writes the new \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and \fIborder_width\fP values into
+the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an
+.PN XConfigureWindow
+call on the widget's window.
+.LP
+If the new width or height is different from the old values,
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change.
+.sp
+.LP
+To move and resize the sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
+the parent uses
+.PN XtConfigureWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConfigureWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtConfigureWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \
+\fIborder_width\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Position \fIx\fP;
+.br
+      Position \fIy\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIwidth\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIheight\fP;
+.br
+      Dimension \fIborder_width\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIx\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIy\fP 1i
+Specify the new widget x and y coordinates.
+.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIheight\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i
+Specify the new widget size.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtConfigureWidget
+function returns immediately if the specified new geometry fields
+are all equal to the current values.
+Otherwise,
+.PN XtConfigureWidget
+writes the new \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP,
+and \fIborder_width\fP values 
+into the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, makes an Xlib
+.PN XConfigureWindow
+call on the widget's window.
+.LP
+If the new width or height is different from its old value,
+.PN XtConfigureWidget
+calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change;
+otherwise, it simply returns.
+.sp
+.LP
+To resize a child widget that already has the new values of its width,
+height, and border width, the parent uses
+.PN XtResizeWindow .
+.LP
+.IN "XtResizeWindow" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtResizeWindow(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtResizeWindow
+function calls the 
+.PN XConfigureWindow
+Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width,
+height, and border width. 
+This request is done unconditionally because there is no
+inexpensive way to tell if these
+values match the current values.
+Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called.
+.LP
+There are very few times to use
+.PN XtResizeWindow ;
+instead, the parent should use
+.PN XtResizeWidget .
+
+.NH 2
+Preferred Geometry
+.XS
+\*(SN Preferred Geometry
+.XE
+.LP
+Some parents may be willing to adjust their layouts to accommodate the
+preferred geometries of their children.
+They can use
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+to obtain the preferred geometry 
+and, as they see fit, can use or ignore any portion of the response.
+.sp
+.LP
+To query a child widget's preferred geometry, use
+.PN XtQueryGeometry .
+.LP
+.IN "XtQueryGeometry" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(\fIw\fP, \fIintended\fP, \
+\fIpreferred_return\fP)
+.br
+     Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+     XtWidgetGeometry *\fIintended\fP;
+.br
+     XtWidgetGeometry *\fIpreferred_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIintended\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the new geometry the parent plans to give to the child, or
+NULL.
+.IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1.1i
+Returns the child widget's preferred geometry.
+.LP
+.eM
+To discover a child's preferred geometry,
+the child's parent stores the new
+geometry in the corresponding fields of
+the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in \fIintended.request_mode\fP,
+and calls
+.PN XtQueryGeometry .
+The parent should set only those fields that are important to it so
+that the child can determine whether it may be able to attempt changes to
+other fields.
+.LP
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+clears all bits in the \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP
+field and checks the
+\fIquery_geometry\fP field of the specified widget's class record.
+If \fIquery_geometry\fP is not NULL,
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the
+specified widget, \fIintended\fP, and \fIpreferred_return\fP structures.
+If the \fIintended\fP argument is NULL,
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+replaces it with a pointer to an
+.PN XtWidgetGeometry
+structure with \fIrequest_mode\fP equal to zero before calling the
+query_geometry procedure.
+.NT
+If
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+is called from within a geometry_manager
+procedure for the widget that issued
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+or
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest ,
+the results
+are not guaranteed to be consistent with the requested changes.  The
+change request passed to the geometry manager takes precedence over
+the preferred geometry.
+.NE
+.sp
+.LP
+The query_geometry procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtGeometryHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "query_geometry procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry*, \
+XtWidgetGeometry*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIpreferred_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1.2i
+Passes the child widget whose preferred geometry is required.
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1.2i
+Passes the geometry changes that the parent plans to make.
+.IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1.2i
+Passes a structure in which the child returns its preferred geometry.
+.LP
+.eM
+.IN "query_geometry procedure"
+The query_geometry procedure is expected to examine the bits set in
+\fIrequest->request_mode\fP, evaluate the preferred geometry of the widget,
+and store the result in \fIpreferred_return\fP
+(setting the bits in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP corresponding
+to those geometry fields that it cares about).
+If the proposed geometry change is acceptable without modification,
+the query_geometry procedure should return
+.PN XtGeometryYes .
+If at least one field in \fIpreferred_return\fP
+with a bit set in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP
+is different
+from the corresponding field in \fIrequest\fP
+or if a bit was set in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP
+that was not set in the request,
+the query_geometry procedure should return
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost .
+If the preferred geometry is identical to the current geometry,
+the query_geometry procedure should return
+.PN XtGeometryNo .
+.NT
+The query_geometry procedure may assume
+that no
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest
+or
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+is in progress
+for the specified widget; that is, it is not required to construct
+a reply consistent with the requested geometry if such a request
+were actually outstanding.
+.NE
+.LP
+After calling the query_geometry procedure
+or if the \fIquery_geometry\fP field is NULL,
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+examines all the unset bits in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP
+and sets the corresponding fields in \fIpreferred_return\fP
+to the current values from the widget instance.
+If
+.PN CWStackMode
+is not set,
+the \fIstack_mode\fP field is set to
+.PN XtSMDontChange .
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+returns the value returned by the query_geometry procedure or
+.PN XtGeometryYes
+if the \fIquery_geometry\fP field is NULL.
+.LP
+Therefore, the caller can interpret a return of
+.PN XtGeometryYes
+as not needing to evaluate the contents of the reply and, more important,
+not needing to modify its layout plans.
+A return of
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+means either that both the parent and the child expressed interest
+in at least one common field and the child's preference does not match 
+the parent's intentions or that the child expressed interest in a field that
+the parent might need to consider.
+A return value of
+.PN XtGeometryNo
+means that both the parent and the child expressed interest in a field and
+that the child suggests that the field's current value in the widget instance
+is its preferred value.
+In addition, whether or not the caller ignores the return value or the
+reply mask, it is guaranteed that the \fIpreferred_return\fP structure contains complete
+geometry information for the child.
+.LP
+Parents are expected to call
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+in their layout routine and wherever else the information is significant
+after change_managed has been called.
+The first time it is invoked,
+the changed_managed procedure may assume that the child's current geometry
+is its preferred geometry.
+Thus, the child is still responsible for storing values
+into its own geometry during its initialize procedure.
+
+.NH 2
+Size Change Management: The resize Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Size Change Management: The resize Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+A child can be resized by its parent at any time.
+Widgets usually need to know when they have changed size
+so that they can lay out their displayed data again to match the new size.
+When a parent resizes a child, it calls
+.PN XtResizeWidget ,
+which updates the geometry fields in the widget,
+configures the window if the widget is realized,
+and calls the child's resize procedure to notify the child.
+The resize procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtWidgetProc .
+.IN "resize procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+If a class need not recalculate anything when a widget is resized,
+it can specify NULL for the \fIresize\fP field in its class record.
+This is an unusual case and should occur only for widgets
+with very trivial display semantics.
+The resize procedure takes a widget as its only argument.
+The \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP,
+and \fIborder_width\fP fields of the widget contain the new values.
+The resize procedure should recalculate the layout of internal data
+as needed.
+(For example, a centered Label in a window that changes size
+should recalculate the starting position of the text.)
+The widget must obey resize as a command and must not treat it as a request.
+A widget must not issue an
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+or
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest
+call from its resize procedure.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH07 b/libXt/specs/CH07
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07b36746b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH07
@@ -0,0 +1,3555 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH07,v 1.4 2000/08/17 19:42:45 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 7\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBEvent Management\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 7
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 7 \(em Event Management
+.XE
+While Xlib allows the reading and processing of events anywhere in an application,
+widgets in the \*(tk neither directly read events
+nor grab the server or pointer.
+Widgets register procedures that are to be called
+when an event or class of events occurs in that widget.
+.LP
+A typical application consists of startup code followed by an event loop
+that reads events and dispatches them by calling
+the procedures that widgets have registered.
+The default event loop provided by the \*(xI is
+.PN XtAppMainLoop .
+.LP
+The event manager is a collection of functions to perform the following tasks:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Add or remove event sources other than X server events (in particular,
+timer interrupts, file input, or POSIX signals).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Query the status of event sources.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Add or remove procedures to be called when an event occurs for a particular
+widget.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Enable and
+disable the dispatching of user-initiated events (keyboard and pointer events)
+for a particular widget.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Constrain the dispatching of events to a cascade of pop-up widgets.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Register procedures to be called when specific events arrive.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Register procedures to be called when the \*(xI will block.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Enable safe operation in a multi-threaded environment.
+.LP
+Most widgets do not need to call any of the event handler functions explicitly.
+The normal interface to X events is through the higher-level
+translation manager,
+which maps sequences of X events, with modifiers, into procedure calls.
+Applications rarely use any of the event manager routines besides
+.PN XtAppMainLoop .
+
+.NH 2
+Adding and Deleting Additional Event Sources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Deleting Additional Event Sources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+While most applications are driven only by X events,
+some applications need to incorporate other sources of input 
+into the \*(xI event-handling mechanism.
+The event manager provides routines to integrate notification of timer events
+and file data pending into this mechanism.
+.LP
+The next section describes functions that provide input gathering from files.
+The application registers the files with the \*(xI read routine.
+When input is pending on one of the files,
+the registered callback procedures are invoked.
+
+.NH 3
+Adding and Removing Input Sources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Input Sources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To register a new file as an input source for a given application context, use
+.PN XtAppAddInput .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddInput" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtInputId XtAppAddInput(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIsource\fP, \fIcondition\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIsource\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcondition\fP;
+.br
+      XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system
+or other operating-system-dependent device specification.
+.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i
+Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
+or some other operating-system-dependent condition.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the condition is found.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppAddInput
+function registers with the \*(xI read routine a new source of events,
+which is usually file input but can also be file output.
+Note that \fIfile\fP should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink 
+or source of data.
+.PN XtAppAddInput
+also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
+When an event is pending on this source,
+the callback procedure is called.
+.LP
+The legal values for the \fIcondition\fP argument are operating-system-dependent.
+On a POSIX-based system,
+\fIsource\fP is a file number and the condition is some union of the following:
+.IN "XtInputReadMask" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBXtInputReadMask\fR 1.5i
+Specifies that \fIproc\fP is to be called when \fIsource\fP has data to be read.
+.IN "XtInputWriteMask" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBXtInputWriteMask\fR 1.5i
+Specifies that \fIproc\fP is to be called when \fIsource\fP is ready
+for writing.
+.IN "XtInputExceptMask" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP \fBXtInputExceptMask\fR 1.5i
+Specifies that \fIproc\fP is to be called when \fIsource\fP has
+exception data.
+.LP
+Callback procedure pointers used to handle file events are of
+type
+.PN XtInputCallbackProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInputCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtInputCallbackProc)(XtPointer, int*, XtInputId*);
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIsource\fP;
+.br
+      XtInputId *\fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+.PN XtApp\%AddInput .
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Passes the source file descriptor generating the event.
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Passes the id returned from the corresponding
+.PN XtAppAddInput
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
+.PN XtAppAddInput
+in multiple threads.
+.sp
+.LP
+To discontinue a source of input, use
+.PN XtRemoveInput .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveInput" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveInput(\fIid\fP)
+.br
+      XtInputId \fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the id returned from the corresponding
+.PN XtAppAddInput
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveInput
+function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for events
+from the file source specified by \fIid\fP.
+.LP
+See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
+.PN XtRemoveInput
+in multiple threads.
+
+.NH 3
+Adding and Removing Blocking Notifications
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Blocking Notifications\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Occasionally it is desirable for an application to receive notification
+when the \*(xI event manager detects no pending input from file sources
+and no pending input from X server event sources and is about to block
+in an operating system call.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a hook that is called immediately prior to event blocking, use
+.PN XtAppAddBlockHook .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddBlockHook" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \
+\fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtBlockHookProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called before blocking.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppAddBlockHook 
+function registers the specified procedure and returns an identifier for it.
+The hook procedure \fIproc\fP is called at any time in the future when
+the \*(xI are about to block pending some input.
+.LP
+The procedure pointers used to provide notification of event blocking
+are of type
+.PN XtBlockHookProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtBlockHookProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtBlockHookProc)(XtPointer);
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+.PN XtApp\%AddBlockHook .
+.LP
+.eM
+To discontinue the use of a procedure for blocking notification, use
+.PN XtRemoveBlockHook .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveBlockHook" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveBlockHook(\fIid\fP)
+.br
+      XtBlockHookId \fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the identifier returned from the corresponding call to
+.PN XtAppAddBlockHook .
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtRemoveBlockHook 
+function removes the specified procedure from the list of procedures
+that are called by the \*(xI read routine before blocking on event sources.
+
+.NH 3
+Adding and Removing Timeouts
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Timeouts\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The timeout facility notifies the application or the widget
+through a callback procedure that a specified time interval has elapsed.
+Timeout values are uniquely identified by an interval id.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a timeout callback, use
+.PN XtAppAddTimeOut .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddTimeOut" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIinterval\fP, \fIproc\fP, \
+\fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned long \fIinterval\fP;
+.br
+      XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context for which the timer is to be set.
+.IP \fIinterval\fP 1i
+Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the time expires.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppAddTimeOut
+function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it.
+The timeout value is set to \fIinterval\fP.
+The callback procedure \fIproc\fP is called when
+.PN XtAppNextEvent
+or
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+is next called after the time interval elapses,
+and then the timeout is removed.
+.LP
+Callback procedure pointers used with timeouts are of
+type
+.PN XtTimerCallbackProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtTimerCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtTimerCallbackProc)(XtPointer, XtIntervalId*);
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtIntervalId *\fItimer\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+.PN XtApp\%AddTimeOut .
+.IP \fItimer\fP 1i
+Passes the id returned from the corresponding
+.PN XtAppAddTimeOut
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
+.PN XtAppAddTimeOut
+in multiple threads.
+.sp
+.LP
+To clear a timeout value, use
+.PN XtRemoveTimeOut .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveTimeOut" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveTimeOut(\fItimer\fP)
+.br
+      XtIntervalId \fItimer\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fItimer\fP 1i
+Specifies the id for the timeout request to be cleared.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveTimeOut
+function removes the pending timeout.
+Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger.
+.LP
+Please refer to Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
+.PN XtRemoveTimeOut
+in multiple threads.
+
+.NH 3
+Adding and Removing Signal Callbacks
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Signal Callbacks\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The signal facility notifies the application or the widget through a 
+callback procedure that a signal or other external asynchronous event 
+has occurred.  The registered callback procedures are uniquely identified 
+by a signal id.
+.sp
+.LP
+Prior to establishing a signal handler, the application or widget should
+call
+.PN XtAppAddSignal
+and store the resulting identifier in a place accessible to the signal
+handler.  When a signal arrives, the signal handler should call
+.PN XtNoticeSignal
+to notify the \*(xI that a signal has occured.  To register a signal 
+callback use
+.PN XtAppAddSignal .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddSignal" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtSignalCallbackProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the signal is noticed.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The callback procedure pointers used to handle signal events are of type
+.PN XtSignalCallbackProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSignalCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtSignalCallbackProc)(XtPointer, XtSignalId*);
+.br
+	XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+	XtSignalId *\fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+.PN XtAppAddSignal .
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Passes the id returned from the corresponding 
+.PN XtAppAddSignal
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+To notify the \*(xI that a signal has occured, use
+.PN XtNoticeSignal .
+.LP
+.IN "XtNoticeSignal" "" "@DEF@"
+.sp
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtNoticeSignal(\fIid\fP)
+.br
+      XtSignalId \fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the id returned from the corresponding
+.PN XtAppAddSignal
+call.
+.LP
+.eM
+On a POSIX-based system,
+.PN XtNoticeSignal
+is the only \*(xI function that can safely be called from a signal handler.
+If 
+.PN XtNoticeSignal
+is invoked multiple times before the \*(xI are able to invoke the
+registered callback, the callback is only called once.
+Logically, the \*(xI maintain ``pending'' flag for each registered callback.
+This flag is initially
+.PN False
+and is set to
+.PN True
+by
+.PN XtNoticeSignal .
+When 
+.PN XtAppNextEvent
+or
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+(with a mask including
+.PN XtIMSignal )
+is called, all registered callbacks with ``pending''
+.PN True
+are invoked and the flags are reset to
+.PN False .
+.LP
+If the signal handler wants to track how many times the signal has been
+raised, it can keep its own private counter.  Typically the handler would 
+not do any other work; the callback does the actual processing for the 
+signal. The \*(xI never block signals from being raised, so if a given 
+signal can be raised multiple times before the \*(xI can invoke the 
+callback for that signal, the callback must be designed to deal with 
+this.  In another case, a signal might be raised just after the \*(xI
+sets the pending flag to
+.PN False
+but before the callback can get control, in which case the pending flag
+will still be
+.PN True
+after the callback returns, and the \*(xI will invoke the callback
+again, even though all of the signal raises have been handled.  The
+callback must also be prepared to handle this case.
+.LP
+To remove a registered signal callback, call
+.PN XtRemoveSignal .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveSignal" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveSignal(\fIid\fP)
+.br
+      XtSignalId \fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the id returned by the corresponding call to
+.PN XtAppAddSignal .
+.LP
+.eM
+The client should typically disable the source of the signal before calling
+.PN XtRemoveSignal .
+If the signal could have been raised again before the source was disabled
+and the client wants to process it, then after disabling the source but
+before calling
+.PN XtRemoveSignal
+the client can test for signals with
+.PN XtAppPending
+and process them by calling
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+with the mask
+.PN XtIMSignal .
+
+.NH 2
+Constraining Events to a Cascade of Widgets
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Constraining Events to a Cascade of Widgets\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Grabbing Input"
+.IN "Input Grabbing"
+Modal widgets are widgets that, except for the input directed to them,
+lock out user input to the application.
+.LP
+When a modal menu or modal dialog box is popped up using
+.PN XtPopup ,
+user events (keyboard and pointer events) that occur outside the modal
+widget should be delivered to the modal widget or ignored.
+In no case will user events be delivered to a widget outside
+the modal widget.
+.LP
+Menus can pop up submenus, and dialog boxes can pop up further dialog
+boxes to create a pop-up cascade.
+In this case,
+user events may be delivered to one of several modal widgets in the cascade.
+.LP
+Display-related events should be delivered outside the modal cascade so that
+exposure events and the like keep the application's display up-to-date.
+Any event that occurs within the cascade is delivered as usual.
+The user events delivered to the most recent spring-loaded shell 
+in the cascade when they occur outside the cascade are called remap events 
+and are
+.PN KeyPress ,
+.PN KeyRelease ,
+.PN ButtonPress ,
+and
+.PN ButtonRelease .
+The user events ignored when they occur outside the cascade are
+.PN MotionNotify
+and
+.PN EnterNotify .
+All other events are delivered normally.
+In particular, note that this is one
+way in which widgets can receive
+.PN LeaveNotify
+events without first receiving
+.PN EnterNotify
+events; they should be prepared to deal with
+this, typically by ignoring any unmatched
+.PN LeaveNotify
+events.
+.LP
+.PN XtPopup
+uses the 
+.PN XtAddGrab
+and
+.PN XtRemoveGrab
+functions to constrain user events to a modal cascade 
+and subsequently to remove a grab when the modal widget is popped down.
+
+.sp
+.LP
+To constrain or redirect user input to a modal widget, use
+.PN XtAddGrab .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddGrab" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddGrab(\fIw\fP, \fIexclusive\fP, \fIspring_loaded\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIexclusive\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIspring_loaded\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to add to the modal cascade. \*(cI
+.IP \fIexclusive\fP 1i
+Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget 
+or also to previous widgets in the cascade.
+.IP \fIspring_loaded\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed
+a pointer button.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAddGrab
+function appends the widget to the modal cascade
+and checks that \fIexclusive\fP is 
+.PN True 
+if \fIspring_loaded\fP is 
+.PN True .
+If this condition is not met,
+.PN XtAddGrab
+generates a warning message.
+.LP
+The modal cascade is used by
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+when it tries to dispatch a user event.
+When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade, 
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+first determines if the event should be delivered.
+It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and
+including the most recent cascade entry added with the \fIexclusive\fP parameter
+.PN True .
+.LP
+This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets
+comprise the active subset.
+User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored
+or remapped.
+Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade
+with \fIexclusive\fP 
+.PN False .
+Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested
+dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with \fIexclusive\fP 
+.PN True .
+User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the
+appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal
+widget.
+.LP
+Regardless of where in the application they occur,
+remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active
+subset of the cascade registered with \fIspring_loaded\fP 
+.PN True ,
+if any such widget exists.
+If the event
+occurred in the active subset of the cascade but outside the
+spring-loaded widget, it is delivered normally before being
+delivered also to the spring-loaded widget.
+Regardless of where it is dispatched, the \*(xI do not modify
+the contents of the event.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove the redirection of user input to a modal widget, use
+.PN XtRemoveGrab .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveGrab" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveGrab(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to remove from the modal cascade.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveGrab
+function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting 
+at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget.
+It issues a warning if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade.
+
+.NH 3
+Requesting Key and Button Grabs
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Requesting Key and Button Grabs\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide a set of key and button grab interfaces that
+are parallel to those provided by Xlib and that allow the \*(xI
+to modify event dispatching when necessary.  \*(tk applications and
+widgets that need to passively grab keys or buttons or actively grab
+the keyboard or pointer should use the
+following \*(xI routines rather than the corresponding Xlib
+routines.
+.sp
+.LP
+To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use
+.PN XtGrabKey .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGrabKey" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGrabKey(\fIwidget\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \
+\fIowner_events\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIowner_events\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in whose window the key is to be grabbed.  \*(cI
+.sp 6p
+.IP \fIkeycode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIowner_events\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XGrabKey ;
+see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGrabKey
+calls
+.PN XGrabKey
+specifying the widget's window as the grab
+window if the widget is realized.  The remaining arguments are exactly
+as for
+.PN XGrabKey .
+If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
+.PN XGrabKey
+is performed (again) when
+the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped.  In the future,
+if
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+is called with a
+.PN KeyPress
+event matching the specified keycode and modifiers (which may be
+.PN AnyKey
+or
+.PN AnyModifier ,
+respectively) for the
+widget's window, the \*(xI will call
+.PN XtUngrabKeyboard
+with the timestamp from the
+.PN KeyPress
+event if either of the following conditions is true:
+.IP \(bu 3
+There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in
+the active subset of the cascade and the keyboard was not previously
+grabbed, or
+.IP \(bu 3
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.PN True .
+
+.sp
+.LP
+To cancel a passive key grab, use
+.PN XtUngrabKey .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUngrabKey" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUngrabKey(\fIwidget\fP, \fIkeycode\fP\fI, modifiers\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in whose window the key was grabbed.
+.sp 6p
+.IP \fIkeycode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XUngrabKey ;
+see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtUngrabKey
+procedure calls
+.PN XUngrabKey
+specifying the widget's
+window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized.  The remaining
+arguments are exactly as for
+.PN XUngrabKey .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.PN XtUngrabKey
+removes a deferred
+.PN XtGrabKey
+request, if any, for the specified widget, keycode, and modifiers.
+.sp
+.LP
+To actively grab the keyboard, use
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGrabKeyboard" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+int XtGrabKeyboard(\fIwidget\fP, \fIowner_events\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, \
+\fIkeyboard_mode\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIowner_events\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.br
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for whose window the keyboard is to be grabbed.
+\*(cI
+.sp 6p
+.IP \fIowner_events\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XGrabKeyboard ;
+see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+If the specified widget is realized,
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard
+calls
+.PN XGrabKeyboard
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window.  The remaining
+arguments and return value are exactly as for
+.PN XGrabKeyboard .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard
+immediately returns
+.PN GrabNotViewable .
+No future automatic ungrab is implied by
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard .
+.sp
+.LP
+To cancel an active keyboard grab, use
+.PN XtUngrabKeyboard .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUngrabKeyboard" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUngrabKeyboard(\fIwidget\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that has the active keyboard grab.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the additional argument to
+.PN XUngrabKeyboard ;
+see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtUngrabKeyboard
+calls
+.PN XUngrabKeyboard
+with the specified time.
+.sp
+.LP
+To passively grab a single pointer button, use
+.PN XtGrabButton .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGrabButton" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGrabButton(\fIwidget\fP, \fIbutton\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \
+\fIowner_events\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP,
+                  \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, \fIconfine_to\fP, \fIcursor\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIbutton\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIowner_events\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP;
+.br
+      Window \fIconfine_to\fP;
+.br
+      Cursor \fIcursor\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in whose window the button is to be grabbed.  \*(cI
+.sp 6p
+.IP \fIbutton\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIowner_events\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIconfine_to\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIcursor\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XGrabButton ;
+see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGrabButton
+calls
+.PN XGrabButton
+specifying the widget's window as the
+grab window if the widget is realized.  The remaining arguments are
+exactly as for
+.PN XGrabButton .
+If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
+.PN XGrabButton
+is performed (again)
+when the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped.  In the
+future, if
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+is called with a
+.PN ButtonPress
+event matching the specified button and modifiers (which may be
+.PN AnyButton
+or
+.PN AnyModifier ,
+respectively)
+for the widget's window, the \*(xI will call
+.PN XtUngrabPointer
+with the timestamp from the
+.PN ButtonPress
+event if either of the following conditions is true:
+.IP \(bu 3
+There is a modal cascade and the
+widget is not in the active subset of the cascade and the pointer was
+not previously grabbed, or
+.IP \(bu 3
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.PN True .
+
+.sp
+.LP
+To cancel a passive button grab, use
+.PN XtUngrabButton .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUngrabButton" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUngrabButton(\fIwidget\fP, \fIbutton\fP, \fImodifiers\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned int \fIbutton\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in whose window the button was grabbed.
+.IP \fIbutton\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XUngrabButton ;
+see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtUngrabButton
+procedure calls
+.PN XUngrabButton
+specifying the
+widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized.  The
+remaining arguments are exactly as for
+.PN XUngrabButton .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.PN XtUngrabButton
+removes a deferred
+.PN XtGrabButton
+request, if any, for the specified widget, button, and modifiers.
+.sp
+.LP
+To actively grab the pointer, use
+.PN XtGrabPointer .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGrabPointer" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+int XtGrabPointer(\fIwidget\fP, \fIowner_events\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \
+\fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP,
+                  \fIconfine_to\fP, \fIcursor\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIowner_events\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP;
+.br
+      Window \fIconfine_to\fP;
+.br
+      Cursor \fIcursor\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for whose window the pointer is to be grabbed.  \*(cI
+.sp 6p
+.IP \fIowner_events\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIconfine_to\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIcursor\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XGrabPointer ;
+see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+If the specified widget is realized,
+.PN XtGrabPointer
+calls
+.PN XGrabPointer ,
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window.  The remaining
+arguments and return value are exactly as for
+.PN XGrabPointer .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.PN XtGrabPointer
+immediately returns
+.PN GrabNotViewable .
+No future automatic ungrab is implied by
+.PN XtGrabPointer .
+.sp
+.LP
+To cancel an active pointer grab, use
+.PN XtUngrabPointer .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUngrabPointer" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUngrabPointer(\fIwidget\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that has the active pointer grab.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the time argument to
+.PN XUngrabPointer ;
+see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtUngrabPointer
+calls
+.PN XUngrabPointer
+with the specified time.
+
+.NH 2
+Focusing Events on a Child
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Focusing Events on a Child\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To redirect keyboard input to a normal descendant of a
+widget without calling
+.PN XSetInputFocus ,
+use
+.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetKeyboardFocus" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetKeyboardFocus(\fIsubtree\fP\, \fIdescendant\fP)
+.br
+     Widget \fIsubtree\fP, \fIdescendant\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIsubtree\fP 1i
+Specifies the subtree of the hierarchy for which the keyboard focus is 
+to be set.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIdescendant\fP 1i
+Specifies either the normal (non-pop-up) descendant of \fIsubtree\fP to which
+keyboard events are logically directed, or 
+.PN None .
+It is not an error to specify
+.PN None
+when no input focus was previously set.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus
+causes
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+to remap keyboard events occurring within the specified subtree
+and dispatch them to the specified descendant widget or to an ancestor.
+If the descendant's class is not a subclass of Core, the descendant is
+replaced by its closest windowed ancestor.
+.LP
+When there is no modal cascade, keyboard events can be dispatched
+to a widget in one of five ways.  Assume the server delivered the
+event to the window for widget E (because of X input focus, key or
+keyboard grabs, or pointer position).
+.IP \(bu 3
+If neither E nor any of E's ancestors have redirected the keyboard
+focus, or if the event activated a grab for E as specified by a call
+to
+.PN XtGrabKey
+with any value of \fIowner_events\fP, or
+if the keyboard is actively grabbed by E with \fIowner_events\fP
+.PN False
+via
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard
+or
+.PN XtGrabKey
+on a previous key press, the event is dispatched to E.
+.IP \(bu 3
+Beginning with the ancestor of E closest to the root that has
+redirected the keyboard focus or E if no such ancestor exists, if
+the target of that focus redirection has in turn redirected the
+keyboard focus, recursively follow this focus chain to find a widget
+F that has not redirected focus.
+.RS
+.IP \- 3
+If E is the final focus target widget F or a descendant of F, the
+event is dispatched to E.
+.IP \- 3
+If E is not F, an ancestor of F, or a descendant of F, and the event
+activated a grab for E as specified by a call to
+.PN XtGrabKey
+for E,
+.PN XtUngrabKeyboard
+is called.
+.IP \- 3
+If E is an ancestor of F, and the event is a key press, and either
+.RS
+.IP + 3
+E has grabbed the key with
+.PN XtGrabKey
+and \fIowner_events\fP
+.PN False ,
+or
+.IP + 3
+E has grabbed the key with
+.PN XtGrabKey
+and \fIowner_events\fP
+.PN True ,
+and the coordinates of the event are outside the rectangle specified
+by E's geometry,
+.RE
+then the event is dispatched to E.
+.IP \- 3
+Otherwise, define A as the closest common ancestor of E and F:
+.RS
+.IP + 3
+If there is an active keyboard grab for any widget via either
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard
+or
+.PN XtGrabKey
+on a previous key press, or
+if no widget between F and A (noninclusive) has grabbed
+the key and modifier combination with
+.PN XtGrabKey
+and any value of \fIowner_events\fP, the event is dispatched to F.
+.IP + 3
+Else, the event is dispatched to the ancestor of F closest to A
+that has grabbed the key and modifier combination with
+.PN XtGrabKey .
+.RE
+.RE
+.LP
+When there is a modal cascade, if the final destination widget as
+identified above is in the active subset of the cascade, the event is
+dispatched; otherwise the event is remapped to a spring-loaded shell
+or discarded.
+Regardless of where it is dispatched, the \*(xI do not modify
+the contents of the event.
+.LP
+When \fIsubtree\fP or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus
+or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would
+now be delivered to the subtree, a
+.PN FocusIn
+event is generated for the descendant if
+.PN FocusChange
+events have been selected by the descendant.
+Similarly, when \fIsubtree\fP loses the X input focus
+or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a
+.PN FocusOut
+event is generated for descendant if
+.PN FocusChange
+events have been selected by the descendant.
+.sp
+.LP
+A widget tree may also actively manage the X server input focus.  To
+do so, a widget class specifies an accept_focus procedure.
+.LP
+.IN "accept_focus procedure"
+The accept_focus procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtAcceptFocusProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAcceptFocusProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtAcceptFocusProc)(Widget, Time*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Time *\fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the X time of the event causing the accept focus.
+.LP
+.eM
+Widgets that need the input focus can call
+.PN XSetInputFocus
+explicitly, pursuant to the restrictions of the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+To allow outside agents, such as the parent,
+to cause a widget to take the input focus,
+every widget exports an accept_focus procedure.
+The widget returns a value indicating
+whether it actually took the focus or not,
+so that the parent can give the focus to another widget.
+Widgets that need to know when they lose the input focus must use
+the Xlib focus notification mechanism explicitly
+(typically by specifying translations for
+.PN FocusIn
+and
+.PN FocusOut
+events).
+Widgets classes that never want the input focus should set the
+\fIaccept_focus\fP field to NULL.
+.sp
+.LP
+To call a widget's accept_focus procedure, use
+.PN XtCallAcceptFocus .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallAcceptFocus" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(\fIw\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+       Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+       Time *\fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the focus change.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCallAcceptFocus
+function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure,
+passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus
+procedure returns.
+If \fIaccept_focus\fP is NULL,
+.PN XtCallAcceptFocus
+returns
+.PN False .
+
+.NH 3
+Events for Drawables That Are Not a Widget's Window
+.XS 
+\fB\*(SN Events for Drawables That Are Not a Widget's Window\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Sometimes an application must handle events for drawables that are not
+associated with widgets in its widget tree.  Examples include handling
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+and
+.PN NoExpose
+events on Pixmaps, and handling 
+.PN PropertyNotify
+events on the root window.
+.LP
+To register a drawable with the \*(xI event dispatching, use
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRegisterDrawable" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRegisterDrawable(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdrawable\fP, \fIwidget\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      Drawable \fIdrawable\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable's display.
+.IP \fIdrawable\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable to register.
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to register the drawable for.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable
+associates the specified drawable with the specified widget
+so that future calls to
+.PN XtWindowToWidget
+with the drawable will return the widget.
+The default event dispatcher will dispatch future events that
+arrive for the drawable to the widget in the same manner as
+events that contain the widget's window.
+.LP
+If the drawable is already registered with another widget, or if the
+drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree, the
+results of calling
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable
+are undefined.
+
+.LP
+To unregister a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatching, use
+.PN XtUnregisterDrawable .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUnregisterDrawable" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUnregisterDrawable(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdrawable\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      Drawable \fIdrawable\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable's display.
+.IP \fIdrawable\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable to unregister.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtUnregisterDrawable
+removes an association created with 
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable .  
+If the drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree
+the results of calling 
+.PN XtUnregisterDrawable
+are undefined.
+
+.NH 2
+Querying Event Sources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Querying Event Sources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The event manager provides several functions to examine and read events
+(including file and timer events) that are in the queue.
+The next three functions are \*(xI equivalents of the
+.PN XPending ,
+.PN XPeekEvent ,
+and
+.PN XNextEvent
+Xlib calls.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "Events"
+To determine if there are any events on the input queue for a given application,
+use
+.PN XtAppPending .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppPending" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtInputMask XtAppPending(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application to check.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppPending
+function returns a nonzero value if there are
+events pending from the X server, timer pending, other input sources
+pending, or signal sources pending.  The
+value returned is a bit mask that is the OR of
+.PN XtIMXEvent ,
+.PN XtIMTimer ,
+.PN XtIMAlternateInput ,
+and 
+.PN XtIMSignal 
+(see
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent ).
+If there are no events pending, 
+.PN XtAppPending
+flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and returns zero.
+.sp
+.LP
+To return the event from the head of a given application's input queue
+without removing input from the queue, use
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppPeekEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIevent_return\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+.LP
+.eM
+If there is an X event in the queue,
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent
+copies it into \fIevent_return\fP and returns
+.PN True .
+If no X input is on the queue,
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent
+flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and blocks until some input is available
+(possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the interim).
+If the next available input is an X event,
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent
+fills in \fIevent_return\fP and returns
+.PN True .
+Otherwise, the input is for an input source
+registered with
+.PN XtAppAddInput ,
+and
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent
+returns
+.PN False .
+.FS
+The sample implementations provides XtAppPeekEvent as described.  Timeout callbacks
+are called while blocking for input.  If some input for an input source is
+available, 
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent
+will return 
+.PN True
+without returning an event.
+.FE
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove and return the event
+from the head of a given application's X event queue,
+use
+.PN XtAppNextEvent .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppNextEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppNextEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIevent_return\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+.LP
+.eM
+If the X event queue is empty,
+.PN XtAppNextEvent
+flushes the X output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and waits for an X event while looking at the other input sources
+and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them.
+This wait time can be used for background processing;
+see Section 7.8.
+
+.NH 2
+Dispatching Events
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Dispatching Events\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide functions that dispatch events
+to widgets or other application code.
+Every client interested in X events on a widget uses
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+to register which events it is
+interested in and a procedure (event handler) to be called
+when the event happens in that window.
+The translation manager automatically registers event handlers for widgets
+that use translation tables; see Chapter 10.
+.sp
+.LP
+Applications that need direct control of the processing of different types
+of input should use
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppProcessEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppProcessEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImask\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtInputMask \fImask\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the
+application for which to process input.
+.IP \fImask\fP 1i
+Specifies what types of events to process.
+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
+.PN XtIMXEvent ,
+.PN XtIMTimer ,
+.PN XtIMAlternateInput ,
+and
+.PN XtIMSignal .
+As a convenience,
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+defines the symbolic name
+.PN XtIMAll
+to be the bitwise inclusive OR of these four event types.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+function processes one timer, input source, signal source, or X event.
+If there is no event or input of the appropriate type to process, then
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+blocks until there is.
+If there is more than one type of input available to process,
+it is undefined which will get processed.
+Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications; see
+.PN XtAppMainLoop .
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks,
+input sources by calling any appropriate input callbacks, 
+signal source by calling any appropriate signal callbacks,
+and X events by
+calling
+.PN XtDispatchEvent .
+.LP
+When an X event is received,
+it is passed to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent ,
+which calls the appropriate event handlers
+and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data
+registered with each procedure.
+If no handlers for that event are registered,
+the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns.
+
+.sp
+.LP
+To dispatch an event returned by
+.PN XtAppNextEvent ,
+retrieved directly from the Xlib queue, or synthetically constructed,
+to any registered event filters or event handlers, call
+.PN XtDispatchEvent .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDispatchEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtDispatchEvent(\fIevent\fP)
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the event structure to be dispatched
+to the appropriate event handlers.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+function first calls
+.PN XFilterEvent
+with the \fIevent\fP and the window of the widget to which the
+\*(xI intend to dispatch the event, or the event window if
+the \*(xI would not dispatch the event to any handlers.
+If
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.PN True
+and the event activated a server grab as identified
+by a previous call to
+.PN XtGrabKey
+or
+.PN XtGrabButton ,
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+calls
+.PN XtUngrabKeyboard
+or
+.PN XtUngrabPointer
+with the timestamp from the event and immediately returns
+.PN True .
+If
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.PN True
+and a grab was not activated,
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+just immediately returns
+.PN True .
+Otherwise,
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+sends the event to the event handler functions that
+have been previously registered with the dispatch routine.
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+returns 
+.PN True
+if
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returned
+.PN True ,
+or if the event was dispatched to some handler, and
+.PN False
+if it found no handler to which to dispatch the event.
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+records the last timestamp in any event that
+contains a timestamp (see
+.PN XtLastTimestampProcessed ),
+regardless of whether it was filtered or dispatched.
+If a modal cascade is active with \fIspring_loaded\fP
+.PN True ,
+and if the event is a remap event as defined by
+.PN XtAddGrab ,
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+may dispatch the event a second time.  If it does so,
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+will call
+.PN XFilterEvent
+again with the window of the spring-loaded widget prior to the second
+dispatch, and if
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.PN True ,
+the second dispatch will not be performed.
+
+.NH 2
+The Application Input Loop
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN The Application Input Loop\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To process all input from a given application in a continuous loop,
+use the convenience procedure
+.PN XtAppMainLoop .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppMainLoop" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppMainLoop(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppMainLoop
+function first reads the next incoming X event by calling
+.PN XtAppNextEvent 
+and then dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure 
+by calling
+.PN XtDispatchEvent .
+This constitutes the main loop of \*(tk applications.
+There is nothing special about
+.PN XtAppMainLoop ;
+it simply calls
+.PN XtAppNextEvent
+and then
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+in a conditional loop.
+At the bottom of the loop, it checks to see if the specified
+application context's destroy flag is set.
+If the flag is set, the loop breaks.
+The whole loop is enclosed between a matching
+.PN XtAppLock
+and 
+.PN XtAppUnlock .
+.LP
+Applications can provide their own version of this loop,
+which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number
+of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to
+.PN XtAppNextEvent .
+
+.NH 2
+Setting and Checking the Sensitivity State of a Widget
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Setting and Checking the Sensitivity State of a Widget\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Many widgets have a mode in which they assume a different appearance
+(for example, are grayed out or stippled), do not respond to user events,
+and become dormant.
+.LP
+When dormant,
+a widget is considered to be insensitive.
+If a widget is insensitive,
+the event manager does not dispatch any events to the widget
+with an event type of
+.PN KeyPress ,
+.PN KeyRelease ,
+.PN ButtonPress ,
+.PN ButtonRelease ,
+.PN MotionNotify ,
+.PN EnterNotify ,
+.PN LeaveNotify ,
+.PN FocusIn ,
+or
+.PN FocusOut .
+.LP
+A widget can be insensitive because its \fIsensitive\fP field is
+.PN False
+or because one of its ancestors is insensitive and thus the widget's
+\fIancestor_sensitive\fP field also is 
+.PN False .
+A widget can but does not need to distinguish these two cases visually.
+.NT
+Pop-up shells will have
+\fIancestor_sensitive\fP
+.PN False
+if the parent was insensitive when the shell
+was created.  Since
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+on the parent will not
+modify the resource of the pop-up child, clients are advised to include
+a resource specification of the form
+``*TransientShell.ancestorSensitive: True''
+in the application defaults resource file or to
+otherwise ensure that the parent is
+sensitive when creating pop-up shells.
+.NE
+.sp
+.LP
+To set the sensitivity state of a widget, use
+.PN XtSetSensitive .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetSensitive" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetSensitive(\fIw\fP, \fIsensitive\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIsensitive\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIsensitive\fP 1i
+Specifies whether the widget should receive
+keyboard, pointer, and focus events.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+function first calls
+.PN XtSetValues
+on the current widget with an argument list specifying the
+XtNsensitive resource and the new value.
+If \fIsensitive\fP is
+.PN False
+and the widget's class is a subclass of
+Composite,
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+recursively propagates the new value
+down the child tree by calling
+.PN XtSetValues
+on each child to set \fIancestor_sensitive\fP to
+.PN False .
+If \fIsensitive\fP is
+.PN True
+and the widget's class is a subclass of
+Composite
+and the widget's \fIancestor_sensitive\fP field is
+.PN True ,
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+sets the \fIancestor_sensitive\fP of each child to
+.PN True
+and then recursively calls
+.PN XtSetValues
+on each normal descendant that is now sensitive to set
+\fIancestor_sensitive\fP to
+.PN True .
+.LP
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+calls
+.PN XtSetValues
+to change the \fIsensitive\fP and \fIancestor_sensitive\fP fields
+of each affected widget.
+Therefore, when one of these changes,
+the widget's set_values procedure should
+take whatever display actions are needed
+(for example, graying out or stippling the widget).
+.LP
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+maintains the invariant that, if the parent has either \fIsensitive\fP 
+or \fIancestor_sensitive\fP 
+.PN False ,
+then all children have \fIancestor_sensitive\fP 
+.PN False .
+.sp
+.LP
+To check the current sensitivity state of a widget,
+use
+.PN XtIsSensitive .
+.LP
+.IN "XtIsSensitive" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtIsSensitive(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+     Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the object.  \*(oI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtIsSensitive
+function returns 
+.PN True 
+or 
+.PN False 
+to indicate whether user input events are being dispatched.
+If object's class is a subclass of RectObj and
+both \fIsensitive\fP and \fIancestor_sensitive\fP are 
+.PN True ,
+.PN XtIsSensitive
+returns 
+.PN True ;
+otherwise, it returns 
+.PN False .
+
+.NH 2
+Adding Background Work Procedures
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding Background Work Procedures\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI have some limited support for background processing.
+Because most applications spend most of their time waiting for input, 
+you can register an idle-time work procedure
+that is called when the toolkit would otherwise block in
+.PN XtAppNextEvent
+or
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent .
+Work procedure pointers are of type
+.PN XtWorkProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtWorkProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtWorkProc)(XtPointer);
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Passes the client data specified when the work procedure was registered.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure should return
+.PN True
+when it is done to indicate that it
+should be removed.
+If the procedure returns
+.PN False ,
+it will remain registered and called again when the
+application is next idle.
+Work procedures should be very judicious about how much they do. 
+If they run for more than a small part of a second,
+interactive feel is likely to suffer.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a work procedure for a given application, use
+.PN XtAppAddWorkProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddWorkProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the application is idle.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppAddWorkProc
+function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified
+by \fIapp_context\fP
+and returns an opaque unique identifier for this work procedure.
+Multiple work procedures can be registered,
+and the most recently added one is always the one that is called.
+However, if a work procedure adds another work procedure, 
+the newly added one has lower priority than the current one.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove a work procedure, either return 
+.PN True 
+from the procedure when it is called or use
+.PN XtRemoveWorkProc
+outside of the procedure.
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveWorkProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveWorkProc(\fIid\fP)
+.br
+      XtWorkProcId \fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies which work procedure to remove.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveWorkProc
+function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure.
+
+.NH 2
+X Event Filters
+.XS
+\*(SN X Event Filters
+.XE
+.LP
+The event manager provides filters that can be applied to
+specific X events.
+The filters, which screen out events that are redundant or are temporarily
+unwanted, handle
+pointer motion compression,
+enter/leave compression, and
+exposure compression.
+
+.NH 3
+Pointer Motion Compression
+.XS
+\*(SN Pointer Motion Compression
+.XE
+.LP
+Widgets can have a hard time keeping up with a rapid stream of
+pointer motion events.  Furthermore,
+they usually do not care about every motion event.  To throw out
+redundant motion events, the widget class field \fIcompress_motion\fP should be
+.PN True .
+.IN "compress_motion field"
+When a request for an event would return a motion event,
+the \*(xI check if there are any other motion events
+for the same widget immediately
+following the current one and, if so, skip all but the last of them.
+
+.NH 3
+Enter/Leave Compression
+.XS
+\*(SN Enter/Leave Compression
+.XE
+.LP
+To throw out pairs of enter and leave events that have no intervening events,
+as can happen when the user moves the pointer across a widget 
+without stopping in it,
+the widget class field \fIcompress_enterleave\fP should be 
+.PN True .
+.IN "compress_enterleave field"
+These enter and leave events are not delivered to the client
+if they are found together in the input queue.
+
+.NH 3
+Exposure Compression
+.XS
+\*(SN Exposure Compression
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "compress_expose field"
+Many widgets prefer to process a series of exposure events as a
+single expose region rather than as individual rectangles.  Widgets
+with complex displays might use the expose region as a clip list
+in a graphics context, and widgets with simple displays might
+ignore the region entirely and redisplay their whole window or
+might get the bounding box from the region and redisplay only that
+rectangle.
+.LP
+In either case, these widgets do not care about getting partial exposure events.
+The \fIcompress_exposure\fP field in the widget class
+structure specifies the type and number of exposure events that are
+dispatched to the widget's expose procedure.  This field must be
+initialized to one of the following values:
+.sp
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA 3i
+.ta 3i
+#define XtExposeNoCompress	((XtEnum)False)
+#define XtExposeCompressSeries	((XtEnum)True)
+#define XtExposeCompressMultiple	<implementation-defined>
+#define XtExposeCompressMaximal	<implementation-defined>
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+optionally ORed with any combination of the following flags (all with
+implementation-defined values):
+.PN XtExposeGraphicsExpose ,
+.PN XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged ,
+.PN XtExposeNoExpose ,
+and
+.PN XtExposeNoRegion .
+
+.LP
+If the \fIcompress_exposure\fP field in the widget class structure does not
+specify
+.PN XtExposeNoCompress ,
+the event manager calls the widget's expose procedure only
+once for a series of exposure events.
+In this case, all
+.PN Expose
+or
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+events are accumulated into a region.
+When the final event is received,
+the event manager replaces the rectangle in the event with the
+bounding box for the region
+and calls the widget's expose procedure,
+passing the modified exposure event and (unless 
+.PN XtExposeNoRegion
+is specified) the region.
+For more information on regions, see Section 16.5 in \fI\*(xL\fP.)
+.LP
+The values have the following interpretation:
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeNoCompress
+.IN "XtExposeNoCompress" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+No exposure compression is performed; every selected event is
+individually dispatched to the expose procedure with a \fIregion\fP
+argument of NULL.
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeCompressSeries
+.IN "XtExposeCompressSeries" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Each series of exposure events is coalesced into a single event,
+which is dispatched
+when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached.
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeCompressMultiple
+.IN "XtExposeCompressMultiple" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Consecutive series of exposure events are coalesced into a single
+event, which is dispatched
+when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached and either
+the event queue is empty or the next event is not an exposure event
+for the same widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeCompressMaximal
+.IN "XtExposeCompressMaximal" "" "@DEF"
+.IP
+All expose series currently in the queue for the widget
+are coalesced into a single
+event without regard to intervening nonexposure events.  If a
+partial series is in the end of the queue, the \*(xI will
+block until the end of the series is received.
+.sp
+.LP
+The additional flags have the following meaning:
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeGraphicsExpose
+.IN "XtExposeGraphicsExpose" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Specifies that
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+events are also to be dispatched to
+the expose procedure.
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+events are compressed, if specified, in the same manner as
+.PN Expose
+events.
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged
+.IN "XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Specifies in the case of
+.PN XtExposeCompressMultiple
+and
+.PN XtExposeCompressMaximal
+that series of
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+and
+.PN Expose
+events are to be compressed together, with the final event type
+determining the type of the event passed to the expose procedure.
+If this flag is not set, then only series of the same event type
+as the event at the head of the queue are coalesced.  This flag
+also implies
+.PN XtExposeGraphicsExpose .
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeNoExpose
+.IN "XtExposeNoExpose" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Specifies that
+.PN NoExpose
+events are also to be dispatched to the expose procedure.
+.PN NoExpose
+events are never coalesced with
+other exposure events or with each other.
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtExposeNoRegion
+.IN "XtExposeNoRegion" "" "@DEF"
+.IP
+Specifies that the final region argument passed to the expose
+procedure is NULL.  The rectangle in the event will still
+contain bounding box information for the entire series of
+compressed exposure events.  This option saves processing time when the
+region is not needed by the widget.
+
+.NH 2
+Widget Exposure and Visibility
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Exposure and Visibility
+.XE
+.LP
+Every primitive widget and some composite widgets display data on the screen
+by means of direct Xlib calls.
+Widgets cannot simply write to the screen and forget what they have done.
+They must keep enough state to redisplay the window or parts
+of it if a portion is obscured and then reexposed.
+
+.NH 3
+Redisplay of a Widget: The expose Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Redisplay of a Widget: The expose Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "expose procedure"
+.LP
+The expose procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+.PN XtExposeProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtExposeProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtExposeProc)(Widget, XEvent*, Region);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.br
+      Region \fIregion\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget instance requiring redisplay.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the exposure event giving the rectangle requiring redisplay.
+.IP \fIregion\fP 1i
+Specifies the union of all rectangles in this exposure sequence.
+.LP
+.eM
+The redisplay of a widget upon exposure is the responsibility of the
+expose procedure in the widget's class record.
+If a widget has no display semantics,
+it can specify NULL for the \fIexpose\fP field.
+Many composite widgets serve only as containers for their children
+and have no expose procedure.
+.NT
+If the \fIexpose\fP procedure is NULL,
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+fills in a default bit gravity of
+.PN NorthWestGravity
+before it calls the widget's realize procedure.
+.NE
+.LP
+If the widget's \fIcompress_exposure\fP class field specifies
+.PN XtExposeNoCompress
+or 
+.PN XtExposeNoRegion ,
+or if the event type is
+.PN NoExpose
+(see Section 7.9.3),
+\fIregion\fP is NULL.  If
+.PN XtExposeNoCompress
+is not specified and the event type is not
+.PN NoExpose ,
+the event is the final event in the compressed series
+but \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP contain
+the bounding box for all the compressed events.
+The region is created and destroyed by the \*(xI, but
+the widget is permitted to modify the region contents.
+.LP
+A small simple widget (for example, Label) can ignore the bounding box
+information in the event and redisplay the entire window.
+A more complicated widget (for example, Text) can use the bounding box
+information to minimize the amount of calculation and redisplay it does.
+A very complex widget uses the region as a clip list in a GC and
+ignores the event information.
+The expose procedure is not chained and is therefore
+responsible for exposure of all superclass data
+as well as its own.
+.LP
+However,
+it often is possible to anticipate the display needs of several levels
+of subclassing.
+For example, rather than implement separate display procedures for
+the widgets Label, Pushbutton, and Toggle,
+you could write a single display routine in Label that uses display state
+fields like
+.LP
+.DS
+Boolean invert;
+Boolean highlight;
+Dimension highlight_width;
+.DE
+Label would have \fIinvert\fP and \fIhighlight\fP always 
+.PN False
+and \fIhighlight_width\fP zero.
+Pushbutton would dynamically set \fIhighlight\fP and \fIhighlight_width\fP, 
+but it would leave \fIinvert\fP always 
+.PN False .
+Finally, Toggle would dynamically set all three.
+In this case,
+the expose procedures for Pushbutton and Toggle inherit
+their superclass's expose procedure;
+see Section 1.6.10.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Visibility
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Visibility
+.XE
+.LP
+Some widgets may use substantial computing resources to produce the
+data they will display.
+However, this effort is wasted if the widget is not actually visible
+on the screen, that is, if the widget is obscured by another application 
+or is iconified.
+.LP
+.IN "Visibility"
+The \fIvisible\fP field in the
+core
+widget structure provides a hint to the widget that it need not compute
+display data.
+This field is guaranteed to be
+.PN True
+by the time an
+exposure
+event is processed if any part of the widget is visible,
+but is
+.PN False 
+if the widget is fully obscured.
+.LP
+Widgets can use or ignore the \fIvisible\fP hint.
+If they ignore it,
+they should have \fIvisible_interest\fP in their widget class record set 
+.PN False .
+In such cases,
+the \fIvisible\fP field is initialized 
+.PN True 
+and never changes.
+If \fIvisible_interest\fP is 
+.PN True ,
+the event manager asks for
+.PN VisibilityNotify
+events for the widget and sets \fIvisible\fP to
+.PN True
+on
+.PN VisibilityUnobscured
+or
+.PN VisibilityPartiallyObscured
+.IN VisibilityNotify
+events and
+.PN False
+on
+.PN VisibilityFullyObscured
+events.
+
+.NH 2
+X Event Handlers
+.XS
+\*(SN X Event Handlers
+.XE
+.LP
+Event handlers are procedures called when specified events
+occur in a widget.
+Most widgets need not use event handlers explicitly.
+Instead, they use the \*(xI translation manager.
+Event handler procedure pointers are of the type
+.PN XtEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtEventHandler)(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent*, Boolean*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean *\fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which the event arrived.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies any client-specific information registered with the event handler.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the triggering event.
+.IP \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP 1i
+Specifies whether the remaining event
+handlers registered for the current event
+should be called.
+.LP
+.eM
+After receiving an event and before calling any event handlers, the
+Boolean pointed to by \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP is initialized to
+.PN True .
+When an event handler is called, it may decide that further processing
+of the event is not desirable and may store
+.PN False
+in this Boolean, in
+which case any handlers remaining to be called for the event are
+ignored.
+.LP
+The circumstances under which the \*(xI may add event handlers
+to a widget are currently implementation-dependent.  Clients must
+therefore be aware that storing
+.PN False
+into the \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP argument can lead to portability problems.
+
+.NH 3
+Event Handlers That Select Events
+.XS
+\*(SN Event Handlers That Select Events
+.XE
+.LP
+To register an event handler procedure with the dispatch mechanism, use
+.PN XtAddEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this procedure should be 
+called on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+.PN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify ).
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is
+to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified
+widget.
+Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will
+contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once regardless of
+the manner in which it is registered.
+If the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP
+value,
+the specified mask augments the existing mask.
+If the widget is realized,
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+calls
+.PN XSelectInput ,
+if necessary.
+The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers
+registered for the same event is not defined.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove a previously registered event handler, use
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure.
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this procedure should be 
+removed on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+.PN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify ).
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be removed.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the registered client data.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler
+function unregisters an event handler registered with
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+or
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler
+for the specified events.
+The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP does not match the value given
+when the handler was registered.
+If the widget is realized and no other event handler requires the event,
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler
+calls
+.PN XSelectInput .
+If the specified procedure has not been registered 
+or if it has been registered with a different value of \fIclient_data\fP,
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler
+returns without reporting an error.
+.LP
+To stop a procedure registered with
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+or
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler
+from receiving all selected events, call
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler
+with an \fIevent_mask\fP of
+.PN XtAllEvents
+and \fInonmaskable\fP 
+.PN True .
+The procedure will continue to receive any events
+that have been specified in calls to
+.PN XtAddRawEventHandler
+or
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or
+after all previously registered event handlers, use
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtListPosition" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtInsertEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef enum {XtListHead, XtListTail} XtListPosition;
+.De
+.LP
+.FD 0
+void XtInsertEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIposition\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtListPosition \fIposition\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this procedure should be 
+called on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+.PN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify ).
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called
+relative to other previously registered handlers.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler
+is identical to
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+with the additional \fIposition\fP argument.  If \fIposition\fP is
+.PN XtListHead ,
+the event
+handler is registered so that it is called before any event
+handlers that were previously registered for the same widget.  If
+\fIposition\fP is
+.PN XtListTail ,
+the event handler is registered to be called
+after any previously registered event handlers.  If the procedure is
+already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask
+augments the existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in
+the list.
+
+.NH 3
+Event Handlers That Do Not Select Events
+.XS
+\*(SN Event Handlers That Do Not Select Events
+.XE
+.LP
+On occasion,
+clients need to register an event handler procedure with the
+dispatch mechanism without explicitly
+causing the X server to select for that event.
+To do this, use
+.PN XtAddRawEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddRawEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this procedure should be 
+called on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+.PN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify ).
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAddRawEventHandler
+function is similar to
+.PN XtAddEventHandler 
+except that it does not affect the widget's event mask and never causes an
+.PN XSelectInput
+for its events.
+Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set
+because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it.
+If the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP,
+the specified mask augments the existing mask.
+The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers
+registered for the same event is not defined.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove a previously registered raw event handler, use
+.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveRawEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure.
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this procedure should be 
+removed on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+.PN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify ).
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be registered.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the registered client data.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
+function unregisters an event handler registered with
+.PN XtAddRawEventHandler
+or
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+for the specified events without changing
+the window event mask.
+The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP does not match the value given
+when the handler was registered.
+If the specified procedure has not been registered 
+or if it has been registered with a different value of \fIclient_data\fP,
+.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
+returns without reporting an error.
+.LP
+To stop a procedure
+registered with
+.PN XtAddRawEventHandler
+or
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+from receiving all nonselected events, call
+.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
+with an \fIevent_mask\fP of
+.PN XtAllEvents
+and \fInonmaskable\fP
+.PN True .
+The procedure
+will continue to receive any events that have been specified in calls to
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+or
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or
+after all previously registered event handlers without selecting for
+the events, use
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInsertRawEventHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtInsertRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIposition\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtListPosition \fIposition\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this procedure should be 
+called on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+.PN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify ).
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be registered.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called
+relative to other previously registered handlers.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+function is similar to
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler
+except that it does not modify the widget's event
+mask and never causes an
+.PN XSelectInput
+for the specified events.  If
+the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP
+value, the
+specified mask augments the existing mask and the procedure is
+repositioned in the list.
+
+.NH 3
+Current Event Mask
+.XS
+\*(SN Current Event Mask
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve the event mask for a given widget, use
+.PN XtBuildEventMask .
+.LP
+.IN "XtBuildEventMask" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+EventMask XtBuildEventMask(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtBuildEventMask
+function returns the event mask representing the logical OR
+of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with
+.PN XtAddEventHandler
+and
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler
+and all event translations, including accelerators,
+installed on the widget.
+This is the same event mask stored into the 
+.PN XSetWindowAttributes
+structure by
+.PN XtRealizeWidget
+and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or
+removed on the realized widget.
+
+.NH 3
+Event Handlers for X11 Protocol Extensions
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Event Handlers for X11 Protocol Extensions\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To register an event handler procedure with the \*(xI dispatch
+mechanism according to an event type, use 
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInsertEventTypeHandler" "" "@DEF"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(\fIwidget\fP, \fIevent_type\fP, \
+\fIselect_data\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIposition\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIevent_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtListPosition \fIposition\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the event type for which to call this event handler.
+.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i
+Specifies data used to request events of the specified type from the server,
+or NULL.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the event handler to be called.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
+.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
+previously registered handlers.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
+registers a procedure with the
+dispatch mechanism that is to be called when an event that matches the
+specified \fIevent_type\fP is dispatched to the specified \fIwidget\fP.  
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies one of the core X protocol events, then
+\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type 
+.PN EventMask ,
+indicating
+the event mask to be used to select for the desired event.  This event
+mask is included in the value returned by 
+.PN XtBuildEventMask .
+If the widget is realized,
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler 
+calls 
+.PN XSelectInput
+if necessary.  Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to
+specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0.  This is similar
+to the 
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+function.  
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of
+the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension
+selector registered for the specified event type.
+.LP
+In either case the \*(xI are not required to copy the data
+pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP, so the caller must ensure that it remains
+valid as long as the event handler remains registered with this value
+of \fIselect_data\fP.
+.LP
+The \fIposition\fP argument allows the client to control the order of
+invocation of event handlers registered for the same event type.  If
+the client does not care about the order, it should normally specify
+.PN XtListTail ,
+which registers this event handler after any previously
+registered handlers for this event type.
+.LP
+Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will
+contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once if it is
+registered with 
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler ,
+regardless of the manner
+in which it is registered and regardless of the value(s)
+of \fIselect_data\fP.  If the procedure is already registered with the
+same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the existing
+mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove an event handler registered with 
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler ,
+use
+.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveEventTypeHandler" "" "@DEF"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(\fIwidget\fP, \fIevent_type\fP, \
+\fIselect_data\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIevent_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for which the event handler was registered.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the event type for which the handler was registered.
+.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i
+Specifies data used to deselect events of the specified type 
+from the server, or NULL.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the event handler to be removed.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
+function unregisters an event handler
+registered with
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
+for the specified event type.
+The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP does not match the value given
+when the handler was registered.
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies one of the core X protocol events,
+\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type 
+.PN EventMask, indicating the event
+mask to be used to deselect for the appropriate event.  If the widget
+is realized, 
+.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
+calls
+.PN XSelectInput
+if necessary.
+Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to specifying a pointer
+to an event mask containing 0.  This is similar to the
+.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
+function.
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of
+the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension
+selector registered for the specified event type.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to select extension events for a widget, use
+.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRegisterExtensionSelector" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(\fIdisplay\fP, \fImin_event_type\fP, \
+\fImax_event_type\fP, \fIproc\fP,
+                                                     \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Display \fI*display\fP;
+.br
+      int \fImin_event_type\fP;
+.br
+      int \fImax_event_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtExtensionSelectProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the display for which the extension selector is to be registered.
+.IP \fImin_event_type\fP
+.IP \fImax_event_type\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the range of event types for the extension.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the extension selector procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.5i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the extension selector.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector
+function registers a procedure to arrange 
+for the delivery of extension events to widgets.
+.LP
+If \fImin_event_type\fP and \fImax_event_type\fP match the parameters
+to a previous call to
+.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector
+for the same \fIdisplay\fP, then \fIproc\fP and \fIclient_data\fP
+replace the previously
+registered values.  If the range specified by \fImin_event_type\fP
+and \fImax_event_type\fP overlaps the range of the parameters to a
+previous call for the same display in any other way, an error results.
+.LP
+When a widget is realized, 
+after the \fIcore.realize\fP method is called,
+the \*(xI check to see if any event
+handler specifies an event type within the range of a registered
+extension selector.  If so, the \*(xI call each such selector.
+If an event type handler is added or removed, the \*(xI check to
+see if the event type falls within the range of a registered extension
+selector, and if it does, calls the selector.  In either case the \*(xI
+pass a list of all the widget's event types that are within the
+selector's range.  The corresponding select data are also passed.  The
+selector is responsible for enabling the delivery of extension events
+required by the widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+An extension selector is of type
+.PN XtExtensionSelectProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtExtensionSelectProc" "" "@DEF"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtExtensionSelectProc)(Widget, int *, XtPointer *, int, \
+XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIevent_types\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer *\fIselect_data\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIcount\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that is being realized or is having
+an event handler added or removed.
+.IP \fIevent_types\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of event types that the widget has
+registered event handlers for.
+.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of the select_data parameters specified in
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler .
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the \fIevent_types\fP and \fIselect_data\fP
+lists.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIevent_types\fP and \fIselect_data\fP lists will always have the
+same number of elements, specified by \fIcount\fP.  
+Each event type/select data pair represents one call to
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to dispatch events of a specific type within
+.PN XtDispatchEvent ,
+use
+.PN XtSetEventDispatcher .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetEventDispatcher" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_type\fP, \
+\fIproc\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIevent_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtEventDispatchProc \fIproc\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display for which the event dispatcher is to be registered.
+.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the event type for which the dispatcher should be invoked.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the event dispatcher procedure.
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtSetEventDispatcher
+function registers the event dispatcher procedure specified by \fIproc\fP
+for events with the type \fIevent_type\fP.  The previously registered
+dispatcher (or the default dispatcher if there was no previously registered
+dispatcher) is returned.  If \fIproc\fP is NULL, the default procedure is
+restored for the specified type.
+.LP
+In the future, when
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+is called with an event type of \fIevent_type\fP, the specified \fIproc\fP
+(or the default dispatcher) is invoked to determine a widget
+to which to dispatch the event. 
+.LP
+The default dispatcher handles the \*(xI modal cascade and keyboard
+focus mechanisms, handles the semantics of \fIcompress_enterleave\fP
+and \fIcompress_motion\fP, and discards all extension events.
+.sp
+.LP
+An event dispatcher procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtEventDispatchProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtEventDispatchProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtEventDispatchProc)(XEvent*)
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Passes the event to be dispatched.
+.LP
+.eM
+The event dispatcher procedure should determine whether this event is of
+a type that should be dispatched to a widget.  
+.LP
+If the event should be dispatched to a widget, the event dispatcher
+procedure should determine the appropriate widget to receive the
+event, call 
+.PN XFilterEvent
+with the window of this widget, or
+.PN None
+if the event is to be discarded, and if
+.PN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.PN False ,
+dispatch the event to the widget using
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget .
+The procedure should return
+.PN True
+if either
+.PN XFilterEvent
+or
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+returned
+.PN True
+and
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+.LP
+If the event should not be dispatched to a widget, the event
+dispatcher procedure should attempt to dispatch the event elsewhere as
+appropriate and return
+.PN True
+if it successfully dispatched the event and
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+.sp
+.LP
+Some dispatchers for extension events may wish to forward events
+according to the Intrinsics' keyboard focus mechanism.  To determine
+which widget is the end result of keyboard event forwarding, use
+.PN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(\fIwidget\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to get forwarding information for.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget 
+function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard
+event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget.
+.sp
+.LP
+To dispatch an event to a specified widget, use
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDispatchEventToWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(\fIwidget\fP, \fIevent\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to which to dispatch the event.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the event to be dispatched.
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+function scans the list of registered event handlers for the
+specified widget and calls each handler that has been registered
+for the specified event type, subject to the \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP
+value returned by each handler.
+The \*(xI behave as if event handlers were registered at the head
+of the list for
+.PN Expose ,
+.PN NoExpose ,
+.PN GraphicsExpose ,
+and
+.PN VisibilityNotify
+events to invoke the widget's expose procedure according to the exposure
+compression rules and to update the widget's \fIvisible\fP field
+if \fIvisible_interest\fP is
+.PN True .
+These internal event handlers never set \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP to
+.PN False .
+.LP
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+returns
+.PN True
+if any event handler was called and
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+
+.NH 2
+Using the \*(xI in a Multi-Threaded Environment
+.XS
+\*(SN Using the \*(xI in a Multi-Threaded Environment
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI may be used in environments that offer multiple threads
+of execution within the context of a single process.  A multi-threaded 
+application using the \*(xI must explicitly initialize the toolkit 
+for mutually exclusive access by calling
+.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize .
+
+.NH 3
+Initializing a Multi-Threaded \*(xI Application
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Initializing a Multi-Threaded \*(xI Application\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To test and initialize \*(xI support for mutually exclusive thread
+access, call
+.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize .
+.LP
+.IN "XtToolkitThreadInitialize" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize
+returns \fBTrue\fP if the \*(xI support mutually exclusive thread 
+access, otherwise it returns \fBFalse\fP. \fBXtToolkitThreadInitialize\fP
+must be called before
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
+.PN XtAppInitialize ,
+.PN XtOpenApplication ,
+or
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc
+is called. \fBXtToolkitThreadInitialize\fP may be called more than once;
+however, the application writer must ensure that it is not called 
+simultaneously by two or more threads.
+
+.NH 3
+Locking \*(tk Data Structures
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Locking \*(tk Data Structures\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI employs two levels of locking: application context and
+process.  Locking an application context ensures mutually exclusive
+access by a thread to the state associated with the application context,
+including all displays and widgets associated with it.  Locking a
+process ensures mutually exclusive access by a thread to \*(xI process
+global data.
+.LP
+A client may acquire a lock multiple times and the effect is cumulative.
+The client must ensure that the lock is released an equal number of times in
+order for the lock to be acquired by another thread.
+.LP
+Most application writers will have little need to use locking as the
+\*(xI performs the necessary locking internally.
+Resource converters are an exception.
+They require the application context or process to be locked
+before the application can safely call them directly, for example:
+.LP
+.KS
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 2i
+.ta .5i 2i
+	...
+	XtAppLock(app_context);
+	XtCvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, closure_ret);
+	XtAppUnlock(app_context);
+	...
+.De
+.KE
+.LP
+When the application relies upon
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+or a converter to provide the storage for the results of a
+conversion, the application should acquire the process lock before
+calling out and hold the lock until the results have been copied.
+.LP
+Application writers who write their own
+utility functions, such as one which retrieves the being_destroyed field from
+a widget instance, must lock the application context before accessing
+widget internal data.  For example:
+.LP
+.KS
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 2i
+.ta .5i 2i
+#include <X11/CoreP.h>
+Boolean BeingDestroyed (widget)
+	Widget widget;
+{
+	Boolean ret;
+	XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+	ret = widget->core.being_destroyed;
+	XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+	return ret;
+}
+.De
+.KE
+A client that wishes to atomically call two or more \*(xI functions 
+must lock the application context.  For example:
+.LP
+.KS
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 2i
+.ta .5i 2i
+	...
+	XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+	XtUnmanageChild (widget1);
+	XtManageChild (widget2);
+	XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+	...
+.De
+.KE
+
+.NH 4
+Locking the Application Context
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Locking the Application Context\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To ensure mutual exclusion of application context, display, or 
+widget internal state, use
+.PN XtAppLock.
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppLock" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppLock(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context to lock.
+.LP
+.eM
+\fBXtAppLock\fP blocks until it is able to acquire the lock.  Locking the 
+application context also ensures that only the thread holding the lock 
+makes Xlib calls from within Xt.  An application that makes its own
+direct Xlib calls must either lock the application context around every 
+call or enable thread locking in Xlib.
+.LP
+To unlock a locked application context, use
+.PN XtAppUnlock.
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppUnlock" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppUnlock(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context that was previously locked.
+.LP
+.eM
+
+.NH 4
+Locking the Process
+.XS
+\*(SN Locking the Process
+.XE
+.LP
+To ensure mutual exclusion of \*(tk process global data, a
+widget writer must use
+.PN XtProcessLock.
+.LP
+.IN "XtProcessLock" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtProcessLock()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+\fBXtProcessLock\fP blocks until it is able to acquire the lock.
+Widget writers may use XtProcessLock to guarantee mutually exclusive 
+access to widget static data.
+.LP
+To unlock a locked process, use
+.PN XtProcessUnlock .
+.LP
+.IN "XtProcessUnlock" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtProcessUnlock()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+To lock both an application context and the process at the same 
+time, call
+.PN XtAppLock
+first and then
+.PN XtProcessLock .
+To release both locks, call
+.PN XtProcessUnlock
+first and then
+.PN XtAppUnlock .
+The order is important to avoid deadlock.
+
+.NH 3
+Event Management in a Multi-Threaded Environment
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Event Management in a Multi-Threaded Environment\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+In a nonthreaded environment an application writer could reasonably
+assume that it is safe to exit the application from a quit callback. 
+This assumption may no longer hold true in a multi-threaded environment; 
+therefore it is desirable to provide a mechanism to terminate an
+event-processing loop without necessarily terminating its thread.
+.LP
+To indicate that the event loop should terminate after the current 
+event dispatch has completed, use
+.PN XtAppSetExitFlag .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetExitFlag" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppSetExitFlag(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppMainLoop
+tests the value of the flag and will return if the flag is \fBTrue\fP.
+.LP
+Application writers who implement their own main loop may test the 
+value of the exit flag with
+.PN XtAppGetExitFlag .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppGetExitFlag" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppGetExitFlag
+will normally return \fBFalse\fP, indicating that event processing
+may continue.  When
+.PN XtAppGetExitFlag
+returns \fBTrue\fP, the loop must terminate and return to the caller,
+which might then destroy the application context.
+.LP
+Application writers should be aware that, if a thread is blocked in 
+.PN XtAppNextEvent , 
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent , 
+or 
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent
+and another thread in the same application context opens a new display, 
+adds an alternate input, or a timeout, any new source(s) will not 
+normally be "noticed" by the blocked thread.  Any new sources are
+"noticed" the next time one of these functions is called.
+.LP
+The \*(xI manage access to events on a last-in, first-out basis.  If 
+multiple threads in the same application context block in
+.PN XtAppNextEvent , 
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent , 
+or 
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent ,
+the last thread to call one of these functions is the first
+thread to return.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH08 b/libXt/specs/CH08
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6dfb5290b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH08
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH08,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:46 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 8\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBCallbacks\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 8
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 8 \(em Callbacks
+.XE
+.IN "Destroy Callbacks"
+Applications and other widgets often need to register a procedure
+with a widget that gets called under certain prespecified conditions.
+For example,
+when a widget is destroyed,
+every procedure on the widget's \fIdestroy_callbacks\fP
+list is called to notify clients of the widget's impending doom.
+.LP
+Every widget has an XtNdestroyCallbacks callback list resource.
+Widgets can define additional callback lists as they see fit.
+For example, the Pushbutton widget has a callback
+list to notify clients when the button has been activated.
+.LP
+Except where otherwise noted, it is the intent that all Intrinsics
+functions may be called at any time, including from within callback
+procedures, action routines, and event handlers.
+
+.NH 2
+Using Callback Procedure and Callback List Definitions
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Using Callback Procedure and Callback List Definitions\fP
+.XE
+.IN "XtCallbackList"
+.IN "XtCallbackProc"
+.LP
+Callback procedure pointers for use in callback lists are of type
+.PN XtCallbackProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtCallbackProc)(Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget owning the list in which the callback is registered.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data supplied by the client when the procedure
+was registered.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies any callback-specific data the widget wants to pass to the client.
+For example,  when Scrollbar executes its XtNthumbChanged callback list,
+it passes the new position of the thumb.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIclient_data\fP argument provides a way for the
+client registering the callback procedure also to register client-specific data,
+for example, a pointer to additional information about the widget, 
+a reason for invoking the callback, and so on.
+The \fIclient_data\fP value may be NULL
+if all necessary information is in the widget.
+The \fIcall_data\fP argument is a convenience to avoid having simple
+cases where the client could otherwise always call
+.PN XtGetValues
+or a widget-specific function to retrieve data from the widget.
+Widgets should generally avoid putting complex state information 
+in \fIcall_data\fP.
+The client can use the more general data retrieval methods, if necessary.
+.LP
+Whenever a client wants to pass a callback list as an argument in an
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtSetValues ,
+or
+.PN XtGetValues
+call, it should specify the address
+of a NULL-terminated array of type
+.PN XtCallbackList .
+.IN "XtCallbackList" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtCallbackRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	XtCallbackProc callback;
+	XtPointer closure;
+} XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+For example, the callback list for procedures A and B with client data
+clientDataA and clientDataB, respectively, is
+.LP
+.KS
+.Ds 5
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+static XtCallbackRec callbacks[] = {
+	{A, (XtPointer) clientDataA},
+	{B, (XtPointer) clientDataB},
+	{(XtCallbackProc) NULL, (XtPointer) NULL}
+};
+.De
+.KE
+.LP
+Although callback lists are passed by address in arglists
+and varargs lists,
+the \*(xI recognize callback lists
+through the widget resource list and will copy the contents
+when necessary.
+Widget initialize and set_values procedures
+should not allocate memory for the callback list contents.
+The \*(xI automatically do this,
+potentially using a different structure for their
+internal representation.
+
+.NH 2
+Identifying Callback Lists
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Identifying Callback Lists\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Whenever a widget contains a callback list for use by clients, 
+it also exports in its public .h file the resource name of the callback list.
+Applications and client widgets never access callback list fields directly.
+Instead, they always identify the desired callback list by using the exported
+resource name.
+All the callback manipulation functions described in this chapter 
+except
+.PN XtCallCallbackList
+check 
+to see that the requested callback list is indeed implemented by the widget.
+.LP
+For the \*(xI to find and correctly handle callback lists,
+they must be declared with a resource type of
+.PN XtRCallback .
+The internal representation of a callback list is
+implementation-dependent; widgets may make no assumptions about the
+value stored in this resource if it is non-NULL.  Except to compare
+the value to NULL (which is equivalent to
+.PN XtCallbackStatus
+.PN XtCallbackHasNone ),
+access to callback list resources must be made
+through other \*(xI procedures.
+
+.NH 2
+Adding Callback Procedures
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Adding Callback Procedures\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To add a callback procedure to a widget's callback list, use
+.PN XtAddCallback .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddCallback" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddCallback(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name, \fP\fIcallback\fP, \
+\fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.br
+      XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to which the procedure is to be appended.
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure
+when it is invoked,
+or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+A callback will be invoked as many times as it occurs in the callback list.
+.sp
+.LP
+To add a list of callback procedures to a given widget's callback list, use
+.PN XtAddCallbacks .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddCallbacks" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name, \fP\fIcallbacks\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.br
+      XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to which the procedures are to be appended.
+.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
+Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
+client data.
+.LP
+.eM
+.NH 2
+Removing Callback Procedures
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Removing Callback Procedures\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To delete a callback procedure from a widget's callback list, use
+.PN XtRemoveCallback .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveCallback" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveCallback(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcallback\fP, \
+\fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.br
+      XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list from which the procedure is to be deleted.
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the client data to match with the registered callback entry.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRemoveCallback
+function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client
+data match.
+.sp
+.LP
+To delete a list of callback procedures from a given widget's callback list, use
+.PN XtRemoveCallbacks .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveCallbacks" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcallbacks\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.br
+      XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list from which the procedures are to be deleted.
+.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
+Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
+client data.
+.LP
+.eM
+To delete all callback procedures from a given widget's callback list
+and free all storage associated with the callback list, use
+.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveAllCallbacks" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to be cleared.
+.LP
+.eM
+.NH 2
+Executing Callback Procedures
+.XS
+\*(SN Executing Callback Procedures
+.XE
+.LP
+To execute the procedures in a given widget's callback list,
+specifying the callback list by resource name, use
+.PN XtCallCallbacks .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallCallbacks" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to be executed.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass to each of the callback
+procedure in the list, or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+.LP
+.PN XtCallCallbacks
+calls each of the callback procedures in the list
+named by \fIcallback_name\fP in the specified widget, passing the client
+data registered with the procedure and \fIcall-data\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+To execute the procedures in a callback list, specifying the callback
+list by address, use
+.PN XtCallCallbackList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallCallbackList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallCallbackList(\fIwidget\fP, \fIcallbacks\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget instance that contains the callback list.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to be executed.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass
+to each of the callback procedures in the list, or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIcallbacks\fP parameter must specify the contents of a widget or
+object resource declared with representation type
+.PN XtRCallback .
+If \fIcallbacks\fP is NULL,
+.PN XtCallCallbackList
+returns immediately; otherwise it calls each of the callback
+procedures in the list, passing the client data and \fIcall_data\fP.
+
+.NH 2
+Checking the Status of a Callback List
+.XS
+\*(SN Checking the Status of a Callback List
+.XE
+.LP
+To find out the status of a given widget's callback list, use
+.PN XtHasCallbacks .
+.LP
+.IN "XtHasCallbacks" "" "@DEF@"
+.sp
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome} \
+XtCallbackStatus;
+.sp
+XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIcallback_name\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to be checked.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtHasCallbacks
+function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified 
+by \fIcallback_name\fP.
+If the callback list does not exist,
+.PN XtHasCallbacks
+returns
+.PN XtCallbackNoList .
+If the callback list exists but is empty,
+it returns
+.PN XtCallbackHasNone .
+If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered,
+it returns
+.PN XtCallbackHasSome .
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH09 b/libXt/specs/CH09
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9538651bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH09
@@ -0,0 +1,3211 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH09,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:46 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 9\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBResource Management\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 9
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 9 \(em Resource Management
+.XE
+A resource is a field in the widget record with a corresponding
+resource entry in the \fIresources\fP list of the widget or any of its
+superclasses.
+This means that the field is
+settable by
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+(by naming the field in the argument list), by an
+entry in a resource file (by using either the name or class), and by
+.PN XtSetValues .
+In addition, it is readable by
+.PN XtGetValues .
+Not all fields in a widget record are resources.
+Some are for bookkeeping use by the
+generic routines (like \fImanaged\fP and \fIbeing_destroyed\fP).
+Others can be for local bookkeeping,
+and still others are derived from resources 
+(many graphics contexts and pixmaps).
+.LP
+Widgets typically need to obtain a large set of resources at widget
+creation time.
+Some of the resources come from the argument list supplied in the call to
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+some from the resource database,
+and some from the internal defaults specified by the widget.
+Resources are obtained first from the argument list,
+then from the resource database for all resources not specified
+in the argument list,
+and last, from the internal default, if needed.
+
+.NH 2
+Resource Lists
+.XS
+\*(SN Resource Lists
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Resource Management"
+A resource entry specifies a field in the widget,
+the textual name and class of the field that argument lists
+and external resource files use to refer to the field,
+and a default value that the field should get if no value is specified.
+The declaration for the
+.PN XtResource
+structure is
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String resource_name;
+	String resource_class;
+	String resource_type;
+	Cardinal resource_size;
+	Cardinal resource_offset;
+	String default_type;
+	XtPointer default_addr;
+} XtResource, *XtResourceList;
+.De
+.IN "XtResourceList"
+.eM
+
+.LP
+When the resource list is specified as the
+.PN CoreClassPart ,
+.PN ObjectClassPart ,
+.PN RectObjClassPart ,
+or
+.PN ConstraintClassPart
+\fIresources\fP field, the strings pointed to by \fIresource_name\fP,
+\fIresource_class\fP, \fIresource_type\fP, and \fIdefault_type\fP must
+be permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class
+initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated.
+
+.LP
+The \fIresource_name\fP field contains the name used by clients to access the field
+in the widget.
+By convention, it starts with a lowercase letter
+and is spelled exactly like the field name,
+except all underscores (_) are deleted and the next letter is replaced by its 
+uppercase counterpart.
+For example, the resource name for background_pixel becomes backgroundPixel.
+Resource names beginning with the two-character
+sequence ``xt'', and resource classes beginning with the two-character
+sequence ``Xt'' are reserved to the \*(xI for future standard and
+implementation-dependent uses.
+Widget header files typically contain a symbolic name for each resource name.
+All resource names, classes, and types used by the \*(xI are named in
+.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >.
+The \*(xI's symbolic resource names begin with
+``XtN''
+and are followed by the string name (for example, XtNbackgroundPixel
+for backgroundPixel).
+
+.LP
+The \fIresource_class\fP field contains the class string used in resource
+specification files to identify the field.
+A resource class provides two functions:
+.IP \(bu 5
+It isolates an application from different representations that widgets 
+can use for a similar resource.
+.IP \(bu 5
+It lets you specify values for several actual resources with a single name.
+A resource class should be chosen to span a group of closely related fields.
+.LP
+For example,
+a widget can have several pixel resources: background, foreground,
+border, block cursor, pointer cursor, and so on.
+Typically, the background defaults to white
+and everything else to black.
+The resource class for each of these resources in the resource list
+should be chosen so that it takes the minimal number of entries
+in the resource database to make the background ivory
+and everything else darkblue.
+.LP
+In this case, the background pixel should have a resource class of
+``Background''
+and all the other pixel entries a resource class of
+``Foreground''.
+Then, the resource file needs only two lines to
+change all pixels to ivory or darkblue:
+.LP
+.Ds 5
+.TA .5i 1.5i
+.ta .5i 1.5i
+*Background:	ivory
+*Foreground:	darkblue
+.De
+.LP
+Similarly, a widget may have several font resources (such as normal and bold),
+but all fonts should have the class Font.
+Thus, changing all fonts simply requires only a single line in the 
+default resource file:
+.LP
+.Ds 5
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+*Font:	6x13
+.De
+.LP
+By convention,
+resource classes are always spelled starting with a capital letter
+to distinguish them from resource names.
+Their symbolic names are preceded with
+``XtC''
+(for example, XtCBackground).
+.LP
+The \fIresource_type\fP field gives the physical representation type of the resource
+and also encodes information about the specific usage of the field.
+By convention, it starts with an uppercase letter and is
+spelled identically to the type name of the field.
+The resource type is used when resources are fetched to
+convert from the resource database format (usually
+.PN String )
+or the format of the resource default value
+(almost anything, but often
+.PN String )
+to the desired
+physical representation (see Section 9.6).
+The \*(xI define the following resource types:
+.TS H
+lw(2.5i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Resource Type	Structure or Field Type
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+.TH
+.R
+T{
+.PN XtRAcceleratorTable
+T}	XtAccelerators
+T{
+.PN XtRAtom
+T}	Atom
+T{
+.PN XtRBitmap
+T}	Pixmap, depth=1
+T{
+.PN XtRBoolean
+T}	Boolean
+T{
+.PN XtRBool
+T}	Bool
+T{
+.PN XtRCallback
+T}	XtCallbackList
+T{
+.PN XtRCardinal
+T}	Cardinal
+T{
+.PN XtRColor
+T}	XColor
+T{
+.PN XtRColormap
+T}	Colormap
+T{
+.PN XtRCommandArgArray
+T}	String*
+T{
+.PN XtRCursor
+T}	Cursor
+T{
+.PN XtRDimension
+T}	Dimension
+T{
+.PN XtRDirectoryString
+T}	String
+T{
+.PN XtRDisplay
+T}	Display*
+T{
+.PN XtREnum
+T}	XtEnum
+T{
+.PN XtREnvironmentArray
+T}	String*
+T{
+.PN XtRFile
+T}	FILE*
+T{
+.PN XtRFloat
+T}	float
+T{
+.PN XtRFont
+T}	Font
+T{
+.PN XtRFontSet
+T}	XFontSet
+T{
+.PN XtRFontStruct
+T}	XFontStruct*
+T{
+.PN XtRFunction
+T}	(*)()
+T{
+.PN XtRGeometry
+T}	T{
+char*, format as defined by
+.PN XParseGeometry
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRGravity
+T}	int
+T{
+.PN XtRInitialState
+T}	int
+T{
+.PN XtRInt
+T}	int
+T{
+.PN XtRLongBoolean
+T}	long
+T{
+.PN XtRObject
+T}	Object
+T{
+.PN XtRPixel
+T}	Pixel
+T{
+.PN XtRPixmap
+T}	Pixmap
+T{
+.PN XtRPointer
+T}	XtPointer
+T{
+.PN XtRPosition
+T}	Position
+T{
+.PN XtRRestartStyle
+T}	unsigned char
+T{
+.PN XtRScreen
+T}	Screen*
+T{
+.PN XtRShort
+T}	short
+T{
+.PN XtRSmcConn
+T}	XtPointer
+T{
+.PN XtRString
+T}	String
+T{
+.PN XtRStringArray
+T}	String*
+T{
+.PN XtRStringTable
+T}	String*
+T{
+.PN XtRTranslationTable
+T}	XtTranslations
+T{
+.PN XtRUnsignedChar
+T}	unsigned char
+T{
+.PN XtRVisual
+T}	Visual*
+T{
+.PN XtRWidget
+T}	Widget
+T{
+.PN XtRWidgetClass
+T}	WidgetClass
+T{
+.PN XtRWidgetList
+T}	WidgetList
+T{
+.PN XtRWindow
+T}	Window
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp
+.LP
+.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >
+also defines the following resource types as a
+convenience for widgets, although they do not have any corresponding
+data type assigned:
+.PN XtREditMode ,
+.PN XtRJustify ,
+and
+.PN XtROrientation .
+.LP
+The \fIresource_size\fP field is the size of the physical representation in bytes;
+you should specify it as
+.PN sizeof (\fItype\fP)
+so that the
+compiler fills in the value.
+The \fIresource_offset\fP field is the offset in bytes of the field 
+within the widget.
+You should use the
+.PN XtOffsetOf
+macro to retrieve this value.
+The \fIdefault_type\fP field is the representation type of the default
+resource value.
+If \fIdefault_type\fP is different from \fIresource_type\fP and the default value
+is needed,
+the resource manager invokes a conversion procedure from \fIdefault_type\fP
+to \fIresource_type\fP.
+Whenever possible,
+the default type should be identical to the resource type in order
+to minimize widget creation time.
+However, there are sometimes no values of the type that the program 
+can easily specify.
+In this case,
+it should be a value for which the converter is guaranteed to work (for example, 
+.PN XtDefaultForeground
+for a pixel resource).
+The \fIdefault_addr\fP field specifies the address of the default resource value.
+As a special case, if \fIdefault_type\fP is
+.PN XtRString ,
+then the value in the \fIdefault_addr\fP field is the pointer to
+the string rather than a pointer to the pointer.
+The default is used if a resource is not specified in the argument list
+or in the resource database or if the conversion from the representation
+type stored in the resource database fails,
+which can happen for various reasons (for example, a misspelled entry in a
+resource file).
+.LP
+Two special representation types 
+(XtRImmediate
+and
+XtRCallProc)
+are usable only as default resource types.
+XtRImmediate
+indicates that the value in the \fIdefault_addr\fP field is the actual value of
+the resource rather than the address of the value. 
+The value must be in the correct representation type for the resource,
+coerced to an
+.PN XtPointer .
+No conversion is possible, since there is no source representation type.
+XtRCallProc
+indicates that the value in the \fIdefault_addr\fP field is a procedure
+pointer.
+This procedure is automatically invoked with the widget,
+\fIresource_offset\fP, and a pointer to an
+.PN XrmValue
+in which to store the result.
+XtRCallProc
+procedure pointers are of type
+.PN XtResourceDefaultProc .
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtResourceDefaultProc)(Widget, int, XrmValue*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIoffset\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget whose resource value is to be obtained.
+.IP \fIoffset\fP 1i
+Specifies the offset of the field in the widget record.
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource value descriptor to return.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtResourceDefaultProc
+procedure should fill in the \fIvalue->addr\fP field with a pointer 
+to the resource value in its correct representation type.
+.sp
+.LP
+To get the resource list structure for a particular class, use
+.PN XtGetResourceList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetResourceList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetResourceList(\fIclass\fP, \fIresources_return\fP, \fInum_resources_return\fP);
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList *\fIresources_return\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the object class to be queried.  It must be
+.PN objectClass
+or any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIresources_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the number of entries in the resource list.
+.LP
+.eM
+If
+.PN XtGetResourceList
+is called before the class is initialized,
+it returns the resource list as specified in the class record.
+If it is called after the class has been initialized,
+.PN XtGetResourceList
+returns a merged resource list that includes the resources 
+for all superclasses.
+The list returned by
+.PN XtGetResourceList
+should be freed using
+.PN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.sp
+.LP
+To get the constraint resource list structure for a particular widget
+class, use
+.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetConstraintResourceList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetConstraintResourceList(\fIclass\fP, \fIresources_return\fP, \
+\fInum_resources_return\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList *\fIresources_return\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the object class to be queried.  It must be
+.PN objectClass
+or any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIresources_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the constraint resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the number of entries in the constraint resource list.
+.LP
+.eM
+If
+.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+is called before the widget class is
+initialized, the resource list as specified in the widget
+class Constraint part is returned.  If
+.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+is called after the widget class has been initialized, the merged
+resource list for the class and all Constraint superclasses is
+returned.  If the
+specified class is not a subclass of
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+*\fIresources_return\fP is set to NULL
+and *\fInum_resources_return\fP is set to zero.
+The list returned by
+.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+should be freed using
+.PN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.sp
+.LP
+The routines
+.PN XtSetValues
+and
+.PN XtGetValues
+also use the resource list to set and get widget state;
+see Sections 9.7.1 and 9.7.2.
+.LP
+Here is an abbreviated version of a possible resource list for a Label widget:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 1.5i 3i
+.ta .5i 1.5i 3i
+/* Resources specific to Label */
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+{XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
+   XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground},
+{XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct*),
+   XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.font), XtRString, XtDefaultFont},
+{XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+   XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.label), XtRString, NULL},
+	.
+	.
+	.
+}
+.De
+.LP
+The complete resource name for a field of a widget instance is the
+concatenation of the application shell name (from 
+.PN XtAppCreateShell ),
+the instance names of all the widget's parents up to the 
+top of the widget tree,
+the instance name of the widget itself,
+and the resource name of the specified field of the widget.
+Similarly,
+the full resource class of a field of a widget instance is the
+concatenation of the application class (from
+.PN XtAppCreateShell ),
+the widget class names of all the widget's parents up to the 
+top of the widget tree,
+the widget class name of the widget itself,
+and the resource class of the specified field of the widget.
+
+.NH 2
+Byte Offset Calculations
+.XS
+\*(SN Byte Offset Calculations
+.XE
+.LP
+To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure type, use
+.PN XtOffsetOf .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOffsetOf" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Cardinal XtOffsetOf(\fIstructure_type\fP, \fIfield_name\fP)
+.br
+      \fIType structure_type\fP;
+.br
+      \fIField field_name\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIstructure_type\fP 1i
+Specifies a type that is declared as a structure.
+.IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of a member within the structure.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOffsetOf
+macro expands to a constant expression that gives the
+offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning
+of the structure.  It is normally used to statically initialize
+resource lists and is more portable than
+.PN XtOffset ,
+which serves the same function.
+
+.LP
+To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure pointer type, use
+.PN XtOffset .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOffset" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Cardinal XtOffset(\fIpointer_type\fP, \fIfield_name\fP)
+.br
+      \fIType pointer_type\fP;
+.br
+      \fIField field_name\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIpointer_type\fP 1i
+Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to a structure.
+.IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of a member within the structure.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOffset
+macro expands to a constant expression that gives the
+offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning
+of the structure.  It may be used to statically initialize
+resource lists.
+.PN XtOffset
+is less portable than
+.PN XtOffsetOf .
+
+.NH 2
+Superclass-to-Subclass Chaining of Resource Lists
+.XS
+\*(SN Superclass-to-Subclass Chaining of Resource Lists
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Inheritance"
+.IN "Superclass Chaining"
+.IN "Chaining"
+The 
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+function gets resources as a superclass-to-subclass chained operation.
+That is, the resources specified in the
+.PN objectClass
+resource list are fetched,
+then those in
+.PN rectObjClass ,
+and so on down to the resources specified
+for this widget's class. Within a class, resources are fetched in the order
+they are declared.
+.LP
+In general, if a widget resource field is declared in a superclass,
+that field is included in the superclass's resource list and need not be
+included in the subclass's resource list.
+For example, the
+Core 
+class contains a resource entry for \fIbackground_pixel\fP.
+Consequently,
+the implementation of Label need not also have a resource entry
+for \fIbackground_pixel\fP.
+However, a subclass,
+by specifying a resource entry for that field in its own resource list,
+can override the resource entry for any field declared in a superclass.
+This is most often done to override the defaults provided in the
+superclass with new ones.
+At class initialization time, 
+resource lists for that class are scanned from the superclass down 
+to the class to look for resources with the same offset.
+A matching resource in a subclass will be reordered to override
+the superclass entry.
+If reordering is necessary, a copy of the superclass resource list is made to
+avoid affecting other subclasses of the superclass.
+.LP
+.IN "class_initialize procedure"
+.IN "Widget" "class initialization"
+Also at class initialization time, the \*(xI produce an
+internal representation of the resource list to optimize access time
+when creating widgets.  In order to save memory, the \*(xI may
+overwrite the storage allocated for the resource list in the class
+record; therefore, widgets must allocate resource lists in writable
+storage and must not access the list contents directly after the
+class_initialize procedure has returned.
+
+.NH 2
+Subresources
+.XS
+\*(SN Subresources
+.XE
+.LP
+A widget does not do anything to retrieve its own resources;
+instead,
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+does this automatically before calling the class initialize procedure.
+.LP
+Some widgets have subparts that are not widgets but for which the widget
+would like to fetch resources.
+Such widgets call
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+to accomplish this.
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSubresources" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSubresources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIclass\fP, \
+\fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and
+class.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources will be written.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the subpart.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the class of the subpart.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+function constructs a name and class list from the application name and class,
+the names and classes of all the object's ancestors, and the object itself.
+Then it appends to this list the \fIname\fP and \fIclass\fP pair passed in.
+The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database,
+or the default values in the resource list.
+Then they are copied into the subpart record.
+If \fIargs\fP is NULL,
+\fInum_args\fP must be zero.
+However, if \fInum_args\fP is zero,
+the argument list is not referenced.
+.LP
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+may overwrite the specified resource list with an
+equivalent representation in an internal format, which optimizes access
+time if the list is used repeatedly.  The resource list must be
+allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not modify the list
+contents after the call if the same list is to be used again.
+Resources fetched by
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+are reference-counted as
+if they were referenced by the specified object.  Subresources might
+therefore be freed from the conversion cache and destroyed
+when the object is destroyed, but not before then.
+.sp
+.LP
+To fetch resources for widget subparts using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaGetSubresources .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaGetSubresources" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtVaGetSubresources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIclass\fP, \
+\fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, ...)
+.br
+    Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+    XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+    XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+    Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and
+class.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources will be written.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the subpart.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the class of the subpart.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaGetSubresources
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 2
+Obtaining Application Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Obtaining Application Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve resources that are not specific to a widget
+but apply to the overall application, use
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetApplicationResources" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetApplicationResources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \
+\fInum_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search
+(the database is that associated with the display for this object).  \*(oI
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address into which
+the resource values will be written.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources
+function first uses the passed object,
+which is usually an application shell widget,
+to construct a resource name and class list.
+The full name and class of the specified object (that is, including its
+ancestors, if any) is logically added to the
+front of each resource name and class.
+Then it retrieves the resources from the argument list,
+the resource database, or the resource list default values.
+After adding base to each address,
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources
+copies the resources into the addresses
+obtained by adding \fIbase\fP to each \fIoffset\fP in the resource list.
+If \fIargs\fP is NULL,
+\fInum_args\fP must be zero.
+However, if \fInum_args\fP is zero,
+the argument list is not referenced.
+The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them
+as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure 
+as the \fIbase\fP argument.
+.LP
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources
+may overwrite the specified resource list
+with an equivalent representation in an internal format, which
+optimizes access time if the list is used repeatedly.  The resource
+list must be allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not
+modify the list contents after the call if the same list is to be
+used again.  Any per-display resources fetched by
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources
+will not be freed from the resource cache until the display is closed.
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve resources for the overall application using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaGetApplicationResources" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtVaGetApplicationResources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \
+\fInum_resources\fP, ...)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search
+(the database is that associated with the display for this object).  \*(oI
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address into which
+the resource values will be written.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters
+replaced by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 2
+Resource Conversions
+.XS
+\*(SN Resource Conversions
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide a mechanism for registering representation converters that
+are automatically invoked by the resource-fetching routines.
+The \*(xI additionally provide and register several commonly used converters.
+This resource conversion mechanism serves several purposes:
+.IP \(bu 5
+It permits user and application resource files to contain textual
+representations of nontextual values.
+.IP \(bu 5
+It allows textual or other representations of default resource values that
+are dependent on the display, screen, or colormap, and thus must be
+computed at runtime.
+.IP \(bu 5
+It caches conversion source and result data.
+Conversions that require much computation or space
+(for example, string-to-translation-table)
+or that require round-trips to the server
+(for example, string-to-font or string-to-color) are performed only once.
+
+.NH 3
+Predefined Resource Converters
+.XS
+\*(SN Predefined Resource Converters
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI define all the representations used in the 
+Object,
+RectObj,
+Core, 
+Composite, 
+Constraint, 
+and 
+Shell 
+widget classes.
+The \*(xI register the following resource converters that accept
+input values of representation type
+.PN XtRString .
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.7i) lw(2.4i) lw(1.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Target Representation	Converter Name	Additional Args
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN XtRAcceleratorTable
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRAtom
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToAtom
+T}	Display*
+T{
+.PN XtRBoolean
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToBoolean
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRBool
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToBool
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRCommandArgArray
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRCursor
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToCursor
+T}	Display*
+T{
+.PN XtRDimension
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToDimension
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRDirectoryString
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToDirectoryString
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRDisplay
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToDisplay
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRFile
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToFile
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRFloat
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToFloat
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRFont
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToFont
+T}	Display*
+T{
+.PN XtRFontSet
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToFontSet
+T}	Display*, String \fIlocale\fP
+T{
+.PN XtRFontStruct
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToFontStruct
+T}	Display*
+T{
+.PN XtRGravity
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToGravity
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRInitialState
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToInitialState
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRInt
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToInt
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRPixel
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToPixel
+T}	T{
+.PN colorConvertArgs
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRPosition
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToPosition
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRRestartStyle
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToRestartStyle
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRShort
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToShort
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRTranslationTable
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToTranslationTable
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRUnsignedChar
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRVisual
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtStringToVisual
+T}	Screen*, Cardinal \fIdepth\fP
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.LP
+The String-to-Pixel conversion has two predefined constants that are
+guaranteed to work and contrast with each other:
+.PN XtDefaultForeground
+and
+.PN XtDefaultBackground .
+.IN "XtDefaultBackground" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtDefaultForeground" "" "@DEF@"
+They evaluate to the black and white pixel values of the widget's screen, 
+respectively.
+.IN "Resources" "reverseVideo"
+If the application resource reverseVideo is
+.PN True ,
+they evaluate to the white and black pixel values of the widget's screen,
+respectively.
+Similarly, the String-to-Font and String-to-FontStruct converters recognize
+the constant
+.PN XtDefaultFont
+.IN "XtDefaultFont" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Resources" "xtDefaultFont"
+and evaluate this in the following manner:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Query the resource database for the resource whose full name
+is ``xtDefaultFont'', class ``XtDefaultFont'' (that is, no widget
+name/class prefixes), and use a type
+.PN XtRString
+value returned as the font name or a type
+.PN XtRFont
+or
+.PN XtRFontStruct
+value directly as the resource value.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFont,
+class XtDefaultFont, or if the returned font name cannot be
+successfully opened, an implementation-defined font in ISO8859-1
+character set encoding is opened.  (One possible algorithm is to
+perform an
+.PN XListFonts
+using a wildcard font name and use the first
+font in the list.  This wildcard font name should be as broad as
+possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font;
+for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-ISO8859-1".)
+.IP \(bu 5
+If no suitable ISO8859-1 font can be found, issue a warning message
+and return
+.PN False .
+.LP
+The String-to-FontSet converter recognizes the constant
+.PN XtDefaultFontSet
+.IN "XtDefaultFontSet" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Resources" "xtDefaultFontSet"
+and evaluate this in the following manner:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Query the resource database for the resource whose full name
+is ``xtDefaultFontSet'', class ``XtDefaultFontSet'' (that is, no widget
+name/class prefixes), and use a type
+.PN XtRString
+value returned as the base font name list or a type
+.PN XtRFontSet
+value directly as the resource value.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFontSet,
+class XtDefaultFontSet, or if a font set cannot be
+successfully created from this resource,
+an implementation-defined font set is created.
+(One possible algorithm is to
+perform an
+.PN XCreateFontSet
+using a wildcard base font name.
+This wildcard base font name should be as broad as
+possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font;
+for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*".)
+.IP \(bu 5
+If no suitable font set can be created, issue a warning message
+and return
+.PN False .
+.LP
+If a font set is created but \fImissing_charset_list\fP is not
+empty, a warning is issued and the partial font set is returned.
+The \*(xI register the String-to-FontSet converter with
+a conversion argument list that extracts the current process
+locale at the time the converter is invoked.   This ensures
+that the converter is invoked again if the same conversion
+is required in a different locale.
+.LP
+The String-to-Gravity conversion accepts string values that are the
+names of window and bit gravities and their numerical equivalents,
+as defined in \fI\*(xL\fP:
+.PN ForgetGravity ,
+.PN UnmapGravity ,
+.PN NorthWestGravity ,
+.PN NorthGravity ,
+.PN NorthEastGravity ,
+.PN WestGravity ,
+.PN CenterGravity ,
+.PN EastGravity ,
+.PN SouthWestGravity ,
+.PN SouthGravity , 
+.PN SouthEastGravity , 
+and
+.PN StaticGravity .
+Alphabetic case is not significant in the conversion.
+.LP
+The String-to-CommandArgArray conversion parses a String into an
+array of strings.
+White space characters separate elements of the command line.
+The converter recognizes the backslash character ``\\'' as an escape
+character to allow the following white space character to be part of the
+array element.
+.LP
+.IN "XtCurrentDirectory" "" "@DEF@"
+The String-to-DirectoryString conversion recognizes the
+string ``XtCurrentDirectory'' and returns the result of a call
+to the operating system to get the current directory.
+.LP
+The String-to-RestartStyle conversion accepts the values 
+.PN RestartIfRunning ,
+.PN RestartAnyway ,
+.PN RestartImmediately ,
+and
+.PN RestartNever
+as defined by the \fIX Session Management Protocol\fP.
+.LP
+The String-to-InitialState conversion accepts the values
+.PN NormalState
+or
+.PN IconicState
+as defined by the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+.LP
+The String-to-Visual conversion calls
+.PN XMatchVisualInfo
+using the
+\fIscreen\fP and \fIdepth\fP fields from the core part and returns the first
+matching Visual on the list.  The widget resource list must be certain
+to specify any resource of type
+.PN XtRVisual
+after the depth resource.
+The allowed string values are the visual class names defined in \fI\*(xP\fP,
+Section 8;
+.PN StaticGray ,
+.PN StaticColor ,
+.PN TrueColor ,
+.PN GrayScale ,
+.PN PseudoColor ,
+and
+.PN DirectColor .
+
+.LP
+The \*(xI register the following resource converter that accepts
+an input value of representation type
+.PN XtRColor .
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(2.25i) lw(1.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Target Representation	Converter Name	Additional Args
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN XtRPixel
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtColorToPixel
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.LP
+The \*(xI register the following resource converters that accept
+input values of representation type
+.PN XtRInt .
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(2.25i) lw(1.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Target Representation	Converter Name	Additional Args
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN XtRBoolean
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToBoolean
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRBool
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToBool
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRColor
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToColor
+T}	T{
+.PN colorConvertArgs
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRDimension
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToDimension
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRFloat
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToFloat
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRFont
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToFont
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRPixel
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToPixel
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRPixmap
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToPixmap
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRPosition
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToPosition
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRShort
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToShort
+T}
+T{
+.PN XtRUnsignedChar
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.LP
+The \*(xI register the following resource converter that accepts
+an input value of representation type
+.PN XtRPixel .
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(2.25i) lw(1.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Target Representation	Converter Name	Additional Args
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+T{
+.PN XtRColor
+T}	T{
+.PN XtCvtPixelToColor
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.NH 3
+New Resource Converters
+.XS
+\*(SN New Resource Converters
+.XE
+.LP
+Type converters use pointers to
+.PN XrmValue
+structures (defined in
+.Pn < X11/Xresource.h >;
+see Section 15.4 in \fI\*(xL\fP)
+for input and output values.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned int size;
+	XPointer addr;
+} XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIaddr\fP field specifies the address of the data, and the \fIsize\fP
+field gives the total number of significant bytes in the data.
+For values of type
+.PN String ,
+\fIaddr\fP is the address of the first character and \fIsize\fP
+includes the NULL-terminating byte. 
+.LP
+A resource converter procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtTypeConverter .
+.LP
+.IN "XtTypeConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtTypeConverter)(Display*, XrmValue*, Cardinal*,
+                              XrmValue*, XrmValue*, XtPointer*);
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIfrom\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIto\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer *\fIconverter_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection with which this conversion is associated.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of additional
+.PN XrmValue
+arguments to the converter if additional context is needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+For example, the String-to-Font converter needs the widget's \fIdisplay\fP,
+and the String-to-Pixel converter needs the widget's \fIscreen\fP and \fIcolormap\fP.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to convert.
+.IP \fIto\fP 1i
+Specifies a descriptor for a location into which to store the converted value.
+.IP \fIconverter_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a location into which the converter may
+store converter-specific data associated
+with this conversion.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIdisplay\fP argument is normally used only when generating error
+messages, to identify the application context (with the function
+.PN XtDisplayToApplicationContext ).
+.LP
+The \fIto\fP argument specifies the size and location into which the
+converter should store the converted value.  If the \fIaddr\fP field is NULL,
+the converter should allocate appropriate storage and store the size
+and location into the \fIto\fP descriptor.  If the type converter allocates
+the storage, it remains under the ownership of the converter and must
+not be modified by the caller.  The type converter is permitted to use
+static storage for this purpose, and therefore the caller must
+immediately copy the data upon return from the converter.  If the
+\fIaddr\fP field is not NULL, the converter must check the \fIsize\fP field to
+ensure that sufficient space has been allocated before storing the
+converted value.  If insufficient space is specified, the converter
+should update the \fIsize\fP field with the number of bytes required and
+return
+.PN False
+without modifying the data at the specified location.
+If sufficient space was allocated by the caller, the converter should
+update the \fIsize\fP field with the number of bytes actually occupied by the
+converted value.  For converted values of type
+.PN XtRString ,
+the size should
+include the NULL-terminating byte, if any.
+The converter may store any value in the location specified
+in \fIconverter_data\fP; this value will be passed to the destructor, if any,
+when the resource is freed by the \*(xI.
+.LP
+The converter must return
+.PN True
+if the conversion was successful and
+.PN False
+otherwise.  If the conversion cannot be performed because of an
+improper source value, a warning message should also be issued with
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg .
+
+.LP
+Most type converters just take the data described by the specified \fIfrom\fP
+argument and return data by writing into the location specified in
+the \fIto\fP argument.
+A few need other information, which is available in \fIargs\fP.
+A type converter can invoke another type converter,
+which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate
+result to make maximum use of the type converter cache.
+.LP
+Note that if an address is written into \fIto->addr\fP, it cannot be that
+of a local variable of the converter because the data will not be
+valid after the converter returns.  Static variables may be used,
+as in the following example.
+If the converter modifies the resource database,
+the changes affect any in-progress widget creation,
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources ,
+or
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+in an implementation-defined manner; however, insertion of new entries
+or changes to existing entries is allowed and will not directly cause
+an error.
+
+.LP
+The following is an example of a converter that takes a
+.PN string
+and converts it to a
+.PN Pixel .
+Note that the \fIdisplay\fP parameter is
+used only to generate error messages; the
+.PN Screen
+conversion argument is
+still required to inform the \*(xI that the converted value is
+a function of the particular display (and colormap).
+.LP
+.Ds 0
+.TA .3i .7i 1i 1.3i 1.7i 2i 4i
+.ta .3i .7i 1i 1.3i 1.7i 2i 4i
+
+#define done(type, value) \\
+	{						\\
+		if (toVal->addr != NULL) {		\\
+			if (toVal->size < sizeof(type)) {	\\
+				toVal->size = sizeof(type);	\\
+				return False;	\\
+			}				\\
+			*(type*)(toVal->addr) = (value);	\\
+		}					\\
+		else {				\\
+			static type static_val;	\\
+			static_val = (value);	\\
+			toVal->addr = (XPointer)&static_val;	\\
+		}					\\
+		toVal->size = sizeof(type);	\\
+		return True;			\\
+	}
+
+static Boolean CvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, converter_data)
+	Display	*dpy;
+	XrmValue	*args;
+	Cardinal	*num_args;
+	XrmValue	*fromVal;
+	XrmValue	*toVal;
+	XtPointer	*converter_data;
+{
+	static XColor	screenColor;
+	XColor		exactColor;
+	Screen		*screen;
+	Colormap		colormap;
+	Status			status;
+
+	if (*num_args != 2)
+		XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+			"wrongParameters", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError",
+			"String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments",
+			(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+	screen = *((Screen**) args[0].addr);
+	colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr);
+
+	if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) {
+		*closure_ret = False;
+		done(Pixel, WhitePixelOfScreen(screen));
+	}
+	if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) {
+		*closure_ret = False;
+		done(Pixel, BlackPixelOfScreen(screen));
+	}
+
+
+	status = XAllocNamedColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap, (char*)fromVal->addr, 
+				               &screenColor, &exactColor);
+
+	if (status == 0) {
+		String params[1];
+		Cardinal num_params = 1;
+		params[0] = (String)fromVal->addr;
+		XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+			"noColormap", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError",
+			"Cannot allocate colormap entry for \\"%s\\"", params,\
+ &num_params);
+	        *converter_data = (char *) False;
+                return False;
+	} else {
+                *converter_data = (char *) True;
+		done(Pixel, &screenColor.pixel);
+	}
+}
+.De
+.LP
+All type converters should define some set of conversion values for which they
+are guaranteed to succeed so these can be used in the resource defaults.
+This issue arises only with conversions, such as fonts and colors,
+where there is no string representation that all server implementations
+will necessarily recognize.
+For resources like these,
+the converter should define a symbolic constant
+in the same manner as
+.PN XtDefaultForeground ,
+.PN XtDefaultBackground ,
+and
+.PN XtDefaultFont .
+.sp
+.LP
+To allow the \*(xI to deallocate resources produced by type
+converters, a resource destructor procedure may also be provided.
+.LP
+A resource destructor procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtDestructor .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDestructor" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtDestructor) (XtAppContext, XrmValue*, XtPointer, XrmValue*, \
+Cardinal*);
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIto\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIconverter_data\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp\fP 1i
+Specifies an application context in which the resource is being freed.
+.IP \fIto\fP 1i
+Specifies a descriptor for the resource produced by the type converter.
+.IP \fIconverter_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the converter-specific data returned by the type converter.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the additional converter arguments as passed
+to the type converter when the conversion was performed.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The destructor procedure is responsible for freeing the resource
+specified by the \fIto\fP argument, including any auxiliary storage
+associated with that resource, but not the memory directly addressed
+by the size and location in the \fIto\fP argument or the memory specified
+by \fIargs\fP.
+
+.NH 3
+Issuing Conversion Warnings
+.XS
+\*(SN Issuing Conversion Warnings
+.XE
+.LP
+The
+.PN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning
+procedure is a convenience routine for resource type converters
+that convert from string values.
+.LP
+.IN "XtDisplayStringConversionWarning" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfrom_value\fP, \
+\fIto_type\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_value\fP, \fIto_type\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection with which the conversion is associated.
+.IP \fIfrom_value\fP 1i
+Specifies the string that could not be converted.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the target representation type requested.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning
+procedure issues a warning message using
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg
+with \fIname\fP ``conversionError'',
+\fItype\fP ``string'', \fIclass\fP ``XtToolkitError'', and the default message
+``Cannot convert "\fIfrom_value\fP" to type \fIto_type\fP''.
+.LP
+To issue other types of warning or error messages, the type converter
+should use
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg
+or
+.PN XtAppErrorMsg .
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve the application context associated with a given
+display connection, use
+.PN XtDisplayToApplicationContext .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDisplayToApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext( \fIdisplay\fP )
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies an open and initialized display connection.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDisplayToApplicationContext
+function returns the application
+context in which the specified \fIdisplay\fP was initialized.  If the
+display is not known to the \*(xI, an error message is issued.
+
+.NH 3
+Registering a New Resource Converter
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Registering a New Resource Converter\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When registering a resource converter, the client must specify the
+manner in which the conversion cache is to be used when there are multiple
+calls to the converter.  Conversion cache control is specified
+via an
+.PN XtCacheType
+.LP
+.IN "XtCacheType" "" "@DEF@"
+argument.
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef int XtCacheType;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+An
+.PN XtCacheType
+field may contain one of the following values:
+.br
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtCacheNone
+.IN "XtCacheNone" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
+may not be reused to satisfy any other resource
+requests; the specified converter will be called
+each time the converted value is required.
+.br
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtCacheAll
+.IN "XtCacheAll" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP
+Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
+should be reused for any resource request that depends
+upon the same source value and conversion arguments.
+.br
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtCacheByDisplay
+.IN "XtCacheByDisplay" "" "@DEF@"
+.IP  
+Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
+should be used as for
+.PN XtCacheAll
+but the destructor will be called, if specified, if
+.PN XtCloseDisplay
+is called
+for the display connection associated with the converted value, and
+the value will be removed from the conversion cache.
+.LP
+The qualifier
+.PN XtCacheRefCount
+.IN "XtCacheRefCount" "" "@DEF@"
+may be ORed with any of the above values.  If
+.PN XtCacheRefCount
+is specified, calls to
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget ,
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources ,
+and
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+that use the converted value will be counted.  When a widget using the
+converted value is destroyed, the count is decremented, and, if the
+count reaches zero, the destructor procedure will be called and the
+converted value will be removed from the conversion cache.
+
+.LP
+To register a type converter for all application contexts in a
+process, use 
+.PN XtSetTypeConverter ,
+and to register a type converter in a single application context, use
+.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetTypeConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetTypeConverter(\fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \fIconverter\fP, \
+\fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP,
+                        \fIcache_type\fP, \fIdestructor\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_type\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIto_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtTypeConverter \fIconverter\fP;
+.br
+      XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XtCacheType \fIcache_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource type converter procedure.
+.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
+Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP.
+.IP \fIcache_type\fP 1i
+Specifies whether or not resources produced by this
+converter are sharable or display-specific and when
+they should be freed.
+.IP \fIdestructor\fP 1i
+Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by
+this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is
+required to deallocate resources produced by the converter.
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetTypeConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.FD 0
+void XtAppSetTypeConverter(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \
+\fIconverter\fP, \fIconvert_args\fP,
+                           \fInum_args\fP, \fIcache_type\fP, \fIdestructor\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_type\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIto_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtTypeConverter \fIconverter\fP;
+.br
+      XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XtCacheType \fIcache_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource type converter procedure.
+.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
+Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP.
+.IP \fIcache_type\fP 1i
+Specifies whether or not resources produced by this
+converter are sharable or display-specific and when
+they should be freed.
+.IP \fIdestructor\fP 1i
+Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by
+this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is
+required to deallocate resources produced by the converter.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtSetTypeConverter
+registers the specified type converter and
+destructor in all application contexts created by the calling process,
+including any future application contexts that may be created.
+.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter
+registers the specified type converter in the
+single application context specified.  If the same \fIfrom_type\fP and
+\fIto_type\fP are specified in multiple calls to either function, the most
+recent overrides the previous ones.
+.sp
+.LP
+For the few type converters that need additional arguments,
+the \*(xI conversion mechanism provides a method of specifying
+how these arguments should be computed.
+The enumerated type
+.PN XtAddressMode
+and the structure
+.PN XtConvertArgRec
+specify how each argument is derived.
+These are defined in
+.Pn < X11/Intrinsic.h >.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i
+typedef enum {
+	/* address mode	parameter representation */
+	   XtAddress,	/* address */
+	   XtBaseOffset,	/* offset */
+	   XtImmediate,	/* constant */
+	   XtResourceString,	/* resource name string */
+	   XtResourceQuark,	/* resource name quark */
+	   XtWidgetBaseOffset,	/* offset */
+	   XtProcedureArg	/* procedure to call */
+} XtAddressMode;
+.sp
+typedef struct {
+	XtAddressMode address_mode;
+	XtPointer address_id;
+	Cardinal size;
+} XtConvertArgRec, *XtConvertArgList;
+.De
+.eM
+.LP
+The \fIsize\fP field specifies the length of the data in bytes.
+The \fIaddress_mode\fP field specifies how the \fIaddress_id\fP field should be
+interpreted.
+.PN XtAddress
+.IN "XtAddress" "" "@DEF@"
+causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the address of the data.
+.PN XtBaseOffset
+.IN "XtBaseOffset" "" "@DEF@"
+causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the offset from the widget base.
+.PN XtImmediate
+.IN "XtImmediate" "" "@DEF@"
+causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as a constant.
+.PN XtResourceString
+.IN "XtResourceString" "" "@DEF@"
+causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the name of a resource
+that is to be converted into an offset from the widget base.
+.PN XtResourceQuark
+.IN "XtResourceQuark" "" "@DEF@"
+causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the result of an
+.PN XrmStringToQuark
+conversion on the name of a resource,
+which is to be converted into an offset from the widget base.
+.PN XtWidgetBaseOffset
+.IN "XtWidgetBaseOffset" "" "@DEF@"
+is similar to
+.PN XtBaseOffset
+except that it
+searches for the closest windowed ancestor if the object is not
+of a subclass of
+Core
+(see Chapter 12).
+.PN XtProcedureArg
+.IN "XtProcedureArg" "" "@DEF@"
+specifies that \fIaddress_id\fP is a pointer to a procedure to
+be invoked to return the conversion argument.  If
+.PN XtProcedureArg
+is specified, \fIaddress_id\fP must contain
+the address of a function of type
+.PN XtConvertArgProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConvertArgProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtConvertArgProc)(Widget, Cardinal*, XrmValue*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fIsize\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Passes the object for which the resource is being
+converted, or NULL if the converter was invoked by
+.PN XtCallConverter
+or
+.PN XtDirectConvert .
+.IP \fIsize\fP 1i
+Passes a pointer to the \fIsize\fP field from the
+.PN XtConvertArgRec .
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Passes a pointer to a descriptor into which the procedure
+must store the conversion argument.
+.LP
+.eM
+When invoked, the
+.PN XtConvertArgProc
+procedure must derive a conversion
+argument and store the address and size of the argument in the location
+pointed to by \fIvalue\fP.
+.LP
+In order to permit reentrancy, the
+.PN XtConvertArgProc
+should return the address of storage whose lifetime is no shorter than the
+lifetime of \fIobject\fP.  If \fIobject\fP is NULL, the lifetime of the conversion
+argument must be no shorter than the lifetime of the resource with
+which the conversion argument is associated.  The \*(xI do not
+guarantee to copy this storage but do guarantee not to reference it if
+the resource is removed from the conversion cache.
+.LP
+The following example illustrates how to register the CvtStringToPixel 
+routine given earlier:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .2i 3i
+.ta .2i 3i
+static XtConvertArgRec colorConvertArgs[] = {
+	{XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffset(Widget, core.screen),  sizeof(Screen*)},
+	{XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffset(Widget, core.colormap),sizeof(Colormap)}
+};
+
+XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRPixel, CvtStringToPixel,
+    colorConvertArgs, XtNumber(colorConvertArgs), XtCacheByDisplay, NULL);
+.De
+.LP
+The conversion argument descriptors
+.PN colorConvertArgs
+and
+.PN screenConvertArg
+are predefined by the \*(xI.  Both take the
+values from the closest windowed ancestor if the object is not of a
+subclass of
+Core.
+The
+.PN screenConvertArg
+descriptor puts the widget's \fIscreen\fP field into \fIargs\fP[0].  The
+.PN colorConvertArgs
+descriptor puts the widget's \fIscreen\fP field into \fIargs\fP[0],
+and the widget's \fIcolormap\fP field into \fIargs\fP[1].
+.LP
+Conversion routines should not just put a descriptor for the address of the
+base of the widget into \fIargs\fP[0], and use that in the routine.
+They should pass in the actual values on which the conversion depends.
+By keeping the dependencies of the conversion procedure specific,
+it is more likely that subsequent conversions will find what they need
+in the conversion cache.
+This way the cache is smaller and has fewer and more widely applicable entries.
+.LP
+If any conversion arguments of type
+.PN XtBaseOffset ,
+.PN XtResourceString ,
+.PN XtResourceQuark ,
+and
+.PN XtWidgetBaseOffset
+are specified for conversions performed by
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources ,
+.PN XtGetSubresources ,
+.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources ,
+or
+.PN XtVaGetSubresources ,
+the arguments are
+computed with respect to the specified widget, not the base address or
+resource list specified in the call.
+.LP
+If the
+.PN XtConvertArgProc
+modifies the resource database,
+the changes affect any in-progress widget creation,
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources ,
+or
+.PN XtGetSubresources
+in an implementation-defined manner; however, insertion of new entries
+or changes to existing entries are allowed and will not directly cause
+an error.
+
+.NH 3
+Resource Converter Invocation
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Resource Converter Invocation\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All resource-fetching routines (for example,
+.PN XtGetSubresources ,
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources ,
+and so on) call resource converters if the resource database or
+varargs list specifies a value
+that has a different representation from the desired representation or if the
+widget's default resource value representation is different from the desired
+representation.
+.sp
+.LP
+To invoke explicit resource conversions, use
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+or
+.PN XtCallConverter .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef XtPointer XtCacheRef;
+.De
+.IN "XtCallConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtCallConverter(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIconverter\fP, \
+\fIconversion_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \fIto_in_out\fP,
+                                              \fIcache_ref_return\fP)
+.br
+      Display* \fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      XtTypeConverter \fIconverter\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIconversion_args\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP;
+.br
+      XtCacheRef *\fIcache_ref_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the display with which the conversion is to be associated.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the conversion procedure to be called.
+.IP \fIconversion_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the additional conversion arguments needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIconversion_args\fP.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a descriptor for the source value.
+.IP \fIto_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Returns the converted value.
+.IP \fIcache_ref_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns a conversion cache id.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCallConverter
+function looks up the
+specified type converter in the application context associated with
+the display and, if the converter was not registered or was registered
+with cache type
+.PN XtCacheAll
+or
+.PN XtCacheByDisplay ,
+looks in the conversion cache to see if this conversion procedure
+has been called with the specified conversion arguments.  If so, it
+checks the success status of the prior call, and if
+the conversion failed,
+.PN XtCallConverter
+returns
+.PN False
+immediately;
+otherwise it checks the size specified in the \fIto\fP argument, and, if it is
+greater than or equal to the size stored in the cache, copies the
+information stored in the cache into the location specified by
+\fIto->addr\fP, stores the cache size into \fIto->size\fP, and returns
+.PN True .
+If the size specified in the \fIto\fP argument is smaller than the size stored
+in the cache,
+.PN XtCallConverter
+copies the cache size into \fIto->size\fP and returns
+.PN False .
+If the converter was registered with cache type
+.PN XtCacheNone
+or no value was found in the conversion cache,
+.PN XtCallConverter
+calls the converter, and if it was not registered with cache type
+.PN XtCacheNone ,
+enters the result in the cache.  
+.PN XtCallConverter
+then returns what the converter returned.
+.LP
+The \fIcache_ref_return\fP field specifies storage allocated by the caller in which
+an opaque value will be stored.  If the type converter has been
+registered with the
+.PN XtCacheRefCount
+modifier and if the value returned
+in \fIcache_ref_return\fP is non-NULL, then the caller should store the
+\fIcache_ref_return\fP value in order to decrement the reference count when
+the converted value is no longer required.  The \fIcache_ref_return\fP
+argument should be
+NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the
+value.
+.sp
+.LP
+To explicitly decrement the reference counts for resources obtained
+from
+.PN XtCallConverter ,
+use
+.PN XtAppReleaseCacheRefs .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppReleaseCacheRefs" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIrefs\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtCacheRef *\fIrefs\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIrefs\fP 1i
+Specifies the list of cache references to be released.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppReleaseCacheRefs
+decrements the reference count for the
+conversion entries identified by the \fIrefs\fP argument.
+This argument is a
+pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
+.PN XtCacheRef
+values.  If any reference
+count reaches zero, the destructor, if any, will be called and
+the resource removed from the conversion cache.
+.sp
+.LP
+As a convenience to clients needing to explicitly decrement reference
+counts via a callback function, the \*(xI define two callback
+procedures,
+.PN XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef
+and
+.PN XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef(\fIobject\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object with which the resource is associated.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the conversion cache entry to be released.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Is ignored.
+.LP
+.eM
+This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a
+previously returned
+.PN XtCacheRef
+value.  When adding the callback, the
+callback \fIclient_data\fP argument must be specified as the value of the
+.PN XtCacheRef
+data cast to type
+.PN XtPointer .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList(\fIobject\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object with which the resources are associated.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the conversion cache entries to be released.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Is ignored.
+.LP
+.eM
+This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a
+list of previously returned
+.PN XtCacheRef
+values.  When adding the
+callback, the callback \fIclient_data\fP argument must be specified as a
+pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
+.PN XtCacheRef
+values.
+.sp
+.LP
+To lookup and call a resource converter, copy the resulting value,
+and free a cached resource when a widget is destroyed, use
+.PN XtConvertAndStore .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConvertAndStore" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtConvertAndStore(\fIobject\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \
+\fIto_type\fP, \fIto_in_out\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_type\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIto_type\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object to use for additional arguments, if any are needed,
+and the destroy callback list.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIto_in_out\fP 1i
+Specifies a descriptor for storage into which the converted value
+will be returned.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+function looks up the type converter registered
+to convert \fIfrom_type\fP to \fIto_type\fP, computes any additional arguments
+needed, and then calls
+.PN XtCallConverter
+(or
+.PN XtDirectConvert
+if an old-style converter was registered with
+.PN XtAddConverter
+or
+.PN XtAppAddConverter ;
+see Appendix C) with the \fIfrom\fP and \fIto_in_out\fP arguments.  The
+\fIto_in_out\fP argument specifies the size and location into which the
+converted value will be stored and is passed directly to the
+converter.  If the location is specified as NULL, it will be replaced
+with a pointer to private storage and the size will be returned in the
+descriptor.  The caller is expected to copy this private storage
+immediately and must not modify it in any way.  If a non-NULL location
+is specified, the caller must allocate sufficient storage to hold the
+converted value and must also specify the size of that storage in the
+descriptor.
+The \fIsize\fP field will be modified on return to indicate the actual
+size of the converted data.
+If the conversion succeeds,
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+returns
+.PN True ;
+otherwise, it returns
+.PN False .
+.LP
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+adds
+.PN XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef
+.IN "destroyCallback"
+to the destroyCallback list of the specified object if the conversion
+returns an
+.PN XtCacheRef
+value.  The resulting resource should not be referenced
+after the object has been destroyed.
+.LP
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+performs processing equivalent to
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+when initializing the object instance.  Because there is extra memory
+overhead required to implement reference counting, clients may
+distinguish those objects that are never destroyed before the
+application exits from those that may be destroyed and whose
+resources should be deallocated.
+.LP
+To specify whether reference counting is to be enabled for the
+resources of a particular object when the object is created, the
+client can specify a value for the
+.PN Boolean
+resource
+XtNinitialResourcesPersistent,
+.IN "XtNinitialResourcesPersistent" "" "@DEF@"
+class
+XtCInitialResourcesPersistent.
+.LP
+When
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+is called, if this resource is not specified as
+.PN False
+in either the arglist or the resource database, then the
+resources referenced by this object are not reference-counted, regardless of
+how the type converter may have been registered.  The effective
+default value is
+.PN True ;
+thus clients that expect to destroy one or
+more objects and want resources deallocated must explicitly specify
+.PN False
+for
+.IN XtNinitialResourcesPersistent
+XtNinitialResourcesPersistent.
+.LP
+The resources are still freed and destructors called when
+.PN XtCloseDisplay
+is called if the conversion was registered as
+.PN XtCacheByDisplay .
+
+.NH 2
+Reading and Writing Widget State
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Reading and Writing Widget State\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Any resource field in a widget can be read or written by a client.
+On a write operation,
+the widget decides what changes it will actually allow and updates all
+derived fields appropriately.
+
+.NH 3
+Obtaining Widget State
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Obtaining Widget State\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a
+widget instance, use
+.PN XtGetValues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetValues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetValues(\fIobject\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the
+resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to
+be stored.
+The resource names are widget-dependent.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetValues
+function starts with the resources specified for the Object class
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the class of the object.
+The \fIvalue\fP field of a passed argument list must contain the
+address into which to copy the contents of the corresponding
+object instance field.  If the field is a pointer type, the lifetime
+of the pointed-to data is defined by the object class.  For the
+\*(xI-defined resources, the following lifetimes apply:
+.IP \(bu 3
+Not valid following any operation that modifies the resource:
+.RS
+.IP \- 3
+XtNchildren resource of composite widgets.
+.IP \- 3
+All resources of representation type XtRCallback.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 3
+Remain valid at least until the widget is destroyed:
+.RS
+.IP \- 3
+XtNaccelerators, XtNtranslations.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 3
+Remain valid until the Display is closed:
+.RS
+.IP \- 3
+XtNscreen.
+.RE
+.LP
+It is the caller's responsibility
+to allocate and deallocate storage for the copied data
+according to the size of the
+resource representation type used within the object.
+.LP
+If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+.PN XtGetValues
+then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested.
+It starts with the constraint resources specified for
+.PN constraintWidgetClass
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources.
+If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the
+resource lists searched, 
+the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
+.IN "get_values_hook procedure"
+If any get_values_hook procedures in the
+object's class or superclass records are non-NULL, 
+they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after
+all the resource values have been fetched by
+.PN XtGetValues .
+Finally, if the object's parent is a
+subclass of
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+and if any of the parent's class or
+superclass records have declared
+.PN ConstraintClassExtension
+records in
+the Constraint class part \fIextension\fP field with a record type of
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 ,
+and if the \fIget_values_hook\fP field in the extension record is non-NULL,
+.PN XtGetValues
+calls the get_values_hook procedures in superclass-to-subclass order.
+This permits a Constraint parent to provide
+nonresource data via
+.PN XtGetValues .
+.LP
+Get_values_hook procedures may modify the data stored at the
+location addressed by the \fIvalue\fP field, including (but not
+limited to) making a copy of data whose resource representation is a
+pointer.  None of the \*(xI-defined object classes copy
+data in this manner.  Any operation that modifies the queried
+object resource may invalidate the pointed-to data.
+
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a widget
+instance using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaGetValues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaGetValues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtVaGetValues(\fIobject\fP, ...)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned.  \*(oI
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list for the resources to
+be returned.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaGetValues
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtGetValues
+with the \fIargs\fP
+and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described in
+Section 2.5.1.  All value entries in the list must specify pointers to
+storage allocated by the caller to which the resource value will be
+copied.  It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that sufficient
+storage is allocated.  If
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is specified, the \fItype\fP argument
+specifies the representation desired by the caller and \fIthe\fP size argument
+specifies the number of bytes allocated to store the result of the
+conversion.  If the size is insufficient, a warning message is issued
+and the list entry is skipped.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget Subpart Resource Data: The get_values_hook Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subpart Resource Data: The get_values_hook Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+Widgets that have subparts can return resource values from them through
+.PN XtGetValues
+by supplying a get_values_hook procedure.
+The get_values_hook procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtArgsProc .
+.LP
+.IN "get_values_hook procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtArgsProc)(Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be retrieved.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list that was passed to
+.PN XtGetValues
+or the transformed varargs list passed to
+.PN XtVaGetValues .
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The widget with subpart resources should call
+.PN XtGetSubvalues
+in the get_values_hook procedure
+and pass in its subresource list and the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget Subpart State
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subpart State
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve the current values of subpart resource data associated with a
+widget instance, use
+.PN XtGetSubvalues .
+For a discussion of subpart resources,
+see Section 9.4.
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \
+\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the
+resources should be retrieved.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the
+resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to
+be stored.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetSubvalues
+function obtains resource values from the structure identified by \fIbase\fP.
+The \fIvalue\fP field in each argument entry must contain the address into
+which to store the corresponding resource value.  It is the caller's
+responsibility to allocate and deallocate this storage according to
+the size of the resource representation type used within the subpart.
+If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in the
+resource list, the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
+
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve the current values of subpart resources associated with
+a widget instance using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaGetSubvalues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaGetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtVaGetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, ...)
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the
+resources should be retrieved.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies a variable argument list of name/address pairs that
+contain the resource names and the addresses into which the resource
+values are to be stored.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaGetSubvalues
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtGetSubvalues
+with the
+\fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is not supported for
+.PN XtVaGetSubvalues .
+If
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is specified in the list, a warning message is issued
+and the entry is then ignored.
+
+.NH 3
+Setting Widget State
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Setting Widget State\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget
+instance, use
+.PN XtSetValues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetValues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetValues(\fIobject\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the
+resources to be modified and their new values.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtSetValues
+function starts with the resources specified for the 
+Object
+class fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the object.
+At each stage, it replaces the \fIobject\fP resource fields with any values
+specified in the argument list.
+.PN XtSetValues
+then calls the set_values procedures for the object in superclass-to-subclass 
+order.
+.IN "set_values_hook procedure"
+If the object has any non-NULL \fIset_values_hook\fP fields,
+these are called immediately after the
+corresponding set_values procedure.
+This procedure permits subclasses to set subpart data via
+.PN XtSetValues .
+.LP
+If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of
+.PN constraintWidgetClass ,
+.PN XtSetValues
+also updates the object's constraints.
+It starts with the constraint resources specified for
+.PN constraintWidgetClass
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class.
+At each stage, it replaces the constraint resource fields with any
+values specified in the argument list.
+It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from
+.PN constraintWidgetClass
+down to the parent's class.
+The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments,
+as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint records,
+so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based
+on full information about the widget.  Any arguments specified that
+do not match a resource list entry are silently ignored.
+.LP
+If the object is of a subclass of
+RectObj,
+.PN XtSetValues
+determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the old object to
+the new object.
+If any geometry changes are required,
+.PN XtSetValues
+restores the original geometry and makes the request on behalf of the widget.
+If the geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes ,
+.PN XtSetValues
+calls the object's resize procedure.
+If the geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryDone ,
+.PN XtSetValues
+continues, as the object's resize procedure should have been called
+by the geometry manager.
+If the geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryNo ,
+.PN XtSetValues
+ignores the geometry request and continues.
+If the geometry manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+.PN XtSetValues
+calls the set_values_almost procedure,
+which determines what should be done.
+.PN XtSetValues
+then repeats this process,
+deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called.
+.LP
+Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned 
+.PN True ,
+and the widget is realized,
+.PN XtSetValues
+causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling
+.PN XClearArea
+on the widget's window.
+.sp
+.LP
+To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget
+instance using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaSetValues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaSetValues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtVaSetValues(\fIobject\fP, ...)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified.  \*(oI
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that
+contain the resources to be modified and their new values.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaSetValues
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtSetValues
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget State: The set_values Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget State: The set_values Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+The set_values procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+.PN XtSetValuesFunc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetValuesFunc" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "set_values procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtSetValuesFunc)(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIcurrent\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIrequest\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fInew\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIcurrent\fP 1i
+Specifies a copy of the widget as it was before the
+.PN XtSetValues
+call.
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i
+Specifies a copy of the widget with all values changed as asked for by the
+.PN XtSetValues
+call before any class set_values procedures have been called.
+.IP \fInew\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget with the new values that are actually allowed.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list passed to
+.PN XtSetValues
+or the transformed argument list passed to
+.PN XtVaSetValues .
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The set_values procedure should recompute any field
+derived from resources that are changed
+(for example, many GCs depend on foreground and background pixels).
+If no recomputation is necessary, and if none of the resources specific to a
+subclass require the window to be redisplayed when their values are changed,
+you can specify NULL for the \fIset_values\fP field in the class record.
+.LP
+Like the initialize procedure,
+set_values mostly deals only with the fields defined in the subclass,
+but it has to resolve conflicts with its superclass,
+especially conflicts over width and height.
+.LP
+Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its
+superclass.
+In particular, size calculations of a superclass are often
+incorrect for a subclass, and, in this case,
+the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared
+and computed by its superclass.
+.LP
+As an example,
+a subclass can visually surround its superclass display.
+In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass set_values
+procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround.
+The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the
+superclass or was specified explicitly.
+All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given,
+but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested.
+How does a subclass know the difference between a specified size
+and a size computed by a superclass?
+.LP
+The \fIrequest\fP and \fInew\fP parameters provide the necessary information.
+The \fIrequest\fP widget is a copy of the widget, updated as originally requested.
+The \fInew\fP widget starts with the values in the request,
+but it has additionally been updated by all superclass set_values
+procedures called so far.
+A subclass set_values procedure can compare these two to resolve
+any potential conflicts.
+The set_values procedure need not refer to the \fIrequest\fP widget
+unless it must resolve conflicts between the \fIcurrent\fP and \fInew\fP widgets.
+Any changes the widget needs to make, including geometry changes,
+should be made in the \fInew\fP widget.
+.LP
+In the above example,
+the subclass with the visual surround can see
+if the \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP in the \fIrequest\fP widget are zero.
+If so,
+it adds its surround size to the \fIwidth\fP and
+\fIheight\fP fields in the \fInew\fP widget.
+If not, it must make do with the size originally specified.
+In this case, zero is a special value defined by the class to permit
+the application to invoke this behavior.
+.LP
+The \fInew\fP widget is the actual widget instance record.
+Therefore,
+the set_values procedure should do all its work on the \fInew\fP widget;
+the \fIrequest\fP widget should never be modified.
+If the set_values procedure needs to call any routines that operate on
+a widget, it should specify \fInew\fP as the widget instance.
+.LP
+Before calling the set_values procedures, the \*(xI modify the
+resources of the \fIrequest\fP widget according to the contents of the arglist;
+if the widget names all its resources in the class resource list, it is
+never necessary to examine the contents of \fIargs\fP.
+.LP
+Finally, the set_values procedure must return a Boolean that indicates whether
+the widget needs to be redisplayed.
+Note that a change in the geometry fields alone does not require
+the set_values procedure to return 
+.PN True ;
+the X server will eventually generate an
+.PN Expose
+event, if necessary.
+After calling all the set_values procedures,
+.PN XtSetValues
+forces a redisplay by calling
+.PN XClearArea
+if any of the set_values procedures returned 
+.PN True .
+Therefore, a set_values procedure should not try to do its own redisplaying.
+.LP
+Set_values procedures should not do any work in response to changes in
+geometry because
+.PN XtSetValues
+eventually will perform a geometry request, and that request might be denied.
+If the widget actually changes size in response to a
+call to
+.PN XtSetValues ,
+its resize procedure is called.
+Widgets should do any geometry-related work in their resize procedure.
+.LP
+Note that it is permissible to call
+.PN XtSetValues
+before a widget is realized.
+Therefore, the set_values procedure must not assume that the widget is realized.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget State: The set_values_almost Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget State: The set_values_almost Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+The set_values_almost procedure pointer in the widget class record is of type
+.PN XtAlmostProc .
+.LP
+.IN "set_values_almost procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtAlmostProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtAlmostProc)(Widget, Widget, XtWidgetGeometry*, \
+XtWidgetGeometry*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIold\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fInew\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP;
+.br
+      XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIold\fP 1i
+Specifies a copy of the object as it was before the
+.PN XtSetValues
+call.
+.IP \fInew\fP 1i
+Specifies the object instance record.
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i
+Specifies the original geometry request that was sent to the geometry
+manager that caused
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+to be returned.
+.IP \fIreply\fP 1i
+Specifies the compromise geometry that was returned by the geometry
+manager with
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost .
+.LP
+.eM
+Most classes inherit the set_values_almost procedure from their superclass by
+specifying 
+.PN XtInheritSetValuesAlmost 
+in the class initialization.
+The
+set_values_almost procedure in
+.PN rectObjClass
+accepts the compromise suggested.
+.LP
+The set_values_almost procedure is called when a client tries to set a widget's
+geometry by means of a call to
+.PN XtSetValues
+and the geometry manager cannot
+satisfy the request but instead returns
+.PN XtGeometryNo
+or
+.PN XtGeometryAlmost
+and a compromise geometry.
+The \fInew\fP object is the actual instance record.  The \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP,
+\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP,
+and \fIborder_width\fP fields contain the original values as they were
+before the
+.PN XtSetValues
+call, and all other fields contain the new
+values.  The \fIrequest\fP parameter contains the new geometry request that
+was made to the parent.  The \fIreply\fP parameter contains
+\fIreply->request_mode\fP equal to zero if the parent returned
+.PN XtGeometryNo
+and contains the parent's compromise geometry otherwise.  The
+set_values_almost procedure takes the original geometry and the 
+compromise geometry and determines if the compromise is
+acceptable or whether
+to try a different compromise.
+It returns its results in the \fIrequest\fP parameter,
+which is then sent back to the geometry manager for another try.
+To accept the compromise, the procedure must copy the contents
+of the \fIreply\fP geometry into the \fIrequest\fP geometry; to attempt an
+alternative geometry, the procedure may modify any part of the \fIrequest\fP
+argument; to terminate the geometry negotiation and retain the
+original geometry, the procedure must set \fIrequest->request_mode\fP to
+zero.  The geometry fields of the \fIold\fP and \fInew\fP instances must not be modified
+directly.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget State: The ConstraintClassPart set_values Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget State: The ConstraintClassPart set_values Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "set_values procedure"
+.LP
+The constraint set_values procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtSetValuesFunc .
+The values passed to the parent's constraint set_values procedure
+are the same as those passed to the child's class
+set_values procedure.
+A class can specify NULL for the \fIset_values\fP field of the
+.PN ConstraintPart
+if it need not compute anything.
+.LP
+The constraint set_values procedure should recompute any constraint fields
+derived from constraint resources that are changed.
+Furthermore, it may modify other widget fields as appropriate.
+For example, if a constraint for the maximum height of a widget is changed
+to a value smaller than the widget's current height,
+the constraint set_values procedure may reset the \fIheight\fP field in the
+widget.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget Subpart State
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subpart State
+.XE
+.LP
+To set the current values of subpart resources associated with a
+widget instance, use
+.PN XtSetSubvalues .
+For a discussion of subpart resources,
+see Section 9.4.
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \
+\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources should be written.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the
+resources to be modified and their new values.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtSetSubvalues
+function updates the resource fields of the structure identified by
+\fIbase\fP.  Any specified arguments that do not match an entry in the
+resource list are silently ignored.
+.sp
+.LP
+To set the current values of subpart resources associated with
+a widget instance using varargs lists, use
+.PN XtVaSetSubvalues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaSetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0 
+void XtVaSetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, ...)
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIbase\fP;
+.br
+      XtResourceList \fIresources\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources should be written.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+.IP ... 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that
+contain the resources to be modified and their new values.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtVaSetSubvalues
+is identical in function to
+.PN XtSetSubvalues
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is not supported for
+.PN XtVaSetSubvalues .
+If an entry containing
+.PN XtVaTypedArg
+is specified in the list, a warning message is issued
+and the entry is ignored.
+
+.NH 4
+Widget Subpart Resource Data: The set_values_hook Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Subpart Resource Data: The set_values_hook Procedure
+.XE
+.IN "set_values_hook procedure"
+.NT
+The set_values_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information
+is now available to the set_values procedure.  The procedure has been
+retained for those widgets that used it in versions prior to Release 4.
+.NE
+.LP
+Widgets that have a subpart can set the subpart resource values through
+.PN XtSetValues
+by supplying a set_values_hook procedure.
+The set_values_hook procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+.PN XtArgsFunc .
+.LP
+.IN "set_values_hook procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtArgsFunc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtArgsFunc)(Widget, Arglist, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Arglist \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be changed.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list that was passed to
+.PN XtSetValues
+or the transformed varargs list passed to
+.PN XtVaSetValues .
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The widget with subpart resources may call
+.PN XtSetValues
+from the set_values_hook procedure
+and pass in its subresource list and the
+\fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH10 b/libXt/specs/CH10
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7c0139ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH10
@@ -0,0 +1,1521 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH10,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:46 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 10\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBTranslation Management\s-1 
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 10
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 10 \(em Translation Management 
+.XE
+Except under unusual circumstances,
+widgets do not hardwire the mapping of user events into widget behavior
+by using the event manager.
+Instead, they provide a default mapping of events into behavior
+that you can override.
+.LP
+The translation manager provides an interface to specify and manage the
+mapping of X event sequences into widget-supplied functionality,
+for example, calling procedure \fIAbc\fP when the \fIy\fP key 
+is pressed.
+.LP
+The translation manager uses two kinds of tables to perform translations:
+.IP \(bu 5
+The action tables, which are in the widget class structure,
+specify the mapping of externally available procedure name strings
+to the corresponding procedure implemented by the widget class.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A translation table, which is in the widget class structure,
+specifies the mapping of event sequences to procedure name strings.
+.LP
+You can override the translation table in the class structure 
+for a specific widget instance by supplying a different translation table
+for the widget instance.  The resources
+XtNtranslations and XtNbaseTranslations are used to modify the class
+default translation table; see Section 10.3.
+
+.NH 2
+Action Tables
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Action Tables\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All widget class records contain an action table,
+an array of
+.PN XtActionsRec
+entries.
+In addition,
+an application can register its own action tables with the translation manager
+so that the translation tables it provides to widget instances can access
+application functionality directly.
+The translation action procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtActionProc .
+.LP
+.IN "action_proc procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtActionProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtActionProc)(Widget, XEvent*, String*, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that caused the action to be called.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the event that caused the action to be called.
+If the action is called after a sequence of events,
+then the last event in the sequence is used.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the list of strings that were specified
+in the translation table as arguments to the action, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.IN "XtActionsRec"
+.IN "XtActionList"
+.LP
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _XtActionsRec {
+	String string;
+	XtActionProc proc;
+} XtActionsRec, *XtActionList;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIstring\fP field is the name used in translation tables to access
+the procedure.
+The \fIproc\fP field is a pointer to a procedure that implements
+the functionality.
+.LP
+When the action list is specified as the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+\fIactions\fP field, the string pointed to by \fIstring\fP must be
+permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class
+initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated.
+.LP
+Action procedures should not assume that the widget in which they
+are invoked is realized; an accelerator specification can cause
+an action procedure to be called for a widget that does not yet
+have a window.  Widget writers should also note which of a widget's
+callback lists are invoked from action procedures and warn clients
+not to assume the widget is realized in those callbacks.
+.LP
+For example, a Pushbutton widget has procedures to take the following actions:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Set the button to indicate it is activated.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Unset the button back to its normal mode.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Highlight the button borders.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Unhighlight the button borders.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Notify any callbacks that the button has been activated.
+.LP
+The action table for the Pushbutton widget class makes these functions
+available to translation tables written for Pushbutton or any subclass.
+The string entry is the name used in translation tables.
+The procedure entry (usually spelled identically to the string)
+is the name of the C procedure that implements that function:
+.LP
+.IN "Action Table"
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 1.5i
+.ta .5i 1.5i
+XtActionsRec actionTable[] = {
+	{"Set",	Set},
+	{"Unset",	Unset},
+	{"Highlight",	Highlight},
+	{"Unhighlight",	Unhighlight}
+	{"Notify",	Notify},
+};
+.De
+.LP
+The \*(xI reserve all action names and parameters starting with
+the characters ``Xt'' for future standard enhancements.  Users,
+applications, and widgets should not declare action names or pass
+parameters starting with these characters except to invoke specified
+built-in \*(xI functions.
+
+.NH 3
+Action Table Registration
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Action Table Registration\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "actions"
+The \fIactions\fP and \fInum_actions\fP fields of
+.PN CoreClassPart
+specify the actions implemented by a widget class.  These are
+automatically registered with the \*(xI when the class is initialized
+and must be allocated in writable storage prior to Core class_part
+initialization, and never deallocated.  To save memory and optimize
+access, the \*(xI may overwrite the storage in order to compile the
+list into an internal representation.
+.sp
+.LP
+To declare an action table within an application
+and register it with the translation manager, use
+.PN XtAppAddActions .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddActions" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppAddActions(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIactions\fP, \fInum_actions\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtActionList \fIactions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIactions\fP 1i
+Specifies the action table to register.
+.IP \fInum_actions\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
+.LP
+.eM
+If more than one action is registered with the same name, 
+the most recently registered action is used.
+If duplicate actions exist in an action table,
+the first is used.
+The \*(xI register an action table containing
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+and
+.PN XtMenuPopdown
+as part of
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext .
+
+.NH 3
+Action Names to Procedure Translations
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Action Names to Procedure Translations\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The translation manager uses a simple algorithm to resolve the name of
+a procedure specified in a translation table into the
+actual procedure specified
+in an action table.
+When the widget
+is realized, the translation manager
+performs a search for the name in the following tables, in order:
+.IP \(bu 5
+The widget's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass
+order.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The parent's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass
+order, then on up the ancestor tree.
+.IP \(bu 5
+The action tables registered with
+.PN XtAppAddActions
+and
+.PN XtAddActions
+from the most recently added table to the oldest table.
+.LP
+As soon as it finds a name,
+the translation manager stops the search.
+If it cannot find a name,
+the translation manager generates a warning message.
+
+.NH 3
+Action Hook Registration
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Action Hook Registration\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+An application can specify a procedure that will be called just before
+every action routine is dispatched by the translation manager.  To do
+so, the application supplies a procedure pointer of type
+.PN XtActionHookProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtActionHookProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtActionHookProc)(Widget, XtPointer, String, XEvent*, \
+String*, Cardinal*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIaction_name\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent* \fIevent\fP;
+.br
+      String* \fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal* \fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget whose action is about to be dispatched.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the application-specific closure that was passed to
+.PN XtAppAddActionHook.
+.IP \fIaction_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the action to be dispatched.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the event argument that will be passed to the action routine.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies the action parameters that will be passed to the action routine.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+Action hooks should not modify any of the data pointed to by the
+arguments other than the \fIclient_data\fP argument.
+.sp
+.LP
+To add an action hook, use
+.PN XtAppAddActionHook .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppAddActionHook" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(\fIapp\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp\fP;
+.br
+      XtActionHookProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the action hook procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies application-specific data to be passed to the action hook.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppAddActionHook
+adds the specified procedure to the front of a list
+maintained in the application context.  In the future, when an action
+routine is about to be invoked for any widget in this application
+context, either through the translation manager or via
+.PN XtCallActionProc ,
+the action hook procedures will be called in reverse
+order of registration just prior to invoking the action routine.
+.LP
+Action hook procedures are removed automatically and the
+.PN XtActionHookId is
+destroyed when the application context in which
+they were added is destroyed.
+.sp
+.LP
+To remove an action hook procedure without destroying the application
+context, use
+.PN XtRemoveActionHook .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRemoveActionHook" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRemoveActionHook(\fIid\fP)
+.br
+      XtActionHookId \fIid\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the action hook id returned by
+.PN XtAppAddActionHook .
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtRemoveActionHook
+removes the specified action hook procedure from
+the list in which it was registered.
+
+.NH 2
+Translation Tables
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Translation Tables\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All widget instance records contain a translation table,
+which is a resource with a default value specified elsewhere in the
+class record.
+A translation table specifies what action procedures are invoked for
+an event or a sequence of events.
+A translation table
+is a string containing a list of translations from an event sequence
+into one or more action procedure calls.
+The translations are separated from one another by newline characters
+(ASCII LF).
+The complete syntax of translation tables is specified in Appendix B.
+.LP
+As an example, the default behavior of Pushbutton is
+.IP \(bu 5
+Highlight on enter window.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Unhighlight on exit window.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Invert on left button down.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Call callbacks and reinvert on left button up.
+.LP
+The following illustrates Pushbutton's default translation table:
+.LP
+.IN "Translation tables"
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 1.5i
+.ta .5i 1.5i
+static String defaultTranslations =
+	"<EnterWindow>:	Highlight()\\n\\
+	<LeaveWindow>:	Unhighlight()\\n\\
+	<Btn1Down>:	Set()\\n\\
+	<Btn1Up>:	Notify() Unset()";
+.De
+.LP
+The \fItm_table\fP field of the
+.PN CoreClassPart
+should be filled in at class initialization time with
+the string containing the class's default translations.
+If a class wants to inherit its superclass's translations,
+it can store the special value
+.PN XtInheritTranslations
+into \fItm_table\fP.
+In Core's class part initialization procedure,
+the \*(xI compile this translation table into an efficient internal form.
+Then, at widget creation time,
+this default translation table is
+combined with the XtNtranslations
+and XtNbaseTranslations resources; see Section 10.3.
+.LP
+The resource conversion mechanism automatically compiles
+string translation tables that are specified in the resource database.
+If a client uses translation tables that are not retrieved via a
+resource conversion,
+it must compile them itself using
+.PN XtParseTranslationTable .
+.LP
+The \*(xI use the compiled form of the translation table to register the
+necessary events with the event manager.
+Widgets need do nothing other than specify the action and translation tables
+for events to be processed by the translation manager.
+
+.NH 3
+Event Sequences
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Event Sequences\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+An event sequence is a comma-separated list of X event descriptions 
+that describes a specific sequence of X events to map to a set of 
+program actions. 
+Each X event description consists of three parts: 
+The X event type, a prefix consisting of the X modifier bits, and
+an event-specific suffix.
+.LP
+Various abbreviations are supported to make translation tables easier
+to read.  The events must match incoming events in left-to-right order
+to trigger the action sequence.
+
+.NH 3
+Action Sequences
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Action Sequences\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Action sequences specify what program or widget actions to take in response to
+incoming X events. An action sequence consists of space-separated
+action procedure call specifications.
+Each action procedure call consists of the name of an action procedure and a
+parenthesized list of zero or more comma-separated
+string parameters to pass to that procedure.
+The actions are invoked in left-to-right order as specified in the
+action sequence.
+
+.NH 3
+Multi-Click Time
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Multi-Click Time\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Translation table entries may specify actions that are taken when two
+or more identical events occur consecutively within a short time
+interval, called the multi-click time.  The multi-click time value may
+be specified as an application resource with name ``multiClickTime'' and
+.IN "multiClickTime" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "Resources" "multiClickTime"
+class ``MultiClickTime'' and may also be modified dynamically by the
+application.  The multi-click time is unique for each Display value and
+is retrieved from the resource database by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+If no value is specified, the initial value is 200 milliseconds.
+.sp
+.LP
+To set the multi-click time dynamically, use
+.PN XtSetMultiClickTime .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetMultiClickTime" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetMultiClickTime(\fIdisplay\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      int \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the multi-click time in milliseconds.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtSetMultiClickTime
+sets the time interval used by the translation
+manager to determine when multiple events are interpreted as a
+repeated event.  When a repeat count is specified in a translation
+entry, the interval between the timestamps in each pair of repeated
+events (e.g., between two
+.PN ButtonPress
+events) must be less than the
+multi-click time in order for the translation actions to be taken. 
+.sp
+.LP
+To read the multi-click time, use
+.PN XtGetMultiClickTime .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetMultiClickTime" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+int XtGetMultiClickTime(\fIdisplay\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGetMultiClickTime
+returns the time in milliseconds that the
+translation manager uses to determine if multiple events are to be
+interpreted as a repeated event for purposes of matching a translation
+entry containing a repeat count.
+
+.NH 2
+Translation Table Management
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Translation Table Management\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Sometimes an application needs to merge
+its own translations with a widget's translations.
+For example, a window manager provides functions to move a window.
+The window manager wishes to bind this operation to a specific
+pointer button in the title bar without the possibility of user
+override and bind it to other buttons that may be overridden by the user.
+.LP
+To accomplish this,
+the window manager should first create the title bar
+and then should merge the two translation tables into
+the title bar's translations.
+One translation table contains the translations that the window manager
+wants only if the user has not specified a translation for a particular event
+or event sequence (i.e., those that may be overridden).
+The other translation table contains the translations that the
+window manager wants regardless of what the user has specified.
+.LP
+Three \*(xI functions support this merging:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(3.75i).
+T{
+.PN XtParseTranslationTable
+T}	T{
+Compiles a translation table.
+T}
+.sp
+T{
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations
+T}	T{
+Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's
+compiled translation table, ignoring any new translations that
+conflict with existing translations.
+T}
+.sp
+T{
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations
+T}	T{
+Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's
+compiled translation table, replacing any existing translations that
+conflict with new translations.
+T}
+.TE
+.sp
+.LP
+To compile a translation table, use
+.PN XtParseTranslationTable .
+.LP
+.IN "XtParseTranslationTable" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(\fItable\fP)
+.br
+      String \fItable\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fItable\fP 1i
+Specifies the translation table to compile.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtParseTranslationTable
+function compiles the translation table, provided in the format given
+in Appendix B, into an opaque internal representation
+of type
+.PN XtTranslations .
+Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose,
+one can be obtained by calling
+.PN XtParseTranslationTable
+and passing an empty string.
+.sp
+.LP
+To merge additional translations into an existing translation table, use
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAugmentTranslations" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAugmentTranslations(\fIw\fP, \fItranslations\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged.  \*(cI
+.IP \fItranslations\fP 1i
+Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations
+function merges the new translations into the existing widget
+translations, ignoring any
+.PN #replace ,
+.PN #augment ,
+or
+.PN #override
+directive that may have been specified
+in the translation string.  The translation table specified by
+\fItranslations\fP is not altered by this process.
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations
+logically appends the string representation of the new translations to
+the string representation of the widget's current translations and reparses
+the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand sides, then
+stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e.,
+if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
+already exists in the widget's translations,
+the new translation is ignored.
+.sp
+.LP
+To overwrite existing translations with new translations, use
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOverrideTranslations" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtOverrideTranslations(\fIw\fP, \fItranslations\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. \*(cI
+.IP \fItranslations\fP 1i
+Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations
+function merges the new translations into the existing widget
+translations, ignoring any
+.PN #replace ,
+.PN #augment ,
+or
+.PN #override
+directive that may have been
+specified in the translation string.  The translation table
+specified by \fItranslations\fP is not altered by this process.
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations
+logically appends the string representation of the widget's current
+translations to the string representation of the new translations and
+reparses the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand
+sides, then stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e.,
+if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
+already exists in the widget's translations,
+the new translation overrides the widget's translation.
+.LP
+To replace a widget's translations completely, use
+.PN XtSetValues
+on the XtNtranslations resource and specify a compiled translation table
+as the value.
+.sp
+.LP
+To make it possible for users to easily modify translation tables in their
+resource files, 
+the string-to-translation-table resource type converter
+allows the string to specify whether the table should replace,
+augment, or override any
+existing translation table in the widget. 
+To specify this,
+a pound sign (#) is given as the first character of the table 
+followed by one of the keywords ``replace'', ``augment'', or
+``override'' to indicate
+whether to replace, augment, or override the existing table.
+The replace or merge
+operation is performed during the
+Core
+instance initialization.
+Each merge operation produces a new
+translation resource value; if the original tables were shared by
+other widgets, they are unaffected.  If no directive is
+specified, ``#replace'' is assumed.
+.LP
+At instance initialization
+the XtNtranslations resource is first fetched.  Then, if it was
+not specified or did not contain ``#replace'', the
+resource database is searched for the resource XtNbaseTranslations.
+If XtNbaseTranslations is found, it is merged into the widget class
+translation table.  Then the widget \fItranslations\fP field is
+merged into the result or into the class translation table if
+XtNbaseTranslations was not found.  This final table is then
+stored into the widget \fItranslations\fP field.  If the XtNtranslations
+resource specified ``#replace'', no merge is done.
+If neither XtNbaseTranslations or XtNtranslations are specified,
+the class translation table is copied into the widget instance.
+.sp
+.LP
+To completely remove existing translations, use
+.PN XtUninstallTranslations .
+.LP
+.IN "XtUninstallTranslations" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtUninstallTranslations(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget from which the translations are to be removed.   \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtUninstallTranslations
+function causes the entire translation table for the widget to be removed.
+
+.NH 2
+Using Accelerators
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Using Accelerators\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+It is often desirable to be able to bind events in one widget to actions in
+another.
+In particular,
+it is often useful to be able to invoke menu actions from the keyboard.
+The \*(xI provide a facility, called accelerators, that lets you 
+accomplish this.
+.IN "Accelerator" "" "@DEF@"
+An accelerator table is a translation table that is bound with its
+actions in the context of a particular widget, the \fIsource\fP widget.
+The accelerator table can then be installed on one or more \fIdestination\fP widgets.
+When an event sequence in the destination widget would cause an
+accelerator action to be taken, and if the source widget is sensitive,
+the actions are executed as though triggered by the same event sequence
+in the accelerator source
+widget.  The event is
+passed to the action procedure without modification.  The action
+procedures used within accelerators must not assume that the source
+widget is realized nor that any fields of the event are in reference
+to the source widget's window if the widget is realized.
+.LP
+Each widget instance contains that widget's exported accelerator table
+as a resource.
+Each class of widget exports a method that takes a
+displayable string representation of the accelerators
+so that widgets can display their current accelerators.
+The representation is the accelerator table in canonical
+translation table form (see Appendix B).
+The display_accelerator procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtStringProc .
+.LP
+.IN "display_accelerator procedure" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtStringProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtStringProc)(Widget, String);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIstring\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the source widget that supplied the accelerators.
+.IP \fIstring\fP 1i
+Specifies the string representation of the accelerators for this widget.
+.LP
+.eM
+Accelerators can be specified in resource files, 
+and the string representation is the same as for a translation table.
+However,
+the interpretation of the
+.PN #augment
+and
+.PN #override
+directives applies to
+what will happen when the accelerator is installed;
+that is, whether or not the accelerator translations will override the
+translations in the destination widget.
+The default is
+.PN #augment ,
+which means that the accelerator translations have lower priority
+than the destination translations.
+The
+.PN #replace
+directive is ignored for accelerator tables.
+.sp
+.LP
+To parse an accelerator table, use
+.PN XtParseAcceleratorTable .
+.LP
+.IN "XtParseAcceleratorTable" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(\fIsource\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIsource\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the accelerator table to compile.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtParseAcceleratorTable
+function compiles the accelerator table into an opaque internal representation.
+The client
+should set the XtNaccelerators resource of
+each widget that is to be activated by these translations
+to the returned value.
+.sp
+.LP
+To install accelerators from a widget on another widget, use
+.PN XtInstallAccelerators .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInstallAccelerators" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtInstallAccelerators(\fIdestination\fP, \fIsource\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIdestination\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIsource\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdestination\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget from which the accelerators are to come.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtInstallAccelerators
+function installs the \fIaccelerators\fP resource value from
+\fIsource\fP onto \fIdestination\fP
+by merging the source accelerators into the destination translations.
+If the source \fIdisplay_accelerator\fP field is non-NULL, 
+.PN XtInstallAccelerators
+calls it with the source widget and a string representation 
+of the accelerator table,
+which indicates that its accelerators have been installed 
+and that it should display them appropriately.
+The string representation of the accelerator table is its
+canonical translation table representation.
+.sp
+.LP
+As a convenience for installing all accelerators from a widget and all its
+descendants onto one destination, use
+.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInstallAllAccelerators" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtInstallAllAccelerators(\fIdestination\fP, \fIsource\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIdestination\fP;
+.br
+      Widget \fIsource\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdestination\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the root widget of the widget tree
+from which the accelerators are to come.  \*(cI
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators
+function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at \fIsource\fP 
+and installs the accelerators resource value
+of each widget encountered onto \fIdestination\fP.
+A common use is to call
+.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators
+and pass the application main window as the source.
+
+.NH 2
+KeyCode-to-KeySym Conversions
+.XS
+\*(SN KeyCode-to-KeySym Conversions
+.XE
+.LP
+The translation manager provides support for automatically translating
+KeyCodes in incoming key events into KeySyms.
+KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure pointers are of type
+.PN XtKeyProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtKeyProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtKeyProc)(Display*, KeyCode, Modifiers, Modifiers*, \
+KeySym*);
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP;
+.br
+      KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from.
+.IP \fIkeycode\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
+.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1.1i
+Specifies a location in which to store
+a mask that indicates the subset of all
+modifiers that are examined by the key translator for the specified keycode.
+.IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1.1i
+Specifies a location in which to store the resulting KeySym.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure takes a KeyCode and modifiers and produces a KeySym.
+For any given key translator function and keyboard encoding,
+\fImodifiers_return\fP will be a constant per KeyCode that indicates
+the subset of all modifiers that are examined by the key translator
+for that KeyCode.
+.LP
+The KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure
+must be implemented such that multiple calls with the same
+\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, and \fImodifiers\fP return the same
+result until either a new case converter, an
+.PN XtCaseProc ,
+is installed or a
+.PN MappingNotify
+event is received.
+
+.sp
+.LP
+The \*(xI maintain tables internally to map KeyCodes to KeySyms
+for each open display.  Translator procedures and other clients may
+share a single copy of this table to perform the same mapping.
+.LP
+To return a pointer to the KeySym-to-KeyCode mapping table for a
+particular display, use
+.PN XtGetKeysymTable .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetKeysymTable" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+KeySym *XtGetKeysymTable(\fIdisplay\fP, \fImin_keycode_return\fP, \
+\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      KeyCode *\fImin_keycode_return\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display whose table is required.
+.IP \fImin_keycode_return\fP 1i
+Returns the minimum KeyCode valid for the display.
+.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP 1i
+Returns the number of KeySyms stored for each KeyCode.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGetKeysymTable
+returns a pointer to the \*(xI' copy of the
+server's KeyCode-to-KeySym table.  This table must not be modified.
+There are \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP KeySyms associated with each
+KeyCode, located in the table with indices starting at index
+.IP
+    (test_keycode - min_keycode_return) * keysyms_per_keycode_return
+.LP
+for KeyCode \fItest_keycode\fP.  Any entries that have no KeySyms associated
+with them contain the value
+.PN NoSymbol .
+Clients should not cache the KeySym table but should call
+.PN XtGetKeysymTable
+each time the value is
+needed, as the table may change prior to dispatching each event.
+.LP
+For more information on this table, see Section 12.7 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a key translator, use
+.PN XtSetKeyTranslator .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetKeyTranslator" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetKeyTranslator(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIproc\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      XtKeyProc \fIproc\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display from which to translate the events.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to perform key translations.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtSetKeyTranslator
+function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator.
+The default translator is 
+.PN XtTranslateKey ,
+an
+.PN XtKeyProc
+that uses the Shift, Lock, numlock, and group modifiers
+with the interpretations defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 5.
+It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default 
+KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator 
+can be reinstalled.
+.sp
+.LP
+To invoke the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator,
+use
+.PN XtTranslateKeycode .
+.LP
+.IN "XtTranslateKeycode" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtTranslateKeycode(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \
+\fImodifiers_return\fP, \fIkeysym_return\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP;
+.br
+      KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from.
+.IP \fIkeycode\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1.1i
+Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
+.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1.1i
+Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used 
+to generate the KeySym.
+.IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1.1i
+Returns the resulting KeySym.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtTranslateKeycode
+function passes the specified arguments 
+directly to the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator.
+.sp
+.LP
+To handle capitalization of nonstandard KeySyms, the \*(xI allow
+clients to register case conversion routines.
+Case converter procedure pointers are of type
+.PN XtCaseProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCaseProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtCaseProc)(Display*, KeySym, KeySym*, KeySym*);
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      KeySym \fIkeysym\fP;
+.br
+      KeySym *\fIlower_return\fP;
+.br
+      KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection for which the conversion is required.
+.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i
+Specifies the KeySym to convert.
+.IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a location into which to store the lowercase equivalent for
+the KeySym.
+.IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a location into which to store the uppercase equivalent for
+the KeySym.
+.LP
+.eM
+If there is no case distinction, 
+this procedure should store the KeySym into both return values.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a case converter, use
+.PN XtRegisterCaseConverter .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRegisterCaseConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRegisterCaseConverter(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIstart\fP, \fIstop\fP)
+.br
+    Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+    XtCaseProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+    KeySym \fIstart\fP;
+.br
+    KeySym \fIstop\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display from which the key events are to come.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the 
+.PN XtCaseProc 
+to do the conversions.
+.IP \fIstart\fP 1i
+Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid.
+.IP \fIstop\fP 1i
+Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRegisterCaseConverter
+registers the specified case converter.
+The \fIstart\fP and \fIstop\fP arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms 
+for which this converter is to be called.
+The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range.
+No interface exists to remove converters; 
+you need to register an identity converter.
+When a new converter is registered,
+the \*(xI  refresh the keyboard state if necessary.
+The default converter understands case conversion for all
+Latin KeySyms defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, Appendix A.
+.sp
+.LP
+To determine uppercase and lowercase equivalents for a KeySym, use
+.PN XtConvertCase .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConvertCase" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtConvertCase(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP, \fIlower_return\fP, \
+\fIupper_return\fP)
+.br
+    Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+    KeySym \fIkeysym\fP;
+.br
+    KeySym *\fIlower_return\fP;
+.br
+    KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display that the KeySym came from.
+.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i
+Specifies the KeySym to convert.
+.IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i
+Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym.
+.IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i
+Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtConvertCase
+function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results.
+A user-supplied
+.PN XtKeyProc 
+may need to use this function.
+
+.NH 2
+Obtaining a KeySym in an Action Procedure
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Obtaining a KeySym in an Action Procedure\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+When an action procedure is invoked on a
+.PN KeyPress
+or
+.PN KeyRelease
+event, it often has a need to retrieve the KeySym and modifiers
+corresponding to the event that caused it to be invoked.  In order to
+avoid repeating the processing that was just performed by the
+\*(xI to match the translation entry, the KeySym and modifiers
+are stored for the duration of the action procedure and are made
+available to the client.
+.LP
+To retrieve the KeySym and modifiers that matched the final event
+specification in the translation table entry, use
+.PN XtGetActionKeysym .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetActionKeysym" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(\fIevent\fP, \fImodifiers_return\fP)
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.br
+      Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the event pointer passed to the action procedure by the \*(xI.
+.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1.25i
+Returns the modifiers that caused the match, if non-NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+If
+.PN XtGetActionKeysym
+is called after an action procedure has been
+invoked by the \*(xI and before that action procedure returns, and
+if the event pointer has the same value as the event pointer passed to
+that action routine, and if the event is a
+.PN KeyPress
+or
+.PN KeyRelease
+event, then
+.PN XtGetActionKeysym
+returns the KeySym that matched the final
+event specification in the translation table and, if \fImodifiers_return\fP
+is non-NULL, the modifier state actually used to generate this KeySym;
+otherwise, if the event is a
+.PN KeyPress
+or
+.PN KeyRelease
+event, then
+.PN XtGetActionKeysym
+calls
+.PN XtTranslateKeycode
+and returns the results;
+else it returns
+.PN NoSymbol
+and does not examine \fImodifiers_return\fP.
+.LP
+Note that if an action procedure invoked by the \*(xI
+invokes a subsequent action procedure (and so on) via
+.PN XtCallActionProc ,
+the nested action procedure may also call
+.PN XtGetActionKeysym
+to retrieve the \*(xI' KeySym and modifiers.
+
+.NH 2
+KeySym-to-KeyCode Conversions
+.XS
+\*(SN KeySym-to-KeyCode Conversions
+.XE
+.LP
+To return the list of KeyCodes that map to a particular KeySym in
+the keyboard mapping table maintained by the \*(xI, use
+.PN XtKeysymToKeycodeList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtKeysymToKeycodeList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP, \fIkeycodes_return\fP, \
+\fIkeycount_return\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      KeySym \fIkeysym\fP;
+.br
+      KeyCode **\fIkeycodes_return\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fIkeycount_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the display whose table is required.
+.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the KeySym for which to search.
+.IP \fIkeycodes_return\fP 1.25i
+Returns a list of KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP
+associated with them, or NULL if \fIkeycount_return\fP is 0.
+.IP \fIkeycount_return\fP 1.25i
+Returns the number of KeyCodes in the keycode list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtKeysymToKeycodeList
+procedure returns all the KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP
+in their entry for the keyboard mapping table associated with \fIdisplay\fP.
+For each entry in the
+table, the first four KeySyms (groups 1 and 2) are interpreted as
+specified by \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 5.  If no KeyCodes map to the
+specified KeySym, \fIkeycount_return\fP is zero and *\fIkeycodes_return\fP is NULL.
+.LP
+The caller should free the storage pointed to by \fIkeycodes_return\fP using
+.PN XtFree
+when it is no longer useful.  If the caller needs to examine
+the KeyCode-to-KeySym table for a particular KeyCode, it should call
+.PN XtGetKeysymTable .
+
+.NH 2
+Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To register button and key grabs for a widget's window according to the
+event bindings in the widget's translation table, use
+.PN XtRegisterGrabAction .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRegisterGrabAction" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtRegisterGrabAction(\fIaction_proc\fP, \fIowner_events\fP, \
+\fIevent_mask\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP)
+.br
+      XtActionProc \fIaction_proc\fP;
+.br
+      Boolean \fIowner_events\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIaction_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the action procedure to search for in translation tables.
+.sp
+.IP \fIowner_events\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.PN XtGrabButton
+or 
+.PN XtGrabKey .
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtRegisterGrabAction
+adds the specified \fIaction_proc\fP to a list known to
+the translation manager.  When a widget is realized, or when the
+translations of a realized widget or the accelerators installed on a
+realized widget are modified, its translation table and any installed
+accelerators are scanned for action procedures on this list.
+If any are invoked on
+.PN ButtonPress
+or
+.PN KeyPress
+events as the only or final event
+in a sequence, the \*(xI will call
+.PN XtGrabButton
+or
+.PN XtGrabKey
+for the widget with every button or KeyCode which maps to the
+event detail field, passing the specified \fIowner_events\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP,
+\fIpointer_mode\fP, and \fIkeyboard_mode\fP.  For
+.PN ButtonPress
+events, the modifiers
+specified in the grab are determined directly from the translation
+specification and \fIconfine_to\fP and \fIcursor\fP are specified as
+.PN None .
+For
+.PN KeyPress
+events, if the translation table entry specifies colon (:) in
+the modifier list, the modifiers are determined by calling the key
+translator procedure registered for the display and calling
+.PN XtGrabKey
+for every combination of standard modifiers which map the KeyCode to
+the specified event detail KeySym, and ORing any modifiers specified in
+the translation table entry, and \fIevent_mask\fP is ignored.  If the
+translation table entry does not specify colon in the modifier list,
+the modifiers specified in the grab are those specified in the
+translation table entry only.  For both
+.PN ButtonPress
+and
+.PN KeyPress
+events, don't-care modifiers are ignored unless the translation entry
+explicitly specifies ``Any'' in the \fImodifiers\fP field.
+.LP
+If the specified \fIaction_proc\fP is already registered for the calling
+process, the new values will replace the previously specified values
+for any widgets that become realized following the call, but existing
+grabs are not altered on currently realized widgets.
+.LP
+When translations or installed accelerators are modified for a
+realized widget, any previous key or button grabs registered
+as a result of the old bindings are released if they do not appear in
+the new bindings and are not explicitly grabbed by the client with
+.PN XtGrabKey
+or
+.PN XtGrabButton .
+
+.NH 2
+Invoking Actions Directly
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Invoking Actions Directly\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Normally action procedures are invoked by the \*(xI when an
+event or event sequence arrives for a widget. To
+invoke an action procedure directly, without generating
+(or synthesizing) events, use
+.PN XtCallActionProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCallActionProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCallActionProc(\fIwidget\fP, \fIaction\fP, \fIevent\fP, \fIparams\fP, \
+\fInum_params\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIaction\fP;
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in which the action is to be invoked.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIaction\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the action routine.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the contents of the \fIevent\fP passed to the action routine.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies the contents of the \fIparams\fP passed to the action routine.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtCallActionProc
+searches for the named action routine in the same
+manner and order as translation tables are bound, as described in
+Section 10.1.2, except that application action tables are searched, if
+necessary, as of the time of the call to
+.PN XtCallActionProc .
+If found,
+the action routine is invoked with the specified widget, event pointer,
+and parameters.  It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that
+the contents of the \fIevent\fP, \fIparams\fP, and \fInum_params\fP arguments are
+appropriate for the specified action routine and, if necessary, that
+the specified widget is realized or sensitive.  If the named action
+routine cannot be found,
+.PN XtCallActionProc
+generates a warning message and returns.
+
+.NH 2
+Obtaining a Widget's Action List
+.XS
+\*(SN Obtaining a Widget's Action List
+.XE
+.LP
+Occasionally a subclass will require the pointers to one or more of
+its superclass's action procedures.  This would be needed, for
+example, in order to envelop the superclass's action.  To retrieve
+the list of action procedures registered in the superclass's
+\fIactions\fP field, use
+.PN XtGetActionList .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetActionList" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetActionList(\fIwidget_class\fP, \fIactions_return\fP, \
+\fInum_actions_return\fP)
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      XtActionList *\fIactions_return\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_actions_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the widget class whose actions are to be returned.
+.IP \fIactions_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the action list.
+.IP \fInum_actions_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the number of action procedures declared by the class.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGetActionList
+returns the action table defined by the specified
+widget class.  This table does not include actions defined by the
+superclasses.  If \fIwidget_class\fP is not initialized, or is not
+.PN coreWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof, or if the class does not define any actions,
+*\fIactions_return\fP will be NULL and *\fInum_actions_return\fP
+will be zero.
+If *\fIactions_return\fP is non-NULL the client is responsible for freeing
+the table using
+.PN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH11 b/libXt/specs/CH11
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55b8d92f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH11
@@ -0,0 +1,3566 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH11,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:47 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 11\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBUtility Functions\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 11
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 11 \(em Utility Functions
+.XE
+The \*(xI provide a number of utility functions that you can use to
+.IP \(bu 5
+Determine the number of elements in an array.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Translate strings to widget instances.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Manage memory usage.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Share graphics contexts.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Manipulate selections.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Merge exposure events into a region.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Translate widget coordinates.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Locate a widget given a window id.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Handle errors.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Set the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Locate files by name with string substitutions.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Register callback functions for external agents.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Locate all the displays of an application context.
+
+.NH 2
+Determining the Number of Elements in an Array
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Determining the Number of Elements in an Array\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To determine the number of elements in a fixed-size array, use
+.PN XtNumber .
+.LP
+.IN "XtNumber" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Cardinal XtNumber(\fIarray\fP)
+.br
+      \fIArrayType array\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIarray\fP 1i
+Specifies a fixed-size array of arbitrary type.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtNumber
+macro returns the number of elements allocated to the array.
+
+.NH 2
+Translating Strings to Widget Instances
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Translating Strings to Widget Instances\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To translate a widget name to a widget instance, use
+.PN XtNameToWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtNameToWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtNameToWidget(\fIreference\fP, \fInames\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIreference\fP;
+.br
+      String \fInames\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIreference\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget from which the search is to start.  \*(cI
+.IP \fInames\fP 1i
+Specifies the partially qualified name of the desired widget.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtNameToWidget
+function searches for a descendant of the \fIreference\fP
+widget whose name matches the specified names.  The \fInames\fP parameter
+specifies a simple object name or a series of simple object name
+components separated by periods or asterisks.
+.PN XtNameToWidget
+returns the descendant with the shortest name matching the specification
+according to the following rules, where child is either a pop-up child
+or a normal child if the widget's class is a subclass of
+Composite :
+.IP \(bu 5
+Enumerate the object subtree rooted at the reference widget in
+breadth-first order, qualifying the name of each object with the
+names of all its ancestors up to, but not including, the reference
+widget.  The ordering between children of a common parent is
+not defined.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Return the first object in the enumeration that matches the
+specified name, where each component of \fInames\fP matches exactly the
+corresponding component of the qualified object name and asterisk
+matches any series of components, including none.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If no match is found, return NULL.
+.LP
+Since breadth-first traversal is specified, the descendant with the
+shortest matching name (i.e., the fewest number of components), if any,
+will always be returned.  However, since the order of enumeration of
+children is undefined and since the \*(xI do not require that all
+children of a widget have unique names,
+.PN XtNameToWidget
+may return any
+child that matches if there are multiple objects in the subtree with
+the same name.  Consecutive separators (periods or asterisks)
+including at least one asterisk are treated as a single asterisk.
+Consecutive periods are treated as a single period.
+
+.NH 2
+Managing Memory Usage
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Managing Memory Usage\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI memory management functions provide uniform checking for
+null pointers and error reporting on memory allocation errors.
+These functions are completely compatible with their standard C language 
+runtime counterparts
+.PN malloc ,
+.PN calloc ,
+.PN realloc ,
+and
+.PN free
+with the following added functionality:
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtMalloc ,
+.PN XtCalloc ,
+and
+.PN XtRealloc
+give an error if there is not enough memory.
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtFree
+simply returns if passed a NULL pointer.
+.IP \(bu 5
+.PN XtRealloc
+simply allocates new storage if passed a NULL pointer.
+.LP
+See the standard C library documentation on
+.PN malloc ,
+.PN calloc ,
+.PN realloc ,
+and
+.PN free
+for more information.
+.sp
+.LP
+To allocate storage, use
+.PN XtMalloc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtMalloc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+char *XtMalloc(\fIsize\fP)
+.br
+      Cardinal \fIsize\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIsize\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of bytes desired.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtMalloc
+function returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least 
+the specified \fIsize\fP bytes.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.PN XtMalloc
+calls
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+.sp
+.LP
+To allocate and initialize an array, use
+.PN XtCalloc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCalloc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+char *XtCalloc(\fInum\fP, \fIsize\fP)
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fIsize\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fInum\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of array elements to allocate.
+.IP \fIsize\fP 1i
+Specifies the size of each array element in bytes.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtCalloc
+function allocates space for the specified number of array elements 
+of the specified size and initializes the space to zero.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.PN XtCalloc
+calls
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+.PN XtCalloc
+returns the address of the allocated storage.
+.sp
+.LP
+To change the size of an allocated block of storage, use
+.PN XtRealloc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtRealloc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+char *XtRealloc(\fIptr\fP, \fInum\fP)
+.br
+      char *\fIptr\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIptr\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the old storage allocated with
+.PN XtMalloc ,
+.PN XtCalloc ,
+or
+.PN XtRealloc ,
+or NULL.
+.IP \fInum\fP 1i
+Specifies number of bytes desired in new storage.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtRealloc
+function changes the size of a block of storage, possibly moving it.
+Then it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block
+and frees the old block.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.PN XtRealloc
+calls
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+If \fIptr\fP is NULL,
+.PN XtRealloc
+simply calls
+.PN XtMalloc .
+.PN XtRealloc
+then returns the address of the new block.
+.sp
+.LP
+To free an allocated block of storage, use
+.PN XtFree .
+.LP
+.IN "XtFree" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtFree(\fIptr\fP)
+.br
+      char *\fIptr\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIptr\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a block of storage allocated with
+.PN XtMalloc ,
+.PN XtCalloc ,
+or
+.PN XtRealloc ,
+or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtFree
+function returns storage, allowing it to be reused.
+If \fIptr\fP is NULL,
+.PN XtFree
+returns immediately.
+.sp
+.LP
+To allocate storage for a new instance of a type, use
+.PN XtNew .
+.LP
+.IN "XtNew" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+\fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP)
+.br
+      \fItype t\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies a previously declared type.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtNew
+returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.PN XtNew
+calls
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+.PN XtNew
+is a convenience macro that calls
+.PN XtMalloc
+with the following arguments specified:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i
+.ta .5i
+((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type)))
+.De
+.LP
+The storage allocated by
+.PN XtNew
+should be freed using
+.PN XtFree .
+.sp
+.LP
+To copy an instance of a string, use
+.PN XtNewString .
+.LP
+.IN "XtNewString" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+String XtNewString(\fIstring\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIstring\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIstring\fP 1i
+Specifies a previously declared string.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtNewString
+returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.PN XtNewString
+calls
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+.PN XtNewString
+is a convenience macro that calls
+.PN XtMalloc
+with the following arguments specified:
+.LP
+.Ds 
+.TA .5i
+.ta .5i
+(strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str))
+.De
+.LP
+The storage allocated by
+.PN XtNewString
+should be freed using
+.PN XtFree .
+
+.NH 2
+Sharing Graphics Contexts
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Sharing Graphics Contexts\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide a mechanism whereby cooperating objects can share a
+graphics context (GC), thereby reducing both the number of GCs
+created and the total number of server calls in any given application.
+The mechanism is a simple caching scheme
+and allows for clients to declare both modifiable and nonmodifiable
+fields of the shared GCs.
+.LP
+To obtain a shareable GC with modifiable fields, use
+.PN XtAllocateGC .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAllocateGC" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+GC XtAllocateGC(\fIwidget\fP, \fIdepth\fP, \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIvalues\fP, \
+\fIdynamic_mask\fP, \fIunused_mask\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fIdepth\fP;
+.br
+      XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP;
+.br
+      XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP;
+.br
+      XtGCMask \fIdynamic_mask\fP;
+.br
+      XtGCMask \fIunused_mask\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies an object, giving the screen for which the
+returned GC is valid.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIdepth\fP 1i
+Specifies the depth for which the returned GC is valid, or 0.
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies fields of the GC that are initialized from \fIvalues\fP.
+.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
+Specifies the values for the initialized fields.
+.IP \fIdynamic_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies fields of the GC that will be modified by the caller.
+.IP \fIunused_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies fields of the GC that will not be needed by the caller.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAllocateGC
+function returns a shareable GC that may be
+modified by the client.  The \fIscreen\fP field of the specified
+widget or of the nearest widget ancestor of the specified
+object and the specified \fIdepth\fP argument supply
+the root and drawable depths for which the GC is to be
+valid.  If \fIdepth\fP is zero, the depth is taken from the
+\fIdepth\fP field of the specified widget or of the nearest
+widget ancestor of the specified object.
+.LP
+The \fIvalue_mask\fP argument specifies fields of the GC
+that are initialized with the respective member of the
+\fIvalues\fP structure.  The \fIdynamic_mask\fP argument specifies fields
+that the caller intends to modify during program execution.
+The caller must ensure that the corresponding GC field is set
+prior to each use of the GC.  The \fIunused_mask\fP argument
+specifies fields of the GC that are of no interest to the
+caller.  The caller may make no assumptions about the contents
+of any fields specified in \fIunused_mask\fP.  The caller may assume
+that at all times all fields not specified in either
+\fIdynamic_mask\fP or \fIunused_mask\fP have their default value if not
+specified in \fIvalue_mask\fP or the value specified by \fIvalues\fP.
+If a field is specified in both \fIvalue_mask\fP and \fIdynamic_mask\fP,
+the effect is as if it were specified only in \fIdynamic_mask\fP
+and then immediately set to the value in \fIvalues\fP.  If a field
+is set in \fIunused_mask\fP and also in either \fIvalue_mask\fP or
+\fIdynamic_mask\fP, the specification in \fIunused_mask\fP is ignored.
+.LP
+.PN XtAllocateGC
+tries to minimize the number of unique GCs
+created by comparing the arguments with those of previous
+calls and returning an existing GC when there are no
+conflicts.
+.PN XtAllocateGC
+may modify and return an existing GC if it was allocated with a
+nonzero \fIunused_mask\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain a shareable GC with no modifiable fields, use
+.PN XtGetGC .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetGC" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+GC XtGetGC(\fIobject\fP, \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIvalues\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP;
+.br
+      XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies an object, giving the screen and depth for which the
+returned GC is valid.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies which fields of the \fIvalues\fP structure are specified.
+.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
+Specifies the actual values for this GC.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetGC
+function returns a shareable, read-only GC.
+The parameters to this function are the same as those for
+.PN XCreateGC 
+except that an Object is passed instead of a Display.
+.PN XtGetGC
+is equivalent to
+.PN XtAllocateGC
+with \fIdepth\fP, \fIdynamic_mask\fP, and \fIunused_mask\fP all zero.
+.LP
+.PN XtGetGC
+shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by
+.PN XCreateGC
+are the same.
+In particular, it does not use the \fIvalue_mask\fP provided to
+determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant.
+The \fIvalue_mask\fP is used only to tell the server which fields should be
+filled in from \fIvalues\fP and which it should fill in with default values.
+.sp
+.LP
+To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use
+.PN XtReleaseGC .
+.LP
+.IN "XtReleaseGC" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtReleaseGC(\fIobject\fP, \fIgc\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIobject\fP;
+.br
+      GC \fIgc\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies any object on the Display for which the GC was created.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIgc\fP 1i
+Specifies the shared GC obtained with either
+.PN XtAllocateGC
+or
+.PN XtGetGC .
+.LP
+.eM
+References to shareable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the
+server when the last user of a given GC releases it.
+
+.NH 2
+Managing Selections
+.XS
+\*(SN Managing Selections
+.XE
+.LP
+Arbitrary widgets in multiple applications can communicate 
+with each other by means of the \*(xI global selection mechanism,
+which conforms to the specifications in the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+The \*(xI supply functions for providing and receiving selection data in
+one logical piece (atomic transfers)
+or in smaller logical segments (incremental transfers).
+.LP
+The incremental interface is provided for a selection owner or
+selection requestor that cannot or prefers not to pass the selection
+value to and from the \*(xI in a single call.  For instance,
+either an application that is running on a machine with limited memory
+may not be able to store the entire selection value in memory or a
+selection owner may already have the selection value available in
+discrete chunks, and it would be more efficient not to have to
+allocate additional storage to copy the pieces contiguously.  Any
+owner or requestor that prefers to deal with the selection value in
+segments can use the incremental interfaces to do so.
+The transfer between the selection owner or requestor and the \*(xI is not
+required to match the underlying
+transport protocol between the application and the X server;
+the \*(xI will break too large a selection 
+into smaller pieces for transport if necessary
+and will coalesce a selection transmitted incrementally if the value
+was requested atomically.
+
+.NH 3
+Setting and Getting the Selection Timeout Value
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Setting and Getting the Selection Timeout Value\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To set the \*(xI selection timeout, use
+.PN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(\fIapp_context\fP, \fItimeout\fP)
+.br
+    XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+    unsigned long \fItimeout\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
+.eM
+.LP
+To get the current selection timeout value, use
+.PN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppGetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(\fIapp_context\fP)
+.br
+     XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout
+function returns the current selection timeout value in milliseconds.
+The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating 
+applications must respond to one another.
+The initial timeout value is set by the 
+selectionTimeout
+.IN "selectionTimeout"
+application resource as retrieved by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+If
+selectionTimeout
+is not specified,
+the default is five seconds.
+
+.NH 3
+Using Atomic Transfers
+.XS
+\*(SN Using Atomic Transfers
+.XE
+.LP
+When using atomic transfers, the owner will completely
+process one selection request at a time.
+The owner may consider each request individually,
+since there is no possibility for overlap
+between evaluation of two requests.
+
+.NH 4
+Atomic Transfer Procedures
+.XS
+\*(SN Atomic Transfer Procedures
+.XE
+.IN "Selections" "atomic"
+.LP
+The following procedures are used by the selection owner when
+providing selection data in a single unit.
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the owner to supply the selection
+data to the \*(xI is of type
+.PN XtConvertSelectionProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConvertSelectionProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, Atom*,
+.br
+                      XtPointer*, unsigned long*, int*);
+.br
+    Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+    Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+    Atom *\fItarget\fP;
+.br
+    Atom *\fItype_return\fP;
+.br
+    XtPointer *\fIvalue_return\fP;
+.br
+    unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP;
+.br
+    int *\fIformat_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom naming the selection requested
+(for example,
+.PN XA_PRIMARY
+or 
+.PN XA_SECONDARY ).
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the target type of the selection that has been requested,
+which indicates the desired information about the selection 
+(for example, File Name, Text, Window).
+.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property type of the 
+converted value of the selection is to be stored.
+For instance, either File Name or Text might have property type 
+.PN XA_STRING .
+.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the converted value of the 
+selection is to be stored.
+The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage.
+If the selection owner has provided an
+.PN XtSelectionDoneProc
+for the selection, 
+this storage is owned by the selection owner; 
+otherwise, it is owned by the \*(xI selection mechanism, 
+which frees it by calling
+.PN XtFree
+when it is done with it.
+.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements in \fIvalue_return\fP,
+each of size indicated by \fIformat_return\fP, is to be stored.
+.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the data elements 
+of the selection value is to be stored.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism 
+to get the value of a selection as a given type 
+from the current selection owner.
+It returns 
+.PN True 
+if the owner successfully converted the selection to the target type or
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+If the procedure returns
+.PN False ,
+the values of the return arguments are undefined.
+Each
+.PN XtConvertSelectionProc
+should respond to target value
+.PN TARGETS 
+by returning a value containing the list of the targets
+into which it is
+prepared to convert the selection.
+The value returned in
+\fIformat_return\fP must be one of 8, 16, or 32 to allow the server to
+byte-swap the data if necessary.
+.LP
+.IN "Selections" "MULTIPLE"
+.IN "Selections" "TIMESTAMP"
+This procedure does not need to worry about responding to the
+MULTIPLE or the TIMESTAMP target values (see Section 2.6.2 in the \fI\*(xC\fP).
+A selection request with
+the MULTIPLE target type is transparently transformed into a
+series of calls to this procedure, one for each target type, and a
+selection request with the TIMESTAMP target value is answered
+automatically by the \*(xI using the time specified in the
+call to
+.PN XtOwnSelection
+or
+.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental .
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve the
+.PN SelectionRequest
+event that triggered the
+.PN XtConvertSelectionProc
+procedure, use
+.PN XtGetSelectionRequest .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \
+\fIrequest_id\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection being processed.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental
+selections, or NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGetSelectionRequest
+may be called only from within an
+.PN XtConvertSelectionProc
+procedure and returns a pointer to the
+.PN SelectionRequest
+event that caused the conversion procedure to be invoked.
+\fIRequest_id\fP specifies a unique id for the individual request in the
+case that multiple incremental transfers are outstanding.  For atomic
+transfers, \fIrequest_id\fP must be specified as NULL.  If no
+.PN SelectionRequest
+event is being processed for the specified
+\fIwidget\fP, \fIselection\fP, and \fIrequest_id\fP,
+.PN XtGetSelectionRequest
+returns NULL.
+.sp
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires
+notification upon losing ownership is of type
+.PN XtLoseSelectionProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtLoseSelectionProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionProc)(Widget, Atom*);
+.br
+    Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+    Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that has lost selection ownership.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom naming the selection.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism
+to inform the specified widget that it has lost the given selection.
+Note that this procedure does not ask the widget to relinquish the 
+selection ownership; it is merely informative.
+.sp
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires
+notification of receipt of the data or when it manages the storage
+containing the data is of type
+.PN XtSelectionDoneProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSelectionDoneProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItarget\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that owns the converted selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom naming the selection that was converted.
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism
+to inform the selection owner that a selection requestor has successfully
+retrieved a selection value.
+If the selection owner has registered an
+.PN XtSelectionDoneProc ,
+it should expect it to be called once for each conversion that it performs,
+after the converted value has been successfully transferred
+to the requestor.
+If the selection owner has registered an
+.PN XtSelectionDoneProc ,
+it also owns the storage containing the converted
+selection value.
+
+.NH 4
+Getting the Selection Value
+.XS
+\*(SN Getting the Selection Value
+.XE
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the requestor to receive the
+selection data from the \*(xI is of type
+.PN XtSelectionCallbackProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSelectionCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtSelectionCallbackProc)(Widget, XtPointer, Atom*, Atom*, \
+XtPointer, unsigned long*, int*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItype\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIvalue\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned long *\fIlength\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIformat\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that requested the selection value.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a value passed in by the widget when it requested the
+selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the selection that was requested.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the representation type of the selection value (for example,
+.PN XA_STRING ).
+Note that it is not the target that was requested (which the client
+must remember for itself), but the type that
+is used to represent the target.
+The special symbolic constant
+.PN XT_CONVERT_FAIL 
+is used to indicate that the selection conversion failed because the
+selection owner did not respond within the \*(xI selection timeout
+interval.
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the selection value.
+The requesting client owns this storage and is responsible for freeing it 
+by calling
+.PN XtFree
+when it is done with it.
+.IP \fIlength\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of elements in \fIvalue\fP.
+.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
+Specifies the size in bits of the data in each element of \fIvalue\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism to deliver the
+requested selection to the requestor.
+.LP
+If the
+.PN SelectionNotify
+event returns a property of
+.PN None ,
+meaning the conversion has been refused because there is no owner for the
+specified selection or the owner cannot convert the selection to the
+requested target for any reason, the procedure is called with a value
+of NULL and a length of zero.
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain the selection value in a single logical unit, use
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue
+or
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionValue" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSelectionValue(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, \
+\fIcallback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fItarget\fP;
+.br
+      XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired; for example,
+.PN XA_PRIMARY .
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of information needed about the selection.
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the selection value
+has been obtained.
+Note that this is how the selection value is communicated back to the client.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
+initiated.
+This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value 
+.PN CurrentTime 
+is not acceptable.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue
+function requests the value of the selection converted to 
+the target type. 
+The specified callback is called at some time after 
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue 
+is called, when the selection value is received from the X server.
+It may be called before or after 
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue 
+returns.
+For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and
+\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionValues" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSelectionValues(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItargets\fP, \
+\fIcount\fP, \fIcallback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItargets\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIcount\fP;
+.br
+      XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer *\fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
+.IP \fItargets\fP 1i
+Specifies the types of information needed about the selection.
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the length of the \fItargets\fP and \fIclient_data\fP lists.
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure
+to be called with each selection value obtained.
+Note that this is how the selection values are communicated back to the
+client.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of additional data values, one for each target type,
+that are passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
+initiated.
+This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value 
+.PN CurrentTime
+is not acceptable.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues
+function is similar to multiple calls to
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue 
+except that it guarantees that no other client can assert ownership
+between requests and therefore that all the conversions will refer to
+the same selection value.  The callback is invoked once for each
+target value with the corresponding client data.
+For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and
+\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+
+.NH 4
+Setting the Selection Owner
+.XS
+\*(SN Setting the Selection Owner
+.XE
+.LP
+To set the selection owner and indicate that the selection value will
+be provided in one piece, use
+.PN XtOwnSelection .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOwnSelection" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtOwnSelection(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP, \
+\fIconvert_proc\fP, \fIlose_selection\fP, \fIdone_proc\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.br
+      XtConvertSelectionProc \fIconvert_proc\fP;
+.br
+      XtLoseSelectionProc \fIlose_selection\fP;
+.br
+      XtSelectionDoneProc \fIdone_proc\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the selection (for example,
+.PN XA_PRIMARY ).
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the ownership request was
+initiated.
+This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership;
+the value
+.PN CurrentTime 
+is not acceptable.
+.IP \fIconvert_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever a client requests the 
+current value of the selection.
+.IP \fIlose_selection\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever the widget has 
+lost selection ownership, or NULL if the owner is not interested in being 
+called back.
+.IP \fIdone_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure called 
+after the requestor has received the selection value, or NULL if the
+owner is not
+interested in being called back.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOwnSelection
+function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that a
+widget wishes to own a selection.
+It returns 
+.PN True 
+if the widget successfully becomes the owner and 
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget 
+has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget.
+The widget can lose selection ownership either 
+because some other widget asserted later ownership of the selection 
+or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection.
+The lose_selection procedure is not called 
+if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place.
+.LP
+If a done_proc is specified, the client owns the storage allocated
+for passing the value to the \*(xI.  If \fIdone_proc\fP is NULL,
+the convert_proc must allocate storage using
+.PN XtMalloc ,
+.PN XtRealloc ,
+or
+.PN XtCalloc ,
+and the value specified is freed by the
+\*(xI when the transfer is complete.
+.sp
+.LP
+Usually, a selection owner maintains ownership indefinitely until some
+other widget requests ownership, at which time
+the \*(xI selection mechanism informs the previous owner that it
+has lost ownership of the selection.
+However, in response to some user actions 
+(for example, when a user deletes the information selected),
+the application may wish to explicitly inform the \*(xI
+by using
+.PN XtDisownSelection
+that it no longer is to be the selection owner.
+.LP
+.IN "XtDisownSelection" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtDisownSelection(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that wishes to relinquish ownership.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom naming the selection being given up.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the request to
+relinquish selection ownership was initiated.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtDisownSelection
+function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that
+the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection.
+If the widget does not currently own the selection, either 
+because it lost the selection 
+or because it never had the selection to begin with,
+.PN XtDisownSelection
+does nothing.
+.LP
+After a widget has called
+.PN XtDisownSelection ,
+its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later 
+with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection.
+However, its done procedure is called if a conversion that started 
+before the call to
+.PN XtDisownSelection
+finishes after the call to
+.PN XtDisownSelection .
+
+.NH 3
+Using Incremental Transfers
+.XS
+\*(SN Using Incremental Transfers
+.XE
+.LP
+When using the incremental interface, an owner may have to process
+more than one selection request for the same selection, converted to
+the same target, at the same time.  The incremental functions take a
+\fIrequest_id\fP argument, which is an identifier that is guaranteed to be
+unique among all incremental requests that are active concurrently.
+.LP
+For example, consider the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Upon receiving a request for the selection value, the owner sends
+the first segment.
+.IP \(bu 5
+While waiting to be called to provide the next segment value but
+before sending it, the owner receives another request from a
+different requestor for the same selection value. 
+.IP \(bu 5
+To distinguish between the requests, the owner uses the request_id
+value.  This allows the owner to distinguish between the first
+requestor, which is asking for the second segment, and the second
+requestor, which is asking for the first segment. 
+
+.NH 4
+Incremental Transfer Procedures
+.XS
+\*(SN Incremental Transfer Procedures
+.XE
+.IN "Selections" "incremental"
+.LP
+The following procedures are used by selection owners who wish to
+provide the selection data in multiple segments.
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental owner to supply the
+selection data to the \*(xI is of type
+.PN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef XtPointer XtRequestId;
+.De
+.IN "XtRequestId" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "XtConvertSelectionIncrProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, \
+Atom*, XtPointer*,
+                               unsigned long*, int*, unsigned long*, \
+XtPointer, XtRequestId*);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItarget\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItype_return\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer *\fIvalue_return\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIformat_return\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned long *\fImax_length\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      XtRequestId *\fIrequest_id\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection requested.
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of information required about the selection.
+.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property
+type of the converted value of the selection is to be
+stored.
+.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the
+converted value of the selection is to be stored.
+The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage.
+.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements
+in \fIvalue_return\fP, each of size indicated by
+\fIformat_return\fP, is to be stored.
+.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the
+data elements of the selection value is to be stored so that the
+server may byte-swap the data if necessary.
+.IP \fImax_length\fP 1i
+Specifies the maximum number of bytes which may be
+transferred at any one time.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it
+took ownership of the selection.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure is called repeatedly by the \*(xI selection mechanism to get
+the next incremental chunk of data from a selection owner who has
+called
+.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental .
+It must return
+.PN True
+if the procedure has succeeded in converting the selection data or
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+On the first call with a particular request id, the owner must begin
+a new incremental transfer for the requested selection and target.  On
+subsequent calls with the same request id, the owner may assume that
+the previously supplied value is no longer needed by the \*(xI;
+that is, a fixed transfer area may be allocated and returned in \fIvalue_return\fP
+for each segment to be transferred.  This procedure should store a
+non-NULL value in \fIvalue_return\fP and zero in \fIlength_return\fP to indicate that the
+entire selection has been delivered.  After returning this final
+segment, the request id may be reused by the \*(xI to begin a
+new transfer.
+.LP
+To retrieve the
+.PN SelectionRequest
+event that triggered the selection conversion procedure, use
+.PN XtGetSelectionRequest ,
+described in Section 11.5.2.1.
+.sp
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner
+when it desires notification upon no longer having ownership is of
+type
+.PN XtLoseSelectionIncrProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtLoseSelectionIncrProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)(Widget, Atom*, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that has lost the selection ownership.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it
+took ownership of the selection.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure, which is optional, is called by the \*(xI to
+inform the selection owner that it no longer owns the selection.
+.sp
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner
+when it desires notification of receipt of the data or when it manages
+the storage containing the data is of type
+.PN XtSelectionDoneIncrProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSelectionDoneIncrProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, \
+XtRequestId*, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItarget\fP;
+.br
+      XtRequestId *\fIrequest_id\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that owns the selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred.
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specified the value passed in by the widget when it
+took ownership of the selection.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure, which is optional, is called by the \*(xI after
+the requestor has retrieved the final (zero-length) segment of the
+incremental transfer to indicate that the entire transfer is complete.
+If this procedure is not specified, the \*(xI will free only the
+final value returned by the selection owner using
+.PN XtFree .
+.sp
+.LP
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner to
+notify it if a transfer should be terminated prematurely is of type
+.PN XtCancelConvertSelectionProc .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCancelConvertSelectionProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, \
+XtRequestId*, XtPointer);
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItarget\fP;
+.br
+      XtRequestId *\fIrequest_id\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that owns the selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred.
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it took ownership of
+the selection.
+.LP
+.eM
+This procedure is called by the \*(xI when it has been determined
+by means of a timeout or other mechanism that any remaining segments
+of the selection no longer need to be transferred.  Upon receiving
+this callback, the selection request is considered complete and the
+owner can free the memory and any other resources that have been
+allocated for the transfer.
+
+.NH 4
+Getting the Selection Value Incrementally
+.XS
+\*(SN Getting the Selection Value Incrementally
+.XE
+.LP
+To obtain the value of the selection using incremental transfers, use
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+or
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionValueIncremental" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, \
+\fIselection_callback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fItarget\fP;
+.br
+      XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIselection_callback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of information needed
+about the selection.
+.IP \fIselection_callback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure to be
+called to receive each data segment.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies client-specific data to be passed to
+the specified callback procedure when it is invoked.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
+selection request was initiated.  This should be the
+timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value
+.PN CurrentTime
+is not acceptable.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+function is similar to
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue
+except that the selection_callback procedure will
+be called repeatedly upon delivery of multiple segments of the
+selection value.  The end of the selection value is indicated when
+\fIselection_callback\fP is called with a non-NULL value of length zero,
+which must still be freed by the client.  If the
+transfer of the selection is aborted in the middle of a transfer
+(for example, because of a timeout), the selection_callback procedure is
+called with a type value equal to the symbolic constant
+.PN XT_CONVERT_FAIL
+so that the requestor can dispose
+of the partial selection value it has collected up until that point.
+Upon receiving
+.PN XT_CONVERT_FAIL ,
+the requesting client must determine
+for itself whether or not a partially completed data transfer is meaningful.
+For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and
+\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItargets\fP, \
+\fIcount\fP, \fIselection_callback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItargets\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIcount\fP;
+.br
+      XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIselection_callback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer *\fIclient_data\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+.IP \fItargets\fP 1i
+Specifies the types of information needed about
+the selection.
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the length of the \fItargets\fP and \fIclient_data\fP lists.
+.IP \fIselection_callback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure to be called
+to receive each selection value.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of client data (one for each target
+type) values that are passed to the callback procedure when
+it is invoked for the corresponding target.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
+selection request was initiated.  This should be the
+timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value
+.PN CurrentTime
+is not acceptable.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+function is similar to
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+except that it takes a list of targets and client data.
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+is equivalent to calling
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+successively for each \fItarget/client_data\fP pair except that
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection
+value because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the
+middle of the list, as would be possible when calling
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+repeatedly.
+For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and
+\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+
+.NH 4
+Setting the Selection Owner for Incremental Transfers
+.XS
+\*(SN Setting the Selection Owner for Incremental Transfers
+.XE
+.LP
+To set the selection owner when using incremental transfers, use
+.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental .
+.LP
+.IN "XtOwnSelectionIncremental" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP, \
+\fIconvert_callback\fP, \fIlose_callback\fP,
+                                  \fIdone_callback\fP, \
+\fIcancel_callback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.br
+      XtConvertSelectionIncrProc \fIconvert_callback\fP;
+.br
+      XtLoseSelectionIncrProc \fIlose_callback\fP;
+.br
+      XtSelectionDoneIncrProc \fIdone_callback\fP;
+.br
+      XtCancelConvertSelectionProc \fIcancel_callback\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
+selection ownership request was initiated.  This should be
+the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership; the value
+.PN CurrentTime
+is not acceptable.
+.IP \fIconvert_callback\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever
+the current value of the selection is requested.
+.IP \fIlose_callback\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever
+the widget has lost selection ownership, or NULL if the
+owner is not interested in being notified.
+.IP \fIdone_callback\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the procedure called after the
+requestor has received the entire selection, or NULL if
+the owner is not interested in being notified.
+.IP \fIcancel_callback\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the callback procedure to be called
+when a selection request aborts because a timeout expires,
+or NULL if the owner is not interested in being notified.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.25i
+Specifies the argument to be passed to each of
+the callback procedures when they are called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental
+procedure informs the \*(xI
+incremental selection mechanism that the specified widget wishes to
+own the selection.  It returns
+.PN True
+if the specified widget successfully becomes the selection owner or
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and
+\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP.
+.LP
+If a done_callback procedure is specified, the client owns the storage allocated
+for passing the value to the \*(xI.  If \fIdone_callback\fP is NULL,
+the convert_callback procedure must allocate storage using
+.PN XtMalloc ,
+.PN XtRealloc ,
+or
+.PN XtCalloc ,
+and the final value specified is freed by the
+\*(xI when the transfer is complete.  After a selection transfer
+has started, only one of the done_callback or cancel_callback
+procedures is invoked to indicate completion of the transfer.
+.LP
+The lose_callback procedure does not indicate completion of any in-progress
+transfers; it is invoked at the time a
+.PN SelectionClear
+event is dispatched regardless of any active transfers, which are still
+expected to continue.
+.LP
+A widget that becomes the selection owner using
+.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental
+may use
+.PN XtDisownSelection
+to relinquish selection ownership.
+
+.NH 3
+Setting and Retrieving Selection Target Parameters
+.XS
+\*(SN Setting and Retrieving Selection Target Parameters
+.XE
+.LP
+To specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target,
+use
+.PN XtSetSelectionParameters .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetSelectionParameters" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetSelectionParameters(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItype\fP, \
+\fIvalue\fP, \fIlength\fP, \fIformat\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIrequestor\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fItype\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIvalue\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned long \fIlength\fP;
+.br
+      int \fIformat\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of the property in which the parameters are passed.
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the parameters.
+.IP \fIlength\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of elements containing data in \fIvalue\fP,
+each element of a size indicated by \fIformat\fP.
+.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
+Specifies the size in bits of the data in the elements of \fIvalue\fP.
+.LP
+The specified parameters are copied and stored in a new property 
+of the specified type and format on the requestor's window.  To initiate
+a selection request with a target and these parameters, a subsequent
+call to 
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue
+or to
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+specifying the same requestor widget and selection atom will generate a
+.PN ConvertSelection
+request referring to the property containing the parameters.  If 
+.PN XtSetSelectionParameters
+is called more than once with the same widget and selection without
+a call to specify a request, the most recently specified parameters
+are used in the subsequent request.
+.LP
+.eM
+The possible values of \fIformat\fP are 8, 16, or 32.  If the format is 8,
+the elements of \fIvalue\fP are assumed to be sizeof(char);
+if 16, sizeof(short); if 32, sizeof(long).
+.LP
+To generate a MULTIPLE
+target request with parameters for any of the multiple targets of the
+selection request, precede individual calls to
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue
+and
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+with corresponding individual calls to
+.PN XtSetSelectionParameters ,
+and enclose these all within 
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+and
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest.  
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues
+and
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets.
+.sp
+.LP
+To retrieve any target parameters needed to perform a selection conversion,
+the selection owner calls 
+.PN XtGetSelectionParameters .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionParameters" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetSelectionParameters(\fIowner\fP, \fIselection\fP, \
+\fIrequest_id\fP, \fItype_return\fP, \fIvalue_return\fP,
+                                                 \fIlength_return\fP, \
+\fIformat_return\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIowner\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP;
+.br
+      Atom *\fItype_return\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer *\fIvalue_return\fP;
+.br
+      unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIformat_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIowner\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that owns the specified selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection being processed.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections,
+or NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
+.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to an atom in which the property type
+of the parameters is stored.
+.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the parameters is to be stored.
+A NULL is stored if no parameters accompany the request.
+.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of data elements
+in \fIvalue_return\fP of size indicated by \fIformat_return\fP are stored.
+.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the parameter data
+in the elements of \fIvalue\fP is stored.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGetSelectionParameters
+may be called only from within an
+.PN XtConvertSelectionProc
+or from within the first call to an 
+.PN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc
+with a new request_id.
+.LP
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned parameters using
+.PN XtFree
+when the parameters are no longer needed.
+
+.NH 3
+Generating MULTIPLE Requests
+.XS
+\*(SN Generating MULTIPLE Requests
+.XE
+.LP
+To have the \*(xI bundle multiple calls to make selection requests into
+a single request using a \s-1MULTIPLE\s+1 target, use 
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+and
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreateSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCreateSelectionRequest(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIrequestor\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+.LP
+.eM
+When 
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+is called, subsequent calls to 
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues ,
+and
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental ,
+with the requestor and selection as specified to 
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest ,
+are bundled into a single selection request with
+multiple targets.  The request is made by calling 
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSendSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSendSelectionRequest(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIrequestor\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.br
+      Time \fItime\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
+initiated.  The value 
+.PN CurrentTime
+is not acceptable.
+.LP
+.eM
+When 
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest
+is called with a value of \fIrequestor\fP and \fIselection\fP matching
+a previous call to 
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest ,
+a selection request is sent to the selection owner.
+If a single target request is queued, that request is made.
+If multiple targets are queued, they are bundled into a single request
+with a target of MULTIPLE using the specified timestamp.
+As the values are returned, the callbacks specified in
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues ,
+and
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+are invoked.
+.LP
+Multi-threaded applications should lock the application context before
+calling
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+and release the lock after calling
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest
+to ensure that the thread assembling the request is safe from interference
+by another thread assembling a different request naming the same widget
+and selection.
+.sp
+.LP
+To relinquish the composition of a MULTIPLE request without sending it, use
+.PN XtCancelSelectionRequest .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCancelSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtCancelSelectionRequest(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIrequestor\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIselection\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+.LP
+.eM
+When
+.PN XtCancelSelectionRequest
+is called, any requests queued since the last call to
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+for the same widget and selection are discarded
+and any resources reserved are released.
+A subsequent call to
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest
+will not result in any request being made.
+Subsequent calls to
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental ,
+or
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+will not be deferred.
+
+.NH 3
+Auxiliary Selection Properties
+.XS
+\*(SN Auxiliary Selection Properties
+.XE
+.LP
+Certain uses of parameterized selections require clients to name
+other window properties within a selection parameter.  To permit
+reuse of temporary property names in these circumstances and
+thereby reduce the number of unique atoms created in the server,
+the \*(xI provides two interfaces for acquiring temporary property names.
+.LP
+To acquire a temporary property name atom for use in a selection
+request, the client may call
+.PN XtReservePropertyAtom .
+.LP
+.IN "XtReservePropertyAtom" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Atom XtReservePropertyAtom(\fIw\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making a selection request.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtReservePropertyAtom
+returns an atom that may be used as a property name during selection
+requests involving the specified widget. 
+As long as the atom remains reserved, it is unique with respect to all
+other reserved atoms for the widget.
+.LP
+To return a temporary property name atom for reuse and to delete
+the property named by that atom, use
+.PN XtReleasePropertyAtom .
+.LP
+.IN "XtReleasePropertyAtom" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtReleasePropertyAtom(\fIw\fP, \fIatom\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Atom \fIatom\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget used to reserve the property name atom.
+.IP \fIatom\fP 1i
+Specifies the property name atom returned by
+.PN XtReservePropertyAtom
+that is to be released for reuse.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtReleasePropertyAtom
+marks the specified property name atom as
+no longer in use and ensures that any property having that name
+on the specified widget's window is deleted.  If \fIatom\fP does not
+specify a value returned by
+.PN XtReservePropertyAtom
+for the specified widget, the results are undefined.
+
+.NH 3
+Retrieving the Most Recent Timestamp
+.XS
+\*(SN Retrieving the Most Recent Timestamp
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve the timestamp from the most recent call to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+that contained a timestamp, use
+.PN XtLastTimestampProcessed .
+.LP
+.IN "XtLastTimestampProcessed" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(\fIdisplay\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies an open display connection.
+.LP
+.eM
+If no
+.PN KeyPress ,
+.PN KeyRelease ,
+.PN ButtonPress ,
+.PN ButtonRelease ,
+.PN MotionNotify ,
+.PN EnterNotify ,
+.PN LeaveNotify ,
+.PN PropertyNotify ,
+or
+.PN SelectionClear
+event has yet been passed to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+for the specified display,
+.PN XtLastTimestampProcessed
+returns zero.
+
+.NH 3
+Retrieving the Most Recent Event
+.XS
+\*(SN Retrieving the Most Recent Event
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve the event from the most recent call to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+for a specific display, use
+.PN XtLastEventProcessed .
+.LP
+.IN "XtLastEventProcessed" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XEvent *XtLastEventProcessed(\fIdisplay\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection from which to retrieve the event.
+.LP
+.eM
+Returns the last event passed to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+for the specified display.  Returns NULL if there is no such event.
+The client must not modify the contents of the returned event.
+
+.NH 2
+Merging Exposure Events into a Region
+.XS
+\*(SN Merging Exposure Events into a Region
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide an
+.PN XtAddExposureToRegion
+utility function that merges
+.PN Expose
+and
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+events into a region for clients to process at once
+rather than processing individual rectangles.
+For further information about regions,
+see Section 16.5 in \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+To merge
+.PN Expose
+and
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+events into a region, use
+.PN XtAddExposureToRegion .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddExposureToRegion" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddExposureToRegion(\fIevent\fP, \fIregion\fP)
+.br
+     XEvent *\fIevent\fP;
+.br
+     Region \fIregion\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the
+.PN Expose
+or
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+event.
+.IP \fIregion\fP 1i
+Specifies the region object (as defined in
+.Pn < X11/Xutil.h >).
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAddExposureToRegion
+function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure
+event and the specified region.
+Then it stores the results back in \fIregion\fP.
+If the event argument is not an
+.PN Expose
+or
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+event,
+.PN XtAddExposureToRegion
+returns without an error and without modifying \fIregion\fP.
+.LP
+This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism;
+see Section 7.9.3.
+
+.NH 2
+Translating Widget Coordinates
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Translating Widget Coordinates\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To translate an x-y coordinate pair from widget coordinates to root
+window absolute coordinates, use
+.PN XtTranslateCoords .
+.LP
+.IN "XtTranslateCoords" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtTranslateCoords(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIrootx_return\fP, \
+\fIrooty_return\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      Position \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP;
+.br
+      Position *\fIrootx_return\fP, *\fIrooty_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.  \*(rI
+.IP \fIx\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIy\fP 1i
+Specify the widget-relative x and y coordinates.
+.IP \fIrootx_return\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIrooty_return\fP 1i
+Return the root-relative x and y coordinates.
+.LP
+.eM
+While
+.PN XtTranslateCoords
+is similar to the Xlib
+.PN XTranslateCoordinates 
+function, it does not generate a server request because all the required
+information already is in the widget's data structures.
+
+.NH 2
+Translating a Window to a Widget
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Translating a Window to a Widget\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To translate a given window and display pointer into a widget instance, use
+.PN XtWindowToWidget .
+.LP
+.IN "XtWindowToWidget" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtWindowToWidget(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwindow\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      Window \fIwindow\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display on which the window is defined.
+.IP \fIwindow\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable for which you want the widget.
+.LP
+.eM
+If there is a realized widget whose window is the specified drawable on
+the specified \fIdisplay\fP,
+.PN XtWindowToWidget
+returns that widget.
+If not and if the drawable has been associated with a widget through
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable ,
+.PN XtWindowToWidget
+returns the widget associated with the drawable.  In other cases it
+returns NULL.
+
+.NH 2
+Handling Errors
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Handling Errors\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI allow a client to register procedures that are called
+whenever a fatal or nonfatal error occurs.
+These facilities are intended for both error reporting and logging
+and for error correction or recovery.
+.LP
+Two levels of interface are provided: 
+.IP \(bu 5
+A high-level interface that takes an error
+name and class and retrieves the error message text from
+an error resource database.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A low-level interface that takes a simple string to display.
+.LP
+The high-level functions construct a string to pass to the lower-level
+interface.
+The strings may be specified in application code and are
+overridden by the contents of an external systemwide file,
+the ``error database file''.  The location and name of this file are
+implementation-dependent.
+.NT
+The application-context-specific error handling is not
+implemented on many systems, although the interfaces are
+always present.
+Most implementations will have just one set of error handlers
+for all application contexts within a process.
+If they are set for different application contexts,
+the ones registered last will prevail.
+.NE
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain the error database (for example, to merge with
+an application- or widget-specific database), use
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabase .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppGetErrorDatabase" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(\^\fIapp_context\fP\^)
+.br
+     XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabase
+function returns the address of the error database.
+The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
+database file until the first call to
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText .
+.LP
+For a complete listing of all errors and warnings 
+that can be generated by the \*(xI, see Appendix D.
+.sp
+.LP
+The high-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type
+.PN XtErrorMsgHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtErrorMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtErrorMsgHandler)(String, String, String, String, \
+String*, Cardinal*);
+.br
+    String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+    String \fItype\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIdefaultp\fP;
+.br
+    String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+    Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name to be concatenated with the specified type to form 
+the resource name of the error message.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the type to be concatenated with the name to form the 
+resource name of the error message.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class of the error message.
+.IP \fIdefaultp\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if no error database entry is found.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of parameters to be substituted in the message.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The specified name can be a general kind of error, 
+like ``invalidParameters'' or ``invalidWindow'', 
+and the specified type gives extra information
+such as the name of the routine in which the error was detected.
+Standard 
+.PN printf 
+notation is used to substitute the parameters into the message.
+.sp
+.LP
+An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an
+error or a warning by calling
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fInbytes\fP, \fIdatabase\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIdefault\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIbuffer_return\fP;
+.br
+      int \fInbytes\fP;
+.br
+      XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specify the name and type concatenated to form the resource name 
+of the error message.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class of the error message.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i
+Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
+.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i
+Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
+.IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the alternative database to be used,
+or NULL if the application context's error database is to be used.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
+returns the appropriate message from the error database
+or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
+error database.
+To form the full resource name and class when querying the database,
+the \fIname\fP and \fItype\fP are concatenated with a single ``.''
+between them and the \fIclass\fP is concatenated with itself with a
+single ``.'' if it does not already contain a ``.''.
+.sp
+.LP
+To return the application name and class as passed to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+for a particular Display, use
+.PN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetApplicationNameAndClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIname_return\fP, \
+\fIclass_return\fP)
+.br
+      Display* \fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      String* \fIname_return\fP;
+.br
+      String* \fIclass_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies an open display connection that has been initialized with
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize .
+.IP \fIname_return\fP 1i
+Returns the application name.
+.IP \fIclass_return\fP 1i
+Returns the application class.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass
+returns the application name and class passed to
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+for the specified display.  If the display was
+never initialized or has been closed, the result is undefined.  The
+returned strings are owned by the \*(xI and must not be modified
+or freed by the caller.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImsg_handler\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler
+returns a pointer to the previously
+installed high-level fatal error handler.
+The default high-level fatal error handler provided by the \*(xI is named
+.PN _XtDefaultErrorMsg
+.IN "_XtDefaultErrorMsg" "" "@DEF"
+and constructs a string from the error resource database and calls
+.PN XtError .
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent \*(xI behavior is undefined.
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the high-level error handler, use
+.PN XtAppErrorMsg .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppErrorMsg" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppErrorMsg(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \
+\fIdefault\fP, \ \fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      String \fItype\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIdefault\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \*(xI internal errors all have class
+``XtToolkitError''.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImsg_handler\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler
+returns a pointer to the previously
+installed high-level warning handler.
+The default high-level warning handler provided by the \*(xI is named
+.PN _XtDefaultWarningMsg
+.IN "_XtDefaultWarningMsg" "" "@DEF@"
+and constructs a string
+from the error resource database and calls
+.PN XtWarning .
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the installed high-level warning handler, use
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppWarningMsg" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppWarningMsg(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      String \fItype\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIdefault\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \*(xI internal warnings all have class
+``XtToolkitError''.
+.sp
+.LP
+The low-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type
+.PN XtErrorHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtErrorHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtErrorHandler)(String);
+.br
+      String \fImessage\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the error message.
+.LP
+.eM
+The error handler should display the message string in some appropriate fashion.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtAppSetErrorHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetErrorHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIhandler\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppSetErrorHandler
+returns a pointer to the previously installed
+low-level fatal error handler.
+The default low-level error handler provided by the \*(xI is
+.PN _XtDefaultError .
+.IN "_XtDefaultError" "" "@DEF@"
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application.
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent \*(xI behavior is undefined.
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the installed fatal error procedure, use
+.PN XtAppError .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppError" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppError(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImessage\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fImessage\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the message to be reported.
+.LP
+.eM
+Most programs should use
+.PN XtAppErrorMsg ,
+not
+.PN XtAppError ,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of error messages.
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtAppSetWarningHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppSetWarningHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIhandler\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppSetWarningHandler
+returns a pointer to the previously installed
+low-level warning handler.
+The default low-level warning handler provided by the \*(xI is
+.PN _XtDefaultWarning .
+.IN "_XtDefaultWarning" "" "@DEF@"
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller.
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use
+.PN XtAppWarning .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppWarning" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppWarning(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImessage\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fImessage\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported.
+.LP
+.eM
+Most programs should use
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg ,
+not
+.PN XtAppWarning ,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages.
+
+.NH 2
+Setting WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Setting WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+A client may set the value of the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1
+.IN "WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS" "" "@DEF@"
+property on a widget's window by calling
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetWMColormapWindows" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetWMColormapWindows(\fIwidget\fP, \fIlist\fP, \fIcount\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIwidget\fP;
+.br
+      Widget* \fIlist\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fIcount\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget on whose window the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1
+property is stored.  \*(cI
+.IP \fIlist\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are potentially to be
+listed in the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 property.
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of widgets in \fIlist\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+returns immediately if \fIwidget\fP is not realized or if \fIcount\fP is 0.
+Otherwise,
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+constructs an ordered list of windows
+by examining each widget in \fIlist\fP in turn and
+ignoring the widget if it is not realized, or
+adding the widget's window to the window list if the widget is realized
+and if its colormap resource is different from the colormap
+resources of all widgets whose windows are already on the window list.
+.LP
+Finally,
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+stores the resulting window list in the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1
+property on the specified widget's window.
+Refer to Section 4.1.8 in the \fI\*(xC\fP for details of
+the semantics of the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 property.
+
+.NH 2
+Finding File Names
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Finding File Names\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI provide procedures to look for a file by name, allowing
+string substitutions in a list of file specifications.  Two
+routines are provided for this:
+.PN XtFindFile
+and
+.PN XtResolvePathname .
+.PN XtFindFile
+uses an arbitrary set of client-specified substitutions, and
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+uses a set of standard substitutions corresponding
+to the \fIX/Open Portability Guide\fP language localization conventions.
+Most applications should use
+.PN XtResolvePathname .
+.LP
+A string substitution is defined by a list of
+.PN Substitution
+.IN "Substitution" "" "@DEF@"
+entries.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	char match;
+	String substitution;
+} SubstitutionRec, *Substitution;
+.De
+.eM
+.LP
+File name evaluation is handled in an operating-system-dependent
+fashion by an
+.PN XtFilePredicate
+.IN "XtFilePredicate" "" "@DEF@"
+procedure.
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef Boolean (*XtFilePredicate)(String);
+.br
+      String \fIfilename\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIfilename\fP 1i
+Specifies a potential filename.
+.LP
+.eM
+A file predicate procedure is called with a string that is
+potentially a file name.  It should return
+.PN True 
+if this string specifies a file that is appropriate for the intended use and 
+.PN False
+otherwise.
+.sp
+.LP
+To search for a file using substitutions in a path list, use
+.PN XtFindFile .
+.LP
+.IN "XtFindFile" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+String XtFindFile(\fIpath\fP, \fIsubstitutions\fP, \fInum_substitutions\fP, \
+\fIpredicate\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIpath\fP;
+.br
+      Substitution \fIsubstitutions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP;
+.br
+      XtFilePredicate \fIpredicate\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIpath\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a path of file names, including substitution characters.
+.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a list of substitutions to make into the path.
+.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the number of substitutions passed in.
+.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+The \fIpath\fP parameter specifies a string that consists of a series of
+potential file names delimited by colons.  Within each name, the
+percent character specifies a string substitution selected by the
+following character.  The character sequence ``%:'' specifies an
+embedded colon that is not a delimiter; the sequence is replaced by a
+single colon.  The character sequence ``%%'' specifies a percent
+character that does not introduce a substitution; the sequence is
+replaced by a single percent character.  If a percent character is
+followed by any other character,
+.PN XtFindFile
+looks through the
+specified \fIsubstitutions\fP for that character in the \fImatch\fP field
+and, if found,
+replaces the percent and match characters with the string in the
+corresponding \fIsubstitution\fP field.  A \fIsubstitution\fP field entry of NULL
+is equivalent to a pointer to an empty string.  If the operating
+system does not interpret multiple embedded name separators in the
+path (i.e., ``/'' in POSIX) the same way as a single separator,
+.PN XtFindFile
+will collapse multiple separators into a single one after performing
+all string substitutions.  Except for collapsing embedded separators,
+the contents of the string substitutions are not interpreted by
+.PN XtFindFile
+and may therefore contain any operating-system-dependent
+characters, including additional name separators.  Each resulting
+string is passed to the predicate procedure until a string is found for
+which the procedure returns
+.PN True ;
+this string is the return value for
+.PN XtFindFile .
+If no string yields a
+.PN True
+return from the predicate,
+.PN XtFindFile
+returns NULL.
+.LP
+If the \fIpredicate\fP parameter is NULL, an internal procedure that checks
+if the file exists, is readable, and is not a directory is used.
+.LP
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
+.PN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.sp
+.LP
+To search for a file using standard substitutions in a path list, use
+.PN XtResolvePathname .
+.LP
+.IN "XtResolvePathname" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+String XtResolvePathname(\fIdisplay\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIfilename\fP, \fIsuffix\fP, \
+\fIpath\fP, \fIsubstitutions\fP, \fInum_substitutions\fP, \fIpredicate\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.br
+      String \fItype\fP, \fIfilename\fP, \fIsuffix\fP, \fIpath\fP;
+.br
+      Substitution \fIsubstitutions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP;
+.br
+      XtFilePredicate \fIpredicate\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the display to use to find the language for language substitutions.
+.IP \fItype\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIfilename\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIsuffix\fP 1.2i
+Specify values to substitute into the path.
+.IP \fIpath\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the list of file specifications, or NULL.
+.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a list of additional substitutions to make into the path, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIsubstitutions\fP.
+.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
+.LP
+.eM
+The substitutions specified by
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+are determined from the value of the language string retrieved by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+for the specified display.
+To set the
+language for all applications specify ``*xnlLanguage: \fIlang\fP'' in the
+resource database. 
+.IN "xnlLanguage"
+The format and content of the language string are
+implementation-defined.   One suggested syntax is to compose
+the language string of three parts;  a  ``language  part'',  a
+``territory  part'' and a ``codeset part''.  The manner in which
+this composition is accomplished is implementation-defined,
+and the \*(xI make no interpretation of the parts other
+than to use them in substitutions as described below.
+.LP
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+calls
+.PN XtFindFile
+with the following substitutions
+in addition to any passed by the caller and returns the value returned by
+.PN XtFindFile :
+.IP %N 5
+The value of the \fIfilename\fP parameter, or the application's
+class name if \fIfilename\fP is NULL.
+.IP %T 5
+The value of the \fItype\fP parameter.
+.IP %S 5
+The value of the \fIsuffix\fP parameter.
+.IP %L 5
+The language string associated with the specified display.
+.IP %l 5
+The language part of the display's language string.
+.IP %t 5
+The territory part of the display's language string.
+.IP %c 5
+The codeset part of the display's language string.
+.IP %C 5
+The customization string retrieved from the resource
+database associated with \fIdisplay\fP.
+.IP %D 5
+The value of the implementation-specific default path.
+.LP
+If a path is passed to
+.PN XtResolvePathname ,
+it is passed along to
+.PN XtFindFile .
+If the \fIpath\fP argument is NULL, the value of the
+.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+.IN "XFILESEARCHPATH" "" "@DEF@"
+environment variable is passed to
+.PN XtFindFile .
+If
+.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+is not defined, an implementation-specific default path is used
+that contains at least six entries.  These entries
+must contain the following substitutions:
+
+.nf
+.ta .3i 2i 2.5i
+1.	%C, %N, %S, %T, %L	or	%C, %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
+2.	%C, %N, %S, %T, %l
+3.	%C, %N, %S, %T
+4.	%N, %S, %T, %L	or	%N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
+5.	%N, %S, %T, %l
+6.	%N, %S, %T
+.fi
+
+The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry
+are implementation-dependent.
+If the path begins
+with a colon, it is preceded by %N%S.  If the path includes two
+adjacent colons, \fB%N%S\fP is inserted between them.
+.LP
+The \fItype\fP parameter is intended to be a category of files, usually
+being translated into a directory in the pathname.  Possible values
+might include ``app-defaults'', ``help'', and ``bitmap''.
+.LP
+The \fIsuffix\fP parameter is intended to be appended to the file name.
+Possible values might include ``.txt'', ``.dat'', and ``.bm''.
+.LP
+A suggested value for the default path on POSIX-based systems is
+.IP
+/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:\\
+.br
+/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:\\
+.br
+/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S
+
+.LP
+Using this example, if the user has specified a language, it is
+used as a subdirectory of /usr/lib/X11 that is searched for other
+files.  If the desired file is not found there, the lookup is
+tried again using just the language part of the specification.  If the
+file is not there, it is looked for in /usr/lib/X11.  The \fItype\fP
+parameter is used as a subdirectory of the language directory or of
+/usr/lib/X11, and \fIsuffix\fP is appended to the file name.
+.LP
+The %D substitution allows the addition of path
+elements to the implementation-specific default path, typically to
+allow additional directories to be searched without preventing
+resources in the system directories from being found.  For example, a
+user installing resource files under a directory called ``ourdir''
+might set
+.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+to
+.IP
+%D:ourdir/%T/%N%C:ourdir/%T/%N
+.LP
+The customization string is obtained by querying the resource database
+currently associated with the display (the database returned by
+.PN XrmGetDatabase )
+for the resource \fIapplication_name\fP.customization, class
+\fIapplication_class\fP.Customization, where \fIapplication_name\fP
+and \fIapplication_class\fP are the values returned by
+.PN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass .
+If no value is specified in the database, the empty string is used.
+.LP
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
+.PN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+
+.NH 2
+Hooks for External Agents
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Hooks for External Agents\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Applications may register
+functions that are called at a particular control points in the \*(xI.
+These functions are intended to be used to provide notification
+of an \*Q\*(tk event\*U, such as widget creation, to an external agent,
+such as an interactive resource editor, drag-and-drop server, or
+an aid for physically challenged users.
+The control points containing such registration hooks are identified
+in a \*Qhook registration\*U object.
+.LP
+To retrieve the hook registration widget, use
+.PN XtHooksOfDisplay .
+.LP
+.IN "XtHooksOfDisplay" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(\fIdisplay\fP)
+.br
+      Display *\fIdisplay\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the desired display.
+.LP
+.eM
+The class of this object is a private, implementation-dependent
+subclass of
+.PN Object .
+The hook object has no parent.  The resources of this object are 
+the callback lists for hooks and the read-only resources for getting 
+a list of parentless shells.  All of the callback lists are initially 
+empty.  When a display is closed, the hook object associated with it 
+is destroyed. 
+.LP
+The following procedures can be called with the hook registration object
+as an argument:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtAddCallback ,
+.PN XtAddCallbacks ,
+.PN XtRemoveCallback ,
+.PN XtRemoveCallbacks ,
+.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks ,
+.PN XtCallCallbacks ,
+.PN XtHasCallbacks ,
+.PN XtCallCallbackList
+.IP
+.PN XtClass ,
+.PN XtSuperclass ,
+.PN XtIsSubclass ,
+.PN XtCheckSubclass ,
+.PN XtIsObject ,
+.PN XtIsRectObj ,
+.PN XtIsWidget ,
+.PN XtIsComposite ,
+.PN XtIsConstraint ,
+.PN XtIsShell ,
+.PN XtIsOverrideShell ,
+.PN XtIsWMShell ,
+.PN XtIsVendorShell ,
+.PN XtIsTransientShell ,
+.PN XtIsToplevelShell ,
+.PN XtIsApplicationShell ,
+.PN XtIsSessionShell
+.IP
+.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext
+.IP
+.PN XtName ,
+.PN XtParent ,
+.PN XtDisplayOfObject ,
+.PN XtScreenOfObject
+.IP
+.PN XtSetValues ,
+.PN XtGetValues ,
+.PN XtVaSetValues ,
+.PN XtVaGetValues
+.sp
+.LP
+
+.NH 3
+Hook Object Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Hook Object Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified
+in the hook object resource list are:
+.KS
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNcreateHook	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNchangeHook	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNconfigureHook	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNgeometryHook	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNdestroyHook	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+XtNshells	XtCReadOnly	XtRWidgetList
+XtNnumShells	XtCReadOnly	XtRCardinal
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.KE
+.LP
+Descriptions of each of these resources:
+.LP
+The XtNcreateHook callback list is called from:
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget ,
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell ,
+.PN XtAppCreateShell ,
+and their corresponding varargs versions.
+.LP
+The \fIcall_data\fP parameter in a createHook callback may be 
+cast to type
+.PN XtCreateHookData .
+.LP
+.IN "XtCreateHookData" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String   type;
+	Widget   widget;
+	ArgList  args;
+	Cardinal num_args;
+} XtCreateHookDataRec, *XtCreateHookData;
+.De
+.eM
+.LP
+The \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHcreate ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the newly created widget, and \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP
+are the arguments passed to the create function. The callbacks are 
+called before returning from the create function.
+.LP
+The XtNchangeHook callback list is called from:
+.IP
+.PN XtSetValues ,
+.PN XtVaSetValues
+.IP
+.PN XtManageChild ,
+.PN XtManageChildren ,
+.PN XtUnmanageChild ,
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+.IP
+.PN XtRealizeWidget ,
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtAddCallback ,
+.PN XtRemoveCallback ,
+.PN XtAddCallbacks, 
+.PN XtRemoveCallbacks ,
+.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks
+.IP
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations ,
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations ,
+.PN XtUninstallTranslations
+.IP
+.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus ,
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+.IP
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged ,
+.PN XtMapWidget ,
+.PN XtUnmapWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtPopup ,
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded ,
+.PN XtPopdown
+.LP
+.sp
+.LP
+The \fIcall_data\fP parameter in a changeHook callback may
+be cast to type
+.PN XtChangeHookData .
+.IN "XtChangeHookData" "" "@DFEF@"
+.LP
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i
+typedef struct {
+	String  type;
+	Widget  widget;
+	XtPointer event_data;
+	Cardinal num_event_data;
+} XtChangeHookDataRec, *XtChangeHookData;
+.De
+.eM
+.KE
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtSetValues
+or
+.PN XtVaSetValues ,
+\fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHsetValues ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the new widget passed to the set_values procedure, and
+\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type 
+.PN XtChangeHookSetValuesData .
+.IN "XtChangeHookSetValuesData" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 2.5i
+.ta .5i 2.5i
+typedef struct {
+	Widget   old, req;
+	ArgList  args;
+	Cardinal num_args;
+} XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec, *XtChangeHookSetValuesData;
+.De
+.eM
+.KE
+.LP
+The \fIold\fP, \fIreq\fP, \fIargs\fP, and \fInum_args\fP are the
+parameters passed to the set_values procedure.  The callbacks are called 
+after the set_values and constraint set_values procedures have been called.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtManageChild
+or
+.PN XtManageChildren ,
+\fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHmanageChildren ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type
+WidgetList and is the list of children being managed, and 
+\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list.
+The callbacks are called after the children have been managed.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtUnmanageChild
+or
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren ,
+\fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHunmanageChildren ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type
+WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and
+\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list.
+The callbacks are called after the children have been unmanaged.
+.LP
+The changeHook callbacks are called twice as a result of a call to
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet ,
+once after unmanaging and again after managing.
+When the callbacks are called the first time, \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHunmanageSet , 
+\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type 
+WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and 
+\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list.
+When the callbacks are called the second time, the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHmanageSet , 
+\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type 
+WidgetList and is a list of the children being managed, and 
+\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtRealizeWidget ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHrealizeWidget 
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being realized.
+The callbacks are called after the widget has been realized.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHunrealizeWidget ,
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being unrealized.
+The callbacks are called after the widget has been unrealized.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtAddCallback ,
+\fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHaddCallback ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget to which the callback is being added, and
+\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of the 
+callback being added.
+The callbacks are called after the callback has been added to the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtAddCallbacks ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHaddCallbacks ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget to which the callbacks are being added, and
+\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of the 
+callbacks being added.
+The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been added to the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtRemoveCallback ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHremoveCallback ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget from which the callback is being removed, and
+\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of
+the callback being removed.  The callbacks are called after the callback 
+has been removed from the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtRemoveCallbacks ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHremoveCallbacks ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed, and
+\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of the 
+callbacks being removed.  The callbacks are called after the callbacks 
+have been removed from the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHremoveAllCallbacks
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed.
+The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been removed from the
+widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHaugmentTranslations
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget whose translations are being modified.
+The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been 
+modified.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHoverrideTranslations
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget whose translations are being modified.
+The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been 
+modified.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtUninstallTranslations ,
+The \fItype\fP is
+.PN XtHuninstallTranslations
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget whose translations are being uninstalled.
+The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been 
+uninstalled.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHsetKeyboardFocus
+and \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type Widget and is the value of 
+the descendant argument passed to \fBXtSetKeyboardFocus\fP. The 
+callbacks are called before returning from \fBXtSetKeyboardFocus\fP.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows ,
+\fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHsetWMColormapWindows ,
+\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type WidgetList and is the value of 
+the list argument passed to \fBXtSetWMColormapWindows\fP, and 
+\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the list. The callbacks are 
+called before returning from \fBXtSetWMColormapWindows\fP.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHsetMappedWhenManaged
+and \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type Boolean and is the value of 
+the mapped_when_managed argument passed to \fBXtSetMappedWhenManaged\fP. 
+The callbacks are called after setting the widget's mapped_when_managed 
+field and before realizing or unrealizing the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtMapWidget ,
+the \fItype \fP is set to
+.PN XtHmapWidget
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being mapped.
+The callbacks are called after mapping the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtUnmapWidget ,
+the \fItype \fP is set to
+.PN XtHunmapWidget
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being unmapped.
+The callbacks are called after unmapping the widget.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtPopup ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHpopup ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget being popped up, and \fIevent_data\fP may 
+be cast to type XtGrabKind and is the value of the grab_kind argument 
+passed to \fBXtPopup\fP.
+The callbacks are called before returning from \fBXtPopup\fP.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHpopupSpringLoaded
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being popped up.
+The callbacks are called 
+before returning from \fBXtPopupSpringLoaded\fP.
+.LP
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtPopdown ,
+the \fItype\fP is set to
+.PN XtHpopdown
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being popped down.
+The callbacks are called 
+before returning from \fBXtPopdown\fP.
+.LP
+A widget set that exports interfaces that change application state
+without employing the \*(xI library should invoke the change hook
+itself.  This is done by:
+.sp
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 2i
+.ta .5i 2i
+        XtCallCallbacks(XtHooksOfDisplay(dpy), XtNchangeHook, call_data);
+.De
+.sp
+.LP
+The XtNconfigureHook callback list is called any time the \*(xI
+move, resize, or configure a widget and when
+.PN XtResizeWindow
+is called.
+.LP
+The \fIcall_data\fP parameter may be cast to type
+.PN XtConfigureHookData.
+.LP
+.IN "XtConfigureHookData" "" "@DEF@"
+.KS
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String type;
+	Widget widget;
+	XtGeometryMask changeMask;
+	XWindowChanges changes;	
+} XtConfigureHookDataRec, *XtConfigureHookData;
+.De
+.eM
+.KE
+.sp
+.LP
+When the configureHook callbacks are called, the \fItype\fP is
+.PN XtHconfigure ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget being configured, and \fIchangeMask\fP and 
+\fIchanges\fP reflect the changes made to the widget. The callbacks 
+are called after changes have been made to the widget.
+.LP
+The XtNgeometryHook callback list is called from 
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+and
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest
+once before and once after geometry negotiation occurs.
+.LP
+The \fIcall_data\fP parameter may be cast to type
+.PN XtGeometryHookData .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGeometryHookData" "" "@DFEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String type;
+	Widget widget;
+	XtWidgetGeometry* request;
+	XtWidgetGeometry* reply;
+	XtGeometryResult result;
+} XtGeometryHookDataRec, *XtGeometryHookData;
+.De
+.eM
+.sp
+.LP
+When the geometryHook callbacks are called prior to geometry negotiation, 
+the \fItype\fP is
+.PN XtHpreGeometry ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget for which the request is being made, and
+\fIrequest\fP is the requested geometry.
+When the geometryHook callbacks 
+are called after geometry negotiation, the \fItype\fP is
+.PN XtHpostGeometry ,
+\fIwidget\fP is the widget for which the request was made, \fIrequest\fP
+is the requested geometry, \fIreply\fP is the resulting geometry granted, 
+and \fIresult\fP is the value returned from the geometry negotiation.
+.LP
+The XtNdestroyHook callback list is called when a widget is destroyed.
+The \fIcall_data parameter\fP may be cast to type
+.PN XtDestroyHookData .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDestroyHookData" "" "@DFEF@"
+.sp
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	String type;
+	Widget widget;
+} XtDestroyHookDataRec, *XtDestroyHookData;
+.De
+.eM
+.sp
+.LP
+When the destroyHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+.PN XtDestroyWidget ,
+the \fItype\fP is
+.PN XtHdestroy
+and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being destroyed. The callbacks are
+called upon completion of phase one destroy for a widget.
+.LP
+The XtNshells and XtnumShells are read-only resources that report a
+list of all parentless shell widgets associated with a display.
+.LP
+Clients who use these hooks must exercise caution in calling \*(xI
+functions in order to avoid recursion.
+
+.NH 3
+Querying Open Displays
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Querying Open Displays\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+To retrieve a list of the Displays associated with an application context,
+use
+.PN XtGetDisplays .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetDisplays" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetDisplays(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdpy_return\fP, \fInum_dpy_return\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      Display ***\fIdpy_return\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_dpy_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIdpy_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns a list of open Display connections in the specified application
+context.
+.IP \fInum_dpy_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the count of open Display connections in \fIdpy_return\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+\fBXtGetDisplays\fP may be used by an external agent to query the
+list of open displays that belong to an application context. To free 
+the list of displays, use
+.PN XtFree .
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH12 b/libXt/specs/CH12
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34e8ec77e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH12
@@ -0,0 +1,1067 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH12,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:47 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 12\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBNonwidget Objects\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 12
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 12 \(em Nonwidget Objects
+.XE
+.LP
+Although widget writers are free to treat
+Core
+as the base class of
+the widget hierarchy, there are actually three classes above it.
+These classes are
+Object,
+RectObj
+(Rectangle Object), and (\fIunnamed\fP),
+and members of these classes
+are referred to generically as \fIobjects\fP.  By convention, the term
+\fIwidget\fP refers only to objects that are a subclass of
+Core,
+and the term \fInonwidget\fP refers to objects that are not a subclass of
+Core.
+In the preceding portion of this specification, the interface
+descriptions indicate explicitly whether the generic \fIwidget\fP argument
+is restricted to particular subclasses of Object.  Sections 12.2.5,
+12.3.5, and 12.5 summarize the permissible classes of the arguments to, and
+return values from, each of the \*(xI routines.
+
+.NH 2
+Data Structures
+.XS
+\*(SN Data Structures
+.XE
+.LP
+In order not to conflict with previous widget code, the data
+structures used by nonwidget objects do not follow all the same
+conventions as those for widgets.  In particular, the class records
+are not composed of parts but instead are complete data structures
+with filler for the widget fields they do not use.  This
+allows the static class initializers for existing widgets to remain
+unchanged.
+
+.NH 2
+Object Objects
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Object Objects\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+.IN "Object" "" "@DEF@"
+The
+Object
+object contains the definitions of fields common to all
+objects.  It encapsulates the mechanisms for resource management.
+All objects and widgets are members of subclasses of
+Object,
+which is defined by the
+.PN ObjectClassPart
+and
+.PN ObjectPart
+structures.
+
+.NH 3
+ObjectClassPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN ObjectClassPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+The common fields for all object classes are defined in the
+.PN ObjectClassPart
+structure.  All fields have the same purpose,
+function, and restrictions as the corresponding fields in
+.PN CoreClassPart ;
+fields whose
+names are obj\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP for some integer \s+1\fIn\fP\s-1 are not
+used for Object,
+but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches Core's class
+record.  The class record initialization must fill all
+obj\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type.
+.LP
+.IN "ObjectClassPart" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _ObjectClassPart {
+	WidgetClass superclass;
+	String class_name;
+	Cardinal widget_size;
+	XtProc class_initialize;
+	XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
+	XtEnum class_inited;
+	XtInitProc initialize;
+	XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
+	XtProc obj1;
+	XtPointer obj2;
+	Cardinal obj3;
+	XtResourceList resources;
+	Cardinal num_resources;
+	XrmClass xrm_class;
+	Boolean obj4;
+	XtEnum obj5;
+	Boolean obj6;
+	Boolean obj7;
+	XtWidgetProc destroy;
+	XtProc obj8;
+	XtProc obj9;
+	XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
+	XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
+	XtProc obj10;
+	XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
+	XtProc obj11;
+	XtVersionType version;
+	XtPointer callback_private;
+	String obj12;
+	XtProc obj13;
+	XtProc obj14;
+	XtPointer extension;
+} ObjectClassPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The extension record defined for
+.PN ObjectClassPart
+with a \fIrecord_type\fP equal to 
+.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1
+is
+.PN ObjectClassExtensionRec .
+.LP
+.IN "ObjectClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+	XtPointer next_extension;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XrmQuark record_type;	See Section 1.6.12
+	long version;	See Section 1.6.12
+	Cardinal record_size;	See Section 1.6.12
+	XtAllocateProc allocate;	See Section 2.5.5.
+	XtDeallocateProc deallocate;	See Section 2.8.4.
+} ObjectClassExtensionRec, *ObjectClassExtension;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The prototypical
+.PN ObjectClass
+consists of just the
+.PN ObjectClassPart .
+.LP
+.IN "ObjectClassRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "ObjectClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "objectClass" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _ObjectClassRec {
+	ObjectClassPart object_class;
+} ObjectClassRec, *ObjectClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The predefined class record and pointer for
+.PN ObjectClassRec
+are
+.LP
+In
+.PN IntrinsicP.h :
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+extern ObjectClassRec objectClassRec;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+extern WidgetClass objectClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The opaque types
+.PN Object
+and
+.PN ObjectClass
+and the opaque variable
+.PN objectClass
+are defined for generic actions on objects.
+The symbolic constant for the
+.PN ObjectClassExtension
+version identifier is
+.PN XtObjectExtensionVersion
+(see Section 1.6.12).
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data:
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef struct _ObjectClassRec* ObjectClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+
+.NH 3
+ObjectPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN ObjectPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+The common fields for all object instances are defined in the
+.PN ObjectPart
+structure.  All fields have the same meaning as the
+corresponding fields in
+.PN CorePart .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.IN "ObjectPart" "" "@DEF@"
+typedef struct _ObjectPart {
+	Widget self;
+	WidgetClass widget_class;
+	Widget parent;
+	Boolean being_destroyed;
+	XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
+	XtPointer constraints;
+} ObjectPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+All object instances have the
+Object
+fields as their first component.  The prototypical type
+.PN Object
+is defined with only this set of fields.
+Various routines can cast object pointers, as needed, to specific
+object types.
+.LP
+In
+.PN IntrinsicP.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct _ObjectRec {
+	ObjectPart object;
+} ObjectRec, *Object;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+.IN "ObjectRec" "" "@DEF@"
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef struct _ObjectRec *Object;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+
+.NH 3
+Object Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Object Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the
+.PN objectClassRec
+resource list are:
+.LP
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNdestroyCallback	XtCCallback	XtRCallback
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.NH 3
+ObjectPart Default Values
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN ObjectPart Default Values\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All fields in
+.PN ObjectPart
+have the same default values as the corresponding fields in
+.PN CorePart .
+
+.NH 3
+Object Arguments to \*(xI Routines
+.XS
+\*(SN Object Arguments to \*(xI Routines
+.XE
+.LP
+The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be
+.PN objectClass
+or any subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass ,
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtIsSubclass ,
+.PN XtCheckSubclass
+.IP
+.PN XtGetResourceList ,
+.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+.sp
+.LP
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class
+Object
+or any subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtAddCallback ,
+.PN XtAddCallbacks ,
+.PN XtRemoveCallback ,
+.PN XtRemoveCallbacks ,
+.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks ,
+.PN XtCallCallbacks ,
+.PN XtHasCallbacks ,
+.PN XtCallCallbackList
+.IP
+.PN XtClass ,
+.PN XtSuperclass ,
+.PN XtIsSubclass ,
+.PN XtCheckSubclass ,
+.PN XtIsObject ,
+.PN XtIsRectObj ,
+.PN XtIsWidget ,
+.PN XtIsComposite ,
+.PN XtIsConstraint ,
+.PN XtIsShell ,
+.PN XtIsOverrideShell ,
+.PN XtIsWMShell ,
+.PN XtIsVendorShell ,
+.PN XtIsTransientShell ,
+.PN XtIsToplevelShell ,
+.PN XtIsApplicationShell ,
+.PN XtIsSessionShell
+.IP
+.PN XtIsManaged ,
+.PN XtIsSensitive
+.br
+(both will return
+.PN False
+if argument is not a subclass of
+RectObj)
+.IP
+.PN XtIsRealized
+.br
+(returns the state of the nearest windowed ancestor
+if class of argument is not a subclass of
+Core)
+.IP
+.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext
+.IP    
+.PN XtDestroyWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtParent ,
+.PN XtDisplayOfObject ,
+.PN XtScreenOfObject ,
+.PN XtWindowOfObject
+.IP
+.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus
+(descendant)
+.IP
+.PN XtGetGC ,
+.PN XtReleaseGC
+.IP
+.PN XtName
+.IP
+.PN XtSetValues ,
+.PN XtGetValues ,
+.PN XtVaSetValues ,
+.PN XtVaGetValues
+.IP
+.PN XtGetSubresources ,
+.PN XtGetApplicationResources ,
+.PN XtVaGetSubresources ,
+.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources
+.IP
+.PN XtConvert ,
+.PN XtConvertAndStore
+.sp
+.LP
+The return value of the following procedures will be of class
+Object
+or a subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreateWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtParent
+.IP
+.PN XtNameToWidget
+.sp
+.LP
+The return value of the following procedures will be
+.PN objectClass
+or a subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtClass ,
+.PN XtSuperclass
+
+.NH 3
+Use of Objects
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Use of Objects\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The
+Object
+class exists to enable programmers to use the \*(xI'
+classing and resource-handling mechanisms for things smaller
+and simpler than widgets.
+Objects make obsolete many common uses of subresources as described in
+Sections 9.4, 9.7.2.4, and 9.7.2.5.
+.LP
+Composite
+widget classes that wish to accept nonwidget children must
+set the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in the
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+structure to
+.PN True .
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+will otherwise generate an error message on an attempt to create a
+nonwidget child.
+.LP
+Of the classes defined by the \*(xI,
+ApplicationShell 
+and
+SessionShell
+accept nonwidget children, and the class of any nonwidget child
+must not be
+.PN rectObjClass
+or any subclass.  The intent of allowing
+Object
+children of
+ApplicationShell
+and
+SessionShell
+is to provide clients a simple mechanism
+for establishing the resource-naming root of an object hierarchy.
+
+.NH 2
+Rectangle Objects
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Rectangle Objects\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The class of rectangle objects is a subclass of
+Object
+that represents
+rectangular areas.  It encapsulates the mechanisms for geometry
+management and is called RectObj
+.IN "RectObj" "" "@DEF@"
+to avoid conflict with the Xlib
+.PN Rectangle
+data type.
+
+.NH 3
+RectObjClassPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN RectObjClassPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+As with the
+.PN ObjectClassPart
+structure, all fields in the
+.PN RectObjClassPart
+structure have the same
+purpose and function as the corresponding fields in
+.PN CoreClassPart ;
+fields whose names are rect\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP for some integer
+\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP are not used for
+RectObj, but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches
+Core's
+class record.  The class record initialization must fill all
+rect\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.IN "RectObjClassPart" "" "@DEF@"
+typedef struct _RectObjClassPart {
+	WidgetClass superclass;
+	String class_name;
+	Cardinal widget_size;
+	XtProc class_initialize;
+	XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
+	XtEnum class_inited;
+	XtInitProc initialize;
+	XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
+	XtProc rect1;
+	XtPointer rect2;
+	Cardinal rect3;
+	XtResourceList resources;
+	Cardinal num_resources;
+	XrmClass xrm_class;
+	Boolean rect4;
+	XtEnum rect5;
+	Boolean rect6;
+	Boolean rect7;
+	XtWidgetProc destroy;
+	XtWidgetProc resize;
+	XtExposeProc expose;
+	XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
+	XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
+	XtAlmostProc set_values_almost;
+	XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
+	XtProc rect9;
+	XtVersionType version;
+	XtPointer callback_private;
+	String rect10;
+	XtGeometryHandler query_geometry;
+	XtProc rect11;
+	XtPointer extension ;
+} RectObjClassPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+RectObj
+class record consists of just the
+.PN RectObjClassPart .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.IN "RectObjClassRec" "" "@DEF@"
+.IN "RectObjClass" "" "@DEF@"
+typedef struct _RectObjClassRec {
+	RectObjClassPart rect_class;
+} RectObjClassRec, *RectObjClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The predefined class record and pointer for
+.PN RectObjClassRec
+are
+.LP
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+extern RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+extern WidgetClass rectObjClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+The opaque types
+.PN RectObj
+and
+.PN RectObjClass
+and the opaque variable
+.PN rectObjClass
+are defined for generic actions on objects
+whose class is RectObj or a subclass of
+RectObj.
+.PN Intrinsic.h
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the compiler
+catches attempts to access private data:
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef struct _RectObjClassRec* RectObjClass;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+
+.NH 3
+RectObjPart Structure
+.XS
+\*(SN RectObjPart Structure
+.XE
+.LP
+In addition to the
+.PN ObjectPart
+fields,
+RectObj
+objects have the following fields defined in the
+.PN RectObjPart
+structure.  All fields have the same meaning as the corresponding field in
+.PN CorePart .
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.IN "RectObjPart" "" "@DEF@"
+typedef struct _RectObjPart {
+	Position x, y;
+	Dimension width, height;
+	Dimension border_width;
+	Boolean managed;
+	Boolean sensitive;
+	Boolean ancestor_sensitive;
+} RectObjPart;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+RectObj
+objects have the RectObj fields immediately following the Object fields.
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.IN "RectObjRec" "" "@DEF@"
+typedef struct _RectObjRec {
+	ObjectPart object;
+	RectObjPart rectangle;
+} RectObjRec, *RectObj;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+In
+.PN Intrinsic.h :
+.LP
+.sM
+.Ds 0
+typedef struct _RectObjRec* RectObj;
+.De
+.LP
+.eM
+
+.NH 3
+RectObj Resources
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN RectObj Resources\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+.PN rectObjClassRec
+resource list are:
+.TS
+lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Class	Representation
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNancestorSensitive	XtCSensitive	XtRBoolean
+XtNborderWidth	XtCBorderWidth	XtRDimension
+XtNheight	XtCHeight	XtRDimension
+XtNsensitive	XtCSensitive	XtRBoolean
+XtNwidth	XtCWidth	XtRDimension
+XtNx	XtCPosition	XtRPosition
+XtNy	XtCPosition	XtRPosition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+
+.NH 3
+RectObjPart Default Values
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN RectObjPart Default Values\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All fields in
+.PN RectObjPart
+have the same default values as the corresponding fields in
+.PN CorePart .
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be
+.PN rectObjClass
+or any subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget
+.sp
+.LP
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class
+RectObj
+or any subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtConfigureWidget ,
+.PN XtMoveWidget ,
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest ,
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest
+.IP
+.PN XtManageChildren ,
+.PN XtManageChild ,
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren ,
+.PN XtUnmanageChild ,
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet
+.IP
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+.IP
+.PN XtSetSensitive
+.IP
+.PN XtTranslateCoords
+.sp
+.LP
+The return value of the following procedures will be of class
+RectObj
+or a subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget
+
+.NH 3
+Use of Rectangle Objects
+.XS
+\*(SN Use of Rectangle Objects
+.XE
+.LP
+RectObj
+can be subclassed to provide widgetlike objects (sometimes
+called gadgets) that do not use windows and do not have those
+features that are seldom used in simple widgets.  This can save memory
+resources both in the server and in applications
+but requires additional support code in the parent.
+In the following
+discussion, \fIrectobj\fP refers only to objects
+whose class is RectObj or a subclass of
+RectObj,
+but not Core or a subclass of
+Core. 
+.LP
+Composite
+widget classes that wish to accept rectobj children must set
+the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in the
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+extension structure to
+.PN True .
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+or
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget
+will otherwise generate an error if called to create a nonwidget child.
+If the composite widget supports only children of class
+RectObj
+or a subclass (i.e., not of the general Object class), it
+must declare an insert_child procedure and check the subclass of each
+new child in that procedure.  None of the classes defined by the
+\*(xI accept rectobj children.
+.LP
+If gadgets are defined in an object set, the parent is responsible for
+much more than the parent of a widget.  The parent must request and handle
+input events that occur for the gadget and is responsible for making
+sure that when it receives an exposure event the gadget children get
+drawn correctly.
+Rectobj children may
+have expose procedures
+specified in their class records, but the parent is free to
+ignore them, instead drawing the contents of the child itself.  This
+can potentially save graphics context switching.  The precise contents
+of the exposure event and region arguments to the RectObj expose
+procedure are not specified by the \*(xI; a particular rectangle object is
+free to define the coordinate system origin (self-relative or
+parent-relative) and whether or not the rectangle or region is assumed to
+have been intersected with the visible region of the object.
+.LP
+In general, it is expected that a composite widget that accepts
+nonwidget children will document those children it is able to handle,
+since a gadget cannot be viewed as a completely self-contained entity,
+as can a widget.  Since a particular composite widget class is usually
+designed to handle nonwidget children of only a limited set of classes, it should
+check the classes of newly added children in its insert_child
+procedure to make sure that it can deal with them.
+.LP
+The \*(xI will clear areas of a parent window obscured by
+rectobj children, causing exposure events, under the following
+circumstances:
+.IP \(bu 5
+A rectobj child is managed or unmanaged.
+.IP \(bu 5
+In a call to
+.PN XtSetValues
+on a rectobj child, one or more of the set_values procedures returns
+.PN True .
+.IP \(bu 5
+In a call to
+.PN XtConfigureWidget
+on a rectobj child, areas will
+be cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child
+geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes.
+.IP \(bu 5
+In a call to
+.PN XtMoveWidget
+on a rectobj child, areas will be
+cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child
+geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes.
+.IP \(bu 5
+In a call to
+.PN XtResizeWidget
+on a rectobj child, a single
+rectangle will be cleared corresponding to the larger of the
+old and the new child geometries if they are different.
+.IP \(bu 5
+In a call to
+.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+(or
+.PN XtMakeResizeRequest )
+on a rectobj child with
+.PN XtQueryOnly
+not set, if the manager returns
+.PN XtGeometryYes ,
+two rectangles will be cleared corresponding to both the old and
+the new child geometries.
+.LP
+Stacking order is not supported for rectobj children.  Composite widgets with
+rectobj children are free to define any semantics desired if the child
+geometries overlap, including making this an error.
+.LP
+When a rectobj is playing the role of a widget, developers must be
+reminded to avoid making assumptions about the object passed in the
+Widget argument to a callback procedure.
+
+.NH 2
+Undeclared Class
+.XS
+\*(SN Undeclared Class
+.XE
+.LP
+The \*(xI define an unnamed class between
+RectObj
+and
+Core
+for possible future use by the X Consortium. The only assumptions that
+may be made about the unnamed class are
+.IP \(bu 5
+The \fIcore_class.superclass\fP field of
+.PN coreWidgetClassRec
+contains a pointer to the unnamed class record.
+.IP \(bu 5
+A pointer to the unnamed class record when dereferenced as an
+.PN ObjectClass
+will contain a pointer to
+.PN rectObjClassRec
+in its \fIobject_class.superclass\fP field.
+.LP
+Except for the above, the contents of the class record for this class
+and the result of an attempt to subclass or to create a widget of this
+unnamed class are undefined.
+
+.NH 2
+Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines
+.XE
+.LP
+The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures must be of class
+Shell
+or a subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell ,
+.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell ,
+.PN XtAppCreateShell ,
+.PN XtVaAppCreateShell ,
+.PN XtOpenApplication ,
+.PN XtVaOpenApplication
+.sp
+.LP
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class
+Core
+or any subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell ,
+.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell
+.IP
+.PN XtAddEventHandler ,
+.PN XtAddRawEventHandler ,
+.PN XtRemoveEventHandler ,
+.br
+.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler ,
+.PN XtInsertEventHandler ,
+.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+.br
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler ,
+.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler ,
+.IP
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtAddGrab ,
+.PN XtRemoveGrab ,
+.PN XtGrabKey ,
+.PN XtGrabKeyboard ,
+.PN XtUngrabKey ,
+.PN XtUngrabKeyboard ,
+.PN XtGrabButton ,
+.PN XtGrabPointer ,
+.PN XtUngrabButton ,
+.br
+.PN XtUngrabPointer
+.IP
+.PN XtBuildEventMask
+.IP
+.PN XtCreateWindow ,
+.PN XtDisplay ,
+.PN XtScreen ,
+.PN XtWindow
+.IP
+.PN XtNameToWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtGetSelectionValue ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValues ,
+.PN XtOwnSelection ,
+.PN XtDisownSelection ,
+.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental ,
+.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental ,
+.br
+.PN XtGetSelectionRequest
+.IP
+.PN XtInstallAccelerators ,
+.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators
+(both destination and source)
+.IP
+.PN XtAugmentTranslations ,
+.PN XtOverrideTranslations ,
+.PN XtUninstallTranslations ,
+.br
+.PN XtCallActionProc
+.IP
+.PN XtMapWidget ,
+.PN XtUnmapWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtRealizeWidget ,
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget
+.IP
+.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+.IP
+.PN XtCallAcceptFocus ,
+.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus
+(subtree)
+.IP
+.PN XtResizeWindow
+.IP
+.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+.sp
+.LP
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class
+Composite
+or any subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtCreateManagedWidget ,
+.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget
+.sp
+.LP
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of a subclass of
+Shell:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtPopdown ,
+.PN XtCallbackPopdown ,
+.PN XtPopup ,
+.PN XtCallbackNone ,
+.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+.PN XtCallbackExclusive ,
+.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded
+.sp
+.LP
+The return value of the following procedure will be of class
+Core
+or a subclass:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtWindowToWidget
+.sp
+.LP
+The return value of the following procedures will be of a subclass of
+Shell:
+.sp
+.IP
+.PN XtAppCreateShell ,
+.PN XtVaAppCreateShell ,
+.PN XtAppInitialize ,
+.PN XtVaAppInitialize ,
+.PN XtCreatePopupShell ,
+.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH13 b/libXt/specs/CH13
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c944a615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/CH13
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+.\" $Xorg: CH13,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:47 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBChapter 13\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBEvolution of the \*(xI\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.nr H1 13
+.nr H2 0
+.nr H3 0
+.nr H4 0
+.nr H5 0
+.LP
+.XS
+Chapter 13 \(em Evolution of the \*(xI
+.XE
+.LP
+The interfaces described by this specification have undergone several
+sets of revisions in the course of adoption as an X Consortium
+standard specification.  Having now been adopted by the Consortium as
+a standard part of the X Window System, it is expected that this and
+future revisions will retain
+backward compatibility in the sense that fully conforming
+implementations of these specifications may be produced that provide
+source compatibility with widgets and applications written to
+previous Consortium standard revisions.
+.LP
+The \*(xI do not place any special requirement on widget
+programmers to retain source or binary compatibility for their widgets
+as they evolve, but several conventions have been established to
+assist those developers who want to provide such compatibility.
+.LP
+In particular, widget programmers may wish to conform to the convention
+described in Section 1.6.12 when defining class extension records.
+
+.NH 2
+Determining Specification Revision Level
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Determining Specification Revision Level\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+Widget and application developers who wish to maintain a common source
+pool that will build properly with implementations of the \*(xI
+at different revision levels of these specifications but that take
+advantage of newer features added in later revisions may use the
+symbolic macro
+.PN XtSpecificationRelease .
+.LP
+.Ds 0
+#define XtSpecificationRelease 6
+.De
+.IN "XtSpecificationRelease" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+As the symbol
+.PN XtSpecificationRelease
+was new to Release 4, widgets and
+applications desiring to build against earlier implementations should
+test for the presence of this symbol and assume only Release 3
+interfaces if the definition is not present.
+
+.NH 2
+Release 3 to Release 4 Compatibility
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Release 3 to Release 4 Compatibility\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+At the data structure level, Release 4 retains binary compatibility
+with Release 3 (the first X Consortium standard release) for all data
+structures except
+.PN WMShellPart, 
+.PN TopLevelShellPart ,
+and
+.PN TransientShellPart .
+Release 4 changed the argument type to most procedures that now take
+arguments of type
+.PN XtPointer
+and structure members that are now of type
+.PN XtPointer
+in order to avoid potential ANSI C conformance problems.  It is
+expected that most implementations will be binary compatible with the
+previous definition.
+.LP
+Two fields in
+.PN CoreClassPart
+were changed from
+.PN Boolean
+to
+.PN XtEnum
+to allow implementations additional freedom in specifying the
+representations of each.  This change should require no source
+modification.
+
+.NH 3
+Additional Arguments
+.XS
+\*(SN Additional Arguments
+.XE
+.LP
+Arguments were added to the procedure definitions for
+.PN XtInitProc ,
+.PN XtSetValuesFunc ,
+and
+.PN XtEventHandler
+to provide more information and to
+allow event handlers to abort further dispatching of the current event
+(caution is advised!).  The added arguments to
+.PN XtInitProc
+and
+.PN XtSetValuesFunc
+make the initialize_hook and set_values_hook methods
+obsolete, but the hooks have been retained for those widgets that used
+them in Release 3.
+
+.NH 3
+set_values_almost Procedures
+.XS
+\*(SN set_values_almost Procedures
+.XE
+.LP
+The use of the arguments by a set_values_almost procedure was poorly
+described in Release 3 and was inconsistent with other conventions.
+.LP
+The current specification for the manner in which a set_values_almost
+procedure returns information to the \*(xI is not compatible with
+the Release 3 specification, and all widget implementations should
+verify that any set_values_almost procedures conform to the current
+interface.
+.LP
+No known implementation of the \*(xI correctly implemented the
+Release 3 interface, so it is expected that the impact of this
+specification change is small.
+
+.NH 3
+Query Geometry
+.XS
+\*(SN Query Geometry
+.XE
+.LP
+A composite widget layout routine that calls
+.PN XtQueryGeometry
+is now expected to store the complete new geometry in the intended structure;
+previously the specification said ``store the changes it intends to
+make''.  Only by storing the complete geometry does the child have
+any way to know what other parts of the geometry may still be
+flexible.  Existing widgets should not be affected by this, except
+to take advantage of the new information.
+
+.NH 3
+unrealizeCallback Callback List
+.XS
+\*(SN unrealizeCallback Callback List
+.XE
+.LP
+In order to provide a mechanism for widgets to be notified when they
+become unrealized through a call to
+.PN XtUnrealizeWidget ,
+the callback
+list name ``unrealizeCallback'' has been defined by the \*(xI.  A
+widget class that requires notification on unrealize may declare a
+callback list resource by this name.  No class is required to declare
+this resource, but any class that did so in a prior revision may find
+it necessary to modify the resource name if it does not wish to use the new
+semantics.
+
+.NH 3
+Subclasses of WMShell
+.XS
+\*(SN Subclasses of WMShell
+.XE
+.LP
+The formal adoption of the \fI\*(xC\fP as
+an X Consortium standard has meant the addition of four fields to
+.PN WMShellPart
+and one field to
+.PN TopLevelShellPart .
+In deference to some
+widget libraries that had developed their own additional conventions
+to provide binary compatibility, these five new fields were added at
+the end of the respective data structures. 
+.LP
+To provide more convenience for TransientShells, a field was added
+to the previously empty
+.PN TransientShellPart .
+On some architectures the size of the part structure will not
+have changed as a result of this.
+.LP
+Any widget implementation whose class is a subclass of
+TopLevelShell
+or
+TransientShell
+must at minimum be
+recompiled with the new data structure declarations.  Because
+.PN WMShellPart
+no longer contains a contiguous
+.PN XSizeHints
+data structure,
+a subclass that expected to do a single structure assignment of an
+.PN XSizeHints
+structure to the \fIsize_hints\fP field of
+.PN WMShellPart
+must be revised, though the old fields remain at the same positions within
+.PN WMShellPart .
+
+.NH 3
+Resource Type Converters
+.XS
+\*(SN Resource Type Converters
+.XE
+.LP
+A new interface declaration for resource type converters was defined
+to provide more information to converters, to support conversion
+cache cleanup with resource reference counting, and to allow
+additional procedures to be declared to free resources.  The old
+interfaces remain (in the compatibility section), and a new set of
+procedures was defined that work only with the new type converter
+interface.
+.LP
+In the now obsolete old type converter interface, converters are
+reminded that they must return the size of the converted value as well
+as its address.  The example indicated this, but the description of
+.PN XtConverter
+was incomplete.
+
+.NH 3
+KeySym Case Conversion Procedure
+.XS
+\*(SN KeySym Case Conversion Procedure
+.XE
+.LP
+The specification for the
+.PN XtCaseProc
+function type has been changed
+to match the Release 3 implementation, which included necessary
+additional information required by the function (a pointer to the
+display connection), and corrects the argument type of the source
+KeySym parameter.  No known implementation of the \*(xI
+implemented the previously documented interface.
+
+.NH 3
+Nonwidget Objects
+.XS
+\*(SN Nonwidget Objects
+.XE
+.LP
+Formal support for nonwidget objects is new to Release 4.  A
+prototype implementation was latent in at least one Release 3
+implementation of the \*(xI, but the specification has changed
+somewhat.  The most significant change is the requirement for a
+composite widget to declare the
+.PN CompositeClassExtension
+record with the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field set to
+.PN True
+in order to permit a client to create a nonwidget child.
+.LP
+The addition of this extension field ensures that composite widgets
+written under Release 3 will not encounter unexpected errors if an
+application attempts to create a nonwidget child.  In Release 4 there
+is no requirement that all composite widgets implement the extra
+functionality required to manage windowless children, so the
+\fIaccepts_objects\fP field allows a composite widget to declare that it
+is not prepared to do so.
+
+.NH 2
+Release 4 to Release 5 Compatibility
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Release 4 to Release 5 Compatibility\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+At the data structure level, Release 5 retains complete binary
+compatibility with Release 4.  The specification of the
+.PN ObjectPart ,
+.PN RectObjPart ,
+.PN CorePart ,
+.PN CompositePart ,
+.PN ShellPart ,
+.PN WMShellPart ,
+.PN TopLevelShellPart ,
+and
+.PN ApplicationShellPart
+instance records was made less strict to permit implementations to
+add internal fields to these structures.  Any implementation that
+chooses to do so would, of course, force a recompilation.
+The Xlib specification for
+.PN XrmValue
+and
+.PN XrmOptionDescRec
+was updated to use a new type,
+.PN XPointer ,
+for the \fIaddr\fP and \fIvalue\fP fields, respectively, to avoid
+ANSI C conformance problems.  The definition of
+.PN XPointer
+is binary compatible with the previous implementation.
+
+.NH 3
+baseTranslations Resource
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN baseTranslations Resource\fP
+.XE
+
+.LP
+A new pseudo-resource, XtNbaseTranslations, was defined to permit
+application developers to specify translation tables in application
+defaults files while still giving end users the ability to augment
+or override individual event sequences.  This change will affect
+only those applications that wish to take advantage of the new
+functionality or those widgets that may have previously defined
+a resource named ``baseTranslations''.
+.LP
+Applications wishing to take advantage of the new functionality
+would change their application defaults file, e.g., from
+.Ds
+	app.widget.translations: \fIvalue\fP
+.DE
+to
+.Ds
+	app.widget.baseTranslations: \fIvalue\fP
+.DE
+If it is important to the application to preserve complete
+compatibility of the defaults file between different versions
+of the application running under Release 4 and Release 5,
+the full translations can be replicated in both the ``translations''
+and the ``baseTranslations'' resource.
+
+.NH 3
+Resource File Search Path
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Resource File Search Path\fP
+.XE
+
+.LP
+The current specification allows implementations greater flexibility
+in defining the directory structure used to hold the application class
+and per-user application defaults files.  Previous specifications
+required the substitution strings to appear in the default path in a
+certain order, preventing sites from collecting all the files for
+a specific application together in one directory.  The Release 5
+specification allows the default path to specify the substitution
+strings in any order within a single path entry.  Users will need to
+pay close attention to the documentation for the specific
+implementation to know where to find these files and how to specify
+their own
+.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+and
+.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+values when overriding the system defaults.
+
+.NH 3
+Customization Resource
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Customization Resource\fP
+.XE
+
+.LP
+.PN XtResolvePathname
+supports a new substitution string, %C, for specifying separate
+application class resource files according to arbitrary user-specified
+categories.  The primary motivation for this addition was separate
+monochrome and color application class defaults files.  The
+substitution value is obtained by querying the current resource
+database for the application resource name ``customization'', class
+``Customization''.  Any application that previously used this
+resource name and class will need to be aware of the possibly
+conflicting semantics.
+
+.NH 3
+Per-Screen Resource Database
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Per-Screen Resource Database\fP
+.XE
+
+.LP
+To allow a user to specify separate preferences for each screen of a
+display, a per-screen resource specification string has been added and
+multiple resource databases are created; one for each screen.  This
+will affect any application that modified the (formerly unique)
+resource database associated with the display subsequent to the \*(xI
+database initialization.  Such applications will need to be aware
+of the particular screen on which each shell widget is to be created.
+.LP
+Although the wording of the specification changed substantially in the
+description of the process by which the resource database(s) is
+initialized, the net effect is the same as in prior releases with the
+exception of the added per-screen resource specification and the new
+customization substitution string in
+.PN XtResolvePathname .
+
+.NH 3
+Internationalization of Applications
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Internationalization of Applications\fP
+.XE
+
+.LP
+Internationalization as defined by ANSI is a technology that
+allows support of an application in a single locale.  In
+adding support for internationalization to the \*(xI
+the restrictions of this model have been followed.
+In particular, the new \*(xI interfaces are designed not to
+preclude an application from using other alternatives.
+For this reason, no \*(xI routine makes a call to establish the
+locale.   However, a convenience routine to establish the
+locale at initialize time has been provided, in the form
+of a default procedure that must be explicitly installed
+if the application desires ANSI C locale behavior.
+.LP
+As many objects in X, particularly resource databases, now inherit
+the global locale when they are created, applications wishing to use
+the ANSI C locale model should use the new function
+.PN XtSetLanguageProc
+to do so.
+.LP
+The internationalization additions also define event filters
+as a part of the Xlib Input Method specifications.  The
+\*(xI enable the use of event filters through additions to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent .
+Applications that may not be dispatching all events through
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+should be reviewed in the context of this new input method mechanism.
+.LP
+In order to permit internationalization of error messages, the name
+and path of the error database file are now allowed to be
+implementation-dependent.
+No adequate standard mechanism has yet been suggested to
+allow the \*(xI to locate the database from localization information
+supplied by the client.
+.LP
+The previous specification for the syntax of the language string
+specified by
+.PN xnlLanguage
+has been dropped to avoid potential conflicts with other standards.
+The language string syntax is now implementation-defined.
+The example syntax cited is consistent with the previous
+specification.
+
+.NH 3
+Permanently Allocated Strings
+.XS
+\*(SN Permanently Allocated Strings
+.XE
+
+.LP
+In order to permit additional memory savings, an Xlib interface was
+added to allow the resource manager to avoid copying certain string
+constants.  The \*(xI specification was updated to explicitly require
+the Object \fIclass_name\fP, \fIresource_name\fP, \fIresource_class\fP,
+\fIresource_type\fP, \fIdefault_type\fP in resource tables, Core \fIactions\fP
+\fIstring\fP field, and Constraint \fIresource_name\fP, \fIresource_class\fP,
+\fIresource_type\fP, and \fIdefault_type\fP resource fields to be
+permanently allocated.  This explicit requirement is expected to
+affect only applications that may create and destroy classes
+on the fly.
+
+.NH 3
+Arguments to Existing Functions
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Arguments to Existing Functions\fP
+.XE
+
+.LP
+The \fIargs\fP argument to
+.PN XtAppInitialize ,
+.PN XtVaAppInitialize ,
+.PN XtOpenDisplay ,
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+and
+.PN XtInitialize
+were changed from
+.PN Cardinal *
+to int* to conform to pre-existing convention and avoid otherwise
+annoying typecasting in ANSI C environments.
+
+.NH 2
+Release 5 to Release 6 Compatibility
+.XS
+\fB\*(SN Release 5 to Release 6 Compatibility\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+At the data structure level, Release 6 retains binary compatibility
+with Release 5 for all data structures except 
+.PN WMShellPart .
+Three resources were added to the specification.  
+The known implementations had unused space in the data structure,
+therefore on some architectures and implementations,
+the size of the part structure will not have changed as a result of this.
+
+.NH 3
+Widget Internals
+.XS
+\*(SN Widget Internals
+.XE
+.LP
+Two new widget methods for instance allocation and deallocation were added
+to the Object class.  These new methods 
+allow widgets to be treated as C++ objects in the C++ environment
+when an appropriate allocation method is specified or inherited 
+by the widget class.
+.LP
+The textual descriptions of the processes of widget creation and
+widget destruction have been edited to provide clarification to widget
+writers.  Widgets writers may have reason to rely on the specific order of 
+the stages of widget creation and destruction; with that motivation,
+the specification now more exactly describes the process.
+.LP
+As a convenience, an interface to locate a widget class extension
+record on a linked list, 
+.PN XtGetClassExtension ,
+has been added.
+.LP
+A new option to allow bundled changes to the managed set of a Composite
+widget is introduced in the Composite class extension record.
+Widgets that define a change_managed procedure that can accommodate
+additions and deletions to the managed set of children in a single
+invocation should set allows_change_managed_set to \fBTrue\fP in the
+extension record.
+.LP
+The wording of the process followed by
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+has changed slightly to better handle changes to the managed set
+during phase 2 destroy processing.
+.LP
+A new exposure event compression flag,
+.PN XtExposeNoRegion ,
+was added.  Many widgets specify exposure compression, but either
+ignore the actual damage region passed to the core expose procedure or
+use only the cumulative bounding box data available in the event.
+Widgets with expose procedures that do not make use of exact
+exposure region information can indicate that the \*(xI need not
+compute the region.
+
+.NH 3
+General Application Development
+.XS
+\*(SN General Application Development
+.XE
+.LP
+.PN XtOpenApplication
+is a new convenience procedure to initialize the toolkit, create an
+application context, open an X display connection, and create the
+root of the widget instance tree.  It is identical to the interface
+it replaces, 
+.PN XtAppInitialize ,
+in all respects except that it takes an additional argument specifying
+the widget class of the root shell to create.
+This interface is now the recommended one so that clients may easily
+become session participants.
+The old convenience procedures appear in the compatibility section.
+.LP
+The toolkit initialization function
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize
+may be called multiple times without penalty.
+.LP
+In order to optimize changes in geometry to a set of geometry-managed
+children, a new interface,
+.PN XtChangeManagedSet ,
+has been added.
+
+.NH 3
+Communication with Window and Session Managers
+.XS
+\*(SN Communication with Window and Session Managers
+.XE
+.LP
+The revision of the \fI\*(xC\fP as an X Consortium standard has resulted
+in the addition of three fields to the specification of
+.PN WMShellPart .
+These are \fIurgency\fP, \fIclient_leader\fP, and \fIwindow_role\fP.
+.LP
+The adoption of the \fIX Session Management Protocol\fP as an X Consortium
+standard has resulted in the addition of a new shell widget, 
+.PN SessionShell ,
+and an accompanying subclass verification interface,
+.PN XtIsSessionShell .
+This widget provides support for communication between an application
+and a session manager, as well as a window manager.
+In order to preserve compatibility with existing subclasses of 
+.PN ApplicationShell ,
+the 
+.PN ApplicationShell 
+was subclassed to create the new widget class.
+The session protocol requires a modal response to certain checkpointing
+operations by participating applications.  The
+.PN SessionShell
+structures
+the application's notification of and responses to messages from the session
+manager by use of various callback lists and by use of the new interfaces
+.PN XtSessionGetToken
+and 
+.PN XtSessionReturnToken .
+There is also a new command line argument, -xtsessionID, which facilitates
+the session manager in restarting applications based on the \*(xI.
+.LP
+The resource name and class strings defined by the \*(xI shell
+widgets in 
+.Pn < X11/Shell.h > 
+are now listed in Appendix E.  The addition of a new symbol
+for the 
+.PN WMShell
+\fIwait_for_wm\fP resource was made to bring the external symbol
+and the string it represents into agreement.  The actual resource name
+string in 
+.PN WMShell
+has not changed.
+The resource representation type of the XtNwinGravity resource of the 
+.PN WMShell
+was changed to XtRGravity in order to register a type 
+converter so that window gravity resource values could be specified by name.
+
+.NH 3
+Geometry Management
+.XS
+\*(SN Geometry Management
+.XE
+.LP
+A clarification to the specification was made to indicate that geometry
+requests may include current values along with the requested changes.
+
+.NH 3
+Event Management
+.XS
+\*(SN Event Management
+.XE
+.LP
+In Release 6, support is provided for registering selectors
+and event handlers for events generated by X protocol extensions
+and for dispatching those events to the appropriate widget.
+The new event handler registration interfaces are
+.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
+and
+.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler .
+Since the mechanism to indicate selection of extension events is specific
+to the extension being used, the \*(xI introduces 
+.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector ,
+which allows the application to select for the events of interest.
+In order to change the dispatching algorithm to accommodate extension events
+as well as core X protocol events,
+the \*(xI event dispatcher may now be replaced or enveloped
+by the application with
+.PN XtSetEventDispatcher .
+The dispatcher may wish to call 
+.PN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget
+to determine the widget with the current \*(xI keyboard focus.
+A dispatcher, after determining the destination widget, may use
+.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+to cause the event to be dispatched to the event handlers registered
+by a specific widget.
+.LP
+To permit the dispatching of events
+for nonwidget drawables, such as pixmaps that are not associated
+with a widget's window, 
+.PN XtRegisterDrawable
+and 
+.PN XtUnregisterDrawable
+have been added to the library.  A related update was made to
+the description of
+.PN XtWindowToWidget .
+.LP
+The library is now thread-safe, allowing one thread at a time to
+enter the library and protecting global data as necessary from concurrent use.
+Threaded toolkit applications are supported by the 
+new interfaces
+.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize ,
+.PN XtAppLock ,
+.PN XtAppUnlock ,
+.PN XtAppSetExitFlag ,
+and 
+.PN XtAppGetExitFlag .
+Widget writers may also use 
+.PN XtProcessLock
+and 
+.PN XtProcessUnlock .
+.LP
+Safe handling of POSIX signals and other asynchronous notifications
+is now provided by use of 
+.PN XtAppAddSignal ,
+.PN XtNoticeSignal ,
+and
+.PN XtRemoveSignal .
+.LP
+The application can receive notification of an impending block
+in the \*(xI event manager by registering interest through
+.PN XtAppAddBlockHook
+and 
+.PN XtRemoveBlockHook .
+.LP
+.PN XtLastEventProcessed
+returns the most recent event passed to
+.PN XtDispatchEvent
+for a specified display.
+
+.NH 3
+Resource Management
+.XS
+\*(SN Resource Management
+.XE
+.LP
+Resource converters are registered by the \*(xI for window gravity
+and for three new resource types associated with session participation:
+RestartStyle, CommandArgArray and DirectoryString.
+.LP
+The file search path syntax has been extended to make it easier to
+include the default search path, which controls resource
+database construction, by using the new substitution string, %D.
+
+.NH 3
+Translation Management
+.XS
+\*(SN Translation Management
+.XE
+.LP
+The default key translator now recognizes the NumLock modifier.
+If NumLock is on and the second keysym is a keypad keysym
+(a standard keysym named with a ``KP'' prefix or a
+vendor-specific keysym in the hexadecimal range 0x11000000 to 0x1100FFFF),
+then the default key translator will
+use the first keysym if Shift and/or ShiftLock is on and will 
+use the second keysym if neither is on.  Otherwise, it will
+ignore NumLock and apply the normal protocol semantics.
+
+.NH 3
+Selections
+.XS
+\*(SN Selections
+.XE
+.LP
+The targets of selection requests may be parameterized, as described
+by the revised \fI\*(xC\fP.
+When such requests are made,
+.PN XtSetSelectionParameters
+is used by the requestor to specify the target parameters and
+.PN XtGetSelectionParameters
+is used by the selection owner to retrieve the parameters.
+When a parameterized target is specified in the context of a bundled
+request for multiple targets, 
+.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest ,
+.PN XtCancelSelectionRequest ,
+and 
+.PN XtSendSelectionRequest 
+are used to envelop the assembly of the request.
+When the parameters themselves are the names of properties, 
+the \*(xI provides support for the economical use of property atom names;
+see 
+.PN XtReservePropertyAtom
+and 
+.PN XtReleasePropertyAtom .
+
+.NH 3
+External Agent Hooks
+.XS
+\*(SN External Agent Hooks
+.XE
+.LP
+External agent hooks were added for the benefit of applications
+that instrument other applications for purposes of accessibility,
+testing, and customization.  The external agent and the application
+communicate by a shared protocol which is transparent to the application.
+The hook callbacks permit the external agent to register interest
+in groups or classes of toolkit activity and to be notified of the
+type and details of the activity as it occurs.  The new interfaces
+related to this effort are
+.PN XtHooksOfDisplay ,
+which returns the hook registration widget, and 
+.PN XtGetDisplays ,
+which returns a list of the X displays associated with an application context.
+.bp
diff --git a/libXt/specs/Makefile.am b/libXt/specs/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..887eb7e1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	CH01 \
+	CH02 \
+	CH03 \
+	CH04 \
+	CH05 \
+	CH06 \
+	CH07 \
+	CH08 \
+	CH09 \
+	CH10 \
+	CH11 \
+	CH12 \
+	CH13 \
+	appA \
+	appB \
+	appC \
+	appD \
+	appE \
+	appF \
+	intr.idxmac.t \
+	postproc \
+	strings.mit \
+	Xtk.intr.front
diff --git a/libXt/specs/Xtk.intr.front b/libXt/specs/Xtk.intr.front
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..353467fdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/Xtk.intr.front
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+.\" MIT header page and copyright notice
+.\" MIT page header and footers
+.\"
+.EH ''''
+.OH ''''
+.EF ''''
+.OF ''''
+.ps 11
+.nr PS 11
+\&
+.sp 8
+.ce 4
+\s+2\fB\*(xT\fP\s-2
+
+\s+1\fBX Window System\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBX Version 11, Release \*(Rn\fP\s-1
+
+
+First Revision - April, 1994
+.sp 5
+.ce 4
+\s-1Joel McCormack
+.sp 6p
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+Western Software Laboratory
+.sp 2
+.ce 4
+Paul Asente
+.sp 6p
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+Western Software Laboratory
+.sp 2
+.ce 4
+Ralph R. Swick
+.sp 6p
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+External Research Group
+MIT X Consortium
+.sp 2
+.ce 3
+version 6 edited by Donna Converse
+.sp 6p
+X Consortium, Inc.\s+1
+.bp
+\&
+.ps 9
+.nr PS 9
+.sp 8
+.LP
+X Window System is a trademark of X Consortium, Inc.
+.LP
+Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+X Consortium
+.LP
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+.LP
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.LP
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.LP
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from the X Consortium.
+.LP
+Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.LP
+Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+software described herein for any purpose.
+It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.ps 11
+.nr PS 11
+.bp 11
+.EF ''\fB \\\\n(PN \fP''
+.OF ''\fB \\\\n(PN \fP''
+.af PN i
+.XS ix
+Acknowledgments
+.XE
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAcknowledgments\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.na
+.LP
+The design of the X11 Intrinsics was done primarily 
+by Joel McCormack of Digital WSL. 
+Major contributions to the design and implementation also
+were done by Charles Haynes, Mike Chow, and Paul Asente of Digital WSL.
+Additional contributors to the design and/or implementation were:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.ta 3i
+Loretta Guarino-Reid (Digital WSL)	Rich Hyde (Digital WSL)
+Susan Angebranndt (Digital WSL)	Terry Weissman (Digital WSL)
+Mary Larson (Digital UEG)	Mark Manasse (Digital SRC)
+Jim Gettys  (Digital SRC)	Leo Treggiari  (Digital SDT)
+Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital ERP)	Mark Ackerman (Project Athena)
+Ron Newman (Project Athena)	Bob Scheifler (MIT LCS)
+.De
+.LP
+The contributors to the X10 toolkit also deserve mention.
+Although the X11 Intrinsics present an entirely different programming style, 
+they borrow heavily from the implicit and explicit concepts in the X10 
+toolkit.
+.LP
+The design and implementation of the X10 Intrinsics were done by:
+.LP
+.Ds
+Terry Weissman (Digital WSL)
+Smokey Wallace (Digital WSL)
+Phil Karlton (Digital WSL)
+Charles Haynes (Digital WSL)
+Frank Hall (HP)
+.De
+.LP
+The design and implementation of the X10 toolkit's sample widgets were 
+by the above, as well as by:
+.LP
+.Ds
+Ram Rao (Digital UEG)
+Mary Larson (Digital UEG)
+Mike Gancarz (Digital UEG)
+Kathleen Langone  (Digital UEG)
+.De
+These widgets provided a checklist of requirements that we
+had to address in the X11 Intrinsics.
+.LP
+Thanks go to Al Mento of Digital's UEG Documentation Group for 
+formatting and generally improving this document
+and to John Ousterhout of Berkeley for extensively reviewing 
+early drafts of it.
+.LP
+Finally, a special thanks to Mike Chow,
+whose extensive performance analysis of the X10 toolkit provided
+the justification to redesign it entirely for X11.
+.LP
+.sp
+.Ds 0
+Joel McCormack
+Western Software Laboratory
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+March 1988
+.De
+.bp
+.LP
+The current design of the \*(xI has benefited greatly from the
+input of several dedicated reviewers in the membership of the
+X Consortium.
+In addition to those already mentioned,
+the following individuals have dedicated significant time
+to suggesting improvements to the \*(xI:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.ta 3i
+Steve Pitschke (Stellar)	C. Doug Blewett (AT&T)
+Bob Miller (HP)	David Schiferl (Tektronix)
+Fred Taft (HP)	Michael Squires (Sequent)
+Marcel Meth (AT&T)	Jim Fulton (MIT)
+Mike Collins (Digital)	Kerry Kimbrough (Texas Instruments)
+Scott McGregor (Digital)	Phil Karlton (Digital)
+Julian Payne (ESS)	Jacques Davy (Bull)
+Gabriel Beged-Dov (HP)	Glenn Widener (Tektronix)
+.De
+.LP
+Thanks go to each of them for the countless hours spent
+reviewing drafts and code.
+.LP
+.sp
+.Ds 0
+Ralph R. Swick
+External Research Group
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+MIT Project Athena
+
+June 1988
+.De
+.sp
+.LP
+From Release 3 to Release 4, several new members joined the design
+team.  We greatly appreciate the thoughtful comments, suggestions,
+lengthy discussions, and in some cases implementation code contributed by each
+of the following:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.ta 3i
+Don Alecci (AT&T)	Ellis Cohen (OSF)
+Donna Converse (MIT)	Clive Feather (IXI)
+Nayeem Islam (Sun)	Dana Laursen (HP)
+Keith Packard (MIT)	Chris Peterson (MIT)
+Richard Probst (Sun)	Larry Cable (Sun)
+.De
+.sp
+.LP
+In Release 5, the effort to define the internationalization additions was
+headed by Bill McMahon of Hewlett Packard and Frank Rojas of IBM.  This
+has been an educational process for many of us, and Bill and Frank's
+tutelage has carried us through.  Vania Joloboff of the OSF also contributed
+to the internationalization additions.  The implementation efforts of
+Bill, Gabe Beged-Dov, and especially Donna Converse for this release
+are also gratefully acknowledged.
+.sp
+.Ds 0
+Ralph R. Swick
+
+December 1989
+and
+July 1991
+.De
+.bp
+.LP
+The Release 6 Intrinsics is a result of the collaborative
+efforts of participants in the X Consortium's \fBintrinsics\fP
+working group.  
+A few individuals contributed substantial design proposals,
+participated in lengthy discussions, reviewed final specifications,
+and in most cases, were also responsible for sections of the implementation.
+They deserve recognition and thanks for their major contributions:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.ta 3i
+Paul Asente (Adobe)		Larry Cable (SunSoft)
+Ellis Cohen (OSF)		Daniel Dardailler (OSF)
+Vania Joloboff (OSF)		Kaleb Keithley (X Consortium)
+Courtney Loomis (HP)		Douglas Rand (OSF)
+Bob Scheifler (X Consortium)	Ajay Vohra (SunSoft)
+.De
+.LP
+Many others analyzed designs, offered useful comments and suggestions,
+and participated in a significant subset of the process.
+The following people deserve thanks for their contributions:
+Andy Bovingdon, Sam Chang, Chris Craig,
+George Erwin-Grotsky, Keith Edwards, Clive Feather, Stephen Gildea,
+Dan Heller, Steve Humphrey, David Kaelbling,
+Jaime Lau, Rob Lembree, Stuart Marks, Beth Mynatt,
+Tom Paquin, Chris Peterson, Kamesh Ramakrishna, Tom Rodriguez,
+Jim VanGilder, Will Walker, and Mike Wexler.
+.LP
+I am especially grateful to two of my colleagues: Ralph Swick for
+expert editorial guidance, and Kaleb Keithley for leadership in
+the implementation and the specification work.
+.sp
+.Ds 0
+Donna Converse
+X Consortium
+April 1994
+.De
+.bp
+.XS xii
+About This Manual
+.XE
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAbout This Manual\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.na
+.LP
+\fI\*(xT\fP is intended to be read by both application programmers who will
+use one or more of the many widget sets built with the \*(xI 
+and by widget programmers who will use the \*(xI to build widgets 
+for one of the widget sets.
+Not all the information in this manual, however, applies to both audiences.
+That is, because the application programmer is likely to use only a number of
+the \*(xI functions in writing an application and because the widget programmer
+is likely to use many more, if not all, of the \*(xI functions in building 
+a widget,
+an attempt has been made to highlight those areas of information that are
+deemed to be of special interest for the application programmer.
+(It is assumed the widget programmer will have to be familiar with all 
+the information.)
+Therefore, all entries in the table of contents that are printed in \fBbold\fP 
+indicate the information that should be of special interest to an 
+application programmer.
+.LP
+It is also assumed that, as application programmers become
+more familiar with the concepts discussed in this manual,
+they will find it more convenient to implement
+portions of their applications as special-purpose or custom widgets.
+It is possible, nonetheless, to use widgets without knowing how to build them.
+.SH
+Conventions Used in this Manual
+.LP
+This document uses the following conventions:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Global symbols are printed in
+.PN this
+.PN special
+.PN font .
+These can be either function names,
+symbols defined in include files, data types, or structure names.
+Arguments to functions, procedures, or macros are printed in \fIitalics\fP.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Each function is introduced by a general discussion that
+distinguishes it from other functions.
+The function declaration itself follows,
+and each argument is specifically explained.
+General discussion of the function, if any is required,
+follows the arguments.
+.IP \(bu 5
+To eliminate any ambiguity between those arguments that you pass and those that
+a function returns to you,
+the explanations for all arguments that you pass start with the word
+\fIspecifies\fP or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word \fIspecify\fP.
+The explanations for all arguments that are returned to you start with the
+word \fIreturns\fP or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word \fIreturn\^\fP.
+.bp 1
+.af PN 1
+.EH '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP'
+.OH '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP'
diff --git a/libXt/specs/appA b/libXt/specs/appA
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57a1890a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/appA
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.\" $Xorg: appA,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+.bp
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAppendix A\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBResource File Format\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBAppendix A \(em Resource File Format\fP
+.XE
+A resource file contains text representing the default resource values for an
+application or set of applications.
+.LP
+The format of resource files is defined by \fI\*(xL\fP and is reproduced here
+for convenience only. 
+.LP
+The format of a resource specification is
+.TS
+l l .
+ResourceLine	= Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | <empty line>
+Comment	= ``!'' {<any character except null or newline>}
+IncludeFile	= ``#'' WhiteSpace ``include'' WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace
+FileName	= <valid filename for operating system>
+ResourceSpec	= WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ``:'' WhiteSpace Value
+ResourceName	= [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName
+Binding	= ``.'' | ``*''
+WhiteSpace	= {<space> | <horizontal tab>}
+Component	= ``?'' | ComponentName
+ComponentName	= NameChar {NameChar}
+NameChar	= ``a''-``z'' | ``A''-``Z'' | ``0''-``9'' | ``_'' | ``-''
+Value	= {<any character except null or unescaped newline>}
+.TE
+.LP
+Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.
+Curly braces ({\&.\&.\&.}) indicate zero or more repetitions
+of the enclosed elements.
+Square brackets ([\&.\&.\&.]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional.
+Quotes (``\&.\&.\&.'') are used around literal characters.
+.LP
+If the last character on a line is a backslash (\\),
+that line is assumed to continue on the next line.
+.LP
+To allow a Value to begin with whitespace,
+the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fIspace\fP'' (backslash followed by space)
+is recognized and replaced by a space character,
+and the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fItab\fP''
+(backslash followed by horizontal tab)
+is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character.
+
+To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters,
+the two-character sequence ``\\\^n'' is recognized and replaced by a
+newline character.
+To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file,
+the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fInewline\fP''
+(backslash followed by newline) is
+recognized and removed from the value.
+
+To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes,
+the four-character sequence ``\\\^\fInnn\fP'',
+where each \fIn\fP is a digit character in the range of ``0''\-``7'',
+is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains
+the octal value specified by the sequence.
+Finally, the two-character sequence ``\\\\'' is recognized
+and replaced with a single backslash.
diff --git a/libXt/specs/appB b/libXt/specs/appB
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3eb9ccc7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/appB
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
+.\" $Xorg: appB,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+.bp
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAppendix B\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBTranslation Table Syntax\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBAppendix B \(em Translation Table Syntax\fP
+.XE
+.IN "Translation tables"
+.SH
+Notation
+.LP
+Syntax is specified in EBNF notation with the following conventions:
+.TS
+l l.
+[ a ]	Means either nothing or ``a''
+{ a }	Means zero or more occurrences of ``a''
+( a | b )	Means either ``a'' or ``b''
+\\\\n	Is the newline character
+.TE
+.LP
+All terminals are enclosed in double quotation marks (`` '').
+Informal descriptions are enclosed in angle brackets (< >).
+.SH
+Syntax
+.LP
+The syntax of a translation table is
+.TS
+l l .
+translationTable	= [ directive ] { production }
+directive	= ( ``#replace'' | ``#override'' | ``#augment'' ) ``\\\\n''
+production	= lhs ``:'' rhs ``\\\\n''
+lhs	= ( event | keyseq ) { ``,'' (event | keyseq) }
+keyseq	= ``"'' keychar {keychar} ``"''
+keychar	= [ ``^'' | ``$'' | ``\\\\'' ] <ISO Latin 1 character>
+event	= [modifier_list] ``<''event_type``>'' [ ``('' count[``+''] ``)'' ] {detail}
+modifier_list	= ( [``!''] [``:''] {modifier} ) | ``None''
+modifier	= [``~''] modifier_name
+count	= (``1'' | ``2'' | ``3'' | ``4'' | ...)
+modifier_name	= ``@'' <keysym> | <see ModifierNames table below>
+event_type	= <see Event Types table below>
+detail	= <event specific details>
+rhs	= { name ``('' [params] ``)'' }
+name	= namechar { namechar }
+namechar	= { ``a''-``z'' | ``A''-``Z'' | ``0''-``9'' | ``_'' | ``-'' }
+params	= string {``,'' string}
+string	= quoted_string | unquoted_string
+quoted_string	= ``"'' {<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} [``\\\\\\\\'' ] ``"''
+escape_char	= ``\\\\"''
+unquoted_string	= {<Latin 1 character except space, tab, ``,'', ``\\\\n'', ``)''>}
+.TE
+
+.LP
+The \fIparams\fP field is parsed into a list of
+.PN String
+values that will be passed to the named action procedure.  A
+\fIquoted string\fP may contain an embedded quotation mark if the
+quotation mark is preceded by a single backslash (\\).  The
+three-character sequence ``\\\\"'' is interpreted as ``single backslash
+followed by end-of-string''.
+
+.SH
+Modifier Names
+.LP
+The modifier field is used to specify standard X keyboard and button
+modifier mask bits.
+Modifiers are legal on event types 
+.PN KeyPress ,
+.PN KeyRelease , 
+.PN ButtonPress ,
+.PN ButtonRelease ,
+.PN MotionNotify ,
+.PN EnterNotify ,
+.PN LeaveNotify ,
+and their abbreviations.
+An error is generated when a translation table 
+that contains modifiers for any other events is parsed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the modifier list has no entries and is not ``None'',
+it means ``don't care'' on all modifiers.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If an exclamation point (!) is specified at the beginning 
+of the modifier list,
+it means that the listed modifiers must be in the correct state
+and no other modifiers can be asserted.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If any modifiers are specified 
+and an exclamation point (!) is not specified,
+it means that the listed modifiers must be in the
+correct state and ``don't care'' about any other modifiers.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a modifier is preceded by a tilde (~),
+it means that that modifier must not be asserted.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If ``None'' is specified, it means no modifiers can be asserted.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a colon (:) is specified at the beginning of the modifier list,
+it directs the \*(xI to apply any standard modifiers in the
+event to map the event keycode into a KeySym.
+The default standard modifiers are Shift and Lock, 
+with the interpretation as defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 5.
+The resulting KeySym must exactly match the specified
+KeySym, and the nonstandard modifiers in the event must match the
+modifier list.
+For example, ``:<Key>a'' is distinct from ``:<Key>A'', 
+and ``:Shift<Key>A'' is distinct from ``:<Key>A''.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If both an exclamation point (!) and a colon (:) are specified at
+the beginning of the modifier list, it means that the listed
+modifiers must be in the correct state and that no other modifiers
+except the standard modifiers can be asserted.  Any standard
+modifiers in the event are applied as for colon (:) above.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If a colon (:) is not specified,
+no standard modifiers are applied.
+Then, for example, ``<Key>A'' and ``<Key>a'' are equivalent.
+.LP
+In key sequences,
+a circumflex (^) is an abbreviation for the Control modifier,
+a dollar sign ($) is an abbreviation for Meta, 
+and a backslash (\\) can be used to quote any
+character, in particular a double quote ("), a circumflex (^), 
+a dollar sign ($), and another backslash (\\).
+Briefly:
+.LP
+.Ds 0
+.TA 2.5i
+.ta 2.5i
+No modifiers:	None <event> detail
+Any modifiers:	<event> detail
+Only these modifiers:	! mod1 mod2 <event> detail
+These modifiers and any others:	mod1 mod2 <event> detail
+.De
+.LP
+The use of ``None'' for a modifier list is identical to the use
+of an exclamation point with no modifers.
+.LP
+.TS H
+lw(1i) lw(1i) lw(3i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Modifier	Abbreviation	Meaning
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+.R
+.TH
+Ctrl	c	Control modifier bit
+Shift	s	Shift modifier bit
+Lock	l	Lock modifier bit
+Meta	m	Meta key modifier
+Hyper	h	Hyper key modifier
+Super	su	Super key modifier
+Alt	a	Alt key modifier
+Mod1		Mod1 modifier bit
+Mod2		Mod2 modifier bit
+Mod3		Mod3 modifier bit
+Mod4		Mod4 modifier bit
+Mod5		Mod5 modifier bit
+Button1		Button1 modifier bit
+Button2		Button2 modifier bit
+Button3		Button3 modifier bit
+Button4		Button4 modifier bit
+Button5		Button5 modifier bit
+None		No modifiers
+Any		Any modifier combination
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+.IN "key modifier"
+A key modifier is any modifier bit one of whose corresponding KeyCodes
+contains the corresponding left or right KeySym.
+For example, 
+``m'' or ``Meta'' means any modifier bit mapping to a KeyCode 
+whose KeySym list contains XK_Meta_L or XK_Meta_R.
+Note that this interpretation is for each display, 
+not global or even for each application context.
+The Control, Shift, and Lock modifier names refer
+explicitly to the corresponding modifier bits; 
+there is no additional interpretation of KeySyms for these modifiers.
+.LP
+Because it is possible to associate arbitrary KeySyms with modifiers, the set of
+key modifiers is extensible.  The ``@'' <keysym> syntax means any
+modifier bit whose corresponding KeyCode contains the specified KeySym name.
+.LP
+A modifier_list/KeySym combination in a translation matches a
+modifiers/KeyCode combination in an event in the following ways:
+.IP 1. 5
+If a colon (:) is used, the \*(xI call the display's 
+.PN XtKeyProc 
+with the KeyCode and modifiers.
+To match, (\fImodifiers\fP & ~\fImodifiers_return\fP) must equal \fImodifier_list\fP, and
+\fIkeysym_return\fP must equal the given KeySym.
+.IP 2. 5
+If (:) is not used, the \*(xI mask off all don't-care bits from the 
+modifiers.
+This value must be equal to \fImodifier_list\fP.
+Then, for each possible combination of
+don't-care modifiers in the modifier list, the \*(xI call the display's 
+.PN XtKeyProc
+with the KeyCode and that combination ORed with the cared-about modifier bits 
+from the event.
+\fIKeysym_return\fP must match the KeySym in the translation.
+.SH
+Event Types
+.LP
+The event-type field describes XEvent types.
+In addition to the standard
+Xlib symbolic event type names, the following event type synonyms
+are defined:
+.TS H
+lw(1.5i) lw(3i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Type	Meaning
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+.TH
+Key	T{
+.PN KeyPress
+T}
+KeyDown	T{
+.PN KeyPress
+T}
+KeyUp	T{
+.PN KeyRelease
+T}
+BtnDown	T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}
+BtnUp	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}
+Motion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}
+PtrMoved	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}
+MouseMoved	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}
+Enter	T{
+.PN EnterNotify
+T}
+EnterWindow	T{
+.PN EnterNotify
+T}
+Leave	T{
+.PN LeaveNotify
+T}
+LeaveWindow	T{
+.PN LeaveNotify
+T}
+FocusIn	T{
+.PN FocusIn
+T}
+FocusOut	T{
+.PN FocusOut
+T}
+Keymap	T{
+.PN KeymapNotify
+T}
+Expose	T{
+.PN Expose
+T}
+GrExp	T{
+.PN GraphicsExpose
+T}
+NoExp	T{
+.PN NoExpose
+T}
+Visible	T{
+.PN VisibilityNotify
+T}
+Create	T{
+.PN CreateNotify
+T}
+Destroy	T{
+.PN DestroyNotify
+T}
+Unmap	T{
+.PN UnmapNotify
+T}
+Map	T{
+.PN MapNotify
+T}
+MapReq	T{
+.PN MapRequest
+T}
+Reparent	T{
+.PN ReparentNotify
+T}
+Configure	T{
+.PN ConfigureNotify
+T}
+ConfigureReq	T{
+.PN ConfigureRequest
+T}
+Grav	T{
+.PN GravityNotify
+T}
+ResReq	T{
+.PN ResizeRequest
+T}
+Circ	T{
+.PN CirculateNotify
+T}
+CircReq	T{
+.PN CirculateRequest
+T}
+Prop	T{
+.PN PropertyNotify
+T}
+SelClr	T{
+.PN SelectionClear
+T}
+SelReq	T{
+.PN SelectionRequest
+T}
+Select	T{
+.PN SelectionNotify
+T}
+Clrmap	T{
+.PN ColormapNotify
+T}
+Message	T{
+.PN ClientMessage
+T}
+Mapping	T{
+.PN MappingNotify
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+The supported abbreviations are:
+.TS H
+lw(1.5i) lw(1.25i) lw(1.75i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Abbreviation	Event Type	Including
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+.TH
+.R
+Ctrl	T{
+.PN KeyPress
+T}	with Control modifier
+Meta	T{
+.PN KeyPress
+T}	with Meta modifier
+Shift	T{
+.PN KeyPress
+T}	with Shift modifier
+Btn1Down	T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}	with Button1 detail
+Btn1Up	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}	with Button1 detail
+Btn2Down	T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}	with Button2 detail
+Btn2Up	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}	with Button2 detail
+Btn3Down	T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}	with Button3 detail
+Btn3Up	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}	with Button3 detail
+Btn4Down	T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}	with Button4 detail
+Btn4Up	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}	with Button4 detail
+Btn5Down	T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}	with Button5 detail
+Btn5Up	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}	with Button5 detail
+BtnMotion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	with any button modifier
+Btn1Motion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	with Button1 modifier
+Btn2Motion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	with Button2 modifier
+Btn3Motion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	with Button3 modifier
+Btn4Motion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	with Button4 modifier
+Btn5Motion	T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	with Button5 modifier
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp
+.LP
+The detail field is event-specific and normally corresponds to the
+detail field of the corresponding event as described
+by \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 11.  The detail field is supported
+for the following event types:
+.LP
+.TS H
+l l .
+_
+.sp 6p
+Event	Event Field
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TH
+.sp 6p
+KeyPress	KeySym from event \fIdetail\fP (keycode)
+KeyRelease	KeySym from event \fIdetail\fP (keycode)
+ButtonPress	button from event \fIdetail\fP
+ButtonRelease	button from event \fIdetail\fP
+MotionNotify	event \fIdetail\fP
+EnterNotify	event \fImode\fP
+LeaveNotify	event \fImode\fP
+FocusIn	event \fImode\fP
+FocusOut	event \fImode\fP
+PropertyNotify	\fIatom\fP
+SelectionClear	\fIselection\fP
+SelectionRequest	\fIselection\fP
+SelectionNotify	\fIselection\fP
+ClientMessage	\fItype\fP
+MappingNotify	\fIrequest\fP
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.LP
+If the event type is
+.PN KeyPress
+or
+.PN KeyRelease ,
+the detail field
+specifies a KeySym name in standard format which is matched against
+the event as described above, for example, <Key>A.
+.LP
+For the
+.PN PropertyNotify ,
+.PN SelectionClear ,
+.PN SelectionRequest ,
+.PN SelectionNotify ,
+and
+.PN ClientMessage
+events the detail field is specified
+as an atom name; for example, <Message>WM_PROTOCOLS.  For the
+.PN MotionNotify ,
+.PN EnterNotify ,
+.PN LeaveNotify ,
+.PN FocusIn ,
+.PN FocusOut ,
+and
+.PN MappingNotify
+events, either the symbolic constants as defined by
+\fI\*(xP\fP, Section 11,
+or the numeric values may be specified.
+.LP
+If no detail field is specified, then any value in the event detail is
+accepted as a match.
+.LP
+A KeySym can be specified as any of the standard KeySym names, 
+a hexadecimal number prefixed with ``0x'' or ``0X'', 
+an octal number prefixed with ``0'', or a decimal number.
+A KeySym expressed as a single digit is interpreted as the
+corresponding Latin 1 KeySym, for example, ``0'' is the KeySym XK_0.
+Other single character KeySyms are treated as literal constants from Latin 1,
+for example, ``!'' is treated as 0x21.
+Standard KeySym names are as defined in 
+.Pn < X11/keysymdef.h >
+with the ``XK_'' prefix removed.
+.LP
+.SH
+Canonical Representation
+.LP
+Every translation table has a unique, canonical text representation. This
+representation is passed to a widget's
+.PN display_accelerator
+procedure to describe the accelerators installed on that widget.
+The canonical representation of a translation table is (see also
+``Syntax'')
+.TS
+l l .
+translationTable	= { production }
+production	= lhs ``:'' rhs ``\\\\n''
+lhs	= event { ``,'' event  }
+event	= [modifier_list] ``<''event_type``>'' [ ``('' count[``+''] ``)'' ] {detail}
+modifier_list	= [``!''] [``:''] {modifier}
+modifier	= [``~''] modifier_name
+count	= (``1'' | ``2'' | ``3'' | ``4'' | ...)
+modifier_name	= ``@'' <keysym> | <see canonical modifier names below>
+event_type	= <see canonical event types below>
+detail	= <event-specific details>
+rhs	= { name ``('' [params] ``)'' }
+name	= namechar { namechar }
+namechar	= { ``a''-``z'' | ``A''-``Z'' | ``0''-``9'' | ``_'' | ``-'' }
+params	= string {``,'' string}
+string	= quoted_string
+quoted_string	= ``"'' {<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} [``\\\\\\\\'' ] ``"''
+escape_char	= ``\\\\"''
+.TE
+.LP
+The canonical modifier names are
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA 1i 2.5i
+.ta 1i 2.5i
+Ctrl	Mod1	Button1
+Shift	Mod2	Button2
+Lock	Mod3	Button3
+	Mod4	Button4
+	Mod5	Button5
+.De
+.LP
+The canonical event types are
+.IP
+.TS
+l l.
+T{
+.PN KeyPress
+T}	T{
+.PN KeyRelease
+T}
+T{
+.PN ButtonPress
+T}	T{
+.PN ButtonRelease
+T}
+T{
+.PN MotionNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN EnterNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN LeaveNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN FocusIn
+T}
+T{
+.PN FocusOut
+T}	T{
+.PN KeymapNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN Expose
+T}	T{
+.PN GraphicsExpose,
+T}
+T{
+.PN NoExpose
+T}	T{
+.PN VisibilityNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN CreateNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN DestroyNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN UnmapNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN MapNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN MapRequest
+T}	T{
+.PN ReparentNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN ConfigureNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN ConfigureRequest
+T}
+T{
+.PN GravityNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN ResizeRequest
+T}
+T{
+.PN CirculateNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN CirculateRequest
+T}
+T{
+.PN PropertyNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN SelectionClear
+T}
+T{
+.PN SelectionRequest
+T}	T{
+.PN SelectionNotify
+T}
+T{
+.PN ColormapNotify
+T}	T{
+.PN ClientMessage
+T}
+.TE
+.LP
+
+.SH
+Examples
+.LP
+.IP \(bu 5
+Always put more specific events in the table before more general ones:
+.LP
+.Ds
+Shift <Btn1Down> : twas()\\n\\
+<Btn1Down> : brillig()
+.De
+.LP
+.IP \(bu 5
+For double-click on Button1 Up with Shift, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Shift<Btn1Up>(2) : and()
+.DE
+.IP
+This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set 
+between events:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up> : and()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+For double-click on Button1 Down with Shift, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Shift<Btn1Down>(2) : the()
+.De
+.IP
+This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set
+between events:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down> : the()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+Mouse motion is always discarded when it occurs between events in a table
+where no motion event is specified:
+.IP
+.Ds
+<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : slithy()
+.De
+.IP
+This is taken, even if the pointer moves a bit between the down and
+up events.
+Similarly, any motion event specified in a translation matches any number
+of motion events.
+If the motion event causes an action procedure to be invoked,
+the procedure is invoked after each motion event.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If an event sequence consists of a sequence of events that is also a
+noninitial subsequence of another translation,
+it is not taken if it occurs in the context of the longer sequence.
+This occurs mostly in sequences like the following:
+.IP
+.Ds
+<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : toves()\\n\\
+<Btn1Up> :  did()
+.De
+.IP
+The second translation is taken only if the button release is not
+preceded by a button press or if there are intervening events between the
+press and the release.
+Be particularly aware of this when using the repeat notation, above,
+with buttons and keys,
+because their expansion includes additional events;
+and when specifying motion events, because they are implicitly included
+between any two other events.
+In particular,
+pointer motion and double-click translations cannot coexist in the same
+translation table.
+.IP \(bu 5
+For single click on Button1 Up with Shift and Meta, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Shift Meta <Btn1Down>, Shift Meta<Btn1Up>: gyre()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+For multiple clicks greater or equal to a minimum number,
+a plus sign (+) may be appended to the final (rightmost)
+count in an event sequence.  The actions will be invoked
+on the \fIcount\fP-th click and each subsequent one arriving
+within the multi-click time interval.  For example:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Shift <Btn1Up>(2+) : and()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+To indicate 
+.PN EnterNotify
+with any modifiers, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+<Enter> : gimble()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+To indicate 
+.PN EnterNotify
+with no modifiers, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+None <Enter> : in()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+To indicate 
+.PN EnterNotify 
+with Button1 Down and Button2 Up and ``don't care'' about
+the other modifiers, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+Button1 ~Button2 <Enter> : the()
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+To indicate 
+.PN EnterNotify
+with Button1 down and Button2 down exclusively, use this specification:
+.IP
+.Ds
+! Button1 Button2 <Enter> : wabe()
+.De
+.IP
+You do not need to use a tilde (~) with an exclamation point (!).
diff --git a/libXt/specs/appC b/libXt/specs/appC
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f31fd7d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/appC
@@ -0,0 +1,1204 @@
+.\" $Xorg: appC,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+.bp
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAppendix C\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBCompatibility Functions\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBAppendix C \(em Compatibility Functions\fP
+.XE
+.FS
+This appendix is part of the formal Intrinsics Specification.
+.FE
+.LP
+In prototype versions of the \*(tk
+each widget class
+implemented an Xt<\^\fIWidget\fP\^>Create (for example,
+.PN XtLabelCreate )
+function, in which most of the code was identical from widget to widget.
+In the \*(xI, a single generic
+.PN XtCreateWidget
+performs most of the common work and then calls the initialize procedure
+implemented for the particular widget class.
+.LP
+Each Composite class also implemented the procedures
+Xt<\^\fIWidget\fP\^>Add and an Xt<\^\fIWidget\fP\^>Delete (for example,
+.PN XtButtonBoxAddButton
+and
+.PN XtButtonBoxDeleteButton ).
+In the \*(xI, the Composite generic procedures
+.PN XtManageChildren
+and
+.PN XtUnmanageChildren
+perform error checking and screening out of certain children.
+Then they call the change_managed procedure
+implemented for the widget's Composite class.
+If the widget's parent has not yet been realized,
+the call to the change_managed procedure is delayed until realization time.
+.LP
+Old-style calls can be implemented in the \*(tk by defining
+one-line procedures or macros that invoke a generic routine.  For example,
+you could define the macro
+.PN XtLabelCreate
+as:
+.IP
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+#define XtLabelCreate(\fIname\fP, \fIparent\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) \\
+        ((LabelWidget) XtCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIlabelWidgetClass\fP,   \
+\fIparent\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP))
+.De
+.sp
+.LP
+Pop-up shells in some of the prototypes automatically performed an
+.PN XtManageChild
+on their child within their insert_child procedure.
+.IN "insert_child procedure"
+Creators of pop-up children need to call
+.PN XtManageChild
+themselves.
+.sp
+.LP
+.PN XtAppInitialize
+and 
+.PN XtVaAppInitialize 
+have been replaced by 
+.PN XtOpenApplication
+and
+.PN XtVaOpenApplication .
+.LP
+To initialize the \*(xI internals, create an application context,
+open and initialize a display, and create the initial application shell
+instance, an application may use
+.PN XtAppInitialize
+or
+.PN XtVaAppInitialize .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAppInitialize" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtAppInitialize(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \
+\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP,
+.br
+                       \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \
+\fIfallback_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+      XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIargc_in_out\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIargv_in_out\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIfallback_resources\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the command line options table.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP.
+.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments.
+.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
+file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the argument list to override any
+other resource specifications for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtAppInitialize
+function calls
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize
+followed by
+.PN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
+then calls
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and
+\fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and finally calls
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, \fIwidget_class\fP
+.PN application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class ,
+and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP
+and returns the created shell.  The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by
+.PN XtDisplayInitialize
+are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP.  If
+\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context is
+also returned.  If the display specified by the command line cannot be
+opened, an error message is issued and
+.PN XtAppInitialize
+terminates the application.  If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL,
+.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is called with the value prior to calling
+.PN XtOpenDisplay .
+.sp
+.LP
+.IN "XtVaAppInitialize" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtVaAppInitialize(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \
+\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP,
+.br
+                         \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \
+\fIfallback_resources\fP, ...)
+.br
+    XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP;
+.br
+    String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+    XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP;
+.br
+    Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+    int *\fIargc_in_out\fP;
+.br
+    String *\fIargv_in_out\fP;
+.br
+    String *\fIfallback_resources\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the command line options table.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP.
+.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i
+Specifies the command line arguments array.
+.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class
+resource file cannot be opened, or NULL.
+.IP ... 1.5i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications for the created shell.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtVaAppInitialize
+procedure is identical in function to
+.PN XtAppInitialize
+with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list,
+as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+.sp
+.LP
+As a convenience to people converting from earlier versions of the toolkit
+without application contexts, the following routines exist:
+.PN XtInitialize ,
+.PN XtMainLoop ,
+.PN XtNextEvent ,
+.PN XtProcessEvent ,
+.PN XtPeekEvent ,
+.PN XtPending ,
+.PN XtAddInput ,
+.PN XtAddTimeOut ,
+.PN XtAddWorkProc ,
+.PN XtCreateApplicationShell ,
+.PN XtAddActions ,
+.PN XtSetSelectionTimeout ,
+and
+.PN XtGetSelectionTimeout .
+.LP
+.IN "XtInitialize" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtInitialize(\fIshell_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \fIoptions\fP, \
+\fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIshell_name\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIapplication_class\fP;
+.br
+      XrmOptionDescRec \fIoptions\fP[];
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_options\fP;
+.br
+      int *\fIargc\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIargv\fP[];
+.FN
+.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
+This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the class name of this application.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The \fIoptions\fP argument is passed as a parameter to 
+.PN XrmParseCommand .
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIargc\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv\fP 1i
+Specifies the command line parameters.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtInitialize
+calls
+.PN XtToolkitInitialize
+to initialize the toolkit internals,
+creates a default application context for use by the other convenience
+routines, calls
+.PN XtOpenDisplay
+with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
+finally calls
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL and
+returns the created shell.
+The semantics of calling
+.PN XtInitialize
+more than once are undefined.
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtOpenApplication .
+.sp
+.IN "XtMainLoop" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtMainLoop(void)
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtMainLoop
+first reads the next alternate input, timer, or X event by calling
+.PN XtNextEvent .
+Then it dispatches this to the appropriate registered procedure by calling
+.PN XtDispatchEvent .
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppMainLoop .
+.sp
+.IN "XtNextEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtNextEvent(\fIevent_return\fP)
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+.LP
+.eM
+If no input is on the X input queue for the default application context, 
+.PN XtNextEvent 
+flushes the X output buffer 
+and waits for an event while looking at the alternate input sources 
+and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them.
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppNextEvent .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.IN "XtProcessEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtProcessEvent(\fImask\fP)
+.br
+      XtInputMask \fImask\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fImask\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of input to process.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtProcessEvent
+processes one X event, timeout, or alternate input source 
+(depending on the value of \fImask\fP), blocking if necessary.
+It has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppProcessEvent .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this function.
+.sp
+.IN "XtPeekEvent" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtPeekEvent(\fIevent_return\fP)
+.br
+      XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+.LP
+.eM
+If there is an event in the queue for the default application context, 
+.PN XtPeekEvent
+fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
+If no X input is on the queue, 
+.PN XtPeekEvent
+flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available, possibly
+calling some timeout callbacks in the process.
+If the input is an event,
+.PN XtPeekEvent
+fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. 
+Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and
+.PN XtPeekEvent
+returns zero. 
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppPeekEvent .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.IN "XtPending" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Boolean XtPending()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtPending
+returns a nonzero value if there are 
+events pending from the X server or alternate input sources in the default
+application context.
+If there are no events pending, 
+it flushes the output buffer and returns a zero value.
+It has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppPending .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.IN "XtAddInput" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtInputId XtAddInput(\fIsource\fP, \fIcondition\fP, \fIproc\fP, \
+\fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      int \fIsource\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIcondition\fP;
+.br
+      XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system 
+or other operating-system-dependent device specification.
+.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i
+Specifies the mask that indicates either a read, write, or exception condition
+or some operating-system-dependent condition.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure called when input is available.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the parameter to be passed to \fIproc\fP when input is available.
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtAddInput
+function registers in the default application context a new 
+source of events, 
+which is usually file input but can also be file output.
+(The word \fIfile\fP should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink 
+or source of data.)
+.PN XtAddInput
+also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
+When input is pending on this source in the default application context, 
+the callback procedure is called.
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppAddInput .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.IN "XtAddTimeOut" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut(\fIinterval\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      unsigned long \fIinterval\fP;
+.br
+      XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIinterval\fP 1i
+Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure to be called when time expires.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the parameter to be passed to \fIproc\fP when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+The 
+.PN XtAddTimeOut
+function creates a timeout in the default application context
+and returns an identifier for it.
+The timeout value is set to \fIinterval\fP.
+The callback procedure will be called after
+the time interval elapses, after which the timeout is removed.
+This routine has been replaced by 
+.PN XtAppAddTimeOut .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.IN "XtAddWorkProc" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc(\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP)
+.br
+      XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP;
+.br
+      XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Procedure to call to do the work.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Client data to pass to \fIproc\fP when it is called.
+.LP
+.eM
+This routine registers a work procedure in the default application context. It has
+been replaced by
+.PN XtAppAddWorkProc .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.IN "XtCreateApplicationShell" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+Widget XtCreateApplicationShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIargs\fP, \
+\fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP;
+.br
+      ArgList \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created application shell widget.
+This will usually be 
+.PN topLevelShellWidgetClass 
+or a subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override  any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+The procedure
+.PN XtCreateApplicationShell
+calls
+.PN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, the application class passed to
+.PN XtInitialize ,
+and the default application context created by
+.PN XtInitialize .
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppCreateShell .
+.sp
+.LP
+An old-format resource type converter procedure pointer is of type
+.PN XtConverter .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+typedef void (*XtConverter)(XrmValue*, Cardinal*, XrmValue*, XrmValue*);
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIfrom\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValue *\fIto\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of additional
+.PN XrmValue
+arguments to the converter if additional context is needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to convert.
+.IP \fIto\fP 1i
+Specifies the descriptor to use to return the converted value.
+.LP
+.eM
+Type converters should perform the following actions:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Check to see that the number of arguments passed is correct.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Attempt the type conversion.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If successful, return the size and pointer to the data in the \fIto\fP argument;
+otherwise, call
+.PN XtWarningMsg
+and return without modifying the \fIto\fP argument.
+.LP
+Most type converters just take the data described by the specified \fIfrom\fP
+argument and return data by writing into the specified \fIto\fP argument.
+A few need other information, which is available in the specified 
+argument list.
+A type converter can invoke another type converter,
+which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate
+result to make maximum use of the type converter cache.
+.LP
+Note that the address returned in \fIto->addr\fP cannot be that of a local variable of 
+the converter because this is not valid after the converter returns.
+It should be a pointer to a static variable.
+.LP
+The procedure type
+.PN XtConverter
+has been replaced by
+.PN XtTypeConverter .
+.sp
+.LP
+The
+.PN XtStringConversionWarning
+.IN "XtStringConversionWarning" "" "@DEF@"
+function is a convenience routine for old-format resource converters
+that convert from strings.
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtStringConversionWarning(\fIsrc\fP, \fIdst_type\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIsrc\fP, \fIdst_type\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIsrc\fP 1i
+Specifies the string that could not be converted.
+.IP \fIdst_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtStringConversionWarning
+function issues a warning message with name ``conversionError'',
+type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string
+``Cannot convert "\fIsrc\fP" to type \fIdst_type\fP''.  This routine
+has been superseded by
+.PN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register an old-format converter, use
+.PN XtAddConverter
+.IN "XtAddConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+or
+.PN XtAppAddConverter .
+.IN "XtAppAddConverter" "" "@DEF@"
+.LP
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddConverter(\fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \fIconverter\fP, \
+\fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_type\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIto_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtConverter \fIconverter\fP;
+.br
+      XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the type converter procedure.
+.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
+Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP.
+.sp
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAddConverter
+is equivalent in function to
+.PN XtSetTypeConverter
+with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
+.PN XtCacheAll
+for old-format type converters.  It has been superseded by
+.PN XtSetTypeConverter .
+.sp
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAppAddConverter(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \
+\fIconverter\fP, \fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP)
+.br
+      XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_type\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIto_type\fP;
+.br
+      XtConverter \fIconverter\fP;
+.br
+      XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the type converter procedure.
+.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
+Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+.PN XtAppAddConverter
+is equivalent in function to
+.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter
+with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
+.PN XtCacheAll
+for old-format type converters.  It has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter .
+.sp
+.LP
+To invoke resource conversions, a client may use
+.PN XtConvert
+or, for old-format converters only,
+.PN XtDirectConvert .
+.LP
+.IN "XtConvert" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtConvert(\fIw\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \
+\fIto_return\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIfrom_type\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIto_type\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to use for additional arguments, if any are
+needed.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIto_return\fP 1i
+Returns the converted value.
+.LP
+.IN "XtDirectConvert" "" "@DEF@"
+.FD 0
+void XtDirectConvert(\fIconverter\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \
+\fIto_return\fP)
+.br
+      XtConverter \fIconverter\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_args\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP;
+.br
+      XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the conversion procedure to be called.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list that contains the additional arguments
+needed to perform the conversion (often NULL).
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+.IP \fIto_return\fP 1i
+Returns the converted value.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtConvert
+function looks up the type converter registered to convert \fIfrom_type\fP 
+to \fIto_type\fP, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
+.PN XtDirectConvert
+or
+.PN XtCallConverter .
+The
+.PN XtDirectConvert
+function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure
+has been called with the specified arguments.
+If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache;
+otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache.
+.LP
+Before calling the specified converter,
+.PN XtDirectConvert
+sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL.
+To determine if the conversion was successful,
+the client should check \fIto_return.addr\fP for non-NULL.
+The data returned by
+.PN XtConvert
+must be copied immediately by the caller,
+as it may point to static data in the type converter.
+.LP
+.PN XtConvert
+has been replaced by
+.PN XtConvertAndStore ,
+and
+.PN XtDirectConvert
+has been superseded by
+.PN XtCallConverter .
+.sp
+.LP
+To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use
+.PN XtDestroyGC .
+.LP
+.IN "XtDestroyGC" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtDestroyGC(\fIw\fP, \fIgc\fP)
+.br
+      Widget \fIw\fP;
+.br
+      GC \fIgc\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies any object on the display for which the shared GC was
+created.  \*(oI
+.IP \fIgc\fP 1i
+Specifies the shared GC to be deallocated.
+.LP
+.eM
+References to sharable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the
+server when the last user of a given GC destroys it.
+Note that some earlier versions of
+.PN XtDestroyGC
+had only a \fIgc\fP argument.
+Therefore, this function is not very portable,
+and you are encouraged to use
+.PN XtReleaseGC
+instead.
+.sp
+.LP
+To declare an action table in the default application context
+and register it with the translation manager, use
+.PN XtAddActions .
+.LP
+.IN "XtAddActions" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtAddActions(\fIactions\fP, \fInum_actions\fP)
+.br
+      XtActionList \fIactions\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIactions\fP 1i
+Specifies the action table to register.
+.IP \fInum_actions\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIactions\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+If more than one action is registered with the same name, 
+the most recently registered action is used.
+If duplicate actions exist in an action table,
+the first is used.
+The \*(xI register an action table for
+.PN XtMenuPopup
+and
+.PN XtMenuPopdown
+as part of \*(tk initialization.
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppAddActions .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.LP
+To set the \*(xI selection timeout in the default application context, use
+.PN XtSetSelectionTimeout .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetSelectionTimeout(\fItimeout\fP)
+.br
+      unsigned long \fItimeout\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.LP
+.eM
+.sp
+.LP
+To get the current selection timeout value in the default application
+context, use
+.PN XtGetSelectionTimeout .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating 
+applications must respond to one another.
+If one of them does not respond within this interval,
+the \*(xI abort the selection request.
+.LP
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout .
+.PN XtInitialize
+must be called before using this routine.
+.sp
+.LP
+To obtain the global error database (for example, to merge with
+an application- or widget-specific database), use
+.PN XtGetErrorDatabase .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetErrorDatabase" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase()
+.FN
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetErrorDatabase
+function returns the address of the error database.
+The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
+database file until the first call to
+.PN XtGetErrorDatbaseText .
+This routine has been replaced by
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabase .
+.sp
+.LP
+An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an
+error or a warning by calling
+.PN XtGetErrorDatabaseText .
+.LP
+.IN "XtGetErrorDatabaseText" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtGetErrorDatabaseText(\fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \
+\fIdefault\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fInbytes\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIdefault\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIbuffer_return\fP;
+.br
+      int \fInbytes\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specify the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name 
+of the error message.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class of the error message.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i
+Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
+.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i
+Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
+.LP
+.eM
+The
+.PN XtGetErrorDatabaseText
+returns the appropriate message from the error database
+associated with the default application context
+or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
+error database.
+To form the full resource name and class when querying the database,
+the \fIname\fP and \fItype\fP are concatenated with a single ``.''
+between them and the \fIclass\fP is concatenated with itself with a
+single ``.'' if it does not already contain a ``.''.
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtSetErrorMsgHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetErrorMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetErrorMsgHandler(\fImsg_handler\fP)
+.br
+      XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+.LP
+.eM
+The default error handler provided by the \*(xI constructs a
+string from the error resource database and calls
+.PN XtError .
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent \*(xI behavior is undefined.
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the high-level error handler, use
+.PN XtErrorMsg .
+.LP
+.IN "XtErrorMsg" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtErrorMsg(\fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \
+\fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      String \fItype\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIdefault\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppErrorMsg .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtSetWarningMsgHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetWarningMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetWarningMsgHandler(\fImsg_handler\fP)
+.br
+      XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+.LP
+.eM
+The default warning handler provided by the \*(xI constructs a string
+from the error resource database and calls
+.PN XtWarning .
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the installed high-level warning handler, use
+.PN XtWarningMsg .
+.LP
+.IN "XtWarningMsg" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtWarningMsg(\fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \
+\fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP)
+.br
+      String \fIname\fP;
+.br
+      String \fItype\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIclass\fP;
+.br
+      String \fIdefault\fP;
+.br
+      String *\fIparams\fP;
+.br
+      Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.LP
+.eM
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtSetErrorHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetErrorHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetErrorHandler(\fIhandler\fP)
+.br
+      XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+.LP
+.eM
+The default error handler provided by the \*(xI is
+.PN _XtError .
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application.
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent \*(tk behavior is undefined.
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppSetErrorHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the installed fatal error procedure, use
+.PN XtError .
+.LP
+.IN "XtError" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtError(\fImessage\fP)
+.br
+      String \fImessage\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the message to be reported.
+.LP
+.eM
+Most programs should use
+.PN XtAppErrorMsg ,
+not
+.PN XtError ,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of error
+messages.  This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppError .
+.sp
+.LP
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+.PN XtSetWarningHandler .
+.LP
+.IN "XtSetWarningHandler" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtSetWarningHandler(\fIhandler\fP)
+.br
+      XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+.LP
+.eM
+The default warning handler provided by the \*(xI is
+.PN _XtWarning .
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller.
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppSetWarningHandler .
+.sp
+.LP
+To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use
+.PN XtWarning .
+.LP
+.IN "XtWarning" "" "@DEF@"
+.sM
+.FD 0
+void XtWarning(\fImessage\fP)
+.br
+      String \fImessage\fP;
+.FN
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported.
+.LP
+.eM
+Most programs should use
+.PN XtAppWarningMsg ,
+not
+.PN XtWarning ,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages.
+This routine has been superseded by
+.PN XtAppWarning .
diff --git a/libXt/specs/appD b/libXt/specs/appD
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5322ff97b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/appD
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+.\" $Xorg: appD,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+.bp
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAppendix D\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBIntrinsics Error Messages\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBAppendix D \(em Intrinsics Error Messages\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+All \*(xI errors and warnings have class
+``XtToolkitError''.
+The following two tables summarize the common errors and warnings that can be
+generated by the \*(xI.
+Additional implementation-dependent messages are permitted.
+.SH 
+Error Messages
+.LP
+.ps 9
+.nr PS 9
+.TS
+lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Type	Default Message
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+allocError	calloc	T{
+Cannot perform calloc
+T}
+allocError	malloc	T{
+Cannot perform malloc
+T}
+allocError	realloc	T{
+Cannot perform realloc
+T}
+internalError	xtMakeGeometryRequest	T{
+internal error; ShellClassExtension is NULL
+T}
+invalidArgCount	xtGetValues	T{
+Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtGetValues
+T}
+invalidArgCount	xtSetValues	T{
+Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtSetValues
+T}
+invalidClass	applicationShellInsertChild	T{
+ApplicationShell does not accept RectObj children; ignored
+T}
+invalidClass	constraintSetValue	T{
+Subclass of Constraint required in CallConstraintSetValues
+T}
+invalidClass	xtAppCreateShell	T{
+XtAppCreateShell requires non-NULL widget class
+T}
+invalidClass	xtCreatePopupShell	T{
+XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL widget class
+T}
+invalidClass	xtCreateWidget	T{
+XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL widget class
+T}
+invalidClass	xtPopdown	T{
+XtPopdown requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass
+T}
+invalidClass	xtPopup	T{
+XtPopup requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass
+T}
+invalidDimension	xtCreateWindow	T{
+Widget %s has zero width and/or height
+T}
+invalidDimension	shellRealize	T{
+Shell widget %s has zero width and/or height
+T}
+invalidDisplay	xtInitialize	T{
+Can't open display: %s
+T}
+invalidGetValues	xtGetValues	T{
+NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues
+T}
+invalidExtension	shellClassPartInitialize	T{
+widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record
+T}
+invalidExtension	xtMakeGeometryRequest	T{
+widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record
+T}
+invalidGeometryManager	xtMakeGeometryRequest	T{
+XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent has no geometry manager
+T}
+invalidParameter	xtAddInput	T{
+invalid condition passed to XtAddInput
+T}
+invalidParameter	xtAddInput	T{
+invalid condition passed to XtAppAddInput
+T}
+invalidParent	xtChangeManagedSet	T{
+Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite
+T}
+invalidParent	xtChangeManagedSet	T{
+Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite
+T}
+invalidParent	xtCreatePopupShell	T{
+XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL parent
+T}
+invalidParent	xtCreateWidget	T{
+XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL parent
+T}
+invalidParent	xtMakeGeometryRequest	T{
+non-shell has no parent in XtMakeGeometryRequest
+T}
+invalidParent	xtMakeGeometryRequest	T{
+XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent not composite
+T}
+invalidParent	xtManageChildren	T{
+Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite
+T}
+invalidParent	xtUnmanageChildren	T{
+Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite
+T}
+invalidProcedure	inheritanceProc	T{
+Unresolved inheritance operation
+T}
+invalidProcedure	realizeProc	T{
+No realize class procedure defined
+T}
+invalidWindow	eventHandler	T{
+Event with wrong window
+T}
+missingWidget	fetchDisplayArg	T{
+FetchDisplayArg called without a widget to reference
+T}
+nonWidget	xtCreateWidget	T{
+attempt to add non-widget child "%s" to parent "%s" which supports only widgets
+T}
+noPerDisplay	closeDisplay	T{
+Couldn't find per display information
+T}
+noPerDisplay	getPerDisplay	T{
+Couldn't find per display information
+T}
+noSelectionProperties	freeSelectionProperty	T{
+internal error: no selection property context for display
+T}
+noWidgetAncestor	windowedAncestor	T{
+Object "%s" does not have windowed ancestor
+T}
+nullDisplay	xtRegisterExtensionSelector	T{
+XtRegisterExtensionSelector requires a non-NULL display
+T}
+nullProc	insertChild	T{
+"%s" parent has NULL insert_child method
+T}
+r2versionMismatch	widget	T{
+Widget class %s must be re-compiled.
+T}
+R3versionMismatch	widget	T{
+Widget class %s must be re-compiled.
+T}
+R4orR5versionMismatch	widget	T{
+Widget class %s must be re-compiled.
+T}
+rangeError	xtRegisterExtensionSelector	T{
+Attempt to register multiple selectors for one extension event type
+T}
+sessionManagement	SmcOpenConnection	T{
+Tried to connect to session manager, %s
+T}
+subclassMismatch	xtCheckSubclass	T{
+Widget class %s found when subclass of %s expected: %s
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.ps 11
+.nr PS 11
+.SH
+Warning Messages
+.LP
+.ps 9
+.nr PS 9
+.TS
+lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Name	Type	Default Message
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+ambiguousParent	xtChangeManagedSet	T{
+Not all children have same parent
+T}
+ambiguousParent	xtManageChildren	T{
+Not all children have same parent in XtManageChildren
+T}
+ambiguousParent	xtUnmanageChildren	T{
+Not all children have same parent in XtUnmanageChildren
+T}
+badFormat	xtGetSelectionValue	T{
+Selection owner returned type INCR property with format != 32
+T}
+badGeometry	shellRealize	T{
+Shell widget "%s" has an invalid geometry specification: "%s"
+T}
+badValue	cvtStringToPixel	T{
+Color name "%s" is not defined
+T}
+communicationError	select	T{
+Select failed; error code %s
+T}
+conversionError	string	T{
+Cannot convert string "%s" to type %s
+T}
+conversionError	stringToVisual	T{
+Cannot find Visual of class %s for display %s
+T}
+conversionFailed	xtConvertVarToArgList	T{
+Type conversion failed
+T}
+conversionFailed	xtGetTypedArg	T{
+Type conversion (%s to %s) failed for widget '%s'
+T}
+displayError	invalidDisplay	T{
+Can't find display structure
+T}
+grabError	xtAddGrab	T{
+XtAddGrab requires exclusive grab if spring_loaded is TRUE
+T}
+grabError	xtRemoveGrab	T{
+XtRemoveGrab asked to remove a widget not on the list
+T}
+.TE
+.TS
+lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i).
+initializationError	xtInitialize	T{
+Initializing Resource Lists twice
+T}
+insufficientSpace	xtGetTypedArg	T{
+Insufficient space for converted type '%s' in widget '%s'
+T}
+internalError	shell	T{
+Shell's window manager interaction is broken
+T}
+invalidAddressMode	computeArgs	T{
+Conversion arguments for widget '%s' contain an unsupported address mode
+T}
+invalidArgCount	getResources	T{
+argument count > 0 on NULL argument list
+T}
+invalidCallbackList	xtAddCallback	T{
+Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallback
+T}
+invalidCallbackList	xtAddCallback	T{
+Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallbacks
+T}
+invalidCallbackList	xtCallCallback	T{
+Cannot find callback list in XtCallCallbacks
+T}
+invalidCallbackList	xtRemoveAllCallback	T{
+Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveAllCallbacks
+T}
+invalidCallbackList	xtRemoveCallback	T{
+Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveCallbacks
+T}
+invalidChild	xtChangeManagedSet	T{
+Null child passed to UnmanageChildren
+T}
+invalidChild	xtManageChildren	T{
+null child passed to ManageChildren
+T}
+invalidChild	xtManageChildren	T{
+null child passed to XtManageChildren
+T}
+invalidChild	xtUnmanageChildren	T{
+Null child passed to XtUnmanageChildren
+T}
+invalidChild	xtUnmanageChildren	T{
+Null child found in argument list to unmanage
+T}
+invalidDepth	setValues	T{
+Can't change widget depth
+T}
+invalidExtension	xtCreateWidget	T{
+widget "%s" class %s has invalid CompositeClassExtension record
+T}
+invalidExtension	xtCreateWidget	T{
+widget class %s has invalid ConstraintClassExtension record
+T}
+invalidGrab	ungrabKeyOrButton	T{
+Attempt to remove nonexistent passive grab
+T}
+invalidGrabKind	xtPopup	T{
+grab kind argument has invalid value; XtGrabNone assumed
+T}
+invalidParameters	freeTranslations	T{
+Freeing XtTranslations requires no extra arguments
+T}
+invalidParameters	mergeTranslations	T{
+MergeTM to TranslationTable needs no extra arguments
+T}
+invalidParameters	xtMenuPopdown	T{
+XtMenuPopdown called with num_params != 0 or 1
+T}
+invalidParameters	xtMenuPopupAction	T{
+MenuPopup wants exactly one argument
+T}
+invalidParent	xtCopyFromParent	T{
+CopyFromParent must have non-NULL parent
+T}
+invalidPopup	xtMenuPopup	T{
+Can't find popup widget "%s" in XtMenuPopup
+T}
+invalidPopup	xtMenuPopdown	T{
+Can't find popup in widget "%s" in XtMenuPopdown
+T}
+invalidPopup	unsupportedOperation	T{
+Pop-up menu creation is only supported on ButtonPress, KeyPress or EnterNotify events.
+T}
+invalidPopup	unsupportedOperation	T{
+Pop-up menu creation is only supported on Button, Key or EnterNotify events.
+T}
+invalidProcedure	deleteChild	T{
+null delete_child procedure for class %s in XtDestroy
+T}
+invalidProcedure	inputHandler	T{
+XtRemoveInput: Input handler not found
+T}
+invalidProcedure	set_values_almost	T{
+set_values_almost procedure shouldn't be NULL
+T}
+invalidResourceCount	getResources	T{
+resource count > 0 on NULL resource list
+T}
+invalidResourceName	computeArgs	T{
+Cannot find resource name %s as argument to conversion
+T}
+invalidShell	xtTranslateCoords	T{
+Widget has no shell ancestor
+T}
+invalidSizeOverride	xtDependencies	T{
+Representation size %d must match superclass's to override %s
+T}
+missingCharsetList	cvtStringToFontSet	T{
+Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion
+T}
+noActionProc	xtCallActionProc	T{
+No action proc named "%s" is registered for widget "%s"
+T}
+noColormap	cvtStringToPixel	T{
+Cannot allocate colormap entry for "%s"
+T}
+noFont	cvtStringToFont	T{
+Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font
+T}
+noFont	cvtStringToFontSet	T{
+Unable to load any usable fontset
+T}
+noFont	cvtStringToFontStruct	T{
+Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font
+T}
+.TE
+.TS
+lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i).
+notInConvertSelection	xtGetSelectionRequest	T{
+XtGetSelectionRequest or XtGetSelectionParameters called for widget "%s" outside of ConvertSelection proc
+T}
+notRectObj	xtChangeManagedSet	T{
+child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj
+T}
+notRectObj	xtManageChildren	T{
+child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj
+T}
+nullWidget	xtConvertVarToArgList	T{
+XtVaTypedArg conversion needs non-NULL widget handle
+T}
+r3versionMismatch	widget	T{
+Shell Widget class %s binary compiled for R3
+T}
+translationError	nullTable	T{
+Can't remove accelerators from NULL table
+T}
+translationError	nullTable	T{
+Tried to remove nonexistent accelerators
+T}
+translationError	ambiguousActions	T{
+Overriding earlier translation manager actions.
+T}
+translationError	newActions	T{
+New actions are:%s
+T}
+translationError	nullTable	T{
+table to (un)merge must not be null
+T}
+translationError	nullTable	T{
+Can't translate event through NULL table
+T}
+translationError	oldActions	T{
+Previous entry was: %s %s
+T}
+translationError	unboundActions	T{
+Actions not found: %s
+T}
+translationError	xtTranslateInitialize	T{
+Initializing Translation manager twice.
+T}
+translationParseError	missingComma	T{
+ ... possibly due to missing ',' in event sequence.
+T}
+translationParseError	nonLatin1	T{
+ ... probably due to non-Latin1 character in quoted string
+T}
+translationParseError	parseError	T{
+translation table syntax error: %s
+T}
+translationParseError	parseString	T{
+Missing '"'.
+T}
+translationParseError	showLine	T{
+ ... found while parsing '%s'
+T}
+typeConversionError	noConverter	T{
+No type converter registered for '%s' to '%s' conversion.
+T}
+unknownType	xtConvertVarToArgList	T{
+Unable to find type of resource for conversion
+T}
+unknownType	xtGetTypedArg	T{
+Unable to find type of resource for conversion
+T}
+versionMismatch	widget	T{
+Widget class %s version mismatch (recompilation needed):\\n widget %d vs. intrinsics %d.
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntOrPixelToXColor	T{
+Pixel to color conversion needs screen and colormap arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToBool	T{
+Integer to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToBoolean	T{
+Integer to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToFloat	T{
+Integer to Float conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToFont	T{
+Integer to Font conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToPixel	T{
+Integer to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToPixmap	T{
+Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToShort	T{
+Integer to Short conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtIntToUnsignedChar	T{
+Integer to UnsignedChar conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToAcceleratorTable	T{
+String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToAtom	T{
+String to Atom conversion needs Display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToBool	T{
+String to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToBoolean	T{
+String to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToCommandArgArray	T{
+String to CommandArgArray conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToCursor	T{
+String to cursor conversion needs display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToDimension	T{
+String to Dimension conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToDirectoryString	T{
+String to DirectoryString conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+.TE
+.TS
+lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i).
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToDisplay	T{
+String to Display conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToFile	T{
+String to File conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToFloat	T{
+String to Float conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToFont	T{
+String to font conversion needs display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToFontSet	T{
+String to FontSet conversion needs display and locale arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToFontStruct	T{
+String to font conversion needs display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToGravity	T{
+String to Gravity conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToInitialState	T{
+String to InitialState conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToInt	T{
+String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToPixel	T{
+String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToRestartStyle	T{
+String to RestartStyle conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToShort	T{
+String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToTranslationTable	T{
+String to TranslationTable conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToUnsignedChar	T{
+String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtStringToVisual	T{
+String to Visual conversion needs screen and depth arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	cvtXColorToPixel	T{
+Color to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	freeCursor	T{
+Free Cursor requires display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	freeDirectoryString	T{
+Free Directory String requires no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	freeFile	T{
+Free File requires no extra arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	freeFont	T{
+Free Font needs display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	freeFontSet	T{
+FreeFontSet needs display and locale arguments
+T}
+wrongParameters	freeFontStruct	T{
+Free FontStruct requires display argument
+T}
+wrongParameters	freePixel	T{
+Freeing a pixel requires screen and colormap arguments
+T}
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.ps 11
+.nr PS 11
diff --git a/libXt/specs/appE b/libXt/specs/appE
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ce7270bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/appE
@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+.\" $Xorg: appE,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+.bp
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAppendix E\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fB\fBDefined Strings\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBAppendix E \(em Defined Strings\fP
+.XE
+.LP
+The 
+.PN StringDefs.h
+header file contains definitions for the following resource name,
+class, and representation type symbolic constants.
+.IN "String Constants" "resource names"
+.LP
+Resource names:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNaccelerators	"accelerators"
+XtNallowHoriz	"allowHoriz"
+XtNallowVert	"allowVert"
+XtNancestorSensitive	"ancestorSensitive"
+XtNbackground	"background"
+XtNbackgroundPixmap	"backgroundPixmap"
+XtNbitmap	"bitmap"
+XtNborder	"borderColor"
+XtNborderColor	"borderColor"
+XtNborderPixmap	"borderPixmap"
+XtNborderWidth	"borderWidth"
+XtNcallback	"callback"
+XtNchangeHook	"changeHook"
+XtNchildren	"children"
+XtNcolormap	"colormap"
+XtNconfigureHook	"configureHook"
+XtNcreateHook	"createHook"
+XtNdepth	"depth"
+XtNdestroyCallback	"destroyCallback"
+XtNdestroyHook	"destroyHook"
+XtNeditType	"editType"
+XtNfile	"file"
+XtNfont	"font"
+XtNfontSet	"fontSet"
+XtNforceBars	"forceBars"
+XtNforeground	"foreground"
+XtNfunction	"function"
+XtNgeometryHook	"geometryHook"
+XtNheight	"height"
+XtNhighlight	"highlight"
+XtNhSpace	"hSpace"
+XtNindex	"index"
+XtNinitialResourcesPersistent	"initialResourcesPersistent"
+XtNinnerHeight	"innerHeight"
+XtNinnerWidth	"innerWidth"
+XtNinnerWindow	"innerWindow"
+XtNinsertPosition	"insertPosition"
+XtNinternalHeight	"internalHeight"
+XtNinternalWidth	"internalWidth"
+XtNjumpProc	"jumpProc"
+XtNjustify	"justify"
+XtNknobHeight	"knobHeight"
+XtNknobIndent	"knobIndent"
+XtNknobPixel	"knobPixel"
+XtNknobWidth	"knobWidth"
+XtNlabel	"label"
+XtNlength	"length"
+XtNlowerRight	"lowerRight"
+XtNmappedWhenManaged	"mappedWhenManaged"
+XtNmenuEntry	"menuEntry"
+XtNname	"name"
+XtNnotify	"notify"
+XtNnumChildren	"numChildren"
+XtNnumShells	"numShells"
+XtNorientation	"orientation"
+XtNparameter	"parameter"
+XtNpixmap	"pixmap"
+XtNpopupCallback	"popupCallback"
+XtNpopdownCallback	"popdownCallback"
+XtNresize	"resize"
+XtNreverseVideo	"reverseVideo"
+XtNscreen	"screen"
+XtNscrollProc	"scrollProc"
+XtNscrollDCursor	"scrollDCursor"
+XtNscrollHCursor	"scrollHCursor"
+XtNscrollLCursor	"scrollLCursor"
+XtNscrollRCursor	"scrollRCursor"
+XtNscrollUCursor	"scrollUCursor"
+XtNscrollVCursor	"scrollVCursor"
+XtNselection	"selection"
+XtNselectionArray	"selectionArray"
+XtNsensitive	"sensitive"
+XtNsession	"session"
+XtNshells	"shells"
+XtNshown	"shown"
+XtNspace	"space"
+XtNstring	"string"
+XtNtextOptions	"textOptions"
+XtNtextSink	"textSink"
+XtNtextSource	"textSource"
+XtNthickness	"thickness"
+XtNthumb	"thumb"
+XtNthumbProc	"thumbProc"
+XtNtop	"top"
+XtNtranslations	"translations"
+XtNunrealizeCallback	"unrealizeCallback"
+XtNupdate	"update"
+XtNuseBottom	"useBottom"
+XtNuseRight	"useRight"
+XtNvalue	"value"
+XtNvSpace	"vSpace"
+XtNwidth	"width"
+XtNwindow	"window"
+XtNx	"x"
+XtNy	"y"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.IN "String Constants" "resource classes"
+.LP
+Resource classes:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtCAccelerators	"Accelerators"
+XtCBackground	"Background"
+XtCBitmap	"Bitmap"
+XtCBoolean	"Boolean"
+XtCBorderColor	"BorderColor"
+XtCBorderWidth	"BorderWidth"
+XtCCallback	"Callback"
+XtCColormap	"Colormap"
+XtCColor	"Color"
+XtCCursor	"Cursor"
+XtCDepth	"Depth"
+XtCEditType	"EditType"
+XtCEventBindings	"EventBindings"
+XtCFile	"File"
+XtCFont	"Font"
+XtCFontSet	"FontSet"
+XtCForeground	"Foreground"
+XtCFraction	"Fraction"
+XtCFunction	"Function"
+XtCHeight	"Height"
+XtCHSpace	"HSpace"
+XtCIndex	"Index"
+XtCInitialResourcesPersistent	"InitialResourcesPersistent"
+XtCInsertPosition	"InsertPosition"
+XtCInterval	"Interval"
+XtCJustify	"Justify"
+XtCKnobIndent	"KnobIndent"
+XtCKnobPixel	"KnobPixel"
+XtCLabel	"Label"
+XtCLength	"Length"
+XtCMappedWhenManaged	"MappedWhenManaged"
+XtCMargin	"Margin"
+XtCMenuEntry	"MenuEntry"
+XtCNotify	"Notify"
+XtCOrientation	"Orientation"
+XtCParameter	"Parameter"
+XtCPixmap	"Pixmap"
+XtCPosition	"Position"
+XtCReadOnly	"ReadOnly"
+XtCResize	"Resize"
+XtCReverseVideo	"ReverseVideo"
+XtCScreen	"Screen"
+XtCScrollProc	"ScrollProc"
+XtCScrollDCursor	"ScrollDCursor"
+XtCScrollHCursor	"ScrollHCursor"
+XtCScrollLCursor	"ScrollLCursor"
+XtCScrollRCursor	"ScrollRCursor"
+XtCScrollUCursor	"ScrollUCursor"
+XtCScrollVCursor	"ScrollVCursor"
+XtCSelection	"Selection"
+XtCSelectionArray	"SelectionArray"
+XtCSensitive	"Sensitive"
+XtCSession	"Session"
+XtCSpace	"Space"
+XtCString	"String"
+XtCTextOptions	"TextOptions"
+XtCTextPosition	"TextPosition"
+XtCTextSink	"TextSink"
+XtCTextSource	"TextSource"
+XtCThickness	"Thickness"
+XtCThumb	"Thumb"
+XtCTranslations	"Translations"
+XtCValue	"Value"
+XtCVSpace	"VSpace"
+XtCWidth	"Width"
+XtCWindow	"Window"
+XtCX	"X"
+XtCY	"Y"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.IN "String Constants" "representation types"
+.LP
+Resource representation types:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtRAcceleratorTable	"AcceleratorTable"
+XtRAtom	"Atom"
+XtRBitmap	"Bitmap"
+XtRBool	"Bool"
+XtRBoolean	"Boolean"
+XtRCallback	"Callback"
+XtRCallProc	"CallProc"
+XtRCardinal	"Cardinal"
+XtRColor	"Color"
+XtRColormap	"Colormap"
+XtRCommandArgArray	"CommandArgArray"
+XtRCursor	"Cursor"
+XtRDimension	"Dimension"
+XtRDirectoryString	"DirectoryString"
+XtRDisplay	"Display"
+XtREditMode	"EditMode"
+XtREnum	"Enum"
+XtREnvironmentArray	"EnvironmentArray"
+XtRFile	"File"
+XtRFloat	"Float"
+XtRFont	"Font"
+XtRFontSet	"FontSet"
+XtRFontStruct	"FontStruct"
+XtRFunction	"Function"
+XtRGeometry	"Geometry"
+XtRGravity	"Gravity"
+XtRImmediate	"Immediate"
+XtRInitialState	"InitialState"
+XtRInt	"Int"
+XtRJustify	"Justify"
+XtRLongBoolean	XtRBool
+XtRObject	"Object"
+XtROrientation	"Orientation"
+XtRPixel	"Pixel"
+XtRPixmap	"Pixmap"
+XtRPointer	"Pointer"
+XtRPosition	"Position"
+XtRRestartStyle	"RestartStyle"
+XtRScreen	"Screen"
+XtRShort	"Short"
+XtRSmcConn	"SmcConn"
+XtRString	"String"
+XtRStringArray	"StringArray"
+XtRStringTable	"StringTable"
+XtRUnsignedChar	"UnsignedChar"
+XtRTranslationTable	"TranslationTable"
+XtRVisual	"Visual"
+XtRWidget	"Widget"
+XtRWidgetClass	"WidgetClass"
+XtRWidgetList	"WidgetList"
+XtRWindow	"Window"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+Boolean enumeration constants:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtEoff	"off"
+XtEfalse	"false"
+XtEno	"no"
+XtEon	"on"
+XtEtrue	"true"
+XtEyes	"yes"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+Orientation enumeration constants:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtEvertical	"vertical"
+XtEhorizontal	"horizontal"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+Text edit enumeration constants:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtEtextRead	"read"
+XtEtextAppend	"append"
+XtEtextEdit	"edit"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+Color enumeration constants:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtExtdefaultbackground	"xtdefaultbackground"
+XtExtdefaultforeground	"xtdefaultforeground"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+Font constant:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtExtdefaultfont	"xtdefaultfont"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+Hooks for External Agents constants:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtHcreate	"Xtcreate"
+XtHsetValues	"Xtsetvalues"
+XtHmanageChildren	"XtmanageChildren"
+XtHunmanageChildren	"XtunmanageChildren"
+XtHmanageSet	"XtmanageSet"
+XtHunmanageSet	"XtunmanageSet"
+XtHrealizeWidget	"XtrealizeWidget"
+XtHunrealizeWidget	"XtunrealizeWidget"
+XtHaddCallback	"XtaddCallback"
+XtHaddCallbacks	"XtaddCallbacks"
+XtHremoveCallback	"XtremoveCallback"
+XtHremoveCallbacks	"XtremoveCallbacks"
+XtHremoveAllCallbacks	"XtremoveAllCallbacks"
+XtHaugmentTranslations	"XtaugmentTranslations"
+XtHoverrideTranslations	"XtoverrideTranslations"
+XtHuninstallTranslations	"XtuninstallTranslations"
+XtHsetKeyboardFocus	"XtsetKeyboardFocus"
+XtHsetWMColormapWindows	"XtsetWMColormapWindows"
+XtHmapWidget	"XtmapWidget"
+XtHunmapWidget	"XtunmapWidget"
+XtHpopup	"Xtpopup"
+XtHpopupSpringLoaded	"XtpopupSpringLoaded"
+XtHpopdown	"Xtpopdown"
+XtHconfigure	"Xtconfigure"
+XtHpreGeometry	"XtpreGeometry"
+XtHpostGeometry	"XtpostGeometry"
+XtHdestroy	"Xtdestroy"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.LP
+The 
+.PN Shell.h
+header file contains definitions for the following resource name,
+class, and representation type symbolic constants.
+.IN "String Constants" "resource names"
+.LP
+Resource names:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtNallowShellResize	"allowShellResize"
+XtNargc	"argc"
+XtNargv	"argv"
+XtNbaseHeight	"baseHeight"
+XtNbaseWidth	"baseWidth"
+XtNcancelCallback	"cancelCallback"
+XtNclientLeader	"clientLeader"
+XtNcloneCommand	"cloneCommand"
+XtNconnection	"connection"
+XtNcreatePopupChildProc	"createPopupChildProc"
+XtNcurrentDirectory	"currentDirectory"
+XtNdieCallback	"dieCallback"
+XtNdiscardCommand	"discardCommand"
+XtNenvironment	"environment"
+XtNerrorCallback	"errorCallback"
+XtNgeometry	"geometry"
+XtNheightInc	"heightInc"
+XtNiconMask	"iconMask"
+XtNiconName	"iconName"
+XtNiconNameEncoding	"iconNameEncoding"
+XtNiconPixmap	"iconPixmap"
+XtNiconWindow	"iconWindow"
+XtNiconX	"iconX"
+XtNiconY	"iconY"
+XtNiconic	"iconic"
+XtNinitialState	"initialState"
+XtNinput	"input"
+XtNinteractCallback	"interactCallback"
+XtNjoinSession	"joinSession"
+XtNmaxAspectX	"maxAspectX"
+XtNmaxAspectY	"maxAspectY"
+XtNmaxHeight	"maxHeight"
+XtNmaxWidth	"maxWidth"
+XtNminAspectX	"minAspectX"
+XtNminAspectY	"minAspectY"
+XtNminHeight	"minHeight"
+XtNminWidth	"minWidth"
+XtNoverrideRedirect	"overrideRedirect"
+XtNprogramPath	"programPath"
+XtNresignCommand	"resignCommand"
+XtNrestartCommand	"restartCommand"
+XtNrestartStyle	"restartStyle"
+XtNsaveCallback	"saveCallback"
+XtNsaveCompleteCallback	"saveCompleteCallback"
+XtNsaveUnder	"saveUnder"
+XtNsessionID	"sessionID"
+XtNshutdownCommand	"shutdownCommand"
+XtNtitle	"title"
+XtNtitleEncoding	"titleEncoding"
+XtNtransient	"transient"
+XtNtransientFor	"transientFor"
+XtNurgency	"urgency"
+XtNvisual	"visual"
+XtNwaitForWm	"waitforwm"
+XtNwaitforwm	"waitforwm"
+XtNwidthInc	"widthInc"
+XtNwindowGroup	"windowGroup"
+XtNwindowRole	"windowRole"
+XtNwinGravity	"winGravity"
+XtNwmTimeout	"wmTimeout"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.IN "String Constants" "resource classes"
+.LP
+Resource classes:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtCAllowShellResize	"allowShellResize"
+XtCArgc	"Argc"
+XtCArgv	"Argv"
+XtCBaseHeight	"BaseHeight"
+XtCBaseWidth	"BaseWidth"
+XtCClientLeader	"ClientLeader"
+XtCCloneCommand	"CloneCommand"
+XtCConnection	"Connection"
+XtCCreatePopupChildProc	"CreatePopupChildProc"
+XtCCurrentDirectory	"CurrentDirectory"
+XtCDiscardCommand	"DiscardCommand"
+XtCEnvironment	"Environment"
+XtCGeometry	"Geometry"
+XtCHeightInc	"HeightInc"
+XtCIconMask	"IconMask"
+XtCIconName	"IconName"
+XtCIconNameEncoding	"IconNameEncoding"
+XtCIconPixmap	"IconPixmap"
+XtCIconWindow	"IconWindow"
+XtCIconX	"IconX"
+XtCIconY	"IconY"
+XtCIconic	"Iconic"
+XtCInitialState	"InitialState"
+XtCInput	"Input"
+XtCJoinSession	"JoinSession"
+XtCMaxAspectX	"MaxAspectX"
+XtCMaxAspectY	"MaxAspectY"
+XtCMaxHeight	"MaxHeight"
+XtCMaxWidth	"MaxWidth"
+XtCMinAspectX	"MinAspectX"
+XtCMinAspectY	"MinAspectY"
+XtCMinHeight	"MinHeight"
+XtCMinWidth	"MinWidth"
+XtCOverrideRedirect	"OverrideRedirect"
+XtCProgramPath	"ProgramPath"
+XtCResignCommand	"ResignCommand"
+XtCRestartCommand	"RestartCommand"
+XtCRestartStyle	"RestartStyle"
+XtCSaveUnder	"SaveUnder"
+XtCSessionID	"SessionID"
+XtCShutdownCommand	"ShutdownCommand"
+XtCTitle	"Title"
+XtCTitleEncoding	"TitleEncoding"
+XtCTransient	"Transient"
+XtCTransientFor	"TransientFor"
+XtCUrgency	"Urgency"
+XtCVisual	"Visual"
+XtCWaitForWm	"Waitforwm"
+XtCWaitforwm	"Waitforwm"
+XtCWidthInc	"WidthInc"
+XtCWindowGroup	"WindowGroup"
+XtCWindowRole	"WindowRole"
+XtCWinGravity	"WinGravity"
+XtCWmTimeout	"WmTimeout"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
+.sp 6p
+.IN "String Constants" "representation types"
+.LP
+Resource representation types:
+.TS
+lw(2i) lw(2.5i).
+_
+.sp 6p
+Symbol	Definition
+.sp 6p
+_
+.sp 6p
+XtRAtom	"Atom"
+.sp 6p
+_
+.TE
diff --git a/libXt/specs/appF b/libXt/specs/appF
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b74cf4a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/appF
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.\" $Xorg: appF,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:49 cpqbld Exp $
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" X Consortium
+.\" 
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\" 
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\" 
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" 
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+.\" 
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+.\" software described herein for any purpose.
+.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+.\"
+.bp
+\&
+.sp 1
+.ce 3
+\s+1\fBAppendix F\fP\s-1
+
+\s+1\fBResource Configuration Management\fP\s-1
+.sp 2
+.LP
+.XS
+\fBAppendix F \(em Resource Configuration Management\fP
+.XE
+Setting and changing resources in X applications can be difficult for
+both the application programmer and the end user.  \fBResource
+Configuration Management (RCM)\fP addresses this problem by changing 
+the \fBX Intrinsics\fP to immediately modify a resource for a 
+specified widget and each child widget in the hierarchy.  
+In this context, immediate means: no sourcing of a resource 
+file is required; the application does not need to be restarted for the 
+new resource values to take effect; and the change
+occurs immediately.
+.LP
+The main difference between \fBRCM\fP and the \fBEditres\fP 
+protocol is that the \fBRCM\fP
+customizing hooks reside in the \fBIntrinsics\fP and thus are linked with
+other toolkits such as Motif and the Athena widgets.  However, the
+\fBEditRes\fP protocol requires the application to link with the 
+\fBEditRes\fP
+routines in the Xmu library and Xmu is not used by all applications that
+use Motif.  Also, the \fBEditRes\fP protocol uses ClientMessage, 
+whereas the
+\fBRCM\fP \fBIntrinsics\fP hooks use \fBPropertyNotify\fP events.
+.LP
+X Properties and the \fBPropertyNotify\fP events are used 
+to implement \fBRCM\fP and
+allow on-the-fly resource customization.  When the X Toolkit is
+initialized, two atoms are interned with the strings 
+\fICustom Init\fP and
+\fICustom Data\fP.  Both 
+.PN _XtCreatePopupShell
+and
+.PN _XtAppCreateShell
+register a \fBPropertyNotify\fP event handler to handle these properties.
+.LP
+A customization tool uses the \fICustom Init\fP property to \fIping\fP an
+application to get the application's toplevel window.  When the
+application's property notify event handler is invoked, the handler
+deletes the property.  No data is transferred in this property.
+.LP
+A customization tool uses the \fICustom Data\fP property to tell an
+application that it should change a resource's value.  The data in
+the property contains the length of the resource name (the number
+of bytes in the resource name), the resource name and the new
+value for the resource.  This property's type is \fBXA_STRING\fP and
+the format of the string is:
+.IP 1. 5
+The length of the resource name (the number of bytes in
+the resource name)
+.IP 2. 5
+One space character
+.IP 3. 5
+The resource name
+.IP 4. 5
+One space character
+.IP 5. 5
+The resource value
+.LP
+When setting the application's resource, the event handler calls
+functions to walk the application's widget tree, determining which
+widgets are affected by the resource string, and then applying the value
+with 
+.PN XtSetValues.
+As the widget tree is recursively descended, at
+each level in the widget tree a resource part is tested for a match.
+When the entire resource string has been matched, the value is applied
+to the widget or widgets.
+.LP
+Before a value is set on a widget, it is first determined if the last
+part of the resource is a valid resource for that widget.  It must also
+add the resource to the application's resource database and then query
+it using specific resource strings that is builds from the widget
+information.
+
+
diff --git a/libXt/specs/intr.idxmac.t b/libXt/specs/intr.idxmac.t
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a3572d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/intr.idxmac.t
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+.eh '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP'
+.oh '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP'
+.so index.pageno
diff --git a/libXt/specs/postproc b/libXt/specs/postproc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..588b1de2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/postproc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.\" $Xorg: postproc,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:49 cpqbld Exp $
+.EH ''''
+.OH ''''
+.if o .bp \" blank page to make index and ToC start on odd page
+\&
+.nr PN +1
+.XS
+Index
+.XE
+.EQ
+delim $$
+.EN
+.tm .pn \n(PN
+.nr PN -1
+.\" print Table of Contents
+.bp 3
+.af PN i
+.PX
+
diff --git a/libXt/specs/strings.mit b/libXt/specs/strings.mit
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87cc71081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libXt/specs/strings.mit
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \(em C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \(em C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \(em C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds xP X Window System Protocol
+.ds Rn 6.8
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.ds oI Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+.ds rI Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+.ds cI Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+.ds oC Must be \fBobjectClass\fP or any subclass thereof.
+.ds rC Must be \fBrectObjClass\fP or any subclass thereof.
+.hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get Composite-Part \
+Rect-Obj-Rec XtIsOverrideShell super-class
diff --git a/libXt/src/ActionHook.c b/libXt/src/ActionHook.c
index 4e02ca7c6..efa898ed0 100644
--- a/libXt/src/ActionHook.c
+++ b/libXt/src/ActionHook.c
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
-/* $Xorg: ActionHook.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:53 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -71,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ActionHook.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:17 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /* 
  * Contains XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook
diff --git a/libXt/src/Alloc.c b/libXt/src/Alloc.c
index 871396e02..be643a822 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Alloc.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Alloc.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Alloc.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:53 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Alloc.c,v 1.9 2001/12/14 19:56:07 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*
  * X Toolkit Memory Allocation Routines
@@ -85,6 +82,8 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 #undef _XBCOPYFUNC
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
 
 #define Xmalloc(size) malloc((size))
 #define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), (size))
@@ -124,6 +123,43 @@ void _XtHeapInit(
     heap->bytes_remaining = 0;
 }
 
+/* Version of asprintf() using XtMalloc
+ * Not currently available in XTTRACEMEMORY version, since that would
+ * require varargs macros everywhere, which are only standard in C99 & later.
+ */
+Cardinal XtAsprintf(
+    String *new_string,
+    _Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format,
+    ...)
+{
+    char buf[256];
+    Cardinal len;
+    va_list ap;
+
+    va_start(ap, format);
+    len = vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+
+    if (len < 0)
+	_XtAllocError("vsnprintf");
+
+    *new_string = XtMalloc(len + 1); /* snprintf doesn't count trailing '\0' */
+    if (len < sizeof(buf))
+    {
+	strncpy(*new_string, buf, len);
+	(*new_string)[len] = '\0';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	va_start(ap, format);
+	if (vsnprintf(*new_string, len + 1, format, ap) < 0)
+	    _XtAllocError("vsnprintf");
+	va_end(ap);
+    }
+    return len;
+}
+
+
 #ifndef XTTRACEMEMORY
 
 char *XtMalloc(
diff --git a/libXt/src/ArgList.c b/libXt/src/ArgList.c
index 622f31351..a88341c38 100644
--- a/libXt/src/ArgList.c
+++ b/libXt/src/ArgList.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ArgList.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:53 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/src/Callback.c b/libXt/src/Callback.c
index feb431818..a1231ecae 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Callback.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Callback.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Callback.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Callback.c,v 1.8 2001/12/14 19:56:08 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/ClickTime.c b/libXt/src/ClickTime.c
index 25f17a621..7a836cc3d 100644
--- a/libXt/src/ClickTime.c
+++ b/libXt/src/ClickTime.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: ClickTime.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/src/Composite.c b/libXt/src/Composite.c
index 24cf0a1b9..29893d820 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Composite.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Composite.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Composite.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Composite.c,v 1.5 2001/08/22 22:52:17 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Constraint.c b/libXt/src/Constraint.c
index 79bc41a3c..92b61b6ed 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Constraint.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Constraint.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Constraint.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Constraint.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:17 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Convert.c b/libXt/src/Convert.c
index f3017d757..cea8fd3ed 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Convert.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Convert.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Convert.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Convert.c,v 3.7 2001/12/14 19:56:09 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Converters.c b/libXt/src/Converters.c
index 45777bda1..6574ce05b 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Converters.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Converters.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Converters.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Converters.c,v 3.14tsi Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
@@ -1363,7 +1360,7 @@ Boolean XtCvtIntToPixmap(
 		  XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToPixmap",XtCXtToolkitError,
                   "Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments",
                    (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
-    done(Pixmap, *(Pixmap*)fromVal->addr);
+    done(Pixmap, *(int*)fromVal->addr);
 }
 
 #ifdef MOTIFBC
diff --git a/libXt/src/Core.c b/libXt/src/Core.c
index 8a1ca7f82..d61f43e02 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Core.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Core.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Core.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/src/Create.c b/libXt/src/Create.c
index 7db4a23ce..da0019231 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Create.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Create.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Create.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Create.c,v 3.10 2002/12/17 04:50:58 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Destroy.c b/libXt/src/Destroy.c
index 0beacbf38..e952bccc5 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Destroy.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Destroy.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Destroy.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Destroy.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Display.c b/libXt/src/Display.c
index 1e444f89c..4ccf079ce 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Display.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Display.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Display.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Display.c,v 3.15 2002/09/18 01:25:01 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Error.c b/libXt/src/Error.c
index 7a6cedfe4..fc9b11a84 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Error.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Error.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Error.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Error.c,v 3.13tsi Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
@@ -236,11 +233,6 @@ static void DefaultMsg (
     void (*fn)(_Xconst _XtString))
 {
 #define BIGBUF 1024
-#ifdef notyet /* older versions don't, might want to wait until more do */
-#if defined(__linux__)  || defined(CSRG_BASED) /* everyone else needs to get with the program */
-#define USE_SNPRINTF
-#endif
-#endif
     char buffer[BIGBUF];
     char* message;
     XtGetErrorDatabaseText(name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, BIGBUF);
@@ -305,18 +297,9 @@ program as a non-root user or by removing the suid bit on the executable.");
 	 * to be a performance issue.
 	 */
 	if ((message = __XtMalloc (BIGBUF))) {
-#ifndef USE_SNPRINTF
-	    message[BIGBUF-1] = 0;
-	    (void) sprintf (message, buffer,
-#else
 	    (void) snprintf (message, BIGBUF, buffer,
-#endif
-			    par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4],
-			    par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]);
-#ifndef USE_SNPRINTF
-	    if (message[BIGBUF-1] != '\0')
-		XtWarning ("Possible heap corruption in Xt{Error,Warning}MsgHandler");
-#endif
+			     par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4],
+			     par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]);
 	    (*fn)(message);
 	    XtFree(message);
 	} else {
diff --git a/libXt/src/Event.c b/libXt/src/Event.c
index 0bad788f6..7be598787 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Event.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Event.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Event.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Event.c,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:11 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/EventUtil.c b/libXt/src/EventUtil.c
index 29ae3f370..91ad31fae 100644
--- a/libXt/src/EventUtil.c
+++ b/libXt/src/EventUtil.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: EventUtil.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -72,7 +71,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/EventUtil.c,v 1.6 2001/12/14 19:56:13 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Functions.c b/libXt/src/Functions.c
index 4be27203a..9937a50ab 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Functions.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Functions.c
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: Functions.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/src/GCManager.c b/libXt/src/GCManager.c
index 5870459c6..ba3d9c492 100644
--- a/libXt/src/GCManager.c
+++ b/libXt/src/GCManager.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: GCManager.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/GCManager.c,v 1.5 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Geometry.c b/libXt/src/Geometry.c
index e725be8ef..d64c8e292 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Geometry.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Geometry.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Geometry.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Geometry.c,v 1.12 2001/12/14 19:56:15 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/GetActKey.c b/libXt/src/GetActKey.c
index b3baf53d4..cf1278ebb 100644
--- a/libXt/src/GetActKey.c
+++ b/libXt/src/GetActKey.c
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
-/* $Xorg: GetActKey.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/src/GetResList.c b/libXt/src/GetResList.c
index fafcbd5a1..c22725c11 100644
--- a/libXt/src/GetResList.c
+++ b/libXt/src/GetResList.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: GetResList.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/GetResList.c,v 3.5 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/GetValues.c b/libXt/src/GetValues.c
index df85b8c6b..511b8d807 100644
--- a/libXt/src/GetValues.c
+++ b/libXt/src/GetValues.c
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-/* $Xorg: GetValues.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/GetValues.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/HookObj.c b/libXt/src/HookObj.c
index f4ac749b2..8aefa53ac 100644
--- a/libXt/src/HookObj.c
+++ b/libXt/src/HookObj.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: HookObj.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/HookObj.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Hooks.c b/libXt/src/Hooks.c
index 05b67ce05..bf26a13e0 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Hooks.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Hooks.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Hooks.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Hooks.c,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:18 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Initialize.c b/libXt/src/Initialize.c
index 27e3d8441..e9543dab1 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Initialize.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Initialize.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Initialize.c,v 1.8 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Initialize.c,v 3.21 2003/04/21 16:34:27 herrb Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
@@ -383,7 +380,7 @@ static void CombineAppUserDefaults(
     XrmDatabase *pdb)
 {
     char* filename;
-    char* path;
+    char* path = NULL;
     Boolean deallocate = False;
 
     if (!(path = getenv("XUSERFILESEARCHPATH"))) {
@@ -392,20 +389,14 @@ static void CombineAppUserDefaults(
 	char homedir[PATH_MAX];
 	GetRootDirName(homedir, PATH_MAX);
 	if (!(old_path = getenv("XAPPLRESDIR"))) {
-	    char *path_default = "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N";
-	    if (!(path =
-		  ALLOCATE_LOCAL(6*strlen(homedir) + strlen(path_default))))
-		_XtAllocError(NULL);
-	    sprintf( path, path_default,
-		    homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir );
+	    XtAsprintf(&path,
+		       "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N",
+		       homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir);
 	} else {
-	    char *path_default = "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N:%s/%%N";
-	    if (!(path =
-		  ALLOCATE_LOCAL( 6*strlen(old_path) + 2*strlen(homedir)
-				 + strlen(path_default))))
-		_XtAllocError(NULL);
-	    sprintf(path, path_default, old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir,
-		    old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir );
+	    XtAsprintf(&path,
+		       "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N:%s/%%N",
+		       old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir,
+		       old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir);
 	}
 	deallocate = True;
 #endif
@@ -417,7 +408,8 @@ static void CombineAppUserDefaults(
 	XtFree(filename);
     }
 
-    if (deallocate) DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(path);
+    if (deallocate)
+	XtFree(path);
 }
 
 static void CombineUserDefaults(
diff --git a/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c b/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c
index 77402ce8e..684bda252 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Intrinsic.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Intrinsic.c,v 3.22 2003/01/12 03:55:46 tsi Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Keyboard.c b/libXt/src/Keyboard.c
index c3c5b2732..c8ba863ba 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Keyboard.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Keyboard.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: Keyboard.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -72,7 +71,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Keyboard.c,v 3.3 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -729,18 +727,22 @@ static void QueryEventMask(
      */
     Widget ancestor = (Widget)client_data;
     XtPerWidgetInput pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(ancestor, FALSE);
-    Widget target = pwi->queryEventDescendant;
-
-    /* use of 'target' is non-standard hackery; allows focus to non-widget */
-    if (pwi && (pwi->focusKid == target)) {
-	AddFocusHandler(ancestor, target, pwi,
-			_XtGetPerWidgetInput(GetShell(ancestor), TRUE),
-			_XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(ancestor)),
-			(EventMask)0);
+
+    if (pwi) {
+	Widget target = pwi->queryEventDescendant;
+
+	/* use of 'target' is non-standard hackery;
+	   allows focus to non-widget */
+	if ( pwi->focusKid == target ) {
+	    AddFocusHandler(ancestor, target, pwi,
+			    _XtGetPerWidgetInput(GetShell(ancestor), TRUE),
+			    _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(ancestor)),
+			    (EventMask)0);
+	}
+	XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
+			     QueryEventMask, client_data);
+	pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
     }
-    XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
-			 QueryEventMask, client_data);
-    pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
 }
 
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Makefile.am b/libXt/src/Makefile.am
index a43fb2283..2b39ec541 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Makefile.am
+++ b/libXt/src/Makefile.am
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ all-local: $(BUILT_FILES)
 $(BUILT_HEADER): $(BUILT_SOURCE)
 
 $(BUILT_SOURCE):
-	$(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c
-	mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src
-	mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11
-	cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
-	cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
-	rm StringDefs.h Shell.h
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c
+	$(AM_V_at)mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src
+	$(AM_V_at)mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11
+	$(AM_V_at)cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
+	$(AM_V_at)cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
+	$(AM_V_at)rm StringDefs.h Shell.h
diff --git a/libXt/src/Makefile.in b/libXt/src/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 8196d5ba9..000000000
--- a/libXt/src/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,731 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-subdir = src
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
-am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
-    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
-    *) f=$$p;; \
-  esac;
-am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
-am__install_max = 40
-am__nobase_strip_setup = \
-  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
-am__nobase_strip = \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
-am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
-  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
-  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
-  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
-    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
-      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
-    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
-am__base_list = \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
-  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
-am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"
-LTLIBRARIES = $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
-libXt_la_DEPENDENCIES =
-am_libXt_la_OBJECTS = ActionHook.lo Alloc.lo ArgList.lo Callback.lo \
-	ClickTime.lo Composite.lo Constraint.lo Convert.lo \
-	Converters.lo Core.lo Create.lo Destroy.lo Display.lo Error.lo \
-	Event.lo EventUtil.lo Functions.lo GCManager.lo Geometry.lo \
-	GetActKey.lo GetResList.lo GetValues.lo HookObj.lo Hooks.lo \
-	Initialize.lo Intrinsic.lo Keyboard.lo Manage.lo NextEvent.lo \
-	Object.lo PassivGrab.lo Pointer.lo Popup.lo PopupCB.lo \
-	RectObj.lo ResConfig.lo Resources.lo Selection.lo SetSens.lo \
-	SetValues.lo SetWMCW.lo Shell.lo TMaction.lo TMgrab.lo \
-	TMkey.lo TMparse.lo TMprint.lo TMstate.lo Threads.lo \
-	VarCreate.lo VarGet.lo Varargs.lo Vendor.lo sharedlib.lo
-nodist_libXt_la_OBJECTS = StringDefs.lo
-libXt_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libXt_la_OBJECTS) $(nodist_libXt_la_OBJECTS)
-AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_$(V))
-am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_lt_0 = --silent
-libXt_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
-	$(libXt_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
-depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
-am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
-am__mv = mv -f
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
-	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
-	$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
-	$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_$(V))
-am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo "  CC    " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_at_0 = @
-CCLD = $(CC)
-LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
-	$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_$(V))
-am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo "  CCLD  " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
-SOURCES = $(libXt_la_SOURCES) $(nodist_libXt_la_SOURCES)
-DIST_SOURCES = $(libXt_la_SOURCES)
-ETAGS = etags
-CTAGS = ctags
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
-ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
-APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
-FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
-GREP = @GREP@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
-LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
-MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
-RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
-XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
-XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libXt.la
-BUILT_SOURCES = $(BUILT_FILES)
-CLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-SRCH_DEFINES = -DXFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT=\"$(XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT)\"
-ERRORDB_DEFINES = -DERRORDB=\"$(libdir)/X11/XtErrorDB\"
-AM_CFLAGS = $(CWARNFLAGS) $(XT_CFLAGS) $(SRCH_DEFINES) $(ERRORDB_DEFINES) \
-	$(XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS)
-
-INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/include/ -I$(top_srcdir)/include/X11 \
-	   -I$(top_builddir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include/X11
-
-nodist_libXt_la_SOURCES = StringDefs.c
-libXt_la_SOURCES = \
-	ActionHook.c \
-	Alloc.c \
-	ArgList.c \
-	Callback.c \
-	ClickTime.c \
-	Composite.c \
-	Constraint.c \
-	Convert.c \
-	Converters.c \
-	Core.c \
-	Create.c \
-	Destroy.c \
-	Display.c \
-	Error.c \
-	Event.c \
-	EventUtil.c \
-	Functions.c \
-	GCManager.c \
-	Geometry.c \
-	GetActKey.c \
-	GetResList.c \
-	GetValues.c \
-	HookObj.c \
-	Hooks.c \
-	Initialize.c \
-	Intrinsic.c \
-	Keyboard.c \
-	Manage.c \
-	NextEvent.c \
-	Object.c \
-	PassivGrab.c \
-	Pointer.c \
-	Popup.c \
-	PopupCB.c \
-	RectObj.c \
-	ResConfig.c \
-	Resources.c \
-	Selection.c \
-	SetSens.c \
-	SetValues.c \
-	SetWMCW.c \
-	Shell.c \
-	TMaction.c \
-	TMgrab.c \
-	TMkey.c \
-	TMparse.c \
-	TMprint.c \
-	TMstate.c \
-	Threads.c \
-	VarCreate.c \
-	VarGet.c \
-	Varargs.c \
-	Vendor.c \
-	sharedlib.c
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = StringDefs.c
-libXt_la_LIBADD = @XT_LIBS@
-libXt_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 6:0:0 -no-undefined
-
-#
-# The util directory contains a program that builds some of the sources. 
-# The input to this program is given in files. Unfortunately those input
-# files refers to things like
-# 
-# 	util/foo
-# 
-# so the generating program must be run from the top directory.
-# 
-BUILT_SOURCE = StringDefs.c 
-BUILT_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/X11/StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11/Shell.h
-BUILT_FILES = $(BUILT_SOURCE) $(BUILT_HEADER)
-STRING_LIST = $(top_srcdir)/util/string.list
-all: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
-	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-install-libLTLIBRARIES: $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	test -z "$(libdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"
-	@list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \
-	list2=; for p in $$list; do \
-	  if test -f $$p; then \
-	    list2="$$list2 $$p"; \
-	  else :; fi; \
-	done; \
-	test -z "$$list2" || { \
-	  echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'"; \
-	  $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; \
-	}
-
-uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES:
-	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	@list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \
-	for p in $$list; do \
-	  $(am__strip_dir) \
-	  echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f'"; \
-	  $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f"; \
-	done
-
-clean-libLTLIBRARIES:
-	-test -z "$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
-	@list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
-	  dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \
-	  test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \
-	  echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \
-	  rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \
-	done
-libXt.la: $(libXt_la_OBJECTS) $(libXt_la_DEPENDENCIES) 
-	$(AM_V_CCLD)$(libXt_la_LINK) -rpath $(libdir) $(libXt_la_OBJECTS) $(libXt_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
-
-mostlyclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
-
-distclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.tab.c
-
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ActionHook.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Alloc.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ArgList.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Callback.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ClickTime.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Composite.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Constraint.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Convert.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Converters.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Core.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Create.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Destroy.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Display.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Error.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Event.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/EventUtil.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Functions.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GCManager.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Geometry.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GetActKey.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GetResList.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GetValues.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/HookObj.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Hooks.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Initialize.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Intrinsic.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Keyboard.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Manage.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/NextEvent.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Object.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/PassivGrab.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Pointer.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Popup.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/PopupCB.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/RectObj.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ResConfig.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Resources.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Selection.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/SetSens.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/SetValues.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/SetWMCW.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Shell.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/StringDefs.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMaction.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMgrab.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMkey.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMparse.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMprint.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMstate.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Threads.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/VarCreate.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/VarGet.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Varargs.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Vendor.Plo@am__quote@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sharedlib.Plo@am__quote@
-
-.c.o:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
-.c.obj:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-
-.c.lo:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
-	-rm -rf .libs _libs
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	set x; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	shift; \
-	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
-	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
-	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      "$$@" $$unique; \
-	  else \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      $$unique; \
-	  fi; \
-	fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
-	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
-	     $$unique
-
-GTAGS:
-	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
-	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
-
-distclean-tags:
-	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) all-local
-installdirs:
-	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; do \
-	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
-	done
-install: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
-	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-	-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \
-	mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
-	distclean-tags
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am: install-libLTLIBRARIES
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
-	mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am: uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES
-
-.MAKE: all check install install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am all-local check check-am clean \
-	clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool ctags \
-	distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
-	distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
-	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
-	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
-	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
-	install-info-am install-libLTLIBRARIES install-man install-pdf \
-	install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
-	installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
-	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
-	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
-	tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES
-
-
-all-local: $(BUILT_FILES)
-
-$(BUILT_HEADER): $(BUILT_SOURCE)
-
-$(BUILT_SOURCE):
-	$(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c
-	mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src
-	mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11
-	cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
-	cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
-	rm StringDefs.h Shell.h
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libXt/src/Manage.c b/libXt/src/Manage.c
index 4c9a80fdc..575be7dfe 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Manage.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Manage.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Manage.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Manage.c,v 3.10tsi Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/NextEvent.c b/libXt/src/NextEvent.c
index 4bade1322..181d20e87 100644
--- a/libXt/src/NextEvent.c
+++ b/libXt/src/NextEvent.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: NextEvent.c,v 1.8 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/NextEvent.c,v 3.26 2002/06/04 21:55:42 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Object.c b/libXt/src/Object.c
index 8bfbcb2f7..ae1ac757b 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Object.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Object.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Object.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Object.c,v 1.5 2001/01/17 19:43:06 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c b/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c
index b7648d1a6..8d3a1d151 100644
--- a/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c
+++ b/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: PassivGrab.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -46,7 +45,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ********************************************************/
-/* $XFree86$ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Pointer.c b/libXt/src/Pointer.c
index bbcb13371..4e537173d 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Pointer.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Pointer.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Pointer.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
diff --git a/libXt/src/Popup.c b/libXt/src/Popup.c
index aac712da1..3f4554b69 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Popup.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Popup.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Popup.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86$ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/PopupCB.c b/libXt/src/PopupCB.c
index be5fd8502..dece66b1f 100644
--- a/libXt/src/PopupCB.c
+++ b/libXt/src/PopupCB.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: PopupCB.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
diff --git a/libXt/src/RectObj.c b/libXt/src/RectObj.c
index 0835d5b47..73e962506 100644
--- a/libXt/src/RectObj.c
+++ b/libXt/src/RectObj.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: RectObj.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/RectObj.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/ResConfig.c b/libXt/src/ResConfig.c
index fd6d057c9..68da5364c 100644
--- a/libXt/src/ResConfig.c
+++ b/libXt/src/ResConfig.c
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: ResConfig.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -52,7 +51,6 @@ dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM
 Corporation.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ResConfig.c,v 3.7 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -176,18 +174,13 @@ _set_resource_values (
 		 * create resource name string
 		 */
 		if (resource_name) {
-			temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) *
-				(2 + strlen(cur->core.name)
-			   	+ strlen(resource_name)));
-			sprintf (temp, ".%s%s", cur->core.name, resource_name);
+			XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s", cur->core.name, resource_name);
 			XtFree (resource_name);
 		} else if (!XtIsWidget (cur) || !cur->core.name) {
 			cur = XtParent(cur);
 			continue;
 		} else {
-			temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) *
-				(2 + strlen(cur->core.name)));
-			sprintf (temp, ".%s", cur->core.name);
+			XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s", cur->core.name);
 		}
 		resource_name = temp;
 
@@ -199,31 +192,19 @@ _set_resource_values (
 				(ApplicationShellWidget) (cur);
 
 			if (resource_class) {
-				temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) *
-					(2 + strlen(top->application.class)
-					+ strlen(resource_class)));
-				sprintf (temp, ".%s%s",
+				XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s",
 					top->application.class, resource_class);
 			} else {
-				temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) *
-					(2 + strlen(top->application.class)));
-				sprintf (temp, ".%s",
+				XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s",
 					top->application.class);
 			}
 		} else {
 			if (resource_class) {
-				temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) *
-					(2 + strlen(
-					cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name)
-					+ strlen(resource_class)));
-				sprintf (temp, ".%s%s",
+				XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s",
 					cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name,
 					resource_class);
 			} else {
-				temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) *
-					(2 + strlen(
-					cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name)));
-				sprintf (temp, ".%s",
+				XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s",
 					cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name);
 			}
 		}
@@ -237,9 +218,7 @@ _set_resource_values (
 	/*
 	 * add the resource name to the end of the resource name string
 	 */
-	temp = XtMalloc (2 + strlen(resource_name) +
-		strlen(resources_return[res_index].resource_name));
-	sprintf (temp, "%s.%s", resource_name,
+	XtAsprintf (&temp, "%s.%s", resource_name,
 		resources_return[res_index].resource_name);
 	if (resource_name != NULL)
 		XtFree (resource_name);
@@ -248,9 +227,7 @@ _set_resource_values (
 	/*
 	 * add the resource class to the end of the resource class string
 	 */
-	temp = XtMalloc (2 + strlen(resource_class) +
-		strlen(resources_return[res_index].resource_class));
-	sprintf (temp, "%s.%s", resource_class,
+	XtAsprintf (&temp, "%s.%s", resource_class,
 		resources_return[res_index].resource_class);
 	if (resource_class != NULL)
 		XtFree (resource_class);
@@ -748,7 +725,7 @@ _search_widget_tree (
 	/*
 	 * this case covers resources of only one level (eg. *background)
 	 */
-	if (strcmp (remainder, "") == 0) {
+	if (remainder[0] == 0) {
 		_set_resource_values (w, resource, value, last_part);
 		if (last_token == '*')
 			_apply_values_to_children (parent, remainder, resource,
@@ -759,8 +736,7 @@ _search_widget_tree (
 	 */
 	} else {
 		if (remainder[0] != '*' && remainder[0] != '.') {
-			copy = XtMalloc (strlen(remainder) + 2);
-			sprintf (copy, ".%s", remainder);
+			XtAsprintf (&copy, ".%s", remainder);
 			XtFree (remainder);
 			remainder = copy;
 		}
diff --git a/libXt/src/Resources.c b/libXt/src/Resources.c
index 0f5bf1c32..dc0f563cc 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Resources.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Resources.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Resources.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -70,8 +68,6 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
 
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Resources.c,v 1.11tsi Exp $ */
-
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -113,92 +109,6 @@ void _XtCopyFromParent(
 } /* _XtCopyFromParent */
 
 
-/* If the alignment characteristics of your machine are right, these may be
-   faster */
-
-#ifdef UNALIGNED
-
-void _XtCopyFromArg(
-    XtArgVal src,
-    char* dst,
-    register unsigned int size)
-{
-    if	    (size == sizeof(long))	*(long *)dst = (long)src;
-    else if (size == sizeof(short))	*(short *)dst = (short)src;
-    else if (size == sizeof(char))	*(char *)dst = (char)src;
-    else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer))	*(XtPointer *)dst = (XtPointer)src;
-    else if (size == sizeof(char*))	*(char **)dst = (char*)src;
-    else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal))	*(XtArgVal *)dst = src;
-    else if (size > sizeof(XtArgVal))
-	(void) memmove((char *) dst, (char *)  src, (int) size);
-    else
-	(void) memmove((char *) dst, (char *) &src, (int) size);
-} /* _XtCopyFromArg */
-
-void _XtCopyToArg(
-    char* src,
-    XtArgVal *dst,
-    register unsigned int size)
-{
-    if (! (*dst)) {
-#ifdef GETVALUES_BUG
-	/* old GetValues semantics (storing directly into arglists) are bad,
-	 * but preserve for compatibility as long as arglist contains NULL.
-	 */
-        if	(size == sizeof(long))	   *dst = (XtArgVal)*(long*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(short))    *dst = (XtArgVal)*(short*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char))	   *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(XtPointer*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char*))    *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char**)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *dst = *(XtArgVal*)src;
-	else (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size);
-#else
-	XtErrorMsg("invalidGetValues", "xtGetValues", XtCXtToolkitError,
-	    "NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues", (String*) NULL, (Cardinal*) NULL);
-#endif
-    }
-    else {
-	/* proper GetValues semantics: argval is pointer to destination */
-	if	(size == sizeof(long))	   *((long*)*dst) = *(long*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(short))    *((short*)*dst) = *(short*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char))	   *((char*)*dst) = *(char*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *((XtPointer*)*dst) = *(XtPointer*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char*))    *((char**)*dst) = *(char**)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *((XtArgVal*)*dst)= *(XtArgVal*)src;
-	else (void) memmove((char*)*dst, (char*)src, (int)size);
-    }
-} /* _XtCopyToArg */
-
-static void CopyToArg(
-    char* src,
-    XtArgVal *dst,
-    register unsigned int size)
-{
-    if (! (*dst)) {
-	/* old GetValues semantics (storing directly into arglists) are bad,
-	 * but preserve for compatibility as long as arglist contains NULL.
-	 */
-        if	(size == sizeof(long))	   *dst = (XtArgVal)*(long*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(short))    *dst = (XtArgVal)*(short*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char))	   *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(XtPointer*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char*))    *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char**)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *dst = *(XtArgVal*)src;
-	else (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size);
-    }
-    else {
-	/* proper GetValues semantics: argval is pointer to destination */
-	if	(size == sizeof(long))	   *((long*)*dst) = *(long*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(short))    *((short*)*dst) = *(short*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char))	   *((char*)*dst) = *(char*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *((XtPointer*)*dst) = *(XtPointer*)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(char*))    *((char**)*dst) = *(char**)src;
-	else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *((XtArgVal*)*dst)= *(XtArgVal*)src;
-	else (void) memmove((char*)*dst, (char*)src, (int)size);
-    }
-} /* CopyToArg */
-
-#else
 void _XtCopyFromArg(
     XtArgVal src,
     char* dst,
@@ -317,7 +227,6 @@ static void CopyToArg(
     }
 } /* CopyToArg */
 
-#endif
 
 static Cardinal CountTreeDepth(
     Widget w)
@@ -948,7 +857,7 @@ static XtCacheRef *GetResources(
 		    register XtTypedArg* arg = typed_args + typed[j] - 1;
 		    register int i;
 
-		    for (i = num_typed_args - typed[j]; i; i--, arg++) {
+		    for (i = num_typed_args - typed[j]; i > 0; i--, arg++) {
 			*arg = *(arg+1);
 		    }
 		    num_typed_args--;
@@ -971,8 +880,10 @@ static XtCacheRef *GetResources(
 		if (cache_ptr && *cache_ptr)
 		    cache_ptr++;
 	    } else {
-		*((XtTranslations *)&widget->core.tm.current_state) =
-		    *((XtTranslations *)value.addr);
+		/* value.addr can be NULL see: !already_copied */
+		if (value.addr)
+		    *((XtTranslations *)&widget->core.tm.current_state) =
+			*((XtTranslations *)value.addr);
 	    }
 	}
     }
diff --git a/libXt/src/Selection.c b/libXt/src/Selection.c
index b35b5a06d..101ea6aaa 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Selection.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Selection.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Selection.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Selection.c,v 3.9 2001/12/14 19:56:29 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -229,7 +226,7 @@ static Atom GetSelectionProperty(
  propCount = sarray->propCount++;
  sarray->list = (SelectionProp) XtRealloc((XtPointer)sarray->list,
   		(unsigned)(sarray->propCount*sizeof(SelectionPropRec)));
- (void) sprintf(propname, "%s%d", "_XT_SELECTION_", propCount);
+ (void) snprintf(propname, sizeof(propname), "_XT_SELECTION_%d", propCount);
  sarray->list[propCount].prop = XInternAtom(dpy, propname, FALSE);
  sarray->list[propCount].avail = FALSE;
  return(sarray->list[propCount].prop);
@@ -831,9 +828,10 @@ static void HandleSelectionEvents(
 	   event->xselectionrequest.property = event->xselectionrequest.target;
 	if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->was_disowned
 	   || ((event->xselectionrequest.time != CurrentTime)
-	        && (event->xselectionrequest.time < ctx->time)))
+	        && (event->xselectionrequest.time < ctx->time))) {
 	    ev.property = None;
-         else {
+	    StartProtectedSection(ev.display, ev.requestor);
+	} else {
 	   if (ev.target == ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
 	      IndirectPair *p;
 	      int format;
diff --git a/libXt/src/SetSens.c b/libXt/src/SetSens.c
index 0e2fe4571..fd7777c53 100644
--- a/libXt/src/SetSens.c
+++ b/libXt/src/SetSens.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: SetSens.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/SetSens.c,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:29 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/SetValues.c b/libXt/src/SetValues.c
index 2cbc4e249..e432ec75d 100644
--- a/libXt/src/SetValues.c
+++ b/libXt/src/SetValues.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: SetValues.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/SetValues.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c b/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c
index af33a62e2..8a065d776 100644
--- a/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c
+++ b/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
-/* $Xorg: SetWMCW.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-/* $XdotOrg: $
+/*
  *
  * Author:  Chris D. Peterson, MIT X Consortium
  */
 
 /************************************************************
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
diff --git a/libXt/src/Shell.c b/libXt/src/Shell.c
index 2699808d3..8a44651d1 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Shell.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Shell.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Shell.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Shell.c,v 3.16tsi Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
@@ -1783,7 +1780,8 @@ static void GetGeometry(
 	}
 	else hints.flags = 0;
 
-	sprintf( def_geom, "%dx%d+%d+%d", width, height, x, y );
+	snprintf( def_geom, sizeof(def_geom), "%dx%d+%d+%d",
+		  width, height, x, y );
 	flag = XWMGeometry( XtDisplay(W),
 			    XScreenNumberOfScreen(XtScreen(W)),
 			    w->shell.geometry, def_geom,
@@ -2484,6 +2482,10 @@ static Boolean TopLevelSetValues(
 		XFree((XPointer)icon_name.value);
 	}
     }
+    else if (new->topLevel.iconic != old->topLevel.iconic) {
+	if (new->topLevel.iconic)
+	    new->wm.wm_hints.initial_state = IconicState;
+    }
     return False;
 }
 
@@ -3016,7 +3018,7 @@ static void SetSessionProperties(
 	user_name = _XtGetUserName(nam_buf, sizeof nam_buf);
 	if (user_name)
 	    props[num_props++] = ArrayPack(SmUserID, &user_name);
-	sprintf(pid, "%ld", (long)getpid());
+	snprintf(pid, sizeof(pid), "%ld", (long)getpid());
 	props[num_props++] = ArrayPack(SmProcessID, &pidp);
 
 	if (num_props) {
diff --git a/libXt/src/TMaction.c b/libXt/src/TMaction.c
index 9389ffa54..bbf1e340a 100644
--- a/libXt/src/TMaction.c
+++ b/libXt/src/TMaction.c
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-/* $Xorg: TMaction.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMaction.c,v 3.7 2001/12/14 19:56:30 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /* TMaction.c -- maintains the state table of actions for the translation 
  *              manager.
@@ -808,9 +806,11 @@ void XtGetActionList(
 	list = *actions_return = (XtActionList)
 	    __XtMalloc(*num_actions_return * sizeof(XtActionsRec));
 	table = GetClassActions(widget_class);
-	for (i= (*num_actions_return); --i >= 0; list++, table++) {
-	    list->string = XrmQuarkToString(table->signature);
-	    list->proc = table->proc;
+	if (table != NULL) {
+	    for (i= (*num_actions_return); --i >= 0; list++, table++) {
+		list->string = XrmQuarkToString(table->signature);
+		list->proc = table->proc;
+	    }
 	}
     }
     UNLOCK_PROCESS;
diff --git a/libXt/src/TMgrab.c b/libXt/src/TMgrab.c
index db016eb7f..08cb4869a 100644
--- a/libXt/src/TMgrab.c
+++ b/libXt/src/TMgrab.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: TMgrab.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMgrab.c,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:30 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
diff --git a/libXt/src/TMkey.c b/libXt/src/TMkey.c
index 8ba9d37be..e59bccae2 100644
--- a/libXt/src/TMkey.c
+++ b/libXt/src/TMkey.c
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-/* $Xorg: TMkey.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMkey.c,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:30 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #define XK_MISCELLANY
 #define XK_LATIN1
diff --git a/libXt/src/TMparse.c b/libXt/src/TMparse.c
index 4acc92dc0..5fddb8230 100644
--- a/libXt/src/TMparse.c
+++ b/libXt/src/TMparse.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: TMparse.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMparse.c,v 3.10tsi Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/TMprint.c b/libXt/src/TMprint.c
index 56f7de1f8..6c469f167 100644
--- a/libXt/src/TMprint.c
+++ b/libXt/src/TMprint.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: TMprint.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMprint.c,v 1.6 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
@@ -782,12 +779,16 @@ void _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators(
     PrintRec		stackPrints[STACKPRINTSIZE];
     PrintRec		*prints;
     TMShortCard		numPrints, maxPrints;
-    TMBindData	bindData = (TMBindData) eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table;
+    TMBindData	bindData ;
     TMComplexBindProcs	complexBindProcs;
 
     if ((eventWidget == NULL) ||
-	((xlations = eventWidget->core.tm.translations) == NULL) ||
-	(bindData->simple.isComplex == False))
+	(eventWidget->core.tm.translations == NULL) )
+      return;
+
+    xlations = eventWidget->core.tm.translations;
+    bindData = (TMBindData) eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table;
+    if (bindData->simple.isComplex == False)
       return;
 
     sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000);
diff --git a/libXt/src/TMstate.c b/libXt/src/TMstate.c
index bbae90887..4a634b439 100644
--- a/libXt/src/TMstate.c
+++ b/libXt/src/TMstate.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: TMstate.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMstate.c,v 1.8 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /*
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/Threads.c b/libXt/src/Threads.c
index 520a475bd..7ae9e18f4 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Threads.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Threads.c
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* $Xorg: Threads.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /************************************************************
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -49,7 +47,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Threads.c,v 3.6 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/VarCreate.c b/libXt/src/VarCreate.c
index acfe13e37..9821fc124 100644
--- a/libXt/src/VarCreate.c
+++ b/libXt/src/VarCreate.c
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: VarCreate.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -50,7 +48,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/VarCreate.c,v 3.6 2001/08/22 22:52:20 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/VarGet.c b/libXt/src/VarGet.c
index c38147519..7b4cea65d 100644
--- a/libXt/src/VarGet.c
+++ b/libXt/src/VarGet.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
-/* $Xorg: VarGet.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
 /*
 
-Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -49,7 +48,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/VarGet.c,v 1.7 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
diff --git a/libXt/src/Varargs.c b/libXt/src/Varargs.c
index 37d3c64db..6c9f9ee5f 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Varargs.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Varargs.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Varargs.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Varargs.c,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:32 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -321,7 +318,7 @@ _XtFreeArgList(
     if (args) {
 	if (typed_count)
 	    for (p = args + total_count; total_count--; ++p) {
-		if (p->value) XtFree((char *)p->value);
+		XtFree((char *)p->value);
 	    }
 	XtFree((char *)args);
     }
@@ -401,8 +398,7 @@ _XtVaToArgList(
 	}
     }
 
-    if (resources != NULL)
-	XtFree((XtPointer)resources);
+    XtFree((XtPointer)resources);
 
     *num_args_return = (Cardinal)count;
     *args_return = (ArgList)args;
diff --git a/libXt/src/Vendor.c b/libXt/src/Vendor.c
index 2d3090189..e4fd24fa5 100644
--- a/libXt/src/Vendor.c
+++ b/libXt/src/Vendor.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Vendor.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Vendor.c,v 1.7 2002/05/31 18:45:46 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /* Make sure all wm properties can make it out of the resource manager */
 
diff --git a/libXt/src/sharedlib.c b/libXt/src/sharedlib.c
index 699302ced..1322d8c85 100644
--- a/libXt/src/sharedlib.c
+++ b/libXt/src/sharedlib.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: sharedlib.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright 1989, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/sharedlib.c,v 3.7 2002/05/31 18:45:46 dawes Exp $ */
 
 #if (defined(SUNSHLIB) || defined(AIXSHLIB)) && !defined(SHAREDCODE)
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
diff --git a/libXt/util/Makefile.am b/libXt/util/Makefile.am
index 892bd80da..dedfa6b56 100644
--- a/libXt/util/Makefile.am
+++ b/libXt/util/Makefile.am
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \
 	StrDefs.ht \
 	string.list
 
-makestrs_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS)
+AM_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS)
 makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c
 
 
@@ -22,18 +22,10 @@ appman_PRE = makestrs.man
 noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@)
 
 EXTRA_DIST += $(appman_PRE)
-CLEANFILES = $(appman_DATA) $(noinst_DATA)
-
-SED = sed
-
-# Strings to replace in man pages
-XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-  XORGMANNAME = X Version 11
-
-MAN_SUBSTS = \
-	-e 's|__xorgversion__|"$(XORGRELSTRING)" "$(XORGMANNAME)"|'
+CLEANFILES = $(noinst_DATA)
 
 SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
 
+# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
 .man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX):
 	$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
diff --git a/libXt/util/Makefile.in b/libXt/util/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d1530be8..000000000
--- a/libXt/util/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,556 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-noinst_PROGRAMS = makestrs$(EXEEXT)
-subdir = util
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-PROGRAMS = $(noinst_PROGRAMS)
-am_makestrs_OBJECTS = makestrs-makestrs.$(OBJEXT)
-makestrs_OBJECTS = $(am_makestrs_OBJECTS)
-makestrs_LDADD = $(LDADD)
-AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_$(V))
-am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_lt_0 = --silent
-makestrs_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) \
-	$(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
-depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
-am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
-am__mv = mv -f
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
-	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
-	$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
-	$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_$(V))
-am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo "  CC    " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_at_0 = @
-CCLD = $(CC)
-LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
-	$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_$(V))
-am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo "  CCLD  " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
-SOURCES = $(makestrs_SOURCES)
-DIST_SOURCES = $(makestrs_SOURCES)
-DATA = $(noinst_DATA)
-ETAGS = etags
-CTAGS = ctags
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
-ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
-APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
-DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
-FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
-GREP = @GREP@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
-LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
-MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
-RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
-SED = sed
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
-XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
-XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
-XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-EXTRA_DIST = Shell.ht StrDefs.ct StrDefs.ht string.list $(appman_PRE)
-makestrs_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS)
-makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c
-
-# Man page
-appmandir = $(APP_MAN_DIR)
-appman_PRE = makestrs.man
-noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@)
-CLEANFILES = $(appman_DATA) $(noinst_DATA)
-
-# Strings to replace in man pages
-XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-XORGMANNAME = X Version 11
-MAN_SUBSTS = \
-	-e 's|__xorgversion__|"$(XORGRELSTRING)" "$(XORGMANNAME)"|'
-
-SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man .c .lo .o .obj
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
-	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign util/Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign util/Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-clean-noinstPROGRAMS:
-	@list='$(noinst_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
-	echo " rm -f" $$list; \
-	rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \
-	test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \
-	list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \
-	echo " rm -f" $$list; \
-	rm -f $$list
-makestrs$(EXEEXT): $(makestrs_OBJECTS) $(makestrs_DEPENDENCIES) 
-	@rm -f makestrs$(EXEEXT)
-	$(AM_V_CCLD)$(makestrs_LINK) $(makestrs_OBJECTS) $(makestrs_LDADD) $(LIBS)
-
-mostlyclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
-
-distclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.tab.c
-
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Po@am__quote@
-
-.c.o:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
-.c.obj:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-
-.c.lo:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
-
-makestrs-makestrs.o: makestrs.c
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT makestrs-makestrs.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo -c -o makestrs-makestrs.o `test -f 'makestrs.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`makestrs.c
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Po
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='makestrs.c' object='makestrs-makestrs.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o makestrs-makestrs.o `test -f 'makestrs.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`makestrs.c
-
-makestrs-makestrs.obj: makestrs.c
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT makestrs-makestrs.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo -c -o makestrs-makestrs.obj `if test -f 'makestrs.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'makestrs.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/makestrs.c'; fi`
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Po
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='makestrs.c' object='makestrs-makestrs.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o makestrs-makestrs.obj `if test -f 'makestrs.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'makestrs.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/makestrs.c'; fi`
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
-	-rm -rf .libs _libs
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	set x; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	shift; \
-	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
-	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
-	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      "$$@" $$unique; \
-	  else \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      $$unique; \
-	  fi; \
-	fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
-		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
-	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-	  done | \
-	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
-	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
-	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
-	     $$unique
-
-GTAGS:
-	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
-	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
-
-distclean-tags:
-	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(DATA)
-installdirs:
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
-	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS \
-	mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
-	distclean-tags
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
-	mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am:
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
-	clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS ctags distclean \
-	distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
-	distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
-	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
-	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
-	install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
-	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
-	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
-	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
-	mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \
-	pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am
-
-
-.man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX):
-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libXt/util/Shell.ht b/libXt/util/Shell.ht
index c9e7e01ea..fc78678f3 100644
--- a/libXt/util/Shell.ht
+++ b/libXt/util/Shell.ht
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: Shell.ht,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/util/Shell.ht,v 3.4 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _XtShell_h
 #define _XtShell_h
diff --git a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct
index ea971f153..c3b15d861 100644
--- a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct
+++ b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: StrDefs.ct,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:04:00 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/util/StrDefs.ct,v 3.4 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */
 
 #define Const const
 
diff --git a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht
index c23759c46..b003bb85b 100644
--- a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht
+++ b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $Xorg: StrDefs.ht,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:04:00 xorgcvs Exp $ */
-
 /***********************************************************
 
 Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
@@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
 SOFTWARE.
 
 ******************************************************************/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/util/StrDefs.ht,v 3.4 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef _XtStringDefs_h_
 #define _XtStringDefs_h_
diff --git a/libXt/util/makestrs.c b/libXt/util/makestrs.c
index ae8c1572b..902d461c5 100644
--- a/libXt/util/makestrs.c
+++ b/libXt/util/makestrs.c
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* $XdotOrg: $ */
-
 /*
 
 Copyright (c) 1991, 1998 The Open Group
@@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 
 */
-/* $XFree86: xc/config/util/makestrs.c,v 3.6 2001/07/25 15:04:41 dawes Exp $ */
 
 /* Constructs string definitions */
 
@@ -33,9 +30,6 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
 #include <X11/Xos.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
-#if defined(macII) && !defined(__STDC__)  /* stdlib.h fails to define these */
-char *malloc();
-#endif /* macII */
 
 typedef struct _TableEnt {
     struct _TableEnt* next;
diff --git a/libXt/util/makestrs.man b/libXt/util/makestrs.man
index bb9183938..0bb1b0ad3 100644
--- a/libXt/util/makestrs.man
+++ b/libXt/util/makestrs.man
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-.\" $Xorg: makestrs.man,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:17 xorgcvs Exp $
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
 .\" 
 .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
@@ -23,8 +22,6 @@
 .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from The
 .\" Open Group.
 .\"
-.\" $XFree86: xc/config/util/makestrs.man,v 3.8 2001/12/14 19:53:22 dawes Exp $
-.\"
 .TH MAKESTRS 1 __xorgversion__
 .SH NAME
 makestrs \- makes string table C source and header(s)
diff --git a/libXt/util/string.list b/libXt/util/string.list
index bef098c2f..5e8d8519f 100644
--- a/libXt/util/string.list
+++ b/libXt/util/string.list
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-! $Xorg: string.list,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:46:22 cpqbld Exp $
 ! NOTE: To maintain binary compatibility, you can only APPEND items within
 !	a given list!!!!
 !
diff --git a/libXt/xt.pc.in b/libXt/xt.pc.in
index 3ea8c6fe2..28ce24a86 100644
--- a/libXt/xt.pc.in
+++ b/libXt/xt.pc.in
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ appdefaultdir=@appdefaultdir@
 Name: Xt
 Description: X Toolkit Library
 Version: @VERSION@
-Requires: xproto x11 sm
-Requires.private: x11 sm
+Requires: xproto x11
+Requires.private: ice sm
 Cflags: -I${includedir}
 Libs: -L${libdir} -lXt